1t-120tpa-2 Amm Issue 2 Rev 7 Digital

Aircraft Maintenance Manual
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GROB AIRCRAFT SE
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GROB AIRCRAFT SE
86874 TUSSENHAUSEN-MATTSIES
GERMANY
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 11 November 2019
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Cover Page: 2 Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

11 November 2019 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MANUAL INDEX
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Subject Page
CHAPTER 00 ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
Product - General-Change record or highlights ........................................................................................................ 3
Maintenance Manual-Record of Revision ............................................................................................................... 21
Maintenance Manual-Record of Temporary Revisions ........................................................................................... 23
Maintenance Manual-Record of Service Bulletins .................................................................................................. 25
Maintenance Manual-Record of Service Letters ..................................................................................................... 27
CHAPTER 01 ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
01-00 Aircraft Maintenance Manual ....................................................................................................................... 1
Aircraft Maintenance Manual-General Data ............................................................................................................. 3
Aircraft Maintenance Manual-General Description ................................................................................................... 3
04-00 Airworthiness Limitations ........................................................................................................................... 1
Airworthiness Limitations-General Data ................................................................................................................... 3
Airworthiness limitations-EASA Statement ............................................................................................................... 5
Airworthiness limitations-FAA Statement .................................................................................................................. 7
05-00 Scheduled/unscheduled Maintenance ....................................................................................................... 1
Scheduled/unscheduled Maintenance-General Data ............................................................................................... 3
05-10 Time Limits .................................................................................................................................................... 1
Time Limits-General Data ......................................................................................................................................... 3
05-11 Scheduled Maintenance Time Limits .......................................................................................................... 1
Scheduled Maintenance Time Limits-General Data ................................................................................................. 3
05-12 Component Time Limits ............................................................................................................................... 1
Component Time Limits-General Data ..................................................................................................................... 3
05-20 Scheduled Maintenance Checks ................................................................................................................. 1
Scheduled Maintenance Checks-General Data ........................................................................................................ 3
05-21 100 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check ................................................................................................ 1
100 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check-Scheduled Inspection ........................................................................... 3
05-24 Out-Of-Phase Maintenance Checks ............................................................................................................ 1
Out-Of-Phase Maintenance Checks-General Data .................................................................................................. 3
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: i

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Out-Of-Phase Maintenance Check-Scheduled Inspection ....................................................................................... 5

05-30 Flight Line Check .......................................................................................................................................... 1
Flight Line Check-General Data ............................................................................................................................... 3
Pre-Flight Check-Special regular inspection ............................................................................................................. 5
Turn-Round Check-Special regular inspection ......................................................................................................... 7
Post-Flight Check-Special regular inspection ........................................................................................................... 9
Optional Flight Line Checks by Ground Personnel-Special regular
inspection ................................................................................................................................................................ 11
Control Locks-Special regular inspection ............................................................................................................... 13
05-40 3000 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check .............................................................................................. 1
3000 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check-General Data ...................................................................................... 3
3000 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check-Scheduled Inspection ......................................................................... 3
05-50 Conditional Inspections ............................................................................................................................... 1
Conditional Inspections-General Data ...................................................................................................................... 3
Hard Landing Check-Special Irregular Inspection .................................................................................................... 5
Engine Fire-Special Irregular Inspection ................................................................................................................... 9
Engine Submerged in Water and Snow or Ice Ingestion Check-Special
Irregular Inspection ................................................................................................................................................. 11
Engine Hot Start Inspection-Special Irregular Inspection ....................................................................................... 13
Engine Erosion Inspection-Special Irregular Inspection ......................................................................................... 15
Propeller Strike-Special Irregular Inspection .......................................................................................................... 17
Lightning Strike-Special Irregular Inspection .......................................................................................................... 19
Aircraft Overstress (OVER-G)-Special Irregular Inspection .................................................................................... 25
Significant Aircraft Overstress (OVER-G)-Special Irregular Inspection .................................................................. 29
Landing Gear Speed Limit Exceedance-Special Irregular Inspection .................................................................... 37
Structural Examination after a Tail-Strike-Special Irregular Inspection .................................................................. 41
Structural Examination after Over-Speed with the Flaps extended-Special
Irregular Inspection ................................................................................................................................................. 45
Structural Examination after Vmo/Mmo Overspeed-Special Irregular
Inspection ............................................................................................................................................................... 49
Structural Examination after Exceeding the Maximum Number of Turns in
a Spin-Special Irregular Inspection ......................................................................................................................... 51
Structural Examination after Bird Strike or FOD-Special Irregular
Inspection ............................................................................................................................................................... 53
06-00 Dimensions and Areas ................................................................................................................................. 1
Dimensions and Areas-Technical Data .................................................................................................................... 3
Page: ii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Dimensions and Areas-General ................................................................................................................................ 7

Aircraft Symmetry-Dimension Checks ...................................................................................................................... 9
Control Surface Movement-Dimension Checks ...................................................................................................... 13
Mass and Static Moments of Control Surfaces-Dimension Checks ....................................................................... 19
07-00 Lifting and Shoring ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Lifting and Shoring-General ...................................................................................................................................... 3
07-10 Jacking .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Jacking-General ........................................................................................................................................................ 3
Lift the Aircraft on Jacks-Servicing ........................................................................................................................... 7
07-11 Hoisting ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Hoisting-Servicing ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
08-00 Leveling and Weighing ................................................................................................................................ 1
Leveling and Weighing-General ............................................................................................................................... 3
08-10 Weighing ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
Weighing-Pre-Operation ........................................................................................................................................... 3
08-11 Weighing ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
Weighing-Servicing ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Ballast Weight-Remove and Install ......................................................................................................................... 13
08-20 Leveling ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Leveling-Pre-Operation ............................................................................................................................................. 3
Leveling-Servicing .................................................................................................................................................... 5
09-00 Towing and Taxiing ...................................................................................................................................... 1
Towing and Taxiing-General ..................................................................................................................................... 3
09-10 Towing ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
Towing-Pre-Operation .............................................................................................................................................. 3
Towing by hand-Servicing ........................................................................................................................................ 5
Towing with tow bar-Servicing ................................................................................................................................ 11
Towing with electric tow vehicle-Servicing .............................................................................................................. 17
09-20 Taxiing ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
Taxiing-Pre-Operation .............................................................................................................................................. 3
Taxiing-Servicing ...................................................................................................................................................... 5
10-00 Parking and Mooring .................................................................................................................................... 1
Parking and Mooring-General ................................................................................................................................... 3
10-10 Parking .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Parking-Pre-Operation .............................................................................................................................................. 3
Parking (Less than 5 days)-Servicing ....................................................................................................................... 5
Parking (Between 5 and 30 days)-Servicing ............................................................................................................. 9
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: iii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Parking / Storage (More than 30 days)-Servicing ................................................................................................... 13

10-20 Mooring ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Mooring-Pre-Operation ............................................................................................................................................. 3
Mooring-Servicing ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
10-30 Return to Service after parking ................................................................................................................... 1
Return to Service after parking-Servicing ................................................................................................................. 3
10-40 Service for Shipping via Container ............................................................................................................. 1
Service for Shipping via Container-Disassemble Procedure .................................................................................... 3
10-50 Return the Aircraft to Service After Shipping ............................................................................................ 1
Return the Aircraft to Service After Shipping-Assembly Procedure .......................................................................... 3
11-00 Placards and Markings ................................................................................................................................ 1
Placards and Markings-General ............................................................................................................................... 3
Placards and Markings-Replace ............................................................................................................................... 3
11-20 Exterior Placards and Markings .................................................................................................................. 1
Exterior Placards and Markings-General .................................................................................................................. 3
11-30 Interior Placards ........................................................................................................................................... 1
Interior Placards-General .......................................................................................................................................... 3
12-00 Servicing ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
Servicing-General ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
Servicing-Fluid Capacities, Specifications and Pressure Values .............................................................................. 5
Servicing-Parts List ................................................................................................................................................... 7
Servicing-Pre-Operation (Make the aircraft safe for maintenance) ........................................................................ 11
Servicing-Post-Operation (Restore the aircraft after maintenance) ........................................................................ 15
12-10 Servicing ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
Servicing-Precautions for Defueling and Refueling .................................................................................................. 3
Fuel System-Refuel .................................................................................................................................................. 7
Fuel System-Defuel ................................................................................................................................................ 13
Engine Oil System-Servicing .................................................................................................................................. 17
Brake System-Servicing ......................................................................................................................................... 23
Landing Gear Hydraulic System-Servicing ............................................................................................................. 29
Tyres-Pressure Check / Inflation ............................................................................................................................ 41
Battery-Servicing .................................................................................................................................................... 45
Main and Nose Landing Gear Damper Assembly-Fill with Nitrogen ....................................................................... 51
Main Landing Gear Damper Assembly-Servicing ................................................................................................... 55
Nose Landing Gear Damper Assembly-Servicing .................................................................................................. 61
12-11 Oxygen System ............................................................................................................................................. 1
Page: iv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Oxygen System-Fill with Oxygen .............................................................................................................................. 3

12-20 Scheduled Servicing .................................................................................................................................... 1
Scheduled Servicing-General ................................................................................................................................... 3
Scheduled Servicing-List of Consumables associated with Servicing ...................................................................... 5
Scheduled Servicing-Drain Water ............................................................................................................................. 7
Scheduled Servicing-Lubrication ............................................................................................................................ 11
12-30 Unscheduled Servicing ................................................................................................................................ 1
Unscheduled Servicing-General ............................................................................................................................... 3
Unscheduled Servicing-Clean and Apply Surface Protection ................................................................................... 5
20-00 Standard Practices - Airframe ..................................................................................................................... 1
Standard Practices - Airframe-General ..................................................................................................................... 3
Bolts-General Data .................................................................................................................................................. 5
Standard Bolts and Nuts-Tighten Procedure ............................................................................................................ 7
Torque Values-General ............................................................................................................................................ 9
Nuts-Technical Data ............................................................................................................................................... 11
Special Torque-Tighten Procedure ......................................................................................................................... 13
Thread Locking-Technical Data .............................................................................................................................. 17
Straps-Technical Data ............................................................................................................................................ 19
Slotted Nuts on Shear-Bolts-Tighten Procedure ..................................................................................................... 21
Clamps Attaching Electrical Cables -Technical Data .............................................................................................. 23
21-00 Air Conditioning ........................................................................................................................................... 1
Air Conditioning-General .......................................................................................................................................... 3
Air Conditioning-General .......................................................................................................................................... 5
Air Conditioning-Description ..................................................................................................................................... 7
21-20 Air Distribution ............................................................................................................................................. 1
Air Distribution-General ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Air Distribution-Description ....................................................................................................................................... 5
Air Distribution Valve-Adjust ..................................................................................................................................... 9
Air Distribution-General Fault Description .............................................................................................................. 13
Air Distribution Valve-Remove and Install .............................................................................................................. 15
Air Distribution Valve-Function Test ....................................................................................................................... 21
Air Distribution - Maintenance Practices-General ................................................................................................... 23
21-40 Heating .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Heating-General ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
Heating-Description .................................................................................................................................................. 5
Heating-Bleed Temperature Check .......................................................................................................................... 9
Heating-General Fault Description ......................................................................................................................... 13
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: v

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
21-50 Cooling .......................................................................................................................................................... 1

Cooling-General ........................................................................................................................................................ 3
Cooling-Safety Precautions ...................................................................................................................................... 5
Cooling-Description .................................................................................................................................................. 7
Cooling-Emergency Operation Procedure .......................................................................................................... 0
Air Cooling System-Servicing ................................................................................................................................. 15
Flexible Belt for the Air Conditioning Compressor-Adjust ....................................................................................... 21
Cooling-General Fault Description .......................................................................................................................... 25
Conditioning Compressor-Remove and Install ....................................................................................................... 27
Flexible Belt For the Air Conditioning Compressor-Replace .................................................................................. 33
Cooling - Maintenance Practices-General .............................................................................................................. 37
Air Conditioning Condenser-Remove and Install .................................................................................................... 39
Air Conditioning Evaporator-Remove and Install .................................................................................................... 45
Receiver/Drier-Remove and Install ......................................................................................................................... 51
Air Conditioning Dual Pressure Switch-Remove and Install ................................................................................... 57
Air Conditioning Expansion Valve-Remove and Install ........................................................................................... 61
21-51 Equipment Cooling ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Equipment Cooling-General ..................................................................................................................................... 3
Equipment Cooling-Description ................................................................................................................................ 5
Equipment Cooling-General Fault Description ......................................................................................................... 7
Panel Blower-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................................. 9
Equipment Cooling - Maintenance Practices-General ............................................................................................ 13
21-60 Temperature Control .................................................................................................................................... 1
Temperature Control-General ................................................................................................................................... 3
Temperature Control-Description ............................................................................................................................. 5
Mixer Control Flap-Adjust ......................................................................................................................................... 9
Temperature Control-General Fault Description ..................................................................................................... 13
Mixer Tube-Remove and Install .............................................................................................................................. 15
Temperature Control - Maintenance Practices-General ......................................................................................... 19
22-10 Autopilot ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
Autopilot-Description ................................................................................................................................................. 3
Flight Guidance Computer (FGC)-Description .......................................................................................................... 9
Flight Guidance Computer (FGC)-Remove Procedure ........................................................................................... 15
Flight Guidance Computer (FGC)-Install Procedure ............................................................................................... 19
Autopilot-Function Test ........................................................................................................................................... 23
Mode Control Panel (MCP)-Description ................................................................................................................. 29
Mode Control Panel (MCP)-Remove procedure ..................................................................................................... 43
Page: vi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Mode Control Panel (MCP)-Install procedure ......................................................................................................... 47

Roll Servo-Adjust, align and calibrate ..................................................................................................................... 51
Roll Servo-Remove procedure ............................................................................................................................... 53
Roll Servo-Install procedure ................................................................................................................................... 57
Pitch Servo-Adjust, align and calibrate ................................................................................................................... 61
Pitch Servo-Remove procedure .............................................................................................................................. 63
Pitch Servo-Install procedure .................................................................................................................................. 67
Pitch Trim Servo-Remove procedure ..................................................................................................................... 71
Pitch Trim Servo-Install procedure ......................................................................................................................... 73
23-00 Communications .......................................................................................................................................... 1
Communications-General Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Communications-Description .................................................................................................................................... 5
23-10 Speech Communications ............................................................................................................................. 1
Speech Communications-General data .................................................................................................................... 3
COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF System-Description of how it is made and its
function ..................................................................................................................................................................... 9
COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver-Operation Test ........................................................................................... 11
Speech Communications-General Fault Description .............................................................................................. 15
COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver-Remove and Install .................................................................................... 17
Communications - Maintenance Practices-General data ....................................................................................... 21
COM 1 ADR 7050 VHF-Description of how it is made and its function .................................................................. 23
COM 3 - UHF Transceiver-Remove and Install ...................................................................................................... 25
COM 3 - UHF Transceiver-Operation Test ............................................................................................................. 29
COM 3 - UHF Transceiver-Remove and Install ...................................................................................................... 31
COM 3 - UHF System-Description .......................................................................................................................... 35
COM 3 - UHF Control Unit-Remove and Install ...................................................................................................... 37
COM 1 - VHF Antenna-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................ 41
COM 2 - VHF Antenna-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................ 45
COM 3 - UHF Antenna-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................... 49
23-50 Audio Integrating .......................................................................................................................................... 1
Audio Integrating-General Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Audio Management Unit 50-Description of how it is made and its function
................................................................................................................................................................................... 5
AMU 50-Operation Test .......................................................................................................................................... 11
AMU 50-General Fault Description ......................................................................................................................... 15
Audio Integrating - Maintenance Practices-General Data ...................................................................................... 17
AMU 50-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................... 19
AMU 50-Calibration Low Impedance 5 Ohm .......................................................................................................... 23
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: vii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Audio Integrating-General Maintenance Procedure ............................................................................................... 39

RM01 Remote Control-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................ 41
Shelf Bracket-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................................... 45
Shelf Bracket-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................................... 51
Speaker Amplifier-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................... 57
23-60 Static Discharging ........................................................................................................................................ 1
Static Discharging-General Data .............................................................................................................................. 3
Static Discharging-Description .................................................................................................................................. 5
Static Discharging-General Fault Description ........................................................................................................... 9
Static Discharger Socket/Base-Replace ................................................................................................................. 11
Static Discharging - Maintenance Practices-General Data ..................................................................................... 15
Static Discharger-Function Test ............................................................................................................................. 17
Static Discharger Brush-Replace ............................................................................................................................ 19
24-00 Electrical Power ............................................................................................................................................ 1
Electrical Power-General Data ................................................................................................................................. 3
24-10 Starter/Generator Drive ................................................................................................................................ 1
Starter/Generator Drive-General Data ...................................................................................................................... 3
Starter/Generator Drive-General Fault Description .................................................................................................. 7
Starter/Generator Drive - Maintenance Practices-General Data .............................................................................. 9
Starter/Generator-Remove and Install .................................................................................................................... 11
Inspect the Starter/Generator Brushes-General Maintenance Procedure
................................................................................................................................................................................. 17
24-30 DC Generation .............................................................................................................................................. 1
DC Generation-General Data ................................................................................................................................... 3
DC Generation-Description of how it is made an its Function .................................................................................. 5
DC Generation-General Fault Description .............................................................................................................. 11
DC Generation - Maintenance Practices-General Data .......................................................................................... 13
Starter/Generator Control Unit-Remove and Install ................................................................................................ 15
24-40 External Power Supply ................................................................................................................................. 1
External Power Supply-General Data ....................................................................................................................... 3
External Power Supply-Description of how it is made and its Function .................................................................... 5
External Power Supply-Operation ............................................................................................................................ 9
External Power Supply-General Fault Description ................................................................................................. 13
External Power Supply - Maintenance Practices-General Data ............................................................................. 15
External Power Socket-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................... 17
External Power Contactor-Remove and Install ....................................................................................................... 21
24-60 DC Electrical Load Distribution ................................................................................................................... 1
Page: viii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
DC Electrical Load Distribution-General Data .......................................................................................................... 3

DC Electrical Load Distribution - Maintenance Practices-General Data ................................................................... 9
Contactor-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................ 11
Circuit Breaker Panel, RH-Remove and Install ....................................................................................................... 15
Circuit Breaker Panel, LH-Remove and Install ....................................................................................................... 19
25-00 Equipment and Furnishing .......................................................................................................................... 1
Equipment and Furnishing-General Data ................................................................................................................. 3
25-10 Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing ....................................................................................... 1
Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing-General Data ................................................................................ 3
Shock-Absorber Struts-Function Test ..................................................................................................................... 11
Restraint Harness-General Maintenance Procedure .............................................................................................. 15
Restraint Harness-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................... 17
Pilots Seats-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................................. 25
Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing - Maintenance Practices-
General Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 29
Center Console Cover-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................ 31
Cockpit Panels-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................................ 41
Instrument Panel Cover-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................... 43
25-60 Emergency Equipment ................................................................................................................................. 1
Emergency Equipment-General Data ....................................................................................................................... 3
Cospas-Sarsat System-Description of How It Is Made and Its Function .... .............................................................. 5
Emergency Equipment ELT-Operation ..................................................................................................................... 7
Emergency Equipment-General Fault Description ................................................................................................. 11
ELT Assembly-Remove and Install ......................................................................................................................... 13
Emergency Equipment - Maintenance Practices-General Data ............................................................................. 19
ELT (ARTEX G406-4)-Description .......................................................................................................................... 21
ELT (ARTEX G406-4)-Function Test ...................................................................................................................... 25
Remote Control Switch-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................... 27
ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)-Description ....................................................................................................................... 31
ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)-System test ...................................................................................................................... 39
ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................... 41
Other Emergency Equipment-Description .............................................................................................................. 49
ELT Fixed Antenna-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................. 51
26-00 Fire Protection .............................................................................................................................................. 1
Fire Protection-General Data .................................................................................................................................... 3
26-20 Fire Extinguisher .......................................................................................................................................... 1
Fire Extinguisher-General Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: ix

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Fire Extinguisher-Description .................................................................................................................................... 5

Fire Extinguisher-Operation ...................................................................................................................................... 7
Fire Extinguisher - Maintenance Practices-General Data ....................................................................................... 11
Fire Extinguisher-Servicing ..................................................................................................................................... 13
27-00 Flight Controls .............................................................................................................................................. 1
Flight Controls-General Data .................................................................................................................................... 3
Flight Controls-Description ....................................................................................................................................... 5
Flight Controls-Controls and Indicators .................................................................................................................... 7
Control Rods-Adjust ................................................................................................................................................ 11
Control Rods-Align .................................................................................................................................................. 15
Flight Controls-General Fault Description ............................................................................................................... 17
Control Rods-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................................... 19
Square Connection-Tube and Control Stick -Remove and Install .......................................................................... 21
Flight Controls - Maintenance Practices-General Data .......................................................................................... 29
27-10 Ailerons and Tabs ........................................................................................................................................ 1
Ailerons and Tabs-General Data .............................................................................................................................. 3
Ailerons and Tabs-Description .................................................................................................................................. 7
Ailerons and Tabs-Operation .................................................................................................................................. 11
Aileron Control System-Adjust ................................................................................................................................ 15
Aileron Control System-Function Test .................................................................................................................... 23
Aileron Control Rod/Lever-Design Data/Tolerances Check ................................................................................... 25
Ailerons and Tabs-General Fault Description ......................................................................................................... 29
Ailerons and Tabs - Maintenance Practices-General Data ..................................................................................... 31
27-11 Aileron Trim .................................................................................................................................................. 1
Aileron Trim-General data ........................................................................................................................................ 3
Aileron Trim-Description ........................................................................................................................................... 5
Aileron Trim-Operation ............................................................................................................................................. 9
Aileron Trim System-Function Test ........................................................................................................................ 13
Aileron Trim-General Fault Description .................................................................................................................. 15
Aileron Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly-Remove and
Install ...................................................................................................................................................................... 17
Aileron Trim Linear-Potentiometer-Remove and Install .......................................................................................... 21
Aileron Trim - Maintenance Practices-General Data .............................................................................................. 25
Control Stick - Maintenance Practices-General Data ............................................................................................. 27
Stick Grip-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................ 29
27-20 Rudder ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
Rudder-General Data ............................................................................................................................................... 3
Page: x Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Rudder-Description of How It Is Made and Its Function ........................................................................................... 5

Rudder-Operation ..................................................................................................................................................... 9
Rudder Control System-Adjust ............................................................................................................................... 13
Rudder Cables-Examinations, Tests and Checks .................................................................................................. 21
Rudder Cables-Examinations, Tests and Checks .................................................................................................. 23
Rudder Control System-Function Test ................................................................................................................... 25
Rudder Control Rod/Lever-Design Data/Tolerances Check ................................................................................... 27
Rudder-General Fault Description .......................................................................................................................... 29
Rudder Cables-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................................ 31
Rudder - Maintenance Practices-General Data ...................................................................................................... 37
Rudder Cables-Function Test ................................................................................................................................. 39
27-21 Rudder Trim .................................................................................................................................................. 1
Rudder Trim-General data ........................................................................................................................................ 3
Rudder Trim-Description of how it is made and its function ..................................................................................... 5
Rudder Trim-Operation ........................................................................................................................................... 11
Rudder Trim-Function Test ..................................................................................................................................... 17
Rudder Trim-General Fault Description .................................................................................................................. 19
Rudder Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly-Remove and
Install ...................................................................................................................................................................... 21
Rudder Trim Linear-Potentiometer-Remove and Install ......................................................................................... 25
Rudder Trim - Maintenance Practices-General Data .............................................................................................. 29
Rudder Trim Switch-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................ 31
27-30 Elevator ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Elevator-General Data .............................................................................................................................................. 3
Elevator-Description of How It Is Made and Its Function .......................................................................................... 5
Elevator-Operation .................................................................................................................................................... 9
Elevator Control System-Adjust .............................................................................................................................. 13
Elevator Control System-Function Test .................................................................................................................. 19
Elevator Control Rod/Lever-Design Data/Tolerances Check ................................................................................. 23
Elevator-General Fault Description ......................................................................................................................... 25
Elevator - Maintenance Practices-General Data .................................................................................................... 27
27-31 Elevator Trim ................................................................................................................................................. 1
Elevator Trim-General Data ...................................................................................................................................... 3
Elevator Trim-Description of How It Is Made and Its Function .................................................................................. 5
Elevator Trim-Description ......................................................................................................................................... 9
Elevator Trim-Operation ......................................................................................................................................... 13
Elevator Trim-Operation ......................................................................................................................................... 17
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xi

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Elevator Trim-Adjust ............................................................................................................................................... 21

Elevator Trim Servo Clutch (S-TEC and Honeywell)-Adjust ................................................................................... 23
Friction Dampers-Adjust ......................................................................................................................................... 29
Elevator Tab Trim-Function Test ............................................................................................................................ 33
Elevator Tab Servo-Function Test .......................................................................................................................... 35
Elevation Trim Control Rod-Design Data/Tolerances Check .................................................................................. 37
Elevator Trim-General Fault Description ................................................................................................................ 39
Trim Control Electrical Actuator-Remove and Install .............................................................................................. 41
S-TEC Elevator Trim Servo-Remove and Install .................................................................................................... 47
Elevator Trim - Maintenance Practices-General Data ............................................................................................ 53
27-50 Flaps .............................................................................................................................................................. 1
Flaps-General data ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Flaps-Description of How It Is Made and Its Function .............................................................................................. 5
Flaps-Operation ........................................................................................................................................................ 9
Flap Control System-Adjust .................................................................................................................................... 13
Flap Interconnect System-Adjust ............................................................................................................................ 23
Flaps-Adjust ............................................................................................................................................................ 27
Flap Control System-Function Test ........................................................................................................................ 31
Flap Control Rod/Lever-Design Data/Tolerances Check ........................................................................................ 33
Flap Drive-Unit-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................................ 35
Safety Over-Ride-Operation ................................................................................................................................... 41
Flap Interconnection System-General Data ............................................................................................................ 45
Flap Interconnection System-Operation ................................................................................................................. 49
Flap Controls - Maintenance Practices-General Data ............................................................................................ 53
Flap Control Micro Switches-Adjust ........................................................................................................................ 55
Flap Controls-General Fault Description ................................................................................................................ 61
Flexible Cable for Flap Indication- Remove and Install .......................................................................................... 63
28-00 Fuel System .................................................................................................................................................. 1
Fuel System-General ................................................................................................................................................ 3
Fuel System-Description ........................................................................................................................................... 5
28-10 Fuel Storage System .................................................................................................................................... 1
Fuel Storage System-General .................................................................................................................................. 3
Fuel Storage System-Description ............................................................................................................................. 5
Fuel Tank Pressure Test-Other Check ................................................................................................................... 13
Fuel Storage System-General Fault Description .................................................................................................... 21
Tank Spar-Repair ................................................................................................................................................... 23
Safety Relief-Valve-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................. 27
Page: xii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Fuel Storage System - Maintenance Practices-General ......................................................................................... 33

Fuel Storage System - Repair and Limits-General ................................................................................................. 35
28-20 Fuel Distribution System ............................................................................................................................. 1
Fuel Distribution System-General ............................................................................................................................. 3
Fuel Distribution System-General Fault Description ................................................................................................. 9
Fuel Distribution System - Maintenance Practices-General ................................................................................... 11
Fuel Selector Valve-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................. 13
Fuel Filter Element-Replace ................................................................................................................................... 19
Primary Fuel Pump or Standby Fuel Pump-Remove and Install ............................................................................ 27
Primary Fuel Pump or Standby Fuel Pump (NEW VERSION)-Remove and
Install ...................................................................................................................................................................... 35
Transfer Fuel Pump-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................ 43
28-40 Fuel Indication .............................................................................................................................................. 1
Fuel Indication-General ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Fuel Indication-Description ....................................................................................................................................... 5
Fuel Indication-General Fault Description ................................................................................................................ 9
Fuel Low-Pressure Switch-Replace ........................................................................................................................ 11
Fuel Indication - Maintenance Practices-General ................................................................................................... 15
Fuel Low-Level Sensor-Replace ............................................................................................................................. 17
Fuel Transfer Low-Pressure Switch-Replace ......................................................................................................... 21
Fuel Temperature-Sensor on Wing LH-Replace .................................................................................................... 25
Mechanical Fuel Gauge Float Unit-Replace ........................................................................................................... 29
Mechanical Fuel Gauge Indicator-Replace ............................................................................................................. 35
30-00 Ice and Rain Protection ................................................................................................................................ 1
Ice and Rain Protection-General Data ...................................................................................................................... 3
Ice and Rain Protection-Description ......................................................................................................................... 5
Ice and Rain Protection-General Fault Description ................................................................................................ 11
Intake Heat Controller-Remove and install ............................................................................................................. 13
31-00 Indicating Systems ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Indicating Systems-General Data ............................................................................................................................. 3
31-10 Instrument & Control Panels ....................................................................................................................... 1
Instrument & Control Panels-General Data .............................................................................................................. 3
Instrument & Control Panels-Description .................................................................................................................. 5
Instrument & Control Panels-General Maintenance Procedure ................................................................................ 9
Push-Button-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................................ 11
Digital Instrument Panel-Remove procedure .......................................................................................................... 15
Digital Instrument Panel-Install procedure .............................................................................................................. 21
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xiii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
31-30 Recorders ...................................................................................................................................................... 1

Recorders-General ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Recorders-General Maintenance Practices .............................................................................................................. 5
Mic Preamplifier (OPTION 58)-Remove and Install .................................................................................................. 7
Cockpit Mic Installation (OPTION 58)-Remove and Install ..................................................................................... 11
Mic Preamplifier (OPTION 58) with OPTION 60 and/or OPTION 73-
Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................................. 15
31-33 Flight Data Recorders .................................................................................................................................. 1
Flight Data Recorders-General ................................................................................................................................. 3
Flight Data Recorder APIV2-Description .................................................................................................................. 5
Flight Data Recorder V3-Description ...................................................................................................................... 11
Flight Data Recorder V3 (Option 73)-Description ................................................................................................... 17
Recorders-General Fault Description ..................................................................................................................... 23
Flight Data Recorder V3-System Calibration .......................................................................................................... 25
Flight Data Recorder V3 (OPTION 73)-System Calibration .................................................................................... 33
Flight Data Recorders-General Maintenance Practices ......................................................................................... 41
APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit-Remove and Install ............................................................................................ 43
iDRMU Data Recorder and Management Unit-Remove and Install ....................................................................... 47
Sensor Unit APICAP-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................... 51
FDR Barometric Sensor Unit-Remove and Install .................................................................................................. 55
Resistor Board-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................................ 59
GPS Receiver-Remove and Install ......................................................................................................................... 63
ARINC Interface Unit-Remove and Install .............................................................................................................. 67
iDAU (Equipment Compartment)-Remove and Install ............................................................................................ 71
iDAU (Shelf Bracket) V3-Remove and Install ......................................................................................................... 75
APISD Data Transfer Unit-Remove and Install ....................................................................................................... 79
APIPWR Power Supply Unit-Remove and Install ................................................................................................... 83
EMI Filter Box Assy-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................ 87
Aileron or Flap Linear-Potentiometer-Remove and Install ...................................................................................... 91
Elevator Linear-Potentiometer-Remove and Install ................................................................................................ 95
Rudder Linear-Potentiometer-Remove and Install ................................................................................................. 99
Elevator-Trim Linear-Potentiometer-Remove and Install ...................................................................................... 103
31-35 Video Recording System ............................................................................................................................. 1
Video Recording System-General ............................................................................................................................ 3
Video Recording System-Description ....................................................................................................................... 5
Video Recording System-General Maintenance Practices ..................................................................................... 13
Video Recording System - Recorder - Multiplexer-Remove and Install .................................................................. 15
Page: xiv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Camera Mount Canopy-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................... 21

Camera Mount Glareshield-Remove and Install ..................................................................................................... 27
Video Recording System - Remote SD Card Reader-Remove and Install
................................................................................................................................................................................. 31
Video Recording System - Video Recorder Switch-Remove and Install .... ............................................................ 37
31-40 Central Computers ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Central Computers-General ...................................................................................................................................... 3
Central Computers-Description ................................................................................................................................ 5
Central Computers-General Maintenance Procedure ............................................................................................ 11
Data Acquisition Unit (DAU)-Remove and Install ................................................................................................... 13
Analog Interface Unit 2 (AIU-2)-Remove and Install ............................................................................................... 17
31-50 Stall Warning System ................................................................................................................................... 1
Stall Warning System-General ................................................................................................................................. 3
Stall Warning System-Description ............................................................................................................................ 5
Stall Warning System -General Maintenance Practices ........................................................................................... 7
Stall Warning Buzzer-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................ 9
Aural Message Generator-Remove and install ....................................................................................................... 13
31-60 Central Display System ................................................................................................................................ 1
Central Display System-General Data ...................................................................................................................... 3
Central Display Systems-Description ....................................................................................................................... 5
Central Display Systems-General fault description ................................................................................................ 15
Engine Indications-General Data ............................................................................................................................ 17
Engine Indications-Description ............................................................................................................................... 19
Central Display Systems-General maintenance procedure .................................................................................... 27
Display IDU-680-Remove Procedure ..................................................................................................................... 29
Display IDU-680-Install Procedure ......................................................................................................................... 33
Pilot's Display IDU-680-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................... 39
Co-pilot's Display IDU-680-Remove and Install ...................................................................................................... 43
IDU-680-Function Test ........................................................................................................................................... 47
IDU-680 Software and Database-Update to 8.0E ................................................................................................... 53
IDU-860 Software and Database-Update ............................................................................................................... 73
IDU 680 Data-Download LOG Files ........................................................................................................................ 75
J1 Smart Connector-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................ 77
Cooling Fan-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................................ 83
32-00 Landing Gear ................................................................................................................................................ 1
Landing Gear-General .............................................................................................................................................. 3
Landing Gear-Description ......................................................................................................................................... 5
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xv

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
32-10 Main Landing-Gear ....................................................................................................................................... 1

Main Landing-Gear-General ..................................................................................................................................... 3
Main Landing-Gear-Description ................................................................................................................................ 5
Main Landing-Gear with beringer brake system-Description .................................................................................... 9
Main Landing Gear Door-Adjust ............................................................................................................................. 13
Main Landing-Gear-General Fault Description ....................................................................................................... 17
Main Landing-Gear Leg (Complete with Axle and Parker Brake Unit)-
Main Landing-Gear Leg (Complete with Axle and Beringer Brake Unit)-
Main Landing-Gear - Maintenance Practices-General ........................................................................................... 31
Main Landing-Gear Side-Stay-Remove and Install ................................................................................................ 33
Main Gear Doors-Remove and Install .................................................................................................................... 39
Main Landing-Gear Damper-Remove and Install ................................................................................................... 43
Main Landing Gear Bushings-Damage Repair ....................................................................................................... 49
32-20 Nose Landing Gear ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Nose Landing Gear-General ..................................................................................................................................... 3
Nose Landing Gear-Description ............................................................................................................................... 5
Nose Landing Gear Door-Adjust ............................................................................................................................... 9
Nose Landing Gear-General Fault Description ....................................................................................................... 13
Nose Landing Gear Leg-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................... 15
Nose Landing Gear Maintenance Procedures-General .......................................................................................... 19
Nose Landing Gear Folding Stay-Remove and Install ............................................................................................ 21
Nose Landing Gear Door-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................ 25
32-30 Landing Gear Extension and Retraction .................................................................................................... 1
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction-General ..................................................................................................... 3
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction-Description ................................................................................................ 5
Landing Gear Emergency Extension System-Description of Function ................................................................... 21
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction-Normal Operation ................................................................................... 23
Hydraulic Kit-Servicing ............................................................................................................................................ 31
Landing Gear Hydraulic System-Bleed ................................................................................................................... 45
Landing Gear Emergency-Extension Cables-Adjust .............................................................................................. 49
Landing Gear Retraction System-Operation Test ................................................................................................... 51
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction-General Fault Description ....................................................................... 55
Hydraulic Kit-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................................ 61
Main and Nose Gear Up-lock-Adjust ...................................................................................................................... 69
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction - Maintenance Practices-General
................................................................................................................................................................................. 71
Page: xvi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Landing Gear Emergency Extension System-Description ...................................................................................... 73

Landing Gear Emergency Extension System-Operation Test ................................................................................ 79
Main Landing-Gear Hydraulic Actuator-Remove and Install ................................................................................... 85
Up-Lock Actuator for the Main Landing-Gear-Remove and Install ......................................................................... 91
Retraction Actuator for the Nose Gear-Remove and Install ................................................................................... 97
Up-Lock Actuator for the Nose Landing Gear-Remove and Install ....................................................................... 103
32-40 Wheels and Brakes ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Wheels and Brakes-General Data ............................................................................................................................ 3
Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system-General ............................................................................................. 5
Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system-Description ........................................................................................ 7
Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system-General Fault Description
................................................................................................................................................................................. 11
Brakes for Parker brake system-Description .......................................................................................................... 13
Wheel Brake System for Parker brake system-Bleed ............................................................................................. 17
Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system-General ........................................................................................ 21
Wheels and brakes for Beringer brake system-Description .................................................................................... 23
Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system-General Fault Description
................................................................................................................................................................................. 31
Brake Pads for Beringer Brake System-Remove and Install .................................................................................. 35
Wheel Brake System for Beringer brake system-Bleed .......................................................................................... 43
Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system)-Clean and apply surface
protection ................................................................................................................................................................ 47
Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system)-Inspection ............................................................................................. 49
Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Practices-General ............................................................................................. 53
Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system)-Disassemble procedure ....................................................................... 55
Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system)-Assemble procedure ............................................................................ 59
Brake System Components for Parker brake system (Master-cylinder)-
Parking Brake-Valve for Parker brake system-Remove and Install ........................................................................ 71
Main Wheel for Parker brake system-Remove and Install ...................................................................................... 77
Brake Unit for Parker brake system-Remove and Install ........................................................................................ 81
Conditioning of Brake Unit for Parker brake system-Harmonize ............................................................................ 85
Nose Wheel for Parker brake system-Remove and Install ..................................................................................... 87
Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Practices-General data ..................................................................................... 91
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system-Remove and Install ................................................................................... 93
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system-Remove and Install ................................................................................ 101
Brakes for Beringer brake system-Description ..................................................................................................... 107
Brake System Components for Beringer brake system (Master-cylinder)-
Remove and Install ............................................................................................................................................... 111
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xvii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Brake Unit for Beringer brake system-Remove and install ................................................................................... 117
Conditioning of Break Unit for Beringer brake system-Harmonize ....................................................................... 121
Parking Brake-Valve for Beringer brake system-Remove and Install ................................................................... 123
32-41 Wheel and Brake Component Repairs for Parker Brake System
................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Wheel and Brake Component Repairs for Parker Brake System-General
................................................................................................................................................................................... 3
Nose Wheel for Parker Brake System-Disassemble the Nose Wheel ...................................................................... 5
Nose Wheel for Parker Brake System-Assemble the Nose Wheel .......................................................................... 9
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system-Clean and apply surface protection
................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system-Inspection ................................................................................................. 17
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system-Disassemble procedure ............................................................................ 21
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system-Repair procedure ...................................................................................... 27
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system-Assemble procedure ................................................................................ 35
Nose Wheel for Beringer Brake System-Disassemble procedure .......................................................................... 41
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system-Repair procedure ..................................................................................... 47
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system-Assemble procedure ................................................................................ 55
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system-Inspection ................................................................................................ 61
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system-Clean and apply surface protection
................................................................................................................................................................................. 65
Wheel and Brake Component Repairs for Beringer Brake System-General
data ......................................................................................................................................................................... 69
32-50 Nose Wheel Steering .................................................................................................................................... 1
Nose Wheel Steering-General .................................................................................................................................. 3
Nose Wheel Steering-Description ............................................................................................................................. 5
Nose Wheel Steering-Adjust ..................................................................................................................................... 9
Nose Wheel Steering-General Fault Description .................................................................................................... 15
Nose Wheel Steering - Torque Link Bushings-Damage Repair ............................................................................. 17
Steering Damper-Remove and Install ..................................................................................................................... 29
Nose Wheel Steering Maintenance Practices-General .......................................................................................... 35
32-60 Landing Gear Position and Warning .......................................................................................................... 1
Landing Gear Position and Warning-General ........................................................................................................... 3
Landing Gear Position and Warning-Description ...................................................................................................... 5
Landing Gear Position and Warning-Operation ...................................................................................................... 15
Limit-Switch-Adjust ................................................................................................................................................. 19
Landing Gear Position and Warning-Operation Test .............................................................................................. 23
Landing Gear Position and Warning-General Fault Description ............................................................................. 27
Up-Lock Limit-Switch for the Main Landing-Gear-Remove and Install ................................................................... 29
Page: xviii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Landing Gear Position and Warning Maintenance Practices-General ................................................................... 35

Down-Lock Limit-Switch for the Main Landing-Gear-Remove and Install
................................................................................................................................................................................. 37
Weight-On-Wheels Limit-Switch for the Main Landing-Gear-Remove and
Install ...................................................................................................................................................................... 43
Up-Lock Limit-Switch for the Nose Landing Gear-Remove and Install ................................................................... 49
Down-Lock Limit-Switch for the Nose Landing Gear-Remove and Install
................................................................................................................................................................................. 55
Landing-Gear Selector-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................ 61
32-70 Landing Gear – Tail Skid .............................................................................................................................. 1
Landing Gear – Tail Skid-General ............................................................................................................................ 3
Landing Gear – Tail Skid-Description ....................................................................................................................... 5
Landing Gear – Tail Skid Maintenance Practices-General ....................................................................................... 9
Tail Skid-Replace .................................................................................................................................................... 11
33-00 Lights ............................................................................................................................................................. 1
Lights-General .......................................................................................................................................................... 3
33-10 Flight Compartment Lights .......................................................................................................................... 1
Flight Compartment Lights-General .......................................................................................................................... 3
Flight Compartment Lights-Description .................................................................................................................... 5
Flight Compartment Lights-General Fault Description .............................................................................................. 9
Dimmer Unit-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................................ 11
Bulbs-Replace ........................................................................................................................................................ 17
Flight Compartment Lights Maintenance Practices-General .................................................................................. 21
Dimmer Potentiometer-Replace ............................................................................................................................. 23
33-40 External Lights .............................................................................................................................................. 1
External Lights-General ............................................................................................................................................ 3
External lights-Description ........................................................................................................................................ 5
External Lights-General Fault Description ................................................................................................................ 9
Combined Anti-Collision and Navigation Light Unit in the Winglet-Replace
................................................................................................................................................................................. 11
External Lights Maintenance Practices-General ..................................................................................................... 15
Combined Landing and Taxi-Light Unit in the Winglet-Replace ............................................................................. 17
Combined Light-Unit in the Horizontal Stabilizer-Replace ...................................................................................... 21
Gear Down Light-Function Test .............................................................................................................................. 25
Gear Down Light-Replace ...................................................................................................................................... 31
34-00 Navigation ..................................................................................................................................................... 1
Navigation-General data ........................................................................................................................................... 3
Navigation-Description of how it is made and its function ........................................................................................ 5
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xix

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
34-10 Flight Environment Data .............................................................................................................................. 1

Flight Environment Data-General ............................................................................................................................. 3
Flight Environment Data-Description ........................................................................................................................ 5
Pitot/Static System-Test ......................................................................................................................................... 11
Flight Environment Data-General Fault Description ............................................................................................... 19
Pitot/Static Tube-Remove and Install ..................................................................................................................... 21
OAT Probe-Replace ............................................................................................................................................... 25
Radar Alitimeter-Remove and install ...................................................................................................................... 29
Outboard Radar Altimeter Antenna-Remove and install ......................................................................................... 33
Inboard Radar Altimeter Antenna-Remove and install ........................................................................................... 37
Storm Scope Unit-Remove and install .................................................................................................................... 41
Storm Scope Sensor-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................... 45
Flight Environment Data - Maintenance Practices-General .................................................................................... 49
34-20 Attitude and Direction .................................................................................................................................. 1
Attitude and Direction-General data ......................................................................................................................... 3
Attitude and Direction-Description ............................................................................................................................ 5
Magnetic Compass-Calibrate ................................................................................................................................. 17
Compass-Design Data/Tolerances Check .............................................................................................................. 21
Attitude and Direction-General Fault Description ................................................................................................... 23
ADAHRS-Remove and install ................................................................................................................................. 25
ADAHRS-Alignment ................................................................................................................................................ 29
MSU-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................................................ 41
MAG-3000-Remove and Install .............................................................................................................................. 45
ESI-2000-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................. 49
ESI-2000-Adjust - Pre-Programming ...................................................................................................................... 53
ESI-2000-Adjust, align and calibrate - Preparation ................................................................................................. 63
ESI-2000-Calibration .............................................................................................................................................. 71
ESI-2000-Battery Capacity Meter Calibration ......................................................................................................... 77
Attitude and Direction - Maintenance Practices-General ........................................................................................ 81
Stall Warning Lift Detector-Remove and Install ...................................................................................................... 83
Magnetic Compass-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................. 87
Magnetic Compass-Remove and install ................................................................................................................. 91
Magnetic Compass.-Remove and install ................................................................................................................ 95
34-40 Independent Position Determining ............................................................................................................. 1
Independent Position Determining-General Data ..................................................................................................... 3
Traffic Advisory System (TAS)-Description of how it is made and its function
................................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Page: xx Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Traffic Advisory System (TAS)-General maintenance procedure ........................................................................... 11

TAS Processor-Remove and install ........................................................................................................................ 13
Transponder Coupler-Remove and Install .............................................................................................................. 17
TAS Top Antenna-Remove and install ................................................................................................................... 21
TAS Bottom Antenna-Remove and install .............................................................................................................. 25
34-50 Dependent Position Determining ................................................................................................................ 1
Dependent Position Determining-General ................................................................................................................ 3
Dependent Position Determining-Description of how it is made and its
Function .................................................................................................................................................................... 5
ADF Receiver-Test ................................................................................................................................................. 13
Dependent Position Determining-General maintenance procedure ....................................................................... 15
ADF Receiver (optional)-Remove and install .......................................................................................................... 17
RMI Converter (optional)-Remove and install ......................................................................................................... 21
Mode S Transponder (XPDR)-Remove and Install ................................................................................................. 25
DME Unit-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................ 31
RS Converter-Remove and install .......................................................................................................................... 35
RS Converter (optional)-Remove and install .......................................................................................................... 39
GPS Module-Remove and install ............................................................................................................................ 43
Marker Beacon-Remove and install ........................................................................................................................ 47
ADF Antenna (optional)-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................... 51
NAV Antenna-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................................... 55
NAV Antenna - Power Combiner-Remove and Install ............................................................................................ 59
GPS 1 Antenna-Remove and Install ....................................................................................................................... 63
GPS 2 Antenna-Remove and Install ....................................................................................................................... 67
Transponder (XPDR)-Remove and Install .............................................................................................................. 71
Transponder (XPDR) Antenna-Remove and Install ................................................................................................ 75
Transponder (LYNX)-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................... 79
Transponder (LYNX) Coupler-Remove and Install ................................................................................................. 81
Marker Antenna-Remove and Install ...................................................................................................................... 83
DME Antenna-Remove and Install ......................................................................................................................... 87
Mode S Transponder (XPDR) Antenna-Remove and Install .................................................................................. 91
GPS Splitter-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................................ 95
35-00 Oxygen System ............................................................................................................................................. 1
Oxygen System-General .......................................................................................................................................... 3
35-10 Crew Oxygen ................................................................................................................................................. 1
Crew Oxygen-General .............................................................................................................................................. 3
Crew Oxygen-Description ......................................................................................................................................... 5
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxi

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Oxygen System-Function Test ............................................................................................................................... 13

Crew Oxygen-General Fault Description ................................................................................................................ 21
Crew Oxygen - Maintenance Practices-General Data ............................................................................................ 23
Oxygen Cylinder-Remove and Install ..................................................................................................................... 25
Oxygen Control-Panel-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................ 31
51-00 Standard Practices and Structures ............................................................................................................. 1
Standard Practices and Structures-General ............................................................................................................. 3
51-10 Investigation ................................................................................................................................................. 1
Investigation-General ................................................................................................................................................ 3
51-11 Composite Structure .................................................................................................................................... 1
Composite Structure-General ................................................................................................................................... 3
Composite Structure-Investigation ............................................................................................................................ 5
51-12 Metal Parts .................................................................................................................................................... 1
Metal Parts-General .................................................................................................................................................. 3
Metal Parts-Investigation .......................................................................................................................................... 5
51-20 Repair Processes ......................................................................................................................................... 1
Repair Processes-General ....................................................................................................................................... 3
51-21 Composite Structure Repair ........................................................................................................................ 1
Composite Structure Repair-General ....................................................................................................................... 3
Composite Structure Repair-Satety Precautions and General Instructions
................................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Composite Structure Repair-General Maintenance Practices .................................................................................. 9
Composite Structure Repair-Repair to Sandwich Material ..................................................................................... 15
Composite Structure Repair-Repair to Monolithic Laminates ................................................................................. 25
Composite Structure Repair-Painting ..................................................................................................................... 35
Composite Structure Repair-Scarf and Overlap Lengths for Repairs ..................................................................... 39
51-22 Metal Parts Repair ........................................................................................................................................ 1
Metal Parts Repair-General ...................................................................................................................................... 3
Metal Parts Repair-Corrosion Prevention ................................................................................................................. 5
Metal Parts Repair-Maintenance Practice ................................................................................................................ 7
Metal Parts Repair-Cleaning ................................................................................................................................... 15
51-30 Repair Materials ............................................................................................................................................ 1
Repair Materials-General .......................................................................................................................................... 3
Repair Materials-List of Materials Associated with Repairs (Approved
Materials) .................................................................................................................................................................. 5
51-40 Fasteners ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
Fasteners-General .................................................................................................................................................... 3
Fasteners-Description ............................................................................................................................................... 5
Page: xxii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Quick-Release Fasteners-Replace ........................................................................................................................... 9

Fasteners Maintenance Procedures-General ......................................................................................................... 13
51-60 Control Surface Balancing .......................................................................................................................... 1
Control Surface Balancing-General .......................................................................................................................... 3
Control Surface-Adjust .............................................................................................................................................. 7
51-80 Lightning Protection .................................................................................................................................... 1
Lightning Protection-General .................................................................................................................................... 3
Lightning Protection-Components Description ......................................................................................................... 5
Lightning Protection System-Bonding Test ............................................................................................................. 11
Lightning Protection System-Bonding Test ............................................................................................................. 17
Lightning Protection- Maintenance Practices-General ........................................................................................... 23
52-00 Doors ............................................................................................................................................................. 1
Doors-General .......................................................................................................................................................... 3
52-10 Canopy .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Canopy-General ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
Canopy-Description and Operation .......................................................................................................................... 5
Canopy-Adjust ........................................................................................................................................................ 13
Canopy-Examine the Canopy - Look for Wear ....................................................................................................... 23
Canopy Jettison-Operation Test ............................................................................................................................. 25
Canopy-General Fault Description ......................................................................................................................... 33
Canopy-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................... 35
Canopy Maintenance Practices-General ................................................................................................................ 39
Canopy Lock-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................................... 41
Locating Pin Block-Replace .................................................................................................................................... 51
Rear Locating Pin-Replace ..................................................................................................................................... 55
Security Lock-Replace ............................................................................................................................................ 59
Front Guide Block-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................... 63
Front Guide Rail-Remove/Install ............................................................................................................................. 71
Jettison Cable-Replace ........................................................................................................................................... 75
Canopy-Replace the Protection Mouldings on the Internal Handle ........................................................................ 81
Rear Guide Rail-Remove/Install ............................................................................................................................. 83
Rear Guide Block-Remove and Install .................................................................................................................... 87
52-40 Access Panels .............................................................................................................................................. 1
Access Panels-General ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Access Panels-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................................... 9
Access Panels Maintenance Practices-General ..................................................................................................... 13
53-00 Fuselage ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxiii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Fuselage-General Data ............................................................................................................................................ 3

53-10 Fuselage Structure ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Fuselage Structure-General Data ............................................................................................................................. 3
Fuselage Structure-Description ................................................................................................................................ 5
Fuselage Structure - Maintenance Practices-General Data ................................................................................... 21
55-00 Stabilizers ...................................................................................................................................................... 1
Stabilizers-General ................................................................................................................................................... 3
55-10 Horizontal Stabilizer ..................................................................................................................................... 1
Horizontal Stabilizer-General .................................................................................................................................... 3
Horizontal Stabilizer-Description ............................................................................................................................... 5
Horizontal Stabilizer-Structure Repair Procedure and Data ..................................................................................... 9
Horizontal Stabilizer-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................ 11
Horizontal Stabilizer - Maintenance Practices-General .......................................................................................... 15
55-20 Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab ....................................................................................................................... 1
Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab-General ...................................................................................................................... 3
Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab-Description ................................................................................................................. 5
Elevator(s)-Structure Repair Procedure and Data .................................................................................................... 9
Elevator(s)-Remove and Install .............................................................................................................................. 11
Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab - Maintenance Practices-General ............................................................................ 17
Trim/Servo-Tab-Remove and Install ....................................................................................................................... 19
55-30 Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin ........................................................................................................................... 1
Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin-General .......................................................................................................................... 3
Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin-Description ..................................................................................................................... 5
Dorsal Fin-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................. 9
Tail Skid-Replace .................................................................................................................................................... 13
Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin - Maintenance Practices-General ................................................................................ 17
Ventral Fin-Remove and Install .............................................................................................................................. 19
55-40 Rudder and Tab ............................................................................................................................................ 1
Rudder and Tab-General .......................................................................................................................................... 3
Rudder and Tab-Description ..................................................................................................................................... 5
Rudder-Structure Repair Procedure and Data ......................................................................................................... 9
Rudder-Remove and Install .................................................................................................................................... 11
Rudder and Tab - Maintenance Practices-General ................................................................................................ 15
56-00 Windows ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
Windows-General ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
56-10 Flight Compartment Windows ..................................................................................................................... 1
Flight Compartment Windows-General .................................................................................................................... 3
Page: xxiv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Flight Compartment Windows-Description ............................................................................................................... 5

Window -Repair Procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 7
Window-Replace ..................................................................................................................................................... 13
Flight Compartment Windows - Maintenance Practices-General ........................................................................... 17
Sun Protection Film-Replace .................................................................................................................................. 19
57-00 Wings ............................................................................................................................................................. 1
Wings-General .......................................................................................................................................................... 3
57-10 Wing Structure .............................................................................................................................................. 1
Wing Structure-General ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Wing Structure-Description ....................................................................................................................................... 5
Wings-Structure Repair Procedure and Data ......................................................................................................... 21
Wings-Remove and Install ...................................................................................................................................... 23
Wing Structure - Maintenance Practices-General .................................................................................................. 43
57-30 Winglet ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
Winglet-General ........................................................................................................................................................ 3
Winglet-Description ................................................................................................................................................... 5
Winglet-Structure Repair Procedure and Data ......................................................................................................... 9
Winglet-Remove and Install .................................................................................................................................... 11
Winglet - Maintenance Practices-General .............................................................................................................. 15
57-50 Flaps .............................................................................................................................................................. 1
Flaps-General ........................................................................................................................................................... 3
Flaps-Description ...................................................................................................................................................... 5
Flap-Structure Repair Procedure and Data .............................................................................................................. 9
Flap-Remove and Install ......................................................................................................................................... 11
Flaps - Maintenance Practices-General ................................................................................................................. 17
Ailerons and Tabs-General ....................................................................................................................................... 3
Ailerons and Tabs-Description .................................................................................................................................. 5
Aileron-Structure Repair Procedure and Data ........................................................................................................ 11
Aileron-Remove and Install ..................................................................................................................................... 13
Ailerons and Tabs - Maintenance Practices-General ............................................................................................. 21
61-00 Propeller ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
Propeller-General Data ............................................................................................................................................. 3
Propeller-Description ................................................................................................................................................ 5
61-10 Propeller Assembly ...................................................................................................................................... 1
Propeller Assembly-General Data ............................................................................................................................ 3
Propeller Assembly-Description ................................................................................................................................ 5
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxv

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Propeller Assembly-Operation .................................................................................................................................. 9

Propeller Assembly-General Fault Description ....................................................................................................... 13
Propeller Assembly - Maintenance Practices-General Data ................................................................................... 15
Propeller-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................. 17
70-00 Standard Practices - Engine ........................................................................................................................ 1
Standard Practices - Engine-General ....................................................................................................................... 3
Special Torque - Engine-Tighten Procedure ............................................................................................................ 5
71-00 Power Plant ................................................................................................................................................... 1
Power Plant-General ................................................................................................................................................ 3
Power Plant-Engine Run-Up – General .................................................................................................................... 7
Power Plant-Idle Test Run ...................................................................................................................................... 11
Power Plant-Manual test ......................................................................................................................................... 15
Power Plant-General Fault Description .................................................................................................................. 19
Power Plant - Maintenance Practices-General ....................................................................................................... 21
Power Plant-Remove and Install ............................................................................................................................ 23
Power Plant-Engine Starting ........................................................................................................................... 0
Power Plant-After Engine Shut-Down ............................................................................................................. 0
Power Plant-Engine Fire During Ground Run-Up ........................................................................................... 0
71-10 Cowling .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Cowling-General ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
Cowling-Description .................................................................................................................................................. 5
Cowling-General Fault Description ........................................................................................................................... 9
Cowling - Maintenance Practices-General ............................................................................................................. 11
Cowling-Cleaning .................................................................................................................................................... 13
Engine Cowlings-Remove ...................................................................................................................................... 15
Engine Cowlings-Install .......................................................................................................................................... 19
Cowling Doors-Disassemble procedure ................................................................................................................. 23
Cowling Doors-Assemble procedure ...................................................................................................................... 31
71-20 Mounts ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
Mounts-General ........................................................................................................................................................ 3
Engine Mount-Description ........................................................................................................................................ 5
Mounts-Inspection .................................................................................................................................................... 9
Engine Mount-General Fault Description ................................................................................................................ 13
Mounts Maintenance Procedures-General ............................................................................................................. 15
Mounts-Clean and Apply Surface Protection .......................................................................................................... 17
71-50 Electrical Cables in the Engine Compartment ........................................................................................... 1
Electrical Cables in the Engine Compartment-General ............................................................................................ 3
Page: xxvi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Electrical Cables in the Engine Compartment-Description ....................................................................................... 5

71-60 Air Intakes ..................................................................................................................................................... 1
Air Intakes-General ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Air Intakes-Description .............................................................................................................................................. 5
Air Intakes-General Fault Description ....................................................................................................................... 7
Air Intakes-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................. 9
Air Intakes - Maintenance Practices-General ......................................................................................................... 13
71-70 Engine Drains ............................................................................................................................................... 1
Engine Drains-General ............................................................................................................................................. 3
Engine Drains-Description ........................................................................................................................................ 5
Engine Drains-General Fault Description ................................................................................................................. 9
Engine Drains Pipe-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................. 11
Engine Drains - Maintenance Practices-General .................................................................................................... 13
72-00 Engine ............................................................................................................................................................ 1
Engine-General Data ................................................................................................................................................ 3
Engine Description-Description of How It Is Made and Its Function ......................................................................... 5
Engine-Remove and Install ....................................................................................................................................... 7
73-00 Engine Fuel and Control .............................................................................................................................. 1
Engine Fuel and Control-General Data .................................................................................................................... 3
ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL-GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 5
74-00 Engine Ignition .............................................................................................................................................. 1
Engine Ignition-General ............................................................................................................................................ 3
74-10 Electrical Power Supply ............................................................................................................................... 1
Electrical Power Supply-General .............................................................................................................................. 3
Ignition Exciter Unit-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................... 5
Electrical power supply - Maintenance Practices-General ....................................................................................... 9
74-30 Switching ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
Switching-General .................................................................................................................................................... 3
Switching-Description ............................................................................................................................................... 5
Switching-General Fault Description ........................................................................................................................ 7
76-00 Engine Controls ............................................................................................................................................ 1
Engine Controls-General Data .................................................................................................................................. 3
76-10 Engine Power Control .................................................................................................................................. 1
Engine Power Control-General Data ........................................................................................................................ 3
Power Controls in the Cockpit-Description of How It Is Made and Its
Function .................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Engine Power Control - Maintenance Practices-Adjust ............................................................................................ 9
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxvii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Control Cables-General Data ................................................................................................................................. 13

Power Controls on the Engine-Description ............................................................................................................. 15
Engine Power Control-Adjust .................................................................................................................................. 19
Engine Power Control-General Fault Description ................................................................................................... 23
Engine Power Control - Maintenance Practices-General Data ............................................................................... 25
Reduced Power Control - Maintenance Practices-Adjust ....................................................................................... 27
77-00 Engine Indicating .......................................................................................................................................... 1
Engine Indicating-General data ................................................................................................................................ 3
77-40 Sensors and Transducers ........................................................................................................................... 1
Sensors and Transducers-General data ................................................................................................................... 3
Sensors and Transducers-Description ..................................................................................................................... 5
Fuel-Quantity Gauging System-Calibrate ................................................................................................................. 7
Sensor and Transducers-General maintenance procedure .................................................................................... 11
Oil Pressure-Sensor-Replace ................................................................................................................................. 13
Tachometer-Generator-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................... 17
Oil Temperature-Sensor-Replace ........................................................................................................................... 21
DC Current-Sensor-Replace ................................................................................................................................... 25
Fuel-Flow /Temperature Sensor-Replace ............................................................................................................... 29
Fuel Pressure-Sensor-Replace .............................................................................................................................. 33
Fuel Quantity Sensor-Replace ................................................................................................................................ 37
Fuel-Quantity Conditioning-Unit-Replace ............................................................................................................... 41
78-00 Exhaust .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
Exhaust-General Data .............................................................................................................................................. 3
78-10 Exhaust Nozzles ........................................................................................................................................... 1
Exhaust Nozzles-General Data ................................................................................................................................ 3
Exhaust Nozzles-Description .................................................................................................................................... 5
Exhaust Nozzles-General Fault Description ............................................................................................................. 9
Exhaust Nozzles-Remove and Install ..................................................................................................................... 11
79-00 Engine Oil System ........................................................................................................................................ 1
Engine Oil System-General Data .............................................................................................................................. 3
79-20 Inverted Oil System ...................................................................................................................................... 1
Inverted Oil System-General Data ............................................................................................................................ 3
Inverted Oil System-Description ............................................................................................................................... 5
Engine Oil Tank-Drain Oil ......................................................................................................................................... 9
Inverted Oil System-General Fault Description ...................................................................................................... 13
Oil Tank-Remove and Install .................................................................................................................................. 15
Inverted Oil System - Maintenance Practices-General Data .................................................................................. 21
Page: xxviii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Subject Page
Shuttle-Valve-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................................... 23

Oil Filter-Remove and Install .................................................................................................................................. 27
Oil Filter Element-Replace ...................................................................................................................................... 33
Oil Filter Bypass Indicator-Test ............................................................................................................................... 37
Oil Cooler-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................ 41
Oil Cooler-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................................ 45
79-30 Oil System Indicating ................................................................................................................................... 1
Oil System Indicating-General Data ......................................................................................................................... 3
Oil Pressure-Switch-Description ............................................................................................................................... 5
Oil Pressure-Switch-General Fault Description ........................................................................................................ 9
Oil Pressure-Switch-Remove and Install ................................................................................................................ 11
Oil System Indicating Maintenance Practices-General Data .................................................................................. 17
80-00 Engine Starting ............................................................................................................................................. 1
Engine Starting-General Data ................................................................................................................................... 3
80-10 Engine Starting Cranking ............................................................................................................................ 1
Engine Starting Cranking-General Data ................................................................................................................... 3
Engine Starting / Cranking-Description ..................................................................................................................... 5
Engine Starting / Cranking-General Fault Description .............................................................................................. 9
Engine Starting Cranking - Maintenance Practices-General Data .......................................................................... 11
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxix

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DATA MODULES

Document title Data Module Code Issue date
G 120TP AMM Title Page 1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-001A-D 11-11-2019

Product - General Change record or highlights 1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D 14-12-2018
Maintenance Manual Record of Revision 1T120TP-A-00-00-04-00A-930A-A 11-11-2019
Maintenance Manual Record of Temporary Revisions 1T120TP-A-00-00-05-00A-930A-A 11-11-2019
Maintenance Manual Record of Service Bulletins 1T120TP-A-00-00-06-00A-930A-A 11-11-2019
Maintenance Manual Record of Service Letters 1T120TP-A-00-00-07-00A-930A-A 11-11-2019
Aircraft Maintenance Manual General Data 1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A 14-12-2018
Aircraft Maintenance Manual General Description 1T120TP-A-03-00-00-00A-040A-A 27-10-2017
Airworthiness Limitations General Data 1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Airworthiness limitations EASA Statement 1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-021A-A 14-11-2016
Airworthiness limitations FAA Statement 1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-021B-A 14-11-2016
Scheduled/unscheduled Maintenance General Data 1T120TP-A-05-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Time Limits General Data 1T120TP-A-05-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Scheduled Maintenance Time Limits General Data 1T120TP-A-05-11-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Component Time Limits General Data 1T120TP-A-05-12-00-00B-010A-A 02-02-2018
Scheduled Maintenance Checks General Data 1T120TP-A-05-20-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
100 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check Scheduled
Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A 11-11-2019
Out-Of-Phase Maintenance Checks General Data 1T120TP-A-05-24-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Out-Of-Phase Maintenance Check Scheduled Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-24-00-00B-281A-A 02-02-2018
Flight Line Check General Data 1T120TP-A-05-30-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Pre-Flight Check Special regular inspection 1T120TP-A-05-30-01-00A-282A-A 14-11-2016
Turn-Round Check Special regular inspection 1T120TP-A-05-30-02-00A-282A-A 14-11-2016
Post-Flight Check Special regular inspection 1T120TP-A-05-30-03-00A-282A-A 14-11-2016
Optional Flight Line Checks by Ground Personnel Special
regular inspection 1T120TP-A-05-30-04-00A-282A-A 14-11-2016
Control Locks Special regular inspection 1T120TP-A-05-30-05-00A-282A-A 14-11-2016
3000 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check General Data1T120TP-A-05-40-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Conditional Inspections General Data 1T120TP-A-05-50-00-00A-010A-A 14-12-2018
Hard Landing Check Special Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-01-00A-284A-A 11-11-2019
Engine Fire Special Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-02-00A-284A-A 09-03-2017
Page: xxx Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Engine Submerged in Water and Snow or Ice Ingestion

Check Special Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-03-00A-284A-A 27-10-2017
Engine Hot Start Inspection Special Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-04-00A-284A-A 27-10-2017
Engine Erosion Inspection Special Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-05-00A-284A-A 27-10-2017
Propeller Strike Special Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-06-00A-284A-A 27-10-2017
Lightning Strike Special Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-07-00A-284A-A 27-10-2017
Aircraft Overstress (OVER-G) Special Irregular Inspection1T120TP-A-05-50-08-00C-284A-A 14-12-2018
Significant Aircraft Overstress (OVER-G) Special Irregular
Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-09-00C-284A-A 02-02-2018
Landing Gear Speed Limit Exceedance Special Irregular
Structural Examination after a Tail-Strike Special Irregular
Structural Examination after Over-Speed with the Flaps
extended Special Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-14-00A-284A-A 14-12-2018
Structural Examination after Vmo/Mmo Overspeed Special
Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-15-00A-284A-A 14-12-2018
Structural Examination after Exceeding the Maximum
Number of Turns in a Spin Special Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-16-00A-284A-A 14-12-2018
Structural Examination after Bird Strike or FOD Special
Irregular Inspection 1T120TP-A-05-50-17-00A-284A-A 14-12-2018
Dimensions and Areas Technical Data 1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-030A-A 11-11-2019
Dimensions and Areas General 1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Aircraft Symmetry Dimension Checks 1T120TP-A-06-00-01-00A-361A-A 09-03-2017
Control Surface Movement Dimension Checks 1T120TP-A-06-00-02-00A-361A-A 02-02-2018
Mass and Static Moments of Control Surfaces Dimension
Checks 1T120TP-A-06-00-03-00A-361A-A 14-11-2016
Lifting and Shoring General 1T120TP-A-07-00-00-00A-010A-A 09-03-2017
Jacking General 1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing 1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-200A-A 02-02-2018
Hoisting Servicing 1T120TP-A-07-11-00-00A-200A-A 02-02-2018
Leveling and Weighing General 1T120TP-A-08-00-00-00A-010A-A 09-03-2017
Weighing Pre-Operation 1T120TP-A-08-10-00-00A-120A-A 09-03-2017
Weighing Servicing 1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A 02-02-2018
Ballast Weight Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Leveling Pre-Operation 1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-120A-A 14-11-2016
Leveling Servicing 1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-200A-A 14-11-2016
Towing and Taxiing General 1T120TP-A-09-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-12-2018
Towing Pre-Operation 1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-120A-A 22-10-2016
Towing by hand Servicing 1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-200A-A 14-11-2016
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxxi

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Towing with tow bar Servicing 1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00B-200A-A 14-11-2016

Towing with electric tow vehicle Servicing 1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00C-200A-A 14-11-2016
Taxiing Pre-Operation 1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-120A-A 14-11-2016
Taxiing Servicing 1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-200A-A 14-11-2016
Parking and Mooring General 1T120TP-A-10-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Parking Pre-Operation 1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-120A-A 14-11-2016
Parking (Less than 5 days) Servicing 1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-200A-A 09-03-2017
Parking (Between 5 and 30 days) Servicing 1T120TP-A-10-10-01-00A-200A-A 27-07-2018
Parking / Storage (More than 30 days) Servicing 1T120TP-A-10-10-02-00A-200A-A 09-03-2017
Mooring Pre-Operation 1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-120A-A 14-11-2016
Mooring Servicing 1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-200A-A 02-02-2018
Return to Service after parking Servicing 1T120TP-A-10-30-00-00A-200A-A 09-03-2017
Service for Shipping via Container Disassemble Procedure1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A 27-07-2018
Return the Aircraft to Service After Shipping Assembly
Procedure 1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A 02-02-2018
Placards and Markings General 1T120TP-A-11-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Placards and Markings Replace 1T120TP-A-11-10-00-00A-921A-A 09-03-2017
Exterior Placards and Markings General 1T120TP-A-11-20-00-00A-010A-A 14-12-2018
Interior Placards General 1T120TP-A-11-30-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Servicing General 1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-010A-A 27-10-2017
Servicing Fluid Capacities, Specifications and Pressure
Values 1T120TP-A-12-00-00-01A-028A-A 27-07-2018
Servicing Parts List 1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-075A-A 14-12-2018
Servicing Pre-Operation (Make the aircraft safe for
maintenance) 1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-120A-A 02-02-2018
Servicing Post-Operation (Restore the aircraft after
maintenance) 1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-150A-A 27-10-2017
Servicing Precautions for Defueling and Refueling 1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-012A-A 27-10-2017
Fuel System Refuel 1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-211A-A 27-10-2017
Fuel System Defuel 1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-221A-A 27-10-2017
Engine Oil System Servicing 1T120TP-A-12-10-02-00A-200A-A 27-10-2017
Brake System Servicing 1T120TP-A-12-10-03-00A-200A-A 27-10-2017
Landing Gear Hydraulic System Servicing 1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A 27-07-2018
Tyres Pressure Check / Inflation 1T120TP-A-12-10-05-00A-362A-A 02-02-2018
Battery Servicing 1T120TP-A-12-10-06-00A-200A-A 27-07-2018
Main and Nose Landing Gear Damper Assembly Fill with
Nitrogen 1T120TP-A-12-10-07-00A-214A-A 02-02-2018
Main Landing Gear Damper Assembly Servicing 1T120TP-A-12-10-07-01A-200A-A 02-02-2018
Nose Landing Gear Damper Assembly Servicing 1T120TP-A-12-10-07-02A-200A-A 02-02-2018
Page: xxxii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Oxygen System Fill with Oxygen 1T120TP-A-12-11-00-00B-213A-A 27-10-2017

Scheduled Servicing General 1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Scheduled Servicing List of Consumables associated with
Servicing 1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-201A-A 27-07-2018
Scheduled Servicing Drain Water 1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-226A-A 14-11-2016
Scheduled Servicing Lubrication 1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A 14-12-2018
Unscheduled Servicing General 1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Unscheduled Servicing Clean and Apply Surface
Protection 1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-250A-A 02-02-2018
Standard Practices - Airframe General 1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Bolts General Data 1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-030A-A 14-11-2016
Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure 1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-711A-A 09-03-2017
Torque Values General 1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Nuts Technical Data 1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-030A-A 14-11-2016
Special Torque Tighten Procedure 1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-711A-A 14-12-2018
Thread Locking Technical Data 1T120TP-A-20-00-02-00A-030A-A 14-11-2016
Straps Technical Data 1T120TP-A-20-00-03-00A-030A-A 14-11-2016
Slotted Nuts on Shear-Bolts Tighten Procedure 1T120TP-A-20-00-03-00A-711A-A 14-11-2016
Clamps Attaching Electrical Cables Technical Data 1T120TP-A-20-00-04-00A-030A-A 14-11-2016
Air Conditioning General 1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-010A-A 09-03-2017
Air Conditioning General 1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00B-010A-A 12-05-2017
Air Conditioning Description 1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-040A-A 02-02-2018
Air Distribution General 1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-010A-A 09-03-2017
Air Distribution Description 1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Air Distribution Valve Adjust 1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Air Distribution General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Air Distribution Valve Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-920A-A 09-03-2017
Air Distribution Valve Function Test 1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-340A-A 11-11-2019
Air Distribution - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-21-20-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Heating General 1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Heating Description 1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Heating Bleed Temperature Check 1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-369A-A 09-03-2017
Heating General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Cooling General 1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Cooling Safety Precautions 1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-012A-A 14-11-2016
Cooling Description 1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-040A-A 27-10-2017
Cooling Emergency Operation Procedure 1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-141A-A 09-03-2017
Air Cooling System Servicing 1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-200A-A 27-07-2018
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxxiii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Flexible Belt for the Air Conditioning Compressor Adjust 1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Cooling General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-410A-A 27-10-2017
Conditioning Compressor Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Flexible Belt For the Air Conditioning Compressor Replace1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Cooling - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Air Conditioning Condenser Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Air Conditioning Evaporator Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-21-50-02-00A-920A-A 09-03-2017
Receiver/Drier Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-21-50-03-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Air Conditioning Dual Pressure Switch Remove and Install1T120TP-A-21-50-04-00A-920A-A 09-03-2017
Air Conditioning Expansion Valve Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-21-50-05-00A-920A-A 09-03-2017
Equipment Cooling General 1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Equipment Cooling Description 1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Equipment Cooling General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-410A-A 12-05-2017
Panel Blower Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Equipment Cooling - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-21-51-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Temperature Control General 1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Temperature Control Description 1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Mixer Control Flap Adjust 1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Temperature Control General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Mixer Tube Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-920A-A 09-03-2017
Temperature Control - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-21-60-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Autopilot Description 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-040A-A 09-03-2017
Flight Guidance Computer (FGC) Description 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-040A-A 09-03-2017
Flight Guidance Computer (FGC) Remove Procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-520A-A 11-11-2019
Flight Guidance Computer (FGC) Install Procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-720A-A 11-11-2019
Autopilot Function Test 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-340A-A 11-11-2019
Mode Control Panel (MCP) Description 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A 09-03-2017
Mode Control Panel (MCP) Remove procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-520A-A 09-03-2017
Mode Control Panel (MCP) Install procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-720A-A 09-03-2017
Roll Servo Adjust, align and calibrate 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-270A-D 09-03-2017
Roll Servo Remove procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-520A-A 09-03-2017
Roll Servo Install procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-720A-A 09-03-2017
Pitch Servo Adjust, align and calibrate 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-270A-D 09-03-2017
Pitch Servo Remove procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-520A-A 09-03-2017
Pitch Servo Install procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-720A-A 09-03-2017
Pitch Trim Servo Remove procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-05A-520A-A 01-04-2017
Pitch Trim Servo Install procedure 1T120TP-A-22-10-00-05A-720A-A 01-04-2017
Page: xxxiv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Communications General Data 1T120TP-A-23-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017

Communications Description 1T120TP-A-23-00-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
Speech Communications General data 1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-010A-A 27-07-2018
COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF System Description of how it is
made and its function 1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver Operation Test 1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-320A-A 27-07-2018
Speech Communications General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver Remove and Install1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-920A-A 02-02-2018
Communications - Maintenance Practices General data 1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-010A-A 27-07-2018
COM 1 ADR 7050 VHF Description of how it is made and
its function 1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-040A-A 14-11-2016
COM 3 - UHF Transceiver Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00C-920A-A 27-03-2017
COM 3 - UHF Transceiver Operation Test 1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00A-320A-A 27-07-2018
COM 3 - UHF Transceiver Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
COM 3 - UHF System Description 1T120TP-A-23-10-02-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
COM 3 - UHF Control Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-10-02-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
COM 1 - VHF Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-10-03-00B-920A-A 02-02-2018
COM 2 - VHF Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-10-04-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
COM 3 - UHF Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-10-05-00A-920A-A 02-02-2018
Audio Integrating General Data 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-010A-A 27-10-2017
Audio Management Unit 50 Description of how it is made
and its function 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
AMU 50 Operation Test 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-320A-A 11-11-2019
AMU 50 General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-410A-A 27-07-2018
Audio Integrating - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-23-50-01-00B-010A-A 27-07-2018
AMU 50 Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-920A-A 11-11-2019
AMU 50 Calibration Low Impedance 5 Ohm 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A 11-11-2019
Audio Integrating General Maintenance Procedure 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-01B-913A-A 27-10-2017
RM01 Remote Control Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-02B-920A-A 14-11-2016
Shelf Bracket Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03B-920A-A 11-11-2019
Shelf Bracket Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03C-920A-A 12-05-2017
Speaker Amplifier Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-23-50-00-04B-920A-A 02-02-2018
Static Discharging General Data 1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Static Discharging Description 1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Static Discharging General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Static Discharger Socket/Base Replace 1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Static Discharging - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-23-60-01-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Static Discharger Function Test 1T120TP-A-23-60-01-00A-340A-A 27-07-2018
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxxv

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Static Discharger Brush Replace 1T120TP-A-23-60-01-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018

Electrical Power General Data 1T120TP-A-24-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Starter/Generator Drive General Data 1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Starter/Generator Drive General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-410A-A 27-10-2017
Starter/Generator Drive - Maintenance Practices General
Data 1T120TP-A-24-10-01-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Starter/Generator Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-920A-A 11-11-2019
Inspect the Starter/Generator Brushes General
Maintenance Procedure 1T120TP-A-24-10-01-00A-284A-A 27-10-2017
DC Generation General Data 1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
DC Generation Description of how it is made an its
Function 1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00B-040A-A 02-02-2018
DC Generation General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-410A-A 11-11-2019
DC Generation - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-24-30-01-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Starter/Generator Control Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-920A-A 14-12-2018
External Power Supply General Data 1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
External Power Supply Description of how it is made and
its Function 1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-040A-A 02-02-2018
External Power Supply Operation 1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-100A-A 02-02-2018
External Power Supply General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-410A-A 02-02-2018
External Power Supply - Maintenance Practices General
Data 1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
External Power Socket Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
External Power Contactor Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
DC Electrical Load Distribution General Data 1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00B-010A-A 02-02-2018
DC Electrical Load Distribution - Maintenance Practices
General Data 1T120TP-A-24-60-01-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Contactor Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Circuit Breaker Panel, RH Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-24-60-00-02B-920A-A 02-02-2018
Circuit Breaker Panel, LH Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-24-60-00-03B-920A-A 02-02-2018
Equipment and Furnishing General Data 1T120TP-A-25-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data 1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Shock-Absorber Struts Function Test 1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-340A-A 27-07-2018
Restraint Harness General Maintenance Procedure 1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-913A-A 14-11-2016
Restraint Harness Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-25-10-00-01A-920A-A 11-11-2019
Pilots Seats Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing -
Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Center Console Cover Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Page: xxxvi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Cockpit Panels Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-25-10-02-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016

Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-25-10-02-00B-920A-A 14-11-2016
Emergency Equipment General Data 1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Cospas-Sarsat System Description of How It Is Made and
Its Function 1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-040A-A 14-11-2016
Emergency Equipment ELT Operation 1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-100A-A 27-07-2018
Emergency Equipment General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-410A-A 02-02-2018
ELT Assembly Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Emergency Equipment - Maintenance Practices General
Data 1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
ELT (ARTEX G406-4) Description 1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
ELT (ARTEX G406-4) Function Test 1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-340A-A 09-03-2017
Remote Control Switch Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-920A-A 09-03-2017
ELT (KANNAD 406 AF) Description 1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00B-040A-A 12-05-2017
ELT (KANNAD 406 AF) System test 1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-345A-A 12-05-2017
ELT (KANNAD 406 AF) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-920A-A 12-05-2017
Other Emergency Equipment Description 1T120TP-A-25-60-02-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
ELT Fixed Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-25-60-02-00A-920A-A 11-11-2019
Fire Protection General Data 1T120TP-A-26-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fire Extinguisher General Data 1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fire Extinguisher Description 1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Fire Extinguisher Operation 1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-100A-A 27-07-2018
Fire Extinguisher - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-26-20-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fire Extinguisher Servicing 1T120TP-A-26-20-01-00A-200A-A 27-07-2018
Flight Controls General Data 1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Controls Description 1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00B-040A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Controls Controls and Indicators 1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-110A-A 27-07-2018
Control Rods Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Control Rods Align 1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-272A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Controls General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-410A-A 27-10-2017
Control Rods Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Square Connection-Tube and Control Stick Remove and
Install 1T120TP-A-27-00-00-01A-920A-A 14-12-2018
Flight Controls - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-27-00-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Ailerons and Tabs General Data 1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Ailerons and Tabs Description 1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Ailerons and Tabs Operation 1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-100A-A 27-07-2018
Aileron Control System Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxxvii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Aileron Control System Function Test 1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-340A-A 09-03-2017

Aileron Control Rod/Lever Design Data/Tolerances Check1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-360A-A 14-11-2016
Ailerons and Tabs General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Ailerons and Tabs - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-27-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Aileron Trim General data 1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-010A-A 14-11-2016
Aileron Trim Description 1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
Aileron Trim Operation 1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-100A-A 27-07-2018
Aileron Trim System Function Test 1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00A-340A-A 14-11-2016
Aileron Trim General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-410A-A 14-12-2018
Aileron Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly
Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Aileron Trim Linear-Potentiometer Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-11-00-01A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Aileron Trim - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-27-11-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Control Stick - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-27-11-02-00B-010A-A 27-07-2018
Stick Grip Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-11-02-01B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Rudder General Data 1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-010A-A 31-03-2017
Rudder Description of How It Is Made and Its Function 1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-040A-A 12-05-2017
Rudder Operation 1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-100A-A 31-03-2017
Rudder Control System Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-271A-A 31-03-2017
Rudder Cables Examinations, Tests and Checks 1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-300A-A 09-03-2017
Rudder Cables Examinations, Tests and Checks 1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-300A-C 09-03-2017
Rudder Control System Function Test 1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-340A-A 09-03-2017
Rudder Control Rod/Lever Design Data/Tolerances Check1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-360A-A 09-03-2017
Rudder General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-410A-A 27-10-2017
Rudder Cables Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Rudder - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Rudder Cables Function Test 1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-340A-A 01-04-2017
Rudder Trim General data 1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-010A-A 14-11-2016
Rudder Trim Description of how it is made and its function1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-040A-A 12-05-2017
Rudder Trim Operation 1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-100A-A 12-05-2017
Rudder Trim Function Test 1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00A-340A-A 12-05-2017
Rudder Trim General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-410A-A 27-10-2017
Rudder Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly
Rudder Trim Linear-Potentiometer Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-21-00-01A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Rudder Trim - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-27-21-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Rudder Trim Switch Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-21-01-00B-920A-A 12-05-2017
Elevator General Data 1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Page: xxxviii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Elevator Description of How It Is Made and Its Function 1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-040A-A 01-04-2017

Elevator Operation 1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-100A-A 01-04-2017
Elevator Control System Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-271A-A 01-04-2017
Elevator Control System Function Test 1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-340A-A 01-04-2017
Elevator Control Rod/Lever Design Data/Tolerances
Check 1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-360A-A 09-03-2017
Elevator General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Elevator - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-27-30-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Elevator Trim General Data 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Elevator Trim Description of How It Is Made and Its
Function 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-040A-A 12-05-2017
Elevator Trim Description 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-040A-A 12-05-2017
Elevator Trim Operation 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-100A-A 12-05-2017
Elevator Trim Operation 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-100A-A 12-05-2017
Elevator Trim Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-271A-A 14-11-2016
Elevator Trim Servo Clutch (S-TEC and Honeywell) Adjust1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-271A-A 11-11-2019
Friction Dampers Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-271B-A 12-05-2017
Elevator Tab Trim Function Test 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-340A-A 09-03-2017
Elevator Tab Servo Function Test 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-340B-A 27-07-2018
Elevation Trim Control Rod Design Data/Tolerances
Check 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-360A-A 12-05-2017
Elevator Trim General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-410A-A 27-10-2017
Trim Control Electrical Actuator Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-920A-A 12-05-2017
S-TEC Elevator Trim Servo Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-920A-A 12-05-2017
Elevator Trim - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-27-31-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Flaps General data 1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00B-010A-A 14-12-2018
Flaps Description of How It Is Made and Its Function 1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-040A-A 14-11-2016
Flaps Operation 1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-100A-A 27-07-2018
Flap Control System Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Flap Interconnect System Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271B-A 09-03-2017
Flaps Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271C-A 14-11-2016
Flap Control System Function Test 1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-340A-A 09-03-2017
Flap Control Rod/Lever Design Data/Tolerances Check 1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-360A-A 14-11-2016
Flap Drive-Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Safety Over-Ride Operation 1T120TP-A-27-50-01-00A-100A-A 27-07-2018
Flap Interconnection System General Data 1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Flap Interconnection System Operation 1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-100A-A 27-07-2018
Flap Controls - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxxix

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Flap Control Micro Switches Adjust 1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-271A-A 14-12-2018

Flap Controls General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-410A-A 27-10-2017
Flexible Cable for Flap Indication Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-27-50-04-00A-920A-A 14-12-2018
Fuel System General 1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Fuel System Description 1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-040A-A 02-02-2018
Fuel Storage System General 1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fuel Storage System Description 1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-040A-A 14-12-2018
Fuel Tank Pressure Test Other Check 1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-369A-A 14-12-2018
Fuel Storage System General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-410A-A 27-10-2017
Tank Spar Repair 1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-685A-A 27-10-2017
Safety Relief-Valve Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-920A-A 27-10-2017
Fuel Storage System - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-28-10-01-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Fuel Storage System - Repair and Limits General 1T120TP-A-28-10-02-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fuel Distribution System General 1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-010A-A 14-12-2018
Fuel Distribution System General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-410A-A 27-10-2017
Fuel Distribution System - Maintenance Practices General1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Fuel Selector Valve Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel Filter Element Replace 1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Primary Fuel Pump or Standby Fuel Pump Remove and
Install 1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-920A-A 14-12-2018
Primary Fuel Pump or Standby Fuel Pump (NEW
VERSION) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-28-20-01-02A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Transfer Fuel Pump Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-28-20-02-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel Indication General 1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Fuel Indication Description 1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel Indication General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Fuel Low-Pressure Switch Replace 1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel Indication - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-28-40-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fuel Low-Level Sensor Replace 1T120TP-A-28-40-01-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel Transfer Low-Pressure Switch Replace 1T120TP-A-28-40-02-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel Temperature-Sensor on Wing LH Replace 1T120TP-A-28-40-03-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Mechanical Fuel Gauge Float Unit Replace 1T120TP-A-28-40-04-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Mechanical Fuel Gauge Indicator Replace 1T120TP-A-28-40-05-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Ice and Rain Protection General Data 1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Ice and Rain Protection Description 1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
Ice and Rain Protection General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00A-410A-A 02-02-2018
Intake Heat Controller Remove and install 1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-920A-A 14-11-2016
Indicating Systems General Data 1T120TP-A-31-00-00-00B-010A-A 27-10-2017
Page: xl Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Instrument & Control Panels General Data 1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-010A-A 02-02-2018

Instrument & Control Panels Description 1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-040A-A 02-02-2018
Instrument & Control Panels General Maintenance
Procedure 1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-913A-A 27-10-2017
Push-Button Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-920A-A 02-02-2018
Digital Instrument Panel Remove procedure 1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-520A-A 02-02-2018
Digital Instrument Panel Install procedure 1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-720A-A 02-02-2018
Recorders General 1T120TP-A-31-30-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Recorders General Maintenance Practices 1T120TP-A-31-30-01-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Mic Preamplifier (OPTION 58) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02A-920A-A 11-11-2019
Cockpit Mic Installation (OPTION 58) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-30-00-03A-920A-A 12-05-2017
Mic Preamplifier (OPTION 58) with OPTION 60 and/or
OPTION 73 Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02B-920A-A 11-11-2019
Flight Data Recorders General 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Flight Data Recorder APIV2 Description 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
Flight Data Recorder V3 Description 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00C-040A-A 27-07-2018
Flight Data Recorder V3 (Option 73) Description 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00D-040A-A 27-07-2018
Recorders General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-410A-A 27-10-2017
Flight Data Recorder V3 System Calibration 1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-273A-A 27-07-2018
Flight Data Recorder V3 (OPTION 73) System Calibration1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A 27-07-2018
Flight Data Recorders General Maintenance Practices 1T120TP-A-31-33-01-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-920A-A 11-11-2019
iDRMU Data Recorder and Management Unit Remove and
Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-920A-A 11-11-2019
Sensor Unit APICAP Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01B-920A-A 11-11-2019
FDR Barometric Sensor Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01C-920A-A 11-11-2019
Resistor Board Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-03B-920A-A 11-11-2019
GPS Receiver Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-04B-920A-A 02-02-2018
ARINC Interface Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02B-920A-A 11-11-2019
iDAU (Equipment Compartment) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01B-920A-A 11-11-2019
iDAU (Shelf Bracket) V3 Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02C-920A-A 11-11-2019
APISD Data Transfer Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
APIPWR Power Supply Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-03-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
EMI Filter Box Assy Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Aileron or Flap Linear-Potentiometer Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-05-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Elevator Linear-Potentiometer Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-06-00A-920A-A 12-05-2017
Rudder Linear-Potentiometer Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-07-00A-920A-A 12-05-2017
Elevator-Trim Linear-Potentiometer Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-33-08-00A-920A-A 12-05-2017
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xli

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Video Recording System General 1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-010A-A 12-05-2017

Video Recording System Description 1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A 12-05-2017
Video Recording System General Maintenance Practices 1T120TP-A-31-35-01-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Video Recording System - Recorder - Multiplexer Remove
and Install 1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Camera Mount Canopy Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-35-00-01A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Camera Mount Glareshield Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-35-00-02A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Video Recording System - Remote SD Card Reader
Video Recording System - Video Recorder Switch Remove
Central Computers General 1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-010A-A 27-10-2017
Central Computers Description 1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-040A-A 02-02-2018
Central Computers General Maintenance Procedure 1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-913A-A 27-10-2017
Data Acquisition Unit (DAU) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-920A-A 11-11-2019
Analog Interface Unit 2 (AIU-2) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-40-00-01B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Stall Warning System General 1T120TP-A-31-50-00-00B-010A-A 14-11-2016
Stall Warning System Description 1T120TP-A-31-50-00-00B-040A-A 14-11-2016
Stall Warning System General Maintenance Practices 1T120TP-A-31-50-01-00B-010A-A 11-11-2019
Stall Warning Buzzer Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-50-02-00B-920A-A 14-11-2016
Aural Message Generator Remove and install 1T120TP-A-31-50-04-00B-920A-A 14-11-2016
Central Display System General Data 1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-010A-A 27-07-2018
Central Display Systems Description 1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A 14-12-2018
Central Display Systems General fault description 1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-410A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Indications General Data 1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-010A-A 27-10-2017
Engine Indications Description 1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-040A-A 14-12-2018
Central Display Systems General maintenance procedure1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-913A-A 27-07-2018
Display IDU-680 Remove Procedure 1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-520A-A 27-07-2018
Display IDU-680 Install Procedure 1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-720A-A 22-05-2017
Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-920A-A 14-12-2018
Co-pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-60-01-02B-920A-A 22-05-2017
IDU-680 Function Test 1T120TP-A-31-60-01-00B-340A-A 11-11-2019
IDU-680 Software and Database Update to 8.0E 1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A 22-05-2017
IDU-860 Software and Database Update 1T120TP-A-31-60-02-01B-920A-A 27-07-2018
IDU 680 Data Download LOG Files 1T120TP-A-31-60-02-02B-752A-A 14-12-2018
J1 Smart Connector Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-60-03-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Cooling Fan Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-31-60-04-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Landing Gear General 1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Page: xlii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Landing Gear Description 1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018

Main Landing-Gear General 1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-010A-A 09-03-2017
Main Landing-Gear Description 1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Main Landing-Gear with beringer brake system Description1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-040A-A 12-05-2017
Main Landing Gear Door Adjust 1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-271A-A 02-02-2018
Main Landing-Gear General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-410A-A 14-12-2018
Main Landing-Gear Leg (Complete with Axle and Parker
Brake Unit) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Main Landing-Gear Leg (Complete with Axle and Beringer
Brake Unit) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Main Landing-Gear - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-010A-A 09-03-2017
Main Landing-Gear Side-Stay Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Main Gear Doors Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-10-02-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Main Landing-Gear Damper Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-10-03-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Main Landing Gear Bushings Damage Repair 1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A 27-07-2018
Nose Landing Gear General 1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Nose Landing Gear Description 1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-040A-A 02-02-2018
Nose Landing Gear Door Adjust 1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Nose Landing Gear General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-410A-A 09-03-2017
Nose Landing Gear Leg Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Nose Landing Gear Maintenance Procedures General 1T120TP-A-32-20-01-00A-010A-A 09-03-2017
Nose Landing Gear Folding Stay Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-20-01-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Nose Landing Gear Door Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-20-02-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction Description 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A 24-04-2017
Landing Gear Emergency Extension System Description
of Function 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-042A-A 14-11-2016
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction Normal Operation1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-130A-A 14-12-2018
Hydraulic Kit Servicing 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A 14-12-2018
Landing Gear Hydraulic System Bleed 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-231A-A 27-07-2018
Landing Gear Emergency-Extension Cables Adjust 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-271A-A 02-02-2018
Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-320A-A 27-07-2018
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General Fault
Description 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Hydraulic Kit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Main and Nose Gear Up-lock Adjust 1T120TP-A-32-30-00-06A-271A-A 09-03-2017
Landing Gear Extension and Retraction - Maintenance
Practices General 1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Landing Gear Emergency Extension System Description 1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xliii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Landing Gear Emergency Extension System Operation

Test 1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-320A-A 02-02-2018
Main Landing-Gear Hydraulic Actuator Remove and Install1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Up-Lock Actuator for the Main Landing-Gear Remove and
Install 1T120TP-A-32-30-02-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Retraction Actuator for the Nose Gear Remove and Install1T120TP-A-32-30-03-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Up-Lock Actuator for the Nose Landing Gear Remove and
Install 1T120TP-A-32-30-04-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Wheels and Brakes General Data 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00C-010A-A 02-02-2018
Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-010A-A 09-03-2017
Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system Description 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-040A-A 14-12-2018
Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General Fault
Brakes for Parker brake system Description 1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-040A-A 14-12-2018
Wheel Brake System for Parker brake system Bleed 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-231A-A 27-07-2018
Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-010A-A 09-03-2017
Wheels and brakes for Beringer brake system Description1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-040A-A 14-12-2018
Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General
Fault Description 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-410A-A 21-06-2017
Brake Pads for Beringer Brake System Remove and Install1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-920A-A 09-03-2017
Wheel Brake System for Beringer brake system Bleed 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-231A-A 09-03-2017
Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Clean and apply
surface protection 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-250A-A 09-03-2017
Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Inspection 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-280A-A 09-03-2017
Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Disassemble
procedure 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-530A-A 14-12-2018
Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Assemble
Brake System Components for Parker brake system
(Master-cylinder) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Parking Brake-Valve for Parker brake system Remove and
Install 1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Main Wheel for Parker brake system Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Brake Unit for Parker brake system Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Conditioning of Brake Unit for Parker brake system
Harmonize 1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-274A-A 27-07-2018
Nose Wheel for Parker brake system Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Practices General data 1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-010A-A 09-03-2017
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove and Install1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00B-920A-A 09-03-2017
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove and Install1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Page: xliv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Brakes for Beringer brake system Description 1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-040A-A 14-12-2018

Brake System Components for Beringer brake system
(Master-cylinder) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Brake Unit for Beringer brake system Remove and install 1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Conditioning of Break Unit for Beringer brake system
Harmonize 1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00B-274A-A 09-03-2017
Parking Brake-Valve for Beringer brake system Remove
and Install 1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Wheel and Brake Component Repairs for Parker Brake
System General 1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Nose Wheel for Parker Brake System Disassemble the
Nose Wheel 1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-530A-A 27-07-2018
Nose Wheel for Parker Brake System Assemble the Nose
Wheel 1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-710A-A 14-12-2018
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Clean and apply
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Inspection 1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-280A-A 09-03-2017
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Disassemble
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Repair procedure 1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-685A-A 09-03-2017
Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Assemble
Nose Wheel for Beringer Brake System Disassemble
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Repair procedure 1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-685A-A 09-03-2017
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Assemble
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Inspection 1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-280A-A 12-05-2017
Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Clean and apply
Wheel and Brake Component Repairs for Beringer Brake
System General data 1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-010A-A 09-03-2017
Nose Wheel Steering General 1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Nose Wheel Steering Description 1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Nose Wheel Steering Adjust 1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Nose Wheel Steering General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-410A-A 14-12-2018
Nose Wheel Steering - Torque Link Bushings Damage
Repair 1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A 14-12-2018
Steering Damper Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Nose Wheel Steering Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-32-50-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Landing Gear Position and Warning General 1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-010A-A 09-03-2017
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xlv

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Landing Gear Position and Warning Description 1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018

Landing Gear Position and Warning Operation 1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-100A-A 14-11-2016
Limit-Switch Adjust 1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Landing Gear Position and Warning Operation Test 1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-320A-A 11-11-2019
Landing Gear Position and Warning General Fault
Up-Lock Limit-Switch for the Main Landing-Gear Remove
Landing Gear Position and Warning Maintenance
Practices General 1T120TP-A-32-60-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Down-Lock Limit-Switch for the Main Landing-Gear
Weight-On-Wheels Limit-Switch for the Main Landing-
Gear Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-60-02-00A-920A-A 09-03-2017
Up-Lock Limit-Switch for the Nose Landing Gear Remove
Down-Lock Limit-Switch for the Nose Landing Gear
Landing-Gear Selector Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-32-60-05-00A-920A-A 09-03-2017
Landing Gear – Tail Skid General 1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Landing Gear – Tail Skid Description 1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Landing Gear – Tail Skid Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-32-70-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Tail Skid Replace 1T120TP-A-32-70-01-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Lights General 1T120TP-A-33-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Compartment Lights General 1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Compartment Lights Description 1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
Flight Compartment Lights General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-410A-A 02-02-2018
Dimmer Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-920A-A 09-03-2017
Bulbs Replace 1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Flight Compartment Lights Maintenance Practices General1T120TP-A-33-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Dimmer Potentiometer Replace 1T120TP-A-33-10-01-00A-921A-A 09-03-2017
External Lights General 1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
External lights Description 1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00B-040A-A 11-11-2019
External Lights General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Combined Anti-Collision and Navigation Light Unit in the
Winglet Replace 1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
External Lights Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Combined Landing and Taxi-Light Unit in the Winglet
Replace 1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Combined Light-Unit in the Horizontal Stabilizer Replace 1T120TP-A-33-40-02-00A-921A-A 11-11-2019
Page: xlvi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Gear Down Light Function Test 1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-340A-A 02-02-2018

Gear Down Light Replace 1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-921A-A 02-02-2018
Navigation General data 1T120TP-A-34-00-00-00B-010A-A 14-11-2016
Navigation Description of how it is made and its function 1T120TP-A-34-00-00-00B-040A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Environment Data General 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Environment Data Description 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-040A-A 11-11-2019
Pitot/Static System Test 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-369A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Environment Data General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-410A-A 02-02-2018
Pitot/Static Tube Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
OAT Probe Replace 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-01A-921A-A 14-12-2018
Radar Alitimeter Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-02B-920A-A 14-11-2016
Outboard Radar Altimeter Antenna Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-03A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Inboard Radar Altimeter Antenna Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-04B-920A-A 14-11-2016
Storm Scope Unit Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-05B-920A-A 14-12-2018
Storm Scope Sensor Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-10-00-06B-920A-A 14-12-2018
Flight Environment Data - Maintenance Practices General1T120TP-A-34-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Attitude and Direction General data 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-010A-A 14-11-2016
Attitude and Direction Description 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
Magnetic Compass Calibrate 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00A-273A-A 14-12-2018
Compass Design Data/Tolerances Check 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00A-360A-A 14-11-2016
Attitude and Direction General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-410A-A 02-02-2018
ADAHRS Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-920A-A 11-11-2019
ADAHRS Alignment 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A 02-02-2018
MSU Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-01B-920A-A 11-11-2019
MAG-3000 Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-02B-920A-A 11-11-2019
ESI-2000 Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-920A-A 27-07-2018
ESI-2000 Adjust - Pre-Programming 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A 02-02-2018
ESI-2000 Adjust, align and calibrate - Preparation 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A 14-12-2018
ESI-2000 Calibration 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-273A-A 02-02-2018
ESI-2000 Battery Capacity Meter Calibration 1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03C-273A-A 02-02-2018
Attitude and Direction - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-34-20-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Stall Warning Lift Detector Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-20-03-00A-920A-A 02-02-2018
Magnetic Compass Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00A-920A-A 12-05-2017
Magnetic Compass Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00C-920A-A 12-05-2017
Magnetic Compass. Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00B-920A-A 12-05-2017
Independent Position Determining General Data 1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-010A-A 14-11-2016
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xlvii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Traffic Advisory System (TAS) Description of how it is

made and its function 1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-040A-A 02-02-2018
Traffic Advisory System (TAS) General maintenance
TAS Processor Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-40-01-00B-920A-A 09-03-2017
Transponder Coupler Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-40-02-00B-920A-A 02-02-2018
TAS Top Antenna Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-40-03-00B-920A-A 09-03-2017
TAS Bottom Antenna Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-40-04-00B-920A-A 09-03-2017
Dependent Position Determining General 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Dependent Position Determining Description of how it is
made and its Function 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A 14-12-2018
ADF Receiver Test 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-369A-A 09-03-2017
Dependent Position Determining General maintenance
ADF Receiver (optional) Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-920A-A 09-03-2017
RMI Converter (optional) Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-01B-920A-A 14-11-2016
Mode S Transponder (XPDR) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-02B-920A-A 11-11-2019
DME Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-03B-920A-A 14-11-2016
RS Converter Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-04B-920A-A 14-11-2016
RS Converter (optional) Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-05B-920A-A 14-11-2016
GPS Module Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-06B-920A-A 14-11-2016
Marker Beacon Remove and install 1T120TP-A-34-50-00-07B-920A-A 14-11-2016
ADF Antenna (optional) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-03-00B-920A-A 02-02-2018
NAV Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-04-00A-920A-A 02-02-2018
NAV Antenna - Power Combiner Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-04-01A-920A-A 11-11-2019
GPS 1 Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-05-00A-920A-A 02-02-2018
GPS 2 Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-06-00A-920A-A 09-03-2017
Transponder (XPDR) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-07-00A-920A-A 02-02-2018
Transponder (XPDR) Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-08-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Transponder (LYNX) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-07-01B-920A-A 02-02-2018
Transponder (LYNX) Coupler Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-07-02B-920A-A 02-02-2018
Marker Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-09-00A-920A-A 02-02-2018
DME Antenna Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-12-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Mode S Transponder (XPDR) Antenna Remove and Install1T120TP-A-34-50-14-00B-920A-A 02-02-2018
GPS Splitter Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-34-50-15-00B-920A-A 02-02-2018
Oxygen System General 1T120TP-A-35-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Crew Oxygen General 1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00A-010A-A 27-10-2017
Crew Oxygen Description 1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
Page: xlviii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Oxygen System Function Test 1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-340A-A 27-07-2018

Crew Oxygen General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Crew Oxygen - Maintenance Practices General Data 1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Oxygen Cylinder Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Oxygen Control-Panel Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00B-920A-A 27-07-2018
Standard Practices and Structures General 1T120TP-A-51-00-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Investigation General 1T120TP-A-51-10-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Composite Structure General 1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Composite Structure Investigation 1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-350A-A 14-12-2018
Metal Parts General 1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Metal Parts Investigation 1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-280A-A 02-02-2018
Repair Processes General 1T120TP-A-51-20-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Composite Structure Repair General 1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Composite Structure Repair Satety Precautions and
General Instructions 1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-012A-A 02-02-2018
Composite Structure Repair General Maintenance
Practices 1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Composite Structure Repair Repair to Sandwich Material 1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A 02-02-2018
Composite Structure Repair Repair to Monolithic
Laminates 1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A 02-02-2018
Composite Structure Repair Painting 1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-257A-A 02-02-2018
Composite Structure Repair Scarf and Overlap Lengths for
Repairs 1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-030A-A 02-02-2018
Metal Parts Repair General 1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Metal Parts Repair Corrosion Prevention 1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-259A-A 02-02-2018
Metal Parts Repair Maintenance Practice 1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-685A-A 02-02-2018
Metal Parts Repair Cleaning 1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-251A-A 02-02-2018
Repair Materials General 1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-010A-A 02-02-2018
Repair Materials List of Materials Associated with Repairs
(Approved Materials) 1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-602A-A 02-02-2018
Fasteners General 1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fasteners Description 1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Quick-Release Fasteners Replace 1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-921A-A 09-03-2017
Fasteners Maintenance Procedures General 1T120TP-A-51-40-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Control Surface Balancing General 1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Control Surface Adjust 1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Lightning Protection General 1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-010A-A 10-08-2017
Lightning Protection Components Description 1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Lightning Protection System Bonding Test 1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-369A-A 14-12-2018
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xlix

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Lightning Protection System Bonding Test 1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00B-369A-A 14-12-2018

Lightning Protection- Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-51-80-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Doors General 1T120TP-A-52-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Canopy General 1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Canopy Description and Operation 1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Canopy Adjust 1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018
Canopy Examine the Canopy - Look for Wear 1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-300A-A 27-07-2018
Canopy Jettison Operation Test 1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-320A-A 27-07-2018
Canopy General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Canopy Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Canopy Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Canopy Lock Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Locating Pin Block Replace 1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-921A-A 14-12-2018
Rear Locating Pin Replace 1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Security Lock Replace 1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Front Guide Block Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Front Guide Rail Remove/Install 1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Jettison Cable Replace 1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Canopy Replace the Protection Mouldings on the Internal
Handle 1T120TP-A-52-10-04-00A-921A-A 14-11-2016
Rear Guide Rail Remove/Install 1T120TP-A-52-10-04-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Rear Guide Block Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-52-10-05-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Access Panels General 1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Access Panels Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Access Panels Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-52-40-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fuselage General Data 1T120TP-A-53-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fuselage Structure General Data 1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Fuselage Structure Description 1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Fuselage Structure - Maintenance Practices General Data1T120TP-A-53-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Stabilizers General 1T120TP-A-55-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Horizontal Stabilizer General 1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Horizontal Stabilizer Description 1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Horizontal Stabilizer Structure Repair Procedure and Data1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-660A-A 14-11-2016
Horizontal Stabilizer Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Horizontal Stabilizer - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-55-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab General 1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab Description 1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Page: l Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Elevator(s) Structure Repair Procedure and Data 1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-660A-A 14-11-2016

Elevator(s) Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab - Maintenance Practices
General 1T120TP-A-55-20-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Trim/Servo-Tab Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-55-20-01-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General 1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin Description 1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-040A-A 14-12-2018
Dorsal Fin Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Tail Skid Replace 1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-921A-A 14-12-2018
Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin - Maintenance Practices
General 1T120TP-A-55-30-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Ventral Fin Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-55-30-01-00A-920A-A 14-11-2016
Rudder and Tab General 1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Rudder and Tab Description 1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Rudder Structure Repair Procedure and Data 1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-660A-A 14-11-2016
Rudder Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Rudder and Tab - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-55-40-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Windows General 1T120TP-A-56-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Compartment Windows General 1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Flight Compartment Windows Description 1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-040A-A 14-11-2016
Window Repair Procedure 1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-685A-A 14-11-2016
Window Replace 1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Flight Compartment Windows - Maintenance Practices
General 1T120TP-A-56-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Sun Protection Film Replace 1T120TP-A-56-10-01-00A-921A-A 14-11-2016
Wings General 1T120TP-A-57-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Wing Structure General 1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Wing Structure Description 1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Wings Structure Repair Procedure and Data 1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-660A-A 14-11-2016
Wings Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A 14-12-2018
Wing Structure - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-57-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Winglet General 1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Winglet Description 1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Winglet Structure Repair Procedure and Data 1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-660A-A 14-11-2016
Winglet Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Winglet - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-57-30-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Flaps General 1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Flaps Description 1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: li

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Flap Structure Repair Procedure and Data 1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-660A-A 14-11-2016

Flap Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Flaps - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-57-50-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Ailerons and Tabs General 1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Ailerons and Tabs Description 1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Aileron Structure Repair Procedure and Data 1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-660A-A 14-11-2016
Aileron Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Ailerons and Tabs - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-57-60-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Propeller General Data 1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Propeller Description 1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Propeller Assembly General Data 1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Propeller Assembly Description 1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Propeller Assembly Operation 1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-100A-A 27-07-2018
Propeller Assembly General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Propeller Assembly - Maintenance Practices General Data1T120TP-A-61-10-01-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Propeller Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-920A-A 14-12-2018
Standard Practices - Engine General 1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Special Torque - Engine Tighten Procedure 1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-711A-A 14-12-2018
Power Plant General 1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Power Plant Engine Run-Up – General 1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-131A-A 09-03-2017
Power Plant Idle Test Run 1T120TP-A-71-00-00-01A-347A-A 27-07-2018
Power Plant Manual test 1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-341A-A 11-11-2019
Power Plant General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Power Plant - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-71-00-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Power Plant Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-920A-A 14-12-2018
Power Plant Engine Starting 1T120TP-A-71-00-01-00A-131A-A 14-11-2016
Power Plant After Engine Shut-Down 1T120TP-A-71-00-02-00A-131A-A 14-11-2016
Power Plant Engine Fire During Ground Run-Up 1T120TP-A-71-00-02-00A-141A-A 14-11-2016
Cowling General 1T120TP-A-71-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Cowling Description 1T120TP-A-71-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Cowling General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-71-10-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Cowling - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-71-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Cowling Cleaning 1T120TP-A-71-10-01-00A-250A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Cowlings Remove 1T120TP-A-71-10-01-00A-520A-A 27-07-2018
Engine Cowlings Install 1T120TP-A-71-10-01-00A-720A-A 27-07-2018
Cowling Doors Disassemble procedure 1T120TP-A-71-10-01-03A-530A-A 27-07-2018
Cowling Doors Assemble procedure 1T120TP-A-71-10-01-03A-710A-A 27-07-2018
Page: lii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Mounts General 1T120TP-A-71-20-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016

Engine Mount Description 1T120TP-A-71-20-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Mounts Inspection 1T120TP-A-71-20-00-00A-280A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Mount General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-71-20-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Mounts Maintenance Procedures General 1T120TP-A-71-20-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Mounts Clean and Apply Surface Protection 1T120TP-A-71-20-02-00A-250A-A 27-07-2018
Electrical Cables in the Engine Compartment General 1T120TP-A-71-50-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Electrical Cables in the Engine Compartment Description 1T120TP-A-71-50-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Air Intakes General 1T120TP-A-71-60-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Air Intakes Description 1T120TP-A-71-60-00-00A-040A-A 14-11-2016
Air Intakes General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-71-60-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Air Intakes Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-71-60-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Air Intakes - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-71-60-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Drains General 1T120TP-A-71-70-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Drains Description 1T120TP-A-71-70-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Engine Drains General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-71-70-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Drains Pipe Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-71-70-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Engine Drains - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-71-70-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Engine General Data 1T120TP-A-72-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Description Description of How It Is Made and Its
Function 1T120TP-A-72-00-00-00A-040A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-72-00-00-00A-663A-A 14-12-2018
Engine Fuel and Control General Data 1T120TP-A-73-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL GENERAL 1T120TP-A-73-00-00-01A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Ignition General 1T120TP-A-74-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Electrical Power Supply General 1T120TP-A-74-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Ignition Exciter Unit Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-74-10-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Electrical power supply - Maintenance Practices General 1T120TP-A-74-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Switching General 1T120TP-A-74-30-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Switching Description 1T120TP-A-74-30-00-00A-040A-A 14-11-2016
Switching General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-74-30-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Engine Controls General Data 1T120TP-A-76-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Power Control General Data 1T120TP-A-76-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Power Controls in the Cockpit Description of How It Is Made
and Its Function 1T120TP-A-76-10-00-00A-040A-A 02-02-2018
Engine Power Control - Maintenance Practices Adjust 1T120TP-A-76-10-00-00A-271A-A 09-03-2017
Control Cables General Data 1T120TP-A-76-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Power Controls on the Engine Description 1T120TP-A-76-10-01-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: liii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Engine Power Control Adjust 1T120TP-A-76-10-01-00A-271A-A 27-07-2018

Engine Power Control General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-76-10-01-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Engine Power Control - Maintenance Practices General
Data 1T120TP-A-76-10-02-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Reduced Power Control - Maintenance Practices Adjust 1T120TP-A-76-10-02-00A-271A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Indicating General data 1T120TP-A-77-00-00-00B-010A-A 14-11-2016
Sensors and Transducers General data 1T120TP-A-77-40-00-00B-010A-A 14-11-2016
Sensors and Transducers Description 1T120TP-A-77-40-00-00B-040A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel-Quantity Gauging System Calibrate 1T120TP-A-77-40-00-00A-273A-A 09-03-2017
Sensor and Transducers General maintenance procedure1T120TP-A-77-40-00-00B-913A-A 14-11-2016
Oil Pressure-Sensor Replace 1T120TP-A-77-40-00-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Tachometer-Generator Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-77-40-01-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Oil Temperature-Sensor Replace 1T120TP-A-77-40-01-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
DC Current-Sensor Replace 1T120TP-A-77-40-02-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel-Flow /Temperature Sensor Replace 1T120TP-A-77-40-03-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel Pressure-Sensor Replace 1T120TP-A-77-40-04-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel Quantity Sensor Replace 1T120TP-A-77-40-05-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Fuel-Quantity Conditioning-Unit Replace 1T120TP-A-77-40-06-00A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Exhaust General Data 1T120TP-A-78-00-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Exhaust Nozzles General Data 1T120TP-A-78-10-00-00A-010A-A 27-07-2018
Exhaust Nozzles Description 1T120TP-A-78-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Exhaust Nozzles General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-78-10-00-00A-410A-A 14-11-2016
Exhaust Nozzles Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-78-10-00-00A-920A-A 14-12-2018
Engine Oil System General Data 1T120TP-A-79-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Inverted Oil System General Data 1T120TP-A-79-20-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Inverted Oil System Description 1T120TP-A-79-20-00-00A-040A-A 02-02-2018
Engine Oil Tank Drain Oil 1T120TP-A-79-20-00-00A-222A-A 27-07-2018
Inverted Oil System General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-79-20-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Oil Tank Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-79-20-00-00A-920A-A 14-12-2018
Inverted Oil System - Maintenance Practices General Data1T120TP-A-79-20-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Shuttle-Valve Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-79-20-01-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Oil Filter Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-79-20-02-00A-920A-A 14-12-2018
Oil Filter Element Replace 1T120TP-A-79-20-02-01A-921A-A 27-07-2018
Oil Filter Bypass Indicator Test 1T120TP-A-79-20-02-00A-322A-A 14-12-2018
Oil Cooler Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-79-20-03-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Oil Cooler Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-79-20-03-00B-920A-A 14-12-2018
Oil System Indicating General Data 1T120TP-A-79-30-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Page: liv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Oil Pressure-Switch Description 1T120TP-A-79-30-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018

Oil Pressure-Switch General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-79-30-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Oil Pressure-Switch Remove and Install 1T120TP-A-79-30-00-00A-920A-A 27-07-2018
Oil System Indicating Maintenance Practices General Data1T120TP-A-79-30-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Starting General Data 1T120TP-A-80-00-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Starting Cranking General Data 1T120TP-A-80-10-00-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Engine Starting / Cranking Description 1T120TP-A-80-10-00-00A-040A-A 27-07-2018
Engine Starting / Cranking General Fault Description 1T120TP-A-80-10-00-00A-410A-A 27-07-2018
Engine Starting Cranking - Maintenance Practices General
Data 1T120TP-A-80-10-01-00A-010A-A 14-11-2016
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lv

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
CHAPTER 00 ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
CHAPTER 01 ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Air Publication query report .................................................................................................................................. 11
1 G 120TP-A .............................................................................................................................................................. 5
04-00 Airworthiness Limitations ........................................................................................................................... 1
05-00 Scheduled/unscheduled Maintenance ....................................................................................................... 1
05-10 Time Limits .................................................................................................................................................... 1
05-11 Scheduled Maintenance Time Limits .......................................................................................................... 1
05-12 Component Time Limits ............................................................................................................................... 1
05-20 Scheduled Maintenance Checks ................................................................................................................. 1
05-24 Out-Of-Phase Maintenance Checks ............................................................................................................ 1
1 Examination area inside of the fuselage ................................................................................................................. 5
2 Micro-cracks ........................................................................................................................................................... 5
05-30 Flight Line Check .......................................................................................................................................... 1
05-50 Conditional Inspections ............................................................................................................................... 1
06-00 Dimensions and Areas ................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Overall Dimensions ................................................................................................................................................. 5
2 Airframe Rigging and Measurement Report ......................................................................................................... 11
3 Control System Rigging and Adjustment Report – Aileron, Elevator,
Rudder ..................................................................................................................................................................... 15
4 Control System Rigging and Adjustment–Elevator Servo Tab, Elevator
Trim Tab, Trim Friction Damper .............................................................................................................................. 16
5 Control System Rigging and Adjustment– Flaps .................................................................................................. 17
6 Control Surface Weight and Balance – Aileron .................................................................................................... 20
7 Control Surface Weight and Balance – Elevator .................................................................................................. 21
8 Control Surface Weight and Balance – Rudder .................................................................................................... 22
9 Control Surface Weight and Balance – Elevator Tab ........................................................................................... 23
10 Control Surface Weight and Balance – Flap ....................................................................................................... 24
07-00 Lifting and Shoring ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Page: lvi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
07-10 Jacking .......................................................................................................................................................... 1

1 Lifting the Aircraft on Jacks ..................................................................................................................................... 4
2 Lifting the Aircraft on Jacks ................................................................................................................................... 10
07-11 Hoisting ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Hoisting the aircraft ................................................................................................................................................. 6
08-00 Leveling and Weighing ................................................................................................................................ 1
08-10 Weighing ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Level the Aircraft laterally for weighing ................................................................................................................... 4
2 Level the Aircraft longitudinally for weighing ........................................................................................................... 5
08-11 Weighing ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Level the Aircraft laterally for weighing ................................................................................................................... 9
2 Level the Aircraft longitudinally for weighing ........................................................................................................... 9
3 Weight and Balance Form .................................................................................................................................... 11
4 Weight and Balance Record ................................................................................................................................. 12
5 Ballast Weights Installation ................................................................................................................................... 15
08-20 Leveling ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Level The Aircraft Laterally ..................................................................................................................................... 7
2 Level the aircraft longitudinally ............................................................................................................................... 8
09-00 Towing and Taxiing ...................................................................................................................................... 1
09-10 Towing ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Towing the G 120TP-A by Hand ............................................................................................................................. 8
2 TOW BAR ............................................................................................................................................................. 15
3 OPERATION LIMITS ............................................................................................................................................ 16
4 Belt attaching areas .............................................................................................................................................. 20
09-20 Taxiing ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Safety Range for Taxiing ........................................................................................................................................ 7
10-00 Parking and Mooring .................................................................................................................................... 1
10-10 Parking .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
10-20 Mooring ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Mooring the aircraft ................................................................................................................................................. 7
10-30 Return to Service after parking ................................................................................................................... 1
10-40 Service for Shipping via Container ............................................................................................................. 1
1 Fuselage on the Transport Cradle ........................................................................................................................ 12
2 Securing of the Fuselage ...................................................................................................................................... 12
3 Wing Root LH ....................................................................................................................................................... 13
4 Wing Root LH ....................................................................................................................................................... 13
5 Forward temporary Roller on first Transport Cradle ............................................................................................. 14
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lvii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
6 Aft temporary Roller on first Transport Cradle ...................................................................................................... 14

7 Aft temporary Roller on second Transport Cradle ................................................................................................ 15
8 Forward temporary Roller on second Transport Cradle ....................................................................................... 15
9 Forward temporary Roller and Forklift on second Transport Cradle ..................................................................... 16
10-50 Return the Aircraft to Service After Shipping ............................................................................................ 1
1 Forward temporary Roller and Forklift on first Transport Cradle ............................................................................ 9
2 Forward temporary Roller on first Transport Cradle ............................................................................................. 10
3 Aft temporary Roller on first Transport Cradle ...................................................................................................... 10
4 Aft temporary Roller on second Transport Cradle ................................................................................................ 11
5 Forward temporary Roller on second Transport Cradle ....................................................................................... 11
6 Fuselage on the Transport Cradle ........................................................................................................................ 12
7 Securing of the Fuselage ...................................................................................................................................... 12
8 Wing Root LH ....................................................................................................................................................... 13
9 Wing Root LH ....................................................................................................................................................... 13
11-20 Exterior Placards and Markings .................................................................................................................. 1
1 Exterior Placards and Markings – Top Surface ...................................................................................................... 4
2 Exterior Placards .................................................................................................................................................... 5
11-30 Interior Placards ........................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Internal Placards and Markings - Front of Cockpit .................................................................................................. 4
2 Internal Placards and Markings - Canopy ............................................................................................................... 5
12-00 Servicing ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Location of Cockpit Switches and Circuit Breaker ................................................................................................ 13
12-10 Servicing ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Location of Servicing Points ................................................................................................................................... 4
2 Location of Servicing Points ................................................................................................................................. 11
7 Hydraulic Fluid Level Indicator .............................................................................................................................. 36
8 Fill the Emergency Hydraulic-Accumulator with Nitrogen ..................................................................................... 37
9 Landing-Gear Emergency Accumulator – Nitrogen Filling Pressure (after
pressure dump!) ....................................................................................................................................................... 39
10 Battery Servicing ................................................................................................................................................. 49
11 Fill the Landing Gear Dampers with Nitrogen ..................................................................................................... 53
Page: lviii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
12 Bottle ................................................................................................................................................................... 57
13 Remove Valve Core and Connect Hose ............................................................................................................. 58
14 Extend the Damper and Compress Damper ....................................................................................................... 59
15 Bottle ................................................................................................................................................................... 64
12-11 Oxygen System ............................................................................................................................................. 1
12-20 Scheduled Servicing .................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Drain Hole Locations .............................................................................................................................................. 9
2 Aircraft Lubrication Points - G 120TP-A ................................................................................................................ 14
3 Canopy Seal and Pin Lubrication ......................................................................................................................... 16
4 Flap Actuator Spindle Lubrication ......................................................................................................................... 17
5 Rudder Pedal Adjustment Spindle Lubrication ..................................................................................................... 18
6 Nose Landing Gear Lubrication ............................................................................................................................ 19
7 Main Landing Gear Lubrication ............................................................................................................................. 20
8 Trim Tab/Servo Tab Lubrication ........................................................................................................................... 21
9 Engine Control Cable Lubrication ......................................................................................................................... 22
12-30 Unscheduled Servicing ................................................................................................................................ 1
20-00 Standard Practices - Airframe ..................................................................................................................... 1
1 Typical Bolt-Head Markings .................................................................................................................................... 6
21-00 Air Conditioning ........................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Air Conditioning System – Heating System and Cooling System ........................................................................... 8
2 Air Conditioning System – Heating System .......................................................................................................... 10
21-20 Air Distribution ............................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Warm Air Distribution System ................................................................................................................................. 6
2 Cold Air Distribution System ................................................................................................................................... 7
3 Remove/Install/Adjust the Air Distribution Valve ................................................................................................... 11
4 Remove/Install/Adjust the Air Distribution Valve .................................................................................................. 18
21-40 Heating .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Air heating System .................................................................................................................................................. 6
2 Heating Controls ................................................................................................................................................... 11
21-50 Cooling .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Air Cooling-System ............................................................................................................................................... 10
2 Air cooling-System Operation ............................................................................................................................... 12
3 Air Conditioning Electrical Controls ...................................................................................................................... 14
4 Servicing the Air Cooling-System ......................................................................................................................... 19
5 Remove/Install The Compressor .......................................................................................................................... 23
6 Removal/Installation of the Compressor ............................................................................................................... 31
7 Remove/Install The Compressor .......................................................................................................................... 35
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lix

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
8 Removal/Installation of the Condenser ................................................................................................................. 43

9 Removal/Installation of the Evaporator ................................................................................................................. 49
10 Removal/Installation of the Receiver/Drier ......................................................................................................... 54
11 Removal/Installation of the Receiver/Drier ......................................................................................................... 59
12 Removal/Installation of the Expansion Valve ...................................................................................................... 64
21-51 Equipment Cooling ....................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Panel Blower ........................................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Panel Blower ......................................................................................................................................................... 11
21-60 Temperature Control .................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Temperature Control System ................................................................................................................................. 6
2 Temperature Control System ............................................................................................................................... 11
3 Temperature Control System ................................................................................................................................ 17
22-10 Autopilot ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
1 Release time from the circuit breaker ..................................................................................................................... 5
2 Typical Components - 1950 Autopilot System ........................................................................................................ 6
3 Schematic - Autopilot System ................................................................................................................................. 7
4 Outline Drawing .................................................................................................................................................... 10
5 Hardware Block Diagram ...................................................................................................................................... 11
6 Software Block Diagram ....................................................................................................................................... 12
7 MAPP Software Block Diagram ............................................................................................................................ 13
8 Flight Guidance Computer Installation .................................................................................................................. 17
9 Flight Guidance Computer - Mounting Rack Installation ...................................................................................... 18
10 Flight Guidance Computer Installation ................................................................................................................ 21
11 Flight Guidance Computer - Mounting Rack Installation .................................................................................... 22
12 MCP Outline Drawing ......................................................................................................................................... 30
13 Autopilot annunciation on the PFD ..................................................................................................................... 31
14 FD displayed on PFD with Roll and Pitch Modes ............................................................................................... 32
15 Autopilot HDG and ALT Modes engaged ........................................................................................................... 33
16 Autopilot with NAV:LOC and ALT Modes engaged ............................................................................................ 34
17 Autopilot with APR:FMS and APR:GS Modes engaged ..................................................................................... 35
18 Autopilot with HDG and IAS Modes engaged ..................................................................................................... 36
19 Autopilot with HDG and VS Modes engaged ...................................................................................................... 37
20 Pushbuttons on control stick ............................................................................................................................... 38
21 Pitch Servo 01230-4-( ) Outline Drawing ............................................................................................................ 39
22 Roll Servo 0106-17-( ) Outline Drawing .............................................................................................................. 40
23 Mode Control Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 45
24 Mode Control Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 49
Page: lx Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
25 Roll Servo ........................................................................................................................................................... 55

26 Roll Servo ........................................................................................................................................................... 59
27 Pitch Servo ......................................................................................................................................................... 65
28 Pitch Servo ......................................................................................................................................................... 69
23-00 Communications .......................................................................................................................................... 1
23-10 Speech Communications ............................................................................................................................. 1
1 Speech Communication Equipment ....................................................................................................................... 4
2 Communication Antenna And Equipment Locations OPTION 20 ........................................................................... 5
3 Communication Antenna And Equipment Locations OPTION 47 ........................................................................... 7
4 Speech Communication Equipment ..................................................................................................................... 13
5 Removal and Installation of the VHF Transceiver ADR-7050 ............................................................................... 19
6 Remove/Install the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 47) ................................................................................. 27
7 Remove/Install the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 20) ................................................................................. 33
8 Remove/Install the COM 3 UHF Control Unit ....................................................................................................... 39
9 Removal/Installation of the COM 1 - VHF Antenna .............................................................................................. 43
10 Removal/Installation of the COM 2 - VHF Antenna ............................................................................................ 47
11 Removal / Installation of the COM 3 UHF Antenna ............................................................................................ 51
23-50 Audio Integrating .......................................................................................................................................... 1
1 AMU 50 Equipment ................................................................................................................................................. 7
2 AMU 50 Installation ................................................................................................................................................. 9
3 Removal and Installation of the AMU 50 .............................................................................................................. 21
4 AMU 50 Service Connector .................................................................................................................................. 30
5 Software - File and Device Information ................................................................................................................. 31
6 AMU Upload ......................................................................................................................................................... 31
7 Data Reading ........................................................................................................................................................ 31
8 AMU 50 Settings ................................................................................................................................................... 32
9 Settings for ACP #1 .............................................................................................................................................. 32
10 Settings for ACP #2 ............................................................................................................................................ 33
11 Settings for ACP #7 ............................................................................................................................................ 34
12 Settings for User #1 ............................................................................................................................................ 34
15 Settings for Transceiver #1 and #2 ..................................................................................................................... 36
16 Settings for Transceiver #3 ................................................................................................................................. 36
17 Settings for Receiver #1, #2, #3, #4 and #6 ....................................................................................................... 36
18 Settings for Receiver #5 ..................................................................................................................................... 37
19 Settings for Direct #1, #2 and #3 ........................................................................................................................ 37
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxi

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
20 Settings for Direct #4 .......................................................................................................................................... 37

21 Emergency Mode Settings .................................................................................................................................. 38
22 Removal and Installation of the RM01 Remote Module ..................................................................................... 43
23 Removal and Installation of the Shelf Bracket .................................................................................................... 48
24 Removal and Installation of the Shelf Bracket .................................................................................................... 54
25 Speaker Amplifier ............................................................................................................................................... 59
23-60 Static Discharging ........................................................................................................................................ 1
1 Static Discharge System ......................................................................................................................................... 6
24-00 Electrical Power ............................................................................................................................................ 1
24-10 Starter/Generator Drive ................................................................................................................................ 1
1 Starter/Generator Installation on the Engine .......................................................................................................... 4
2 Starter/Generator Installation on the Engine ........................................................................................................ 15
24-30 DC Generation .............................................................................................................................................. 1
1 DC Generation Simplified Schematic Diagram ....................................................................................................... 9
2 Generator Control Unit Installation ....................................................................................................................... 17
24-40 External Power Supply ................................................................................................................................. 1
1 DC Generation Schematic Diagram - External Power System ............................................................................... 7
2 External Power Supply Access Door .................................................................................................................... 12
3 External power Installation .................................................................................................................................... 19
4 External-power Installation ................................................................................................................................... 24
24-60 DC Electrical Load Distribution ................................................................................................................... 1
1 DC Load Distribution and Control Schematic Diagram ........................................................................................... 5
2 DC Electrical Load Distribution - Bus Structure ...................................................................................................... 6
3 Electrical System Circuit Breaker Panels in the Cockpit ......................................................................................... 7
4 Typical Contactor Installation ................................................................................................................................ 13
25-00 Equipment and Furnishing .......................................................................................................................... 1
25-10 Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing ....................................................................................... 1
1 Cockpit Furnishing .................................................................................................................................................. 5
2 Pilot's Seats ............................................................................................................................................................ 7
3 Center Console And Front Cockpit Panels ............................................................................................................. 9
4 Pilot's Seats - Shock-Absorber Test ..................................................................................................................... 13
5 Restraint Harness ................................................................................................................................................. 21
6 Strap Installation ................................................................................................................................................... 22
7 Strap routing in three bar slide .............................................................................................................................. 23
8 Pilot's Seats .......................................................................................................................................................... 27
9 Removal and Installation of the Center Console Cover ........................................................................................ 37
10 Removal and Installation of the Cockpit Panel ................................................................................................... 45
Page: lxii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
25-60 Emergency Equipment ................................................................................................................................. 1

1 ELT Installation ....................................................................................................................................................... 8
2 Removal/Installation of the ELT ............................................................................................................................ 16
3 Elt Installation ....................................................................................................................................................... 23
4 Removal and Installation of the Cockpit Remote Switch ...................................................................................... 29
5 Front Panel ........................................................................................................................................................... 37
6 DIN 12 Connector pin-out ..................................................................................................................................... 38
7 ELT Removal ........................................................................................................................................................ 45
8 ELT Installation ..................................................................................................................................................... 46
9 ELT Control and Connectors ................................................................................................................................ 47
10 RCP Operational Test ......................................................................................................................................... 48
11 ELT Fixed Antenna Installation ........................................................................................................................... 53
26-00 Fire Protection .............................................................................................................................................. 1
26-20 Fire Extinguisher .......................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Fire Extinguisher ..................................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Fire Extinguisher ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
3 Fire Extinguisher Temperature-Pressure Graph ................................................................................................... 12
4 Fire Extinguisher ................................................................................................................................................... 15
5 Fire Extinguisher Temperature-Pressure Graph ................................................................................................... 16
27-00 Flight Controls .............................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Typical Control Rod ................................................................................................................................................ 8
2 Typical Control Lever .............................................................................................................................................. 9
3 Typical Control Rod .............................................................................................................................................. 13
4 Square Connection-Tube - Installation ................................................................................................................. 25
1 Aileron Controls In The Fuselage ........................................................................................................................... 4
2 Aileron Controls In The Wing .................................................................................................................................. 6
3 Aileron Controls In The Fuselage ........................................................................................................................... 8
4 Aileron Controls In The Wing ................................................................................................................................ 10
5 Aileron Controls In The Fuselage ......................................................................................................................... 12
7 Aileron Controls In The Fuselage ......................................................................................................................... 19
27-11 Aileron Trim .................................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Aileron Rear Lever Assembly with Trim Unit .......................................................................................................... 6
2 Aileron Trim Cockpit Controls ................................................................................................................................. 8
3 Aileron Rear Lever Assembly with Trim Unit ........................................................................................................ 10
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxiii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
4 Aileron Trim Cockpit Controls ............................................................................................................................... 12

5 Aileron Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Installation ................................................................................ 19
6 Aileron Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Installation ................................................................................ 23
7 Installation of the Stick Grip with Autopilot ............................................................................................................ 34
8 Installation of the Stick Grip without Autopilot ....................................................................................................... 36
27-20 Rudder ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Rudder Control System .......................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Rudder Control System ........................................................................................................................................ 10
4 Adjustment – Rudder Control System .................................................................................................................. 19
5 Rudder Control Cable Installation ......................................................................................................................... 35
7 Rudder Cable Tension Compensation for Temperature ....................................................................................... 43
27-21 Rudder Trim .................................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Rudder Middle Lever Assembly with Trim Unit ....................................................................................................... 6
2 Rudder Trim Controls in the Cockpit ....................................................................................................................... 8
3 Rudder Middle Lever Assembly with Trim Unit ..................................................................................................... 12
4 Rudder Trim Controls in the Cockpit ..................................................................................................................... 14
5 Rudder Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Installation ................................................................................ 23
6 Rudder Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Installation ................................................................................ 27
7 Rudder Trim Controls in the Cockpit ..................................................................................................................... 33
27-30 Elevator ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Elevator Controls .................................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Elevator Controls .................................................................................................................................................. 10
27-31 Elevator Trim ................................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Elevator Trim Controls ............................................................................................................................................ 6
2 Elevator Trim Controls .......................................................................................................................................... 10
5 Appendix 1 ............................................................................................................................................................ 28
27-50 Flaps .............................................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Flap Control System ............................................................................................................................................... 6
Page: lxiv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
2 Flap Selector ........................................................................................................................................................... 7

3 Flap Control System ............................................................................................................................................. 10
4 Flap Selector ......................................................................................................................................................... 12
6 Flap Selector-Lever Stops .................................................................................................................................... 20
7 Flap Interconnect Cable-Tension Compensation for Temperature ....................................................................... 26
8 Permissible Cable Tension Range ....................................................................................................................... 30
10 Flap Control System ........................................................................................................................................... 42
11 Flap Interconnection Installation ......................................................................................................................... 46
12 Flap Interconnection Installation ......................................................................................................................... 50
13 Micro Switch Installation ..................................................................................................................................... 58
14 Distance X on Flap Selector Lever ..................................................................................................................... 59
15 Flexible Cable Installation ................................................................................................................................... 66
28-00 Fuel System .................................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Fuel System Schematic Diagram ........................................................................................................................... 9
28-10 Fuel Storage System .................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Main Fuel Tank Components .................................................................................................................................. 7
2 Vent System in the Fuselage and Wing .................................................................................................................. 9
3 Jet-Pump Installation In The Left Fuel Tank ......................................................................................................... 11
4 Fuel Tank Pressure Test ...................................................................................................................................... 18
5 Safety Relief-Valve Installation ............................................................................................................................. 30
28-20 Fuel Distribution System ............................................................................................................................. 1
1 Fuel Distribution System in the Fuselage (before AC S/N 11117) .......................................................................... 4
2 Fuel Distribution System in the Engine Compartment (before AC S/N
11117) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 6
3 Fuel System Electrical Cockpit Controls ................................................................................................................. 8
4 Fuel Distribution System in the Fuselage (before AC S/N 11117) ........................................................................ 16
5 Fuel Distribution System in the Fuselage (before AC S/N 11117) ........................................................................ 22
6 Fuel Distribution System in the Engine Compartment (before AC S/N
11117) ...................................................................................................................................................................... 24
7 Fuel Distribution System in the Engine Compartment .......................................................................................... 32
8 Primary Fuel Pump and Standby Fuel Pump ....................................................................................................... 34
9 Pressure Adjustment of the Fuel Pump ................................................................................................................ 34
10 Fuel distribution .................................................................................................................................................. 40
11 Pressure adjustment of the Fuel Pump .............................................................................................................. 42
12 Transfer Fuel Pump ............................................................................................................................................ 46
28-40 Fuel Indication .............................................................................................................................................. 1
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxv

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
1 Mechanical Fuel Gauge Installation ........................................................................................................................ 7

2 Fuel Low-Pressure Switch Installation .................................................................................................................. 13
3 Fuel Low-Level Sensor Installation ....................................................................................................................... 19
4 Fuel Transfer Low-Pressure Switch Installation ................................................................................................... 23
5 Fuel Temperature Sensor Installation on the Left Wing ....................................................................................... 27
6 Mechanical Fuel Gauge Installation ..................................................................................................................... 32
7 Replace and Adjust the Mechanical Fuel Gauge Indicator ................................................................................... 36
30-00 Ice and Rain Protection ................................................................................................................................ 1
1 Ice-Protection Component Locations ...................................................................................................................... 7
2 Ice-Protection Instrument Panel Locations ............................................................................................................. 9
3 Remove and Install the Intake Heat Controller ..................................................................................................... 15
31-00 Indicating Systems ....................................................................................................................................... 1
31-10 Instrument & Control Panels ....................................................................................................................... 1
1 Instrument Panel ..................................................................................................................................................... 4
2 Digital Instrument Panel Locations ......................................................................................................................... 6
3 Instrument Panel Beam .......................................................................................................................................... 7
4 Removal and Installation of the Push-Button ........................................................................................................ 13
5 Digital Instrument Panel Locations ....................................................................................................................... 17
6 Digital Instrument Panel Locations ....................................................................................................................... 23
31-30 Recorders ...................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 iDAU (Rear Equipment Compartment) Installation ................................................................................................. 9
2 MIC Cockpit Installation ........................................................................................................................................ 13
3 Preamplifier Installation with OPTION 60 and/or OPTION 73 (If FDR V3
(OPTION 73) is installed the iDAU is located on the Shelf Bracket between
Firewall and Instrument Panel) ................................................................................................................................ 17
31-33 Flight Data Recorders .................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Flight Data Recorder Schematic Diagram ............................................................................................................. 8
2 Flight Data Recorder Component Locations .......................................................................................................... 9
3 Overview FDR System ......................................................................................................................................... 14
4 Flight Data Recorder Component Locations ......................................................................................................... 15
5 Overview FDR System v3 light ............................................................................................................................. 20
6 Flight Data Recorder Component Locations ......................................................................................................... 21
7 iDAU Boot Message (values can deviate depending of the software
version) .................................................................................................................................................................... 29
8 Main Menu ............................................................................................................................................................ 29
9 iDAU Test&Calibration Menu ................................................................................................................................ 30
10 Parameter selection menu .................................................................................................................................. 30
11 iDAU Test & Calibration Menu ............................................................................................................................ 31
Page: lxvi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
12 Set Parameters Menu ......................................................................................................................................... 31

13 Parameter Setting ............................................................................................................................................... 31
14 iDAU Boot Message (values can deviate depending of the software
version) .................................................................................................................................................................... 37
15 Main Menu .......................................................................................................................................................... 37
16 iDAU low speed devices selection Menu ............................................................................................................ 38
17 Apicap Test Menu ............................................................................................................................................... 38
18 iDAU Test & Calibration Menu ............................................................................................................................ 38
19 Set Parameters Menu ......................................................................................................................................... 39
20 Parameter Setting ............................................................................................................................................... 39
21 APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit Installation ...................................................................................................... 45
22 iDRMU Installation (The figure shows the installation of OPTION 73 and
OPTION 58, for other configuration the brackets Item 100 and 110 as well
as the Item 80 and 95 may show different or do not exist.) ..................................................................................... 49
23 Sensor Unit Installation (figure valid for OPTION 5, not for OPTION 73)
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 53
24 Sensor Unit Installation ....................................................................................................................................... 57
25 Removal and Installation of the 7 VE Resistor Board ......................................................................................... 61
26 GPS Installation for the FDR ............................................................................................................................. 65
27 Removal and Installation of the ARINC Interface Unit ........................................................................................ 69
28 iDAU (Equipment Compartment) Installation ...................................................................................................... 73
29 Sensor Unit Installation ....................................................................................................................................... 77
30 APIBOX Recorder-Device Installation ............................................................................................................... 81
31 Power Supply Unit Installation for the FDR ........................................................................................................ 85
32 Removal and Installation of the EMI Filter Box Assy .......................................................................................... 89
33 Aileron and Flap Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR .......................................................................... 93
34 Elevator Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR ....................................................................................... 97
35 Rudder Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR ...................................................................................... 101
36 Elevator Trim Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR ............................................................................ 105
31-35 Video Recording System ............................................................................................................................. 1
1 Commander Digital Video Recorder Unit ................................................................................................................ 7
2 Multiplexer (PIP) ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
3 HD Camera Front ................................................................................................................................................... 8
4 CAM 1 - Camera Mount Canopy I .......................................................................................................................... 9
5 CAM 1 - Camera Mount Canopy II ......................................................................................................................... 9
6 Canopy Connector ................................................................................................................................................ 10
7 CAM 2 - Camera Mount Glareshield ..................................................................................................................... 10
8 Remote SD Card Slot & LEDs .............................................................................................................................. 11
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxvii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
9 Remote SD Card Slot & Video Recorder Switch .................................................................................................. 11

10 Circuit breaker VIDEO ........................................................................................................................................ 12
11 Video Recording System .................................................................................................................................... 19
12 Camera Mount Canopy ....................................................................................................................................... 24
13 Camera Mount Glareshield ................................................................................................................................. 30
14 Remote SD card reader ...................................................................................................................................... 34
15 Video Recorder Switch ....................................................................................................................................... 39
31-40 Central Computers ....................................................................................................................................... 1
1 DAU Installation ...................................................................................................................................................... 7
2 EICAS Display Layout with optional parameters .................................................................................................... 9
3 Removal and Installation of the DAU .................................................................................................................... 15
4 Removal and Installation of the AIU-2 Unit ........................................................................................................... 19
31-50 Stall Warning System ................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Removal and Installation of the Stall Warning Buzzer .......................................................................................... 11
2 Removal and Installation of the Aural Message Generator .................................................................................. 15
31-60 Central Display System ................................................................................................................................ 1
1 Panel Layout G 120TP-A Digital Cockpit (OPTION 17 and OPTION 18)
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 3
2 Top View behind Instrument Panel ......................................................................................................................... 4
3 Integrated Display Unit 680 (IDU-680) .................................................................................................................. 10
4 PFD and MFD ....................................................................................................................................................... 11
5 Schematic Diagram for the IDU-680 ..................................................................................................................... 12
6 Primary Flight Information (PFI) ............................................................................................................................ 13
7 EICAS Screen for Engine Indications and other Information (Software
version 8.0 E) ........................................................................................................................................................... 24
8 Removal of the IDU-680 from the Pilot’s Side ...................................................................................................... 31
9 Installation of the IDU-680 .................................................................................................................................... 36
10 Removal and Installation of the IDUs from the Pilot’s Side ................................................................................ 41
11 Remove and Install the IDU-680 at Co-Pilots Side ............................................................................................. 45
12 Example for initialization screen ......................................................................................................................... 50
13 PFD (example) .................................................................................................................................................... 51
14 USB cover plate .................................................................................................................................................. 61
15 Top-left bezel buttons ......................................................................................................................................... 61
16 “Ground and Maintenance Functions” menu ...................................................................................................... 62
17 Screen Position Settings ..................................................................................................................................... 62
18 Select Limits Page .............................................................................................................................................. 63
19 Speed Settings ................................................................................................................................................... 63
20 Optional Sensor Settings .................................................................................................................................... 64
Page: lxviii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
21 Airframe Settings ................................................................................................................................................ 64

22 Autopilot Settings ................................................................................................................................................ 65
23 Basic Sensor Settings ......................................................................................................................................... 65
24 Video Input Settings ............................................................................................................................................ 65
25 Weather Radar Settings ..................................................................................................................................... 66
26 ARINC 429 Receive Port Settings ...................................................................................................................... 66
27 Discrete Input Settings ........................................................................................................................................ 67
28 Screen 1 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output Settings .......................................................................... 68
32 Aircraft Fuel Settings .......................................................................................................................................... 70
33 Fuel Tank #1 Settings ......................................................................................................................................... 70
34 Fuel Tank #2 Settings ......................................................................................................................................... 71
35 Start Up Screen .................................................................................................................................................. 71
36 Removal / Installation of the J1 Smart Connector .............................................................................................. 79
37 Safety wire on coupling rings .............................................................................................................................. 81
38 Removal / Installation of the Cooling Fan ........................................................................................................... 85
32-00 Landing Gear ................................................................................................................................................ 1
1 Landing Gear .......................................................................................................................................................... 7
32-10 Main Landing-Gear ....................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Main Landing-Gear ................................................................................................................................................. 6
2 Main landing-gear ................................................................................................................................................. 10
3 Removal and Installation of the Main Gear Door ................................................................................................. 15
4 Removal and Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Leg ...................................................................................... 23
5 Removal and Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Leg ...................................................................................... 29
6 Removal and Installation of the Main Gear Side-Stay .......................................................................................... 36
7 Removal and Installation of the Main Gear Door ................................................................................................. 41
8 Removal and Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Damper ............................................................................... 46
9 Measuring the play of MLG ................................................................................................................................... 53
10 Check of the play of the trailing arm ................................................................................................................... 54
11 Check the play at the axle of the folding stay ..................................................................................................... 55
12 Bushings in trailing arm and main landing gear leg ............................................................................................ 56
13 Bushings of the axle in the front bearing housing ............................................................................................... 57
32-20 Nose Landing Gear ....................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Nose Landing Gear New ........................................................................................................................................ 7
2 Adjustment of the Nose Landing Gear Door ......................................................................................................... 11
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxix

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
3 Removal and Installation of the Nose Landing Gear Leg ..................................................................................... 17

4 Removal and Installation of the Folding Stay ....................................................................................................... 23
5 Removal and Installation of the Nose Gear Doors ............................................................................................... 28
32-30 Landing Gear Extension and Retraction .................................................................................................... 1
1 Location Of the Main Components in the Landing Gear Retraction System
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 10
2 Hydraulic Kit Component Locations ...................................................................................................................... 12
3 Hydraulic Kit Schematic Diagram ......................................................................................................................... 14
4 Emergency-Extension Valve and Retraction Components Schematic
Diagram ................................................................................................................................................................... 16
5 Emergency-Extension Valve and Retraction Components Schematic
Diagram (post RSB565-061/1) ................................................................................................................................ 18
6 Emergency-Extension Schematic-Diagram .......................................................................................................... 22
7 Normal Retraction Schematic Diagram ................................................................................................................ 25
8 Normal Retraction Schematic Diagram (post RSB565-061/1) .............................................................................. 26
9 Normal Extension Schematic Diagram ................................................................................................................. 27
10 Normal Extension Schematic Diagram (post RSB565-061/1) ............................................................................ 28
11 Hydraulic Kit (Variant A and B) ........................................................................................................................... 39
12 Hydraulic Kit - Solenoid Coil ............................................................................................................................... 40
13 Hydraulic Kit - Accu Dump Valve ........................................................................................................................ 41
14 Hydraulic Kit - Thermal Relief Valve ................................................................................................................... 42
15 Hydraulic Kit - Nitrogen Filling Valve .................................................................................................................. 43
16 Hydraulic Kit (Variant A) ..................................................................................................................................... 65
17 Hydraulic Kit (Variant B) ..................................................................................................................................... 67
18 Emergency-Extension Component Locations ..................................................................................................... 75
19 Emergency-Extension Schematic-Diagram ........................................................................................................ 77
20 Hydraulic Kit Component Locations .................................................................................................................... 82
21 Main-Gear Hydraulic-Actuator Installation .......................................................................................................... 88
22 Main Gear Up-Lock Actuator Installation ............................................................................................................ 94
23 Nose Gear Retraction-Actuator Installation ...................................................................................................... 100
24 Nose Gear Up-Lock Actuator Installation ......................................................................................................... 106
32-40 Wheels and Brakes ....................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Main Wheel ............................................................................................................................................................ 8
2 Nose Wheel ........................................................................................................................................................... 9
3 Wheel Brake System Schematic Diagram ............................................................................................................ 14
4 Brake Unit Installation ........................................................................................................................................... 19
5 Main Wheel .......................................................................................................................................................... 24
6 Nose Wheel ......................................................................................................................................................... 27
Page: lxx Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
7 Removal of the screws and the brake pads .......................................................................................................... 39

8 Piston push back .................................................................................................................................................. 40
9 Brake pads ............................................................................................................................................................ 41
10 Brake Unit Installation ......................................................................................................................................... 45
11 Brake Disassembly ............................................................................................................................................. 57
12 Brake Disassembly ............................................................................................................................................. 62
13 Brake Master-Cylinder Installation ...................................................................................................................... 69
14 Parking Brake-Valve Installation ......................................................................................................................... 74
15 Removal and Installation of the Main Wheel ...................................................................................................... 79
16 Brake Unit Installation ......................................................................................................................................... 83
17 Removal and Installation of the Nose Wheel ...................................................................................................... 89
18 Installation of the Safety Wire and the Cotterpin ................................................................................................ 97
19 Installation of the Main Wheel ............................................................................................................................. 98
20 Removal and Installation of the Nose Wheel .................................................................................................... 104
21 Wheel Brake System Schematic Diagram ........................................................................................................ 108
22 Brake Master-Cylinder ...................................................................................................................................... 115
23 Brake Master-Cylinder Installation .................................................................................................................... 116
24 Brake Installation .............................................................................................................................................. 120
25 Parking Brake-Valve Installation ....................................................................................................................... 126
32-41 Wheel and Brake Component Repairs for Parker Brake System
................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Nose Wheel Assembly ............................................................................................................................................ 7
2 Nose Wheel Assembly .......................................................................................................................................... 11
3 Damage Limits ...................................................................................................................................................... 19
4 Main Wheel Assembly .......................................................................................................................................... 24
5 Removal of the Tire .............................................................................................................................................. 26
6 Removal of the Bearings ...................................................................................................................................... 31
7 Installation of the Bushings ................................................................................................................................... 32
8 Installation of Screw and Clips .............................................................................................................................. 33
9 Installation of the Tire ........................................................................................................................................... 38
10 Main Wheel Assembly ........................................................................................................................................ 39
11 Nose Wheel Assembly ........................................................................................................................................ 44
12 Removal of the Tire ............................................................................................................................................ 45
13 Removal of the Bearings .................................................................................................................................... 50
15 Installation of the Bearings ................................................................................................................................. 53
16 Installation of the Tire ......................................................................................................................................... 58
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxxi

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page

18 Damage Limits .................................................................................................................................................... 63
32-50 Nose Wheel Steering .................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Nose Wheel Steering .............................................................................................................................................. 6
2 Remove and Install the Steering Damper ............................................................................................................. 12
3 Nose Landing Gear ............................................................................................................................................... 23
4 Nose Landing Gear Torque Link ........................................................................................................................... 24
5 Removal and Installation of the Steering Damper ................................................................................................ 32
32-60 Landing Gear Position and Warning .......................................................................................................... 1
1 Landing Gear Control and Warning Equipment on the Instrument Panel
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 8
2 Landing Gear Power Supply and Protection Simplified Circuit-Diagram
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 10
3 Landing Gear Selector Unit .................................................................................................................................. 11
4 Limit-Switch Simplified Circuit-Diagram ................................................................................................................ 12
5 Weight-on-Wheels and Gear Warning Simplified Circuit-Diagrams ..................................................................... 13
6 Landing Gear Selector Unit .................................................................................................................................. 26
7 Main landing-Gear Up-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation ...................................................................... 33
8 Main Landing-Gear Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 40
9 Main Landing-Gear Weight-on-Wheels Limit-Switch and Harness
Installation ................................................................................................................................................................ 47
10 Nose Landing Gear Up-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation .................................................................. 53
11 Nose Landing-Gear Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 58
12 Removal and Installation of the Landing Gear Selector ..................................................................................... 63
32-70 Landing Gear – Tail Skid .............................................................................................................................. 1
1 Tail Skid Installation ................................................................................................................................................ 6
2 Tail Skid Installation .............................................................................................................................................. 13
33-00 Lights ............................................................................................................................................................. 1
33-10 Flight Compartment Lights .......................................................................................................................... 1
1 Flight Compartment Lights ..................................................................................................................................... 7
2 Dimmer Unit Installation ........................................................................................................................................ 14
3 Instrument-Panel Light Unit .................................................................................................................................. 19
33-40 External Lights .............................................................................................................................................. 1
1 External Lights ....................................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Switches and Circuit-Breakers for the External Lights ............................................................................................ 8
3 External Lights Installation in the Winglet ............................................................................................................. 13
4 External Lights Installation in the Winglet ............................................................................................................ 19
Page: lxxii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
5 Combined Light Unit in the Horizontal Stabilizer .................................................................................................. 23

6 Gear Down Light Assembly .................................................................................................................................. 33
34-00 Navigation ..................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Avionic Equipment Schematic Diagram .................................................................................................................. 4
34-10 Flight Environment Data .............................................................................................................................. 1
1 Pitot/Static System Schematic Diagram ................................................................................................................. 7
2 Flight Environment Data – Component Locations ................................................................................................. 9
3 Flight Environment Data – Instrument Panel Locations ........................................................................................ 10
4 Pitot-Static Tube Installation ................................................................................................................................. 23
5 Replace an OAT Probe ......................................................................................................................................... 27
6 Removal and Installation of the Radar Altimeter .................................................................................................. 31
7 Removal and Installation of the Outboard Radar Altimeter Antenna .................................................................... 35
8 Removal and Installation of the Inboard Radar Altimeter Antenna ....................................................................... 39
9 Removal and Installation of the Storm Scope Unit ............................................................................................... 43
10 Removal/Installation of the Storm Scope Sensor ............................................................................................... 47
34-20 Attitude and Direction .................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Attitude and Direction Instruments in the Cockpit ................................................................................................... 9
2 Attitude and Direction Component Locations ....................................................................................................... 11
3 ADAHRS Block Diagram ...................................................................................................................................... 13
4 ESI-2000 Display Elements .................................................................................................................................. 14
5 Typical Compass Swing Record ........................................................................................................................... 20
6 Removal and Installation of an ADAHRS Module ................................................................................................. 27
7 USB Cover Plate ................................................................................................................................................... 37
8 Top-left bezel buttons ........................................................................................................................................... 37
9 “Ground and Maintenance Functions” Menu ........................................................................................................ 38
10 “ADAHRS Calibration Functions” Menu .............................................................................................................. 38
11 ADAHRS #1 ........................................................................................................................................................ 39
12 ADAHRS Options Function ................................................................................................................................. 39
13 Leveling Function ................................................................................................................................................ 39
14 “ADAHRS#1 Compass Swing Performance” Menu ............................................................................................ 40
15 Compass Alignment Function ............................................................................................................................. 40
16 “Compass Alignment Function - Final Confirmation” .......................................................................................... 40
17 Removal and Installation of the MSU ................................................................................................................. 43
18 Removal and Installation of the MAG-3000 ........................................................................................................ 47
19 Removal and Installation of the ESI-2000 .......................................................................................................... 51
20 Communication Cable ........................................................................................................................................ 56
21 Main Menu Page ................................................................................................................................................. 57
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxxiii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
22 Vmo Page ........................................................................................................................................................... 57

23 Speed Values Page ............................................................................................................................................ 58
24 Variable Vmo Data Page .................................................................................................................................... 58
25 ESI Options Page ............................................................................................................................................... 59
26 Writing Data Page ............................................................................................................................................... 59
27 Power Cycle Page .............................................................................................................................................. 60
28 Select Directory Page ......................................................................................................................................... 60
29 Data Written Page .............................................................................................................................................. 61
30 ACCESS SCREEN ............................................................................................................................................. 68
31 MAIN MENU ....................................................................................................................................................... 68
32 OPTIONS ............................................................................................................................................................ 69
33 AIRSPEED .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
34 ANGLES ............................................................................................................................................................. 70
35 MAG INSTALL MENU ........................................................................................................................................ 70
36 MAG SWING MENU ........................................................................................................................................... 74
37 MAG SWING START SCREEN .......................................................................................................................... 74
38 ALIGNING SCREEN ........................................................................................................................................... 75
39 SWINGING SCREEN ......................................................................................................................................... 75
40 VERIFY SCREEN ............................................................................................................................................... 76
41 SWING OK SCREEN ......................................................................................................................................... 76
42 Display Indications .............................................................................................................................................. 80
43 Stall Warning Lift Detector .................................................................................................................................. 86
34-40 Independent Position Determining ............................................................................................................. 1
1 TAS Processor and Transponder Coupler. ............................................................................................................. 7
2 Top And Bottom Directional Antennas .................................................................................................................... 8
3 Removal and Installation of the TAS Processor ................................................................................................... 15
4 Removal and Installation of the Transponder Coupler ......................................................................................... 19
5 Removal and Installation of the TAS Top Antenna ............................................................................................... 23
6 Removal and Installation of the TAS Bottom Antenna .......................................................................................... 27
34-50 Dependent Position Determining ................................................................................................................ 1
1 Dependent Position Determining System - Instrument Panel Locations
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2 Dependent Position Determining System - Instrument Panel Locations
.................................................................................................................................................................................... 8
3 Dependent Position Determining System - Antenna Locations ........................................................................... 10
4 Avionic Equipment Schematic Diagram ................................................................................................................ 12
5 Removal and Installation of the ADF Receiver ..................................................................................................... 19
6 RMI Converter Installation .................................................................................................................................... 23
Page: lxxiv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
7 Removal and Installation of the Mode S Transponder .......................................................................................... 28

8 DME Receiver Installation .................................................................................................................................... 33
9 Removal and Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter and the
RS-422 to RS-232 Converter ................................................................................................................................... 37
10 Removal and Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter ........................................................................... 41
11 Removal and Installation of the GPS Module ..................................................................................................... 45
12 Removal and Installation of the Marker Beacon ................................................................................................. 49
13 ADF Antenna Installation .................................................................................................................................... 53
14 NAV Antenna Installation .................................................................................................................................... 57
15 Antenna power combiner - Replacement ........................................................................................................... 61
16 GPS 1 Antenna Installation ................................................................................................................................. 65
17 GPS 2 Antenna Installation ................................................................................................................................. 69
18 Transponder Installation ..................................................................................................................................... 73
19 XPDR Antenna Installation ................................................................................................................................. 77
20 Marker Antenna Installation ................................................................................................................................ 85
21 DME Antenna Installation ................................................................................................................................... 89
22 Mode S Antenna ................................................................................................................................................. 93
35-00 Oxygen System ............................................................................................................................................. 1
35-10 Crew Oxygen ................................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Oxygen System Installation .................................................................................................................................... 7
2 Oxygen System Installation .................................................................................................................................... 9
3 Oxygen Control Panel ........................................................................................................................................... 11
4 Oxygen System Installation .................................................................................................................................. 18
5 Oxygen System Functional Test Record .............................................................................................................. 20
8 Oxygen Control Panel ........................................................................................................................................... 35
51-00 Standard Practices and Structures ............................................................................................................. 1
1 G 120TP-A Main Load-Bearing Areas of the Structure .......................................................................................... 7
51-10 Investigation ................................................................................................................................................. 1
51-11 Composite Structure .................................................................................................................................... 1
51-12 Metal Parts .................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Crack Limits for Tubular Rivet Heads ..................................................................................................................... 7
51-20 Repair Processes ......................................................................................................................................... 1
51-21 Composite Structure Repair ........................................................................................................................ 1
1 Curing Cycle For GS510020-12 or GS510020-13 ................................................................................................ 12
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxxv

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page

4 Repair to outer Skin of Sandwich ......................................................................................................................... 23
5 Repair to the Complete Sandwich ........................................................................................................................ 24
7 Simple Repair to Monolithic FRP Laminate .......................................................................................................... 32
8 Larger Repairs to Monolithic FRP ......................................................................................................................... 33
51-22 Metal Parts Repair ........................................................................................................................................ 1
51-30 Repair Materials ............................................................................................................................................ 1
51-40 Fasteners ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Quick-Release Fastener ......................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Remove and Install Camloc Studs ........................................................................................................................ 11
51-60 Control Surface Balancing .......................................................................................................................... 1
1 Control Surface Balancing ...................................................................................................................................... 4
2 Control Surface Balancing .................................................................................................................................... 10
51-80 Lightning Protection .................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Lightning Protection System in the Fuselage ......................................................................................................... 6
2 Lightning Protection System in The Wings ............................................................................................................. 8
3 Location of the Ground Reference Points ............................................................................................................. 16
4 Location of the Ground Reference Points ............................................................................................................. 22
52-00 Doors ............................................................................................................................................................. 1
52-10 Canopy .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Canopy ................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2 Canopy Lock And Jettison System ....................................................................................................................... 10
3 Adjust the Canopy ................................................................................................................................................ 17
4 Adjust the Canopy Limit Stop ............................................................................................................................... 19
5 Remove/Install the Canopy Lock .......................................................................................................................... 20
6 Canopy Jettison Test ............................................................................................................................................ 28
7 Canopy ................................................................................................................................................................. 30
8 Canopy ................................................................................................................................................................. 37
9 Removal and Installation of the Canopy Lock ...................................................................................................... 46
10 Removal/Installation of the Front Guide Blocks .................................................................................................. 48
11 Remove and Install the Rear Locating Components .......................................................................................... 53
12 Remove and Install the Rear Locating Components .......................................................................................... 57
13 Remove/Install the Rear Locating Components ................................................................................................. 61
14 Removal/Installation of the Canopy Lock ........................................................................................................... 66
15 Removal/Installation of the Front Guide Blocks .................................................................................................. 68
16 Removal/Installation of the Canopy Guide-Rails ................................................................................................ 73
Page: lxxvi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
17 Replace a Jettison Cable .................................................................................................................................... 79

18 Removal/Installation of the Canopy Guide-Rails ................................................................................................ 85
19 Removal/Installation of the Rear Guide Block .................................................................................................... 90
52-40 Access Panels .............................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Access Panels On Top Of The Aircraft ................................................................................................................... 4
2 Access Panels Below The Aircraft .......................................................................................................................... 6
53-00 Fuselage ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
53-10 Fuselage Structure ....................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Fuselage shells ....................................................................................................................................................... 9
2 Front Fuselage Structure ...................................................................................................................................... 11
3 Middle Cockpit Structure ....................................................................................................................................... 13
4 Rear Cockpit Structure ......................................................................................................................................... 15
5 Rear Fuselage Structure ....................................................................................................................................... 17
6 Rear Fuselage and Vertical-Stabilizer Structure ................................................................................................... 19
55-00 Stabilizers ...................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Stabilizers ............................................................................................................................................................... 4
55-10 Horizontal Stabilizer ..................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Horizontal Stabilizer Structure ................................................................................................................................ 6
2 Removal and Installation of the Horizontal Stabilizer ........................................................................................... 14
55-20 Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab ....................................................................................................................... 1
1 Elevator Structure ................................................................................................................................................... 7
2 Elevator Installation .............................................................................................................................................. 15
3 Trim/Servo Tab Installation ................................................................................................................................... 21
55-30 Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin ........................................................................................................................... 1
1 Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin Installation .................................................................................................................... 6
2 Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin Installation .................................................................................................................. 11
55-40 Rudder and Tab ............................................................................................................................................ 1
1 Rudder Structure .................................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Rudder Installation ................................................................................................................................................ 13
56-00 Windows ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
56-10 Flight Compartment Windows ..................................................................................................................... 1
1 Flight Compartment Windows And Damage Limits ................................................................................................ 5
2 Flight Compartment Windows and Damage Limits ................................................................................................. 9
3 Repairs to cracks in Windows ............................................................................................................................... 11
4 Apply Sun Protection Film .................................................................................................................................... 21
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxxvii

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
57-00 Wings ............................................................................................................................................................. 1

57-10 Wing Structure .............................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Wing Shells ............................................................................................................................................................. 8
2 Wing Internal Structure - Main Spar Forward ....................................................................................................... 10
3 Wing Internal Structure - Aft of the Main Spar ...................................................................................................... 12
4 Wing Minor Internal Structure ............................................................................................................................... 14
5 Wing Center Joint ................................................................................................................................................. 16
6 Wing to Fuselage Attachments ............................................................................................................................. 18
7 Wing Center Joint ................................................................................................................................................. 33
8 Wing to Fuselage Attachments ............................................................................................................................. 35
9 Wing Connections in the Main Landing-Gear Compartment ................................................................................ 37
10 Wing Connections below the Baggage Compartment ........................................................................................ 39
11 Wing Connections in the Cockpit ........................................................................................................................ 41
57-30 Winglet ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Winglet .................................................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Winglet .................................................................................................................................................................. 13
57-50 Flaps .............................................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Flap structure and Installation ................................................................................................................................. 6
2 Flap structure and Installation ............................................................................................................................... 14
1 Aileron Structure ..................................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Aileron Installation .................................................................................................................................................. 8
3 Aileron Structure ................................................................................................................................................... 16
4 Aileron Installation ............................................................................................................................................... 18
61-00 Propeller ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
1 Propeller Installation ............................................................................................................................................... 6
61-10 Propeller Assembly ...................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Propeller Installation ............................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Propeller Installation ............................................................................................................................................. 10
3 Removal and Installation of the Propeller ............................................................................................................. 21
70-00 Standard Practices - Engine ........................................................................................................................ 1
71-00 Power Plant ................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Power Plant ............................................................................................................................................................ 4
2 Ground Run-Up Safety Range .............................................................................................................................. 10
3 Gearbox ................................................................................................................................................................ 13
4 Electrical and Air Conditioning Connections ......................................................................................................... 33
5 Control Connections ............................................................................................................................................. 35
Page: lxxviii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
6 Power Plant Drain Connections ............................................................................................................................ 37

7 Power Plant Nose Landing Gear Connections ..................................................................................................... 39
8 Engine Mount connections and Air conditioning ................................................................................................... 41
9 Heating System and Fuel System ........................................................................................................................ 43
71-10 Cowling .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Remove/Install The Engine Cowlings ..................................................................................................................... 6
2 Removal/Installation of the Engine Cowlings ........................................................................................................ 17
3 Removal/Installation of the Engine Cowlings ........................................................................................................ 21
4 Removal and Disassembly of the Cowling ........................................................................................................... 25
5 Removal and Disassembly of the Cowling Door ................................................................................................... 27
6 Assembly and Installation of the Cowling ............................................................................................................. 34
7 Assembly and Installation of the Cowling Doors ................................................................................................... 36
71-20 Mounts ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Engine Mount .......................................................................................................................................................... 6
71-50 Electrical Cables in the Engine Compartment ........................................................................................... 1
1 Electrical Cables In The Engine Compartment ....................................................................................................... 6
71-60 Air Intakes ..................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Engine Air Intake .................................................................................................................................................... 5
2 Engine Air Intake .................................................................................................................................................. 10
71-70 Engine Drains ............................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Engine Drain Installation ......................................................................................................................................... 6
72-00 Engine ............................................................................................................................................................ 1
1 Tail Trestle ............................................................................................................................................................ 14
2 Dimension X ......................................................................................................................................................... 14
3 Air Conditioning Compressor ................................................................................................................................ 15
4 Hoisting Tool ......................................................................................................................................................... 15
73-00 Engine Fuel and Control .............................................................................................................................. 1
74-00 Engine Ignition .............................................................................................................................................. 1
74-10 Electrical Power Supply ............................................................................................................................... 1
1 Removal/Installation of the Ignition Exciter Unit .................................................................................................... 7
74-30 Switching ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
76-00 Engine Controls ............................................................................................................................................ 1
76-10 Engine Power Control .................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Engine Power Control in ihe Cockpit ...................................................................................................................... 7
2 Test/Adjust the Power Lever Cable ...................................................................................................................... 11
3 Engine Power Controls On The Engine ................................................................................................................ 16
4 Test/Adjust the Condition Lever Cable ................................................................................................................. 21
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: lxxix

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure Page
77-00 Engine Indicating .......................................................................................................................................... 1

77-40 Sensors and Transducers ........................................................................................................................... 1
1 Oil Pressure-Sensor Installation .......................................................................................................................... 15
2 Tachometer-Generator Installation ....................................................................................................................... 19
3 Oil Temperature-Sensor Installation .................................................................................................................... 23
4 DC Current-Sensor Installation ............................................................................................................................. 27
5 Fuel-flow / Temperature Sensor Installation ......................................................................................................... 31
6 Fuel Pressure-Sensor Installation ......................................................................................................................... 35
7 Fuel Quantity - Sensor Installation ........................................................................................................................ 39
8 Fuel Quantity Conditioning Unit Installation .......................................................................................................... 43
78-00 Exhaust .......................................................................................................................................................... 1
78-10 Exhaust Nozzles ........................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Exhaust Nozzle Installation ..................................................................................................................................... 6
2 Exhaust Nozzle Installation ................................................................................................................................... 13
79-00 Engine Oil System ........................................................................................................................................ 1
79-20 Inverted Oil System ...................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Inverted Oil-System Schematic-Diagram ................................................................................................................ 6
2 Oil Tank Installation .............................................................................................................................................. 11
3 Oil Tank Installation .............................................................................................................................................. 18
4 Shuttle-Valve, Oil-Filter and Oil Cooler Installation ............................................................................................... 25
5 Oil Filter Cooling Installation ................................................................................................................................. 30
6 Oil Filter Installation .............................................................................................................................................. 31
9 Oil Cooler Installation ............................................................................................................................................ 48
79-30 Oil System Indicating ................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Oil Pressure-Switch Installation .............................................................................................................................. 6
2 Oil Pressure-Switch Installation ............................................................................................................................ 14
80-00 Engine Starting ............................................................................................................................................. 1
80-10 Engine Starting Cranking ............................................................................................................................ 1
1 Starter/Generator Installation on the Engine .......................................................................................................... 6
Page: lxxx Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CHAPTER 00
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Title Page: 1

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 00-00 11 November 2019
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Title Page: 2 Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

11 November 2019 00-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PRODUCT - GENERAL
CHANGE RECORD OR HIGHLIGHTS
Data Module Code Reason For Update
1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A Content Change

1T120TP-A-03-00-00-00A-040A-A Content Change
1T120TP-A-05-00-00-00A-010A-A Editorial Change
1T120TP-A-05-11-00-00A-010A-A Content Supplement, Editorial Change
1T120TP-A-05-30-00-00A-010A-A Content and Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A Changed Reference
1T120TP-A-05-50-01-00A-284A-A Wheel tracking check deleted
1T120TP-A-05-50-02-00A-284A-A Editorial change
1T120TP-A-05-50-08-00C-284A-A Content Change (Note added)
1T120TP-A-05-50-14-00A-284A-A Content Change (Adding of IDU data request)
1T120TP-A-05-50-15-00A-284A-A Content Change (Adding of data request and conditions)
1T120TP-A-05-50-17-00A-284A-A New Datamodule
1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-030A-A Content Change (Landing Gear)
1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-010A-A Editorial change of the grafic
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: 3

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 00-00 14 December 2018
1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-920A-A Installation of Ballast Weight - Note in B. (1) changed, Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-09-00-00-00A-010A-A Content Change (Note added for correct aircraft wing level)
1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-200A-A Correction of Towing bar partnumber.
1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-200A-A Editorial change and additional change
1T120TP-A-10-10-01-00A-200A-A Tyre pressure added to OPTION 74
1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-200A-A Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-12-00-00-01A-028A-A Tire Company and Tire pressure corrected to OPTION 74
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A Content Change (max hydraulic fluid level)
1T120TP-A-12-10-06-00A-200A-A Datalink corrected and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-12-10-07-01A-200A-A Contend Change
1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-711A-A Content Change (Tolerances specified)
1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00B-010A-A Editorial Change
1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-040A-A Hotspots added in grafic
Page: 4 Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

14 December 2018 00-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-271A-A Hotspots added into grafic

1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-040A-A Content Change (Bleed air temp now 90 °C), Hotspots added into
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-200A-A Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-921A-A Hotspots added into grafic, Datalinks corrected
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-320A-A Content changed and hotspots added
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00A-410A-A Datalinks corrected
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-920A-A Contend Change
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-010A-A New Datamodule
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00C-920A-A Content Change

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-040A-A Content Change and hotspots added
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03C-920A-A Shelf Bracket
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-040A-A Content Change, Hotspot added
1T120TP-A-24-00-00-00A-010A-A Content Change, new Battery (Concorde)
1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-920A-A Content change
1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-010A-A Alternative battery data
1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-920A-A Content Change (Safety wire securing position)

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A Hotspots into grafic added
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-040A-A Hotspots in grafic added
1T120TP-A-25-60-02-00B-040A-A Content Change, Post RSB565-068
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00B-040A-A Title Change
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-271A-A Hotspot into graphic added
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-040A-A Hotspots into graphic added
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-010A-A Correction Digital
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-040A-A Hotspots into grafic added

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-01A-920A-A Hotspots into grafic added and Datalink corrected

1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-300A-C Editorial change
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-300A-C FAA Advisory Circular 43.13-1B Chapter 7-149
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-100A-A Editorial change
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-100A-A Editorial Change (graphic)
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-040A-A Elevator Trim
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-100A-A Elevator Trim
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-271B-A Editorial change
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-340B-A Content Change (Deflection Value)
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-920A-A S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-040A-A Flap drive description changed
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271B-A Editorial change

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A Content Change, Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-921A-A Content Change, Hotspots into grafic added
1T120TP-A-28-40-01-00A-921A-A Datalinks corrected
1T120TP-A-28-40-02-00A-921A-A Content Change, Hotspots into grafic added, datalinks corrected
1T120TP-A-28-40-04-00A-921A-A Hotspots into grafic added, Content Change

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-03A-920A-A MIC Cockpit Installation (OPT 58)
1T120TP-A-31-30-00-03A-920A-A OSB 565-075
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00C-040A-A Hotspots into grafic added
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00D-040A-A Hotspots into grafic added
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A Editorial Changes
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01B-920A-A Content Change, Data link corrected
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-010A-A OSB 565-073/1
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A OSB 565-073/1
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-920A-A Hotspots added and Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-04A-920A-A Datalink corrected and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-920A-A Content Change Function Test
1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A Datalink corrected, Graphic changed, Hotspots added

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-720A-A Content Change and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A Editorial and Content Change
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-01B-920A-A New Datamodule (Software Update to 8.0 E or 8.0 F)
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-010A-A Beringer brake system added.
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-040A-A Beringer brake system added.
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-410A-A Editorial Change, Datalinks corrected
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-271A-A Content Change and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-32-20-01-00A-920A-A Content Change, Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-32-20-02-00A-920A-A Content Change and Datalink corrected

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A Content Change, Datalink corrected

1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-040A-A Hotspots added and Figure 2 corrected
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00C-010A-A New Datamodule - Parker and Beringer
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-040A-A Graphic corrected
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-231A-A Hotspot added
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00A-920A-A Content Change (CMM Parker Brake System)
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-920A-A Content Change (Torque value for Back plate tie bolts), Datalink
corrected
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-274A-A New Datamodule for Harmonizing of new brake pads at Parker brake
system
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-040A-A Graphic corrected

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-710A-A Hotspots added and tire pressure corrected according to OPTION
Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-710A-A Tire pressure corrected to OPTION 74
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-271A-A Hotspots added, Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A New Datamodul
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A Hotspot into grafic added
1T120TP-A-32-60-03-00A-920A-A Changed Reference, Editorial change
1T120TP-A-32-70-01-00A-921A-A hotspots added, Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-33-00-00-00A-010A-A Additional Nose Landing Gear Taxi Light

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-920A-A Changed Reference
1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00B-040A-A Content Change (Gear-Down Light), Hotspots into graphic added
1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-010A-A WARNING added
1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-921A-A Hotspots into grafic added, Datalinks corrected
1T120TP-A-34-10-00-01A-921A-A Content Change, Hotspots into graphic added
1T120TP-A-34-10-00-05B-920A-A Link added
1T120TP-A-34-10-00-06B-920A-A Datalink added
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A Hotspots into grafic added, Editorial Changes
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00A-273A-A Content change
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-01B-920A-A Content Change (Obsolete Document number)
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A Additional Content in AIRSPEED MENU B (4) (b) for OCN 74 / OSB 94
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03C-273A-A New Datamodule
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00A-920A-A Bracket replacement
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00C-920A-A New design.
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00B-920A-A OPT 71

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A Graphic update
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A Editorial Change (Protective Cover applicable)
1T120TP-A-51-10-00-00A-010A-A New Datatmodule
1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-280A-A New Datamodule, same content
1T120TP-A-51-20-00-00A-010A-A New Datamodule, new content

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-271A-A Editorial Changes, Hotspots into grafic added
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00B-369A-A Content Changer (Deleting of some Bonding Points)
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-010A-A Content Change (Single piece canopy Option 69 added)
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A Content Change and Hotspots into grafic added, Datalink corrected
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-920A-A Datalink added
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-921A-A Datalink and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A Step added
1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-921A-A Hotspots added and Data link corrected
1T120TP-A-52-10-05-00A-920A-A New standard version added and data link corrected
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A Hotspots added and Content Change
1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-920A-A Editorial Change and Data link corrected
1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-040A-A Nomenclature changed (skid) and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-921A-A Datalink corrected and Nomenclature changed (skid)

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1T120TP-A-55-30-01-00A-920A-A Hotspot added

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A Content Change and Datalinks corrected
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-040A-A Hotspots added, Content and Grafic Change
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-920A-A Datalink corrected and Grafik corrected
1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-040A-A Content Change and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-040A-A Editorial Change and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-100A-A Editorial Change and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-010A-A Hotspots added and Editorial Changes
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-920A-A Datalink corrected, Content changed
1T120TP-A-71-10-01-00A-520A-A Content Change (Ventilation Oil Filter)
1T120TP-A-71-10-01-00A-720A-A Content Change (Ventilation Oil Filter)
1T120TP-A-71-10-01-03A-530A-A Cowling doors added and Hotspots added
1T120TP-A-71-10-01-03A-710A-A Cowling doors into graphic added and Procedure corrected, Hots
added

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-77-40-01-00A-920A-A Datalink corrected, Graphic corrected
1T120TP-A-77-40-02-00A-921A-A Hotspots added and Data link corrected

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT


1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RECORD OF REVISION
A. RECORD OF REVISIONS
This record of revisions shows the changes included in the Maintenance Manual. Put all the pages of a change
and the change list into the manual immediately. Destroy the pages which are replaced. Then complete the
Record of Revision below.
A black bar at the right side of the page shows a change.
REVISION NUMBER ISSUE DATE DATE PUT IN PUT IN BY

0 2016-11-14 2016-11-14 Grob Aircraft
1 2017-03-09 2017-03-09 Grob Aircraft
2 2017-04-28 2017-04-28 Grob Aircraft
3 2017-10-27 2017-10-27 Grob Aircraft
4 2018-02-02 2018-02-02 Grob Aircraft
5 2018-07-27 2018-07-27 Grob Aircraft
6 2018-12-14 2018-12-14 Grob Aircraft
7 2019-11-11 2019-11-11 Grob Aircraft

00-00 Record of Revision
1T120TP-A-00-00-04-00A-930A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Record of Revision 00-00
1T120TP-A-00-00-04-00A-930A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
A. RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Use this Record of Temporary Revisions to record when you put a Temporary Revision into the Maintenance
Manual. A temporary Revision will be cancelled by the next full Revision. Obey the Instructions in the Revision
cover letter and complete the Removed On column below. In some cases, a new Record of Temporary Revisions
will be issued with the full list of issues and removals.
REV FILED REMOVED ON CHAP REV FILED REMOVED ON CHAP

NO ON NO ON

00-00 Record of Temporary Revisions
1T120TP-A-00-00-05-00A-930A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Record of Temporary Revisions 00-00
1T120TP-A-00-00-05-00A-930A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RECORD OF SERVICE BULLETINS
A. RECORD OF SERVICE BULLETINS

This record shows the Service Bulletins which have been included in the Maintenance Manual, and the Revision
which introduced them.
SERVICE BUL- REV NO FILED ON SERVICE BUL- REV NO FILED ON

LETIN LETIN

00-00 Record of Service Bulletins
1T120TP-A-00-00-06-00A-930A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Record of Service Bulletins 00-00
1T120TP-A-00-00-06-00A-930A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RECORD OF SERVICE LETTERS
A. RECORD OF SERVICE LETTERS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

This list shows the Service Letters which have been included in the Maintenance Manual and the revision number
which introduced them.
SERVICE BUL- REV NO FILED ON SERVICE BUL- REV NO FILED ON

LETIN LETIN

00-00 Record of Service Letters
1T120TP-A-00-00-07-00A-930A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Record of Service Letters 00-00
1T120TP-A-00-00-07-00A-930A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CHAPTER 01
Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Title Page: 1

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Title Page: 2 Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
01-00

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) contains the data necessary to do the maintenance of the Grob G
120TP-A.
The AMM contains a full description of the systems, trouble shooting procedures, removal and installation
procedures and maintenance instructions.
The AMM does not contain maintenance data for components removed from the aircraft (Maintenance Shop
data).
The AMM does not contain wiring diagrams for the electrical systems. Refer to the Grob G 120TP-A Wiring
Diagram Manual (WDM) for wiring diagrams.
Use this AMM and the WDM to do trouble-shooting on the aircraft.
Follow the instructions in this AMM when doing maintenance.
Use these manuals with the Maintenance Manual:
- Illustrated Parts Catalogue G 120TP-A
- Wiring Diagram Manual G 120TP-A
- Aircraft Flight Manual Grob G 120TP-A
- FAA Advisory Circular AC 43.13-1B (if not contradicting with this manual)
- Rolls Royce Operators Manual
- MT-Propeller Propeller Manual
- Becker ADF 3500 Pilot’s Guide (if installed)
- ADR-7050 Pilot’s Guide
- Honeywell KN 63 Pilot’s Guide
- Honeywell KTR 909 (909A)/KFS 599A (599B) Pilot’s Guide (if installed)
- and other Vendor Manuals.
B. Revision Service
The manufacturer makes changes to the Maintenance Manual to show design changes, maintenance procedure
changes or other changes. Each group of changes is called a "Revision." The manufacturer sends copies of
each Revision to customers who subscribe to the Revision Service.
A Manual Revision contains these items:
- The series of component applicable
- Instructions for putting the Revision in the manual
- The reason for each change
- The changed pages
- A new List of Effective Pages.

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A vertical line in the margin of the page shows the change.

Each page of the manual shows the date of first issue. If the page has changed, it shows the date of the revision.
C. Record of Revisions
This Maintenance Manual has a Record of Revisions. The Record of Revisions shows when Revisions were
included in the Maintenance Manual.
D. Temporary Revisions
Temporary Revisions correct errors or give temporary instructions. The manufacturer sends them to aircraft
owners quickly. The manufacturer uses yellow paper for Temporary Revisions. The manufacturer usually puts
the contents of Temporary Revisions in the next approved Revision.
E. Record of Temporary Revisions

This Maintenance Manual has a Record of Temporary Revisions. Use the Record of Temporary Revisions to
show when Temporary Revisions were included in the Maintenance Manual. Also use it to show when Temporary
Revisions were removed.
F. Service Bulletins
The aircraft manufacturer uses Service Bulletins (SBs) to distribute urgent information or instructions for installing
optional equipment. All SBs have the same basic format which includes:
- Category. Alert, Mandatory, Recommended or Optional
- Aircraft Affected
- Time of Compliance
- Subject. What the SB involves
- Reason. Why the SB has been issued
- Concurrent Documents. Other necessary documents such as Repair Instructions
- Approval Note. The Airworthiness Approval of the issuing organization
- Accomplishment Instructions. The procedure to carry out the purpose of the SB
- Repetitive Actions. Periodic maintenance tasks that may be necessary for continued airworthiness
- Mass and CG. The effect that the SB has on the mass and moment of the aircraft and any related
requirements such as weighing
- Planning Requirements. Includes items such as material availability, special tools etc
- Remarks. Includes who may perform the work in the SB and planned changes to the manuals.
A. Mandatory Service Bulletins

Mandatory SBs give actions to identify or correct airworthiness problems. There are 2 types:
- Alert Service Bulletin. (ASB). An ASB is urgent; usually action before the next flight.
- Mandatory Service Bulletin (MSB). You must do an MSB within the time of compliance.

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Optional Service Bulletins

Optional SBs do not affect airworthiness. There are 2 types:
- Recommended Service Bulletin (RSB). An RSB gives information about changes which will
improve the efficiency, availability or operating cost of the aircraft.
- Optional Service Bulletin (OSB). An OSB gives information about changes to the aircraft which
a customer may want, such as alternative avionic equipment.
Note Write the sequential numbers of all Service Bulletins done on an Aircraft in the Aircraft Record Of
Service Bulletins for that aircraft (pages SB1/SB2).
You can access all current SBs on the company website at www.grob-aircraft.com.
G. Record of Service Bulletins

This Maintenance Manual has a Record of Service Bulletins. The Record of Service Bulletins shows when the
content of Service Bulletins was included in the Maintenance Manual.
A new Record of Service Bulletins is issued with a Revision which introduces the content of a Service Bulletin
to the Maintenance Manual.
H. Service Letters
The manufacturer issues Service Letters for repairs to the aircraft or to request information about the aircraft
state, but which do not merit a Service Bulletin.
I. Record of Service Letters

This Maintenance Manual has a Record of Service Letters. The Record of Service Letters shows when Service
Letters were included in the Maintenance Manual.
A new Record of Service Letters is issued with a Revision which introduces the content of a Service Letter to
the Maintenance Manual.
J. Abbreviations
Where possible, the abbreviations used agree with the related regulations.
K. Warnings, Cautions, Notes

Obey the usual safety precautions and maintenance instructions when doing maintenance.
This Maintenance Manual also contains warnings, cautions and notes before applicable instructions.
WARNING: A WARNING TELLS THE PERSON DOING THE MAINTENANCE THAT INJURY OR DEATH
IS POSSIBLE IF HE DOES NOT FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS.
CAUTION: A CAUTION TELLS THE PERSON DOING THE MAINTENANCE THAT DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT IS POSSIBLE IF HE DOES NOT FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS.
Note A note tells the person doing the maintenance how to make the task easier.

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
L. Manual Configuration
This AMM uses “Simplified Technical English” to describe all the procedures, trouble shootings, descriptions and
other information. It is written in accordance with the ASD-STE 100.
This AMM is written using the regulations of the Air Transport Association of America Specification 100 (ATA
100) and in accordance with the S1000D Specification, Issue 4.1. Each system is given a chapter number from
the ATA 100. Where applicable, a chapter contains sections for each sub-system.
This AMM does not use the ATA 100 Aircraft Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (AMTOSS).
It also does not use the ATA 100 Production Management Data Base (PMDB).
A. The ATA 100 Numbering System.

The ATA 100 numbering system uses 3 pairs of numbers: For example:
The first pair of numbers shows the system. System 27 is Flight Controls. Chapter 27 contains the data for
flight controls.
The second pair of numbers shows the subsystem. Subsystem 20 is the Rudder Control. Chapter 27,
section 20 contains the data for the rudder control.
The third pair of numbers shows a unit. A unit could be the Rudder. Only complex systems use unit
numbers.
For simple systems, the main chapter can have all of the data. There are no section/sub-system break-
downs.

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Groups of Chapters.
The chapters are put together in these groups:
Group A Introduction Chapter 01
Group B Aircraft General Chapter 03 - 12
Group C Airframe Systems Chapter 20 - 37
Group D Structure Chapter 51 - 57
Group E Propeller Chapter 61
Group F Power Plant Chapter 71 - 80
A separation sheet divides each chapter. The separation sheet shows the number of the chapter and the
title.
The main contents of each group of chapters is given below:
1. Group A - Introduction.
Chapter 01 tells you about the Maintenance Manual.
2. Group B - Aircraft General.
Chapter 3 gives a brief overview of the aircraft. Chapter 04 gives the Airworthiness Limitations
approved by the Certification Authority.
Chapter 05 contains the Maintenance Checks Schedule. Some tasks require a maintenance
procedure. The Maintenance Checks Schedule identifies the chapter in the manual that gives the
maintenance procedure for the task. Or that gives a description of the system.
Chapters 06 to 10 tell you about general procedures such as towing, parking and weighing.
Chapter 11 tells you about the placards and markings which are important for operating the aircraft.
Chapter 12 contains servicing tasks such as refueling and lubrication. It also contains data about
cleaning.
3. Group C - Airframe Systems.
Chapter 20 contains the standard practices for airframe maintenance.
Chapters 21 to 37 tell you about the airframe systems. They include the electrical systems such as
communications (23) and the mechanical systems such as flight controls (27).
Chapter 31 shows only the location of the instruments. The chapter which is applicable to the system
gives the details. For example, Chapter 27 gives the details for the flap position indicator.
4. Group D - Structure.
Chapter 51 contains data about the design of the airframe. It gives instructions for repairs to the
structure.
Chapters 52 to 57 tell you about the each part of the structure.
5. Group E - Propeller.
Chapter 61 contains the maintenance procedures for the propeller and for the propeller controller.
Refer to the manufacturer's manual for other data.
6. Group F - Power Plant.
This group of chapters describes the engine and its systems. It contains the maintenance procedures
for maintenance on the aircraft. Refer to the manufacturer's manual for other data.

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C. Chapter Configuration.
The first page of each Chapter shows the number of the chapter and the title. The second page shows the
contents. Each chapter and section contains the topics that follow:
- Description and Operation
- Trouble Shooting
- Maintenance Practices. Where applicable the Maintenance Practices give data on these
procedures:
1. Servicing
2. Removal and Installation
3. Adjustment/Tests
4. Checking/Testing
5. Cleaning/Painting
6. Repairs.
M. GROB Numbering System for Drawings and Parts

(1) Definition
The drawing numbering “AA-B-CCDE-FFFF-GG/HH-I” for aircraft and aircraft-equipment is defined as

follows:
Table 1 Definition
AA -B -CCDE -FFFF -GG /HH-I

Component- / Assembly Identification Configuration-Identification
(2) Legend
The drawing numbering has the following legend:

- AA (figure(s) and/or letter(s)): Aircraft Identification
- 2T: G 120TP
- B (letter): Model
- A: G 120TP-A
- CC (2 figures): GRATA-Chapter (GROB-ATA-Chapter)

Per GROB-Definition is “CC” comparable with the ATA-Chapters.
- D (figure): Sub GRATA
- E (figure): Highest Assembly Hierarchy for CC= 09, 10, 25, 32, 44, 50, 53 - 57, 60, 61, 70 - 83:
- 0: System General Drawing
- 1, 3, 5, 7, 9: LH or no difference between LH and RH
- 2, 4, 6, 8: RH.

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- E (figure): Assembly Area for CC = 11, 21 - 24, 26 - 31, 33 - 38, 41, 45, 46, 49, 51, 52:
- 3: Fuselage (53)
- 4: Nacelle (area in front of firewall) (54)
- 5: Control Surface on tail unit (55)
- 7: Wing (57).
- FFFF (4 figures): Assembly Hierarchy:

- 1000 for highest level
- 1100 for next lower level
- 1111 for lowest level.
- GG (2 figures): Sequential Number

- HH (2 figures): Option Number
- 00: Standard
- XX: Mixed Options
Note The figures HH can be not shown in case of no detailed configuration.
- I (figure): Variant
This means that a part has a difference, which does not allow a directly interchangeability.
Generally during manufacturing the highest variant will be used.
Lower variants will occur only by spare parts, providing they are still permitted.
Note The figure I can be not shown in case of no detailed variant.
(3) Example
As examples of the Numbering System GROB see the following numbering:

- 2T-A-0627-1330-00/03-0 Aileron Trim System
- 2T-A-3211-0000-00/00-1 Main Landing Gear Assembly LH
- 2T-A-3211-0001-00/00-1 Main Landing Gear Pre-assembly LH
- 2T-A-3212-0001-00/00-1 Main Landing Gear Pre-assembly RH
- 2T-A-5300-1111-01/00-3 Firewall Sheet Metal
- 2T-A-5761-0009-20/00-0 Ballast Weight Wing
- 2T-A-9003-2520-00/00-0 External Power Cable
N. Page Numbering System

This manual uses the ATA 100 page numbering system. The page number is at the bottom on the outer edge.
It is adjacent to the chapter/section number.
The first page of each section in a chapter is given the page number 1. The subsequent pages in the section
have numbers 2,3,......

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
O. Figures
Figures are given numbers in sequence. The first Figure in a chapter or section is Figure 1. As far as possible,
new item numbers in each figure start with the figure number. Once an item has been given a number, it keeps
that number for any subsequent figures. For example, a bracket Item 6 in figure 1 also occurs in figure 4. It is
shown in figure 4 as item 6. The first new item in figure 4 has the number 40.
P. Reporting Apparent Errors in the Maintenance Manual

The manufacturer tries to make sure that the data in the Maintenance Manual is correct. However, if you think
that there is an error in the manual, please use our standard ‘Air Publication Query Report’ to report it. A copy
of the Query Report is printed on page 7. Please copy it and use it whenever you find a problem, no matter how
small. Alternatively, the report is available as a Microsoft Word 2000 file from GROB Product Support.
The Query Report is simple. It has a space for your local ‘Unit Reference Number’ if you wish to maintain a record
of the queries that you raise.
Please put as much detail as possible in the ‘Statement of Query’. Attach photocopies of pages from the related
manual if it will help.
If you have a suggested solution, or if you know the correct information, please include it.
The manufacturer reviews all Query Reports and where appropriate, will return an approved copy of the Query
Report that can be used as an Advance Information Leaflet (if this procedure is acceptable to your Airworthiness
Authority).
Usually, an Urgent Query Report will result in a Temporary Revision to the related manual. A routine Query
Report will be included in the next routine revision to the related manual.
Q. AIR PUBLICATION QUERY REPORT

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 1 - Air Publication query report

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-01-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
03-00

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 03-00 27 October 2017
1T120TP-A-03-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 October 2017 03-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-03-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A. General
GROB Aircraft SE, Lettenbachstraße 9, 86874 Tussenhausen-Mattsies, Germany, is the manufacturer of the
G 120TP-A aircraft. The G 120TP-A is certified in the UTILITY and ACROBATIC category.
B. Description
The Grob G 120TP-A (Figure 1) is a single-turbo-prop, low-wing monoplane. It has a cantilever wing with winglets
and a normal tail unit.
The cabin accommodates two side-by-side seats with dual controls for the pilots. A baggage compartment behind
the seats can hold 50 kg (110 lb).
Wrap-around windows, give a good all-round view from the cockpit.
The fuselage is made of fibre-reinforced plastic (FRP), partly sandwich. The vertical stabilizer is part of the
fuselage shell. The windscreen arch, the instrument panel support and the seat-back frame add to the strength
in the area of the cockpit.
FRP sandwich makes the one-part horizontal stabilizer. Four bolts attach the stabilizer to the fuselage. The two-
part elevator has a trim and servo tab for control force adjustment.
Each wing is made of FRP sandwich. Each wing has a stub spar. Two large bolts connect the left and right wings.
Three bolts in the root ribs connect each wing to the fuselage. Ailerons and flaps made of FRP foam sandwich
attach to the rear spar of each wing.
A polyester gel-coat, static-conducting filler and polyurethane paint protect the composite structure.
The Grob G 120TP-A has a retractable tricycle landing gear. The main landing gear has oleo-pneumatic springs
and damping. It attaches to the wing spar. Each main landing gear wheel has a single hydraulic disk brake. The
nose gear attaches to a pivot on the turbine mount. An oleo-pneumatic damper within the leg absorbs the landing
loads. The rudder pedals connect to the nose wheel for steering on the ground.
The Grob G 120TP-A has 2 control sticks. The flight control system uses conventional ailerons, rudder and
elevators. Push-pull rods operate the elevators and ailerons. Flexible steel cables operate the rudder. An electric
motor with a screw-jack drive operates the flaps.
The propulsion system has a Rolls Royce type 250-B17F turbine engine. It turns a five-blade, constant-speed,
variable pitch propeller made by MT-Propeller.
Each wing has an integral fuel tank. The fuel tanks have a total capacity of 360 litres. Each fuel tank has a filler
cap on the top of the wing. Drain valves are installed in the bottom of each tank.
The GROB G 120TP-A is protected against lightning strike. The filler on the outer surfaces conducts electricity.
The outer surfaces bond to metal "ground" strips in the wings and fuselage. All aircraft metal parts are bond to
these ground strips.
The air conditioning system can provide refrigerated or heated air.
The aircraft has two sources of electrical power. It has:
- A 24-volt battery
- A starter-generator.
The battery can supply essential systems for at least 30 minutes in an emergency situation. Switches and circuit
breakers control all electrical devices.

1T120TP-A-03-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The GROB G 120TP-A has a full range of instruments. The instruments that are installed depend on the kind of
operation. They can include UHF (optional) and VHF communications, radio navigation aids, GPS, air data,
attitude and heading reference systems.

1T120TP-A-03-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 1 - G 120TP-A

1T120TP-A-03-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-03-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
04-00
AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS

1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GENERAL DATA
A. Airworthiness Limitations
This section shows the mandatory limitations established by the TC holder and is approved by the EASA.
A. Airframe
The G 120TP-A aircraft has an operational service-life of 15,000 hours (FH).
B. Paint
Paint schemes have to be approved by the TC holder or National Airworthiness Authority. Correct painting
of the airframe will prevent the structure to heat up too much.
C. Repairs
Repairs not covered by this Aircraft Maintenance Manual and the repair information contained in it, require
individual Repair Instructions. If necessary, Repair Instructions have to be prepared and approved by the
TC holder or National Airworthiness Authority.

1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EASA STATEMENT
THIS AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS SECTION IS APPROVED AND VARIATIONS MUST ALSO BE

APPROVED.
IT SPECIFIES MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BY EASA CS 23 APPENDIX G ITEM G 23.4, UNLESS AN
ALTERNATIVE PROGRAM HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE NATIONAL AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY.

1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-021A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-021A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FAA STATEMENT
THE AIRWORTHINESS LIMITATIONS SECTION IS FAA APPROVED AND SPECIFIES MAINTENANCE

REQUIRED UNDER SECS. 43.16 AND 91.403 OF THE FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS UNLESS AN
ALTERNATIVE PROGRAM HAS BEEN FAA APPROVED.

1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-021B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-04-00-00-00A-021B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-00
SCHEDULED/UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

1T120TP-A-05-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SCHEDULED/UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This chapter provides the recommended intervals for the overhaul and replacement of components, and the
scheduled and unscheduled maintenance for the airplane.
You must do the scheduled maintenance checks given in this chapter at the recommended time. These checks
are minimum requirements for keeping the aircraft in a good technical condition.
The aircraft manufacturer can change the time between checks. If this happens, the aircraft manufacturer will
supply the data by Service Bulletins or Service Letters.
You can shorten the time between scheduled maintenance checks if the aircraft operation makes it necessary.
You must not extend the time between scheduled maintenance checks without the aircraft manufacturer's
approval.
The aircraft manufacturer must give approval to any change to the aircraft.
B. Chapter Configuration
This chapter contains the different sections which contain the scheduled and unscheduled checks for the G
120TP-A:
A. Section 05-10
Time Limits General Data contains the time limits for maintenance checks and components. Use the data
in Time Limits General Data to find when to do maintenance.
B. Section 05-20
Scheduled Maintenance Checks General Data contains the operating times for the required maintenance
checks.
C. Section 05-21
100 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check Scheduled Inspection contains the maintenance checks
schedule for 100 hour checks.
D. Section 05-23
E. Section 05-24
Out-Of-Phase Maintenance Check Scheduled Inspection contains data for the out-of-phase maintenance
checks. Out-of-phase maintenance checks occur more or less frequently than the usual scheduled checks.
They can be flying hour, operating cycle or calendar based. Do these out-of-phase maintenance checks
at the times shown in each check.
F. Section 05-26
G. Section 05-30
Flight Line Check General Data contains data for Flight Line checks.

1T120TP-A-05-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
H. Section 05-40
3000 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check General Data contains data for the 3000 hour scheduled
maintenance check. The 3000 hour scheduled maintenance check is a careful examination of the aircraft
structure.
I. Section 05-50
Conditional Inspections General Data contains the unscheduled maintenance checks. Do these checks
after:
- heavy landings
- lightning strike
- engine fire
- propeller damage and/or
- operation outside the flight envelope.
C. Words With Special Meanings

In this maintenance manual, the words that follow have special meanings:
Adjust To put to specified position or state. For example adjust the clearance to 1 mm.
Check (1) A procedure that you do to make sure that something operates correctly. For example, “Do the
hydraulic system check”.
(2) A technical name for a group of related items. For example, “Do the 100 hour check”.
Examine To look carefully at an item. It includes such steps as these:
- Make sure that the item:
• Is complete
• Is correctly attached
• Has no loose parts
• Shows no signs of leaks
• Is not cracked or damaged
• Is not worn.
- Make sure that:

• The surface protection is not damaged
• All locking devices are correctly installed.
- Make sure that items such as pipes and cables:

• Look serviceable
• Do not rub against other items.
Inspection The procedure which compares an object with its standard or specification.
Measure To find out the dimension, capacity or quantity of something.
Monitor To look at something for a period of time to see if there is a change. For example, monitor the engine
speed indicator.
Record (1) Technical name for something that shows what was done. For example, write the result of the
test in the engine record.
(2) The action of making a record. For example, record the results on the log sheet.

1T120TP-A-05-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Replace To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable item in the same location.
Set (1) To put equipment into a given adjustment, condition or mode. For example, set the altimeter
scale to 1013 hPa.
(2) A group of related items that you can use for some purpose.
Task An assigned work or procedure. For example, each step of the task has an identification letter.
Test The procedure where an object or system is operated to make sure that its performance and/or
function is correct. For example, do a test of the warning system.

1T120TP-A-05-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-10
TIME LIMITS

1T120TP-A-05-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TIME LIMITS
GENERAL DATA
A. General
All scheduled maintenance checks have mandatory time limits. The Certification Authority has approved these
time limits. You must do the scheduled maintenance within the time limits.
Some components installed in the aircraft have mandatory time limits (for example, the engine and the propeller).
The Certification Authority has approved these time limits. If it is permitted to do an overhaul, the limit is the "Time
Between Overhaul" (TBO). The aircraft records show the TBO for each component
B. Certification Authorities
The time limits given in this chapter meet the certification requirements of the European Certification Authority
(EASA). Other Certification Authorities can have different requirements. Your Certification Authority can tell you
their requirements.

1T120TP-A-05-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-11
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE TIME LIMITS

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 05-11 02 February 2018
1T120TP-A-05-11-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

02 February 2018 05-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-05-11-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE TIME LIMITS

GENERAL DATA
A. General
All scheduled maintenance checks have time limits. The Certification Authority has approved these time limits.
It is recommended that you do the scheduled maintenance within the time limits.
Some components installed in the aircraft have time limits (e.g. the engine, the propeller). The Certification
Authority has approved these time limits. If it is permitted to do an overhaul, the limit is the “Time Between
Overhaul” (TBO). The aircraft records show the TBO for each component.
B. Certification Authorities
The time limits given in this chapter meet the certification requirements of the German Certification Authority
(LBA). Other Certification Authorities can have different requirements. Your Certification Authority can tell you
the requirements.
C. Scheduled Maintenance Time Limits

Do the scheduled maintenance at these times:
Table 1 Scheduled Maintenance Time Limits
SCHEDULED MAIN- DO AT THESE TIMES

TENANCE
100 hours check At 100 hours. Or 100 hours after the last scheduled maintenance check. Toler-
ance ±10 hours.
Refer to 100 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check Scheduled Inspection.
300 hours check At 300 hours or the earlier of:
- 300 hours after the last 300 hours or larger check. Tolerance ±30 hours.
- 12 months after the last 300 hours or larger check.

600 hours check At 600 hours. Or 600 hours after the last 600 hours or larger check. Tolerance
±30 hours.
Out-of-Phase check At calender time or flight hours, whatever comes first.
Refer to Out-Of-Phase Maintenance Check Scheduled Inspection.
3000 hours check At 3000 hours. Or 3000 hours after last 3000 hours check. Tolerance ±50 hours.
Note In addition to the given schedule above perform the scheduled Engine Maintenance Checks.
Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision.

1T120TP-A-05-11-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Refer to Engine General Data.

1T120TP-A-05-11-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-12
COMPONENT TIME LIMITS

1T120TP-A-05-12-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-12-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMPONENT TIME LIMITS

GENERAL DATA
A. Component Time Limits

(1) General
Some components installed in the aircraft have time limits (e.g. the engine, the propeller). The Certification
Authority has approved these time limits.
If it is permitted to do an overhaul of a component, the limit is the “Time Between Overhaul” (TBO), refer to
Table 1.
If it is scheduled to do an replacement of a component, the limit is the Life Limit, refer to Table 2.
(2) Components with a TBO
The table below gives the components with a TBO.

It is recommended that you do the scheduled maintenance on the components at these times.
Table 1 Components with a TBO
COMPONENT TIME BETWEEN OVERHAUL

Rolls Royce 250-B17F Engine Modules Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Main-
tenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008,
latest revision.
Engine Mounting Frame 3000 hours.
Propeller Refer to MT Propeller, Service Bulletin No. 1.
Starter/Generator 1000 hours, refer to APC Overhaul manual
TM105A.
Oxygen regulator 5 years.
Brake assembly (Beringer Brake System OP- 10000 hours, or 20 years, refer to Beringer
TION 57) MM.
Wheel assembly (Beringer Brake System OP- 10000 hours, or 20 years, refer to Beringer
TION 57) MM.
(3) Components with Life Limit
The table below gives the components with a life limit.

It is recommended that you replace these components at these times.
Table 2 Components with Life Limits
COMPONENT REPLACEMENT
Rolls Royce 250-B17F Engine Modules Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Main-
latest revision.

1T120TP-A-05-12-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Engine Filters Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Main-
latest revision.
ELT Battery At the earlier of:
- After use in an emergency.
- After an inadvertent activation of un-
known duration.
- When the total of all known transmis-
sions exceeds one hour.
- Or before battery replacement (expira-
tion) date.
Oxygen cylinder (Aircraft with optional 15 years.

equipped oxygen system)
Oxygen cannulas (Aircraft with optional 200 hours of operation (not aircraft flying
equipped oxygen system) hours).
Rudder control cable assemblies complete 12 years.
with adjusters and end-fittings
Destroy all components including adjusters
and end-fittings of the life-expired cable.
Flap interconnect control cable assemblies 12 years.
complete with adjusters and end-fittings
Destroy all components including adjusters.
Hydraulic fluid 2000 flying hours or 5 years.
Seat belts 5 years.
12 years (former P/N and no aerobatics flight).
Bearing retaining ring (Beringer Brake System On condition.
OPTION 57)
10 years.
Main Wheel O-ring seals (Beringer Brake Sys- At each tire change.
tem OPTION 57)
5 years.
Brake caliper seals and pistons (Beringer 10 years.
Brake System OPTION 57)
Brake assembly screws (Beringer Brake Sys- On condition.
tem OPTION 57)
10 years.

1T120TP-A-05-12-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Brake pads (Beringer Brake System OPTION On condition.
57)
After each brake disc change.
5 years.
Note Brake pads must be changed all 8 at

the same time even if not worn out (4
on left side and the 4 on right side).
Brake discs (Beringer Brake System OPTION On condition.

57)
10 years.
Note Parts must be changed by pair on both

left and right side at the same time.

1T120TP-A-05-12-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-12-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-20
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECKS

1T120TP-A-05-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECKS

GENERAL DATA
A. General
Do the maintenance checks after the following operating time:
- 100 hours, refer to 100 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check Scheduled Inspection
- 3000 hours, refer to 3000 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check Scheduled Inspection.
Do annual checks as necessary for National Airworthiness Requirements.

Only approved persons can do scheduled maintenance checks. The National Airworthiness Authority of the
country where the aircraft is registered gives approval to persons to do maintenance.
Each National Airworthiness Authority has special certification requirements. You must obey the requirements
of the National Airworthiness Authority of the country where the aircraft is registered.

1T120TP-A-05-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-21
100 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHECK

1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

SCHEDULED INSPECTION
A. 100 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check
Do the maintenance tasks shown in the following maintenance checks schedule at the times shown. Write the
result of each task in the aircraft maintenance records. Make a record of the work done to correct a failure.
Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision for the
data about the engine maintenance. Also refer to Rolls-Royce Service Bulletins, Service Instructions and Service
Letters for new maintenance data.
Do the applicable engine Inspection/Check listed in the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual
Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision.
Do the applicable propeller Inspection/Check listed in the MT-Propeller Operation and Installation manual ATA
61-06-10 (E-610) para 6.
Do the scheduled servicing:
- Refer to Scheduled Servicing General for general information.
- Refer to Scheduled Servicing List of Consumables associated with Servicing for the list of
consumables associated with servicing.
- Refer to Scheduled Servicing Drain Water for draining the fuel tanks.
- Refer to Scheduled Servicing Lubrication for scheduled lubrication (refer to ).
Refer to .

1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Table 1 (A) Preparation
Page: 4
Do this work See Accomplished Inspector
1 Look in the aircraft records for reports of problems.
11 November 2019
2 If necessary, clean the aircraft externally. Unscheduled Servicing
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
General
3 Clean the aircraft internally. Unscheduled Servicing
General
4 Remove the engine cowlings. Cowling General

5 Remove the propeller spinner. Propeller Remove and In-
stall
6 Make the aircraft safe for maintenance. Component Time Limits
General Data
05-21
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 2 (B) Engine and Controls
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 With the engine cowlings removed: Cowling General
- Examine the cowlings.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Make sure that the cam-lock fasteners are serviceable.
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
2 Examine the engine air intake. Air Intakes General

3 Examine the engine mounting. Look specially for: Mounts General
- Cracks or corrosion of the tubular frame.

- Correct attachment and condition of the mounting bolts.
- Damage to the shock mounts.
4 Examine the oil cooler. Inverted Oil System Gen-

eral Data
- Look for damage and leaks.
- Examine the air seal.
5 Examine the oil pipes between the oil cooler and the engine. Inverted Oil System Gen-
eral Data
6 Remove, inspect and clean the oil filter element, replace if neces- Oil Filter Element Replace
05-21
sary.
7 Examine the air conditioning compressor (optional). Cooling General
8 Examine the compressor drive belt (optional). Cooling General
- Measure the drive belt tension
- If necessary, adjust the drive belt tension.
9 Examine the air conditioning hoses in the engine compartment (op- Cooling General
tional).
10 Examine the engine drain pipes. Engine Drains General
11 Examine the fuel pipes between the firewall and the engine. Fuel Distribution System
General
11 November 2019
Page: 5
Page: 6
12 Examine the starter-generator. Starter/Generator Drive
11 November 2019
General Data
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
13 Examine the cooling hose for the starter/generator. Starter/Generator Drive

General Data
14 Examine the N1 and N2 tachometer generators. Integrated Engine Display
System General (analog)
Sensors and Transducers

General data (digital)
15 Examine the inverted oil system shuttle-valve. Inverted Oil System Gen-
eral Data
16 Examine all electrical cables in the engine compartment. Electrical Cables in the En-
05-21
gine Compartment Gener-
al
17 Examine bonding/lighting/ground cables in the engine compart- Electrical Cables in the En-
ment. gine Compartment Gener-
al
18 Examine the engine power controls between the cockpit and the Engine Power Control
engine. General Data
- Examine the power lever control cable.
- Examine the condition control cable.
- For each cable:
• Make sure that the connection to the control lever is tight.
• Make sure that the end fitting can turn in the control lever.
• Examine the outer cables. Look specially for wear and for
kinks.
19 Remove all loose objects from the engine compartment.
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 3 (C) Constant Speed Propeller
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the propeller mounting bolts and nuts.
2 Examine the inner surface of the propeller spinner for oil contami-
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
nation.
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Examine the vent hole of the propeller hub for oil droplets.

Make sure that there is no oil on the feet of the propeller blades.
05-21
11 November 2019
Page: 7
Table 4 (D) Fuselage
Page: 8
1 Examine the complete surface of the fuselage. Look specially for Investigation General
11 November 2019
damage (stone damage, delamination). Examine the paint coat.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Examine the windscreen. Look specially for scratches, groups of Flight Compartment Win-
micro-scratches (crazing) and cracks in the Plexiglas dows General
3 Make sure that all drain holes are clear. Scheduled Servicing Gen-
eral
4 Open all external access panels. Access Panels General

5 Examine the seat harnesses. Make sure that the harness attach- Cockpit and Baggage
ment points are serviceable. Compartment Furnishing
General Data
6 Examine all accessible push-pull flight control rods and bell cranks. Ailerons and Tabs General
05-21
Look specially for loose parts, corrosion and rub marks. Data
Rudder General Data
Elevator General Data
Flaps General Data
7 Examine the rudder control cables as far as possible installed. Rudder General Data
8 Examine the aileron stops in the cockpit. Ailerons and Tabs General
Data
Examine the rudder stops in the cockpit.
Rudder General Data
Examine the elevator stops in the cockpit.
9 Examine the control sticks. Ailerons and Tabs General
Data
10 Examine the rudder pedal units. Apply a small amount of oil to the Rudder General Data
adjuster-screw threads.
11 Do a functional test of the rudder pedal adjustment mechanism. Rudder General Data
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

12 Examine the heating system. Air Conditioning General
Examine the ventilation system.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
13 Examine the rudder. Look specially for damage in the area of the Rudder and Tab General
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
mass balance.

05-21
11 November 2019
Page: 9
Table 5 (E) Oxygen System (Optional Equipment)
Page: 10
1 Examine the oxygen cylinder. Crew Oxygen General
11 November 2019
AEROX Specification
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4110–122–() and DOT-SP

8162
2 Examine the rigid oxygen pipes, charging valve and pressure gauge.
3 Examine the oxygen regulator. Look specially for: Crew Oxygen General
- Incorrect pressure gauge reading

- Legibility of markings
- Regulator and surrounding area free of oil and grease.
05-21
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 6 (F) Fuel System
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the fuel filler caps of the wing tanks. Make sure that: Fuel Storage System Gen-
eral
- The caps seal correctly.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The placard showing the fuel type and grade is clean and easy
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
to read.

- The flapper non-return-valve in the filler hole operates cor-
rectly.
WARNING DO NOT GET FUEL ON YOU. FUEL CAN

CAUSE SKIN DISEASE. DO NOT ALLOW
FIRE NEAR FUEL. FUEL BURNS AND
CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PEOPLE AND
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
2 Set the fuel selector valve to OFF: Fuel Distribution System

General
- Lift the locking pin.
05-21
- Set the selector to OFF.
3 Examine the fuel filter. Fuel Distribution System

General
- If the pilot has reported the F FILTER OFF caution light ON
replace the filter element.
4 Examine the electric fuel pump. Fuel Distribution System

General
5 Examine the electric standby fuel pump. Fuel Distribution System
General
6 Examine the electric transfer fuel pump. Fuel Distribution System
General
11 November 2019
Page: 11
Page: 12
7 Do a test for correct operation of the jet pumps: Fuel Distribution System
11 November 2019
General
- Set the fuel tank selector to LEFT.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Operate the electrical fuel pump for approximately one minute.

- Remove the left fuel filler cap.
- If fuel comes from the collector tank vent pipe, the jet pump is
operating correctly.
- Install the fuel filler cap.
05-21
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 7 (G) Instruments
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the instruments. Make sure that: Instrument & Control Pan-
els General (analog)
- The scales and pointers are clean.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Instrument & Control Pan-

- The colour markings are clear
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
els General Data (digital)
Using the instrument controls available, make sure that: Central Warning System

- Each parameter displayed by the instrument can be read cor- General (analog)
rectly through the range of ambient lighting conditions from Stall Warning System
bright sunlight to complete darkness. General (digital)
- There is no flicker or distortion. Attitude and Direction
- There are no failed pixels. General (analog)
Attitude and Direction
Integrated Engine Display
2 Examine the magnetic compass housing. Look specially for leak- Attitude and Direction
05-21
age. Read the liquid level in the compass. Make sure that the General (analog)
compensation table for the magnetic compass is installed and easy
to read.
3 Examine the pitot-static tube. Make sure that: Flight Environment Data
General
- The pitot tube is not obstructed.
- The static vents are not obstructed.
11 November 2019
Page: 13
Table 8 (H) Electrical system
Page: 14
1 Examine the electrical cables, relays, contactors and bus bars as
11 November 2019
far as possible in the battery compartment.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Examine the ELT. Make sure that the battery have sufficient life left. Emergency Equipment
Do a functional test. General Data
3 Examine all ground cables and lightning protection bonding straps Lightning Protection Gen-
as far as possible. eral
4 Examine the external lights. Make sure all LEDs are working. External Lights General
- Navigation lights.
- Landing lights.
- Taxi lights
05-21
- Anti-collision lights.
5 Examine all external antennas. Clean them first, if necessary.

6 Examine the battery. Battery Servicing
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 9 (I) Canopy
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the canopy. Canopy General
2 Examine the canopy rails. Make sure that the rails are clean. Canopy General
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
05-21
11 November 2019
Page: 15
Table 10 (J) Wing
Page: 16
1 Examine the surface of the wing. Look specially for: Investigation General
11 November 2019
- Delamination and stone damage on the bottom surface.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Damage to the paint coat.
2 Examine the flaps. Look specially for: Investigation General

3 Examine the flap actuator lever. Flaps General

4 Examine the flap interconnection system: Flaps General Data
- Examine the cables and pulleys as far as possible.
05-21
- Examine the left and right connection quadrants and levers.
- Examine the attachment to the flaps.
5 Examine the flap hinges. Make sure that: Flaps General

- There are no cracks in the ribs where the hinge attaches.
- there are no cracks or disbonding in the joint between the ribs
and the wing shell near the hinges.
6 Examine the ailerons. Look specially for: Investigation General

7 Examine the aileron actuator lever. Ailerons and Tabs General

8 Examine the aileron hinges: Ailerons and Tabs General
9 Examine the aileron stops. Get access to the aileron stops through Ailerons and Tabs General
the panel in the bottom surface of the wing. Data
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 10 (J) Wing
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

10 Examine the aileron. Look specially at: Ailerons and Tabs General
- The aileron mass balance.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The gap seal.
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
11 Examine the landing gear mounting. Wing Structure General

12 Make sure that all of the drain holes are clear. Scheduled Servicing Gen-
eral
13 Examine the stall strips.
05-21
11 November 2019
Page: 17
Table 11 (K) Horizontal Tail
Page: 18
1 Examine the surface of the horizontal tail. Look specially for: Investigation General
11 November 2019
- Delamination and stone damage on the shell surface.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Debonding of spars (coin-tap test).

3 Lubricate the fork ends of the rods for the trim actuator with oil. Scheduled Servicing Gen-
eral
4 Examine the elevator hinges. Elevator and Trim/Servo
Tab General
5 Examine the elevator actuator lever. Elevator and Trim/Servo
Tab General
05-21
6 Examine the elevator stops. Elevator General Data
7 Examine the elevator mass balance on each side. Elevator and Trim/Servo
Tab General
eral
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 12 (L) Main Landing Gear
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the main landing gear doors. Main Landing-Gear Gen-
eral
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Examine the landing gear legs. Look for cracks and deformation. Main Landing-Gear Gen-
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Repair corrosion damage. eral
3 Examine the tyres: Parker brake system:

Wheels and Brakes for
- Make sure that the slip marks are in line.

Parker brake system Gen-
- Set the air pressure. eral
Beringer brake system:
Beringer brake system
General
Tyres Pressure Check / In-
flation
4 Examine the wheel hubs. Parker brake system:
eral
05-21
General
5 Examine the brake units. Parker brake system:
- Look specially for too much wear on the brake linings.
eral
General
11 November 2019
Page: 19
Page: 20
6 Examine the brake discs. Parker brake system:
11 November 2019
- Look specially at the wear of the brake discs.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

eral
General
7 Examine the hydraulic actuators. Landing Gear Extension
and Retraction General
- Look specially for leakage.
8 Examine the up-locks. Landing Gear Extension

05-21
- Clean and lubricate the up-lock hook.
9 Examine the up-lock pin. Main Landing-Gear Gen-

eral
- Clean and lubricate the up-lock pin.
10 Examine the down-lock in the folding strut. Main Landing-Gear Gen-

eral
- Clean and lubricate the down lock.
11 Examine the up-lock, down-lock and weight on wheel micro-switch- Landing Gear Position and
es. Warning General
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 13 (M) Nose Landing Gear
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the engine mounting frame structure where the nose land-
ing gear attaches.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Examine the nose gear assembly. Nose Landing Gear Gen-
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
eral
3 Lubricate the nose gear via the nipple with grease. Lubricate the Scheduled Servicing Gen-

bearings of the torque links with a small amount of oil. eral
4 Examine the tyre: Parker brake system:

General
flation
5 Examine the nose wheel hub. Parker brake sys-
tem:Wheels and Brakes
05-21
for Parker brake system
General
General
6 Examine the nose wheel doors. Nose Landing Gear Gen-
eral
7 Examine the nose gear actuator. Look specially for leaks. Landing Gear Extension
11 November 2019
Page: 21
Page: 22
8 Examine the up-lock. Landing Gear Extension
11 November 2019
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

eral
10 Examine the down-lock in the folding strut. Nose Landing Gear Gen-
eral
- Clean and lubricate the down-lock
11 Examine the up-lock and down-lock micro-switches. Landing Gear Position and
Warning General
05-21
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 14 (N) Brake System – Fuselage
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Make sure that the level of the brake fluid in the reservoir is correct. Brake System Servicing
Use only fluid to Specification MIL-H-5606E (or later), MIL-
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PRF-5606H or MIL-PRF-87257 for Parker brake system.
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Make sure that the level of the brake fluid in the reservoir is correct. Brake System Servicing
Use only fluid to Specification MIL-H-5606E (or later), MIL-

PRF-5606H or MIL-PRF-87257 for Beringer brake system.
2 Examine the brake cylinders and hoses in the rudder pedal area. Wheels and Brakes for
eral
05-21
11 November 2019
Page: 23
Table 15 (O) Hydraulic System – Fuselage
Page: 24
1 Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid in the reservoir is cor- Landing Gear Hydraulic
11 November 2019
rect. Use only fluid to Specification MIL-H-5606E (or later). System Servicing
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Examine the hydraulic pump, motor and components in the fuse- Landing Gear Extension
lage. and Retraction General
- Look specially for leaks.
3 Examine the hydraulic pipes and hoses in the fuselage. Look spe- Landing Gear Extension
cially for leaks, damage and improper attachment. and Retraction General
05-21
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 16 (P) Installation and Inspection
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Do the scheduled lubrication. Scheduled Servicing Lu-
brication
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Remove all loose items before replacing the panels.
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
3 Close all access panels. Access Panels General

4 Install the propeller spinner. Propeller Remove and In-
stall
5 Make sure that all placards and markings are legible. Exterior Placards and
Markings General
Interior Placards General
6 Do a function test of the aileron, elevator, rudder and related trim Ailerons and Tabs General
controls. Data Aileron Trim General
Data Rudder General Da-
Make sure that they move freely.
ta Rudder Trim General
Make sure that they move in the correct direction, through the full Data Elevator General Da-
range of movement. ta Elevator Trim General
Data Flap Control System
Do a function test of the flaps.
Function Test
05-21
7 Do a function test of the throttle and condition controls. Make sure Engine Power Control
that they move correctly through their full range of movement. Make General Data
sure that they move in the correct direction.
8 Do an idle test run. Power Plant Idle Test Run
9 Install the engine cowlings. Cowling General
10 Do an engine run-up. Power Plant General
11 Do an emergency fuel transfer test.
12 Perform bleed temperature warning test during ground run-up. Heating Bleed Tempera-
ture Check
11 November 2019
Page: 25
Page: 26
13 Do a function test of the Reduced Power System, if installed. Power Controls in the
11 November 2019
Cockpit Description of
- Make sure that the stop moves correctly.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
How It Is Made and Its

- Make sure that N1 is max. 94 -95 %, with the stop engaged. Function
05-21
1T120TP-A-05-21-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-23

1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Do the maintenance tasks shown in the following maintenance checks schedule at the times shown. Write the
result of each task in the aircraft maintenance records. Make a record of the work done to correct a failure.
Note The maintenance tasks of this 300 h check includes all necessary maintenance tasks included in the
100 h check too.
Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision for the
data about the engine maintenance. Also refer to Rolls-Royce Service Bulletins, Service Instructions and Service
Letters for new maintenance data.
Do the applicable engine Inspection/Check listed in the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual
Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision.
Do the applicable propeller Inspection/Check listed in the MT-Propeller Operation and Installation manual ATA
61-06-10 (E-610) para 6.
Do the scheduled servicing. Refer to Scheduled Servicing General.

1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Table 1 (A) Preparation
Page: 4
1 Look in the aircraft records for reports of problems.
11 November 2019
2 If necessary, clean the aircraft externally. Unscheduled Servicing
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
General
3 Clean the aircraft internally. Unscheduled Servicing
General
4 Remove the engine cowlings. Cowling General

5 Remove the propeller spinner. Propeller Remove and In-
stall
6 Make the aircraft safe for maintenance. Servicing Pre-Operation
(Make the Aircraft safe for
Maintenance)
05-23
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 With the engine cowlings removed: Cowling General
- Examine the cowlings.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Make sure that the cam-lock fasteners are serviceable.
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
2 Examine the engine air intake. Air Intakes General

3 Examine the engine mounting. Look specially for: Mounts General
- Cracks or corrosion of the tubular frame.

- Correct attachment and condition of the mounting bolts.
- Damage to the shock mounts.
4 Examine the oil cooler. Inverted Oil System Gen-

eral Data
- Look for damage and leaks.
- Examine the air seal.
5 Examine the oil pipes between the oil cooler and the engine. Inverted Oil System Gen-
eral Data
6 Remove, inspect and clean the oil filter element, replace if necessary. Oil Filter Element Replace
05-23
7 Examine the air conditioning compressor (optional). Cooling General
8 Examine the compressor drive belt (optional). Cooling General
- Measure the drive belt tension.
- If necessary, adjust the drive belt tension.
9 Examine the air conditioning hoses in the engine compartment (optional). Cooling General
10 Examine the engine drain pipes. Engine Drains General
11 Examine the fuel pipes between the firewall and the engine. Fuel Distribution System
General
12 Examine the starter-generator. Starter/Generator Drive
General Data
11 November 2019
Page: 5
Page: 6
13 Inspect the starter-generator brushes. Starter/Generator Drive
11 November 2019
General Data
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
14 Examine the cooling hose for the starter/generator. Starter/Generator Drive

General Data
15 Examine the N1 and N2 tachometer generators. Integrated Engine Display

16 Examine the inverted oil system shuttle-valve. Inverted Oil System Gen-
eral Data
17 Examine all electrical cables in the engine compartment. Electrical Cables in the En-
05-23
al
18 Examine bonding/lightning/ground cables in the engine compartment. Electrical Cables in the En-
al
19 Examine the engine power controls between the cockpit and the engine. Engine Power Control
General Data
- Examine the power lever control cable.
- Examine the condition control cable.
- For each cable:
• Make sure that the connection to the control lever is tight.
• Make sure that the end fitting can turn in the control lever.
• Examine the outer cables. Look specially for wear and for kinks.
20 Examine the firewall openings. Look specially for damage to the fire-proof
sealant.
21 Remove all loose objects from the engine compartment.
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

22 Examine the fire protection paint (Glass Cowling only). Apply new paint if Repair Processes General
necessary.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
05-23
11 November 2019
Page: 7
Table 3 (C) Constant Speed Propeller
Page: 8
1 Examine the propeller mounting bolts and nuts.
11 November 2019
2 Examine the inner surface of the propeller spinner for oil contamination.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Examine the vent hole of the propeller hub for oil droplets.
Make sure that there is no oil on the feet of the propeller blades.
05-23
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the complete surface of the fuselage. Look specially for damage Investigation General
(stone damage, delamination). Examine the paint coat.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Examine the windscreen. Look specially for scratches, groups of micro- Flight Compartment Win-
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
scratches (crazing) and cracks in the Plexiglas dows General
3 Make sure that all drain holes are clear. Scheduled Servicing Gen-

eral
4 Open all external access panels. Access Panels General

5 Remove the seats. Cockpit and Baggage
Compartment Furnishing
General Data
6 Remove these cockpit panels for access: Cockpit and Baggage
- Centre console side panels.
General Data
- Front cockpit floor panels.
- Baggage compartment floor panel.
- Baggage compartment rear panels.
05-23
7 Release the instrument panel cover for access. Instrument & Control Pan-
8 Remove the dorsal fin. Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin
General
9 Examine the seat harnesses. Make sure that the harness attachment Cockpit and Baggage
points are serviceable. Compartment Furnishing
General Data
11 November 2019
Page: 9
Page: 10
10 Examine all accessible push-pull flight control rods and bell cranks. Look Ailerons and Tabs General
11 November 2019
specially for loose parts, corrosion and rub marks. Data
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Rudder General Data

Flaps General Data
11 Examine the rudder control cables as far as possible installed. Rudder General Data
12 Do a test of the rudder cable tension. Rudder General Data
13 Examine the aileron stops in the cockpit. Ailerons and Tabs General
Data
Examine the rudder stops in the cockpit.
Rudder General Data
Examine the elevator stops in the cockpit.
05-23
14 Examine the control sticks. Ailerons and Tabs General
Data
15 Examine the rudder pedal units. Apply a small amount of oil to the adjuster- Rudder General Data
screw threads.
16 Do a functional test of the rudder pedal adjustment mechanism. Rudder General Data
17 Examine the heating system. Air Conditioning General
Examine the ventilation system.
18 Examine the matrix of the air conditioning evaporator in the ECS com- Cooling General
partment (optional).
If necessary, remove debris blocking the matrix.
19 Examine the rudder actuator lever. Rudder and Tab General
20 Examine the rudder hinges. Make sure that there is no play. Rudder and Tab General
21 Examine the rudder. Look specially for damage in the area of the mass Rudder and Tab General
balance.
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 5 (E) Oxygen System (Optional Equipment)
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the oxygen cylinder. Crew Oxygen General
AEROX Specification
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4110–122–( ) and DOT-
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
SP 8162
2 Examine the rigid oxygen pipes, charging valve and pressure gauge.

3 Examine the oxygen regulator. Look specially for: Crew Oxygen General
- Incorrect pressure gauge reading

- Legibility of markings
- Regulator and surrounding area free of oil and grease.
05-23
11 November 2019
Page: 11
Page: 12
1 Examine the fuel filler caps of the wing tanks. Make sure that: Fuel Storage System Gen-
11 November 2019
eral
- The caps seal correctly.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The placard showing the fuel type and grade is clean and easy to
read.
- The flapper non-return-valve in the filler hole operates correctly.
2 Examine the fuel lines and hoses beneath the cockpit floor. Look specially Fuel Distribution System
for leaks. General
3 Examine the fuel tank vents. Make sure the vents are clear. Fuel Distribution System
General
WARNING DO NOT GET FUEL ON YOU. FUEL CAN
05-23
CAUSE SKIN DISEASE. DO NOT ALLOW FIRE
NEAR FUEL. FUEL BURNS AND CAN CAUSE
INJURY TO PEOPLE AND DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
4 Set the fuel selector valve to OFF: Servicing Precautions for

Defueling and Refueling
- Lift the locking pin.
- Set the selector to OFF
5 Replace the fuel filter element. Fuel Distribution System

General
6 Examine the electric fuel pump. Fuel Distribution System
General
7 Examine the electric standby fuel pump. Fuel Distribution System
General
8 Examine the electric transfer fuel pump. Fuel Distribution System
General
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

9 Examine the fuel hoses and connections in the left and right wings. Look Fuel Distribution System
specially for: General
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Condition of the fuel hoses.
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
- Correct routing of the fuel hoses.

- Fuel leaks.
10 Do a test for correct operation of the jet pumps: Fuel Distribution System
General
- Set the fuel tank selector to LEFT.
- Operate the electrical fuel pump for approximately one minute.
- Remove the left fuel filler cap.
- If fuel comes from the collector tank vent pipe, the jet pump is oper-
ating correctly.
- Install the fuel filler cap.
05-23
11 November 2019
Page: 13
Page: 14
1 Examine the instruments. Make sure that: Instrument & Control Pan-
11 November 2019
- The scales and pointers are clean.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

- The colour markings are clear
Using the instrument controls available, make sure that: Central Warning System
- Each parameter displayed by the instrument can be read correctly General (analog)
through the range of ambient lighting conditions from bright sunlight Stall Warning System
to complete darkness. General (digital)
- There is no flicker or distortion. Attitude and Direction
- There are no failed pixels. General(analog)
05-23
Integrated Engine Display
or
General data(digital)
2 Examine the magnetic compass housing. Look specially for leakage. Read Attitude and Direction
the liquid level in the magnetic compass. Make sure that the compensation General (analog)
table for the magnetic compass is installed and easy to read.
3 Examine the pitot-static tube. Make sure that: Flight Environment Data
General
- The pitot tube is not obstructed.
- The static vents are not obstructed.
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

4 Examine the pitot-static water traps. Flight Environment Data
General
If the paper filters are wet, disconnect the pitot and static flexible-pipe from
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
the water traps.
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
- Remove the water and let the filters dry. Connect the flexible-pipes.

- Do a Pitot Leak Test and a Static Leak Test.
05-23
11 November 2019
Page: 15
Page: 16
1 Disconnect the battery for maintenance. Servicing Precautions for
11 November 2019
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Release the instrument panel cover for access. Instrument & Control Pan-
3 Examine the electrical cables, relays, contactors and bus bars as far as
possible in the battery compartment.
4 Examine the electrical cables, contactor, fuse and bus bars for the external
power supply.
5 Examine the electrical cables and pitot-static pipes between the instru-
05-23
ment panel and the firewall. Look specially for insecurity, insulation dam-
age, chafing and burning.
6 Install the instrument panel cover. Instrument & Control Pan-
7 Connect the battery after maintenance. Servicing Precautions for
8 Examine the ELT. Make sure that the battery have sufficient life left. Do a Emergency Equipment
functional test. General Data
9 Examine all ground cables and lightning protection bonding straps as far Lightning Protection Gen-
as possible. eral
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

10 Examine the external lights. Make sure all LEDs are working. External Lights General
(analog)
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
External lights Description

- Landing lights.
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
(digital)
- Taxi lights

- Anti-collision lights.
11 Examine all external antennas. Clean them first, if necessary

12 Examine the battery. Battery Servicing
05-23
11 November 2019
Page: 17
Table 9 (I) Canopy
Page: 18
1 Examine the canopy. Canopy General
11 November 2019
2 Examine the canopy rails. Make sure that the rails are clean. Canopy General
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3 Do a functional test of the canopy locking mechanism. Canopy General

4 Examine the canopy seal. Apply a light coat of talcum. Canopy General
Scheduled Servicing Gen-
eral
5 Do a functional test of the canopy jettison system. Canopy General
05-23
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 10 (J) Wing
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the surface of the wing. Look specially for: Investigation General
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
2 Examine the flaps. Look specially for: Investigation General

3 Examine the flap actuator lever. Flaps General

4 Examine the flap interconnection system: Flaps General Data
- Examine the cables and pulleys as far as possible.
- Examine the left and right connection quadrants and levers.
- Examine the attachment to the flaps.
5 Do a test of the flap interconnection cable tension. Flaps General Data

6 Examine the flap hinges. Make sure that: Flaps General
05-23
- There are no cracks in the ribs where the hinge attaches.
- there are no cracks or disbonding in the joint between the ribs and
the wing shell near the hinges.
7 Examine the ailerons. Look specially for: Investigation General

8 Examine the aileron actuator lever. Ailerons and Tabs Gener-

al
9 Examine the aileron hinges: Ailerons and Tabs Gener-
al
11 November 2019
Page: 19
Table 10 (J) Wing
Page: 20
10 Examine the aileron stops. Get access to the aileron stops through the Ailerons and Tabs Gener-
11 November 2019
panel in the bottom surface of the wing. al Data
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
11 Examine the aileron. Look specially at: Ailerons and Tabs Gener-
al
- The aileron mass balance.
- The gap seal.
12 Examine the landing gear mounting. Wing Structure General

eral
13 Examine the stall strips.
05-23
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 11 (K) Horizontal Tail
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the surface of the horizontal tail. Look specially for: Investigation General
- Delamination and stone damage on the shell surface.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Debonding of spars (coin-tap test).
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A

2 Remove the dorsal fin. Make sure that: Horizontal Stabilizer Gen-
eral
- The horizontal tail is correctly attached to the fuselage.
- Examine the area of the joint.
3 Examine the trim actuator and friction lining of the trim tab. Elevator Trim General Da-
ta
- Adjust the friction brake if necessary.
- Do not lubricate the friction brake.
5 Lubricate the fork ends of the rods for the trim actuator with oil. Scheduled Servicing Gen-
eral
6 Examine the elevator hinges. Elevator and Trim/Servo
Tab General
05-23
7 Examine the elevator actuator lever. Elevator and Trim/Servo
Tab General
8 Examine the elevator stops. Elevator General Data
9 Examine the elevator mass balance on each side. Elevator and Trim/Servo
Tab General
eral
11 November 2019
Page: 21
Page: 22
1 Lift the aircraft on jacks. Jacking General
11 November 2019
2 Examine the main landing gear doors. Main Landing-Gear Gen-
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
eral
3 Examine the joint between the main landing gear and the wing. Look spe- Main Landing-Gear Gen-
cially for play. eral
4 Examine the landing gear legs. Look for cracks and deformation. Repair Main Landing-Gear Gen-
corrosion damage. eral
5 Examine the brake pipes and unions. Parker brake system:
eral
05-23
General
6 Examine the tyres. Parker brake system:
General
flation
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

7 Examine the wheel hubs. Parker brake system:
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

eral
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A

General
8 Examine the brake units. Parker brake system:
- Look specially for too much wear on the brake linings.
eral
General
9 Examine the brake discs. Parker brake system:
- Look specially at the wear of the brake discs.
05-23
eral
General
10 Do a test of the wheel bearings. Parker brake system:
eral
General
11 November 2019
Page: 23
Page: 24
11 Examine the hydraulic actuators. Landing Gear Extension
11 November 2019
- Look specially for leakage.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12 Examine the up-locks. Landing Gear Extension


eral
14 Examine the down-lock in the folding strut. Main Landing-Gear Gen-

eral
- Clean and lubricate the down lock.
15 Examine the up-lock, down-lock and weight on wheel micro-switches. Landing Gear Position and
05-23
Warning General
16 Check the pressure of the two dampers on MLG. Main and Nose Landing
Gear Damper Assembly
Fill with Nitrogen
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Examine the engine mounting frame structure where the nose landing
gear attaches.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Examine the nose gear assembly. Nose Landing Gear Gen-
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
eral
3 Lubricate the nose gear via the nipple with grease. Lubricate the bearings Scheduled Servicing Gen-

of the torque links with a small amount of oil. eral
4 Examine the tyre: Parker brake system:

General
flation
5 Examine the nose wheel hub. Parker brake system:
05-23
eral
General
6 Examine the nose wheel doors. Nose Landing Gear Gen-
eral
7 Examine the nose gear actuator. Look specially for leaks. Landing Gear Extension
11 November 2019
Page: 25
Page: 26
8 Examine the up-lock. Landing Gear Extension
11 November 2019
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
9 Examine the up-lock hook setting. Main and Nose Gear Up-
lock Adjust
- If necessary, adjust the up-lock hook

eral
11 Examine the down-lock in the folding strut. Nose Landing Gear Gen-
eral
- Clean and lubricate the down-lock
12 Examine the up-lock and down-lock micro-switches. Landing Gear Position and
05-23
Warning General
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 14 (N) Brake System – Fuselage
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Make sure that the level of the brake fluid in the reservoir is correct. Use Brake System Servicing
only fluid to Specification MIL-H-5606E (or later), MIL-PRF-5606H or MIL-
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PRF-87257 for Parker brake system.
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Make sure that the level of the brake fluid in the reservoir is correct. Use Brake System Servicing
only fluid to Specification MIL-H-5606E (or later), MIL-PRF-5606H or MIL-

PRF-87257 for Beringer brake system.
2 Examine the brake cylinders and hoses in the rudder pedal area for Parker Wheels and Brakes for
brake system. Parker brake system Gen-
eral
Examine the brake cylinders and hoses in the rudder pedal area for Wheels and Brakes for
Beringer brake system. Beringer brake system
General
05-23
11 November 2019
Page: 27
Table 15 (O) Hydraulic System – Fuselage
Page: 28
1 Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid in the reservoir is correct. Landing Gear Hydraulic
11 November 2019
Use only fluid to Specification MIL-H 5606E (or later). System Servicing
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Examine the hydraulic pump, motor and components in the fuselage. Landing Gear Extension
- Look specially for leaks.
3 Examine the hydraulic pipes and hoses in the fuselage. Look specially for Landing Gear Extension
leaks, damage and improper attachment. and Retraction General

4 Perform the accumulator pressure dump. Check the required pre-charge Landing Gear Extension
pressure. and Retraction General
05-23
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

1 Remove all loose items before replacing the panels.
2 Close all access panels. Access Panels General
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3 Install the propeller spinner. Propeller Remove and In-
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
stall

4 Install these cockpit panels after access: Cockpit and Baggage
General Data
- Front cockpit floor panels.
- Baggage compartment rear panels.
5 Install the seats. Cockpit and Baggage

General Data
6 Install the dorsal fin. Fuselage General Data
7 Make sure that all placards and markings are legible. Exterior Placards and
Markings General
05-23
Interior Placards General
8 Do a function test of the aileron, elevator, rudder and related trim controls. Ailerons and Tabs General
Make sure that they move freely. Data Aileron Trim General
Data Rudder General Da-
Make sure that they move in the correct direction, through the full range
ta Rudder Trim General
of movement.
Data Elevator General Da-
Do a function test of the flaps. ta Elevator Trim General
Data Flap Control System
Function Test
9 Do a function test of the throttle and condition controls. Engine Power Control
General Data
Make sure that they move correctly through their full range of movement.
Make sure that they move in the correct direction.
11 November 2019
Page: 29
Page: 30
10 Do a function test of the landing gear: Landing Gear Extension
11 November 2019
- Do a landing gear retraction and extension test.
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Do a landing gear emergency extension test.

- Do a gear warning system test.
11 Lower the aircraft with the jacks. Jacking General

12 Do an Idle test run. Power Plant Idle Test Run

13 Install the engine cowlings. Cowling General
14 Do an engine run-up. Power Plant General
15 Do an emergency fuel transfer test.
05-23
16 Perform bleed temperature warning test during ground run-up. Heating Bleed Tempera-
ture Check
17 Do a function test of the Reduced Power System, if installed. Power Controls in the
Cockpit Description of
- Make sure that the stop moves correctly.
How It Is Made and Its
- Make sure that N1 is max. 94 - 95 %, with the stop engaged. Function
1T120TP-A-05-23-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-24
OUT-OF-PHASE MAINTENANCE CHECKS

1T120TP-A-05-24-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-24-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OUT-OF-PHASE MAINTENANCE CHECKS

GENERAL DATA
A. General
Out-of-phase maintenance checks occur more or less frequently than the usual scheduled checks. Do the out-
of-phase maintenance checks at the times shown in each check.
Where a check is also part of the Maintenance Check Schedule in Scheduled Maintenance Checks General
Data, the schedule number is shown in the left column.

1T120TP-A-05-24-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-24-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OUT-OF-PHASE MAINTENANCE CHECK

A. Out-of-Phase Maintenance Check

Do the following checks at the periodicity calender time or flight hours, whatever comes first.
Do the following checks at the periodicity shown:
Table 1 Out-of-Phase Checks
Sched- Do this work Periodicity See Accom- In-

ule plished spec-
Num. tor
C.1 Examine the battery. Do a ca- Refer to CMM / Battery Servic-
pacity test. See: Manufacturer ing
Manual
Hawker manual Doc. No.
2602-0018 latest Revision or typically
3 to 6 months
CONCORDE manual Doc.
No. 5-0324 latest Revision or
CONCORDE manual Doc.
No. 5-0530 latest Revision.
C.2 Do an oxygen system leak 12 months Crew Oxygen
test (if AC is optionally General
equipped with oxygen sys-
tem).
C.3 Examine the oxygen valve 12 months Crew Oxygen
actuation (if AC is optionally General
equipped with oxygen sys-
tem).
C.4 Remove the oxygen cylinder 5 years
for a hydrostatic test at an ap-
proved test facility (if AC is
optionally equipped with oxy-
gen system).
C.5 Remove the oxygen regulator 5 years
for an Overhaul at an ap-
proved overhaul facility (if AC
is optionally equipped with
oxygen system).
C.6 Do the ESI Battery Capacity Due to Display ESI-2000 Bat-
Meter Calibration Indication on tery Capacity
ESI-2000 Meter Calibra-
tion
C.7 Brake assembly (Beringer 2500 flying Brake Assembly
Brake System OPTION 57) hours (Beringer brake
system) Inspec-
5 years
tion

1T120TP-A-05-24-00-00B-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Out-of-Phase Checks
Sched- Do this work Periodicity See Accom- In-

ule plished spec-
Num. tor
C.8 Wheel assembly (Beringer 2500 flying Nose Wheel for
Brake System OPTION 57) hours Beringer brake
system Inspec-
5 years
tion
5000 flying
Main Wheel for
hours
Beringer brake
10 years system Inspec-
tion

1T120TP-A-05-24-00-00B-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-26

1T120TP-A-05-26-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-26-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Do the maintenance tasks shown in the following maintenance checks schedule at the times shown.
Write the result of each task in the aircraft maintenance records.
Make a record of the work done to correct a failure.

1T120TP-A-05-26-00-00A-281A-A
Table 1 Procedure
Page: 4
02 February 2018
1 300 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check 300 Hours Scheduled
Maintenance Check
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Scheduled Inspection
2 Rudder Cables Examinations on Aircraft Rudder Cables Examina-
tions, Tests and Checks
3 Composite Structure In-
vestigation (Tap Test)

Note This step has to be performed from S/N 11002 up to S/N 11148
including, without MSB 565-114.
Examine the fuselage outside in the area shown in Figure 1 by a tap test.
Examine the fuselage inside in the area shown in Figure 1 for micro-
05-26
cracks.
For examination inside perform the steps as follows:
- Remove the access panels LH and RH on the fuselage underneath
the horizontal stabilizer
- Illuminate the fuselage inside
- Use an endoscope or take a picture or video by front view from the
examination area LH and RH
- Analyze the pictures, refer to Figure 2 for an example of micro-cracks
(refer also to Standard Practices and Structures General)
- In case of micro-cracks contact GROB for further advice
- Install the LH and RH access panels.
1T120TP-A-05-26-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 1 - Examination area inside of the fuselage
Figure 2 - Micro-cracks

1T120TP-A-05-26-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-26-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-30
FLIGHT LINE CHECK

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 05-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-05-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 05-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-05-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT LINE CHECK

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The Flight Line Checks include:
- Pre-flight Check, refer to Pre-Flight Check Special regular inspection
- Turn-round Check, refer to Turn-Round Check Special regular inspection
- Post-flight Check, refer to Post-Flight Check Special regular inspection.
Refer to the Airplane Flight Manual 1T-120TPA-1 (analog) or 1T-120TPAD-1 (digital), Sections 4 and 8 (latest
version).
Ground personnel can do the flight line checks if approved by national airworthiness authority.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 05-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-05-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 05-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-05-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PRE-FLIGHT CHECK
SPECIAL REGULAR INSPECTION
A. Pre-Flight Check
WARNING DO ALL STEPS OF THE PRE-FLIGHT CHECK CAREFULLY. ACCIDENTS CAN

OCCUR IF THE PRE-FLIGHT CHECK IS NOT DONE CORRECTLY.
Do the pre-flight Check before the first flight of the day. It shows you the general condition of the aircraft and the
engine. It is important for flight safety. Look in the aircraft log-book for problems before doing the pre-flight check.
The schedule for the pre-flight check is in the Flight Manual for the GROB G 120TP-A Section 4.

1T120TP-A-05-30-01-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-30-01-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TURN-ROUND CHECK
A. Turn-Round Check
Do a Turn-round check between flights if required by your airworthiness authority.

1T120TP-A-05-30-02-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-30-02-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
POST-FLIGHT CHECK
A. Post-Flight Check
Do the post-flight check after the last flight of the day.
The post-flight check includes all steps of the pre-flight check, refer to Pre-Flight Check Special regular
inspection.
You must also:
- Refuel the aircraft as required, refer to Fuel System Refuel
- Make an entry in the log book for each problem found in flight or during the post-flight check.
- Park the aircraft, refer to Parking Pre-Operation
- Moor the aircraft if necessary, refer to Mooring Pre-Operation.

1T120TP-A-05-30-03-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-30-03-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OPTIONAL FLIGHT LINE CHECKS BY GROUND PERSONNEL

A. Optional Flight Line Checks by Ground Personnel

Ground personnel can do the flight line checks if approved by your airworthiness authority.

1T120TP-A-05-30-04-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-30-04-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONTROL LOCKS
A. Control Locks
Each aircraft has a full set of control locks. Install the control locks if the aircraft will be parked outside.
Each control lock goes between the control surface and the related aerofoil. A long tape with velcro fasteners,
goes round the aerofoil. It holds the control lock in position.

1T120TP-A-05-30-05-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-30-05-00A-282A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-40

1T120TP-A-05-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The 3000 hour check makes sure that the structure of the aircraft is in good condition. This includes all important
bonded joints and the structure which attaches components to the aircraft. You must examine each part of the
aircraft as far as possible.
Refer to these chapters for data about the structure:
- Special inspection procedures, refer to Investigation General
- Fuselage and vertical stabilizer structure, refer to Fuselage General Data
- Horizontal stabilizer/elevator/rudder structure, refer to Stabilizers General
- Wing/flap/aileron structure, refer to Wings General
If you find damage, then you must do a full examination of the part and of the parts which attach/bond to it. If
necessary, you must remove the main assembly to find all the damage. (For example the wing) or cut access
holes in the structure.
Note Before cutting access holes in the structure you must get advice from GROB.
You must repair all damage.

You must do a 600 hour check when you do a 3000 hour check. Make a record of the results of each examination
on the 3000 hour check list. Also make a record of all repairs on the 3000 hour check. When you complete the
3000 hour check, put the checklist with the aircraft documents. Send a copy of the completed 3000 hour check
list to:
GROB AIRCRAFT SE
Lettenbachstraße 9
D-86874 Tussenhausen-Mattsies
Germany

1T120TP-A-05-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-41

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 05-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 05-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. Preparation
A. Equipment.
ITEM QUANTITY PART NO.

Aircraft jacks 3 Commercial
Aircraft jacking bolts 3 115C-W8-8501
Wing trestles 2 Commercial
Tail trestle 1 Commercial
Special Tap Tool. 1 Grob
Special rigging tool for aligning the holes in the stub spars 1 Grob
B. Procedure
WORK See ACCOM- INSPEC-

PLISHED TOR
(1) Make the aircraft safe for maintenance. Servicing General
(2) Defuel the aircraft. Servicing Precau-
tions for Defueling
and Refueling
(3) Remove all access panels and cowlings. Access Panels
General
(4) Remove the canopy. Canopy General
(5) Lift the aircraft on jacks. Jacking General
(6) Look for play in the main landing gear legs. Main Landing-
Gear General
(7) Remove the winglets. Winglet General
(8) Remove the ailerons. Ailerons and Tabs
General
(9) Remove the flaps Flaps General
(10) Remove the wings. Wing Structure
General.
(11) Remove the rudder. Rudder and Tab
General.
(12) Remove the horizontal stabilizer. Horizontal Stabiliz-
er General

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 05-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. SIGNIFICANT STRUCTURAL ITEMS INSPECTION 3000 HOUR CHECK G 120TP-A
Note Use the special ‘Tap Tool’ to do all tap tests.

Refer to Scheduled/unscheduled Maintenance General Data for the definition of ‘examine’ and other
words used in this inspection schedule.
(1) Fuselage and Vertical Stabilizer

09 March 2017 05-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Table 1 A. Fuselage Shell
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK See ACCOM- INSPECTOR
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1.1 Bonding of the fuselage Visual examination and tap test. Fuselage Structure Gen-
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
halves eral Data

1.2 Delamination Visual examination. Investigation General
1.3 Drain holes unobstructed Visual examination. Scheduled Servicing

General
1.4 Signs of deterioration Visual examination. Investigation General
1.5 Wing attachment areas Visual examination for delamina- Wing Structure General
(inside) tion.
Fuselage Structure Gen-
eral Data
1.6 Cockpit frames Visual examination for cracks. Fuselage Structure Gen-
eral Data
1.7 Battery Visual examination. Scheduled Servicing
General
05-41
09 March 2017
Page: 5
Page: 6
Table 2 B. Frames/Components/Webs
09 March 2017
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1.9 Bonding to the fuselage Visual examination and tap test. Fuselage Structure Gen-
eral Data
1.10 Surface Visual examination. Investigation General
1.11 Delamination Visual examination. Investigation General

1.12 Cockpit floor Visual examination for damage. Fuselage Structure Gen-
eral Data
1.13 Cable-ducts Visual examination for bonding.
05-41
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 3 C. Fittings
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1.14 Rudder pedals on floor Visual examination of attachment. Rudder General Data
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
plate

1.15 Bellcrank mountings Visual examination of the bracket Rudder General Data
connection to the frames/webs.
1.16 Wing spigots mountings Visual examination for damage and Fuselage Structure Gen-
in the fuselage. (3 LH, 3 corrosion. eral Data
RH).
1.17 Seat installation, safety Visual examination. Look specially Cockpit and Baggage
belts and adjustment for: Compartment Furnishing
mechanism. General Data
- Damage to the seat rails.
- Damage to the locking pins.
- Damage to the seat structure.
- Compression of the shock-ab-
sorber struts.
05-41
1.18 Instrument panel mount- Visual examination of the shock Instrument & Control
ing mounts for bonding between rubber Panels General (analog)
and metal.
Instrument & Control
Panels General Data
(digital)
1.19 Centre console fasteners Visual examination. Cockpit and Baggage
General Data
09 March 2017
Page: 7
Page: 8
Table 4 D. Flight Controls
09 March 2017
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1.20 Control rod connections Examine for too much wear and Flight Controls General
cracks. Data
1.21 Control rod bearing in- Examine bearings for free move- Flight Controls General
stallations ment and cleanliness. Data
1.22 Control rods Examine tubes for corrosion and Flight Controls General
dents. Data
1.23 Rudder stops Examine the rudder stops visually. Rudder General Data
1.24 Trim shaft assembly Examine the spring-cup washers in Elevator Trim General
each friction brake. Do a test for cor- Data
05-41
rect friction. Replace the spring-cup
washers and friction disc if neces-
sary.
Examine the DU bushes.
1.25 Rudder cables Remove the rudder cables. Rudder General Data
- Examine for chafing and bro-
ken strands.
- Install serviceable rudder ca-
bles.
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 5 E. Nose Landing Gear
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1.25 Mounting Examine the mounting where it at- Nose Landing Gear Gen-
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
taches to the engine frame. eral

1.26 Mounting parts Examine for corrosion and damage. Nose Landing Gear Gen-
eral
05-41
09 March 2017
Page: 9
Page: 10
Table 6 F. Engine Compartment
09 March 2017
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1.29 Firewall Examine for corrosion and Fuselage Structure Gen-

damage. eral Data
1.30 Engine mounting frame Examine as far as possible in Mounts General
the engine compartment with
the engine installed.

Examine the shock mounts for
cracks and porosity.
1.31 Flexible hose connections Examine. Look specially for
damage and leakage.
05-41
1.32 Electrical wiring connections Examine. Look specially for Electrical Cables in the
corrosion and correct connec- Engine Compartment
tion. General
1.33 Grounding straps Examine. Look specially for Electrical Cables in the
corrosion and correct connec- Engine Compartment
tion. General
1.34 Engine ignition unit. Make sure that the mounting Electrical Cables in the
and connections are correct. Engine Compartment
General
Various
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Wing Assembly

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 05-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Page: 12
Table 7 A. Wing Structure
09 March 2017
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Wing Attachment
2.1 Wing connection (Main bolts) Visual examination for bend- Wing Structure General
ing and corrosion. Do an NDT
test for cracks.
2.2 Wing root ribs and spigots. (3 Visual examination for dam- Wing Structure General
LH, 3 RH). age and corrosion.
Leading Edge
2.3 Bonding of the leading edge Examine. Look specially for Wing Structure General
cracks, disbonding, buckles or
05-41
other damage.
Spar Section
2.5 Wing shell - spar bonding Perform a tap test for disbond- Wing Structure General
ing.
2.6 Spar web Examine. Look specially for Wing Structure General
damage and delamination
through the access panels in
the bottom of the wing.
Trailing Edge
2.7 Bonding of trailing edges and Examine. Look specially for Wing Structure General
rear spar. cracks, disbonding, buckles or
other damage.
2.8 Flaps Examine flaps in the area of Flaps General
the hinges and the actuator.
Look specially for cracks,
damage and disbonding.
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 7 A. Wing Structure
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2.9 Aileron Examine aileron in the area of Ailerons and Tabs Gen-
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
the hinges and the actuator. eral
Look specially for cracks,

damage and disbonding.
Top Side
2.10 Paint Examine for damage such as Repair Processes Gener-
scratches and blisters. If nec- al
essary, repair the damaged
areas.
2.11 Laminate Examine the surface for de- Investigation General
lamination, cracks and dents.
2.12 Winglet Examine the wing tip area and Wing Structure General
winglet for damage.
05-41
09 March 2017
Page: 13
Page: 14
Table 8 B. Tank Area
09 March 2017
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2.13 Tank access panels Remove screws and the pan- Fuel Indication General
els.
2.14 Wing tanks Visually examine the tank Fuel Storage System
area for unwanted objects. General
Visually examine the tank

sealing for damage.
2.15 Tank access panels Install the tank access panels. Fuel Indication General
2.16 Fuel filler cap Visually examine for damage. Fuel Storage System
Make sure that the cap is a General
05-41
tight fit.
2.17 Drain valves Examine. Fuel Storage System
General
2.18 Tank vents Examine. Fuel Storage System
General
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 9 C. Controls
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2.19 Control rod connections Examine. Look specially for Flight Controls General
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
too much wear and signs of Data
cracking.

2.20 Control rod bearings and slid- Examine the bearings for free Flight Controls General
er installations movement and cleanliness. Data

2.21 Control rods Examine the tubes for corro- Flight Controls General
sion and dents. Data
2.22 Signs of deterioration Examine visually.
2.23 Flap interconnect cables Remove the flap interconnect Flaps General Data
cables.
- Examine for chafing and
broken strands.
- Install serviceable flap
interconnect cables.
05-41
09 March 2017
Page: 15
Page: 16
Table 10 D. Main Landing Gear
09 March 2017
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2.24 Main gear attachment Examine for signs of damage Wing Structure General
such as delamination and
cracks. Examine the bonding
to the wing structure.
2.25 Main gear fitting Examine for signs of corrosion Main Landing-Gear Gen-
and damage. Examine for se- eral
cure attachment. Look for
play.
2.26 Landing gear strut Examine for bending and cor- Main Landing-Gear Gen-
rosion. eral
05-41
2.27 Signs of deterioration. Examine visually.
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Horizontal Stabilizer and Rudder

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 05-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Page: 18
Table 11 A. Horizontal Stabilizer
09 March 2017
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Leading Edge
3.1 Bonding Examine the bonding of the Investigation General
leading edge. Look specially
for cracks, delamination and
dents.
3.2 Surface Examine. Look specially for Investigation General
stone strikes and paint dam-
age.
Spar Section
05-41
3.3 Spar-shell bonding Do a tap test. Look specially Investigation General
for disbonding.
3.4 Spar webs Examine. Look specially for Investigation General
delamination. Look through
the inspection holes for dam-
age.
Attachment
3.5 Spigots Examine the spigots. Look Horizontal Stabilizer
specially for corrosion and General
cracks.
3.6 Attaching bolts Examine the attaching bolts. Horizontal Stabilizer
Look specially for corrosion General
and cracks.
3.7 General Make sure that the horizontal Horizontal Stabilizer
stabilizer attaches tightly to General
the fuselage. Examine the ar-
eas near the attachments for
cracks.
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 11 A. Horizontal Stabilizer
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Investigation General
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Trailing Edge

3.8 Bonding Examine. Look specially at Investigation General
the trailing edge for cracks

and damage.
3.9 Elevator Examine the elevator hinges. Elevator and Trim/Servo
Look specially for delamina- Tab General
tion, excessive wear and no-
ticeable play.
Examine the laminate. Look
specially for signs of cracking
in the area of the elevator ac-
tuator.
3.10 Trim tabs Examine the surface for dam- Elevator and Trim/Servo
age. Look for buckles, dents Tab General
05-41
and delamination.
Examine the hinges for exces-
sive wear. Look specially for
their tight attachment to the
laminate.
3.11 Trim tab actuator. Examine the actuator for cor- Elevator Trim General
rect attachment. Data
09 March 2017
Page: 19
Page: 20
Table 12 B. Rudder
09 March 2017
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3.12 Bonding Examine the nose and trailing Investigation General

edges. Look specially for de-
lamination, dents and other
damage.
3.13 Surface Examine external surface of Investigation General

the rudder.
Examine. Look specially for
stone strike and paint dam-
age.
05-41
3.14 Actuator lever Examine. Look specially for Investigation General
corrosion or loose attachment
of the lever. Look for disbond-
ing and cracks in the area of
the actuator rib.
Rudder and Tab General
3.15 Mass balance Examine the rudder horn for Rudder and Tab General
damage.
3.16 Hinges Examine the rudder hinges. Rudder and Tab General
Look specially for corrosion or
loose attachment of the
hinges. Look for play in the
bearings.
3.17 Signs of deterioration Examine visually.
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 13 C. Completion
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

WORK See ACCOM- INSPECTOR
PLISHED
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Install the horizontal stabilizer. Horizontal Stabilizer Gen-
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
eral

(2) Install the trim actuator shaft.
(3) Install the elevators.

(4) Install the rudder. Rudder and Tab General.
(5) Install the wings. Wing Structure General.
(6) Install the winglets.
(7) Lower the aircraft with the jacks. Jacking General
(8) Install all access panels and cowlings. Access Panels General
(9) Refuel the aircraft. Servicing Precautions for
Defueling and Refueling.
(10) Do an engine ground run-up. Power Plant General
(11) Do a flight test.
05-41
09 March 2017
Page: 21
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 05-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-05-41-00-00A-281A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
05-50
CONDITIONAL INSPECTIONS

1T120TP-A-05-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONDITIONAL INSPECTIONS
GENERAL DATA
A. General
Unscheduled checks are unusual. They are necessary after any incident that could cause damage to the aircraft.
B. Hard Landing Check

Refer to: Hard Landing Check Special Irregular Inspection
C. Engine Fire
Refer to: Engine Fire Special Irregular Inspection
D. Engine Submerged in Water and Snow or Ice Ingestion Check

Refer to: Engine Submerged in Water and Snow or Ice Ingestion Check Special Irregular Inspection
E. Engine Hot Start Inspection

Refer to: Engine Hot Start Inspection Special Irregular Inspection
F. Engine Erosion Inspection

Refer to: Engine Erosion Inspection Special Irregular Inspection
G. Propeller Strike
Refer to: Propeller Strike Special Irregular Inspection
H. Lightning Strike
Refer to: Lightning Strike Special Irregular Inspection
I. Aircraft Overstress (Over-G)

Refer to: Aircraft Overstress (OVER-G) Special Irregular Inspection
J. Significant Aircraft Overstress (Over-G)

Refer to: Significant Aircraft Overstress (OVER-G) Special Irregular Inspection
K. Landing Gear Extension above the Landing Gear Operating Speed or Exceeding the
Maximum Aircraft Speed with Landing Gear extended
Refer to: Landing Gear Speed Limit Exceedance Special Irregular Inspection
L. Structural Examination after a Tail-Strike

Refer to: Structural Examination after a Tail-Strike Special Irregular Inspection

1T120TP-A-05-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
M. Structural Examination after Over-speed with the Flaps extended

Refer to: Structural Examination after Over-Speed with the Flaps extended Special Irregular Inspection
N. Structural Examination after Vmo/Mmo Overspeed

Refer to: Structural Examination after Vmo/Mmo Overspeed Special Irregular Inspection
O. Structural Examination after Exceeding the Maximum Number of Turns in a Spin

Refer to: Structural Examination after Exceeding the Maximum Number of Turns in a Spin Special Irregular
Inspection
P. Structural Examination after Bird Strike or FOD

Refer to:Structural Examination after Bird Strike or FOD Special Irregular Inspection.

1T120TP-A-05-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
HARD LANDING CHECK

SPECIAL IRREGULAR INSPECTION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
B. Related Maintenance Data

None
C. Required Conditions
Make the aircraft safe for maintenance, refer to Servicing General
Remove the engine cowlings, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove
Lift the aircraft on jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing
D. Tools and Equipment

Engine hoist ............................................................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
G. Required Safety Conditions
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Hard Landing Check

Do a hard landing check after a pilot makes a report of a hard landing or when ground handling applies
unusual loads. Do the check although the landing gear looks serviceable.
(1) Examine the wing structure where the main landing gear is attached and the surrounding structure.
Look specially for:
- Delamination of the FRP structure
- Disbonding between the FRP and the bushes for the bolts
- Damages to the bolts.

1T120TP-A-05-50-01-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Use a mirror and a light.
(2) Examine the main gear legs. Look specially for:

- Cracks
- Bending
- Leakage
- Correct adjustment.
(3) Examine the main gear tyres. Look specially for cuts in the tyre side-wall. Make sure that the red
slip marks on the tyre align with the marks on the wheels (Parker brake system).
Examine the main gear tyres. Look specially for cuts in the tyre side-wall. Make sure that the yellow
slip marks on the tyre align with the marks on the wheels (Beringer brake system).
(4) Examine the brake discs:

- Look specially for signs that the brake disc has hit the ground.
- Turn the wheel and make sure that the disc is not bent.
(5) Examine the hub of each main gear wheel. Look specially for signs that the rim of the wheel has
hit the ground. Turn the wheel:
- Make sure the wheel is not bent.
- Make sure the bearings are not damaged.
(6) Examine the engine mounting frame. Look specially for cracks to the welded joints and distortion
of the structure, refer to Mounts General.
Specially examine the engine mounting frame where the nose landing gear is attached.
(7) Examine the nose landing gear leg. Look specially for cracks and distortion.
(8) Examine the nose gear tyre:

- Look specially for cuts in the tyre side-wall.
- Make sure that the red slip marks on the tyre align with the marks on the wheel (Parker brake
system).
- Make sure that the yellow slip marks on the tyre align with the marks on the wheel (Beringer
brake system).
(9) Examine the nose gear wheel. Look specially for signs that the rim of the wheel has hit the ground.
Turn the wheel:
- Make sure the wheel is not bent.
- Make sure the bearings are not damaged.
(10) Examine the control surfaces. Look specially for:

- Delamination near the hinges.
- Disbonding of the hinges from the structure.
- Disbonding of the mass balance from the structure.

1T120TP-A-05-50-01-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(11) Remove the instrument panel cover for access, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and
Install (analog cockpit) or Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (digital cockpit).
If necessary:
- Remove the instrument panel to get full access.
- Remove adjacent avionic equipment for access.
(12) From inside the cockpit, examine the structure where the engine mounting frame attaches to the
bulkhead. Look specially for delamination and disbonding.
CAUTION USE A HOIST TO HOLD THE ENGINE WHILE YOU EXAMINE THE BOLTS.
REMOVING THE BOLTS WITHOUT HOLDING THE WEIGHT OF THE ENGINE
CAN DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
(13) Remove the split pins from the bolts which hold the engine mounting frame to the fuselage from
the engine compartment.
- Do a test of the torque required to tighten the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure. If the torque is less than the required value, remove the bolt.
- Do a crack test (magnaflux or X-ray) or install a new bolt. Remove only 1 bolt at a time!
(14) Do a retraction test of the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation
Test.
(15) Hard Landing over 10 g:

- Do a hard landing inspection of the engine and accessories.
- Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008,
latest revision. Chapter 72-00-00.
REQUIREMENTS AFTER JOB COMPLETION
1. Install all avionic equipment.
2. Install the instrument panel (analog) if necessary, refer to Left or Right Instrument Panel Close After Access
Procedure.
3. Install the instrument panel (digital) if necessary, refer to Instrument Panel Close after access procedure.
4. Install the instrument panel cover (analog), refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
5. Install the instrument panel cover (digital), refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
6. Install the engine cowlings, refer to Engine Cowlings Install.

1T120TP-A-05-50-01-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
7. Lower the aircraft with the jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
8. Restore the aircraft after maintenance.

1T120TP-A-05-50-01-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ENGINE FIRE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Make the aircraft safe for maintenance, refer to Servicing Pre-Operation (Make the Aircraft safe for
Maintenance)
Remove the engine cowlings, refer to Cowling General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DO NOT OPERATE THE AIRCRAFT IF YOU FIND SIGNS OF HEAT DAMAGE TO
FRP. FIRE CAN WEAKEN FRP. ASK THE MANUFACTURER FOR ADVICE.
A. Engine Fire
(1) Examine the engine cowlings. Look specially for signs of heat damage.
(2) Find the cause of the fire and correct it.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 05-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-05-50-02-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Examine the pipes and hoses that transmit fuel and oil.
Replace pipes or hoses which show signs of overheating.
(4) Examine the electrical cables.

Replace cables which show signs of overheating.
(5) Remove the cover of the instrument panel for access, refer to Instrument & Control Panels
General (analog cockpit) or Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital cockpit). If
necessary:
- Remove the instrument panels for access.
- Remove adjacent avionic equipment for access.
(6) Examine the fuselage structure. Look specially for:

- Blisters on the paint.
- Burn marks.
- Disbonding of the fuselage skin from the firewall.
- Delamination of the outer edge of the firewall bulkhead.
If you find any of this damage, ask the manufacturer for advice before operating the aircraft.
(7) Examine the engine. Look specially for damage to gaskets and seals.
Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest
revision.
Engine General Data.
(8) Clean the engine.
(9) Do a test of the engine, refer to Power Plant General.
No Requirements After Job Completion

09 March 2017 05-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-05-50-02-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ENGINE SUBMERGED IN WATER AND SNOW OR ICE INGESTION CHECK

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Engine submerged in water and snow or ice - Ingestion Check

Chapter 72-00-00 Table 604.

1T120TP-A-05-50-03-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-03-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ENGINE HOT START INSPECTION

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Engine Hot Start Inspection


1T120TP-A-05-50-04-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-04-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ENGINE EROSION INSPECTION

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Engine Erosion Inspection


1T120TP-A-05-50-05-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-05-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PROPELLER STRIKE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Propeller Strike
You must remove the engine for a shock load test if the engine has been stopped by unusual loading
(for example if the propeller has touched the ground). The propeller must be inspected by an approved
repair organisation. A Rolls-Royce approved organisation must do an inspection the engine. The unusual
loading can damage the engine or its components.
Refer to the Rolls-Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision.
Do an inspection of the engine mounting frame (Chapter 71-20).

1T120TP-A-05-50-06-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-06-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIGHTNING STRIKE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Lightning strike
- Examination procedure for Lightning Strike

None

Bonding tester .......................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Lightning strike
If lightning strikes an aircraft it will usually enter the aircraft at one point and leave the aircraft at another
point. These points are referred to as “attachment points”.
Secondary attachment points can be found on the entire fuselage and inboard wings.
You usually find attachment points at:
- the fuselage nose or tail;

1T120TP-A-05-50-07-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- the wing or stabilizer tips.
B. You will often find the most damage to the aircraft occurs at the attachment points. There can be more
than 2 attachment points.
C. When a lightning strike is reported you must do the inspection procedure at sub-paragraph D before the
next flight.
D. Group 1 Damage
(1) Group 1 damage is the direct damage caused by the lightning strike. To find this damage you must
carefully examine all the external surface of the aircraft. Look specially for burn marks, holes,
discoloration or other physical damage. If you find this damage you must remove panels or
equipment to look for damage on the inside of the aircraft. Look specially around the area of the
external damage.
(2) You must also examine the aircraft lightning protection system. Look specially for signs of heat
damage or distortion to the conduction tubes and bonding strips. Also look for heat damage in the
structures around the conduction tubes and bonding strips. See Lightning Protection General for
data about the lightning protection system.
E. Group 2 Damage
(1) Group 2 damage is the indirect damage caused by the lightning strike. It is mostly caused by the
electromagnetic fields associated with lightning strikes. The electromagnetic fields can induce
temporary voltages into the wiring and bonding system. These temporary voltages can cause
damage to the electrical and electronic components of the aircraft. Refer to the Wiring Diagram
Manual for data about the electrical wiring.
F. Examination procedure for Lightning Strike
Note If you find any lightning damage you must make a record of the damage and get advice from
Grob before you repair or operate the aircraft.
(1) Examine the surface of the complete fuselage assembly. Look specially in these areas:
- Propeller and spinner.
Note If you find a lightning strike on the propeller, you must inspect the engine in
accordance with the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication
Ref CSP21008, latest revision. Chapter 72-00-00 Table 604.
- Exhaust pipes.
- Engine auxiliary gearbox vent line and drain lines.
- Canopy handles.
- Strobe and anti-collision lights.
- Antennas.
- Static discharge brushes.

1T120TP-A-05-50-07-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Vertical stabilizer tip.

- Rudder.
- Ventral stabilizer.
If you find any damage you must examine the aircraft internally, specially in the area of the external
damage. Make a record of the damage you find and ask Grob for advice before you repair or
operate the aircraft.
(2) Examine the surface of the left wing for lightning damage. Look specially in these areas:
- Pitot tube.
- Wing tip.
- Wing tip light assembly.
- Wing trailing edge.
- Aileron trailing edge.
- Flap trailing edge.
- Hatches.
(3) Examine the surface of the right wing for lightning damage. Look specially in these areas:
- Lift detector.
- Wing tip.
- Wing tip light assembly.
- Wing trailing edge.
- Aileron trailing edge.
- Flap trailing edge.
- Hatches.
(4) Examine the surface of the horizontal stabilizer for lightning damage. Look specially in these areas:
- Horizontal stabilizer tip.
- Trailing edge.
- Elevator trailing edge
- Trim tabs.
- Hatches.

1T120TP-A-05-50-07-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Examine the main landing gear, refer to Main Landing-Gear General. Look specially in these areas:
- Leg doors.
- Main gear leg attachment points.
(6) Examine the nose landing gear. Look specially in these areas:
- Leg doors, refer to Nose Landing Gear General.
- Nose gear steering system, refer to Nose Wheel Steering General.
(7) Operate the flight controls through their complete range of movement, refer to Flight Controls
General Data. Look specially for:
- Stiff or unusual feel during movement.
- Restriction of movement.
- Noisy operation.
(8) Examine the metal conduction tubes and bonding strips in the fuselage and in the wings. Look
specially for:
- Heat damage or discoloration.
- Fusion of bonding joints.
- Burn or scorch marks to the structure around the conduction tubes.
Make a record of any damage you find and ask Grob for advice before you repair or operate the
aircraft.
Use the Bonding tester when you are not able to see the whole length of a tube or bonding strip.
Follow the instructions of the tester manufacturer and the procedure in Lightning Protection
General.
(9) Do a test of these lighting systems:

- External lights, refer to External Lights General:
- Strobe and anti-collision lights.
- Landing light.
- Taxi light.
- Internal lights, refer to Flight Compartment Lights General:

- Instrument panel lights.
(10) Do a test of the pitot heat system, refer to Flight Environment Data General.
(11) Do a test of these attitude and direction systems, refer to Attitude and Direction General (analog
cockpit) or Attitude and Direction General (digital cockpit):

1T120TP-A-05-50-07-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Magnetic compass. Do a compass check swing.

- Gyro-Compass system.
- EHSI.
- Stall warning system. Check audio warning.
- Electric horizon/attitude gyros.
- Turn & slip indicators.
(12) Do a test of these dependent position determining systems, refer to Dependent Position
Determining General and Audio Integrating General Data:
- Global positioning system (GPS) 1 and 2.
- NAV 1 (VOR) + NAV 2 (VOR).
- Distance measuring equipment (DME).
- Automatic direction finding (ADF) (if installed).
- Transponder and altitude encoder.
- Marker beacon receiver.
(13) Operate the engine power controls through their range of movement, refer to Engine Power Control
General Data. Look specially for:
- Noisy operation.
(14) Operate the cockpit heating controls through their range of movement, refer to Heating General.
Look specially for:
- Noisy operation.
(15) Operate the parking brake control through its range of movement. Look specially for:
- Noisy operation.
Refer to Parker brake system: Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General.
Refer to Beringer brake system: Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General.
(16) Do an engine run-up, refer to Power Plant General. Look specially for normal operation of the
following systems:
- Engine indicating systems, refer to Indicating Systems General (analog cockpit) or Indicating
Systems General Data (digital).

1T120TP-A-05-50-07-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- DC generation, refer to DC Generation General Data.

1T120TP-A-05-50-07-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIRCRAFT OVERSTRESS (OVER-G)

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Procedure
- Procedure for Reset of G-Force Indication

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
This special irregular inspection has to be performed before the next flight in case of:
• Positive over-g with:
- more than 6.0 g and less than 7.5 g in aerobatics category or
- more than 4.4 g and less than 5.5 g in utility category or
• Negative over-g with:

1T120TP-A-05-50-08-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- more than -4.0 g and less than -5.5 g in aerobatics category or

- more than -1.76 g and less than -2.2 g in utility category.
B. Procedure
(1) If there are no paint cracks and the fuel tank pressure test is satisfactory, the aircraft can be
operated normally.
If you have an overstress on the aircraft with the given limits perform the checks as follows:
Note Verify with FDR-Data (if installed) the value of overstress. If less then 7.5 g (-5.5 g)
continue with this procedure, if more than 7.5 g (-5.5 g) perform the procedure at
Significant Aircraft Overstress, refer to Significant Aircraft Overstress (OVER-G) Special
Irregular Inspection.
Note If you find any damage during this inspection, contact GROB for further advice.
(2) Examine the complete outer surface of the aircraft for paint cracks.
Look especially at:
- The top surface of each wing
- The bottom surface of each wing
- The bottom of the fuselage from the cockpit to the rear
- The top of the fuselage from the cockpit to the rear.
(3) Do a fuel tank pressure test, refer to Fuel Tank Pressure Test Other Check.
If either the LH and/or RH fuel tank pressure test fails, contact GROB for further advice.
C. Procedure for Reset of G-Force Indication

To reset the excessive G-Force indication on the PFD page of the EFIS perform the steps as follows:
Note This option is performed on the pilot side PFD only.
(1) Make sure that the circuit breakers on pilot side PFD A + B are pulled.
(2) Open the USB cover-plate of the pilot side PFD.
(3) Set the BATT switch to ON.
(4) Push the circuit breakers that follow to boot the pilot side PFD:
- Pilot PFD A
- Pilot PFD B.

1T120TP-A-05-50-08-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Wait until the PFD has booted completely.
(5) Push the four top-left bezel buttons L1, L2, L3 and L4 on pilot side PFD to enter the “Ground and
Maintenance Functions” menu.
(6) Rotate the right encoder and select ”Reset G-Force Telltales (Pilot-Side CPU#0/#1 Only)” menu
option.
Push the right encoder to enter the menu option.
(7) When the Reset G-Force Telltales option is activated, the IDU will display a screen that will either
say the reset was successful or failed. Then waits for the operator to press one of the bezel buttons
or right hand encoder knob to continue.
(8) Pull the circuit breakers that follow:

- Pilot PFD A
- Pilot PFD B.
(9) Close the USB cover-plate of the pilot side PFD.
(10) Set the BATT switch to OFF.

1T120TP-A-05-50-08-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-08-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SIGNIFICANT AIRCRAFT OVERSTRESS (OVER-G)

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Procedure

None

Tap-tool .................................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
This special irregular inspection has to be performed before the next flight in case of:
• Positive over-g with:
- more than 7.5 g in aerobatics category or
- more than 5.5 g in utility category or
• Negative over-g with:

- more than -5.0 g in aerobatics category or

1T120TP-A-05-50-09-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- more than -2.2 g in utility category.
B. Procedure
If you have a significant overstress on the aircraft with the given limits perform the checks as follows:
Note If you find any damage or irregularities during this inspections, contact GROB for further advice.
WARNING DO NOT TOUCH THE EDGES OF BROKEN CARBON FIBRE LAMINATES.

BROKEN EDGES ARE USUALLY VERY SHARP. YOU CAN CUT YOUR
SKIN.
(1) Preparation
(a) Remove these items:

- Engine Cowlings, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove
- All internal and all external access panels, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
Furnishing General Data and Access Panels General.
(b) Examine the complete outer surface of the aircraft for paint cracks.
Look specially at:
- The top surface of each wing
- The bottom surface of each wing
- The bottom of the fuselage from the cockpit to the rear
- The top of the fuselage from the cockpit to the rear.
(c) Do a fuel tank pressure test, refer to Fuel Tank Pressure Test Other Check.
(d) Person 1:
Apply a small, alternating load to one side of the horizontal stabilizer. (To apply an oscillating
torque load to the fuselage).
Person 2:
Inspect the bonding of the aft fuselage frames to the fuselage shells. Listen for cracking
noises. Look for deformation (buckles), open cracks, gaps and disbonding.
(e) Remove the wings, refer to Wings Remove and Install.

For each wing:
- After releasing the wing to fuselage attachments, and before moving the wing from
the fuselage:
Look for vertical or fore-and-aft play between the wing lift bolts and the spherical
bearings in the fuselage.
(f) Remove the rudder, refer to Rudder Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-05-50-09-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(g) Remove the horizontal stabilizer, refer to Horizontal Stabilizer Remove and Install.
(2) Inspection of the Wings
(a) Examine the wing main bolts.

Look specially for bending:
- Do a dye-penetrant crack test.
(b) Examine the main spar and spar stubs as far as possible.
Look specially for:
- Delamination
- Cracks in the stub spar
- Disbonding between main spar and shells
- Disbonding at bonded joints.
Perform a tap test, refer to Composite Structure Investigation.
(c) Examine the wing lift bolts.

(d) Examine the bushings for the wing lift bolts.

Look specially for:
- Bushings set firmly in the structure
- Cracks.
(e) Look for play of each bolt in the bushing.
(f) Examine the root rib.

Look specially for:
- Cracks
- Delamination.
(g) Examine all the bonded joints of the root rib, angled attachments to the main spar and tank
spar.
Look specially for:
- Disbonding.
(h) Examine the bonded joints between the root rib and the wing shells.
Look specially for:
- Disbonding.

1T120TP-A-05-50-09-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Inspection of the Horizontal Stabilizer
(a) Examine the bolts.

(b) Examine the bushings for the bolts.

Look specially for:
- Cracks.
(c) Look for play of each bolt in the bushing.
(d) Examine the spars as far as possible.

Look specially for:
- Delamination or cracks
- Disbonding between main spar and shells
- Disbonding at bonded joints
- Perform a tap test.
(e) Examine the root rib.

Look specially for:
- Cracks
- Delamination.
(f) Examine all the bonded joints of the root rib, angled attachments to the main spar, front spar
and rear spar.
Look specially for:
- Disbonding.
(g) Examine the bonded joints between the root rib and the horizontal stabilizer shells.
Look specially for:
- Disbonding.
(4) Inspection of the Fuselage
(a) Examine the fuselage bushings for the wing lift bolts.
Look specially for:
- Deformation
- Free movement of the spherical bearing in the housing.

1T120TP-A-05-50-09-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
If you suspect bearing damage, remove the nut and spherical bearing for inspection. There
must be no play.
(b) Examine the GRP brackets that hold the bushings.

Look specially for:
- Disbonding at the joint between the bracket and the fuselage
- Delamination or cracks in the bracket.
(c) Examine the bushings for the horizontal stabilizer bolts.

Look specially for:
- Deformation.
(d) Examine the GRP brackets that hold the bushings.

Look specially for:
- Disbonding at the joint between the bracket and the fuselage
- Delamination or cracks in the bracket.
(e) Examine the bonded joints between all floor frames and the fuselages shells in the wing
area.
(f) Person 1:
Apply a firm, alternating load to the top of vertical stabilizer. (To apply an oscillating torque
load to the fuselage).
Person 2:
Examine the bonded joints between the LH fuselage shell and the RH fuselage shell
externally:
- Listen for cracking noises
- Look for deformation (buckles) opening cracks, gaps and disbonding.
Do this again internally.
(g) Release the left and right instrument panels for access, refer to Instrument & Control Panels
General (analog) or Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital).
(h) Examine the attachment of the engine mount to the firewall.

- Lift the engine with a crane to support the weight of the front fuselage.
Look for movement between the mounting frame and the firewall as the crane lifts the engine
and fuselage.
- Examine the 4 reinforcement brackets on the aft face of the firewall.
Look specially for:

- Disbonding of the joints between each bracket, the firewall and the fuselage shell.

1T120TP-A-05-50-09-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(i) Re-install the instrument panel after examination, refer to Instrument & Control Panels
General (analog) or Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital).
(5) Assembly
(a) Install the horizontal stabilizer, refer to Horizontal Stabilizer Remove and Install.
(b) Install the rudder, refer to Rudder Remove and Install.
(c) Install the wings, refer to Wings Remove and Install.
(d) Do a bonding test between the horizontal stabilizers and the fuselage, refer to Lightning
Protection General.
(e) Do a ground run-up, refer to Power Plant Engine Run-Up – General.

Look for normal operation of all systems.
(f) Install these items:

- Engine cowlings, refer to Engine Cowlings Install
- All internal and external access panels, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
Furnishing General Data and Access Panels General.
(6) Procedure for Reset of G-Force Indication
To reset the excessive G-Force indication on the PFD page of the EFIS perform the steps as
follows:
(a) Make sure that the circuit breakers on pilot side PFD A + B are pulled.
(b) Open the USB cover-plate of the pilot side PFD.
(c) Set the BATT switch to ON.
(d) Push the circuit breakers that follow to boot the pilot side PFD:
- Pilot PFD A
- Pilot PFD B.
(e) Push the four top-left bezel buttons L1, L2, L3 and L4 on pilot side PFD to enter the “Ground
and Maintenance Functions” menu.
(f) Rotate the right encoder and select ”Reset G-Force Telltales (Pilot-Side CPU#0/#1 Only)”
menu option.
Push the right encoder to enter the menu option.

1T120TP-A-05-50-09-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(g) When the Reset G-Force Telltales option is activated, the IDU will display a screen that will
either say the reset was successful or failed. Then waits for the operator to press one of the
bezel buttons or right hand encoder knob to continue.
(h) Pull the circuit breakers that follow:

- Pilot PFD A
- Pilot PFD B.
(i) Close the USB cover-plate of the pilot side PFD.
(j) Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(7) Do a handling check-flight.

1T120TP-A-05-50-09-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-09-00C-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDANCE

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Landing Gear Speed Limit Exceedance

Landing Gear Speed Limit Exceedance will not usually damage the landing gear structure. It may damage
the landing gear doors and door mechanism.
In general, the door structure can be repaired by trained and competent persons using the standard
procedures in Chapter 51. Damaged metal components must be replaced with serviceable items. If in
doubt, ask GROB for advice.
(1) Examine the nose gear doors, refer to Investigation General.

Look specially for:
- Delamination close to hinge attachments.
- Delamination close to operating lever attachments.
- Cracks or delamination of the joints around the edges of the doors

1T120TP-A-05-50-12-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
If you find a crack or delamination, replace the door(s).
(2) Examine the nose gear door operating mechanism.

Look specially for:
- Damage or distortion of hinges, brackets, levers and rods.
Replace damaged or distorted components.
(3) Examine the nose gear compartment, refer to Investigation General.

Look specially for:
- Delamination close to operating lever attachments.
- Delamination close to the limit stop attachments.
If you find a crack or delamination, do a standard repair. Repair Processes General.
(4) Examine the main gear doors, refer to Investigation General.

Look specially for:
- Delamination close to operating rod attachments.
- Cracks or delamination of the joints around the edges of the doors
If you find a crack or delamination, replace the door.
(5) Examine the main gear door operating mechanism.

Look specially for:
- Damage or distortion of hinges.
- Damage or distortion of the spring rods.
- Distortion of the ball-stud where the spring rod attaches to the main gear leg.
Replace damaged or distorted components.
(6) Examine the main gear compartments, refer to Investigation General.

Look specially for:
- Cracks or delamination in the areas close to hinge attachments.
If you find a crack or delamination, do a standard repair. Repair Processes General.
(7) Examine the engine mounting frame in the area of the nose leg attachment.
If you find damage, ask GROB for advice
(8) Examine the nose gear compartment where the nose leg actuator bracket attaches to the structure.
Look specially for:
- Damage to the bracket.
- Delamination close to bracket attachments.
- Loose nuts.

1T120TP-A-05-50-12-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
If you find damage, ask GROB for advice.

Tighten each nut. Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(9) Examine the wing structure where each main gear leg attaches.
Look specially for:
- Delamination close to bracket attachments.
- Loose nuts/bolts.
If you find damage, ask GROB for advice

Tighten each nut/bolt. Torque the nuts/bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.

1T120TP-A-05-50-12-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-12-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURAL EXAMINATION AFTER A TAIL-STRIKE

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Remove the ELT antenna access panel, refer to Access Panels General
Remove the LH and RH horizontal stabilizer access panels, refer to Access Panels General
Remove the LH and RH elevator primary stop bolt access panels, refer to Access Panels General
Remove the tail skid, refer to Landing Gear – Tail Skid General
Remove the rudder, refer to Rudder and Tab General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Structural Examination after a Tail-Strike

In general, the tail-skid and its mounting to the vertical fin can be repaired by trained and competent
persons using the standard procedures in Chapter 51.
If in doubt, ask GROB for advice.
(1) Examine the structure of the spin-fin in the area of the tail-skid mounting:
- Look specially for cracks and distortion.

1T120TP-A-05-50-13-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Refer to Investigation General.
(2) Examine the structure of the vertical fin in the area where it merges with the fuselage:
- Look specially for cracks and distortion.
(3) Examine the interior of the rear fuselage through the access panels and vertical stabilizer rear
spar. Look specially for:
- Disbonding between the fuselage frames and the skins.
- Delamination of the skins.
Note If you find damage to the fuselage structure in the areas shown in Investigation General
Figure 1, you must ask Grob for repair advice.
(4) Examine the threaded inserts that attach the tail skid. Make sure that:
- The inserts are firmly bonded in the structure.
- The threads are not damaged.
If you find damage, replace the damaged item.
(5) Examine the tail skid.

- If the tail-skid is damaged within limits, file the damaged area to a smooth, rounded shape.
- If the damage is beyond limits, replace the tail-skid.
Minor loss of metal (up to 5 mm (3/16 in)) is acceptable.
(6) If necessary, repair damaged paint-work, refer to Repair Processes General.
(7) Install the rudder, refer to Rudder and Tab General.
(8) Do a test for correct range of movement of the rudder, refer to Rudder General Data.
.
1. Install the rudder, efer to Rudder and Tab General.
2. Do a test for correct range of movement of the rudder, refer to Rudder General Data.
3. If necessary for your airworthiness authority, do a second independent inspection of the rudder controls.

1T120TP-A-05-50-13-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4. Install the ELT antenna access panel, refer to Access Panels General.
5. Install the LH and RH horizontal stabilizer access panels, refer to Access Panels General.
6. Install the LH and RH elevator primary stop bolt access panels, refer to Access Panels General.
7. Install the tail-skid, refer to Landing Gear – Tail Skid General.

1T120TP-A-05-50-13-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-13-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURAL EXAMINATION AFTER OVER-SPEED WITH THE FLAPS

EXTENDED
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Structural Examination after Over-speed with the Flaps extended

- Incident Details

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Structural Examination after Over-speed with the Flaps extended

If you find any damage during this examination, replace the flap and the flap control rods.
If you are in doubt, ask GROB for advice.
Return damaged items to GROB with details of the incident (refer to Procedure B).
(1) If the aircraft is equipped with a FDR, send the FDR data to GROB.
If the aircraft is equipped with a Digital Cockpit, send the IDU data to GROB.

1T120TP-A-05-50-14-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
To download the IDU data (LOG-Files) refer to IDU 680 Data Download LOG Files.
(2) Do the steps as follows:

- Remove the baggage compartment floor.
- Remove the wing inspection hatches.
- Inspect all flap control rods, especially the most inner flap control rods fork heads attached
to the flap drive unit (weakest point in the system).
If any damage is encountered:

- Replace all flap control rods.
- Inspect all flap control rod levers and mounts.
(3) Do a test for correct range of movement of the flaps, refer to Flaps General Data.
The flap drive system must move the flaps smoothly and without unusual noises.
Compare the results to the original values in the aircraft documentation.
(4) Examine the trailing edge of each flap:

Look specially for:
- Disbonding between the top and bottom shells.
- Cracks or wrinkles adjacent to the trailing edge.
- The trailing edge should be straight.
Compare the straightness with other, non-damaged aircraft if available.
(5) Lower the flaps.
(6) Examine the outer surface of each flap.

Look specially for:
- Creases or wrinkles.
- Cracks in the paint or gel coat.
- Disbonding between the shells and the end ribs.
- Do a tap test in the areas of the internal ribs.
(7) Look for damage at the flap actuator lever attachment on each flap.
Look for:
- Disbonding between the shells and the internal structure.
- Cracks or disbonding where the bracket attaches.
(8) Examine the flap actuator lever on each flap.

Look specially for:
- Cracks.
- Distortion.
- Play in the attachment bolt and bushes for the flap control rod.

1T120TP-A-05-50-14-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Play in the hinge bolt and bushes.
(9) Look for damage at the inboard and outboard flap hinge attachments on each flap. Look for cracks
or disbonding where the bracket attaches to the flap.
(10) Examine each hinge on each flap.

Look specially for:
- Cracks.
- Distortion.
- Play in the hinge bolt and bushes.
(11) Examine the bottom surface of each wing adjacent to the flap brackets.
Look specially for:
- Crease or wrinkles.
- Cracks in the paint or gel coat.
- Disbonding between the bottom shell and the rear spar.
- Do a tap test in the areas of the rear spar flange and internal ribs.
(12) As far as possible, examine the nuts, washers and bolts attaching the hinge brackets to the flaps
and the wings.
Tighten each bolt.
Use a torque wrench set to 6.4 Nm (4.63 lb.ft).
(13) If you find a loose nut / bolt:

- Remove the hinge brackets.
- Remove the pivot bolt.
- Remove the 4 bolts and washers attaching the bracket.
- Remove the bracket and any shim plates.
- Examine the area where the bracket seats.
There must be no step at the edge of the seat area.
- Look for looseness of the bolts in the structure.
If you find a loose or damaged bolt, ask GROB for advice.
- Look for signs of distortion or thread damage of the bolts.
- Install the hinge bracket with the shim plates.
- Install 4 bolts / nuts and washers.
- Install the hinge bolt. Torque the bolts to 6.4 Nm (4.63 lb.ft).
(14) Examine the flap drive unit.
(15) Examine the flap drive unit mounting. Look specially for:

1T120TP-A-05-50-14-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Delamination or cracking of the structure adjacent to the attachment bracket.
B. Incident Details
If you find damage, please return the damaged items to GROB with details of the incident including if
possible:
- Altitude
- Flap position (TO, LDG etc)
- Maximum speed while extended
- Maximum load factor while extended (g)
- Manoeuvre (stall recovery etc)
- Control movements during the over-speed
- Attitude(s) during the over-speed
- Power setting (TRQ, N1, N2)
- Landing gear position.

1T120TP-A-05-50-14-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURAL EXAMINATION AFTER VMO/MMO OVERSPEED

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Exceedance Conditions
- Procedure

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Exceedance Conditions
In case of a Vmo/Mmo overspeed limitation exceedance check the following conditions at the situation
of speed exceedance:
- speed limit exceedance ≤ 10 kts
- g-load to the aircraft ≤ ± 2g
- smooth air environment.
If the conditions are less or equal than the given limits perform a Aircraft Overstress (OVER-G) Special
Irregular Inspection before the next flight of the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-05-50-15-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
In all other cases refer to Procedure B.
B. Procedure
Contact GROB for advice.
(1) If the aircraft is equipped with a FDR, send the FDR data to GROB.
(2) If the aircraft is equipped with Digital Cockpit, send the IDU data to GROB.
Download the IDU data (LOG-Files), refer to IDU 680 Data Download LOG Files.

1T120TP-A-05-50-15-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURAL EXAMINATION AFTER EXCEEDING THE MAXIMUM NUMBER

OF TURNS IN A SPIN
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. If the pilot reports an exceedance of the maximum number of turns in a spin perform a Aircraft Overstress
(OVER-G) Special Irregular Inspection before the next flight of the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-05-50-16-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-05-50-16-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURAL EXAMINATION AFTER BIRD STRIKE OR FOD

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Procedure for Bird Strike or FOD

If the pilot reports an actual or supposed bird strike or a FOD on the aircraft perform the following checks
before the next flight.
Note If there are no stress marks, impacts and paint cracks, the aircraft can be used in usual service.
(1) Fuselage and Wing
(a) Examine the outer surface of the aircraft visually for stress marks, impacts and paint cracks.
For further information about the “Inspection Techniques” refer to Composite Structure
Investigation.

1T120TP-A-05-50-17-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Look especially at:

- the front surface of each wing and winglet
- the surface of the fuselage
- the front surface of the stabilizers.
If you find any surface damage during this inspection or you are in doubt after inspection,
perform a tab test, refer to Composite Structure Investigation.
If you find any delamination during the tab test or you are in doubt after the tab test, contact
GROB for further advice.
(2) Windshield and Landing Gear
Examine the windshield and landing gear (if extended) visually for stress marks, impacts and paint
cracks.
If you find any damage during the inspection or you are in doubt after inspection, contact GROB
for further advice.
(3) Propeller
Examine the propeller, refer to Propeller Strike Special Irregular Inspection.
(4) Engine
Examine the engine, refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref
CSP21008, latest revision, chapter 72-00-00.

1T120TP-A-05-50-17-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
06-00
DIMENSIONS AND AREAS

1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

TECHNICAL DATA
A. Dimensions
Refer to Figure 1
Table 1 Overall Dimensions
Overall length 8.424 m 27.64 ft

Overall span 10.312 m 33.83 ft
Overall height 2.644 m 8.67 ft
Table 2 Wing
Gross area (incl. winglets) 13.52 m2 145.53 ft2

Span 10.312 m 33.83 ft
Chord at root 1.788 m 5.87 ft
Aspect ratio 7.859
Dihedral 2.89°
Angle of incidence 0°
Airfoil Eppler E-884, E-884VG at root
Flap deflection for take-off setting 20°
Flap deflection for landing setting 40°
Maximum flap deflection 60°
Table 3 Horizontal Stabilizer
Gross area 3.040 m2 32.72 ft2

Overall span 3.800 m 12.47 ft
Dihedral 0°
Airfoil NACA 64A-010
Table 4 Vertical Stabilizer
Gross area 2.195 m2 23.62 ft2

Airfoil NACA 64A-009
Table 5 Elevator
Elevator area total 0.695 m2 7.48 ft2

Elevator span total 2.456 m 8.06 ft

1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 6 Rudder
Rudder surface area 0.857 m2 9.22 ft2

Overall rudder span 1.731 m 5.68 ft
Table 7 Internal Dimensions
Cockpit length including passenger and baggage compart- 2.495 m 8.19 ft

ment
Cockpit width 1.185 m 3.89 ft
Cockpit floor to roof 1.19 m 3.90 ft
Seat pan to roof 0.97 m 3.18 ft
Baggage area volume maximum (approx.) 0.220 m3 7.77 ft3
Table 8 Landing gear
Wheel track 2.243 m 7.35 ft

Wheel base 1.854 m 6.08 ft

1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2243 mm
10312 mm
2644 mm
8424 mm
Figure 1 - Overall Dimensions

1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A uses the System Internationale (SI) for dimensions and areas. Imperial dimensions are also
given in brackets. For example: Wing span 10.312 m (33.83 ft).

1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-06-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIRCRAFT SYMMETRY
DIMENSION CHECKS
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Symmetry Test
- Major component symmetry test

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Symmetry Test
The GROB G 120TP-A is measured accurately when it is made. The dimensions are written in the aircraft
records. Figure 2 shows the Airframe Rigging and Measurement report.
(1) The symmetry test has 3 parts:

- A wing dihedral angle test.
- A wing sweep test.
- A symmetry test of the major components.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 06-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-06-00-01-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Do a symmetry test after a major repair. Measure the dimensions between these reference points:
- The wing leading edge at 1150 mm from the aircraft centre-line
- The wing leading edge at the joint with the wing tip.
- The wing trailing edge at the top of the winglet.
- The wing trailing edge at the wing joint to the fuselage.
- The horizontal stabilizer leading edge 1650 mm from the joint with the fuselage.
- The vertical stabilizer at the top of the cut-out for the rudder horn balance.
(3) The contents of the fuel tanks must be equal ± 5 litres (approximately 1 gallon).
B. Major component symmetry test
(1) Level the aircraft, refer to Leveling Pre-Operation.
(2) Measure and record the dihedral on each side of the aircraft (refer to Figure 2 for limits).
(3) Measure and record the wing leading edge sweep on each side of the aircraft (refer to Figure 2
for limits).
(4) Measure and record the vertical stabilizer to wingtip diagonal measurement LH and RH (refer
to Figure 2 for limits).
(5) Measure and record the wing/fuselage joint to winglet diagonal measurement LH and RH (refer
to Figure 2 for limits).
(6) Measure and record the vertical stabilizer to horizontal stabilizer diagonal measurement LH and
RH (refer to Figure 2 for limits).

09 March 2017 06-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-06-00-01-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Reference Plane
QE 1707
Canopy Frame reference point for
HE 1500 diagonal
measurement
°
0° ±0.3
QE 0
.3°
HE 1000
0° ±0
HE 1650
HE 0
reference point reference point for
0.2°
for dihedral dihedral
2.0° ±
ME 680
Dia
HS TAB g. M
ent eas
ure
su rem me
g. Mea nt H
STA
Dia B L
R H H
H D
g
R
LH iag
in on
t W al
M
en ea
m
re su
su re
ea m
en
M
al t W
gon in
a g
Di t RH Diagonal M
t Wingle easureme
asuremen nt Wingle
Dia gonal Me t LH
85 ± 25 QE 2335
BMET 1150
reference points for
sweep
Winglet
Diagonal
Measurement
Wing
LH RH
Diagonal
Incidence Dihedral Sweep Limits [mm] 4525 - 4540
Measurement
LH RH LH RH LH RH LH RH Actual [mm]
Limits [mm] - - 60mm - 110mm -
Horizontal Stabilizer
Actual [mm] - - - - - -
Diagonal
-0.3° - +0.3° - Incidence
Angle Limits [°] +1.8° - +2.2° Measurement
Actual Angle [°] - - - - - - LH RH LH RH
max. Deviation [mm] - - - 15 Angle Limits [°] -0.3° - +0.3° max. Deviation [mm] 5
actual Deviation [mm] - - - Actual Angle [°] actual Deviation [mm]
Figure 2 - Airframe Rigging and Measurement Report

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 06-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-06-00-01-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 06-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-06-00-01-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONTROL SURFACE MOVEMENT

DIMENSION CHECKS
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Rudder measurement tool ........................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Figure 3, Figure 4 and Figure 5 show the specified values for the control surface movements. Figure 3
and Figure 5 also give the control cable tension values.
B. The measurements of the G 120TP-A are recorded on a Control System Rigging and Adjustment report
at the factory when the aircraft is built. This Report becomes part of the aircraft records.
C. All the Control Surface Weight and Balance forms can be provided by Grob.
D. When you check the measurements in Figure 3, Figure 4 and Figure 5, use the Control System Rigging
and Adjustment as a reference for deviations.

1T120TP-A-06-00-02-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-06-00-02-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Control System Rigging and Adjustment
A/C Model: G120TP-A
Serial Number:
Registration:
Rudder
LH RH
Limits [mm] 253 - 273
Actual [mm]
Angle Limits [°] 24° - 26°
Actual Angle [°]
220mm below rudder trim tab bottom,
measured along rudder trailing edge
Aileron
up down
LH RH LH RH
Limits [mm] 96 - 106
Actual [mm]
Angle Limits [°] -20.5° - -23° +20.5° - +23°
Actual Angle [°]
Aileron inboard, BMET 3220
Elevator
up down
LH RH LH RH
Limits [mm] 99 - 109 91 - 101
Actual [mm]
Angle Limits [°] -24° - -26° +22° - +24°
Actual Angle [°]
Elevator outboard, ME 1285
Control System Rigging and Adjustment G120TP-A
To convert the measured cable tension to 20°C use the following formula:
Actual tension [lbs] corrected to 20°C =
Measured tension [lbs] -0.92 [lbs/°C] * (20°C - measured temperature [°C])
Figure 3 - Control System Rigging and Adjustment Report – Aileron, Elevator, Rudder

1T120TP-A-06-00-02-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A/C Model: G120TP-A
Serial Number:
Registration:
Elevator Servo Tab
Elevator up neutral Elevator down
LH RH LH RH LH RH
Limits [mm] 7 - 9 0 - 1 6 - 8
Actual [mm]
Angle Limits [°] +4.4° - +6.4° -1° - +1° -4.0° - -6.0°
±1°
8±1
Actual Angle [°]
5.4°
Tab outboard, ME 750, Only geared movements; Trim neutral
°
7 ±
5°±1
Elevator Trim Tab
Nose down neutral Nose up
LH RH LH RH LH RH
Limits [mm] 10 - 14 0 - 2 18 - 22
Actual [mm]
Angle Limits [°] -7.3° - -10.3° -2° - +2° +12.6° - +15.6°
12±2
8.8°±1.5°
Actual Angle [°]
Tab outboard, ME 750; Condition: Elevator 0°
±1.5°
14.1°
20 ±2
Trim Friction Damper
LH RH
trim neutral trim neutral F
90°
Limits [mm] 5 - 25 10 - 50
Actual [mm]
Force applied 90° to trim shaft
Figure 4 - Control System Rigging and Adjustment–Elevator Servo Tab, Elevator Trim Tab, Trim Friction
Damper

1T120TP-A-06-00-02-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A/C Model: G120TP-A
Serial Number:
Registration:
Flaps
cruise:
reference flap take-off landing landing - full flaps
position
LH RH LH RH LH RH LH RH
align flap with
Limits [mm] none none none
wing trailing edge
± 2 mm
Actual [mm] - -
Angle Limits [°] reference 0° 18° - 22° * 38° - 42° * 57° - 60° **
Actual Angle [°] - -
* Difference between left and right < 2°
** Difference between left and right < 1.5°
Flap inboard, BMET 930
Control System Rigging and Adjustment G120TP-A
To convert the measured cable tension to 20°C use the following formula:
Actual tension [lbs] corrected to 20°C =
Measured tension [lbs] -3.33 [lbs/°C] * (20°C - measured temperature [°C])
Figure 5 - Control System Rigging and Adjustment– Flaps

1T120TP-A-06-00-02-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-06-00-02-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MASS AND STATIC MOMENTS OF CONTROL SURFACES

DIMENSION CHECKS
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Do a test to find the weight and residual moment after a control surface has been repaired or repainted.
(Refer to Control Surface Adjust). Do this test with the control surface complete with tabs and tab control
rods.
Figure 6,Figure 7, Figure 8, Figure 9 and Figure 10 show the control surface weight and balance data.

1T120TP-A-06-00-03-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Aileron
(including lever) Serial Number:
Limits Actual Actual

w/o Balance Mass with Balance Mass
Weight [kg] 4.40 - 5.40
G [kg] -
Static Moment [Ncm] 17.0 - 42.0
Note: The difference in mass and residual moment between lh and rh Aileron may not be more
than 8 Ncm and 500g (including all balance mass).
Balance Mass: kg
Aileron inboard, BMET 3220
Leiste 1:
Leiste 2:
Leiste 3:
Leiste 4:
l = 26.5cm
M = G · l · 9.81
G in [kg] , l in [cm]
Calculation:
The lever arm l is the perpendicular distance from the
hinge line to the center of the application force G.
With this information the moment can be calculated.
Figure 6 - Control Surface Weight and Balance – Aileron

1T120TP-A-06-00-03-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Elevator (including torque tube, tab, tab rods)
Serial Number:
with Tab Serial Number:
Actual Actual Actual

Limits w/o Balance Mass with Balance Mass with Balance Mass
Nose Nose and Horn
Weight [kg] 5.90 - 7.10
G [kg] -
Static Moment incl. Balance -
< 209.0
Mass Nose [Ncm]
Static Moment incl. Balance - -
73.0 - 110.0
Mass Nose and Horn [Ncm]
Note: The difference in mass and residual moment between lh and rh Elevator may not be
more than 11 Ncm and 500g (including all balance mass).
Balance Mass Nose, inner / upper: kg
Balance Mass Nose, inner / lower: kg
Balance Mass Nose, mid / upper: kg
Balance Mass Nose, mid / lower: kg
Balance Mass Nose, outer / upper: kg
Balance Mass Nose, outer / lower: kg
Balance Mass Horn: kg
Total Balance Mass: kg
Elevator inboard, ME 57
l = 32.5cm
Calculation:
M = G · l · 9.81 The lever arm l is the perpendicular distance from the
G in [kg] , l in [cm] hinge line to the center of the application force G.
Figure 7 - Control Surface Weight and Balance – Elevator

1T120TP-A-06-00-03-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Rudder (including fixed trim tab, lever) Serial Number:
Limits Actual
with balance Mass
Weight [kg] 8.10 - 9.80
G [kg] -
Static Moment [Ncm] 255.0 - 295.0
Balance Mass: kg
220mm below Rudder Trim Tab bottom, measured along Rudder Trailing Edge
l = 61.0 cm
M = G · l · 9.81
Calculation:
Figure 8 - Control Surface Weight and Balance – Rudder

1T120TP-A-06-00-03-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Elevator Tab (including tab rod bracket, tab hinges) Serial Number:
Limits Actual Actual

w/o Balance Mass with Balance Mass
Weight [kg] 0.35 - 0.50
G [kg] -
Static Moment [Ncm] -4.0 - +1.0
Note: The difference in mass and residual moment between lh and rh Elevator tab may not be
more than 1 Ncm and 500g (including all balance mass).
Balance Mass: kg
Elevator tab inboard, ME 57
l = 10.0cm
M = G · l · 9.81
Calculation:
Figure 9 - Control Surface Weight and Balance – Elevator Tab

1T120TP-A-06-00-03-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Flap
(including brackets) Serial Number:
Limits Actual
Weight [kg] 4.50 - 5.50
Note: The difference in mass between lh and rh Flap may not be more than 500g.
Figure 10 - Control Surface Weight and Balance – Flap

1T120TP-A-06-00-03-00A-361A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
07-00
LIFTING AND SHORING

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 07-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-07-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 07-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-07-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIFTING AND SHORING

GENERAL
A. General
The GROB G 120TP-A is a light aircraft. It has no hoisting points. You can use straps or a sling to lift the
aircraft. You can lift the wings and the horizontal stabilizer by hand.
The GROB G 120TP-A has 3 jacking points. For maintenance lift the fuselage with 3 hydraulic jacks.
To lift the aircraft with jacks refer to Jacking General.
To lift the aircraft with a special-to-type sling refer to Hoisting Servicing.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 07-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-07-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 07-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-07-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
07-10
JACKING

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 07-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 07-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
JACKING
GENERAL
A. General
The GROB G 120TP-A has 3 jacking points. One is located on the bottom of the firewall on the left (3) , 2 are
located under the fuselage (2) (refer to Figure 1).
You can find the main jacking points about 5 cm (2 inch) inboard of the wing-to-fuselage joint and about 25 cm
(10 inch) forward of the trailing edge.
The trestle for the rear fuselage (5) must have the same profile as the fuselage. Put the trestle under the fuselage
near to the leading edge of the horizontal stabilizer.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 07-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 5
3 4 2
Figure 1 - Lifting the Aircraft on Jacks

27 July 2018 07-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Aircraft jacking bolt (4) Wing trestle

(2) Main jack (5) Rear fuselage trestle
(3) Nose jack

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 07-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 07-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIFT THE AIRCRAFT ON JACKS

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Lift the aircraft on jacks

- Lower the Aircraft on Jacks

None

Aircraft jack ........................................................................................................... 02-0517-0132 QTY 2
Aircraft jack ........................................................................................................... 02-0502-0100 QTY 1
Wing trestles ....................................................................................................... 120TP-5700-02 QTY 2
Rear fuselage trestle ................................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING DO NOT LIFT THE AIRCRAFT ON JACKS IN THE OPEN IF THE WIND SPEED IS
MORE THAN 10 KM/H (6 KNOTS).

1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION YOU MUST USE JACKING BOLTS WHEN YOU USE THE HYDRAULIC JACKS. YOU
WILL DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT IF YOU DO NOT USE THE JACKING BOLTS.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Lift the aircraft on jacks
(1) If the aircraft is in the open, then align the aircraft into wind (maximum wind speed 10 km/h
(6 knots)).
(2) Apply the parking break.
(3) Put chocks under the wheels.
(4) Put the jacks (2) and (3) under the jacking points. Extend the jacks to engage with the jacking
bolts.
(5) Remove the chocks.
(6) Release the parking brake.
(7) Extend the jacks (2) and (3) until the wheels are clear of the ground. Extend all of the jacks
equal at the same time.
(8) Put a trestle (4) under each wing. Use a padded trestle. Make sure that the trestle is under the
main spar.
(9) Put a trestle (5) under the rear fuselage.
B. Lower the Aircraft on Jacks
(1) Make sure that there is clearance under the aircraft.
(2) Make sure that the landing gear is down and locked.
(3) Remove the trestle (5) from under the rear fuselage.
(4) Remove the trestles (4) from under each wing.
(5) Retract the jacks (2) and (3) until the wheels are on the ground. Retract all of the jacks equal
at the same time.
(6) Apply the parking brake. Put chocks under the wheels.
(7) Retract the jacks (2) and (3) fully.

1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(8) Move the jacks clear of the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
5
1
3 4 2

1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Aircraft jacking bolt (4) Wing trestle

(2) Main jack (5) Rear fuselage trestle
(3) Nose jack

1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-07-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
07-11
HOISTING

1T120TP-A-07-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-07-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
HOISTING
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Hoisting Procedure
- Lowering Procedure

None

Sling Assembly ......................................................................................................... 120AI-0815 QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DO NOT STAY UNDER THE AIRCRAFT WHEN IT IS LIFTED BY THE HOIST. IF THE
HOIST FAILS, YOU CAN BE INJURED.
A. General
Make sure that the aircraft do not turn uncontrolled, when it is hoisted.

1T120TP-A-07-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Make sure that the hoist is exactly above the center of gravity of the aircraft.
B. Hoisting Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
To hoist the aircraft perform the steps as follows:
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is rest in position by wheel cocks.
(2) Release the parking brake of the aircraft.
(3) Make sure that the canopy is fully closed.
(4) Prepare the hoisting device for the expected center of gravity of the aircraft.
(5) Position the hoisting device exactly above the center of gravity of the aircraft.
Make sure that the hoisting device is always clear to the canopy.
CAUTION DO NOT DAMAGE THE NOSE LANDING GEAR DOORS WITH THE
HOISTING STRAP.
(6) Attach the front hoisting strap in front of the wing and aft of the engine cowling.
(7) Install the front hoisting strap to the hoisting device.
(8) Attach the aft hoisting strap at the aft of the wing fairing.
(9) Install the aft hoisting strap to the hoisting device.
(10) Lift the aircraft carefully.
C. Lowering Procedure
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA UNDER THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR.
(1) Lower the aircraft carefully to the ground.
(2) Position the wheels cocks to landing gear of the aircraft.

Open the canopy and set the parking brake.
(3) Remove the hoisting straps from the hoisting device.
(4) Remove the hoisting straps from the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-07-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Position the hoisting device clear of the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-07-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Sling Assembly
Rear Strap
Front Strap
Avoid Antennas
Avoid Antennas Center of Gravity
and Gear Doors
Figure 1 - Hoisting the aircraft

1T120TP-A-07-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
08-00
LEVELING AND WEIGHING

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 08-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-08-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 08-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-08-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LEVELING AND WEIGHING

GENERAL
A. General
This Chapter tells you how to level the aircraft, refer to Leveling Pre-Operation.
This Chapter also tells you how to weigh the aircraft and to calculate the aircraft moment, refer to Weighing
Pre-Operation.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 08-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-08-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 08-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-08-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
08-10
WEIGHING

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 08-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-08-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 08-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-08-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WEIGHING
PRE-OPERATION
A. General
Only operate the aircraft within the permitted range of weight and center of gravity limits. This will give good
flight performance with good handling qualities. It is also necessary for safety.
If you make any changes to the aircraft that will alter the weight (or the center of gravity), then you must
weigh the aircraft and calculate its center of gravity.
Only an approved person can weigh the aircraft. The national airworthiness authority of the country where
the aircraft is registered gives approval for persons to weigh the aircraft. And it gives the time limits.
An approved person must record the empty weight in the Weight and Balance Record (Flight Manual
G 120TP-A, Section 6). The approved person must also record the center of gravity and the payload.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 08-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-08-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Equal height
Figure 1 - Level the Aircraft laterally for weighing

09 March 2017 08-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-08-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 3
Legend
(1) Spirit level on cockpit sill (3) Main jacking point

weighing unit
(2) Nose jacking point
weighing unit
Figure 2 - Level the Aircraft longitudinally for weighing

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 08-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-08-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 08-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-08-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
08-11
WEIGHING

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WEIGHING
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Preparation
- Weighing Procedure

None
Weigh the aircraft in a closed room (hangar) to avoid any weighing errors caused by environmental
influences.
Weigh the aircraft on a flat and leveled concrete surface.
Prepare the aircraft for lifting by jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing
Prepare the aircraft for leveling, refer to Leveling Servicing

Electronic load cell ........................................................................................................... 625-20 QTY 3
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
This chapter tells you how to weigh the aircraft and confirm the Center of Gravity.
It tells you also how to use the Weigh and Balance Form to find the result in an easy way.
Therefore perform the steps as follows:
(1) Find in your aircraft documentation the Weight and Balance Form (refer to Figure 3).
(2) Use a blank copy of the Weight and Balance Form (refer to Figure 3) for calculation of the lever
arm for the Center of Gravity. Record your weighing data and calculation of the lever arm for Center
of Gravity at the first copy of the Weigh and Balance Form.
(3) Prepare a second blank copy of the Weight and Balance Form for final documentation.
(4) After final calculation and preparation of the aircraft (with additional or removal ballast) perform a
final documentation on the second blank copy with the final weighing data.
Note Therefore, at final weighing, it should be not necessary to use the values XCG+, M+ and G
+ any more.
B. Preparation
(1) Make sure that the aircraft has all its equipment and that the equipment is in the location shown
in the equipment list.
Note Remove the oxygen cylinder assembly (if installed) or subtract the weight of the oxygen
cylinder assembly while the calculation.
(2) Clean the aircraft and dry it, refer to Unscheduled Servicing Clean and Apply Surface Protection.
(3) Remove foreign objects (for example tools, luggage, etc.).
(4) Defuel the aircraft to the unusable fuel level, refer to Fuel System Defuel.
(5) Add engine oil to the maximum level, refer to Engine Oil System Servicing.
(6) Add brake fluid to the maximum level, refer to Brake System Servicing.
(7) Add hydraulic fluid to the maximum level, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Servicing.
(8) Make sure that the air conditioning system has the correct amount of refrigerant, refer to Cooling
General.
(9) Put the seats in the third position from the front.

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(10) Prepare the electronic load cells for weighing the aircraft. Obey the manufacturer's instruction for
the load cells.
C. Weighing Procedure
Weigh the aircraft by the steps as follows:
(1) Put the weighing units in position on the jacks. Follow the manufacturer’s instruction.
Note Make sure that the scale of the weighing units is set to zero.
(2) Lift the aircraft on jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
Note Lift the aircraft until no tyre has contact to the ground.
(3) Level the aircraft laterally and longitudinally (refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2), refer to Leveling
Servicing.
(4) Remove the levelling equipment.
(5) Close the canopy.
(6) Read the LH main jacking point weighing scale.

Record the value on the Weight and Balance Form (Figure 3) in the column ‘Gross [kg]’.
(7) Read the RH main jacking point weighing scale.

(8) Read the nose jacking point weighing scale.

(9) For each jacking point record the value of any scale error in the column ‘Tare [kg]’.
(10) For each jacking point calculate the net weight values. Subtract (or add as appropriate) the
additional weight value from the related weighing scale reading to give the Net Weight.
Net [kg] = Gross [kg] - Tare [kg]
Record the value on the Weight and Balance Form (Figure 3) in the column ‘Net [kg]’ for each .
(11) Calculate the Empty Weight G. Add together the three values in the column ‘Net [kg]’.
G = G1 + G2LH + G2RH
Record the result Empty Weight G in the box under these three values.
(12) Calculate the Moment M1 for the nose jacking. Multiply the Net [kg] G1 by the Lever Arm [m] X 1.
M1 = G1 * X1

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Record the result in the box under Empty Weight Moment [kgm]. This is the Moment M1.
(13) Calculate the moment M2LH for the left main jacking point. Multiply the Net [kg] G2LH by the Lever
Arm [m] X 2LH.
M2LH = G2LH * X2LH
Record the result in the box under Empty Weight Moment [kgm]. This is the Moment M2LH.
(14) Calculate the moment M2RH for the right main jacking point. Multiply the Net [kg] G2RH by the Lever
Arm [m] X 2RH.
M2RH = G2RH * X2RH
Record the result in the box under Empty Weight Moment [kgm]. This is the Moment M2RH.
(15) Calculate the aircraft Empty Moment M. Add together the values M1, M2LH and M2RH.
M = M1 + M2LH + M2RH
Record the result in the box under Empty Weight Moment [kgm]. This is the Moment M.
(16) Calculate the lever arm of the Empty Weight Center of Gravity XCG (behind the Datum Plane BE).
Divide the Empty Moment M by the Empty Weight G.
XCG = M / G
Record the result in the box under Empty Weight Center of Gravity [m]. This is lever arm of the
Empty Weight Center of Gravity XCG.
(17) The lever arm of the Empty Weight Center of Gravity must be within the limit XCG shown on the
Weight and Balance Form (Figure 3).
If the lever arm of the Empty Weight Center of Gravity is not within the limit, you must add (or
remove) ballast to (from) the shock mounts.
Note You can add (or remove) ballast weights to the left, middle and/or right engine shock
mounts, refer to Ballast Weight Remove and Install.
(18) Calculate the approximate amount of ballast to add (or remove) as follows:
(a) If the lever arm of the Empty Weight Center of Gravity XCG is larger than the maximum limit
(2.695 m) you must add ballast to the shock mounts.
D is the distance you must move the empty-weight center of gravity position.
Calculate the distance D. Subtract the maximum limit from the actual lever arm of the Empty
Weight Center of Gravity XCG.
D = XCG - 2.695 m
This is the distance D you must shorten the center of gravity lever arm in flight direction.
(b) If the lever arm of the lever arm of the Empty Weight Center of Gravity XCG is shorter than
the minimum limit (2.670 m) you must remove ballast from the shock mounts:

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Calculate the distance D. Subtract the actual lever arm of the Empty Weight Center of
Gravity XCG from the minimum limit.
D = 2.670 m - XCG
This is the distance D you must increase the center of gravity lever arm against flight
direction.
(c) Multiply the above calculated distances D by 1000 to convert to [mm].
(d) Calculate the additional (or removal) weight BS. Divide the distance D by 1.7.
Note Each 1 kg of ballast moves the empty-weight center of gravity position

approximately 1.7 mm.
BS = D / 1.7
This is the approximate minimum weight B of ballast in [kg] to add (or remove).
(19) Select ballast weights BLH, BMID and/or BRH to add (or remove) at each of the three locations.
Note Select a slightly larger total value than calculated value (approximately + 1 to 2 kg).
(20) Record the values of the ballast weights B added (or removed) on each mounting to the Weight
and Balance Form (Figure 3) to BLH, BMID and/or BRH .
(21) Calculate the moment MB of the ballast weights. Multiply the ballast weight B at each mounting by
the arm, refer to Weight and Balance Form (Figure 3).
MBLH = BLH * 0,731 m
MBMID = BMID * 0,721 m
MBRH = BRH * 0,757 m
Record the value on the Weight and Balance Form (Figure 3) to MBLH, MBMID and/or MBRH .
(22) Calculate the Empty Moment M+ with new ballast by adding the moments of the ballast weights
MB to the aircraft Empty Moment M.
M+ = M + MBLH + MBMID + MBRH
Record the value on the Weight and Balance Form (Figure 3) to M+.
(23) Calculate the Empty Weight G+ with new ballast by adding the weight of each ballast weight B to
the aircraft Empty Weight G.
G+ = G + BLH + BMID + BRH
Record the value on the Weight and Balance Form (Figure 3) to G+.
(24) Calculate the Empty Weight Center of Gravity XCG+ Lever Arm including new ballast. Divide the
empty moment M+ by the empty weight G+.
XCG+ = M+ / G+

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Record the value on the Weight and Balance Form (Figure 3) to XCG+.
(25) If the lever arm of the Empty Weight Center of Gravity XCG+ is NOT within limits XCG repeat the
procedure beginning from step C.6 and perform until Empty Weight Center of Gravity XCG is in the
limit.
(26) If the Empty Weight Center of Gravity XCG+ Lever Arm is within limits XCG, weigh the aircraft, with
new ballast installed, again beginning from step C.6 and record the data to the second blank copy
of the Weight and Balance Form (Figure 3) for final documentation.
(27) Record the values of final Empty Weight G and final Moment M (including all ballast) in the aircraft
Weight and Balance Record (identical record is shown in Figure 4), refer to AFM, Section 6.3.
(28) Lower the aircraft with the jacks, refer to Jacking General.
Note Make sure that the scale of the weighing unit is zero after lowering of the aircraft. If the
scale is not zero the weighing procedure is invalid. Check the weighing units.
(29) Remove the weighing units from the jacks.

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Equal height
Figure 1 - Level the Aircraft laterally for weighing
2 3

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Spirit level on cockpit sill (3) Main jacking point

weighing unit
weighing unit

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Weight and Balance Form
Datum Line (BE): 2.335 m measured from the wing leading edge at 1.15 m
GROB Aircraft SE outside of the symmetry axis (BP)
Level Means (BL): Edge of canopy - frame horizontal
A/C Model: G 120TP-A
BE
Serial Number:
2.335m
Registration: BP
Reason for weighing:
Aircraft weighing system:
XCG
Datum of weighing:
BL HE 1500
BE
X1
X2
Weighing conditions:
- Unusable fuel (without undrainable fuel): nominal: LH 7.9 / RH 1.8 litres; actual: LH / RH litres

- Undrainable fuel:
- Brake fluid: nominal: maximum; actual:
- Hydraulic oil: nominal: maximum; actual:
- Engine oil: nominal: 9 litres; actual: litres
- Refrigerant fluid: nominal: 950 g ± 20 g; actual: g (if equipped with optional Air Conditioning System)

- Emergency equipment: Fire Extinguisher, Emergency Hammer, First Aid Kit
Weight and Balance Calculations (weighing at the jacking points):
Empty Weight Empty Weight
Weighing Lever Arm
Gross [kg] Tare [kg] Net [kg] Moment Centre of Gravity
Point X [m] M [kgm] XCG [m]
Nose G1 X1 = 1.740 -
Main G2LH X2LH = 3.597 -
Main G2RH X2RH = 3.600 -
SUM Empty Weight G G= kg - M= kgm XCG = m
Empty Weight Centre of Gravity Limit (including Ballast) XCG = M/G: 2.670 m < XCG < 2.695 m

Ballast Weight BS on Shock Mounts: LH at X CG = 0.731m : BLH= kg =
M BLH kgm
Mid at X CG = 0.721m : BMID= kg =

M BMID kgm

RH at XCG = 0.757m : BRH= kg =
M BRH kgm
Empty Weight Moment M (including Ballast): M = kgm

M+ = kgm
Empty Weight G (including Ballast): G = kg G+ = kg
Empty Weight Centre of Gravity (including Ballast) XCG = M/G: =
XCG m X
CG+ = m
Date Inspectors Signature Inspectors Stamp
Figure 3 - Weight and Balance Form

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 4 - Weight and Balance Record

1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BALLAST WEIGHT
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of Ballast Weights

- Installation of Ballast Weights

None
None

None
E. Materials
Safety wire .......................................................................................................... MS20995C32 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of Ballast Weights
(1) Remove the engine cowlings, refer to Cowling General.
(2) Do the steps that follow for each mounting.
(a) Cut the safety wire (50) on the attaching bolts (51) (middle) and (52) (side).
(b) Remove the 3 bolts and washers attaching the ballast weight(s) (53) and (54) (side), (55)
(middle).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 08-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Remove the ballast weight(s) (53) and (54) (side), (55) (middle).
B. Installation of Ballast Weights
Note You can install up to 1 thick and 5 thin ballast weights on each side mounting.
The number of ballast weights on each side mounting must be the same.
For side mountings, each large ballast weight = 0.95 ± 0.01 kg, each small weight = 0.35 ±
0.01 kg.
You can install one large ballast weight on the middle mounting, weight 1.35 ± 0.01 kg.
(Each adapter ballast weight = 0.32 ± 0.01 kg.)
If you need more ballast, contact Grob for advice.
(1) For the middle mountings select the correct length of bolt (51) for the number of ballast weights.
(2) For all mountings put the ballast weight(s) (53) and (54) (side), (55) (middle) in position.
(3) Install 3 bolts with washers through the ballast weight(s) into the mounting. Torque the bolts, refer
to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure. M8.
(4) Lock the bolts with Safety wire (50) .
(5) Install the engine cowlings, refer to Cowling General.

27 July 2018 08-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B
FW
D
B 51
50
55
A
54
52
50
53
Figure 5 - Ballast Weights Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 08-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(50) Safety wire (53) Thin ballast weight

(Side)
(51) Bolts attaching the (54) Thick ballast weight
middle ballast weights (Side)
(52) Bolts attaching the side (55) Middle ballast weight
ballast weight
Figure 5 - Ballast Weights Installation

27 July 2018 08-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-08-11-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
08-20
LEVELING

1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LEVELING
PRE-OPERATION
A. General
These procedures tell you how to make the aircraft level.
Refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing for lifting the aircraft with jacks.
You can make the aircraft level by lifting it with jacks.
You can make the aircraft level by changing the tire pressures.
You can make the aircraft level by putting blocks under the wheels.
If you must make the aircraft level for example to do an asymmetry test, then use jacks to make the aircraft level.

1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LEVELING
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Spirit level ................................................................................................................... 46740/400 QTY 1
Straight edge 1.5 m (5 ft) long .................................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Wing trestles ....................................................................................................... 120TP-5700-02 QTY 2
Trestle ...................................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
Note Do not put the trestles in position until the aircraft is leveled.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Leveling
Note Do not put the trestles in position.

1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Open the canopy fully.
(3) Make the aircraft level laterally as follows, refer to Figure 1:
(a) Put 2 equal height blocks on the cockpit sills.
(b) Put the straight edge across the cockpit sills.
(c) Put the spirit level on the straight edge.
(d) If the spirit level shows that the left side is low, then lift the aircraft with the left jack.
If the spirit level shows that the right side is low, then lift the aircraft with the right jack.
(4) Make the aircraft level longitudinally as follows, refer to Figure 2:
(a) Put the spirit level on the left sill of the cockpit on the flat surface below the canopy rail.
(b) If the spirit level shows that the nose is low, then lift the aircraft with the nose jack.
If the spirit level shows that the nose is high, then lower the aircraft with the nose jack.
(5) Put the trestles in position under each wing and under the tail.

1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Equal height
Figure 1 - Level The Aircraft Laterally

1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 3
Legend
(1) Spirit level on cockpit sill (3) Main jacking points

Figure 2 - Level the aircraft longitudinally

1T120TP-A-08-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
09-00
TOWING AND TAXIING

1T120TP-A-09-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-09-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TOWING AND TAXIING

GENERAL
A. General
WARNING DO NOT TAXI THE AIRCRAFT UNLESS YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED AND
AUTHORIZED TO TAXI.
CAUTION USE ONLY AUTHORIZED GROB HAND TOWING BAR, VEHICLE TOWING BAR OR
ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE EQUIPMENTS.
Note Make sure that after towing the aircraft wing is in level position with both MLG dampers in static loaded
condition.
Towing the aircraft in reverse direction can lead to one or both MLG dampers partially or fully extended.
This can result in a wing not in level position.
Bring the aircraft wing back in level position by pushing one or both wing tips carefully by hand. One or
both MLG dampers will move back into static loaded position.
Use a towing bar to move the aircraft on the ground. If you are familiar with the towing procedure, then you can
move the aircraft safely.
Towing Pre-Operation tells you how to move the aircraft with a towing bar.
You can taxi the aircraft. If you are familiar with the taxiing procedure, then you can taxi the aircraft safely.
Taxiing Pre-Operation tells you how to taxi the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-09-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-09-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
09-10
TOWING

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TOWING
PRE-OPERATION
A. General
(1) Towing by hand
Obey the towing procedures when you move the aircraft on the ground by hand, refer to Towing by hand
Servicing.
(2) Towing by Electric Tow Bar
Obey the towing procedures when you move the aircraft on the ground by Electric Tow Bar, refer to Towing
with tow bar Servicing.
(3) Towing by Vehicle
Obey the towing procedures when you move the aircraft on the ground by Vehicle, refer to Towing with
electric tow vehicle Servicing.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TOWING BY HAND
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Towing with towing bar
- Towing without towing bar

None
None

Towing bar (Hand) .................................................................................... G120A-0812 (C4331) QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING MAKE SURE THAT THE PIP-PIN OF THE TOWING BAR (HAND) IS CORRECTLY
ENGAGED IN THE TOWING BRACKET. IF THE PIP-PIN IS NOT CORRECTLY
ENGAGED, THE BAR CAN DETACH AND PERSONS CAN BE INJURED BY THE
AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS ON LEVEL GROUND. IF YOU TRY TO MOVE
THE AIRCRAFT ON GROUND THAT IS NOT LEVEL, YOU MAY LOSE CONTROL.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS OF YOUR AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY FOR

MOVING AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION FOR A SAFE OPERATION, ONE PERSON IS NEEDED ON THE AIRCRAFT WITH
ATTENTION TO THE BRAKES.
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
Obey the below listed towing procedures when you move the aircraft on the ground by hand.
B. Towing with towing bar
(1) Use the Towing bar (Hand) (1) to move the G 120TP-A. If you use the Towing bar (Hand), then
you can move the aircraft on your own on a flat surface.
(2) Remove all objects like tools, trolleys or hoists which are near the aircraft
WARNING MAKE SURE THAT THE PIP-PIN OF THE TOWING BAR (HAND) IS
CORRECTLY ENGAGED IN THE TOWING BRACKET. IF THE PIP - PIN IS
NOT CORRECTLY ENGAGED, THE BAR CAN DETACH AND PERSONS
CAN BE INJURED BY THE AIRCRAFT.
(3) Attach the Towing bar (Hand) (1) to the bracket on the nose leg. Lock the Towing bar (Hand) with
the pip-pin (2) .
(4) Release the aircraft parking brake.
(5) Remove the wheel chocks.
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE WINGS AND VERTICAL TAIL DO NOT HIT
ANYTHING.
CAUTION DO NOT TURN THE NOSE WHEEL MORE THAN 42° TO THE LEFT AND
RIGHT. IF YOU TURN THE WHEEL MORE THAN 42° TO THE LEFT OR
RIGHT, YOU CAN DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
(6) Move the aircraft to its new position.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Put wheel chocks in front of and behind the main wheels.
(8) Remove the towing bar.
(9) Set the parking brake to SET.
C. Towing without towing bar
CAUTION DO NOT USE FORCE ON THE PROPELLER OR ON THE CONTROL

SURFACES. YOU CAN DAMAGE THE PROPELLER OR THE CONTROL
SURFACES.
DO NOT APPLY WEIGHTS TO THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER TO LIFT THE
NOSE WHEEL. YOU CAN DAMAGE THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER.
DO NOT TURN THE AIRCRAFT WHEN SNOW AND SLUSH CAN STOP THE
LANDING GEAR FROM TURNING. YOU CAN DAMAGE THE LANDING GEAR
MOUNTING.
(1) You can also move the aircraft without using a Towing bar (Hand). You can push the G 120TP-A
at the wing tip and at the wing-fuselage intersection.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 2
Figure 1 - Towing the G 120TP-A by Hand

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Towing bar (hand) (2) Pig-pin
Figure 1 - Towing the G 120TP-A by Hand

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TOWING WITH TOW BAR

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Tow bar ................................................................................. 2T-W-0900-0000-00/00-0 (C4331) QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
Shear Pin ................................................................................ T-W-0900-0000-11/00-0 (C4331) QTY 1
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS ON LEVEL GROUND. IF YOU TRY TO MOVE
THE AIRCRAFT ON GROUND THAT IS NOT LEVEL, YOU MAY LOSE CONTROL.
CAUTION OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS OF YOUR AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY FOR

MOVING AIRCRAFT.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00B-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DO NOT TOWING THE AIRCRAFT UNLESS YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED AND
AUTHORIZED TO TOWING, PERSONS CAN BE INJURED BY THE AIRCRAFT OR
TRACTOR.
CAUTION FOR THE TOWING PROCEDURE TWO PERSONS ARE REQUIRED. ONE IS THE
CONTROLLING THE TOW BAR, THE OTHER HAS TO TAKE PLACE IN THE
COCKPIT TO CONTROL THE AIRCRAFT BRAKES.
CAUTION TOWING OF THE AIRCRAFT WITH TOWING VEHICLE IS ONLY ALLOWED BY

USING THE TOW BAR. THE USAGE OF OTHER TOW BARS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION DO NOT APPLY TO MUCH FORCE TO THE SHEAR PIN, IT CAN BREAK THE PIN.
IF THE SHEAR PIN IS BROKEN, INSPECT THE TOW BAR FOR CONDITION.
CAUTION THE RADIUS OF STEERING IS LIMITED. WHILE TOWING THE AIRCRAFT TAKE
CARE THAT THE POLE WITH THE FLAG DOES NOT MOVE OUT OF THE
DIAMETER OF THE PROPELLER BLADES, REFER TO FIGURE 3.
A. Towing with towing vehicle and tow bar
Note For the towing procedure two persons are required. One is the driver of the towing vehicle, the
other has to take place in the cockpit.
(1) Remove all objects like tools, trolleys or hoists which are near the aircraft
(4) Manually move the fork end of the Tow bar to the nose landing gear of the aircraft.
(5) Release the quick release pin and pull out the movable bolt.
(6) Insert the fixed bolt (RH) into to the nose wheel fork.
(7) Align the height of the fork end of the tow bar by using the handle to the attaching point of the nose
wheel fork.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00B-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING MAKE SURE THAT THE MOVABLE BOLT OF THE VEHICLE TOW BAR IS
CORRECTLY ENGAGED IN TO THE NOSE LANDING GEAR WHEEL AXLE.
IF THE MOVABLE BOLT IS NOT CORRECTLY ENGAGED, THE TOW BAR
CAN DETACH AND PERSONS CAN BE INJURED BY THE AIRCRAFT.
(8) Push the movable bolt into the nose wheel fork and secure with the quick release pin. Make sure
that a proper connection between tow bar and nose landing gear is given.
(9) Attach the tow bar to the towing vehicle.
(10) Adjust the height of the trailer coupling that the pull rod of the tow bar is aligned in parallel to the
ground, refer to Figure 2.
CAUTION DURING THE TOWING THE POLE ALWAYS HAS TO BE VISIBLE IN

BETWEEN THE DRIVER OF THE TOWING VEHICLE AND THE DIAMETER
OF THE PROPELLER BLADES. IF THE POLE MOVES OUT OF THE
DIAMETER OF THE PROPELLER BLADES THE STEERING ANGLE IS TOO
LARGE. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE NOSE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION PREVENT DURING THE TOWING PROCEDURE HEAVY ACCELERATION

OR BRAKING. THIS CAN DAMAGE THE TOW BAR AND THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE WINGS AND VERTICAL TAIL DO NOT HIT
ANYTHING.
CAUTION DO NOT TURN THE NOSE WHEEL MORE THAN 42° TO THE LEFT AND
RIGHT. IF YOU TURN THE WHEEL MORE THAN 42° TO THE LEFT OR
RIGHT, YOU CAN DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION TOWING SPEED MUST NOT EXCEED TROT SPEED.
(11)
Note Flag works as indication limit turns. The limit of the turn is the propeller tips.
Tow the aircraft to the new position.
(12) Put the wheel chocks to the main wheels.
(13) Set the aircraft parking brake to SET.
(14) Remove the tow bar from the towing vehicle.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00B-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(15) Release the quick release pin and pull out the movable bolt from the nose wheel fork.
(16) Release the fixed pin from the nose wheel fork.
(17) Remove the tow bar.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00B-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
POLE FLAG
FORK END
FIXED BOLT
POLE
MOVABLE BOLT
QUICK RELEASE
PIN
HANDLE
HANDGRIP SHEAR PIN
COUPLING EYE
HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
PARALLEL
Figure 2 - TOW BAR

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00B-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAXIMUM TOW BAR DISPLACEMENT / TURN ANGLE
Figure 3 - OPERATION LIMITS

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00B-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TOWING WITH ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Preparation
- Towing with towing vehicle

None
None

Electric tow vehicle ........................................................................................... F2 600/A (AVIO) QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING TAXIING THE AIRCRAFT IS ONLY ALLOWED TO TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED

PERSONS.
WARNING STRICTLY FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN THE “USE AND

MAINTENANCE MANUAL” OF THE ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE.
WARNING DO NOT USE THE ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE IN AREAS WITH FLAMMABLE OR
EXPLOSIVE GAS MIXTURES OR VAPOURS.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00C-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT USE THE ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE TO CARRY PERSONS.
CAUTION USE ONLY AUTHORIZED GROB ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION MOVING THE AIRCRAFT WITH THE ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE IS ALLOWED ONLY
ON LEVELLED GROUND.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Preparation
(1) Make sure that the area of taxiing is free of obstacles and free of barriers.
(2) Switch ON the Electric tow vehicle in accordance with the “USER AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL”.
CAUTION FOR THE TOWING PROCEDURE TWO PERSONS ARE REQUIRED. ONE IS THE
CONTROLLING THE ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE, THE OTHER HAS TO TAKE PLACE
IN THE COCKPIT TO CONTROL THE AIRCRAFT BRAKES.
CAUTION TOWING OF THE AIRCRAFT WITH ELECTRICAL TOW VEHICLE IS ONLY

ALLOWED BY USING THE ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE. THE USAGE OF OTHER
TOW VEHICLES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
THE RADIUS OF STEERING IS LIMITED. WHILE TOWING THE AIRCRAFT TAKE
CARE THAT THE TOW VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE OUT OF THE DIAMETER OF
THE PROPELLER BLADES.
B. Towing with towing vehicle
(1) Carefully move the Electric tow vehicle in front of the aircraft.
(2) Move down the carrying platform to ground level.
CAUTION THE BELT SHOULD BE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO THE ROTATION AXIS OF

THE NOSE GEAR. PARTICULAR ATTENTION WITH NLG LIGHT (IF
INSTALLED), ATTACH THE BELT BETWEEN NLG LIGHT AND ROTATION
AXIS. SEE FIGURE ATTACHED.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00C-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION ONLY USE ALLOWED ANCHOR POINTS TO ATTACH THE BELT.

ATTACHING TO OTHER PARTS CAN DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
(3) Carefully attach the nose landing gear leg with the belt to the Electric tow vehicle and fix by using
the winch.
Note Refer to Figure 4 for the allowed attaching areas.
(6) Carefully pull the aircraft to the carrying platform by using the winch.
(7) Move up the carrying platform.
CAUTION DURING THE TOWING THE ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE ALWAYS HAS TO IN
FRONT OF THE DIAMETER OF THE PROPELLER BLADES. IF THE
ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE MOVES OUT OF THE DIAMETER OF THE
PROPELLER BLADES THE STEERING ANGLE IS TOO LARGE. THIS WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE NOSE LANDING GEAR.
CAUTION PREVENT DURING THE TOWING PROCEDURE HEAVY ACCELERATION

OR BRAKING. THIS CAN DAMAGE THE ELECTRIC TOW VEHICLE AND THE
AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION TOWING SPEED MUST NOT EXCEED TROT SPEED.
(8) Tow the aircraft to the new position.
(9) Move down the carrying platform to ground level.
(10) Lower the aircraft through the carrying platform to the ground level.
(11) Put the wheel chocks to the main wheels.
(12) Set the aircraft parking brake to SET.
(13) Remove the belt from the landing gear leg.
(14) Move up the carrying platform.

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00C-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(15) Carefully move the Electric tow vehicle away from the nose wheel.
(16) Move the Electric tow vehicle away from the aircraft.
(17) Switch OFF the Electric tow vehicle.
BELT ATTACHING AREA
Figure 4 - Belt attaching areas

1T120TP-A-09-10-00-00C-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
09-20
TAXIING

1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TAXIING
PRE-OPERATION
A. General
When you taxi the G 120TP-A, you use the rudder pedals to steer the aircraft. For example, if you push the right
rudder pedal the aircraft turns to the right. If you use the toe-brake-pedal the aircraft can turn at a smaller radius.
For example, if you use the right toe-brake-pedal and push the right rudder pedal, the aircraft turns to the right.

1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TAXIING
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DO NOT TAXI THE AIRCRAFT UNLESS YOU HAVE BEEN TRAINED AND
AUTHORIZED TO TAXI.
A. Taxi Procedure
Note This procedure gives general data only. Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual for your aircraft when
you taxi the aircraft.
(1) Remove all objects like tools, trolleys, hoists which are near the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) If necessary, remove these items:

- The control locks
- The wheel chocks
- The towing bar
- Any tie-down ropes.
WARNING MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS OR OBJECTS NEAR THE
AIRCRAFT. THE AIRCRAFT CAN INJURE PERSONS. AND OBJECTS CAN
DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT
(4) Start the engine, refer to the G 120TP- Flight Manual.
(5) Release the parking brake
CAUTION MAKE SURE THE BRAKES OPERATE CORRECTLY WHILE YOU TAXI THE
AIRCRAFT. IF THE BRAKES FAIL, YOU MUST BE ABLE TO STOP THE
AIRCRAFT WITHOUT HITTING ANY PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION OBEY THE SAFETY RANGE FOR TAXIING (FIGURE 1).
CAUTION TAKE CARE IF YOU TAXI ON UNEVEN GROUND. THE PROPELLER MUST
NOT TOUCH THE GROUND. LOOSE STONES AND OTHER UNWANTED
MATERIAL CAN DAMAGE THE PROPELLER.
(6) Taxi the aircraft to its new position
(7) Shut down the engine, refer to the G 120TP- Flight Manual.
(8) Park the aircraft. If necessary, moor the aircraft, refer to Parking and Mooring General.

1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(30 m
ft)

10
m
ft)
3
(10
Figure 1 - Safety Range for Taxiing

1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-09-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10-00
PARKING AND MOORING

1T120TP-A-10-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-10-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PARKING AND MOORING

GENERAL
A. General
Always park the G 120TP-A when it is not in use and moor it. Maintenance persons and pilots must know the
procedures in Parking Pre-Operation and Mooring Pre-Operation.

1T120TP-A-10-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-10-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10-10
PARKING

1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PARKING
PRE-OPERATION
A. General
Do these procedures at any time when you park the aircraft. This will help to protect the aircraft when it is parked
in an open area. Do the procedures for short term parking or for long term parking as applicable.

1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PARKING (LESS THAN 5 DAYS)

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Procedure for Short Term Parking (less than 5 days)

None
None

Wheel chocks ........................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 4
Control locks-Rudder ................................................................................................. 120A-7710 QTY 1
Control locks-Aileron .................................................................................................. 120A-7720 QTY 1
Control locks-Elevator ................................................................................................ 120A-7724 QTY 1
Pitot/static tube cap ................................................................................................... 120A-7741 QTY 1
Air intake covers and blanks-Engine ........................................................... 2T-A-1010-0100-00 QTY 1
Air intake covers and blanks-ECS .......................................................... 2T-A-1010-0200-00/01 QTY 1
Propeller locks ............................................................................................. 2T-A-1020-0020-00 QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
Do these procedures at any time when you park the aircraft. This will help to protect the aircraft when it
is parked in an open area. Do the procedures for short term parking or for long term parking as applicable.
B. Procedure for Short Term Parking (less than 5 days)
(1) Taxi or tow the aircraft to the parking position, refer to Towing and Taxiing General.
(2) Retract the flaps.
(3) Park the aircraft with the longitudinal axis parallel with the wind direction and the nose of the aircraft
pointed into wind.
CAUTION WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS PARKED, MAKE THE NOSE WHEEL STRAIGHT.
YOU MUST ALIGN THE NOSE WHEEL TO AVOID HIGH SIDE LOADS ON THE
LANDING GEAR.
(4) Moor the aircraft if the weather is gusty or stormy, refer to Mooring Servicing.
(5) If the parking area has ice on it or packed snow, put a layer of sand 5 mm thick on the area where
the wheels will be. Park the aircraft on it.
CAUTION DO NOT USE THE PARKING BRAKE IF THE BRAKES ARE OVERHEATED
OR WHEN THE BRAKES CAN FREEZE.
(7) Put the wheel chocks in front and behind the main landing gear wheels.
(9) Put all flight controls into the neutral position. Install the control locks.
(10) Attach the pitot/static tube cap.
(11) Install the propeller lock.
(12) Close and lock the canopy.
(13) Attach covers to all air intakes.

09 March 2017 10-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 10-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-10-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PARKING (BETWEEN 5 AND 30 DAYS)

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Aircraft jacks ......................................................................................................... 02-0517-0132 QTY 2
Aircraft jacking bolts ............................................................................................ 115C-W8-8501 QTY 3
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-10-01-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Procedure for Long Term Parking (between 5 and 30 days)
WARNING DO NOT STAND WHERE THE PROPELLER CAN TURN. IF THE ENGINE
STARTS, THE PROPELLER CAN INJURE YOU. MAKE SURE THAT NO
PERSONS STAND WHERE THE PROPELLER CAN TURN.
(1) Engine:
latest revision.
- Refer to Engine General Data, Engine Servicing.
(2) Fuel system:

- Fill the fuel tanks to the maximum level, refer to Fuel System Refuel.
(3) Wheels and tires:
(a) If possible:
- Lift the aircraft on jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
Note If the aircraft is to be parked for a long time, there is a danger of corrosion of
the wheel bearings.
- Turn the wheels 4 times.

Do this every week. If you do this, you help to prevent shimmy of the wheels and other
distortions of the wheel that cause wheel shimmy. If you cannot lift the aircraft on jacks,
move it backwards and forwards to turn the wheels .
(b) Rub the tires with a dry cloth. Spray the tires with a tire protection.
(c) Use chalk to write the date on the tires.
(d) Do a test of the tire pressure, refer to Tyres Pressure Check / Inflation and Exterior Placards
and Markings General.
Do a visual examination of the tires every day. Measure the tire pressure every week.
(4) Oil system:

- Before you park the aircraft, fill the engine-oil-system to the FULL level, refer to Engine Oil
System Servicing.
(5) Electronic Equipment:

- Do not do anything with the electronic equipment.
(6) Instruments:

27 July 2018 10-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-10-01-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Let the instruments stay in the aircraft.
(7) Have a good flow of air through the aircraft before you park it.
(8) Remove any loose objects from the aircraft.
(9) If the parking area has ice or packed snow on it:

- Put a layer of sand 5 mm thick on the area where the wheels will be.
- Park the aircraft.
(10) Move the aircraft to the parking position, refer to Towing and Taxiing General.
CAUTION WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS PARKED, MAKE THE NOSE WHEEL STRAIGHT.
YOU MUST ALIGN THE NOSE WHEEL TO AVOID HIGH SIDE LOADS ON THE
LANDING GEAR.
(11) Park the aircraft with the longitudinal axis parallel with the wind direction and the nose pointed into
wind.
(12) Moor the aircraft if the weather is very gusty or stormy, refer to Mooring Pre-Operation.
CAUTION DO NOT USE THE PARKING BRAKE IF THE BRAKES ARE OVERHEATED
OR WHEN THE BRAKES CAN FREEZE.
(13) Operate the parking brake.
(14) Put the wheel chocks in front of the main undercarriage wheels and behind the main undercarriage
wheels.
(16) Put all flight controls into the neutral position.

Install the control lock.
(17) Retract the flaps.
(18) Install the propeller lock.
(19) Close the canopy and lock it.
(20) Attach the pitot/static tube-cap.

The cap seals the pitot/static system.
(21) Operate the brakes several times a week.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-10-01-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(22) Attach covers to all air intakes.

27 July 2018 10-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-10-01-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PARKING / STORAGE (MORE THAN 30 DAYS)

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Airless spray gun ...................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Procedure to park the aircraft for more than 30 days
(1) Do the procedure for long-term parking, refer to Parking (Between 5 and 30 days) Servicing.
(2) Engine:
latest revision.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-10-10-02-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Refer to Engine General Data, Engine Servicing.
(3) Fuel system:

- Drain the water from the wing tanks one time a week, refer to Scheduled Servicing Drain
Water and Fuel System Refuel.
(4) Electronic equipment:

- Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.

09 March 2017 10-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-10-02-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10-20
MOORING

1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MOORING
PRE-OPERATION
A. General
If you park the aircraft in an open area for a long time, you must always moor it. Gusts of wind can damage the
aircraft if it is not moored. High wind speeds can damage the aircraft if it is not moored. If possible, do not moor
the aircraft outside if the wind speed will be more than 40 knots.
B. Mooring Points
The aircraft has four mooring points:
- 1 under the left wing.
- 1 under the right wing.
- 1 at the nose wheel fitting.
- 1 on the tail skid.
C. Tie Down Points

Use tie down points which are part of the hard-standing parking area. Use screw pickets on other surfaces. Each
tie down point must be able to take a vertical load of at least 500 kg.

1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MOORING
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Ropes (nylon or hemp) ............................................................................................. Commercial QTY 4
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Procedure for Mooring
(1) Park the aircraft, refer to Parking (Less than 5 days) Servicing.
(2) Make sure the flaps are retracted.
(3) Attach a tie-down rope to the right-hand mooring adapter (2) . Attach a tie-down rope to the left-
hand mooring adapter (2) .
(4) Attach a tie-down rope through the mooring hole in the tail skid (3) .
(5) Attach a tie-down rope through the bottom torque link on the nose leg (4) .

1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION EXAMINE MOORED AIRCRAFT REGULARLY. HEMP ROPES CAN BECOME

TIGHT WHEN THEY BECOME WET.
USE ONLY THE CORRECT MOORING POINTS.
(6) Remove all loose objects and any unwanted material that can damage the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 1
Figure 1 - Mooring the aircraft

1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Wing tie down points (3) Tail mooring point

(2) Wing tip mooring (4) Nose mooring point
adapter
Figure 1 - Mooring the aircraft

1T120TP-A-10-20-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10-30
RETURN TO SERVICE AFTER PARKING

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-30 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-10-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 10-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RETURN TO SERVICE AFTER PARKING

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING DO NOT GET OIL ON YOU. OIL CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Return to Service after parking

This chapter tells you how to return the aircraft to service. Do this procedure after very long term storage
when the aircraft was stored for 30 days or more.
(2) Remove all blanks used to seal any openings to atmosphere.
(3) Install any electronic equipment which was removed.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-30 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-10-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) De-preserve the engine:

latest revision.
- Refer to Engine General Data, Engine Servicing

09 March 2017 10-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10-40
SERVICE FOR SHIPPING VIA CONTAINER

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 10-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SERVICE FOR SHIPPING VIA CONTAINER

DISASSEMBLE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Disassembly Procedure
- Preparation and Storage of the first Transport Cradle
- Storage of the second Transport Cradle

None
None

Transport cradle .................................................................... 2T-W-5310-1000-00/00-0 (C4331) QTY 1
Wheel chocks .......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 4
Frocklift, 2 to ............................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Yellow Cable Tie .................................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
None

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
This section describes the procedure for shipping of two aircraft in one shipping container. It is possible
to store only one aircraft in the shipping container.
Do the work tasks shown in the following schedules for shipping of the aircraft. Write the result of each
task in the aircraft maintenance records.
Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision
for the data about the engine maintenance. Also refer to Rolls-Royce Service Bulletins, Service
Instructions and Service Letters for new maintenance data.
Use only yellow cable ties for preparation the aircraft for shipping.
B. Disassembly Procedure
To disassemble the aircraft as preparation for shipping perform the steps as follows:
(1) Preserve the engine, refer to Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual.
(2) Remove static discharging brushes and store them safely, refer to Static Discharger Brush
Replace Chapter 1, A, without point (3) to (5).
(3) Remove the canopy and store it safely on the straight bottom edges, refer to Canopy Remove and
Install Chapter 1, A.
(4) Remove external LH and RH canopy handle and store them safely.
(5) Remove ELT and store it safely, refer to ELT Assembly Remove and Install Chapter 1, A, ELT
(KANNAD 406 AF) Remove and Install.
(6) If required program ELT and Transponder with customer data.
CAUTION RELEASE THE PRESSURE SLOWLY. CYLINDER, HOSES AND THE VALVE
WILL COOL DOWN DUE TO THE EXPANSION OF GAS.
(7) If installed, remove oxygen cylinder and store it safely. Install protective covers after removal of
the oxygen cylinder.
Refer to AFM: Install/Remove Oxygen Cylinder Assy 1T-120TPAD-1-S4 Chapter 8.2
Refer to AMM: Oxygen Cylinder Remove and Install (analog cockpit)
Refer to AMM: Oxygen Cylinder Remove and Install (digital cockpit)

27 July 2018 10-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(8) Before removing the fine pitch-stop, measure the distance between stop and flange. Document
the distance in the engine log.
(9) Mark the position of propeller blade 1 on the propeller flange.
(10) Install protective cover over the thread of the forward end of beta tube.
(11)
Note Put a container beneath the propeller to collect oil.
Remove propeller and store it safely, refer to Propeller Remove and Install Chapter 1, A.
(12) Remove beta tube and store it in a transportation box.

Refer to Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual. Chapter 76-10-02 Propeller Beta
Control Valve Maintenance Practices.
(13) Visually inspect beta tube O-rings for damage.
(14) If not already done, attach the beta tube shipping container to the propeller transport frame.
(15) Install the bottom cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install Chapter 1, B.
(16) Install the top cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install Chapter 1, C.
(17) Remove the rudder and store it safely, refer to Rudder Remove and Install Chapter 1, A.
(18) Remove the elevator and store it safely, refer to Elevator(s) Remove and Install Chapter 1, A.
(19) If required, use yellow cable tie to secure loose lines, wires and control rods. If required use cover
material to prevent any damages to the structure.
(20)
Note Before removal of the horizontal stabilizer disconnect the electrical bonding.
Remove the horizontal stabilizer and store it safely, refer to Horizontal Stabilizer Remove and
Install Chapter 1, A.
(21) If required, use yellow cable ties to secure loose lines, wires and control rods. If required use cover
(22) If required, temporary install the rudder, refer to Rudder Remove and Install Chapter 1, B.
(23) Install control locks and if required, use yellow cable ties to secure loose lines, wires and control
rods. If required use cover material to prevent any damages to the structure.
(24) Install all previously removed access panels, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install Chapter
1, B.
(25) Remove pitot tube, install the pitot/static tube cap and store it safely, refer to Pitot/Static Tube
Remove and Install Chapter 1, A.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(27) Remove pitot tube access panel and store it safely, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install
Chapter 1, D.
(28) Store the pitot/static lines and the electrical cables inside the wing.
(30) Cover the hole in the wing.
(31) Disconnect the LH and RH main landing gear actuator eyed end from the main landing gear strut,
refer to Wings Remove and Install Chapter 1, A (7).
CAUTION MAKE SURE BOTH MAIN LANDING GEAR ACTUATORS CAN MOVE
FREELY WILE RETRACTING THE NOSE LANDING GEAR.
(32) Retract nose landing gear.
(33) If required, clean the fuselage, refer to Unscheduled Servicing Clean and Apply Surface
Protection Chapter 1 A.
(34) Position transport cradle and optional cover bag below fuselage.
(35) Rise the transport cradle to an appropriate height and install the transport cradle legs, refer to
Figure 1.
(36) Lower the aircraft onto the transport cradle.
(37) Install the hold-down nuts securing the fuselage to the transport cradle, refer to Figure 2.
(38) Remove the wings and store them safely, refer to Wings Remove and Install Chapter 1, A.
(39) If required clean the wings and main landing gear, refer to Unscheduled Servicing Clean and Apply
Surface Protection Chapter 1, A.
(40) Manually retract the LH and RH main landing gears.
(41) Loosen the attachment screw and the upper fitting of the fuel tank breather line at the LH and RH
wing root and turn it 90°. Install covers at the open ends fasten the attachment screw, refer to
Figure 3 and Figure 4.
(42) Temporary install the plain washer, the large plain washer, the tubular spacer and the wing
attachment nuts of the wing fuselage attachments and secure the castle nut with a yellow cable
tie.
(43) Install control locks and if required, use yellow cable ties to secure loose lines, wires and control
rods. If required use cover material to prevent any damages to the structure.

27 July 2018 10-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION THE CENTER OF GRAVITY OF THE AIRCRAFT INSTALLED IN THE

TRANSPORT CRADLE IS QUITE FORWARD. USE CAUTION WHEN LIFTING
THE TRANSPORT CRADLE WITH A FORKLIFT.
(44) Use a forklift to lower the transport cradle onto wooden blocks.
(45) Secure the fuselage in the transport cradle by using straps.
(46)
Note Do not overtighten the straps. This may damage the fuselage structure.
Install baggage compartment floor, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing
General Data Chapter B, (4).
(47) Install front cockpit floor panels, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data.
(48) Install the crew seats, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(49) Store all previously removed item inside the cabin/cargo compartment.
Note Make sure that all items stored inside the cabin/cabin compartment are properly secured.
(50) Install the canopy, refer to Canopy Remove and Install Chapter 1, B.
(51) Cover the Canopy with blankets or equivalent to prevent scratches.
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT ALL OPENED FUEL, OIL AND PITOT-STATIC LINES ARE
CLOSED WITH SUITABLE PLUGS.
(52) Install the air intake covers.
(53) If installed close the fuselage cover bag.
(54) Install LH and RH wing racks to the main part of the transport cradle.
(55) If required use cover material to prevent any damages to the structure.
(56) Install both upper parts of the transport cradle which hold the horizontal stabilizer.
(57) Install the horizontal stabilizer in the transport cradle.
(58) Install propeller transport frame in the transport cradle.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(59) Install propeller in the transport frame.
CAUTION MAKE SURE ALL OPENED FUEL, OIL AND PITOT-STATIC LINES ARE
CLOSED WITH SUITABLE PLUGS.
(61) Install LH and RH wing in wing racks.
(62) Use straps to secure the wings.
Note Do not overtighten the straps. This may damage the wing structure.
Note Make sure all items are properly secured.
C. Preparation and Storage of the first Transport Cradle
(1) Preparation
Store the container on a leveled and flat ground with concrete surface. In addition the area in front
of the container door shall be level and flat too.
If the container is not stored in a hangar make sure that there are no negative environmental
influences (e.g. sandstorm, hail) to the container while removal of the cradles.

CAUTION ALWAYS SECURE THE TRANSPORT CRADLE FROM UNCONTROLLED

MOVEMENT WHILE STATIONARY ON ROLLERS.
(2) Storage of the first Transport Cradle
To store the first transport cradle inside a container perform the steps as follows:
(a) Use a forklift to rise the transport cradle slightly and to install both forward and one aft rollers
and remove the wooden blocks.
(b) After installation lower the transport cradle to the ground.

27 July 2018 10-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Install the forward and aft temporary rollers.
(d) If required use cover material to prevent any damages to the structure.
CAUTION ALWAYS SECURE THE TRANSPORT CRADLE FROM

UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT WHILE ON ROLLERS.
(e)
Note Make sure the rollers are aligned with the direction of travel of the transport cradle
when installed.
Position the transport cradle in front of the container in that way that the forward temporary
rollers are in contact with the container floor, refer to Figure 5.
(f) Move the transport cradle into the container by that far that the forward rollers are free and
can be removed, refer to Figure 5.
(g) Remove the forward rollers.
(h) Move the transport cradle into the container by that far that the aft temporary rollers are in
contact with the container floor, refer to Figure 6.
(i)
when installed.
Move the transport cradle into the container by that far that the aft rollers are free and can
be removed.
(j) Remove the aft rollers.
(k) Position the transport cradle inside the container.
(l) Remove the forward and aft temporary rollers.
Note By removing the temporary rollers the transport cradle will be lowered to the
container floor.
(m) Install all clamps and tie downs to attach the transport cradle to the container floor.
(n) If required use cover material to prevent any damages to the structure.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D. Storage of the second Transport Cradle


(1) Storage of the second Transport Cradle
To store the second transport cradle inside the container perform the steps as follows:
(a) Use a forklift to rise the transport cradle slightly and to install both forward and both aft rollers
and remove the wooden blocks.
(b) After installation lower the transport cradle to the ground.
(c) Install the forward and aft temporary rollers.
(d) If required use cover material to prevent any damages to the structure.

UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT WHILE ON ROLLERS.
(e)
when installed.
Position the transport cradle in front of the container in that way that the aft temporary rollers
are in contact with the container floor, refer to Figure 7.
(f) Move the transport cradle slowly into the container until the aft rollers are free and can be
removed from the transport cradle, refer to Figure 8.
(g) Remove the aft rollers.
(h)
when installed.

27 July 2018 10-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Move the transport cradle slowly into the container until the forward rollers are close to the
container edge.
(i) Use a forklift to raise the forward temporary rollers by that amount that the forward rollers
can be removed, refer to Figure 9.
(j) Remove the forward rollers.
(k)
when installed.
Move the transport cradle slowly into the container by that far that the forward temporary
rollers are in contact with the container floor.
(l) Lower the transport cradle to the floor and take the forklift away.
(m) Position the transport cradle inside the container.
(n) Remove the forward and aft temporary rollers.
(o)
Note By removing the temporary rollers the transport cradle will be lowered to the
container floor.
Install all clamps and tie downs to attach the transport cradle to the container floor.
(p) If required use cover material to prevent any damages to the structure.
1. Close the doors of the shipping container.
2. Make sure that the shipping container is locked and secured against unwanted opening.
3. Handle the shipping container carefully and avoid heavy shocks while transportation.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 1 - Fuselage on the Transport Cradle
Figure 2 - Securing of the Fuselage

27 July 2018 10-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 3 - Wing Root LH

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Forward
temporary
roller
Forward
roller
Figure 5 - Forward temporary Roller on first Transport Cradle
Aft
Aft temporary
roller roller
Figure 6 - Aft temporary Roller on first Transport Cradle

27 July 2018 10-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Aft
temporary Aft
roller roller
Figure 7 - Aft temporary Roller on second Transport Cradle
Forward
temporary
roller
Forward
roller
Figure 8 - Forward temporary Roller on second Transport Cradle

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 10-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Forward Forward Forklift

roller temporary
roller
Figure 9 - Forward temporary Roller and Forklift on second Transport Cradle

27 July 2018 10-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-10-40-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10-50
RETURN THE AIRCRAFT TO SERVICE AFTER
SHIPPING

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RETURN THE AIRCRAFT TO SERVICE AFTER SHIPPING

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Preparation
- Unloading Procedure
- Assembly Procedure

None
None

Wheel chock ............................................................................................................. Commercial QTY 4
Forklift 2 to ............................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE

A. General
Make sure that the shipping container is not damaged while transportation.
B. Preparation
Store the container with the aircraft on a leveled and flat ground with concrete surface. In addition the
area in front of the container door shall be level and flat too.
If the container is not stored in a hangar make sure that there are no negative environmental influences
(e.g. sandstorm, hail) to the container while removal of the cradles.
Prepare a hangar with enough work area for assembly of the aircraft.
Prepare all necessary working tools and special tools for assembly of the aircraft. Make sure that all
torque or measurement tools are calibrated.
C. Unloading Procedure
Do the work tasks shown in the following schedules for assembly of the aircraft. Write the result of each
task in the aircraft maintenance records.
(1) Removal of the first Transport Cradle from the container
Remove the first transport cradle from the container as follows:
(a) Remove all clamps and tie downs holding the transport cradle to the container.
CAUTION BEFORE INSTALLING THE TEMPORARY ROLLERS MAKE SURE THE

TRANSPORT CRADLE CANNOT MOVE UNCONTROLLED.
(b)
when installed.
Install the forward and aft temporary rollers.
(c) By installing the forward and aft temporary rollers the transport cradle will be raised from
the container floor.
(d) Use a forklift to raise the forward temporary rollers and to pull the transport cradle slightly
out of the container by that far that the forward rollers can be attached, refer to Figure 1.
(e) Attach both forward rollers.

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(f) Lower the transport cradle to the ground and take the forklift away, refer to Figure 2.
(g) Move the transport cradle slowly out of the container until the aft rollers can be attached to
the transport cradle.
(h) Attach both aft rollers.
(i) Remove the transport cradle from the shipping container, refer to Figure 3.
(2) Removal of the second Transport Cradle from the container
Remove the second transport cradle from the container as follows:
(a) Remove all clamps and tie downs holding the transport cradle to the container.
CAUTION BEFORE INSTALLING THE TEMPORARY ROLLERS MAKE SURE THE

TRANSPORT CRADLE CANNOT MOVE UNCONTROLLED.
(b)
when installed.
Install the forward and aft temporary rollers.
(c) By installing the forward and aft temporary rollers the transport cradle will be raised from
the container floor.
(d) Move the transport cradle slowly to the door until the aft temporary roller are close to the
container edge, refer to Figure 4.
(e) Install the aft roller.
(f) Move the transport cradle further out of the container until the forward temporary roller
reaches the container edge, refer to Figure 5.
(g) Install both forward rollers.

UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT WHILE STATIONARY ON ROLLERS.
(h) Remove the transport cradle from the shipping container.
D. Assembly Procedure
To assemble the aircraft perform the steps as follows:
(1) Remove all straps and cover material wrapped around the wings, stabilizer and propeller.

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Remove the wings from the transport cradle and store them safely.
(3) Remove the propeller and horizontal stabilizer from the transport cradle and store them safely.
(4) Remove both upper parts of the transport cradle which held the horizontal stabilizer and store them
safely.

(5) Use a forklift to put the transport cradle on wooden blocks and remove the forward and aft
temporary rollers and the forward and aft rollers.
Note Place the wooden blocks under the main frame holding the fuselage close to the wing
racks. But make sure the wing racks can be removed.
(6) Remove the propeller transport frame and store it safely.
(7) Remove both wing racks and store them safely.
(8) Remove all straps and cover material wrapped around the fuselage.
(9) Remove the canopy and store it safely on the straight bottom edges, refer to Canopy Remove and
Install Chapter 1 A.
(10) Remove all items from the cabin and store them safely.

(11) Use a forklift to rise the transport cradle to an appropriate height and install the transport cradle
legs, refer to Figure 6.
(12) Remove hold-down nuts securing the fuselage to the transport cradle, refer to Figure 7.
(13) Before installing the wings remove all control locks, cover material and yellow cable tie holding
lines, wires and control rods.
(14) Before installing the LH wing remove the plain washer, the large plain washer, the tubular spacer
and the wing attachment nuts of the wing fuselage attachments and stored safely.
(15) Before installing the LH wing loosen the attachment screw and the upper fitting of the fuel tank
breather line at the wing root and turn it 90°. Remove all covers and attach the breather line to the
fuel tank breather fitting Fasten the attachment screw, refer to Figure 8 and Figure 9.

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(16) Before installing the LH wing manually extend the main landing gear.
(17) Repeat step 3.14, 3.15 and 3.16 for the RH wing.
CAUTION BEFORE PERFORMING THE LANDING GEAR RETRACTION SYSTEM

OPERATION TEST PUT THE AIRCRAFT ON JACKS AND REMOVE THE
TRANSPORT CRADLE.
(18) Install wings.

Preparation for Wings Remove and Install Chapter 1, B and Wings Remove and Install Chapter
1, C.
(19) Before installing the pitot tube remove all lines and wires stored inside the wing at the pitot tube
access panel.
(20) Install pitot tube access panel, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install Chapter 1, D.
(21) Install pitot tube, refer to Pitot/Static Tube Remove and Install Chapter 1, B.
(22) Seal the gaps between the wing and the fuselage with sealant.
(23) If required, before installing the horizontal stabilizer remove the temporary installed rudder, refer
to Rudder Remove and Install Chapter 1, A.
(24) Before installing the horizontal stabilizer remove all control locks, cover material and yellow cable
tie holding lines, wires and control rods.
(25) Install the horizontal stabilizer, refer to Horizontal Stabilizer Remove and Install Chapter 1, B.
(26) Before installing the elevator remove all control locks, cover material and yellow cable tie holding
(27) Install the elevator, refer to Elevator(s) Remove and Install Chapter 1, B.
(28) Before installing the rudder remove all control locks, cover material and yellow cable tie holding
(29) Install the rudder, refer to Rudder Remove and Install Chapter 1, B.
(30) Remove the top cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove Chapter 1, A.
(31) Remove the bottom cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove Chapter 1, B.
(32) Remove beta tube from shipping container.
(33) Before installing the beta tube, visually inspect beta tube O-rings for damage.
(34) Install beta tube.

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Refer to Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual. Chapter 76-10-02 Propeller Beta
Control Valve Maintenance Practices.
(35) Remove protective cover from the thread of the forward end of beta tube.
(36) Install the fine pith-stop and adjust the distance between stop and flange in accordance to the
engine log.
(37) Install propeller, refer to Propeller Remove and Install Chapter 1, B.
Note Visually check that propeller blade 1 is at the position marked on the propeller flange.
(38) Install bottom cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install Chapter 1, B.
(39) Install top cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install Chapter 1, C.
(40) Install ELT, refer to ELT Assembly Remove and Install Chapter 1, B or ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)
Remove and Install.
(41) If required, install oxygen cylinder.

Refer to AFM: Install/Remove Oxygen Cylinder Assy 1T-120TPAD-1-S4 Chapter 8.2
Refer to AMM: Oxygen Cylinder Remove and Install (analog cockpit)
Refer to AMM: Oxygen Cylinder Remove and Install(digital cockpit)
(42) Install all access panels, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install Chapter 1, B.
(43) Install static discharging brushes, refer to Static Discharger Brush Replace Chapter 1, A without
Point (2).
(44) If not previously done install external LH and RH canopy handle.
(45) If not previously done put the aircraft on jacks and remove the transport cradle.
CAUTION BEFORE PERFORMING THE LANDING GEAR RETRACTION SYSTEM

OPERATION TEST PUT THE AIRCRAFT ON JACKS AND REMOVE THE
TRANSPORT CRADLE.
(46) Before lowering the aircraft to the ground perform the Landing Gear Retraction System Operation
Test, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test Chapter 1.
(47) If the previously mentioned test was successful lower the aircraft to the ground.
(48) De-preserve the engine.

Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual.
(49) Refuel the aircraft, refer to Fuel System Refuel Chapter 1, A.

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(50) Do all checks prescribed in the previously mentioned steps.
(51) Do an engine run-up, refer to Power Plant Engine Run-Up – General Chapter 1, A.
(52) Do a flight test.
Forward Forward Forklift

roller temporary
roller
Figure 1 - Forward temporary Roller and Forklift on first Transport Cradle

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Forward
temporary
roller
Forward
roller
Figure 2 - Forward temporary Roller on first Transport Cradle
Aft
temporary Aft
roller roller
Figure 3 - Aft temporary Roller on first Transport Cradle

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Aft
Aft temporary
roller roller
Figure 4 - Aft temporary Roller on second Transport Cradle
Forward
temporary
roller
Forward
roller
Figure 5 - Forward temporary Roller on second Transport Cradle

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 6 - Fuselage on the Transport Cradle
Figure 7 - Securing of the Fuselage

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-10-50-00-00A-730A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
11-00
PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

1T120TP-A-11-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-11-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has placards and markings for identification purposes.
The placards and markings show the function, operation and operating limits of the aircraft systems and
components.
B. Types of Placards used In The G 120TP-A

There are 5 types of placards on the aircraft:
- Black-anodized-aluminum-plates with white labelling
- Self-adhesive placards
- Self-adhesive foils
- Decals
- Inscriptions on the instrument panel.
Self-adhesive foil is used for some markings on the outside of the aircraft. These show:
- The manufacturer's logo
- The aircraft type designation
- The aircraft registration.
Exterior Placards and Markings General has the locations of the exterior placards and markings.
Interior Placards General has the locations of the interior placards and markings.
Note The illustrations of the placards in this Chapter are for reference only. In case of conflicts with the AFM
or the manufacturer’s drawings, the data given there shall prevail. Use only placards provided by the
manufacturer.

1T120TP-A-11-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-11-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
11-10

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 11-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-11-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 11-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-11-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
Pattex thinner ............................................................................ Cleaning of surfaces (Henkel) QTY AR
Nitro thinner ...................................................................... Cleaning of surfaces (Commercial) QTY AR
Solvent .................................................................... Soaking decals (To be supplied by Grob) QTY AR
Methylated spirit ................................................................ Cleaning of surfaces (Commercial) QTY AR
Light solvent ................................................................ Allying self-adhesive foil (Commercial) QTY AR
Cleaning cloth ................................................................... Cleaning of surfaces (Commercial) QTY AR
Spatula ............................................................... Removing aluminum placards (Commercial) QTY AR
Sponge ..................................................................................... Applying decals (Commercial) QTY AR
Adhesive tape ..................................................................... Attaching markings (Commercial) QTY AR
F. New Items
None
WARNING DO NOT GET THE THINNER/SOLVENT* ON YOU. AND DO NOT BREATH THE
VAPOR. THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE INJURY.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 11-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-11-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace of Placards and Markings

Use the maintenance practices in this section to replace the placards and markings.
Use the information in Exterior Placards and Markings General for the locations of the external markings.
Use the information in Interior Placards General for the location of the internal placards and markings.
(1) Aluminum Placards
(a) Use a spatula to remove the damaged aluminum placard.
(b) Use the Pattex thinner to clean the surface where the placard was attached.
(c) Apply a flat thin layer of Pattex to the placard and to the surface where the placard will go.
(d) After the adhesive has cured, apply hand pressure to the placard on the prepared surface.
(2) Self-Adhesive Placards
(a) Remove the damaged placard.
(b) Use methylated spirit to remove the remaining adhesive from the surface.
(c) Remove the protective film from the new placard.
(d) Put the placard on the surface.
(e) If there are air bubbles under the placard, rub over the placard with a cloth.
(3) Decals
(a) Use the nitro thinner to remove the damaged decal.
(b) Clean the surface with a cloth. Then dry the surface.
(c) Soak the decal for 10 to 15 seconds.

Use the special solvent.
(d) Push the decal onto the surface. Rub the decal lightly with a cloth.
(e) After 10 to 15 seconds, remove the protective paper from the decal.
(f) Carefully dry the decal with a sponge.
(4) Markings
A self-adhesive foil is used for the exterior markings. Use this procedure to replace marking shown
in the Illustrated Parts Catalogue.

09 March 2017 11-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-11-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note You can only apply new markings with the permission of the manufacturer.
(a) Clean and prepare the surface where the marking goes.
(b) Use marking tape to hold the marking in position.
(c) Remove the protective film from the marking.
(d) Mix some water with a light solvent. Apply the mixture to the surface and to the marking.
(e) Rub the marking with a rubber spatula.
Note Use the spatula to push the water out from between the marking and the surface.
(f) Let the bond between the marking and the surface cure for 24 hours at room temperature.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 11-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-11-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 11-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-11-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
11-20
EXTERIOR PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

1T120TP-A-11-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-11-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EXTERIOR PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

GENERAL
The G 120TP-A has these placards and markings:

- Aluminum placards
- Self-adhesive placards
- Self-adhesive foils
- Decals.
Figure 1, Figure 2 show where the placards and markings are attached.
If you cannot read the placards or the markings, (or if they are damaged), replace them.

1T120TP-A-11-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
JET FUEL
50 Total 303 lb
Right Tank 137.4 kg
A
50
55
Left Tank
100
60 JET FUEL
Total 320 lb
140 145.3 kg
110 70 80 55
Inside Inside 120 150
For additives and
alternate fuels see
AFM and Engine OMM
60
B 130
120 150 Release the filler cap very
80 slowly. There might be hot
oil under pressure. Hot oil
will burn your skin.
140 70
A
10
B
40
20
DO NOT PAINT
VANE OR SLOT
100
PULL TO UNLOCK ONLY
10 20 40 150
OIL
Oil capacity:
min. 5.0 liters (5.3 US qt)
recommended 7 - 9 liters (7.4-9.5 US qt)
max. 11.0 liters (11.6 US qt) NO
Oil specification see AFM Main Tank Drain Tank Vent Drain Collector Tank Drain STEP
110 80 120 130 140
Figure 1 - Exterior Placards and Markings – Top Surface

1T120TP-A-11-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
80 70
10
60 50 40
60A
30 20
70
10
100
50
110 90 40 60
110A 60A
DO
NOT LIFT
10 20
Parker Beringer
3.4 bar 2.8 bar 4.1 bar 3.1 bar

(49 PSI) (40 PSI) (60 PSI) (45 PSI) GND HERE
40 Standard 50 40 Standard 50 100
3.4 bar 6.0 bar 4.1 bar 6.0 bar

(49 PSI) (88 PSI) (60 PSI) (88 PSI) 90
40 OCN 565-74 50 40 OCN 565-74 50
ATTENTION ATTENTION
No Tractor pulling Obey the AMM instructions
for aircraft towing
60 60A
External power supply
24VDC
Check oil filter indication
hot exhaust gases before flight!
30
70 80
GROB AIRCRAFT AG GROB AIRCRAFT SE
86874 Tussenhausen-Mattsies 86874 Tussenhausen-Mattsies
Model G 120TP-A Model G 120TP-A
Serial No. Serial No.
Typ Cert.-No. EASA.A.565 Typ Cert.-No. EASA.A.565
110 110A MCN 565-641
Figure 2 - Exterior Placards

1T120TP-A-11-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-11-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
11-30
INTERIOR PLACARDS

1T120TP-A-11-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-11-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
INTERIOR PLACARDS
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has self-adhesive placards and metal placards. If you cannot read the placards, then replace
them. Also replace damaged placards. Interior Placards General tells you how to replace placards.

1T120TP-A-11-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
Adjacent to the Oxygen Installation
20
10
10
Printed on the instrument panel
adjacent to the landing gear selector
20
Printed on the instrument panel
L i m i t a t i o n s for Aerobatic Utility

Max. weight 1440 kg (3175 lb) 1515 kg (3340 lb)
Max. operating altitude 20000 ft 25000 ft
Max. flight manoeuvring flaps UP + 6 g / - 4 g + 4.4 g / - 1.76 g
load factors flaps DOWN + 3.8 g / - 0.0 g + 3.8 g / - 0.0 g
Max. operating speed VMO 238 KIAS 238 KIAS
Max. operating Mach number M MO .45 Mach .45 Mach
Manoeuvring speed VO 164 KIAS 143 KIAS
Max. speed, flaps TAKE-OFF V FE-TO 151 KIAS 151 KIAS
Max. speed, flaps beyond TAKE-OFF V FE 114 KIAS 114 KIAS
Intentional spinning with extended flaps or Utility is prohibited!
Intentional spinning is limited to a maximum of 8 turns including recovery. Printed on the instrument panel
10
L i m i t a t i o n s for Aerobatic Utility

Max. weight 1515 kg (3340 lb) 1625 kg (3582 lb)
Adjacent to the ''BLEED'' knob
Max. operating altitude 20000 ft 25000 ft
Max. flight manoeuvring flaps UP + 6 g / - 4 g + 4.4 g / - 1.76 g Pull to
load factors flaps DOWN + 3.8 g / - 0.0 g + 3.8 g / - 0.0 g open
Max. operating speed VMO 238 KIAS 238 KIAS Push to
Max. operating Mach number M MO .45 Mach .45 Mach close
Manoeuvring speed VO 164 KIAS 143 KIAS
Max. speed, flaps TAKE-OFF V FE-TO 151 KIAS 151 KIAS
Max. speed, flaps beyond TAKE-OFF V FE 114 KIAS 114 KIAS
Intentional spinning with extended flaps or Utility is prohibited! Printed on the instrument panel
Intentional spinning is limited to a maximum of 8 turns including recovery.
10 OCN565-74
Figure 1 - Internal Placards and Markings - Front of Cockpit

1T120TP-A-11-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
100
30 40 50
20
40 60
70 80
30 10
80
20
90 70
90
Hydraulic Level
max.
min.
Fluid Mil-H-5606
10
1. Flight Idle
SPIN RECOVERY CANOPY JETTISON HYDR ACCU EMER EXT
2. Apply rudder opposite to spin direction
1. PULL RED HANDLE Normal Pressure
3. Aileron in spin direction 30 2. PULL CANOPY HANDLE 1750 - 2075 PSI
4. Push elevator fast forward to stop FULLY BACK
5. When spin stops controls neutral 3. PULL CANOPY TO THE 60
6. Recover from dive REAR AND LIFT
If spin does not stop first pull elevator to 40
stop, than push elevator fast forward to stop. 50
Start recovery in case of appearance of
spiral characteristic.
20
70
90
80 100
Figure 2 - Internal Placards and Markings - Canopy

1T120TP-A-11-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-11-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12-00
SERVICING

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SERVICING
GENERAL
A. General
Note Apply the usual safety and maintenance practices in all kind of work on the aircraft.
This Section tells you about:

- Making the aircraft safe for maintenance, refer to Servicing Pre-Operation (Make the aircraft safe for
maintenance)
- Component locations, refer to Servicing Parts List
- Cleaning and Surface Protection, refer to Unscheduled Servicing Clean and Apply Surface Protection
- Servicing of the Fuel System, refer to Fuel System Refuel and Fuel System Defuel
- Servicing of the Engine Oil System, refer to Engine Oil System Servicing
- Servicing of the Landing Gear, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Servicing and Main and Nose
Landing Gear Damper Assembly Fill with Nitrogen
- Servicing of the Tyres, refer to Tyres Pressure Check / Inflation
- Servicing of the Battery, refer to Battery Servicing
- Lubrication of components, refer to Scheduled Servicing Lubrication
- Servicing of the Oxygen System (optional), refer to Oxygen System Fill with Oxygen
- Scheduled Servicing, refer to Scheduled Servicing General
- Unscheduled Servicing, refer to Unscheduled Servicing General
- Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing Post-Operation (Restore the aircraft after
maintenance).
Servicing Precautions for Defueling and Refueling gives the precautions you must obey when you service a tank
or reservoir. For example grounding and prevention of fire hazards. It tells you how to fill fluid systems. And it
tells you how to drain fluid systems.
Scheduled Servicing General gives instructions for lubrication. It also includes diagrams showing the location of
servicing points. And the location of all drain holes in the structure.
Unscheduled Servicing General gives instructions for cleaning the aircraft. It tells you how to clear snow and ice
from the aircraft.
Refer to Time Limits General Data for the time intervals for the maintenance checks. Refer to this chapter also
for all kinds of regular and irregular checks.
Always replace seals and gaskets with a new item when you install a component. Where you can reuse a seal,
the maintenance procedure will tell you (for example, fuel tank access panels which have the optional rubber
seal ring installed).

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SERVICING
FLUID CAPACITIES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PRESSURE VALUES
A. Fluid Capacities, Specifications and pressure values

This chapter tells you the fluid capacities, specifications and pressure values for G 120TP-A.
Table 1 Fluid Capacities, Specifications and Pressure values
SYSTEM CAPACITY SPECIFICATIONS

1 Fuel 360 Ltr JET A1
79 Imp gal Refer to the AFM for other approved fuels.
95 US gal
2 Engine Oil 11 Ltr -40°F (-40°C) and above: MIL-PRF-7808, MIL-
PRF-23699, DOD-PRF-85734 or SAE AS5780
2.42 Imp gal
specifications.
2.9 US gal
-40°F (-40°C) and below: MIL-PRF-7808.
Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Mainte-
nance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest
revision. Refer to Engine General Data, lists vendor
brands of lubricating oils that have been engine
tested and approved for Model 250 engine use.
3 Landing Gear MIL-H-5606E (or later)
Hydraulic
4 Brakes (Park- MIL-H-5606E (or later), MIL-PRF-5606H or MIL-
er brake sys- PRF-87257
tem)
4a Brakes MIL-H-5606E (or later), MIL-PRF-5606H or MIL-
(Beringer PRF-87257
brake sys-
tem)
5 Tires (Parker refer to Exterior Plac- Main GOODYEAR 15x6.0-6 (156E66-4)
brake sys- ards and Markings Gen-
Nose GOODYEAR 5.00-5 (505C01-2)
tem) eral
5a Tires refer to Exterior Plac- Main GOODYEAR 15x6.0-6 (156E06-1) (PAC08)
(Beringer ards and Markings Gen-
Nose MICHELIN (071-311-0) (PAA02)
brake sys- eral
tem)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-00-00-01A-028A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 12-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-00-00-01A-028A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SERVICING
PARTS LIST
A. Component location data

Table 1 gives the location of all of the components in the aircraft.
The components are given in alphabetical order. Use the table to find a component.
Refer to chapter 24 for detailed data on electrical equipment locations in the instrument panel area or refer to
the Wiring Manual.
Table 1 Component Locations
COMPONENT LOCATION NOTES

Air conditioning compressor Engine compartment, front, right
Air conditioning condenser Aft of baggage compartment, RH
Air conditioning evaporator Aft of baggage compartment, RH
Air conditioning expansion Aft of baggage compartment, RH
valve
Air conditioning fans Aft of baggage compartment, RH
Air conditioning receiver dryer Aft of baggage compartment, RH
Altitude encoder ACK A-30 behind instrument panel
Combined Strobe/NAV lights Each winglet Access via removable winglet
Anti collision light switch Instrument panel beam, left
Audio control unit Avionic rack, top Access via instrument panel
cover
Avionic blower Electrical distribution plate
BATT switch Lower instrument panel, right
Battery, main Electrical compartment, right of engine
Battery, standby attitude indi- In standby attitude indicator
cator
Battery relay Electrical compartment aft, right of en-
gine
Circuit-beakers, general Below instrument panel beam Unless shown otherwise
Circuit-beakers, critical Instrument panel center
COM 1/NAV E-Sheet, LH
COM 2/NAV E-Sheet, LH
COM 3 UHF transceiver (909 E-Sheet, center position
optional)
Avionic compartment
COM 3 UHF transceiver (909B
optional)

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-075A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

COM 1 antenna Below baggage compartment, right
COM 2 antenna Vertical stabilizer, inside
COM 3 antenna Below rear fuselage, right
Current sensor for pitot heat Electrical distribution plate,
Defroster nozzles Instrument panel cover
Dimmer potentiometers - in- Instrument panel beam, left
strument lighting
Electric fuel pump Engine compartment, firewall, left
Electric standby fuel pump Engine compartment, firewall, left
Electric transfer fuel pump Below cockpit floor, right
Emergency location transmit- Rear equipment compartment
ter (ELT)
ELT remote switch Instrument panel, right
Emergency hammer Right side of co-pilot seat
Engine N1 tachometer gener- Engine gearbox, front right
ator
Engine N2 tachometer gener- Engine gearbox, front left
ator
Exhaust system Engine compartment
External power relay Aft of baggage compartment, right Adjacent to external power
socket.
External power control circuit Aft of baggage compartment, right Adjacent to external power
breaker socket.
External power socket Rear fuselage aft of right wing Aft of baggage compartment,
right.
Flap motor Under baggage compartment
Flap drive unit Under baggage compartment
Flap selector Center console At the top, front
Flux transmitter Right wing, outboard, below
Fuel flow indicator Instrument panel, right
Fuel pressure sensor Engine compartment, firewall, left
Fuel pressure switch Engine compartment, firewall, left
Fuel pressure indicator EICAS
Engine-driven fuel pump Engine compartment, engine accessory On the left
housing
Fuel pump control light Warning System

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-075A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Fuel pump switch Instrument panel beam, right
Fuel quantity control unit Below cockpit floor, left.
Fuel quantity sensors Wing fuel tank, left
Fuel quantity sensors Wing fuel tank, right
Fuel quantity indicator, left and EICAS
right
Fuel selector and shut-off Centre console, top, front
valve
Generator circuit-breakers Electrical compartment aft, right of en-
gine
Generator control light Warning System
Generator relay Electrical compartment aft, right of en-
gine
Heating mixer valve Engine compartment, right
Heating distribution valve Aft face of firewall, center
Hydraulic emergency accumu- Rear equipment compartment, left Part of hydraulic kit
lator
Hydraulic emergency exten- Centre console
sion valve
Hydraulic filter Rear equipment compartment, left Part of hydraulic kit
Hydraulic pump Rear equipment compartment, left Part of hydraulic kit
Hydraulic reservoir Rear equipment compartment, left Part of hydraulic kit
Hydraulic supply manifold Rear equipment compartment, left Part of hydraulic kit
Ignition switch Instrument panel beam, right
Instrument light switch Instrument panel beam, left
Landing light Winglet, left and right
Landing light switch Instrument panel beam, left
Lift detector Right wing, outboard For stall warning system
Low oil pressure light Warning System
Marker antenna Under baggage compartment Rear centre
NAV antenna Vertical stabilizer left & right
Nose wheel steering damper Nose wheel compartment
OAT indicator EFIS
Oil pressure sensor Engine compartment
Oil pressure indicator EICAS
Oil temperature sensor Engine compartment Accessory housing, Top

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-075A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Oil temperature indicator EICAS
Outside air temperature sen- Left wing in pitot/static tube panel
sor
Panel lighting Instrument panel Six light units
Parking brake valve Aft of firewall, left
Pitot/static heat control light Warning System
Pitot/static heat switch Instrument panel beam, right
Pitot/static tube Left wing, outboard
Combined Strobe/NAV/Posi- Trailing edge of position light assembly
tion light in left HS tip
Combined Strobe/NAV/Posi- Trailing edge of position light assembly
tion light in right HS tip
Position light left Left winglet
Position light right Right winglet
Position lights switch Instrument panel beam, left
Relay & diode board Under instrument panel cover-fwd, right
RPM indicator EICAS
Starter/generator Engine compartment Rear side of engine gearbox
Taxi light switch Instrument panel beam, left
Transponder Electrical distribution plate, right
Transponder antenna Below rear fuselage, left Below baggage compartment
UHF antenna (optional) Below baggage compartment, right
Voltage warning light Warning System
Weight-on-wheels switch Main gear leg, left and right On the damper bottom trun-
nion

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-075A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SERVICING
PRE-OPERATION (MAKE THE AIRCRAFT SAFE FOR MAINTENANCE)
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Make the aircraft safe for maintenance

Refer to Figure 1.
(1) Set the following switches to OFF:

- CONT IGN switch (1)
- BATT switch (2)
- BUS TIE switch (3)
- GEN switch (4)
- START switch (5) .
(2) If the maintenance requires work in the engine compartment (other than filling fluid systems) pull
the following circuit-breaker:

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- START CTRL (6)

- HYDR (7)
- FLAP (8)
- TRIM (9)
- HEAT P/S (10) .
(3) For required maintenance work pull all circuit breaker(s) witch supplies the affected system or item
with electricity.
(4) Disconnect the battery, if the maintenance requires any work:

- in the battery compartment
- or on the electrical distribution panel between the instrument panel and the firewall
- or adjacent to the external power panel in the rear fuselage
- or on any fuses, contators, displays or electrical switches on the aircraft.
To disconnect the battery refer to Battery Servicing.
(5) Bond the aircraft to the ground, use the bonding point at the main landing gear nose wheel leg.
(6) If required supply the aircraft with external power, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(7) If required disconnect the aircraft from external power supply, refer to External Power Supply
Operation.

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 10
Legend
(1) CONT IGN SW (6) START/CTRL CB

(2) BATT SW (7) HYDR CB
(3) BUS TIE SW (8) FLAP CB
(4) GEN SW (9) TRIM CB
(5) START SW (10) HEAT P/S CB
Figure 1 - Location of Cockpit Switches and Circuit Breaker

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-120A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SERVICING
POST-OPERATION (RESTORE THE AIRCRAFT AFTER MAINTENANCE)
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Restore the aircraft after maintenance
(1) If necessary, disconnect the external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(2) Reset any circuit breakers that has been pulled.
(3) If necessary, connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-150A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-00-00-00B-150A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12-10
SERVICING

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SERVICING
PRECAUTIONS FOR DEFUELING AND REFUELING
A. Fuel System Safety Precautions

Obey these Safety Precautions during all refuelling and defuelling work:
- Ground the aircraft. Use the NLG leg as the grounding connection, refer to (11) .
- Have a fire extinguisher close by.
- Switch off any service equipment which is within the safety range of the aircraft.
- Make sure that no-one operates any electrical switches.

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
7
2
5 6
12
8 4
11 1 9
10
Figure 1 - Location of Servicing Points

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Exhaust nozzle (7) Landing gear hydraulic

fluid reservoir
(2) External power socket (8) Battery
(3) Fuel filler cap (9) Fuel drain valve
(4) Mechanical fuel gauge (10) Main damper
(5) Engine oil filler (11) Ground connection
(Nose landing gear)
(6) Brake fluid container (12) Ground connection (tail
skid)

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL SYSTEM
REFUEL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Refueling
- Fuel contamination test

None
Make sure you obey the Servicing Precautions for Defueling and Refueling

Drain cup .................................................................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Refueling
(1) General
This subject contains the instructions for refuelling the G 120TP-A.

There are two wing tanks that contain the fuel for the G 120TP-A:
- The left wing tank can contain 330 lbs (186 litre), (49.1 US gal)
- The right wing tank can contain 312 lbs (176 litre), (46.43 US gal).

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-211A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The filler cap (3) for each tank is on top of each wing. It is about 3 m (9 ft) away from the fuselage.
The fuel filler hole has a non-return valve. You must push the filler nozzle in far enough to open
the valve.
WARNING DO NOT GET FUEL ON YOU. IT CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.
WARNING DO NOT LET FIRE NEAR FUEL. FUEL BURNS AND CAN CAUSE INJURY
TO PEOPLE AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS AN ELECTRICAL GROUNDING CONNECTION

BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT ON THE NLG LEG AND A GROUNDING POINT
ON THE SURFACE.
CAUTION USE THE FUEL JET A1. REFER TO THE AFM FOR OTHER ALLOWED
FUELS. DO NOT USE ANY OTHER FUELS.
(2) Procedure
(a) Establish an electrical grounding connection between the aircraft and the Refuel Equipment
by using the grounding point at the NLG leg, refer to Exterior Placards and Markings
General.
(b) Remove the filler cap (3) on the left wing as follows:
- Lift the lever in the middle of the cap
- Turn the cap 45° counter-clockwise
- Lift the cap.
Note Make sure that there is no water in the area round the filler cap.
(c) Insert the refuelling nozzle.
(d) Pump fuel into the tank until the mechanical gauge (4) shows the correct quantity.
Note The left wing tank can contain 330 lbs (186 litre), (49.1 US gal).
(e) Remove the nozzle carefully.
(f) Install the filler cap (3) correctly as follows:

- Put the cap on the wing tank

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-211A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Turn the cap 45° clockwise

- Push the lever flush into the cap.
(g) Do the step A.2.b to step A.2.f for the right wing.
Note The right wing tank can contain 312 lbs (176 litre), (46.43 US gal).
(h) Measure the fuel contents as follows:

- Make the aircraft safe for maintenance (refer to Servicing General)
- Set the BATT switch to ON
- Read the fuel contents indicators
- Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(i) Remove the grounding connection between the aircraft and the Refueling equipment.
B. Fuel contamination test
Note Do this test each day before you operate the aircraft.
(1) General
The left tank has 2 drain valves. One in the corner of the root rib and main spar. The other drain
valve is about 15 cm (6 inch) forward.
The right tank has only one drain valve in the corner of the root rib and main spar.
(2) Procedure
(a) Put the drain cup below the drain valve (9) of a wing tank.
Note The drain cup must be clean and dry.
(b) Open the drain valve. Therefor push up on the center of the drain valve with the probe on
the cup.
(c) When the cup is half full, close the drain valve. Make sure that the valve does not leak.
Note When the valve is closed, the center part is almost level with the valve body.
(d) Let the fuel in the cup stand for 1 minute.
(e) Examine the fuel. Make sure that:

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-211A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The fuel is clear

- There are no small drops of water on the bottom of the drain cup
- There are no small particles of solid material.
(f) If you find any contamination in the fuel, do the test again. If you still find contamination after
3 tests, you must drain the tank. Then flush the tank and fill it with clean fuel (refer to Fuel
Storage System General).
(g) Do the procedure for the other 2 drain valves.

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-211A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
7
2
5 6
8 4
11 9
10
1

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-211A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Grounding connection at (7) Landing gear hydraulic

the NLG fluid reservoir
(5) Engine oil filler (11) Nose damper
(6) Brake fluid container

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-211A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL SYSTEM
DEFUEL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Make sure you obey the Servicing Precautions for Defueling and Refueling

Drain-valve tool ........................................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
Empty containers .................................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
Note The fuel system for the G 120TP-A has 3 drain valves (9) . The valves are red with a black stripe.
The left tank has 2 drain valves. One in the corner of the root rib and main spar. The other drain valve
is about 15 cm (6 inch) forward.
The right tank has only one drain valve in the corner of the root rib and main spar.
Before you start, you must have enough empty fuel containers to hold the drained fuel. The left wing
tank can contain 330 lbs (186 litre), (49.1 US gal). The right wing tank can contain 312 lbs (176 litre),
(46.43 US gal).

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-221A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DO NOT GET FUEL ON YOU. IT CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.
WARNING DO NOT LET FIRE NEAR FUEL. FUEL BURNS AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PEOPLE AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A ELECTRICAL GROUNDING CONNECTION

BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT ON NLG LEG AND A GROUNDING POINT ON
SURFACE.
A. Defuel Procedure
This subject contains the instructions for defueling the G 120TP-A.
(1) Establish an electrical grounding connection between the aircraft and an grouning point by using
the grounding point at the NLG leg, refer to Exterior Placards and Markings General.
(2) Put a container below the drain valve.
Note For the left tank, you can drain both valves (9) at the same time.
(3) Open the drain valve.

Use the drain-valve tool. Push up on the center of the drain valve. Then turn the valve 90°.
(4) When the tank is empty, close the drain valve.

Use the drain-valve tool. Turn the drain valve 90°.
Note When the valve is closed, the center part is almost level with the valve body.
(5) Do actions step A.2 to step A.4 for the other wing tank.
(6) Remove the grounding connection.

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-221A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
7
2
5 6
8 4
11 9
10
1

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-221A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Grounding connection (7) Landing gear hydraulic

on the NLG fluid reservoir

1T120TP-A-12-10-01-00A-221A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Procedure

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
This subject contains instructions for measuring the content of the oil system and for filling the oil system
with oil.
The engine has an oil system with allows aerobatics maneuvers in flight. This kind of oil system lets the
oil pump operate correctly in any attitude.
The are different specifications of correct oil types allowed, refer to Servicing Fluid Capacities,
Specifications and Pressure Values.

1T120TP-A-12-10-02-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Measure the oil content before and after every flight.
WARNING DO NOT GET OIL ON YOU. IT CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.
CAUTION DO NOT MIX OIL TYPES. IF YOU MIX TYPES OF OIL IT CAN LOOSE ITS
PROPERTIES. THE ENGINE WILL WEAR MORE QUICKLY.
B. Procedure
Note Make sure that the aircraft is leveled.
To measure the contents / fill the engine oil system do the steps as follows:
(1) Open the small panel in the upper cowling or the RH cowling door to get access to the oil filler,
refer to Figure 4.
The access panel for the engine oil filler is in the top of the cowling near the middle.
(2) Remove the oil filler cap. Cover with a cloth.
WARNING RELEASE THE FILLER CAP VERY SLOWLY. THERE MIGHT BE HOT OIL
UNDER PRESSURE. HOT OIL WILL BURN YOUR SKIN.
(3) Measure the oil level.
Note There is a dipstick in the oil filler cap.
Obey the marks on the oil dipstick:

- Min.
- Recommended range
- Max.
(4) Make sure that the oil level is at maximum.
(5) If necessary, add oil.

The contents of the oil system are:
- Minimum 5.0 litre
- Recommended 7 to 9 litre
- Maximum 11.0 litre.

1T120TP-A-12-10-02-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Use only oil of the allowed specifications, refer to Servicing Fluid Capacities, Specifications
and Pressure Values.
(6) Install the oil filler cap.
(7) Close the small access panel or the RH cowling door.
(8) If necessary notice the added oil charge in the log book.

1T120TP-A-12-10-02-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
7
2
5 6
8 4
11 9
10
1

1T120TP-A-12-10-02-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Ground connection (7) Landing gear hydraulic

fluid reservoir

1T120TP-A-12-10-02-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-10-02-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BRAKE SYSTEM
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
Hydraulic fluid MIL-H-5606E (or later) ................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
MIL-PRF-5606H .................................................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Hydraulic fluid MIL-PRF-87257 ............................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR CLOTHES. HYDRAULIC

FLUID CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.

1T120TP-A-12-10-03-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON ANY PART OF THE AIRCRAFT. HYDRAULIC
FLUID CAN DAMAGE PAINT AND COMPONENTS.
CAUTION DO NOT ALLOW DIRT TO CONTAMINATE THE HYDRAULIC FLUID. DIRT CAN
CAUSE BRAKE FAILURE.
CAUTION USE THE CORRECT SPECIFICATION FOR BRAKE HYDRAULIC FLUID.
A. Measuring of the Brake Fluid Contents/Add Brake Fluid

This subject contains the instructions for measuring the fluid level in the brake system for the G 120TP-
A and for adding brake fluid.
Note The procedure is possible for Parker Brake System and for Beringer Brake System.
Note It is allowed to mix the 3 different specifications of Hydraulic fluid MIL-H-5606E (or later), MIL-
PRF-5606H and Hydraulic fluid MIL-PRF-87257 for the Parker Brake System and for the Beringer
Brake System.
(1) Make the aircraft safe for maintenance, refer to Servicing General.
(2) Put chocks in front and behind the main wheels.
(4) Remove the top cowling, refer to Cowling General.
(5) Find the brake reservoir (6) on the top center of the fire wall.
(6) Measure the fluid level. Make sure that the level is between the minimum and maximum marks on
the reservoir.
Note You can see the fluid level through the transparent reservoir wall.
(7) Add fluid to the reservoir for the brake system as follows:
Note Minimum and maximum fluid levels are shown on the reservoir.
(a) Clean the black filler cap.

1T120TP-A-12-10-03-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Unscrew the black filler cap.
CAUTION FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM AND FOR BERINGER BRAKE

SYSTEM USE ONLY HYDRAULIC FLUID MIL-H-5606E (OR LATER),
MIL-PRF-5606H OR HYDRAULIC FLUID MIL-PRF-87257.
(c) Add hydraulic fluid to the reservoir. Make sure that the fluid level is above the minimum level
mark.
Note Do not fill the reservoir above the maximum level mark.
(d) Install the filler cap on the reservoir.
(8) Install the top cowling, refer to Cowling General.

1T120TP-A-12-10-03-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
7
2
5 6
12
8 4
11 1 9
10

1T120TP-A-12-10-03-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

(Exhaust) fluid reservoir
skid)

1T120TP-A-12-10-03-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-10-03-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Measuring of the Fluid Level and adding Hydraulic Fluid

- Fill the Emergency Accumulator with Nitrogen
- Emergency Accumulator Pressure Dump

None
Make the aircraft safe for maintenance (OPTION 08), refer to Servicing Pre-Operation (Make the Aircraft
safe for Maintenance)
Make the aircraft safe for maintenance (OPTION 17), refer to Servicing Pre-Operation (Make the aircraft
safe for maintenance)

Hydraulic fluid replenishment rig .............................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Nitrogen filling equipment ......................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Measuring of the Fluid Level and adding Hydraulic Fluid

Refer to Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8 and Figure 9.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR CLOTHES.

HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.
WARNING THE EMERGENCY ACCUMULATOR IS FILLED WITH HIGH PRESSURE.

HIGH PRESSURE CAN CAUSE HEAVY INJURY.
CAUTION DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON ANY PART OF THE AIRCRAFT.

HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN DAMAGE PAINT AND COMPONENTS.
CAUTION DO NOT ALLOW DIRT TO CONTAMINATE THE HYDRAULIC FLUID. DIRT

CAN CAUSE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAILURE.
(1) Measuring of the Fluid Level in the landing gear hydraulic system
Note Measure the hydraulic system only with the landing gear extended and the emergency
accumulator fully charged.
Make sure that the aircraft is leveled.
Measure the fluid level as follows:
(a) Look through the transparent panel in the baggage compartment left, rear panel. You can
see the fluid level in the reservoir sight-glass.
(b) Make sure that the level is above the minimum line on the reservoir.
(c) If the level of hydraulic fluid is below the minimum line fill the hydraulic system with hydraulic
fluid, refer to step A.2
(2) Fill the Hydraulic System with Hydraulic Fluid
Fill the hydraulic system with hydraulic fluid as follows:
Note Fill the hydraulic system only with the landing gear extended.
Make sure that the aircraft is leveled, refer to Leveling Servicing.
(a) Remove the baggage compartment left, rear panel for access (refer to Cockpit and Baggage
Compartment Furnishing General Data).
(b) Remove the filler cap (38) from the reservoir.

27 July 2018 12-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION ONLY USE HYDRAULIC FLUID TO SPECIFICATION MIL-H-5606E (OR

LATER).
DO NOT OVERFILL THE HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR. MAKE
SURE THAT THE AIR BUBBLE ABOVE THE MAX FLUID LEVEL IS
VISIBLE.
(c) Fill the hydraulic reservoir with fluid to the max level in the sight-glass, refer to Figure 7.
Refer to operators manual of the hydraulic fluid replenishment rig.
Note To make sure that the fluid level stays on max level you must operate the landing
gear by retraction and extension.
(d) If necessary fill the hydraulic system with hydraulic fluid to max fluid level.
(e) Install the filler cap (38) on the reservoir.
(f) If necessary bleed the hydraulic system, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Bleed.
(g) Install the baggage compartment left, rear panel (refer to Cockpit and Baggage
B. Fill the Emergency Accumulator with Nitrogen
(1) Release the accumulator pressure slowly, refer to Procedure C.
Note Fill the emergency accumulator with nitrogen only after nitrogen pressure dump.
(2) Remove the dust cap (31) from the accumulator charging valve (32) .
(3) Connect a high-pressure nitrogen supply to the accumulator charging valve.
Note The supply must be capable of providing up to 52 bar (750 psi).
(4) Increase the supply pressure to the value shown on the accumulator pressure gauge.
- Close the fill valve on the filling manifold of the nitrogen supply after the indicated value on
the pressure gauge (36) is reached on the calibrated gauge of the filling manifold.
- If the pressure is too high, carefully open the release valve of the filling manifold to get the
correct pressure.
Listen carefully for leaks (refer to Figure 8).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note The charging valve has a poppet valve (34) with a threaded stem (33) . Turn the control
nut (35) counter clockwise to open the poppet valve and clockwise to close it.
(5) Fully open the accumulator charging valve (refer to Figure 8).
- Turn the control nut counter-clockwise.
- Turn the nut fully to its open end stop (35) .
First the nut will swivel freely and then will start to open the internal poppet valve by turning further.
Apply a max. torque of 6 Nm (4.4 lb.ft).
(6) Inflate the accumulator to the required pressure (refer to Figure 9; The diagrams on Figure 9 shows
the values after pressure dump.):
- Open the filling valve of the filling manifold slowly.
- When the pre-charge pressure is reached, close the filling valve of the filling manifold.
- If the pre-charge pressure is too high, open the release valve of the filling manifold carefully
to release nitrogen slowly.
- Wait several minutes for the nitrogen pressure to stabilize.
- If necessary, add or release nitrogen to correct the pressure.
Note A quick filling will heat up the accumulator and cause a pressure drop after a few minutes,
when the temperature is stabilized again.
CAUTION DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN THE CONTROL NUT. YOU CAN DAMAGE THE
SEAT OF THE POPPET VALVE.
(7) After filling, close the charging valve:

- Turn the control nut (35) fully clockwise.
- Torque the control nut to 6 Nm (4.4 lb.ft).
Note A too high torque can damage the seat of the poppet valve.
(8) Release the pressure in the filling hose:

- Open the release valve of the filling manifold (32) .
- Disconnect the filling hose.
- Do a check for leaks from the charging valve.
(9) If the nitrogen valve does not leak, install the dust cap (31) .

27 July 2018 12-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN THE DUMP VALVE. YOU CAN DAMAGE THE SEAT
OF THE NEEDLE VALVE.
(10) After filling, close the dump valve (30) :

- Turn the hand-wheel clockwise to close the dump valve.
- Torque the dump valve to 6 Nm (4.4 lb.ft).
(11) Install the panel to the rear of the baggage compartment (refer to Cockpit and Baggage
C. Emergency Accumulator Pressure Dump
(1) Remove the hydraulic kit access-panel from the rear of the baggage compartment.
Refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data.
(2) Operate the manual dump valve (30) on the hydraulic supply manifold to release the nitrogen
pressure from the accumulator. Do the steps as follows:
- Slowly turn the hand-wheel (30) counter clockwise to open the valve.
Note By opening the manual dump valve the pressurized hydraulic fluid in the accumulator
flows back to the reservoir.
- Remove the dust cap (31) from the charging valve (32) .
- Open the charging valve slowly and discharge the pressure slowly. This avoid a quick dump
which causes a large temperature decrease in the nitrogen and a much too low pressure on
the accumulator pressure gauge (36) .
- Wait a few minutes for the pressure to stabilize.
- Close the charging valve (32) and install the dust cap (31) on it.
- Close the hand-wheel (30) clockwise.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
7
2
5 6
8 4
11 9
10
1

27 July 2018 12-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

(Exhaust) fluid reservoir
skid)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Hydraulic Level
max.
min.
Fluid Mil-H-5606
Figure 7 - Hydraulic Fluid Level Indicator

27 July 2018 12-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32 30 38
Reservoir
36
Emergency Hydraulic
Accumulators
A
32
37 35
31
35 35
33 33
32 32
34 34
Charging Valve Open Charging Valve Closed
Figure 8 - Fill the Emergency Hydraulic-Accumulator with Nitrogen

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Manual dump valve (35) Control nut

(31) Dust cap (36) Pressure gauge
(32) Nitrogen charging valve (37) Nitrogen filling hose
(33) Valve stem (38) Filler plug with cap
(34) Poppet valve
Figure 8 - Fill the Emergency Hydraulic-Accumulator with Nitrogen

27 July 2018 12-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Accumulator X03-0008-00-00.00
Gas Charging Pressure
550
525
500
Gas Pressure (p.s.i)
475
450
425
400
375
350
325
300
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
Gas Temperature ºF
40,0
38,0
Gas Pressure (bar)
36,0
34,0
32,0
30,0
28,0
26,0
24,0
22,0
-40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Gas Temperature ºC
Figure 9 - Landing-Gear Emergency Accumulator – Nitrogen Filling Pressure (after pressure dump!)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 12-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-10-04-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TYRES
PRESSURE CHECK / INFLATION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Pressure Check / Inflation

None
None

Tyre pressure gauge ................................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
Tyre inflation kit/air line with tyre pressure gauge .................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING A DAMAGED TYRE CAN GET DESTROYED WHILE INFLATION. AN EXPLODING

TYRE CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY.

1T120TP-A-12-10-05-00A-362A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION A DAMAGED TYRE CAN GET DESTROYED WHILE INFLATION. AN EXPLODING

TYRE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
A. General
(1) Check the condition of the tyre before inflation. Make sure that the tyre is not damaged.
Note If the tyre is damaged maintain the wheel before the next flight.
(2) Measure and only correct the tyre pressure when the aircraft is not jacked.
(3) Check the position of the slip mark on the wheel as follows:
- For Parker brake system: Make sure that the red slip mark on wheel aligns with the red slip
mark on the tyre.
If the slip marks are not in line, maintain the wheel before next flight, refer to Wheels and
Brakes for Parker brake system General.
- For Beringer brake system: Make sure that the yellow slip mark on the wheel aligns with the
red slip mark on the tyre.
If the slip marks are not in line, maintain the wheel before next flight, refer to Wheels and
Brakes for Beringer brake system General.
(4) Measure the tyre pressure only with a tyre pressure gauge.
(5) The tyres will last longer if the tyre pressure is correct.
B. Pressure Check / Inflation
(1) Main Tyre
(a) Remove the cover plate as follows:

- Parker brake system:
Remove 3 screws which attach the cover plate to the wheel.
The valve is on the outside of the main wheel.
- Beringer brake system:
Remove 4 screws which attach the cover plate to the wheel.
The valve is on the outside of the main wheel.
(b) Remove the valve cap from the main wheel.
(c) Push a tyre pressure gauge onto the valve.
(d) Read the tyre pressure.

Make sure that the tyre pressure is correct, refer to the placard at the aircraft (refer to Exterior
Placards and Markings General).

1T120TP-A-12-10-05-00A-362A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
If the tyre pressure is not correct, inflate or deflate the tyre with the tyre inflation kit to the
correct pressure.
(e) Install the valve cap on the main wheel.
(f) Install the cover plate on the outside of the main wheel.
(2) Nose Tyre
(a) Remove the valve cap from the nose wheel.
(b) Push a tyre pressure gauge onto the valve.
(c) Read the tyre pressure.

Make sure that the tyre pressure is correct, refer to the placard at the aircraft (refer to Exterior
Placards and Markings General).
If the tyre pressure is not correct, inflate or deflate the tyre with the tyre inflation kit to the
correct pressure.
(d) Replace the valve cap.

1T120TP-A-12-10-05-00A-362A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-10-05-00A-362A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BATTERY
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Procedures

None
None

Battery Charger and Capacity tester ........................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
The battery is installed in the battery compartment rear, right side of the engine compartment (refer to
Figure 10).
The HAWKER battery has a capacity of 25 Ah.
The CONCORDE battery has a capacity of 28 Ah.
Note For the replacement of the HAWKER to the CONCORDE battery refer to the RSB565-089.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-10-06-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The battery supplies the current for starting the engine. The battery also supplies the current for electrical
equipment when the engine does not operate.
The battery is a sealed unit which has 2 vent pipes. The battery is maintenance-free on the aircraft.
This section tells you how to:
- Disconnect the battery for maintenance work
- Remove the battery from the aircraft
- Install the battery in the aircraft
- Connect the battery after maintenance work
- Examine the battery.
B. Procedures
Refer to Figure 10.
(1) Disconnect the battery for maintenance work
Use this procedure to disconnect the battery to make the aircraft safe for maintenance.
(a) Make the aircraft safe for maintenance (refer to Servicing General).
(b) Make sure that the BATT switch is set to OFF.
(c) Open the right cowling door (if installed) or remove the upper cowling (refer to Cowling
General).
(d) Turn the battery connector knob counter-clockwise and disconnect the connector from the
battery.
(e) Move the connector assembly clear of the battery.
(2) Remove the battery (HAWKER) from the aircraft
Use this procedure to remove the battery to make the aircraft safe for maintenance.
(a) Make the aircraft safe for maintenance, refer to Servicing General.
(b) Remove upper and lower cowling (refer to Engine Cowlings Remove).
(c) Disconnect the battery, refer to the step B.1.b,step B.1.d, step B.1.e.
(d) Loosen the two bolts (30) .
(e) Remove the RH bolt (30) from the battery compartment.
(f) Lift up the cover plate (20) to get free access to the battery.
(g) Remove the battery (10) from the aircraft.

27 July 2018 12-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-10-06-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the battery (CONCORDE) from the aircraft
Use this procedure to remove the battery to make the aircraft safe for maintenance.
(a) Make the aircraft safe for maintenance, refer to Servicing General.
(b) Remove upper and lower cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove.
(c) Disconnect the battery, refer to the step B.1.b,step B.1.d, step B.1.e.
(d) Loosen the two bolts (30) .
(e) Remove the RH bolt (30) and the washer (40) from the battery compartment.
(f) Remove the RH floor sheet metal (60) from the battery compartment.
(g) Lift up the sheet metal (50) to get free access to the battery.
(h) Remove the battery (10) from the aircraft.
(4) Install the battery (HAWKER) into the aircraft
Use this procedure to install the battery after maintenance work.
(a) Make sure that the BATT switch is set to OFF.
(b) Put the battery (10) in position in the aircraft.
(c) Install the RH bolt (30) to the cover plate (20) which holds the battery. Torque the two
bolts (30) , refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
(d) Install the lower cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install.
(e) Connect the battery to the aircraft, refer to step B.6.
(5) Install the battery (CONCORDE) into the aircraft
Use this procedure to install the battery after maintenance work.
(b) Lift up the sheet metal (50) to get free access to the battery compartment.
(c) Put the battery (10) in position in the aircraft.
(d) Install the RH floor sheet metal (60) at the battery compartment.
(e) Put the sheet metal (50) in correct position to the battery.
(f) Install the RH bolt (30) and the washer (40) to the sheet metal (50) which holds the
battery. Torque the two bolts (30) , refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-10-06-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(g) Install the lower cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install.
(h) Connect the battery to the aircraft, refer to step B.6.
(6) Connect the battery to the aircraft
Use this procedure to connect the battery after maintenance work.
(b) Align the battery connector with the battery terminals.
(c) Push the connector towards the battery and turn the connector knob clockwise at the same
time to lock it.
Note The connector must engage the battery terminals fully.
(d) Do a function test:

- Set the BATT switch to ON.
- Wait until the pilot PFD is booted completely.
- Monitor the battery voltage on the EICAS page. The battery voltage indication must
be approximately 24 V.
(e) Install the upper cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install or close the right cowling door (if
installed) & if applicable.
(7) Examine the battery
Examine the battery regularly. For time limits refer to Scheduled Maintenance Checks General
Data.
(b) Check the battery for external damage.
(c) Examine the battery connector and terminals. Make sure that the connectors are not
damaged and free of corrosion.

27 July 2018 12-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-10-06-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30 30 30
30
40
20 40
50
10
10
HAWKER
CONCORDE
60
Figure 10 - Battery Servicing

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-10-06-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(10) Battery (40) Washer

(20) Cover Plate (50) Sheet Metal
(30) Bolt (60) Sheet Metal
Figure 10 - Battery Servicing

27 July 2018 12-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-10-06-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN AND NOSE LANDING GEAR DAMPER ASSEMBLY

FILL WITH NITROGEN
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Lift the aircraft with jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing

Nitrogen charging equipment ................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Gaseous Nitrogen ................................................................................................ Commercial QTY A/R
F. New Items
None
WARNING DO NOT LET NITROGEN UNDER PRESSURE BLOW ON YOUR SKIN. NITROGEN
UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE YOUR SKIN. THIS CAN CAUSE INJURY
CAUTION IF YOU DO NOT FILL/CHARGE THE DAMPER ASSEMBLY CORRECTLY THE

OPERATION OF THE LANDING GEAR WILL NOT BE CORRECT. THIS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE AND THE MAIN GEAR LEG.

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-00A-214A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Nitrogen charging procedure

Refer to Figure 11.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is fully lifted with jacks.
Make sure that wheels are free of the ground.
(2) Remove the dust cap (51) from the charging valve (50) on the gear leg damper.
WARNING DO NOT LET NITROGEN UNDER PRESSURE BLOW ON YOUR SKIN.

NITROGEN UNDER PRESSURE CAN CAUSE INJURY.
(3) Connect the supply pipe of the nitrogen charging equipment to the charging valve (50) .
(4) Pressurize the damper assembly with nitrogen to the correct pressure.
Fill the:
- MLG damper to a pressure of 15 bar (217 PSI) (Standard)
- MLG damper to a pressure of 16 bar (232 PSI) (OCN 565-74 or OSB 565-094)
- NLG damper to a pressure of 12 bar (174 psi) (Standard)
- NLG damper to a pressure of 18 bar (261 PSI) (OCN 565-74 or OSB 565-094).
(5) Disconnect the supply pipe from the charging valve (50) .
(6) Install the dust cap (51) on the charging valve (50) .

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-00A-214A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51
51 50
50
D
FW
Nose Gear Leg Main Gear Leg
Figure 11 - Fill the Landing Gear Dampers with Nitrogen

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-00A-214A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(50) Nitrogen charging valve (51) Dust cap
Figure 11 - Fill the Landing Gear Dampers with Nitrogen

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-00A-214A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING GEAR DAMPER ASSEMBLY

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Hose, transparent (with connecting fitting) ....................................................... Local supply QTY 0.5 m
Bottle Assembly (with ventilation hole and internal tube; internal tube shall end about 5 mm above bottle
bottom) ......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 2.0 litres
E. Materials
Hydraulic fluid ................................................................................. MIL-H-5606E (or later) QTY 400 ml
Molybdenum Sulphide ......................................................................................... Braycote 868 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. MLG Damper Hydraulic Fluid Filling
(1) Remove MLG damper, refer to Main Landing-Gear Damper Remove and Install.
Note Use an appropriate fixture for the damper in order to service it.
(2) Release nitrogen pressure.

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-01A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove filling valve core.
(4) Connect a hose to filling valve.
CAUTION TO PREVENT INTERNAL STOPS FROM DAMAGE, CAREFULLY OPERATE

THE DAMPER CLOSE TO FULLY COMPRESSED OR DECOMPRESSED
(5) Fully compress damper.

Release old hydraulic fluid into a container and discard.
(6) Prepare the damper fluid as follow, refer to Figure 12:
(a) Mix 3 ml of Molybdenum Sulphide with 1000 ml of Hydraulic fluid in the bottle.
(7) Connect filling bottle via hose to filling valve, refer to Figure 13.
(8) Slowly decompress damper; fluid will be sucked into the damper, refer to Figure 14.
(9) Compress damper slowly again, observe if bubbles are visible at transparent Hose, transparent
(with connecting fitting).
(10) Repeat step A.8 and step A.9 until fluid in transparent hose is bubble free.
Note Use a soft-face mallet to tap (lightly) onto the damper housing to remove bubbles stuck to
the inner surface.
(11) Fully compress damper and disconnect hose from filling valve.
(12) Install filling valve core
(13) Fill damper with nitrogen, refer to Main and Nose Landing Gear Damper Assembly Fill with
Nitrogen.
(14) Install valve cap.
(15) Install MLG damper, refer to Main Landing-Gear Damper Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-01A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Internal Tube
extending into bottle about 5 mm above bottom
Bottle
Hose
Ventilation hole
ICN-1T120TPA321003DC433101101A00101
Figure 12 - Bottle

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-01A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TPA321003DC433101102A00101
Figure 13 - Remove Valve Core and Connect Hose

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-01A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TPA321003DC433101103A00101
Figure 14 - Extend the Damper and Compress Damper

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-01A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-01A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE LANDING GEAR DAMPER ASSEMBLY

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Hose, transparent (with connecting fitting) ....................................................... Local supply QTY 0.5 m
Bottle Assembly (with ventilation hole and internal tube; internal tube shall end about 5 mm above bottle
bottom) ......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 2.0 litres
E. Materials
Hydraulic fluid ................................................................................. MIL-H-5606E (or later) QTY 400 ml
Molybdenum Sulphide ......................................................................................... Braycote 868 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. NLG Leg Hydraulic Fluid Filling
Note The hydraulic fluid filling procedure is similar the Servicing of the MLG Damper Assembly, refer
to Main Landing Gear Damper Assembly Servicing.
(1) Remove Nose Landing Gear Leg, refer Nose Landing Gear Leg Remove and Install.
If Gear Down Light is installed, disconnect bulb and remove wiring harness as necessary, refer to
Gear Down Light Replace.

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-02A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Hold NLG Leg in upright position during servicing at all times.
(2) Release nitrogen pressure.
(3) Remove filling valve core.
(4) Connect a hose to filling valve.
CAUTION TO PREVENT INTERNAL STOPS FROM DAMAGE, CAREFULLY OPERATE

THE DAMPER CLOSE TO FULLY COMPRESSED OR DECOMPRESSED.
(5) Fully compress damper.

Release old hydraulic fluid into a container and discard.
(6) Prepare the damper fluid as follows (refer to Figure 15):
(a) Mix 3 ml of Molybdenum Sulphide with 1000 ml of Hydraulic fluid in the bottle.
(7) Connect filling bottle via hose to the filling valve.
(8) Slowly decompress damper; fluid will be sucked into the damper.
(9) Compress damper slowly again, observe if bubbles are visible at transparent hose Hose,
transparent (with connecting fitting).
(10) Repeat step A.8 and step A.9 until fluid in transparent hose is bubble free.
Note Use a soft-face mallet to tap (lightly) onto the damper housing to remove bubbles stuck to
the inner surface.
(11) Fully compress damper and disconnect hose from filling valve.
(12) Install filling valve core.
(13) Fill damper with nitrogen, refer to Main and Nose Landing Gear Damper Assembly Fill with
Nitrogen.
(14) Install valve cap.
(15) Install Nose Landing Gear Leg, refer Nose Landing Gear Leg Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-02A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
If Gear Down Light is installed, connect wiring harness as necessary to installed Nose Landing
Gear Leg, refer to Gear Down Light Replace.

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-02A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Internal Tube
extending into bottle about 5 mm above bottom
Bottle
Hose
Ventilation hole
ICN-1T120TPA321003DC433101101A00101
Figure 15 - Bottle

1T120TP-A-12-10-07-02A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12-11
OXYGEN SYSTEM

1T120TP-A-12-11-00-00B-213A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-11-00-00B-213A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OXYGEN SYSTEM
FILL WITH OXYGEN
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Breathing oxygen servicing equipment (with AND10089-3 interface) ...................... Commercial QTY 1
Leakage test spray ................................................................................................ Commercial QTY AR
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Filling of the Oxygen System with oxygen

This subject contains the instructions to fill the optional Oxygen System.
(1) Preparation
(a) Open the canopy fully.
(b) Make sure that there are no sources of fire or sparks in the work area.
(c) Disconnect external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation.

1T120TP-A-12-11-00-00B-213A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(d) Set the BATTERY switch to ON.
(e) Set all mobile devices in the work area to OFF.
(f) Make sure that the aircraft and the oxygen system is bonded to the ground.
(g) Make sure that there is no free oil or grease in the work area.
(h) Make sure that hands and clothing are clean and free of oil or grease.
(i) Release the 10 screws of the protective cover (if equipped).
(j) Remove the protective cover from the oxygen cylinder assembly (if equipped).
Note If the aircraft is equipped with MCN565-477, the oxygen filling valve is located in the
center pedestal.
WARNING DO NOT ALLOW OIL OR GREASE NEAR OXYGEN. THEY CAN IGNITE
SPONTANEOUSLY AND BURN VIOLENTLY CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY.
(2) Filling procedure
This procedure tells you how to fill an empty or not empty aircraft oxygen cylinder.
If the aircraft oxygen cylinder contains some oxygen, but is not full, do the following steps:
- Do step A.2.a and step A.2.b below.
- Read the pressure on the aircraft oxygen-cylinder gauge.
- Continue with the step with the next-higher pressure value.
- Example: The content of the aircraft oxygen cylinder is 300 psig then continue with step
A.2.g.
(a) Remove the filler plug-cap.
(b) Connect the service-hose to the oxygen fill-valve.
(c) Open the valve on the servicing equipment and increase the pressure to approximately
200 psig.
(d) Close the valve on the servicing equipment.
(e) Make sure that the oxygen pressure indications on the aircraft (gauge and IDU 680) and
servicing equipment agree.
(f) Hold the pressure for 1 minute.

Monitor the slight increase in temperature of the oxygen-cylinder wall.

1T120TP-A-12-11-00-00B-213A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(g) Open the valve on the servicing equipment and increase the pressure to approximately
400 psig.
(h) Close the valve on the servicing equipment.
(i) Make sure that the oxygen gauges on the aircraft and servicing equipment agree.
(j) Hold the pressure for 1 minute. Perform the following:

- Monitor the slight increase in temperature of the oxygen-cylinder wall.
- Make sure that the oxygen pressure indications on the aircraft and servicing
equipment agree.
- Do a bubble-test for leaks.
(k) Continue the filling procedure to 1850 psig. Hold the pressure for 1 minute at 600, 1000,
1400 and 1850 psig. At each stage:
- Monitor the slight increase in temperature of the oxygen-cylinder wall.
- Make sure that the oxygen gauges on the aircraft and servicing equipment agree.
(l) Stop the filling procedure at 1850 psig.

- Close the valve on the servicing equipment.
- Disconnect the service hose from the oxygen fill-valve.
(m) Wait for 2 minutes:

- Look specially at the fill-valve.
(n) Install the cap to the fill-valve. Torque the cap (refer to Standard Practices - Airframe
General).
(3) Close up
If equipped install the protective cover for the oxygen cylinder assembly with the 10 screws (refer
to parts of Oxygen Cylinder Remove and Install).

1T120TP-A-12-11-00-00B-213A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-11-00-00B-213A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12-20
SCHEDULED SERVICING

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SCHEDULED SERVICING
GENERAL
A. General
This section contains the data for lubrication. It also has the locations of the drain holes in the structure. Do the
scheduled lubrication at the times shown.

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SCHEDULED SERVICING
LIST OF CONSUMABLES ASSOCIATED WITH SERVICING
Table 1 Recommended Lubricants
USE LUBRICANT SPEC- COMMERCIAL TYPE

IFICATION
1 General purpose oil for control surface MIL-L-7870A Aeroshell fluid 3
hinges, threaded actuator spindles, control
DEF STAN 91-47
cables etc.
2 General purpose grease for plain bearings, MIL-G-24139A Aeroshell grease 6
bushes etc. and wheel bearings.
DEF STAN 91-12
3 General purpose grease and wheel bearing MIL- PRF-81322 Aeroshell grease 22CF
grease.
4 Wheel bearings only. MIL-G-3545C (Ob- Aeroshell grease 5
solete)
DTD.878A (Obso-
lete)
5 Canopy side rails. - HIT FLON 2000 Teflon spray.
or:
PTFE Dry Spray
(Product code: 5-1387-1)
6 Landing gear up-lock rollers and up-locks. MIL-G-21164D
DEF STAN 91-57
7 FWD Canopy pins. MIL- PRF-81322 Aeroshell grease 22CF

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 12-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-201A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 12-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-201A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SCHEDULED SERVICING
DRAIN WATER
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. The G 120TP-A has small holes to drain water out of each main component. Make sure that the drain
holes are clear. You can find the drain holes at these locations:
COMPONENT DRAIN HOLE LOCATION ITEM NO

Fuselage At the bottom of the fuselage in the center (121)
Wing At the bottom of the wing near the wing tips. And the bottom (122)
of the wing at the rear
Flap At the inboard-inner side of the flap (123)
Aileron At the inboard-inner side of the aileron (124)
Horizontal Stabi- At the rear face of the horizontal stabilizer (125)
lizer
Elevator At the inboard side of the elevator cut-out (126)

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-226A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMPONENT DRAIN HOLE LOCATION ITEM NO

Rudder At the top face of the lower hinge-pin cut-out (127)

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-226A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
121
122
122
124 124
123 123
122 122
127
125 126 126 125
Figure 1 - Drain Hole Locations

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-226A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(121) Fuselage (125) Horizontal Stabilizer

(122) Wing (126) Elevator
(123) Flap (127) Rudder
(124) Aileron
Figure 1 - Drain Hole Locations

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-226A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SCHEDULED SERVICING
LUBRICATION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Lubrication Points

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
Figure 2 shows the location of components which need regular lubrication.
Figure 3 to Figure 9 show the details where to lubricate the components.
Scheduled Servicing List of Consumables associated with Servicing gives the recommended lubricants.
Perform the lubrication as follows:
- Clean each lubrication point first.
- Apply a small amount of lubricant.

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Clean away the unwanted lubricant after.
B. Lubrication Points
INDEX LOCATION LUBRICANT INTERVAL

21 Cockpit - Canopy seal Talcum powder 100 hours
22 Cockpit - FWD Canopy Pins Grease 100 hours
31 Cockpit - Under baggage Oil or grease 100 hours
compartment floor
41 Cockpit - Rudder Pedal Ad- Oil 100 hours
juster
51 Front of nose gear leg Grease 100 hours
52 Torque links Oil 100 hours
53 Rear pivot pins for stay Grease 100 hours
54 Main pivot pins for nose gear Grease 100 hours
leg
61 Main pivot bearings front Grease 100 hours
62 Main pivot bearings rear. Grease 100 hours
63 Damper top. Grease 100 hours
64 Damper bottom (2). Grease 100 hours
65 Trailing arm front. Grease 100 hours
66 Side stay outer bearing. Grease 100 hours
67 Side stay center bearing Grease 100 hours
68 Side stay inner bearing hous- Grease 100 hours
ing.
71 Elevator Trim Tab/Servo Tab Oil 100 hours
Actuator Rods
72 Elevator Trim Tab/Servo Tab Oil 100 hours
Hinges
81 Engine power control cable - Oil 100 hours
cockpit
82 Engine condition control ca- Oil 100 hours
ble - cockpit

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

83 Engine power control cable - Oil 100 hours
engine
84 Engine condition control ca- Oil 100 hours
ble - engine

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
9
6 4
11
Figure 2 - Aircraft Lubrication Points - G 120TP-A

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) FWD Canopy pins (7) Main gear legs

(2) Canopy seal (8) Elevator trim tab
actuator rods and hinge
(3) Flap actuator spindle (9) Aileron servo tab rods
and hinge
(4) Rudder pedal (10) Engine controls
adjustment spindle
(6) Nose gear leg (11) Propeller control
Figure 2 - Aircraft Lubrication Points - G 120TP-A

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
22
21
21
Figure 3 - Canopy Seal and Pin Lubrication

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31
Figure 4 - Flap Actuator Spindle Lubrication

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
41
Figure 5 - Rudder Pedal Adjustment Spindle Lubrication

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
53
54
51
D
FW
52
Figure 6 - Nose Landing Gear Lubrication

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
62
68
63
61
67
66
D
FW
64
65
Figure 7 - Main Landing Gear Lubrication

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Left Tab Shown
Right Opposite Hand
72
72
71 71
D
FW
Figure 8 - Trim Tab/Servo Tab Lubrication

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
82
81
D
FW
84
83
Figure 9 - Engine Control Cable Lubrication

1T120TP-A-12-20-00-00A-240A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12-30
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING

1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GENERAL
A. General
This section contains the data for cleaning the G 120TP-A. And for removing snow and ice from the aircraft

1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CLEAN AND APPLY SURFACE PROTECTION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- External Cleaning
- External Polishing
- Clean the Cockpit
- Engine Cleaning

None

Water hose with running water .............................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
Clean buckets ...................................................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Sponge .................................................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
Chamois leather .................................................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Slow-speed power-polisher with fabric buffing wheel ............................................. Commercial QTY 1
Flame-proof vacuum cleaner ................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Appropriate Aircraft Cleaner (only if necessary) ................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Acrylic glass canopy cleaner ................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
Wax polish which has no silicone ......................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Soft cloths ............................................................................................................ Commercial QTY AR
F. New Items
None

1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION DO NOT CLEAN THE CANOPY WHEN IT IS DRY. DO NOT USE A DIRTY SPONGE
OR LEATHER. DUST CAN SCRATCH THE CANOPY WHEN IT IS DRY
1 PROCEDURE
A. External Cleaning
The G 120TP-A has a laminar-flow shape. The laminar-flow shape gives the aircraft low drag and makes
it efficient. You must keep the aircraft surface clean. If you do not keep it clean, the laminar-flow breaks
down and the aircraft performance decreases. Take special care to keep the wing leading edge clean.
Use large quantities of water to clean the aircraft. If the aircraft is very dirty, you can mix the water with
a weak solvent. Clean insect-spatter from the wing leading edge immediately after flight. If you leave
insect-spatter it will become dry. And it will not be easy to remove.
Clean the canopy in the same way as you clean the aircraft. Keep a special sponge/chamois leather to
clean the canopy.
(1) Prepare the aircraft:

- Close and lock the canopy.
- Install the pitot-head cover.
- Put a cap on all aircraft air-intake ducts.
(2) Wet the aircraft with water. Use a sponge to remove dirt.
Use large quantities of water.
(3) If you cannot remove dirt or insect spatter:

- Mix some appropriate aircraft cleaner with water in a bucket.
- Use a sponge to wet the dirt with the mixture.
- Use the sponge to remove the dirt.
- Repeat these items until the dirt is removed.
Obey the solvent manufactures instructions. Wait for about 1 minute for the solvent to work. Use
large quantities of water.
CAUTION DO NOT WEAR RINGS ON YOUR FINGERS WHEN YOU WASH THE
CANOPY. RINGS CAN DAMAGE THE CANOPY.
(4) Use large quantities of water to wash the canopy and windscreen.
Use a clean chamois leather to remove the water.

1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
And use a commercial acrylic glass canopy polish to remove dirt which will not wash off.
(5) Dry the aircraft with a chamois leather.
(6) Open the canopy. Clean the inside of the canopy with a commercial acrylic glass canopy polish.
(7) Remove the caps from the air intake ducts.
B. External Polishing
Polish The Aircraft
Polish the FRP surfaces at least every 12 months. Use a wax polish which does not contain silicone.
You can polish the aircraft by hand. Or you can use a slow-speed power-polisher.
(1) Clean the aircraft.

Paragraph 2
(2) Hand polish the aircraft:

- Put some wax polish on a soft cloth.
- Apply the polish to a small area of the aircraft surface. Spread the polish evenly. Rub the
polish into the surface until it shines.
Polish an area of about ½ x ½ m (2 ft x 2 ft).
CAUTION KEEP THE POWER POLISHER MOVING OVER THE SURFACE. IF YOU
KEEP THE POLISHER IN ONE AREA, THE STRUCTURE WILL GET HOT.
AND IT WILL BE DAMAGED.
CAUTION DO NOT USE A HIGH SPEED POWER-POLISHER. HIGH SPEED POWER-

POLISHERS MAKE TOO MUCH HEAT. THEY DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE.
(3) Power polish the aircraft:

- Put some wax polish on the rotary buffing wheel.
- Apply the polish to the aircraft surface. Polish the area until it has an even shine.
Polish an area of about 1 x ½ m (3 ft x 2 ft).

Use long smooth movements.
Keep the polisher moving. Do not apply pressure. Let the polisher do the work!
(4) Do items 2/3 again until the complete aircraft is polished. Polish the top and bottom!

1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT USE DOMESTIC ELECTRIC VACUUM-CLEANERS. DOMESTIC

ELECTRIC VACUUM-CLEANERS ARE NOT FLAME-PROOF. THEY CAN CAUSE
AVIATION FUEL VAPOR TO BURN VIOLENTLY.
C. Clean the Cockpit
(1) Clean the cockpit. Make sure that all loose dirt is removed from the floor and from below the seats.
Use a flame-proof vacuum cleaner.
(2) You can clean the instrument panel cover with a commercial acrylic glass canopy cleaner.
D. Engine Cleaning
Chapter 72-00-00.

1T120TP-A-12-30-00-00A-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20-00
STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME

1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STANDARD PRACTICES - AIRFRAME

GENERAL
A. General
No special practices are necessary for maintenance of the G 120TP-A. This chapter gives data about the
threaded fasteners used in the G 120TP-A and their related torque values. It also gives the procedures you use
to tighten the fasteners.
Note Composite structures can have a different thickness for the same component or assembly. You must
always make sure that you use the correct length of fastener. The length of fastener given in the Illustrated
Parts Catalogue may NOT be correct for all aircraft or assemblies.
If less than 1 full thread is visible beyond the top of a self-locking nut, you may use the next longer bolt
of the same type.
Refer to Standard Practices - Engine General for engine torque values.

1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BOLTS
GENERAL DATA
A. Types of Bolts
The G 120TP-A uses 3 types of bolts:
- DIN bolts
- LN bolts
- American AN, NAS and MS bolts.
The minimum strength for DIN specification bolts is 8.8 unless shown otherwise.
Letters and numbers on the head of the bolt identify the bolt-type. The surface treatment also identifies the bolt.
Figure 1 shows typical markings.

1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DIN BOLT HEAD IDENTIFICATION SURFACE TREATMENT
OEV
Trade mark Galvanised.
10.9
Strength category
LN BOLT HEAD IDENTIFICATION
P
Letter (P, H, R) Galvanised and chromated yellow.
9037 LN-Standard
AN BOLT HEAD IDENTIFICATION
C Letter Galvanised or chromated yellow.
x
(also adjacent)
S
Cross
Figure 1 - Typical Bolt-Head Markings

1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STANDARD BOLTS AND NUTS

TIGHTEN PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
CAUTION YOU MUST ADD THE SAFETY TORQUE (OR THE FRICTION TORQUE) TO THE
FOLLOWING VALUES FOR SELF-LOCKING NUTS (OR BOLTS WITH SHAFT
FRICTION)
1 PROCEDURE
A. When you use self-locking nuts, add the safety torque (friction torque or braking torque) to the table
values. Set this value on the dial of the torque meter before you tighten the nut.
If a bolt has an additional torque due to shaft friction, add this torque value to the table value. Set this
calculated value on the dial of the torque meter before you tighten the bolt.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 20-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Torque Values for DIN/LN Bolts and Nuts
METRIC THREAD TORQUE (Nm) TORQUE (LB.FT)

M3 1.0 0.74
M4 1.8 1.3
M5 3.6 2.6
M6 6.4 4.63
M8 16 11.8
M10 32 23.15
M12 57 41.23
Table 2 Torque Values for American AN, NAS and MS Bolts and Nuts
INCH THREAD TORQUE (Nm) TORQUE (LB.FT)

3/16 - 32 2.3 – 2.8 1.67 – 2.1
1/4 - 28 3.5 - 4.4 2.53 - 3.18
5/16 - 24 6.7 - 9.5 4.85 - 6.87
3/8 - 24 10.6 - 12.3 7.67 - 8.90
7/16 - 20 30.2 - 33.3 21.84 - 24.10
1/2 - 20 32.5 - 46.0 23.51 - 33.27
9/16 - 18 53.8 - 67.2 38.91 - 48.61

09 March 2017 20-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-20-00-00-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TORQUE VALUES
GENERAL
A. INTRODUCTION
Use the torque values in Use the torque values in tables 1 & 2 (Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure) for
all of the standard bolts and standard nuts. Tables 3 to 6 (Special Torque Tighten Procedure) give the special
torque values.

1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NUTS
TECHNICAL DATA
A. Nuts
The Grob G 120TP-A uses 4 types of nuts:
- Counter nuts.
- Stop nuts - LN 9348.
- Castellated nuts - LN 9345
- American AN, NAS and MS nuts.

1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SPECIAL TORQUE
TIGHTEN PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
It is recommended for couplings and fittings of pipes and tubes to mark the torqued items with inspection
lacquer. This marking shows a torqued item and the position of the coupling or fitting.
The marking has to be undamaged between the time of inspections/checks to ensure a correct operation
and torque of the item.
B. These items are used in the engine compartment between components mounted on the firewall.
Table 1 Torque values for stainless-steel fuel pipes and hoses with steel couplings and steel
fittings
Dash Size Tube O/D (in) Torque (Nm) Torque (lb.in)

-2 1/8 3.9 - 4.5 35 - 40

1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Torque values for stainless-steel fuel pipes and hoses with steel couplings and steel
fittings

-3 3/16 7.3 - 11.3 65 - 100
-4 1/4 9.0 - 13.6 80 - 120
-5 5/16 17 - 22 150 - 195
-6 3/8 22 - 28 195 - 250
-8 1/2 37 - 45 325 - 400
-10 5/8 54 - 65 480 - 575
-12 3/4 75 - 88 665 - 780
C. These items are used aft of the firewall in the fuselage and in the wings.
Table 2 Torque values for aluminium fuel and hydraulic pipes and hoses with aluminium
couplings and steel or aluminium fittings

-2 1/8 2.7 - 3.4 24 - 30
-3 3/16 2.8 - 3.9 25 - 35
-4 1/4 5.7 - 7.3 50 - 65
-5 5/16 7.9 - 10.2 70 - 90
-6 3/8 12.4 - 14.7 110 - 130
-8 1/2 26.0 - 29.0 230 - 260
-10 5/8 37.3 - 40.6 330 - 360
-12 3/4 52.0 - 56.5 460 - 500
Table 3 Torque values for air conditioning pipes and hoses

Pipes
-8 1/2 20 - 25 177 - 221
-10 5/8 30 - 35 266 - 310
Hoses
-4 15 - 17 133 - 150
-6 27 - 30 239 - 266
-8 59 - 65 523 - 575
-10 68 - 79 601 - 700

1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 4 Special torque values - General
Item Thread Torque (Nm) Torque (lb.in)

Bolts at the wing-spar M12 10 - 30 89 - 266
connection
Shear-force fitting-nuts M16 10 - 30 89 - 266
(wings)
Horizontal-stabilizer 50 +0 -20 442 +0 -177
front attachment-bolts
Horizontal-stabilizer 20 ±10 177 ±89
rear attachment-bolts
Split nose-wheel bolts 6.4 56.6
Retaining nut for the 57 505
main-gear leg rear-piv-
ot
Pivot bolt, side-stay to 16 142
main-gear leg
Pivot bolt, side-stay to Finger tight, then align
mounting with the next cotter-pin
hole.
Main-gear actuator 16 142
eye-end bolt
Brake hose on the land- 13.6 - 15.25 120 - 135
ing-gear leg
Canopy external-han- M5 7 62
dle bolts
Refer to Standard Practices - Engine General for engine torque values

Battery hold-down bolts M8 2.5 - 3.0 22 - 26.5
ELT End-cap screws 2.0 17.7
Landing-gear micro- 0.8 7.1
switches
Limit switch nuts on 0.8 7.1
landing gear
Electrical contactor ter- M8 9.0 80
minal-nuts
Fuel low-level sensor M12 1.5 13.3
Fuel temperature sen- 7/16-20 UNF 40.0 354
sor
Propeller flange for V- 1/4-28 UNJF-3A 14 - 15 124 - 132
belt bolts

1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Propeller spinner bolts 4-5 35.5 - 44
Oil Tank attachment nut M5 4-5 35.5 - 44
Starter/Generator Elec- # 3/8-24 24.9 - 26.5 220 - 235
trical Connection Block
# 10-32 2.26 - 2.82 20 - 25
- Nut for terminal size
Table 6 Special torque values – Aluminium Oxygen pipes

-4 1/4 5.7 - 7.3 50 - 65

1T120TP-A-20-00-01-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
THREAD LOCKING
TECHNICAL DATA
To prevent loose articles in the cockpit, use GS513009 thread-locking liquid on any threaded fastener used in
the cockpit area. And the fastener has no other locking device. For example:
- Instrument panel attaching screws that go directly into a shock mount.
- The locking rings (nuts) for electrical switches.
Many electrical terminals are locked with paint. If you release a terminal which has thread locking paint, use
GS513009 or equivalent on the thread when you install the terminal.

1T120TP-A-20-00-02-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-20-00-02-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STRAPS
TECHNICAL DATA
A. Bonding Straps
Use NYCOTE 7-11 dark-blue protective coating (protect and secure electrical connections) as a sealant when
you connect any bonding strap.

1T120TP-A-20-00-03-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-20-00-03-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SLOTTED NUTS ON SHEAR-BOLTS

TIGHTEN PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Some shear-bolts with slotted nuts (or a castle-nuts) and cotter pins, have special torque values. Refer
to Special Torque Tighten Procedure for these values.
For shear-bolts without a special torque value, use this procedure:
- Tighten the nut ‘finger-tight’.
- Turn the nut with a wrench to align the first slot with the cotter-pin hole.
- Install the cotter pin.

1T120TP-A-20-00-03-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-20-00-03-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CLAMPS ATTACHING ELECTRICAL CABLES

TECHNICAL DATA
A. Screw Length for Clamps Attaching Electrical Cables

Where screws holding clamps chafe against cables (or other items or structure), you may use shorter screws of
the same standard. You must see a minimum of one full thread above the top of a self-locking nut.

1T120TP-A-20-00-04-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-20-00-04-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21-00
AIR CONDITIONING

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 21-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR CONDITIONING
GENERAL
A. General
The air conditioning system installed in the G 120TP-A has 2 separate parts. One part supplies warm air, the
other part supplies cold air to the cockpit.
The air conditioning system supplies warm air to the cockpit foot-wells or to the front screen. The control for the
heating is on the left instrument-panel support-beam.
The air conditioning system supplies cold air through ducts in the cockpit. An overhead duct supplies cold air via
the canopy to the area of the pilot's heads. A duct on the right side of the cockpit supplies air to 2 instrument
panel outlets. The control of the cooling is the AIR COND switch on the instrument-panel support-beam.
These sections tell you about the air conditioning system:
- Air Distribution General Air distribution.
- Heating General Heating.
- Cooling General Cooling.
- Equipment Cooling General Equipment cooling.
- Temperature Control General Temperature control.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 21-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR CONDITIONING
GENERAL
A. General
The air conditioning system installed in the G 120TP-A supplies warm air to the cockpit.
The air conditioning system supplies warm air to the cockpit foot-wells or to the front screen. The control for the
heating is on the left instrument-panel support-beam.
These sections tell you about the air conditioning system:
- Air Distribution General Air distribution.
- Heating General Heating.
- Equipment Cooling General COOLING TEST.
- Equipment Cooling General Equipment cooling.
- Temperature Control General Temperature control.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-00 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 21-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR CONDITIONING
DESCRIPTION
A. Description/Operation
Figure 1 shows the air conditioning system.
The air heating system has a separate hot air supply (1) . The engine supplies hot air from two compressor
tappings. A ball valve (1A) below the compressor controls the flow of hot air to the mixer tube on the right side
of the engine.
Ambient air enters the mixer tube from a ram-air intake on the right side of the cowling. A disc valve (2) at the
front of the mixer controls the flow of ambient air. A small cut-out in the disc allows some ambient air to flow into
the mixer when the valve is closed.
The pilot can adjust the ball valve (1A) by the BLEED knob and the disc valve (2) by the VENTILATION lever
to supply air at the correct temperature to the distribution system.
The pilot adjusts the air distribution valve (3) by the DISTRIBUTION lever to supply the mixed air to the footwells
and/or to the windscreen.
The air conditioning system has an air cooling system. The air cooling system has refrigeration components that
cool down cockpit air to less than ambient air temperature. The cooling system has a compressor (4) that is
operated by the engine. A condenser, receiver/drier and evaporator are in a group (5) aft of the baggage
compartment.
Fans on the evaporator move air from the cockpit through the evaporator (heat exchanger) back to the cockpit.
Ventilation ducts (6) distribute the cooled air to the cockpit.
Switches in the cockpit control the air cooling-system and the speed of the ventilation fans.

1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Forward BLEED VENTILATION DISTRIBUTION HI Fan

ON
Air
LO VENT
Speed Cond
MIN MAX OFF FOOTWELL WINDSHIELD OFF
1A
Engine
RAM
Engine Compartment Cockpit Rear Fuselage

4 3 6 5
Figure 1 - Air Conditioning System – Heating System and Cooling System

1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Hot air supply (4) Air conditioning

compressor
(1A) Ball valve (5) Air cooling components
(2) Temperature control (6) Ventilation ducts
system
(3) Distribution system
Figure 1 - Air Conditioning System – Heating System and Cooling System

1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 Forward BLEED VENTILATION DISTRIBUTION
MIN MAX OFF FOOTWELL WINDSHIELD
1A
Engine
Engine Compartment Cockpit Rear Fuselage

3
Figure 2 - Air Conditioning System – Heating System

1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Hot air supply (2) Temperature control

system
(1A) Ball valve (3) Distribution system
Figure 2 - Air Conditioning System – Heating System

1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21-20
AIR DISTRIBUTION

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 21-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR DISTRIBUTION
GENERAL
A. General
The air distribution system supplies warm conditioned air to the cockpit. A distribution valve sends air to the
footwells or the windscreen for de-misting. It can also stop the air flow. The pilot sets the distribution valve with
control lever at the left end of the instrument panel.
A separate distribution system supplies cooled air to the cockpit from the air cooling system.
Refer to Heating General for the air heating system. Refer to Cooling General for the air cooling system. And
refer to Temperature Control General for temperature control.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 21-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR DISTRIBUTION
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the warm air distribution system. The warm air distribution system has flexible pipes which
connect the air heating system. It has these components:
- An air distribution valve. The air distribution valve (1) is located on the aft face of the firewall in the
cockpit. The air distribution valve is a rotary valve. It has a circular body with 3 outlets. A hollow valve
(2) with a lever (3) can turn inside the body and control the air flow.
- Distribution controls. The distributor controls (4) are at the left end of the instrument panel beam.
The top lever operates a flexible cable (5) . The flexible cable connects to the lever (3) on the air
distribution valve.
- A windscreen demister duct. A flexible pipe (7) connects the top outlet of the air distribution valve
(1) to the demister duct (6) .
Figure 2 shows the cold air distribution system. The cold air distribution system supplies 2 areas of the cockpit.
A duct (21) connects to a cold air outlet from the air cooling system. When the canopy is closed, the duct (21)
connects to a duct in the top of the canopy (22) . The duct in the canopy has 2 cold air outlet with adjustable
nozzles (23) .
A separate outlet from the air cooling system supplies cold air to each end of the instrument panel beam. The
cold air flows through ducts on each side of the cockpit below the canopy sill. The instrument panel beam (25)
has an outlet at each side with an adjustable nozzle (24) .
B. Operation
(1) Warm Air Distribution
When the aircraft is flying, air enters the air distribution valve from the temperature control system. You can
set the distributor control lever (4) to these positions:
- Fully left. The air distribution valve is closed. Warm air cannot flow into the cockpit or to the
windscreen.
- Middle position. Warm air flows from the air distribution valve to the cockpit foot-wells.
- Fully right. Warm air flows from the air distribution valve to the windscreen for demisting.
- Middle right. Warm air flows from the air distribution valve to the cockpit foot-wells and to the
windscreen for demisting.
You can set the control lever to any position between fully left and fully right.
(2) Cold Air Distribution
If you set the AIR COND switch to ON, cold air flows from the air cooling system into the ducts (21) . It also
flows into the canopy duct (22) . You can set the nozzles (23) to blow the air as necessary. The canopy
must be fully closed.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
4
6
7
D
3 FW
B
B
1
2
Legend
(1) Air distribution valve (5) Flexible cable

(2) Rotary Valve (6) Demister duct
(3) Valve lever (7) Flexible pipe
(4) Air distribution controls
Figure 1 - Warm Air Distribution System

27 July 2018 21-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
22
23
21
D
FW
24
25
Figure 2 - Cold Air Distribution System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(21) Duct (24) Side duct to instrument

panel beam
(22) Canopy duct (25) Instrument panel beam
with nozzles
(23) Adjustable nozzles
Figure 2 - Cold Air Distribution System

27 July 2018 21-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR DISTRIBUTION VALVE

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjust the Air Distribution Valve

Refer to Figure 3
(1) Set the distribution cockpit control lever to OFF.
(2) Remove the instrument panel cover for access (refer to Instrument & Control Panels General
(analog cockpit) or Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital cockpit)).
(3) Loosen the grub-screw (34) in the cockpit control lever.
(4) Move the lever on the air distribution valve (3) fully clockwise.
(5) Tighten the grub-screw (34) in the cockpit control lever.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Move the cockpit control lever to DE-MIST (▴). The air distribution valve must move to the position
DE-MIST.
(7) Move the cockpit control lever to OFF. The air distribution valve must move to the position OFF.
(8) Install the instrument panel cover (refer to Instrument & Control Panels General (analog cockpit)
or Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital cockpit)).

27 July 2018 21-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
Instrument-Panel Beam - Left
34
D
FW
30
3
35
1 31
33
Firewall
32
Figure 3 - Remove/Install/Adjust the Air Distribution Valve

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Air distribution valve (32) Attaching bolts for the air
distribution valve
(3) Air distribution valve (33) Elbow
lever
(4) Distribution control lever (34) Grub screw for the
control cable
(30) Pipe clamp for the (35) Attaching bolts for the
demister pipe elbow
(31) Spherical end fitting

27 July 2018 21-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR DISTRIBUTION
GENERAL FAULT DESCRIPTION
A. General
This section gives the trouble shooting procedures for the canopy. If you find the trouble given in column 1, then
do the repair given in column 3.
Trouble Possible Cause Repair

No air flows to the se- Distribution-valve control-ca- Connect or replace the control cable.
lected area. ble disconnected or broken.
No air flows to wind- The flexible hose is discon- Connect or replace the flexible hose.
screen demist. nected or blocked.

1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Air Distribution Valve

- Installation of the Air Distribution Valve

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Air Distribution Valve

Refer to Figure 4
(2) Remove these items for access:

- The instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General (analog)
- The instrument panel, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital)
- The left side-panel for the nose gear compartment in the cockpit.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Release the clamp (30) which holds the flexible pipe for the demister air supply.
(4) Move the pipe clear of the valve.
(5) Remove the spring clip which locks the spherical-end-fitting (31) of the control cable.
(6) Pull the end-fitting (31) off the lever.
(7) Remove 4 bolts (35) which hold the elbow (33) from the mixer tube to the firewall in the engine
compartment on the front face of the firewall.
(8) Move the elbow (33) from the mixer tube forward and clear of the air distribution valve.
(9) Remove 4 bolts (32) which hold the air distribution valve to the firewall in the engine compartment
on the front face of the firewall.
(10) Move the air distribution valve (1) from inside the cockpit left foot-well aft through the firewall then
down.
(11) Remove the valve from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Air Distribution Valve
(1) Put the air distribution valve (1) from inside the cockpit left foot-well in position in the firewall.
(2) Install 4 bolts (32) which hold the air distribution valve to the firewall.
(3) Put the elbow (33) from the mixer tube in position on the air distribution valve inlet.
(4) Install 4 bolts (35) which hold the elbow from the mixer tube to the firewall.
(5) Put the flexible pipe for the demister air supply in position on the air distribution valve.
(6) Install the clamp (30) which holds the pipe.
(7) Push the spherical end-fitting (31) of the control cable on to the ball of the control lever. Install
the spring clip which locks the end-fitting.
(8) Do a test for full and free operation of the valve.
(9) If necessary, adjust the air distribution valve control, refer to Air Distribution Valve Adjust.
(10) Install these items after access:

- The left side-panel for the nose gear compartment, refer to Instrument & Control Panels
General (analog).
- The instrument panel, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital).
- The instrument panel cover in the cockpit.

09 March 2017 21-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1. Do a functional Test

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
34
D
FW
30
3
35
1 31
33
Firewall
32

09 March 2017 21-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Air distribution valve (32) Attaching bolts for the air
distribution valve
(3) Air distribution valve (33) Elbow
lever
(4) Distribution control lever (34) Grub screw for the
control cable
(30) Pipe clamp for the (35) Attaching bolts for the
demister pipe elbow
(31) Spherical end fitting

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 21-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Prepare the aircraft for Engine Run-up, refer to Power Plant Engine Run-Up – General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Air Distribution Valve - Function Test
(1) General
(a) Make sure that the air distribution system is installed completely.
(b) For description and operation of the air distribution system refer to Air Distribution
Description.
(c) Make sure that the distribution valve is adjusted, refer to Air Distribution Valve Adjust.
(2) Functional Test
(a) Start the engine of the aircraft, refer to AFM Section 4.

1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Make sure that the air conditioning system is switched OFF.
(c) Set the ventilation control lever AIRFLOW on heating controls to HIGH.
(d) Set (pull) the knob BLEED to MAX.
(e) Set the distribution control lever VENTILATION on heating controls to these positions:
- OFF position. The air distribution valve is closed.
Make sure that there is no warm air flow into the cockpit or to the windscreen.
- FOOT position. The air distribution valve is open.
Make sure that warm air flows to the cockpit foot-wells.
- Between FOOT and WINDSHIELD position. The air distribution valve is open.
Make sure that warm air flows to the cockpit foot-wells and to the windscreen.
- WINDSHIELD position. The air distribution valve is open.
Make sure that warm air flows to the windscreen.
You can set the distribution control lever to any position between fully left and fully right.
(f) Stop the engine of the aircraft, refer to AFM Section 4.
(g) If necessary adjust the distribution valve, refer to Air Distribution Valve Adjust.

1T120TP-A-21-20-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR DISTRIBUTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. Remove / Install the Air Distribution Valve

These maintenance procedure tells you how to remove/install the air distribution valve, refer to Air Distribution
Valve Remove and Install.
B. Adjust the Air Distribution Valve

These maintenance procedure tells how to adjust the air distribution valve, refer to Air Distribution Valve Adjust.

1T120TP-A-21-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21-40
HEATING

1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
HEATING
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has an engine-compressor tapping which supplies hot air for cockpit heating. This gives the
necessary temperature.
The pilot can control the temperature.
Therefore hot air from the engine compressor can be mixed with ambient-ram air inside the mixer tube in the
engine compartment.
This Section tells you about the heating system.
Refer to Air Distribution General for data about the air distribution system.
Refer to Temperature Control General for data about air temperature control.

1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
HEATING
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the air heating system. The air heating system has these components:
- Two pipes (1) from the engine compressor outlets for hot air.
- A bleed-air control and shut-off valve (2) attached to the bottom of the engine compressor. A control-
knob at the front, left of the center console connects to the valve. Pull the knob to open the valve.
Push the knob to close the valve.
- A pipe connects the air supply to a fitting (3) on the mixer tube (4) . The mixer tube is part of the
temperature control system. Refer to Temperature Control General.
- A hose (5) connecting the outlet from the mixer tube to an elbow (6) at the firewall. The elbow
attaches to the air distribution-valve. Refer to Air Distribution General.
- A temperature switch (7) installed in the elbow senses air temperature entering the distribution valve.
B. Operation
When the aircraft is flying, the engine compressor supplies hot air through two rigid pipes (1) to the bleed-air
control and shut-off valve (2) . If the pilot sets the valve to OPEN, air flows through the flexible pipe to the mixer
tube (4) . Refer toTemperature Control General for the temperature control function of the mixer tube.
The mixer tube mixes cold ambient air and hot bleed-air. This warm air from the mixer tube flows through the
large flexible hose (5) to the elbow (6) at the firewall.
If the air is hotter than 90 ± 5 ºC, the temperature switch (7) operates the BLEED TEMP warning. The pilot must
set the bleed air control to CLOSE.
If hot air is not necessary for air conditioning, the pilot can set the bleed-air control to CLOSE.
The heating system can operate with the engine running on the ground.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
2
FW
D
5 4 3
Figure 1 - Air heating System

27 July 2018 21-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Compressor air pipes (5) Hose, heated air

(2) Heating valve (6) Elbow, heated air
(3) Fitting to mixer tube (7) Temperature switch
(4) Mixer tube
Figure 1 - Air heating System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 21-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
HEATING
BLEED TEMPERATURE CHECK
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Make sure that the engine of the aircraft is operating, refer to Power Plant General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Bleed Temperature Warning Test
(1) Fully pull the bleed knob (1) .
(2) Set the ventilation lever (3) to the MIN position.
(3) Set the distribution lever (2) to the DOWN (↓) position.
Note Hot air is routed to foot room to protect wind shield from damage.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION AVOID OVERSPEED OF N2 RPM TO PREVENT DAMAGES. MAKE SURE

THAT THE N2 RPM DOES NOT EXCEED 1523 - 1786 RPM.
(4) Set the power lever to 80 - 90 % N1.
(5) Wait until the BLEED TEMP warning light (4) illuminates.
Note The time until BLEED TEMP warning light comes up depends to the OAT (at warm weather
the time is less than at could weather conditions).
In analogue cockpit version the BLEED TEMP warning is located in the CAWS, in digital
cockpit version in the MFDs.
(6) Fully push the bleed knob (1) .
(7) Set the ventilation lever (3) to the MAX position.
(8) Wait until the BLEED TEMP warning light (4) extinguishes.
(9) Set the power lever to FI.

09 March 2017 21-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B
FW
D
1
2 3
PITOT
INTAKE EXT BUS BATT GEN INTAKE
TEST HEAT VOLT
HEAT ON PWR ON OFF TIE OFF OFF OFF HEAT
CAWS IGN FTRANS FTRANS F STBY F FILTER F LOW F OIL LOW

PUMP
FAIL ON ON FAIL ON OFF LEVEL PRESS PRESS 4 (ANALOGUE)
OIL BLEED
RESET BETA
CHIP TEMP
Legend
(1) Bleed knob (3) Ventilation lever

(2) Distribution lever (4) Bleed temperature
warning
Figure 2 - Heating Controls

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 21-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
HEATING
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the air heating system. If you find the trouble given in column 1, then
do the repair given in column 3. See also Temperature Control General for the temperature control system.

No hot air available. The flexible pipe is discon- Connect the flexible pipe.
nected.
The flexible pipe is blocked. Replace the flexible pipe.
The mixer tube is defec- Temperature Control Gener- Replace the mixer tube.
tive. al - Temperature control.
The bleed-air control and Replace the bleed-air control and shut-off
shut-off valve is seized. valve.
Fume in the cockpit. Contamination of the engine Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Main-
compressor. tenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008,
latest revision. Chapter 72-30-00

1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21-50
COOLING

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COOLING
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has an air cooling system. The system supplies cold air to the instrument panel and canopy
outlets.
The air cooling system is separate from the heating system.
The heating system can operate without the cooling system and vice versa.
The pilot can control the cooling system by the AIR COND switch. A preselection of the temperature is not
possible.
Refer to:
- Air Distribution General for data about the air distribution system.
- Heating General for data about the heating system.
- Temperature Control General for data about the temperature control system.
- the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring.

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COOLING
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
This section tells you how to maintain the air cooling-system of the air conditioning system. It tells you how to
release refrigerant from the system. And how to fill the system. It tells you how to remove/install components
and how to test the system.
WARNING DO NOT DISCHARGE R134A INTO THE ATMOSPHERE. IT CAN CAUSE GLOBAL
WARMING
WARNING DO NOT BREATHE R134A VAPOUR. R134A CAN BE DANGEROUS.
WARNING DO NOT GET R134A LIQUID ON YOUR SKIN. R134A CAN FREEZE YOUR SKIN.
WARNING DO NOT TOUCH METAL PARTS OF THE CIRCUIT (OR OF MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT)
RELEASING R134A. METAL PARTS RELEASING R134A CAN BECOME VERY COLD.
AND YOUR SKIN CAN FREEZE TO THEM.
WARNING DO NOT RELEASE R134A IN A CLOSED ROOM. R134A CAN BE DANGEROUS.
WARNING DO NOT ALLOW FIRE NEAR R134A. DO NOT USE WELDING EQUIPMENT. AND DO
NOT SMOKE. HEAT CAN CAUSE R134A TO GIVE OFF A DANGEROUS GAS.
WARNING DO NOT ALLOW A REFRIGERANT CONTAINER TO BE HEATED TO MORE THAN 50º C

(122º F).
WARNING INSTALL THE HEAVY METAL CAP ON A REFRIGERANT CONTAINER WHEN NOT IN
USE.
WARNING DO NOT MOVE A REFRIGERANT CONTAINER IN A VEHICLE WHICH IS NOT

APPROVED.

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION DISCONNECT THE AIRCRAFT BATTERY BEFORE OPENING THE REFRIGERATION

CIRCUIT.
CAUTION DO NOT LEAVE PAG OIL EXPOSED TO AIR. THE OIL CAN ABSORB WATER AND CAUSE
DAMAGE.
Use protective clothing at all times when you work on the refrigeration circuit. Or when you use maintenance
equipment with refrigerant. Minimum protective clothing is:
- Wrap-around safety glasses. Or safety helmet with wrap-around visor
- Full length rubber apron
- Rubber boots
- Heat-proof gloves

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COOLING
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of the air cooling-system. The compressor attaches to the engine. All other
components make a package in the rear equipment compartment. The air cooling-system has these components:
- A Compressor.
The compressor (1) attaches to the mounting frame at the front, right of the engine. A V belt from
a pulley on the engine propeller shaft turns a pulley on the compressor. The compressor has a
magnetic clutch. An electric circuit controls the magnetic clutch.
- A Condenser.
The condenser is a heat exchanger (2) ). Refrigerant flows through the tubes of the condenser and
ambient air flows around the outer surface of the tubes.
The condenser is located in the rear fuselage. Two large NACA ducts In the access panels for the
rear equipment compartment release air into hoses in rear fuselage. The hoses connect to the air
inlet of the condenser. The air flows through the condenser and cools the refrigerant. The air flows
to atmosphere through an air outlet in the bottom skin of the fuselage.
A large fan moves the air through the condenser. An electric motor turns the fan.
- A Receiver/Drier.
The receiver/drier (3) is the system reservoir. It can hold a small quantity of refrigerant. It has a filter
and a drier.
The receiver/drier has a sight glass. You can monitor the condition and level of the refrigerant through
the sight glass.
- A Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Expansion Valve).
The expansion valve (4) attaches to the evaporator pipe-assembly (5) . Refrigerant flows through
the expansion valve into the evaporator.
- An Evaporator.
The evaporator (5) is a heat exchanger. Refrigerant flows through the tubes of the evaporator. And
air from the cockpit flows around the outer surface of the tubes.
Two fans move the air from the cockpit through the evaporator. The right fan supplies cold air to
overhead duct in the canopy. The left fan supplies cold air to ducts below the left and right fuselage
sills. Hoses connect the front of each duct to the related instrument panel outlets.
- A Dual-Pressure Switch.
The dual-pressure switch (6) attaches to the receiver/drier. The dual pressure switch monitors the
system pressure between the receiver/drier (3) and the expansion valve (4) .
The dual pressure switch has a high pressure switch and a low pressure switch.
- Pipes.
Pipes connect these components to make a closed circuit:
• The compressor (1) to the condenser (2) .
• The condenser (2) to the dual pressure switch (6) and receiver/drier (3) .
• The receiver/drier to the expansion valve (4) .
• The expansion valve to the evaporator (5) .
• The evaporator (5) to the compressor (1) .

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- A Thermostat.
A sense-line connects the thermostat to the evaporator. The thermostat monitors the evaporator coil
temperature.
The air cooling-system uses R134a refrigerant.
B. Operation
Figure 2 shows the air cooling-system operation.
(1) Usual operation
When the compressor (1) operates, it causes a suction at the compressor inlet. The suction moves
refrigerant gas from the evaporator (5) to the compressor. The compressor compresses the gas. The
pressure and the temperature of the gas increases.
The hot, high-pressure gas flows to the condenser (2) and flows through the condenser tubes. Ambient
air (21) flowing around the condenser tubes cools the gas. The gas changes condition to a warm liquid at
high pressure.
The liquid refrigerant flows to the receiver drier (3) . The receiver drier filters the liquid and removes any
water. It is also the system reservoir.
The liquid refrigerant flows under pressure to the expansion valve (4) . The expansion valve has a small
hole (22) . When the liquid goes through the small hole, the pressure drops and the liquid forms a vapour.
(23) .
The small drops of liquid vapour flow immediately into the evaporator (5) They cannot stay as a liquid at
low pressure. The liquid changes condition to a gas. And the gas temperature decreases to less than
ambient.
The low temperature gas flows through the tubes of the evaporator. It takes heat from the cockpit air (24)
which flows around the outer surface of the tubes. This makes the air cold.
Water condenses from the cold air. A tray below the evaporator collects the water. And a pipe (25) lets
the water drain overboard. The cold dry air (26) flows from the evaporator back into the cockpit.
The refrigerant gas flows back through the expansion valve. The valve senses the gas temperature and
adjusts the size of the small hole. The expansion valve increase or decrease the flow to keep the outlet
temperature of the refrigerant gas constant.
(2) Dual Pressure Switch Operation
The dual pressure switch (6) monitors the system pressure. If the pressure becomes too high, the high
pressure switch operates. It disengages the magnetic clutch (27) on the compressor. The compressor
stops operating.
When the system pressure decreases to a safe value, the high pressure switch goes back to initial setting.
It engages the magnetic clutch (27) on the compressor and the compressor operates again.
If the pressure becomes too low, the low pressure switch operates. It disengages the magnetic clutch (27)
on the compressor. The compressor stops operating.
When the system pressure increases to a safe value, the low pressure switch operates. It engages the
magnetic clutch (27) on the compressor and the compressor operates again.
(3) Thermostat Operation
The thermostat monitors the evaporator coil temperature. If the temperature goes near to freezing, the
thermostat switch operates. The switch disengages the compressor clutch. When the temperature
increases, the thermostat switch closes. It engages the compressor clutch.

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Electrical Control
The system has 2 electrical switches. An AIR COND ON/VENT/OFF switch (28) . And a FAN HIGH/LOW
speed switch (29) . Figure 3 shows the electrical switches in the cockpit.
The AIR COND ON/VENT/OFF switch controls the cooling system. It has 3 positions:
- OFF
- The clutch on the compressor disengages. The compressor does not operate.
- The 2 fans on the evaporator do not operate.
- The fan on the condenser does not operate.
- VENT (Ventilation)
- The clutch on the compressor disengages. The compressor does not operate.
- The 2 fans on the evaporator operate. They circulate air through the cockpit.
- The fan on the condenser does not operate.
- ON
- The clutch on the compressor engages. And the compressor operates.
- The 2 fans on the evaporator operate. They circulate air through the cockpit.
- The fan on the condenser operates. It moves air through the condenser.
The FAN switch controls the fans on the evaporator. The fans does not operate, if the AIR COND switch is
OFF.
The switch has these positions:
- HIGH The fans move more air quickly from the cockpit through the evaporator back to the
cockpit.
- LOW. The fans move the air slowly from the cockpit through the evaporator back to the cockpit.

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
5
7
High Pressure side
Low Pressure side
Legend
(4) Expansion valve (6) Dual pressure switch

(2) Condenser (3) Receiver drier
Figure 1 - Air Cooling-System

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Evaporator (1) Compressor

(7) Thermostat
Figure 1 - Air Cooling-System

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
29
A I R
26
C O LD
22
24
C
O
CK 23
P I T AIR

7
5
4
25
28
27 1
W ARM A I
R
T AIR

EN High Pressure side
A M BI 2
21 Low Pressure side
Legend
(5) Evaporator (22) Small hole
Figure 2 - Air cooling-System Operation

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Thermostat (23) Refrigerant vapour

(6) Dual pressure switch (25) Water drain overboard
(3) Receiver/drier (24) Cockpit air to evaporator
(4) Thermostatic expansion (28) AIR COND ON/VENT/
valve OFF switch
(2) Condenser (27) Magnetic clutch
(1) Compressor (29) FAN HIGH/LOW speed
switch
(21) Ambient air to (26) Cold air from evaporator
condenser to the cockpit
Figure 2 - Air cooling-System Operation

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
29 28
Legend
(29) FAN HIGH/LOW speed (28) AIR COND ON/VENT/

switch OFF switch
Figure 3 - Air Conditioning Electrical Controls

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR COOLING SYSTEM

SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Servicing Practices
- Basic Servicing Procedures
- Tighten the Service Connectors

None

Gaseous dry nitrogen rig 0-34.5 bar (0-500 psi) ...................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Pipe adapter 1/2 in male acme to 1/4in female flare ................................................ Commercial QTY 1
Air conditioning portable test equipment complete with accessories .... PF Technologies PF-134 QTY
1
Evacuation and charging station ..................................................... WAECO ASC 2000 or 2500 QTY 1
R-134a charging manifold with gauges and hoses ................................................. Fly-Away Kit QTY 1
Refrigerant leak detector .................................................................................... Robinair 16500 QTY 1
Protective clothing .................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Refrigerant .................................................................................................... R134a QTY 950 g +/- 20 g
Flushing fluid ................................................................................................. Isopropyl Alcohol QTY AR
Refrigerant lubricating oil ........................................................................... PAG SP20 QTY 100 ml total
Dry nitrogen ........................................................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Leak detector fluid (Soap solution) ........................................................................ Commercial QTY AR
Thread sealant .................................................................................................... Loctite 55431 QTY AR
Vacuum pump oil ......................................................................... WAECO Pt No 8887200003 QTY AR

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
F. New Items
None
WARNING OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. R134A CAN BE DANGEROUS.
CAUTION PUT A CAP ON ALL CONNECTIONS IMMEDIATELY YOU DISCONNECT THEM.

CONTAMINATION CAN CAUSE THE COMPRESSOR TO FAIL
1 PROCEDURE
A. Servicing Practices
(1) Remove the engine cowlings (refer to Cowling General).
(2) Remove the access panels for the rear equipment compartment left and right (refer to Access
Panels General).
(3) Disconnect the battery (refer to Battery Servicing).
(4) Remove the caps from the service connectors (43) and (44) .
(5) Close all manifold gauge valves on the test equipment. Make sure that the pipe connection on the
test equipment are tight.
Refer to the makers instructions.
WARNING DO NOT GET R134A LIQUID ON YOUR SKIN. R134A CAN FREEZE YOUR
SKIN.
(6) Connect the test equipment to the aircraft:

- Connect the blue pipe to the front connector.
- Connect the red pipe to the rear connector.
Push each pipe connector on to the fuselage connector until it locks in place. Afterwards turn the
connectors clockwise to open.
(7) Connect the yellow flexible pipe to a dry nitrogen supply. Use the pipe adapter.
(8) Make sure that all pipe connections are tight.

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION DO NOT LET THE NITROGEN PRESSURE RISE TO MORE THAN 13.8 BAR
(200 PSI). MORE THAN 13.8 BAR (200 PSI) CAN DAMAGE THE EXPANSION
VALVE.
(9) Slowly open the high pressure (red) manifold valve to give 13.8 bar (200 psi).
Allow time for the pressure to stabilize. Make a note of the final pressure.
(10) Apply leak-detector fluid to each connection.

Figure 4 shows all connections. Look for bubbles in the fluid.
CAUTION DO NOT USE LEAK DETECTOR DYE IN THE 134A REFRIGERATION

SYSTEM. LEAK DETECTOR DYE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
(11) If you find a leak, tighten the union nut to the correct torque value. Refer to Special Torque Tighten
Procedure Table 3 for the torque values.
CAUTION DO NOT LET AIR GET INTO THE SYSTEM.

RELEASE THE SYSTEM PRESSURE VERY SLOWLY. IF YOU RELEASE THE
PRESSURE QUICKLY, THE SPECIAL OIL CAN BE LOST FROM THE
COMPRESSOR.
(12) Release the nitrogen pressure:

- Set the nitrogen supply to OFF.
- Disconnect the yellow pipe from the nitrogen supply.
- Slowly release the nitrogen pressure to zero.
(13) Close the high pressure (red) manifold valve.
SKIN.
(14) Disconnect the test equipment from the aircraft:

- Release the blue pipe from the front connector.
- Release the red pipe from the rear connector.
- Put caps on the open connections.
Turn the knob on each connector fully counter-clockwise (43) and (44) . Hold the grip ring on
the connector. Pull upwards to release the connector.
(15) Install the rear equipment compartment access panels (refer to Access Panels General).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(16) Install the engine cowlings (refer to Cowling General).
(17) If you cannot stop a leak:

- Set the nitrogen supply to OFF.
- Disconnect the yellow pipe from the nitrogen supply. Slowly release the nitrogen pressure
to zero.
- Repair (or replace) the defective union.
- Do the leak test again.
B. Basic Servicing Procedures

Refer to the manufacturer’s operating manual for the servicing equipment you are using for the following
basic servicing procedures:
- Remove refrigerant from the system.
- Prepare the evacuation and charging station.
- Charge the filling cylinder.
- Prepare the system for filling with refrigerant (Evacuation).
- Fill the system with refrigerant (System charging).
C. Tighten the Service Connectors
Note A very small amount of leakage is normal from the service connectors.
(1) Make sure that there is no obvious leakage from the connectors.
CAUTION DO NOT USE TOOLS TO TIGHTEN THE SEALING CAPS. TOO MUCH
TORQUE CAN DAMAGE THE CAPS AND THE CONNECTORS.
(2) Tighten the sealing caps on the connectors as tightly as possible by hand.

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Engine Compartment
D Front, Right
FW
41
40 1
3 42
6
A 3
Baggage Compartment
Rear Frame
43
44
2
Figure 4 - Servicing the Air Cooling-System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Compressor (40) Compressor delivery

connection
(2) Condenser (41) Compressor suction
connection
(3) Receiver/drier (42) Sight glass in receiver/
drier
(4) Expansion valve (43) Suction service
connector
(5) Evaporator (44) Pressure service
connector
(6) Dual pressure switch
Figure 4 - Servicing the Air Cooling-System

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLEXIBLE BELT FOR THE AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjust the flexible belt for the Air Conditioning Compressor
(1) Remove the engine cowlings, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove.
(2) Loosen the top mounting bolts for the air conditioning compressor (52) .
(3) Adjust the flexible belt tension as follows:

- Pull on the upper middle point of the belt with the spring balance (Force 11-12 N
(2.5-2.75 lb)).
- Measure the belt deflection. The belt must deflect 2.5 mm (0.1 in).
- Turn the adjusting bolt as necessary to adjust the compressor belt tension (51) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Tighten the top bolts. Torque the top bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M8.
- Test the belt tension again (Force 11-12 N (2.5-2.75 lb)).
Do this procedure again as necessary to get the correct belt tension.
(4) Install the engine cowlings, refer to Engine Cowlings Install.

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
51
52 52
50
40 53 41
Figure 5 - Remove/Install The Compressor

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Compressor (51) Adjuster bolt for flexible

belt tension
(40) Compressor delivery (52) op attachment bolts,
connection washers and nuts
(41) Compressor suction (53) Bottom attachment bolt,
(50) Electrical connection on
the mounting frame

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COOLING
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the air cooling system. If you find the trouble given in column 1, then
See Air Distribution General for trouble shooting the air distribution system. See Air Distribution Description for
trouble shooting the heating system. See Temperature Control General for trouble shooting the temperature
control system. And refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring.

No cold air Compressor V belt loose. Adjust the compressor V belt, refer to Flexible
Belt for the Air Conditioning Compressor Ad-
just.
Compressor V belt broken. Replace the compressor V belt.
Magnetic clutch does not en- Do a test for correct electrical operation. If the
gage. electrical supply is correct, replace the com-
pressor.
Compressor defective. Replace the compressor.
Not enough refrigerant. Do a test for leakage. Fill the system with re-
frigerant.
Dual pressure switch defec- Do a test of the dual pressure switch with the
tive. system not operating. If necessary, replace
the dual pressure switch.
Expansion valve defective. Replace the expansion valve.
Evaporator air inlet blocked. Remove the blockage.
Too much moisture in the sys- Replace the receiver/dryer and the refrigerant.
tem.
Too much oil in the system. Remove the oil. Then fill the system to the
correct level.
Evaporator noisy Damaged fan. Replace the fan.
Evaporator motor defective. Replace the motor.
Mounting loose. Tighten the mounting.
Evaporator air inlet blocked. Remove the blockage.
Water vapour in the cold Water separator drain Remove the blockage from the water separa-
air blocked. tor drain.
Expansion valve defec- Replace the expansion valve.
tive
Evaporator coil freezing Expansion valve defective. Replace the expansion valve.
High pressure switch System has too much refrig- Remove some refrigerant. Then fill the system
operates at regular inter- erant. to the correct level.
vals

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Condenser inlet air too Condenser air inlet blocked. Remove the blockage.
hot
Refrigerant pipe blocked or Remove the blockage or replace the damaged
bent. pipe.

1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Air Conditioning Compressor

- Filling of the Air Conditioning Compressor with Oil
- Installation of the Air Conditioning Compressor

None

Air conditioning portable test equipment complete with accessories .... PF Technologies PF-134 QTY
1
E. Materials
Oil ................................................................................................................................. R-134A QTY AR
Thread sealant ..................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Screw locking adhesive ........................................................................................... GS513009 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Air Conditioning Compressor

Refer to Figure 6.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Remove the refrigerant from the system, refer to Air Cooling System Servicing.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (50) on the engine mounting frame aft of the compressor (1) .
SKIN.
(4)
Note Make sure that you measure any oil which came out when the pipes were disconnected.
Release the suction pipe (41) and the delivery pipe (40) at the compressor (1) and catch any
oil that comes from the compressor.
(5) Put caps on the open connections (1) .
(6) Loosen the adjuster bolt (51) on the compressor, and loosen the flexible belt at the top of the
compressor (1) .
(7) Remove the bolts (52) attaching the compressor (1) to the top mounting bracket.
(8) Hold the compressor and remove the bolt (53) attaching the compressor (1) to the bottom
mounting bracket, and remove the compressor from the aircraft.
(9) Drain the oil from the compressor (1) as follow:
(a) Remove the drain plug.
(b)
Note Make sure that you measure any oil which came out when the pipes were
disconnected.
Measure the quantity of oil.
B. Filling of the Air Conditioning Compressor with Oil
(1) Remove the compressor (1) from the engine, refer to Procedure A.
(2)
Note Make sure that you measure any oil which came out when the pipes were disconnected.
Drain the oil from the compressor and tip the compressor up to make sure that all the oil drains
out.
(3) Put the compressor with the drain plug vertically up.

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Put 100 cc (3.4 fl oz) of Oil in the compressor .
(5) Use Screw locking adhesive to install the drain plug.
(6) Install the compressor (1) . refer to Procedure C.
C. Installation of the Air Conditioning Compressor
(1) Put the new compressor (1) in position on the engine.
(2) Loosely install the bottom mounting bolt (53) .
(3) Loosely install the top mounting bolts (52) .
(4) Put the flexible belt on the compressor pulley.
(5) Use the adjuster bolt (51) to adjust the belt tension, refer to Flexible Belt for the Air Conditioning
Compressor Adjust.
(6) Tighten the top (52) and bottom (53) mounting bolts.
(7) Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M8.
WARNING RELEASE THE CAPS FROM THE NEW COMPRESSOR SLOWLY. NEW
COMPRESSORS HAVE LOW PRESSURE NITROGEN INSIDE.
(8) Prepare the connections as follows:
(a)
Note Do not put thread sealant on the first 2 threads.
Apply a small amount of Thread sealant on the male fitting threads on the condenser.
(b) Apply a small amount of Oil on each connector where the nuts touch the tubes.
(9) Connect the suction pipe (41) at the compressor.
(10) Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
(11) Connect the delivery pipe (40) at the compressor.
(13) Connect the electrical connection (50) aft of the compressor on the engine mounting frame.
(14) Do a leak test, refer to Air Cooling System Servicing.
(15) Prepare the system for filling with refrigerant, refer to Air Cooling System Servicing.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(16) Connect the aircraft battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(17) Fill the system with refrigerant, refer to Air Cooling System Servicing.

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
51
52 52
50
40 53 41
Figure 6 - Removal/Installation of the Compressor

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

belt tension
(40) Compressor delivery (52) Top attachment bolts,
(50) Electrical connection on
the mounting frame
Figure 6 - Removal/Installation of the Compressor

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLEXIBLE BELT FOR THE AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
flexible belt ................................................................................... GS241001-130-0916 (C4331) QTY 1
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the flexible belt
(2) Remove the propeller, refer to Propeller Remove and Install.
(3) Loosen the top mounting bolts for the air conditioning compressor (52) .
(4) Release the adjusting bolt for the compressor belt. And loosen the adjuster fully (51) .
(5) Remove the flexible belt for the air conditioning compressor.
(6) Install the new belt for the air conditioning compressor.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Install the propeller, refer to Propeller Remove and Install.
(8) Adjust the flexible belt tension, refer to Flexible Belt for the Air Conditioning Compressor Adjust.
(10) Do an engine run-up, refer to Power Plant Engine Run-Up – General.

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
51
52 52
50
40 53 41

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

belt tension
(40) Compressor delivery (52) Top attachment bolts,
connection washer and nut
(50) Electrical Connection on
the mounting frame

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COOLING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to maintain the air cooling-system of the air conditioning system. It tells you how to
release refrigerant from the system. And how to fill the system. It tells you how to remove/install components
and how to test the system.

1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Air Conditioning Condenser

- Installation of the Air Conditioning Condenser

None

Air conditioning portable test equipment .................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Oil / Refrigerant ............................................................................................................ R-134A QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Air Conditioning Condenser

Refer to Figure 8.
(1) Remove these panels for access, refer to Access Panels General and Cockpit and Baggage
Compartment Furnishing General Data:
- Rear equipment compartment left and right.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Baggage compartment rear fabric cover.

- Baggage compartment right rear panel.
(2) Disconnect the aircraft battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(4) Remove the receiver/drier, refer to Receiver/Drier Remove and Install.
(5) Remove the condenser inlet duct (60) as follows:
(a) Disconnect the 2 large hoses from the inlet duct (60) .
(b) Release the bolts (61) attaching the inlet duct to the condenser (2) .
(c) Remove the duct (60) from the aircraft.
(6) Release the bolts (62) attaching the condenser (2) to the attachment bracket and the outlet duct.
(7) Disconnect the electrical connector for the condenser (63) .
(8) Move the condenser (2) up and forward.
WARNING DO NOT BREATHE R134A VAPOUR. AND DO NOT GET R134A ON YOU.
R134A CAN BE DANGEROUS.
OBEY THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
(9) Release the pipes as follows:
(a) Release the inlet to the condenser (65) .
(b) Release the outlet from the condenser (66) .
(c) Put caps on all open connections.
(d) Remove any spilt refrigerant.
(10) Remove the condenser (2) from the aircraft.
(11) Put caps on all open connections.
B. Installation of the Air Conditioning Condenser

Refer to Figure 8.
(1) Put the condenser (2) in position in the aircraft. Leave space between the condenser (2) and
the bulkhead to connect the pipes.

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a)
Apply a small amount of Thread sealant on the male fitting threads on the condenser (2) .
(b) Apply a small amount of Oil / Refrigerant on each connector where the nuts touch the tubes.
(3) Connect the pipes as follows:
(a) Connect the inlet to the condenser (65) . Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten
Procedure
(b) Connect the outlet to the condenser (66) . Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten
Procedure
(4) Connect the electrical connector for the condenser (63) .
(5) Move the condenser into position and install the bolts (62) which attach it to the bracket and the
outlet duct.
(6) Install the air inlet duct as follows:
(a) Put the duct in position.
(b) Install the bolts (61) which hold the duct to the condenser.
(7) Install the receiver/drier, refer to Receiver/Drier Remove and Install.
(8) Connect the 2 large hoses to the inlet duct.
(13) Install these panels, refer to Access Panels General and Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
Furnishing General Data:
- Rear equipment compartment left and right
- Baggage compartment rear, right panel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Baggage Compartment
Rear Frame
D
FW
60
66 61
63 62
2 65
Figure 8 - Removal/Installation of the Condenser

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(2) Condenser (63) Electrical connector for

the condenser
(60) Condenser inlet duct (65) Condenser inlet
connector
(61) Bolts attaching inlet the (66) Condenser outlet
duct connector
(62) Bolts holding the
condenser to the bracket
Figure 8 - Removal/Installation of the Condenser

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR CONDITIONING EVAPORATOR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Air Conditioning Evaporator

- Installation of the Air Conditioning Evaporator

None

E. Materials
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Air Conditioning Evaporator

Refer to Figure 9.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-50-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Baggage compartment rear, right panel.
(4) Release the air outlet hose (70) to the canopy.
(5) Release the air outlet hoses (71) to the ducts on the right and left of the fuselage.
(6) Disconnect the electrical connectors (72) for the evaporator fans.
(7) Disconnect the bonding cable (73) .
(8) Remove right evaporator motor.
(9) Release the screws (74) attaching the evaporator plate to the baggage compartment bulkhead.
(10) Move the evaporator (5) forward.
WARNING DO NOT BREATHE R134A VAPOUR. AND DO NOT GET R134A ON YOU.
R134A CAN BE DANGEROUS.
(a) Remove the hexagon socket bolt (75) and retaining plate from the expansion valve.
(b) Release the inlet (76) from the expansion valve.
(c) Release the outlet (77) from the expansion valve.
(d) Put caps on all open connections and remove any spilt refrigerant.
(12) Remove the evaporator (5) from the aircraft.
(13) Prepare the installation of a new evaporator (5) as follows:
(a) Remove 4 bolts (78) attaching the mounting plate.
(b) Remove and keep the mounting plate (79) .
B. Installation of the Air Conditioning Evaporator
(1) Prepare the installation of a new evaporator (5) as follows:
(a) Put the mounting plate (79) in position on the evaporator (5) .

09 March 2017 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Install 4 bolts (78) attaching the mounting plate.
(2) To prepare the connections, apply a small amount of Oil / Refrigerant on the seal of each
connector.
(3) Put the evaporator in position in the aircraft.
(4) Install the pipes as follows:
(a) Install the inlet (76) to the expansion valve.
(b) Install the outlet (77) from the expansion valve.
(c) Install the retaining plate and hexagon-socket screw (75) .
(5) Connect the electrical connector (72) for the evaporator.
(6) Move the evaporator (5) into position.
(7) Install the 7 screws (74) which attach it to the bulkhead.
(8) Install the right evaporator motor.
(9) Connect the bonding cable (73) to the electrical mounting plate.
(10) Connect the air outlet hose (70) to the canopy connector.
(11) Connect the air outlet hoses (71) to the LH and RH fuselage ducts.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-50-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
71 74
70 76
A
5
77
79
Avionic 75
Mounting View from Below
Plate
78
72
73
A
Baggage Compartment
Rear Frame
Figure 9 - Removal/Installation of the Evaporator

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-50-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(5) Evaporator (75) Hexagon socket bolt for

the retaining plate
(70) Outlet hose to the (76) Inlet hose to the
canopy expansion valve
(71) Outlet hoses to the LH (77) Outlet hose from the
and RH fuselage ducts expansion valve
(72) Electrical connections (78) Evaporator mounting-
plate attaching-bolts
(73) Bonding cable (79) Evaporator mounting-
plate
(74) Screws attaching the
evaporator
Figure 9 - Removal/Installation of the Evaporator

09 March 2017 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RECEIVER/DRIER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Receiver/Drier

- Installation of the Receiver/Drier

None

E. Materials
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Receiver/Drier

Refer to Figure 10.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (80) for the dual pressure switch.
(a) Release the inlet (81) to the receiver/drier.
(b) Release the outlet (82) from the receiver/drier.
(c) Put caps on all open connections.
(d) Remove any spilt refrigerant.
(6) Release 2 clamps (83) which hold the receiver/drier to the mounting bracket.
(7) Remove the receiver/drier (3) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Receiver/Drier

Refer to Figure 10.
(1) Put the receiver/drier (3) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Tighten the 2 clamps (83) which hold the receiver/drier to the mounting bracket.
(a)
Apply a small amount of Thread sealant on the male fitting threads on the evaporator.
(b) Apply a small amount of Oil / Refrigerant on each connector where the nuts touch the tubes.
(4) Connect the pipes as follows:
(a) Connect the inlet (81) to the receiver/drier.
(b) Connect the outlet (82) from the receiver/drier.
(c) Torque the nuts, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (80) for the dual pressure switch.

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Rear equipment compartment left and right

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Baggage Compartment Rear Frame
D
FW
80
82
84
A 81
83
3
Figure 10 - Removal/Installation of the Receiver/Drier

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(3) Receiver/drier (82) Outlet from the receiver/

drier
(80) Electrical connector (83) Clamps
(81) Inlet to the receiver/drier (84) Dual pressure switch

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-50-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR CONDITIONING DUAL PRESSURE SWITCH

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Air Conditioning Dual Pressure Switch

- Installation of the Air Conditioning Dual Pressure Switch

None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Air Conditioning Dual Pressure Switch

Refer to Figure 11.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (80) for the dual pressure switch.
(5) Remove the dual pressure switch (84) from the receiver/drier (3) .
(6) Put caps on all open connections and remove any spilt refrigerant.
B. Installation of the Air Conditioning Dual Pressure Switch

Refer to Figure 11.
(1) Install the new dual pressure switch (84) in the receiver/drier (3) .
(2) Connect the electrical connector (80) for the dual pressure switch.
- Baggage compartment rear fabric cover

09 March 2017 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
80
82
84
A 81
83
3

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(3) Receiver/drier (82) Outlet from the receiver/

drier
(80) Electrical connector (83) Clamps
(81) Inlet to the receiver/drier (84) Dual pressure switch

09 March 2017 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AIR CONDITIONING EXPANSION VALVE

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Air Conditioning Expansion Valve

- Installation of the Air Conditioning Expansion Valve

None

E. Materials
Refrigerant lubricating-oil ............................................................................................. R134-A QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Air Conditioning Expansion Valve

Refer to Figure 12.
(1) Remove the rear equipment compartment right access panel, refer to Access Panels General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Release the inlet and outlet hoses to the expansion valve as follows:
(a) Remove the hexagon socket bolt (90) which attaches the retainer plate to the expansion
valve.
(b) Remove the retainer plate.
WARNING DO NOT BREATHE R134-A VAPOUR. AND DO NOT GET R134-A ON

YOU. R134-A CAN BE DANGEROUS.
(c) Pull the hoses from the expansion valve.
(d) Make sure that the seals stay on the hose fittings.
(e) Put caps on all open connections.
(f) Remove any spilt refrigerant.
(5) Remove the expansion valve as follows:
(a) Remove the 2 hexagon socket bolts (91) from the centre of the expansion valve (4) .
(b) Pull the expansion valve (4) from the evaporator pipe assembly.
(c) Remove the expansion valve (4) from the aircraft.
(d) Make sure that the seals stay on the male pipe fittings.
(e) Put caps on all open connections.
(f) Remove any spilt refrigerant.
B. Installation of the Air Conditioning Expansion Valve

Refer to Figure 12.
(a) If necessary, use new O-ring seals.
(b) Apply a small amount of Refrigerant lubricating-oil to each seal.
(2) Put the expansion valve (4) in position in the aircraft.
(3) Push the expansion valve (4) onto the evaporator pipe assembly.
(4) Attach the expansion valve (4) with 2 hexagon socket bolts (91) .

09 March 2017 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Connect the inlet (76) and outlet (77) hoses to the expansion valve as follows:
(a) Push each hose into its socket.
(b) Put the retainer plate in position.
(c) Install the hexagon socket bolt (90) .
(10) Install the rear equipment compartment right access panel, refer to Access Panels General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Baggage Compartment
Rear Frame
D
FW
D
FW
A 4
91 76
77
90
View from Below
Figure 12 - Removal/Installation of the Expansion Valve

09 March 2017 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(4) Expansion valve (90) Hexagon socket bolt for

the retaining plate
(76) Inlet connection to (91) Hexagon socket bolts for
expansion valve the expansion valve
(77) Outlet from the
expansion valve
Figure 12 - Removal/Installation of the Expansion Valve

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 21-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21-51
EQUIPMENT COOLING

1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EQUIPMENT COOLING
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has an electric blower (the panel blower) which cools the electrical/avionic equipment

1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EQUIPMENT COOLING
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the location of the panel blower. The panel blower (1) is located at the rear, centre, on the
electrical installation plate. It is below the avionic rack.
It moves warm air from below the avionic rack into the cockpit. This improves the cooling of the area between
the firewall and the instrument panel.
A circuit-breaker (PANEL BLOWER, 1 Amp) on the BATT BUS protects the circuit.
The blower operates whenever there is power on the BATT BUS.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-51 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
Electrical Installation Plate
Under the Avionics Rack
1
Legend
(1) Panel blower (3) Attaching bolt

(2) In-line electrical- (4) Washer and nut
connector
Figure 1 - Panel Blower

27 July 2018 21-51 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EQUIPMENT COOLING
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the equipment cooling system. If you find the trouble given in column
1, then do the repair given in column 3.

The panel blower does Panel blower circuit-breaker Set the panel blower circuit-breaker.
not operate with power not set.
on the related BATT
BUS.
Panel blower defective. Do a test for power at the in-line connector for
the panel blower. If there is power, replace the
panel blower.
Power or ground cables to the Do a test for continuity of the related cables.
blower open the circuit break- Repair or replace damaged cables.
er.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-51 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 21-51 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PANEL BLOWER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Panel Blower

- Installation of the Panel Blower

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Panel Blower

Refer to Figure 2.
(2) Release the instrument panels to get access, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General or
Instrument & Control Panels General Data.
(3) Remove the front, right foot-well side panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
Furnishing General Data.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-51 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Release the electrical connector (2) .
(5) Remove 4 bolts (3) and nuts (4) attaching the panel blower.
(6) Remove the panel blower (1) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Panel Blower
(1) Put the blower (1) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Install 4 bolts (3) and nuts (4) .
(3) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(4) Connect the electrical connector (2) .
CAUTION REMOVE ALL LOOSE ITEMS FROM THE AREA BETWEEN THE FIREWALL
AND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BEFORE YOU APPLY ELECTRICAL
POWER.
(6) Do a test of the panel blower as follows:
(a) Set the BATT switch to ON.

- The panel blower must operate.
(b) Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(7) Install the front, right, foot-well side panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing
General Data.
(8) Install the instrument panels, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General (analog cockpit) and
Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital cockpit).

27 July 2018 21-51 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
Under the Avionics Rack
1
Legend
(1) Panel blower (3) Attaching bolt

(2) In-line electrical- (4) Washer and nut
connector
Figure 2 - Panel Blower

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-51 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 21-51 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-51-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EQUIPMENT COOLING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove/install the panel blower.
Refer to the wiring manual for the aircraft for wiring data.

1T120TP-A-21-51-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-51-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21-60
TEMPERATURE CONTROL

1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a simple temperature control system for warm air. There is no temperature control system
for cold air. This Section tells you about the warm air control.
A mixer tube controls the temperature of the warm air. This Section tells you about the valve and about the supply
of ambient air to the valve. See Heating General for data about the supply of hot air to the valve.

1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the temperature control system. The system has a mixer tube (1) . Hot air flows from the engine-
engine compressor (2) to a bleed-air control and shut-off valve. A flexible hose connect the shut-off valve to
the mixer tube. The pilot can control the shut-off valve.
Refer to Heating General for data on the hot air supply.
Cool ambient air flows from a duct in the bottom cowling to the front of the mixer tube (3) . The mixer tube has
a circular body. A disc-valve (4) can move inside the body. The disc valve has a small flat area. When the valve
is fully closed, ambient air can still enter the mixer tube to prevent over-heating.
Hot air from the ball valve enters the bottom of the mixer tube down-stream of the disc valve. A nozzle injects
the hot air into the mixer tube body parallel to the ambient air flow
The disc-valve changes the amount of cold air to control the temperature. The warm air mixture leaves the valve
at the outlet (5) . An insulated flexible hose carries the warm air under the engine to a connection on the firewall
(6) . The connection is the inlet to the distribution valve.
B. Operation
On the ground, the hot air flow causes cool air to enter the mixer tube. In the air, ram-effect increases the cool
air flow.
The lever (8) on the instrument panel beam controls the mixer tube. When the lever is fully to the left, the valve
supplies only cool ambient air. When the lever is fully to the right, the valve supplies hot air.
You can set the lever at any position between fully cool and fully hot. The valve supplies a mixture of cool and
hot air.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Firewall
Engine Compartment - Right
Engine Mounting-Frame
9 6
D
9 FW
4 5
1
7
3
2
Figure 1 - Temperature Control System

27 July 2018 21-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Mixer tube (6) Connection to the

distribution valve at the
firewall
(2) Engine-hot air supply (7) Control cable
connection
(3) Cold air inlet from bottom (8) Cockpit control lever
cowling
(4) Control flap (9) Attaching bolts and nuts
for the mixer tube
(5) Outlet to insulated
flexible hose

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 21-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MIXER CONTROL FLAP

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Test/Adjust the Mixer Control Flap

Refer to Figure 2.
(2) Set the ventilation lever (8) to MAX (fully right).
(3) Make sure that the control flap (4) is fully open.
(4) Set the ventilation lever (8) to MIN (fully left).
(5) Make sure that the control flap (4) fully closes the ambient air inlet.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) If the control flap is not at the correct position, adjust the control cable.
Afterwards do step A.2 to step A.6 again.

27 July 2018 21-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Firewall
9 6
D
9 FW
4 5
1
7
3
2

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

firewall
connection
cowling
for the mixer tube
flexible hose

27 July 2018 21-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the temperature control system. If you find the trouble given in column

No air flows to the se- Control cable disconnected or Replace the control cable.
lected area. broken.
Temperature control Flap in the mixer tube stuck Repair/replace the mixer tube.
does not operate.

1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MIXER TUBE
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Mixer tube

- Installation of the Mixer tube

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Mixer tube

Refer to Figure 3.
(2) Release the control cable (7) from the mixer tube.
(3) Release the clamp which holds the air outlet hose (5) .
(4) Release the hose from the valve.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Disconnect the hot air hose (2) from the mixer tube (1) .
(6) Remove the bolts, washers and nuts (9) attaching the mixer tube (1) to the engine mounting
frame.
(7) Remove the mixer tube (1) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Mixer tube
(1) Put the mixer tube (1) in position on the engine mounting frame.
(2) Install the bolts, washers and nuts (9) attaching the mixer tube (1) to the engine mount.
(3) Connect the hot air hose (2) to the mixer tube.
(4) Install the outlet air hose (5) on the mixer tube.
(5) Tighten the clamp which holds the hose.
(6) Connect the control cable (7) to the mixer tube.
(7) Do a test for full and free operation of the control flap.
(8) If necessary, adjust the mixer tube control, refer to Mixer Control Flap Adjust.

09 March 2017 21-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Firewall
9 6
D
9 FW
4 5
1
7
3
2

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 21-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

firewall
connection
cowling
for the mixer tube
flexible hose

09 March 2017 21-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-21-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TEMPERATURE CONTROL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
These maintenance procedures tell you how to remove/install the mixer tube. And how to adjust the temperature
control system.

1T120TP-A-21-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-21-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
22-10
AUTOPILOT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AUTOPILOT
DESCRIPTION
A. System Description
The Autopilot System is a digital three-axis (roll, pitch and yaw) attitude-based DFCS digital flight control
system . For the G 120TP the autopilot system utilizes only two axis, the roll and pitch axis, without yaw.
The system also utilizes dual ADAHRSof the G 120TP EFIS system for attitude reference. The dual
ADAHRS supports the autopilot’s monitoring (cross comparison) of the basic attitude information. It
provides a continuous comparison of the attitude information to insure integrity of the attitude sources. The
system always uses the same ADAHRS information as is presented to the pilot. The system accepts
steering inputs from the navigation radios, FMS Flight Management System functions of the EFIS, and the
heading system.
The autopilot system has its own circuit breaker to protect the system. The release time of the circuit breaker
depends on the current, see Figure 1.
B. System Overview
The S-TEC 1950 Autopilot system consists of the FGC Flight Guidance Computer , the MCP Mode Control
Panel , pitch and roll servos, and inputs from other airplane systems. Figure 2 shows a typical autopilot
system. The elevator trim servo has already been certified with the basic airplane, and is not included in
this project. Figure 3 shows a simplified block diagram of the autopilot installation with airplane interfaces.
The S-TEC 1950 Autopilot system interfaces with several airplane systems. The control stick has buttons
for autopilot disconnect/trim disconnect, go around, control wheel steering and manual trim. The EFIS
provides inputs for the selected NAVradio, GPS, and/or FMS functions to support the various autopilot
modes. The FGC will generate an audio disconnect tone. Verbal annunciations e.g. “Autopilot Disconnect”
are generated by the EFIS.
Table 1 Autopilot Component Overview
Num- Function Manufacturer Type Part Number

ber
1 Flight Guidance Computer Genesys Aerosys- FGC 01308-02-01-007
FGC tems
2 Mode Control Panel Genesys Aerosys- MCP 01292-05-03
tems
3 Pitch Servo Genesys Aerosys- Servo 01230-4-P9
tems
4 Roll Servo Genesys Aerosys- Servo 0106-17-R1
tems
(3) Technical Specifications
FGC Specification:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Height/Width/Depth: ¼ ATR404 Short (5.2 in x 2.25 in x 8.9 in)

- Weight: 2.2 lbs
- Input Power: 28.0 VDC nominal, 5 Amps with servo load
Pitch Servo Specification:

- Height/Width/Depth: 5.19 in x 3.89 in x 8.89 in
- Weight: 4.7 lbs
- Input Power: provided from FGC
Roll Servo Specification:

- Height/Width/Depth: 3.8 in x 3.9 in x 7.3 in
- Weight: 2.9 lbs
- Input Power: provided from FGC
MCP Specification:
- Height/Width/Depth: 1.88 in x 5.75 in x 1.25 in plus connector
- Weight: 0.5 lbs
- Input Power: 28.0 VDC nominal, 0.025 Amps
Autopilot System Operating Modes:

- AP On/Engaged
- FD On
- Heading (HDG) Mode
- Altitude Hold (ALT) Mode
- Navigation (NAV) Mode
- Vertical NAV (VNV) Mode
- Approach (APR) Mode
- Indicated Airspeed Hold (IAS) Mode
- Vertical Speed (VS) Mode
Autopilot System Operating Limits:

- Pitch Angle Limit: ±17 degrees
- Pitch Rate Limit: ±4 degrees/second
- Roll/Bank Angle Limit: ±25 degrees
- Roll/Bank Rate Limit: ±10 degrees/second

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Release time [s]
Multiple of nominal current
Figure 1 - Release time from the circuit breaker

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 2 - Typical Components - 1950 Autopilot System

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 3 - Schematic - Autopilot System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT GUIDANCE COMPUTER (FGC)

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
The FGC Flight Guidance Computer is the central core of the System and contains the logic, modes, and control
laws that provide the autopilot functionality. Figure 4 shows the outline of the FGC. The FGC receives inputs
from dual digital attitude reference sources as well as control inputs from the MCP Mode Control Panel which
serves as the interface between the system and the flight crew.
B. Hardware Overview
Figure 5 is a simplified block diagram of the FGC hardware.
C. Software Overview
The FGC software is contained in the following processors, each having specific tasks to perform:
- FGC Input/Output Processor (IOP)
- FGC Main Autopilot Processor(MAPP)
It should be noted that the control interface may be any suitable control unit(s) which conform to the
applicable specifications. This is possible because the mode logic and monitors are contained in the MAPP
and IOP. For the G 120TP, the MCP provides the mode selection control, while the EFIS provides the upper
mode control inputs.
The IOP handles the 429 data, and transmits the data of interest to the MAPP. It communicates with the
MAPP via RS-232 serial data. In addition to processing basic ARINC 429 I/O it provides independent
monitors of the autopilot for the potential failure modes of a pitch, roll, or yaw hardover condition or a pitch
or roll slowover condition. While the basic system design (Servo speed) limits the resultant effect on the
airplane to be within prescribed limits as defined by FAA guidance, the hardover monitor substantially
reduces the effect of the hardover failure condition by interrupting the servo in the affected axis. The
slowover monitor detects a slowover condition that takes the aircraft beyond the normal autopilot limits and
subsequently disconnects the autopilot and alerts the pilot. This same monitor will also disconnect the
autopilot when the aircraft is beyond normal limits due to a hardover. Figure 6 is a simplified functional block
diagram of the I/O Software. The I/O software is designed to Design Assurance Level C.
The MAPP contains the mode logic and control laws that fly the aircraft. Figure 7 shows a simplified
functional block diagram of the MAPP Software. The MAPP software was developed to Design Assurance
Level C. The MAPP also contains monitoring for a dual axis hardover condition that disconnects the
autopilot. It contains an internal accelerometer monitor of the pitch axis that limits the effect of a hardover
failure condition. The integrity of these monitors is protected by software monitors of the execution and
timing loops which are under control of an independent hardware watchdog timer. Faults detected by any
of the monitors (dual hardover monitor, execution monitor, timing loop monitor, watchdog timer) results in
an autopilot disconnect and an alarm to the pilot.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 4 - Outline Drawing

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 5 - Hardware Block Diagram

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 6 - Software Block Diagram

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 7 - MAPP Software Block Diagram

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REMOVE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Flight Guidance Computer (FGC)

Refer to Figure 8 and Figure 9.
(1) Remove the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the co-pilot PFD and MFD display from the instrument panel, refer to Digital Instrument
Panel Remove procedure.
(3) Safe and secure the main cable harness (2) in front of the FGC (1) against damages.
(4) Remove the COM/NAV 2 VHF Transceiver (6) , refer to COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver
Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Lift the attachment sheet metal assy (3) as follows:
CAUTION DO NOT LOOSE THE SCREWS AND WASHERS (4) WHILE REMOVAL
OF IT. THEY MAY FALL INTO THE E-SHEET PANEL.
(a) Remove the screws and the washers (4) LH and RH form the sheet metal assy (3) .
Hold the sheet metal assy (3) by hand to get the FGC free for removal.
(b) Loosen the two bolts (5) at the forward end of the sheet metal assy (3) . Do not remove
the two bolts (5) .
(c) Lift the sheet metal assy (3) with the TAS computer carefully upwards.
(6) Turn the locking nut (12) counter-clockwise to release the FGC (1) from the locking tab (11) .
Turn until the latch will swing out of the way of the locking tab on the front of the FGC.
(7) Carefully pull the FGC (1) out of the mounting rack (10) .
Note Do not damage the main cable harness (2) while removal of the FGC.

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
2
Legend
(1) Flight Guidance (4) Screw and washer

Computer
(2) Main cable harness (5) Bolt
(3) Sheet metal assy for the (6) COM/NAV
TAS computer
Figure 8 - Flight Guidance Computer Installation

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
11
12
Legend
(1) Flight Guidance (11) Locking Tab

Computer
(10) Mounting Rack (12) Locking Nut
Figure 9 - Flight Guidance Computer - Mounting Rack Installation

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INSTALL PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Installation of the Flight Guidance Computer (FGC)

(1) Make sure that the COM/NAV 2 VHF Transceiver (6) is removed, refer to COM/NAV 1 and 2 -
VHF Transceiver Remove and Install.
(2) Make sure that the main cable harness (2) is secured against damage while installation of the
FGC (1) .
Make sure that the sheet metal assy (3) of the TAS is lifted and hold by hand.

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3)
Note Do not damage the main cable harness (2) while installation of the FGC.
Position the FGC (1) into the mounting rack (10) .
Note Make sure that the bottom of the FGC (1) aligns to the bottom of the mounting rack (10) .
(4) Tighten the locking nut (12) to the locking tab (11) only hand tight.
CAUTION DO NOT LOOSE THE SCREWS AND WASHERS (4) WHILE INSTALLATION
OF IT. THEY MAY FALL INTO THE E-SHEET PANEL.
(5) Install the screws and the washers (4) LH and RH to the sheet metal assy (3) .
Hold the sheet metal assy (3) by hand to obey damages to the cable harnesses (2) .
(6) Tighten the two bolts (5) at the forward end of the sheet metal assy.
(7) Torque the screws (4) and the two bolts (5) of the sheet metal assy, refer to Standard Bolts and
Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(8) Install the COM/NAV 2 VHF Transceiver (6) , refer to COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver
Remove and Install.
(9) Remove all safety items on the main cable harness (2) after installation of the FGC (1) and the
COM/NAV 2 VHF Transceiver (6) .
(10) Install the co-pilot PFD and MFD displays to the instrument panel, refer to Digital Instrument Panel
Install procedure.
(11) Install the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
1. Do a test of the Autopilot-System, refer to Autopilot Function Test.

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
2
Legend
(1) Flight Guidance (4) Screw and washer

Computer
(2) Main cable harness (5) Bolt
(3) Sheet metal assy for the (6) COM/NAV 2 VHF
TAS computer Transceiver
Figure 10 - Flight Guidance Computer Installation

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
11
12
Legend
(1) Flight Guidance (11) Locking Tab

Computer
(10) Mounting Rack (12) Locking Nut
Figure 11 - Flight Guidance Computer - Mounting Rack Installation

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-01A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AUTOPILOT
FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Supply the aircraft with external power, refer to External Power Supply Operation

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Autopilot - Function Test
(1) General
(a) Make sure that the electrical system is fully operational.
(b) Make sure that the avionic system is fully operational.
(c) Make sure that the installation of the AP system is completed.
(d) This function test will be performed on ground to ensure the correct function of the servos,
switches and displays.

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Function Test
(a) Make sure that all cockpit indications are normal.
(b) Supply the aircraft with electrical power:

- Set switch BATT to ON
- Set switch EXT PWR to ON
- Set switch BUS TIE to ON.
(c) Make sure that the Autopilot (AP) Computer remains off:
- Make sure that the AP annunciation panel on PFD shows red crosses
- Make sure that the AP is not engaged according to stick forces.
(d) Set the initial switch settings for the function test:
- Make sure that the AP LH ARM button is not pressed
- Adjust the instrument lighting potentiometers from DIM to BRT.
(e) Set the switch AVIONIC MASTER to ON.
(f) Make sure that the AVIONIC BUS 1 and 2 are powered.
(g) Push the circuit breakers FGC and MCP.

- Make sure that the PFD 1 and the MFD 1 ADAHRS have initialized
- Make sure that the AP starts
- Wait for completion of the self test
- PFD should display “INIT” during the self test
- After completion of the self test the AP annunciation panel on PFD should remain
blank other than the side-in-command indication: a green arrow in the center of the
panel pointing from left to right.
(h) Push first the switch TRIM on pilot’s stick and than on co-pilot’s stick for 1 to 2 seconds
forward.
Make sure that the trimming system operates “Nose Down” on the elevator trim panel.
(i) Push the button AP on the MCP to engage the AP.

- Make sure that the Flight Director command is visible on PFDs
- Make sure that “ROLL” and “PITCH” modes display in AP panel on PFD.
(j) Push / pull the pilot's stick or the co-pilot's stick forward and back.
- Make sure that the pitch servo is engaged and can be overridden.
(k) Push the pilot's stick or the co-pilot's stick left and right.
- Make sure that the roll servo is engaged and can be overridden.

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(l) Push the red button AP/TRIM DISCONNECT on pilot's stick to disengage the AP.
Make sure that:
- All AP modes are disconnected (including Flight Director mode)
- An aural tone and a voice warning is hearable
- All servos are disengaged
- All controls are free
- Flight Director command is visible on PFD.
(m) Push the button AP on the MCP to engage the AP.

- Make sure that the AP engages and AP is shown
- Make sure that “ROLL” and “PITCH” modes display with surrounding boxes in AP
panel on PFD.
(n) Push the red button AP/TRIM DISCONNECT on co-pilot's stick to disengage the AP.
Make sure that:
(o) Press HDG bug on pilot’s PFD.
Note Press the HDG bug to center the heading before starting the AP.
Make sure that the Flight Director command is visible on PFD.
(p) Push the button AP on the MCP to engage the AP.
(q) Turn HDG bug in any direction LH or RH and push the HDG bug.
Make sure that the stick follows the direction of the HDG bug.
(r) Push the red button AP/TRIM DISCONNECT on pilot's or co-pilot's stick to disengage the
AP.
Make sure that:
(s) Push the button AP on the MCP to engage the AP.

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

(t) Push the switch TRIM on pilot’s stick for 1 to 2 seconds aft.
- All AP modes are disconnected (excluding Flight Director mode)
- Flight Director command is visible on PFD
- Make sure that the trimming system operates “Nose Up” on the elevator trim panel.
(u) Push the button AP on the MCP to engage the AP.

(v) Push the switch TRIM on co-pilot’s stick for 1 to 2 seconds forward.
- Make sure that the trimming system operates “Nose Down” on the elevator trim panel.
(w) Push the button AP on the MCP to engage the AP.

(x) Push the switch TRIM on co-pilot’s stick for 1 to 2 seconds aft.
- Make sure that the trimming system operates “Nose Up” on the elevator trim panel.
(y) Push the button AP on the MCP to engage the AP.

- Make sure that the switch TRIM MASTER is engaged.
(z) Ground crew set the Stall Switch on wing to simulate a stall condition.

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- All AP modes are disconnected

- Flight Director command is not visible on PFD.
(aa) Disconnect the aircraft from electrical power:

- Set switch BUS TIE to OFF.
- Set switch EXT PWR to OFF.
- Set switch BATT to OFF.
1. Remove the external power supply form the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply Operation.

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-22-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MODE CONTROL PANEL (MCP)

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
The MCP is the pilot’s primary autopilot interface using push and release buttons to select functions and modes.
The MCP generates the engage command and mode selection for the autopilot and flight director functions to
the FGC. This unit is also the clearinghouse for message and command traffic and transmits the autopilot modes
for display on the EFIS. Roll mode selections are Heading Hold (HDG), Navigation (NAV) and Approach (APR).
Pitch mode selections are Altitude Hold (ALT), Vertical Speed Hold (VS) and Indicated Airspeed Hold
(IAS).Figure 12 shows the MCP outline drawing.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AP HDG NAV APR
FD ALT VNV IAS VS
Figure 12 - MCP Outline Drawing
B. MCP Modes
Mode and annunciation description is based on Genesys IDU-680 Version 8.0D Pilot Guide (Fixed Wing) and
Cobham Pilot’s Operating Handbook, Digital Flight Control System - 2nd Generation (DFCS-2G / AP1950) .
Figure 13 shows the autopilot annunciation modes on the PFD Primary Flight Display .

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Boxed engaged mode annunciation = AP is engaged
Engaged mode annunciation flashes for 10 seconds upon mode/sub mode change
Figure 13 - Autopilot annunciation on the PFD
(1) Autopilot (AP) Engage/Disengage Button
When the AP Autopilot button is pressed, the Autopilot and FD Flight Director are engaged. These modes
will be annunciated on the PFD. The system will engage in the ROLL and PITCH modes (see Figure 14).
The roll and pitch attitudes will be attitudes present at the moment the autopilot button was pressed, except
when engaging the autopilot from Go-Around mode. If the AP button is pressed a second time, the autopilot
will disengage leaving the FD function active. A disengage tone will sound for 3 seconds followed by an
Autopilot Disconnect voice annunciation.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 14 - FD displayed on PFD with Roll and Pitch Modes
(2) Flight Director (FD) Button
The Flight Director is automatically activated and the Steering Bars come into view by pressing the AP
button. To use the Flight Director only (autopilot servos disengaged), press the AP button again which
disengages the AP mode but leaves the FD engaged. The pilot will be required to hand fly the aircraft by
reference to the Steering Bars and can program lateral and vertical modes as desired.
(3) Heading (HDG) Button
In the heading mode the system will track the heading bug on the EFIS display. Any heading bug change
will cause the aircraft to turn, intercept, and track the new heading. Depressing the heading button a second
time will cancel the mode and default back to ROLL Mode. Figure 15 shows the engaged HDG indication
on the PFD.

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 15 - Autopilot HDG and ALT Modes engaged
(4) Altitude (ALT) Button
The altitude mode (see Figure 15) maintains the pilot selected altitude using the altitude error signal derived
from the data supplied by the air data system. A target altitude may be selected on the EFIS for capturing
altitude hold from the vertical speed (VS) or indicated air speed hold (IAS) modes.
(5) Navigation (NAV) Button
The navigation mode guides the aircraft on a pilot selected course using a navigation error signal from the
navigation source. The source may be VHF Very High Frequency , VOR Omni-bearing Range , LOC
Localizer , or GPS Global Positioning System navigation receivers. Figure 16 shows the navigation mode
engaged with a localizer source.
(6) Vertical Navigation (VNV) Button
If a procedure approach is set up in the integrated display unit, the autopilot will follow the approach profile
when set in NAV and VNV mode. This includes altitudes set-downs using Lateral and Vertical steering
commands from the EFIS.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 16 - Autopilot with NAV:LOC and ALT Modes engaged
(7) Approach (APR) Button
The approach mode can command bank angles up to 30° and is normally used for VOR, GPS, LOCALIZER,
and ILS approaches. Figure 17 shows the autopilot engaged in APR mode with the lateral guidance
information supplied by the FMS and the vertical GS Glide Slope information.

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 17 - Autopilot with APR:FMS and APR:GS Modes engaged
(8) Indicated Air Speed (IAS) Button
The airspeed hold mode will synchronize to the current aircraft airspeed when engaged. Select a new
airspeed via the EFIS display IAS selector (IAS bug). The IAS mode (see Figure 18) instead of the VS mode
can be used to capture a pre-selected altitude, if desired. Pressing the IAS button once engaged in IAS
Mode, will leave the autopilot in the basic PITCH mode.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 18 - Autopilot with HDG and IAS Modes engaged
(9) Vertical speed (VS) Button
By pressing the VS button the commanded vertical speed and direction will be displayed on the PFD (see
Figure 19). The vertical speed will synchronize to the existing aircraft vertical speed when engaged in VS
mode. A new vertical speed can be selected via the EFIS display VS selector (VS bug). Pressing the VS
button a second time will leave the autopilot in PITCH mode.

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 19 - Autopilot with HDG and VS Modes engaged
(10) Control Wheel Steering Button (CWS)
The Autopilot is equipped with a CWS Control Wheel Steering Mode that can be activated by a switch at
the flight control grip after the autopilot has been engaged.
(11) Go-Around (GA)
GA Go-Around mode disengages the autopilot, cancels all armed modes, and selected altitudes, while
engaging the Flight Director FD, to provide steering command bars on the EFIS commanding wings level
and a pre-programmed pitch angle for the pilot to follow. GA mode is activated by pressing the GA button,
mounted on the flight control grip (see Figure 20).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AUTOPILOT/TRIM
DISCONNECT
BUTTON
GO AROUND
CONTROL WHEEL BUTTON
STEERING BUTTON
PUSH TO TALK
BUTTON
Figure 20 - Pushbuttons on control stick
(12) Automatic Electric Trim / Pitch Trim
Electric pitch trim is designed to operate automatically with the autopilot engaged or manually to maintain
a balanced or trimmed condition in the pitch axis. The system is a fail safe design with two independent
channels, one for trim up (UP) and one trim down (DN), with an H-bridge motor driver that allows no single
point failure to cause a trim runaway condition.
Automatic Electric Trim uses the pitch servo’s rotational spring system to rotate the motor to either side of
a centered null position toward trim sensor switches. The trim sensor switches are mounted and positioned
so that a preset output torque will close the switch indicating an out of trim condition. The out of trim condition
activates the automatic electric trim circuitry in the FGC, which signals the trim servo to run in the appropriate
direction trimming the pitch servo to a null position opening the trim sensor switches thus ending the
trimming cycle.
(13) Manual Electric Trim
Manual Electric Trim uses a control wheel mounted double pole, double throw momentary contact switch
with a center off position and independent throw capability. Manual Electric Trim only runs the trim servo
when the switch is activated in the same direction by the pilot.
(14) Pitch/Roll Servo Description
The servos are the remote electro-mechanical means of moving the flight controls for pitch and roll to the
FGC’s commanded position. They are controlled by their respective driver within the FGC. Each servo has
a slip clutch that allows the pilot to override the servos in case of a malfunction. Therefore the pilot will have
complete authority over an autopilot malfunction. The servos are mechanically attached to the flight controls
by torque rods. The Pitch Servo and Roll Servo outline drawings are in Figure 21 and Figure 22, respectively.
The servos are delivered with preset clutch torque settings, but can be adjusted prior to installation if
needed.

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 21 - Pitch Servo 01230-4-( ) Outline Drawing

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 22 - Roll Servo 0106-17-( ) Outline Drawing
(15) Self test
After power has been applied to the system, the autopilot will perform a power on self test. The FGC will
send a message to the display system that will indicate the self test is in progress. Once the system has
successfully passed the self test, the FGC will send a message to the display system that will indicate the
ADAHRS is initializing if the attitude and/or air data sources have not gone valid yet.
This will remain displayed until the ADAHRS has completed its initialization, or until the system detects a
failure condition.

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
During this period, the system will not allow any mode to function. After the successful completion of both
the self-test and subsequent ADAHRS initialization, the FGC will send a message to the display system
that will indicate the autopilot is ready. The system is now ready to accept commands.
If the system fails initialization it will annunciate the failure. The FGC will send a message to the display
system that will indicate the autopilot has failed and will not allow any mode to function.
(16) Power Supplies
The AVIONIC BUS 1 supplies power for the MCP.

A 7.5 amp circuit-breaker protects the circuit.
The AVIONIC BUS 1 supplies power for the FGC.
A 7.5 amp circuit-breaker protects the circuit.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REMOVE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the MCP
(1) Unlock the MCP (1) by turning the four quarter turn fasteners (2) .
(2) Carefully pull out the MCP (1) from the digital instrument panel.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) .
(4) Apply protective caps to the electrical connector and the plug.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
R
AP
VS
V
NA
IAS
G
HD
V NV
AP
3 AL
T
FD
Legend
(1) Mode Control Panel (3) DZUS Rail

MCP
(2) Quarter-Turn Fastener (4) Electrical Connector
Figure 23 - Mode Control Panel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INSTALL PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Installation of the MCP
(1) Remove the protective caps to the electrical connector and the plug.
(2) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the MCP (1) .
(3) Carefully push the MCP (1) into the digital instrument panel. Make sure that the quarter turn
fasteners (2) move into the DZUS rail (3) .
(4) Lock the MCP by turning the quarter turn fasteners (2) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
R
AP
VS
V
NA
IAS
G
HD
V NV
AP
3 AL
T
FD
Legend
(1) Mode Control Panel (3) DZUS Rail

MCP
(2) Quarter-Turn Fastener (4) Electrical Connector
Figure 24 - Mode Control Panel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-02A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ROLL SERVO
ADJUST, ALIGN AND CALIBRATE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Adapter tool ....................................................................... 2T-A-W-2211-0000-00/23-0 (C4331) QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
Shim washer ........................................................................................... 120555–005 (C4331) QTY AR
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Clutch torque adjustment
(1) Before re-installation of a servo, perform the following procedure to check and adjust the clutch
torque value in accordance with the torque settings given in Table 1.
(a) Remove the cotter pin from the castle nut.
(b) Insert the Adapter tool into the leading holes in the servo capstan.
(c) Bear the dial torque wrench.
(d) Connect the servo motor to 28 VDC power supply. The Servo shaft rotates.
(e) Read the displayed torque value.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-270A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Torque Values
Servo Clutch Torque Clutch Torque Servo RPM

(min) (max)
ROLL 01230–4–P9 6.2 Nm (55 lb.in) 6.8 Nm (60 lb.in) 1.19
(f) Remove the torque wrench and the Adapter tool.
(g) Align the torque value by turning the castle nut - turn CW is to increase and CCW to decrease
the torque value.
(h) Repeat steps step A.1.b to step A.1.g, until read torque setting (step A.1.e) matches value
given in Table 1.
(i) Disconnect the electrical power from the servo motor.
(j) Re-install the cotter pin.
Note To align the cotter pin with the shaft hole, use shim washers in any quantity (min. 1
required).

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-270A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ROLL SERVO
REMOVE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Roll Servo
(1) Remove the LH seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the LH side panels of the center console, refer to Center Console Cover Remove and
Install.
(3) Remove the LH floor cover below the seat, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(4) Disconnect the connector (5) from the plug of the aircraft wiring.
(5) Attach protective caps to the connector (5) and the plug.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Remove the bolt (7) , the washer (8) , the nut (10) and the rod (9) from the roll servo (6) .
Discard the nut (10) .
(7) Remove the bolts (1) , the washers (2) , the ground cable (4) and the roll servo (6) from the
mounting bracket (3) .

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2
1
3 2
4
10
FW
D 5
Legend
(1) Bolt (6) Roll Servo

(2) Washer (7) Bolt
(3) Mounting Bracket (8) Washer
(4) Ground Cable (9) Rod
(5) Connector (10) Nut
Figure 25 - Roll Servo

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ROLL SERVO
INSTALL PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Make sure that the torque value of the Roll Servo is adjusted, refer to Roll Servo Adjust, align and
calibrate

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Installation of the Roll Servo
(1) Remove the protective caps from the connector (5) and the plug.
(2) Connect the connector (5) to the plug of the aircraft wiring.
(3) Attach the roll servo (6) with the bolts (1) , the washers (2) and the ground cable (4) to the
(4) Attach the rod (9) with the bolt (7) , the washer (8) and a new nut (10) to the roll servo (6) .
(5) Install the LH floor cover below the seat, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Install the LH side panels of the center console, refer to Center Console Cover Remove and Install.
(7) Install the LH seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2
1
3 2
4
10
FW
D 5
Legend
(1) Bolt (6) Roll Servo

(2) Washer (7) Bolt
(3) Mounting Bracket (8) Washer
(4) Ground Cable (9) Rod
(5) Connector (10) Nut
Figure 26 - Roll Servo

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-03A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PITCH SERVO
ADJUST, ALIGN AND CALIBRATE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Adapter tool ....................................................................... 2T-A-W-2211-0000-00/23-0 (C4331) QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
Shim washer ........................................................................................... 120555–005 (C4331) QTY AR
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Clutch torque adjustment
(1) Before re-installation of a servo, perform the following procedure to check and adjust the clutch
torque value in accordance with the torque settings given in Table 1.
(a) Remove the cotter pin from the castle nut.
(b) Insert the Adapter tool into the leading holes in the servo capstan.
(c) Bear the dial torque wrench.
(d) Connect the servo motor to 28 VDC power supply. The Servo shaft rotates.
(e) Read the displayed torque value.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-270A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Torque Values
Servo Clutch Torque Clutch Torque Servo RPM

(min) (max)
PITCH 0106–17–R1 11.3 Nm (100 lb.in) 13.0 Nm (115 lb.in) 2.02
(f) Remove the torque wrench and the Adapter tool.
(g) Align the torque value by turning the castle nut - turn CW is to increase and CCW to decrease
the torque value.
(h) Repeat steps step A.1.b to step A.1.g, until read torque setting (step A.1.e) matches value
given in Table 1.
(i) Disconnect the electrical power from the servo motor.
(j) Re-install the cotter pin.
Note To align the cotter pin with the shaft hole, use shim washers in any quantity (min. 1
required).

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-270A-D
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PITCH SERVO
REMOVE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Pitch Servo
(1) Remove the RH and LH side panels of the center console, refer to Center Console Cover Remove
and Install.
(2) Remove the LH floor panel, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(3) Disconnect the connector from the plug of the aircraft wiring.
(4) Attach protective caps to the connector and the plug.
(5) Remove the bolt (2) , the washer (3) , the nut (5) and the rod (9) from the pitch servo (1) .
Discard the nut.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Remove the bolts (6) , the washers (7) , the ground cable (8) and the pitch servo (1) from the

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2
3
4
1
D
FW
7
6
9
8
Legend
(1) Pitch Servo (6) Bolt

(2) Bolt (7) Washer
(3) Washer (8) Ground Cable
(4) Mounting Bracket (9) Rod
(5) Nut
Figure 27 - Pitch Servo

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PITCH SERVO
INSTALL PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Make sure that the torque value of the Roll Servo is adjusted, refer to Pitch Servo Adjust, align and
calibrate

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Installation of the Pitch Servo
(1) Install the pitch servo (1) with the bolts (6) , the washers (7) and the ground cable (8) to the
(2) Attach the rod (9) with he bolt (2) , the washer (3) and the nut (5) to the pitch servo (1) .
(3) Remove the protective caps from the connector and the plug.
(4) Connect the connector to the plug of the aircraft wiring.
(5) Install the LH floor panel, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Install the LH and RH side panels of the center console, refer to Center Console Cover Remove
and Install.

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2
3
4
1
D
FW
7
6
9
8
Legend
(1) Pitch Servo (6) Bolt

(2) Bolt (7) Washer
(3) Washer (8) Ground Cable
(4) Mounting Bracket (9) Rod
(5) Nut
Figure 28 - Pitch Servo

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-04A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PITCH TRIM SERVO

REMOVE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Pitch Trim Servo
(1) Refer to S-TEC Elevator Trim Servo Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-05A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

01 April 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-05A-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PITCH TRIM SERVO

INSTALL PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Installation of the Pitch Trim Servo
(1) Refer to S-TEC Elevator Trim Servo Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 22-10 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-05A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

01 April 2017 22-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-22-10-00-05A-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
23-00
COMMUNICATIONS

1T120TP-A-23-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMMUNICATIONS
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Chapter tells you general information about the communication system in the G 120TP-A.
The system includes:
- The radios for crew communication to the ground
- The audio system for internal communication of the crew on the aircraft.
The main avionic equipment is located at an avionic rack between the instrument panel and the firewall in front
of the cockpit of the aircraft.
To use the communication system it is necessary to support the aircraft with current.
Refer to the equipment manufacturers manuals for data about the equipment.
Refer to Lightning Protection General for the electrical bonding system in the aircraft.
Refer to the Wiring Diagram Manual for the electrical wiring.

1T120TP-A-23-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMMUNICATIONS
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
The G 120TP-A communication system consists of these components:
- Transceivers:
- VHF COM/NAV 1. The transceiver 1 ADR-7050 is located on the shelf bracket. The IDU-680
controls this part of the communication system.
- VHF COM/NAV 2. The transceiver 2 ADR-7050 is located on the shelf bracket. The IDU-680
controls this part of the communication system.
- OPTION 20: UHF COM 3. Transceiver KTR 909 and Control Unit KFS 599A. The transceiver
is located on the left side of the shelf bracket. The control unit is located in the instrument panel.
- OPTION 47: UHF COM 3. Transceiver KTR 909B and Control Unit KFS 599B. The transceiver
is located in the in the rear equipment compartment. The control unit is located in the instrument
panel.
- Antennas:
- COM 1 VHF antenna. The COM 1 antenna is located on the bottom of the fuselage under the
baggage compartment.
- COM 2 VHF antenna. The COM 2 antenna is located in the vertical stabilizer.
- OPTION 20: UHF COM 3 antenna. The COM 3 antenna is located under the rear fuselage.
- OPTION 47: UHF COM 3 antenna. The COM 3 antenna is located under the rear fuselage.
- Audio Management Unit 50 (AMU 50). The management equipment for the AMU 50 is located on
the shelf bracket. The IDU-680 controls this part of the communication system.
- Speaker Panel. The speaker panel with loudspeaker and two headset sockets is located on the center
console in the cockpit.
- Press-to-transmit (PTT) switches. A PTT switch is located on each control stick.
- Static dischargers. The static dischargers are located on the wing tips, the horizontal stabilizer and
the control surface of the rudder.
Speech Communications General data tells you about the speech communication system.
Audio Integrating General Data tells you about audio integrating.
Static Discharging General Data tells you about static discharging.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
23-10
SPEECH COMMUNICATIONS

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This section tells you about the radio equipment used in the G 120TP-A.
The control of the radios (frequency change, loudness, ...) is only possible by using the AUDIO/RADIO
MANAGEMENT (ARM) - Page on each IDU.
The VHF COM/NAV 1 and 2 radio is contolled by the IDU-680.
OPTION 20: The UHF COM 3 radio is controlled by the control unit in the instrument panel.
OPTION 47: The UHF COM 3 radio is controlled by the control unit in the instrument panel.
The VHF COM/NAV 1 and 2 is also controlled by the remote-mounted AMU 50. Refer to Audio Integrating
General Data for AMU 50 data.
Figure 1 shows the location of the communication equipment in the cockpit.
The Figure 2 and Figure 3 shows the antenna and equipment locations in the aircraft.
Some radio equipments have navigation functions. For other parts of the navigation system, refer to Navigation
General.
Refer to the equipment manufacturers manuals for maintenance data about the communication equipment.
Refer to the wiring manual for data on the electrical supplies to the speech communication equipment.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BENDIX / KING
TX
MN
GD
M
O
D
E
UHF
OFF
VOL PUSH
TEST
OFF
CHAN
8 9
6 10
4
Legend
4 COM 2 circuit breaker 8 VHF COM/NAV 1

Transceiver
5 UHF COM 3 control unit 9 VHF COM/NAV 2
(optional) Transceiver
6 UHF COM 3 circuit 10 COM 1 circuit breaker
breaker (optional)
Figure 1 - Speech Communication Equipment

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
24 22
23 21
24
23 21
Figure 2 - Communication Antenna And Equipment Locations OPTION 20

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
21 VHF COM/NAV 1 23 UHF COM 3 antenna

antenna (optional)
22 VHF COM/NAV 2 24 UHF COM 3 transceiver
antenna (optional)

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
22
23 21
23 21
25

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
21 VHF COM/NAV 1 23 UHF COM 3 antenna

antenna (optional)
22 VHF COM/NAV 2 25 UHF COM 3 transceiver
antenna (optional)

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM/NAV 1 AND 2 - VHF SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION OF HOW IT IS MADE AND ITS FUNCTION
A. Description
The VHF COM/NAV 1 and 2 systems have these components:
- VHF COM/NAV 1. ADR-7050 Transceiver, located on the shelf bracket, integral with VOR/LOC/GS.
- VHF COM/NAV 2. ADR-7050 Transceiver, located on the shelf bracket, integral with VOR/LOC/GS.
- Circuit breaker COM/NAV 1. The AVIONIC BUS 2 supplies power to the COM/NAV 1 equipment. A
10 A circuit breaker protects the circuit.
- Circuit breaker COM/NAV 2. The BATT BUS supplies power to the COM/NAV 2 equipment. A 10 A
(COM) and a 2 A (NAV) circuit breaker protect the circuit.
- VHF antenna COM/NAV 1. The COM/NAV 1 antenna is located under the lower fuselage, right of
centre line below the baggage compartment.
- VHF antenna COM/NAV 2. The COM/NAV 2 antenna is located in the vertical stabilizer.
- Automatically mating connectors connect the power/signal cables to the units when installed in the
avionic racks.
B. Operation
The VHF COM/NAV 1 and 2 systems will be operated by the IDU-680.
For detailed information for operation refer to GENESYS IDU-680 - Pilot Guide and Reference, applicable
Software version and latest revision.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM/NAV 1 AND 2 - VHF TRANSCEIVER

OPERATION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Headset .................................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Operational Test - COM/NAV 1 and 2

Refer to Figure 4.
Perform an operation test of the VHF Transceiver ADR-7050 of the COM/NAV 1 and 2 system at the
following steps:
(1) If necessary, supply the aircraft with external power, refer to External Power Supply Operation
(2) Connect the headset to the headset socket RH on the audio panel.
(4) Set the BUS TIE switch to ON.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Set the AVIONIC MASTER switch (7) to ON.
(6) Let the IDU-680 boot completely.
(7) Select the Audio/Radio Page on the IDU-680.
Note For detailed information of the IDU-680 functions refer to GENESYS IDU-680 Pilot and
Reference Guide, actual revision of the applicable software version.
(8) Select the COM 1 for test.
(9) Select a local Tower frequency.
(10) Do a test transmission:

- Make sure that a ‘TX’ appear in the COM 1 line.
- Push the push-to-transmit button on the stick.
- Make sure that a frame around the ‘TX’ appear in the COM 1 line while you push the push-
to-transmit button.
- Release the push-to-transmit button.
(11) Set the audio level:

- Turn the Encoder #1 volume knob to give the necessary audio level.
- Make sure that there is no unusual noise.
(12) Perform step A.8 to step A.11 for COM 2.
(13) Adjust the IDU-680 to former or necessary selections.
(14) Set the AVIONIC MASTER switch to OFF.
(15) Set the BUS TIE switch of OFF:
(17) Remove the headset.
(18) If necessary, remove the external power supply from the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply
Operation.

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BENDIX / KING
TX
MN
GD
M
O
D
E
UHF
OFF
VOL PUSH
TEST
OFF
CHAN
8 9
7 11
6 10
4
Legend
(4) COM 2 circuit breaker (8) COM/NAV 1 ADR-7050

Transceiver
(5) UHF COM 3 control unit (9) COM/NAV 2 ADR-7050
(optional) Transceiver
(6) UHF COM 3 circuit (10) COM 1 circuit breaker
breaker (optional)
(7) AVIONIC MASTER (11) BUS TIE switch
switch
Figure 4 - Speech Communication Equipment

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the speech communication system.
If you find the trouble given in column 1, then do the repair given in column 3.

Communications equip- Circuit-breaker not set. Set the circuit breaker.
ment does not operate.
Main equipment defective. Replace the equipment.
Cables/connectors defective. Do a test for continuity on each cable. Do a
test for a short circuit to ground and between
cables. Repair/replace defective cables.
Antenna defective. Do a test for correct impedance of the antenna
co-axial cable and of the antenna. If neces-
sary, repair/replace the defective item.
Refer to Audio Integrating General Fault Description for trouble shooting the audio integration system.
Refer to Flight Environment Data General Fault Description for trouble shooting related navigation functions.
Refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM/NAV 1 AND 2 - VHF TRANSCEIVER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the VHF Transceiver ADR-7050

- Installation of the VHF Transceiver ADR-7050

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the VHF Transceiver ADR-7050
(2) Remove the two IDU-680 from the co-pilot’s side, refer to Co-pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and
Install.
(3) Turn the locking screw (3) counter-clockwise to release the COM/NAV 1 (1) and / or COM/NAV
2 (7) .

1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Remove the LH COM/NAV 1 VHF Transceiver (1) first, then remove the RH COM/NAV
2 VHF Transceiver (7) .
(4) Carefully remove the LH COM/NAV 1 VHF Transceiver (1) and if necessary the RH COM/NAV
2 VHF Transceiver (7) afterwards from the mounting bracket (2) .
B. Installation of the VHF Transceiver ADR-7050
(1)
Note Make sure that the bottom of the ADR-7050 (7) and / or (1) is flush with the bottom of
the mounting bracket (2) .
Note Install the RH COM/NAV 2 VHF Transceiver (7) first, then install the LH COM/NAV 1 VHF
Transceiver (1) .
Carefully slide the COM/NAV 2 (7) and if necessary COM/NAV 1 (1) into the mounting bracket
(2) .
(2) Correctly align the ADR-7050 (7) and / or (1) with the alignment pins (6) , the plugs (4) and
the co-axial connectors (5) .
CAUTION DO NOT OVER-TIGHTEN THE LOCKING SCREW.
(3) Tighten the locking screw (3) to the ADR-7050 unit with your fingers.
(4) Install the two IDU-680 to the co-pilot’s side, refer to Co-pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and
Install.
1. Do an operation test of the VHF Transceiver ADR-7050, refer to COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver
Operation Test.

1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
A 3 FW
D
6
5
6
4
4
B
5
D
FW
Figure 5 - Removal and Installation of the VHF Transceiver ADR-7050

1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) ADR-7050 Transceiver (5) Co-axial connectors

COM/NAV 1
(2) Mounting bracket (6) Alignment pins
(3) Locking screw (7) ADR-7050 Transceiver
COM/NAV 2
(4) Plugs
Figure 5 - Removal and Installation of the VHF Transceiver ADR-7050

1T120TP-A-23-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMMUNICATIONS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This section contains the maintenance practices for the communication systems.
The procedures tell you how to remove / install the following components:
- COM/NAV 1 and 2 VHF Transceiver, refer to COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver Remove and
Install
- OPTION 20: COM 3 UHF Transceiver, refer to COM 3 UHF Transceiver Remove and Install
- OPTION 47: COM 3 UHF Transceiver, refer to COM 3 UHF Transceiver Remove and Install
- OPTION 20: COM 3 UHF Control Unit, refer to COM 3 - UHF Control Unit Remove and Install
- OPTION 47: COM 3 UHF Control Unit, refer to COM 3 - UHF Control Unit Remove and Install
- COM/NAV 1 VHF Antenna, refer to COM 1 - VHF Antenna Remove and Install
- COM/NAV 2 VHF Antenna, refer to COM 2 - VHF Antenna Remove and Install
- COM 3 UHF Antenna, refer to COM 3 - UHF Antenna Remove and Install
These tests will close up the maintenance practices:

- COM/NAV 1 and 2 VHF Transceiver, refer to COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver Operation Test
- COM 3 UHF Transceiver, refer to COM 3 - UHF Transceiver Operation Test

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM 1 ADR 7050 VHF

A. System Components
The COM 2 VHF system has these components:
- COM/NAV/ADR 7050 VHF Transceiver, integral with VOR/LOC/GS.
- The AVIONIC BUS 2 supplies power for the COM 2 transceiver. A 10 amp circuit breaker protects
the circuit.
- Automatically mating connectors connect the power/signal cables to the unit when installed in the
avionics rack.
- COM 2 antenna. The COM 2 antenna is located in the vertical stabilizer.
- VHF NAV functions. Refer to Dependent Position Determining General for data about the VHF NAV
functions.
B. Description and Operation

Refer to the ADR 7050 Installation Manual document number 0040-21453-01 latest revision, for detailed
description and operation.

1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM 3 - UHF TRANSCEIVER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 47)

- Installation of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 47)

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
CAUTION DO NOT ADJUST THE 3 POTENTIOMETERS ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE KTR 909B
TRANSCEIVER. EACH ONE IS PRESET AT THE FACTORY TO MEET
SPECIFICATIONS. IF YOU INCORRECTLY ADJUST THESE POTENTIOMETERS
TO COMPENSATE FOR INTERCOM SYSTEM DEFICIENCIES, YOU CAN CAUSE
INTERFERENCE FROM OVER-MODULATION SPLATTER AND DISTORTION.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 47)

Refer to Figure 6.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 March 2017
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Remove the right access panel for the rear equipment compartment, refer to Access Panels
General.
(2) Release the co-axial connector (81) from the transceiver (80) .
(3) Release the electrical connector (32) from the transceiver (80) .
(4) Release the screw (90) that holds the transceiver on the mounting tray.
(5) Carefully remove the transceiver (80) from the mounting tray (110) .
(6) If necessary, remove the sheet (100) and the bonding cable (140) with the screws (120) and
the washer (130) .
B. Installation of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 47)
(1) If necessary, install the sheet (100) and the bonding cable (140) with the screws (120) and the
washer (130) . Torque the screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(2) Carefully engage the transceiver (80) into the mounting tray (110) .
(3) Lock the transceiver (80) with the screw (90) . Torque the screw, refer to Standard Bolts and
Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(4) Connect the co-axial connector (81) to the front of the transceiver (80) .
(5) Connect the electrical connector (32) to the front of the transceiver (80) .
(6) Install the right access panel for the rear equipment compartment, refer to Access Panels General.
1. Do an operational test of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver, refer to COM 3 - UHF Transceiver Operation Test.

27 March 2017 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
80
81
32
A 120
130
140
90
110
100
D
FW
Figure 6 - Remove/Install the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 47)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 March 2017
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(80) UHF transceiver (110) Mounting tray

(32) Electrical connector (120) Screw
(81) Co-axial connector (130) Washer
(90) Screw (140) Bonding Cable
(100) Sheet

27 March 2017 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

OPERATION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Headset ................................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Operational Test - COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 20 and OPTION 47)

Perform the operational test if UHF Transceiver, Control Unit and antenna is installed.
(1) Supply the aircraft with electrical power. If necessary, install the external power supply, refer to
External Power Supply Operation.
(2) Connect the headset to the headset socket in the center console.
(3) Set the BATTERY switch to ON.
(5) Set the AVIONIC MASTER switch to ON.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Turn the ON/OFF/VOL/TEST knob on the UHF control unit fully counter-clockwise to the OFF
detent position.
Make sure that the KFS599A is not energized.
(7) Turn the ON/OFF/VOL/TEST knob on the UHF control unit fully clockwise out of the OFF detent
position.
Make sure that the KFS599A is now energized and the display on the control unit appears.
Make sure that the volume control changes the audio level.
(8) Push the ON/OFF/VOL/TEST knob on the UHF control unit.

Make sure that the transceiver toggles between squelched and unsquelched states.
(9) Place a finger over the photocell on the control unit.

Make sure that the display intensity on the control unit decreases.
(10) Turn the INSTRUMENT LIGHT DIMMER in the cockpit.

Make sure that the backlighting on the control unit changes.
(11) Change between the channel and manual frequency selection mode.
Make sure that the channel and the manual frequency selection mode can be selected.
Make sure that the MAIN and BOTH receive modes can be selected.
Make sure that the GUARD channel can be selected and operates properly.
(12) Push the TEST TONE knob to test the 1 kHz transmitter.
Make sure that the transmitter is activated and modulated by a 1 kHz tone on the headset.
(13) Turn the ON/OFF/VOL/TEST knob on the UHF control unit counter-clockwise to switch OFF the
UHF transceiver.
(15) Set the BUS TIE switch to OFF.
(16) Set the BATTERY switch to OFF.
(17) Remove the headset.
(18) If necessary, remove the external power supply from the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply
Operation.

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 20)

- Installation of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 20)

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
CAUTION DO NOT ADJUST THE 3 POTENTIOMETERS ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE KTR

909/909A TRANSCEIVER. EACH ONE IS PRESET AT THE FACTORY TO MEET
SPECIFICATIONS. IF YOU INCORRECTLY ADJUST THESE POTENTIOMETERS
TO COMPENSATE FOR INTERCOM SYSTEM DEFICIENCIES, YOU CAN CAUSE
INTERFERENCE FROM OVER-MODULATION SPLATTER AND DISTORTION.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 20)

Refer to Figure 7.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Remove the MFD from the pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
(2) Release the co-axial connector (31) from the transceiver (30) .
(3) Release the electrical connector (32) from the transceiver (30) .
(4) Release the quick-release fastener (33) that holds the transceiver on the mounting tray.
(5) Carefully remove the transceiver (30) from the mounting tray (34) .
B. Installation of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver (OPTION 20)
(1) Carefully engage the transceiver (30) into the mounting tray (34) .
(2) Lock the transceiver (30) with the quick-release fastener (33) .
(3) Connect the co-axial connector (31) to the front of the transceiver (30) .
(4) Connect the electrical connector (32) to the front of the transceiver (30) .
(5) Install the MFD to the pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
1. Do an operational test of the COM 3 UHF Transceiver, refer to COM 3 - UHF Transceiver Operation Test.

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30
31
32
33
A
34
D
FW

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) UHF transceiver (33) Quick-release fastener

(31) Co-axial connector (34) Mounting tray
(32) Electrical connector

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM 3 - UHF SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
(1) System Components (OPTION 20)
The UHF COM 3 system has these components:

- UHF COM 3. KTR 909 transceiver with guard frequency. The UHF transceiver is located on
the left side of the shelf bracket.
- UHF Control Unit. KFS 599A. The control unit is located in the instrument panel.
- Circuit breaker UHF. The AVIONIC BUS 2 supplies power for the COM 3 equipment. A 10 amp
circuit breaker protects the circuit.
- UHF COM 3 antenna. The COM 3 antenna is located on the fuselage right of the centre line
and below the baggage compartment.
(2) System Components (OPTION 47)
The UHF COM 3 system has these components:

- UHF COM 3. KTR 909B transceiver with guard frequency. The UHF transceiver is located on
the rear equipment compartment.
- UHF Control Unit. KFS 599B. The control unit is located in the instrument panel.
- Circuit breaker UHF. The AVIONIC BUS 2 supplies power for the COM 3 equipment. A 10 amp
circuit breaker protects the circuit.
- UHF COM 3 antenna. The COM 3 antenna is located on the fuselage right of the centre line
and below the baggage compartment.
B. Operation (OPTION 20 and OPTION 47)

The UHF transceiver will be operated by the Control Unit in the instrument panel.
For detailed description and operation of the KTR 909 refer to the Honeywell Pilot’s Guide document number
006-08737-0001, latest revision.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-02-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-02-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM 3 - UHF CONTROL UNIT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the COM 3 UHF Control Unit (OPTION 20 and OPTION 47)
- Installation of the COM 3 UHF Control Unit (OPTION 20 and OPTION 47)

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the COM 3 UHF Control Unit (OPTION 20 and OPTION 47)
(1) Remove the 2 screws (41) from the face of the UHF control unit.
(2) Carefully pull the UHF control unit (5) out of the instrument panel.
(3) Release the 2 electrical connectors (42) , (43) from the rear of the UHF control unit (5) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the UHF control unit (5) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the COM 3 UHF Control Unit (OPTION 20 and OPTION 47)
(1) Connect the 2 electrical connectors (42) , (43) to the rear of the UHF control unit (5) .
(2) Carefully move the UHF control unit (5) into the instrument panel.
(3) Install 2 screws (41) into the face of the UHF control unit (5) .
1. Do an operational test of the COM 3 UHF control unit, refer to COM 3 - UHF Transceiver Operation Test.

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
41
D
FW
42
Instrument Panel
43
Figure 8 - Remove/Install the COM 3 UHF Control Unit

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(5) Control unit (42) Electrical connector

(41) Attaching screws (43) Electrical connector
Figure 8 - Remove/Install the COM 3 UHF Control Unit

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM 1 - VHF ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the COM 1 - VHF Antenna

- Installation of the COM 1 - VHF Antenna

None

Rhode&Schwarz NRT Power Reflexion Meter ........................................... or comparable with it QTY 1
E. Materials
Sealant ................................................................................................................. GS513051-9 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the COM 1 - VHF Antenna
(1) Remove the baggage compartment floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
(2) Release the co-axial connector (51) from the antenna (50) .
(3) Release 4 screws, washers and nuts (52) from the antenna (50) .
(4) Release the 2 screws and washers (53) and (55) from the antenna (50) .

1T120TP-A-23-10-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the bonding cable (54) from the screw (53) .
(6) Remove the antenna (50) from the aircraft. If necessary, carefully cut the sealant around the top
face of the antenna where it attaches to the outer skin.
(7) Carefully remove the old sealant from the area where the antenna mounts to the skin.
B. Installation of the COM 1 - VHF Antenna
(1) Put the new antenna (50) in position and install it as follows:
(a) Install 4 screws, washers and nuts (52) to the antenna (50) . Tight all 4 nuts hand tight
only.
(b) Install the screw, washer and nut (53) and the bonding cable (54) to the antenna (50) .
(c) Install the screw with the washer (55) to the antenna (50) .
(d) Torque all 4 nuts (52) and the 2 screws (53) and (55) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts
Tighten Procedure.
(2) Connect the co-axial connector (51) to the antenna.
(3) Do a VHF Operational Test, refer to COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver Operation Test.
(4) Do a VSWR-test on the following frequencies:

- 118.000 MHz
- 127.500 MHz
- 136.995 MHz
Make sure that the VSWR is < 3:1.

For detailed information about the test procedure refer to the operational manual of the test
equipment.
(5) Install the baggage compartment floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
(6) Seal the outer edge of the antenna to the aircraft skin with Sealant.

1T120TP-A-23-10-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM 1
52
51
53
54
55
50
D
FW
52
Figure 9 - Removal/Installation of the COM 1 - VHF Antenna

1T120TP-A-23-10-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(50) COM 1 VHF antenna (53) Screw

(51) COM 1 Co-axial (54) Bonding cable
connector
(52) Screw, washer and nut (55) Screw and washer

1T120TP-A-23-10-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM 2 - VHF ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the COM 2 - VHF Antenna

- Installation of the COM 2 - VHF Antenna

None

Rohde&Schwarz NRT Power Reflexion Meter ........................................... or comparable with it QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the COM 2 - VHF Antenna
(1) Remove the GPS 1 antenna, refer to GPS 1 Antenna Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the dorsal fin, refer to Dorsal Fin Remove and Install.
(4) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (62) attaching the antenna (60) at the bottom.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the antenna (60) upwards through the GPS 1 mounting at the top of the vertical stabilizer.
B. Installation of the COM 2 - VHF Antenna
(1) Put the new antenna (60) in position.
(2) Move the antenna (60) down through the GPS 1 mounting at the top of the vertical stabilizer.
(3) Install the attaching bolt, washer and nut (62) . Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts
Tighten Procedure.
(4) Connect the co-axial connector (61) to the antenna (60) .
(5) Do a VSWR-test with the Rohde&Schwarz NRT Power Reflexion Meter on the following
frequencies:
- 118.000 MHz
- 127.500 MHz
- 136.995 MHz

For detailed information about the test procedure refer to the operational manual of the test
equipment.
(6) Do a VHF Operational Test, refer to COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF Transceiver Operation Test.
(7) Install the dorsal fin, refer to Dorsal Fin Remove and Install.
(8) Install the GPS 1 antenna, refer to GPS 1 Antenna Remove and Install.

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
60
A
62
62
60
61
A
D
FW

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-10-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(60) COM 2 VHF antenna (62) Bolt, washer and nut

(61) COM 2 co-axial
connector

27 July 2018 23-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-10-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COM 3 - UHF ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the COM 3 - UHF Antenna

- Installation of the COM 3 - UHF Antenna

None

Rohde&Schwarz NRT Power Reflexion Meter ........................................... or comparable with it QTY 1
E. Materials
Sealant ................................................................................................................. GS513051-9 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the COM 3 - UHF Antenna
(1) Remove the baggage-compartment floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
(3) Release 4 nuts (75) and large washers (74) from the antenna (70) .
(4) Release the bonding cable and the washer (76) from the antenna.

1T120TP-A-23-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the antenna (70) and the 4 countersunk screws (72) and (73) from the aircraft.
(6) If necessary, carefully cut the sealant around the top face of the antenna where it attaches to the
outer skin.
(7) Carefully remove the old sealant from the area where the antenna mounts to the skin.
B. Installation of the COM 3 - UHF Antenna
(2) Install 3 countersunk screws (72) , large washers (74) and self-locking nuts (75) .
(3) Install the countersunk screw (73) , the washer (74) , the bonding cable, the washer (76) and
self-locking nut (75) .
(4) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(6) Do an operational test of the COM 3 UHF, refer to COM 3 - UHF Transceiver Operation Test.
(7) Do a VSWR-test with the Rohde&Schwarz NRT Power Reflexion Meter on the following
frequencies:
- 225.000 MHz
- 312.000 MHz
- 399.975 MHz.

For detailed information about the test refer to the operation manual of the test equipment.
(8) Install the baggage-compartment floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment

1T120TP-A-23-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
71
75
76 75
74
74
70
D
FW
72
73
Legend
(70) UHF Antenna (74) Washer

(71) Co-axial connector (75) Nut
(72) Screw (76) Washer
(73) Screw
Figure 11 - Removal / Installation of the COM 3 UHF Antenna

1T120TP-A-23-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
23-50
AUDIO INTEGRATING

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AUDIO INTEGRATING
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Section tells you about the audio integrating system in the G 120TP-A.
The audio integrating system connects to the speech communication system and the Navigation system.
This Section tells you about the installation of the components in the aircraft.
Refer to Speech Communications General data for data about the speech communication system.
Refer to Navigation General data for data about the Navigation system.
Refer to the manufacturers manuals for more data about the audio equipment.
Refer to the wiring manual for data about the electrical wiring

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AUDIO MANAGEMENT UNIT 50

A. Description
Figure 1 shows the location of the Audio Management Unit 50 (AMU 50) equipment in the cockpit.
Figure 2 shows the AMU 50 installation.
The G 120TP-A has these audio equipment items and components:
- AMU 50. The AMU 50 unit is located inside the shelf bracket in the front of the pilot’s side.
- Circuit breaker AMU NORMAL. The BATT BUS supplies power for the AMU 50. A 3 amp circuit-
breaker protects the circuit.
- Circuit breaker AMU EMERG. The MAIN BUSS supplies power for the AMU 50. A 3 amp circuit-
breaker protects the circuit.
- Loudspeaker Panel. The loudspeaker panel is located on the center console. It contains the following
items:
- Loudspeaker. The loudspeaker allows to hear the audio voice from the AMU 50 in the cockpit.
- Speaker switch. It is used to switch ON/OFF the loudspeaker.
- 2 Jack-sockets MIC. The sockets for pilot and co-pilot are for connecting the headsets for pilot
and co-pilot.
- 2 Jack-sockets MASK (optional). The sockets for pilot and co-pilot are for connecting the
oxigen-mask for pilot and co-pilot.
- 2 Microfon switches. The switches for pilot and co-pilot are for changing between the jack-
sockets MIC and MASK (optional).
- Speaker Amplifier. The speaker amplifier is located on the shelf bracket.

- Remote Memory Unit. The unit is located on the shelf bracket.
- Headsets. A jack-plug connects each headset via the jack-sockets on the loudspeaker panel to the
AMU 50. Each headset has a dynamic microphone.
- Tone Generator. The tone generator generates the stall-tone. The unit is located on the E-sheet
underneath on LH side.
The AMU 50 is a remote-mounted digital audio control system.

The the following items are connected to the AMU 50:
- VHF Transceivers COM/NAV 1
- VHF Transceivers COM/NAV 2
- UHF Transceiver COM 3 (OPTION 20)
- UHF Transceiver COM 3 (OPTION 47)
- IDU-680 (Pilot PFD)
- IDU-680 (Co-pilot PFD) (optional)
- Aural Message Generator

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Speaker Amplifier
- Loudspeaker Panel
- Audio Mode Selector Switch
- DME
- ADF (optional)
- Marker Beakon Receiver
- Remote Memory Unit
- PTT-switches (Stick pilot and co-pilot)
- Circuit Board
- BATT BUS (CB AMU NORMAL)
- MAIN BUS (CB AMU EMERGENCY)
- USB-Port.
B. Operation
The IDU-680 provides the audio control interface for the audio system via RS-232 connection to the AMU 50.
The AMU 50 is controlled by the IDU-680.
For detailed description and operation refer to the IDU-680 Pilot’s Guide document, applicable revision.

27 July 2018 23-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Pilot`s side Circuit Breaker Panel
AVIONIC MSU BATT

PILOT COPILOT NAV 2 MARKER XPDR PILOT PILOT AVIONIC HEAT HEAT CTRL IND IGN MAG CAS
BUS 1 BUS
1A MFD A PFD A PFD A PFD HTR BUS 1 P/S INTAKE GEAR GEAR MUTE
BATT LIGHTS
CRTL A ESI COPILOT COPILOT MSU DAU A AMU COM 2 IDU PANEL FUEL FUEL LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS SPKR FDR FAN 1
BUS LAND
BUS TIE MFD A MFD HTR 2B NORMAL BLOWER BLOWER PUMP QYT INSTR NAV DOME MAP AIR C
Co-pilot`s side Circuit Breaker Panel
AVIONIC
AIU A ADF UHF DME NAV 1 COM 1 MSU AVIONIC AIU B RAD TAS MCP
BUS 2 MSU COPILOT COPILOT PILOT PILOT FGC
2A PFD B BUS 1 ALT TRIM
1B MFD B MFD B PFD B
MAIN
BUS 2 STORM FAN2 AIR C LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS PUMP PUMP PROB AMU PILOT COPILOT DAUB B CTRL B AVIONIC
SCOPE AIR C PANEL TAXI ANTI COLL STBY F F XFER OVSP EMERG MFD HTR PFD HTR BUS TIE BUS 2
2
D
FW
Figure 1 - AMU 50 Equipment

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) AMU NORMAL circuit- (3) AMU EMERG circuit-

breaker breake
(2) Press-to-transmit switch
Figure 1 - AMU 50 Equipment

27 July 2018 23-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
A 20
Figure 2 - AMU 50 Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) AMU 50
Figure 2 - AMU 50 Installation

27 July 2018 23-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AMU 50
OPERATION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Headset ................................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 2
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Operational Test of the AMU 50
(1) If necessary, supply the aircraft with external power, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(2) Make sure that all CB are pushed.
(4) Set the AVIONIC MASTER switch to ON.
(5) Make sure that the VHF COM/NAV 1 + 2 and UHF (if installed) are serviceable.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) AMU 50 Test EMERGENCY MODE
(a) Connect a headset to the pilot’s headset output jack. Set the switch on pilot's side to MIC if
applicable.
(b) Set the AMU switch to EMER.
(c) Make sure that the COM 1 transceiver can be heard in the pilot’s headset.
(d) Make sure that COM 1 transceiver can key and transmit the pilot’s mic audio.
Verify the reception of this transmission with another radio witch is tuned to receive this
transmission. Verify pilot PTT and mic operation is delivered to this transceiver.
(e) Connect a headset to the co-pilot’s headset output jack. Set the switch on co-pilot's side to
MIC if applicable.
(f) Make sure that the COM 2 transceiver can be heard in the co-pilot’s headset.
(g) Make sure that COM 2 can key and transmit the pilot’s mic audio.
transmission. Verify co-pilot PTT and mic operation is delivered to this transceiver.
(h) Set the AMU switch to NORM.
(7) AMU 50 Test BACK-UP MODE and NORMAL MODE
Note The complete audio functionality must be the same in BK-UP MODE and in NORMAL
MODE.
(a) Connect a mono headset to the pilot’s headset output jack and pilot’s MIC jack. Set the
switch on pilot's side to MIC if applicalbe.
(b) Set the AMU switch to BK-UP.
(c) Check the intercom functionality of the audio system.
(d) Transmit from pilot side on COM 1 + 2 and UHF if installed.

(e) Transmit from co-pilot side on COM 1 + 2 and UHF if installed.

(f) Set the AMU switch to NORM.
(g) Perform the steps step A.7.c to step A.7.e to test the AMU 50 in NORMAL MODE.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(8) Perform the operational test explicit also for:

- NAV 1 / 2
- DME 1 / 2
- Marker
- ICS
- ADF (optional).
(10) Set the BUS TIE switch to OFF.
(11) If necessary, disconnect external power supply from the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply
Operation.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AMU 50
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the audio integration system.

Only the pilot can trans- Not all Circuit breakers set. Set all circuit breakers for audio system.
mit and receive.
Audio Mode Selector Switch Set Audio Mode Selector Switch to NORM.
not set to NORM.
Loudspeaker panel defective. Replace the loudspeaker panel.
Cables/connectors defective. Do a test for continuity on each cable. Do a
test for short circuit to ground and between
cables. Repair/replace defective cables.
One headset operates Headset defective. Put a serviceable headset in the unservice-
correctly, the other does able socket. If it operates replace the unser-
not. viceable headset.
Cables/connectors defective. If neither headset operates in one socket (but
both operate satisfactorily in the other socket),
do a continuity test of the cables of the jack-
sockets on the loudspeaker panel and to the
AMU 50. (Refer to the wiring manual).
Headset socket defective. If the cables are serviceable, do a continuity
test of the socket.
Loudspeaker panel defective. Replace the loudspeaker panel.
Neither headset oper- Loudspeaker panel defective. Replace the loudspeaker panel.
ates.
Unusual noise in the Wrong headset impedance Use correct headset.
headset while operating. (5 Ω/ 150 Ω).
Refer to Speech Communications General data for trouble shooting the speech communication system.
Refer to the wiring manual for data about the electrical wiring.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AUDIO INTEGRATING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Section contains the maintenance practices for the audio integrating system.
This procedures tells you how to remove / install the following components:
- Audio Management Unit AMU 50, refer to AMU 50 Remove and Install
- Remote Module RM01, refer to RM01 Remote Control Remove and Install
- Shelf Bracket, refer to Shelf Bracket Remove and Install
These test will close up the maintenance practices:

- AMU 50 Operation Test, refer to AMU 50 Operation Test.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-50-01-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-50-01-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AMU 50
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the AMU 50

- Installation of the AMU 50

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the AMU 50
(2) Remove both IDU-680 on pilot's side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
(3) Remove the shelf bracket from the bottom right side of the E-sheet, refer to Shelf Bracket Remove
and Install.
(4) Hold the AMU 50 (1) and remove the four attaching bolts (2) and the washers (5) .

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Carefully pull out the AMU 50 (1) from the inside of the shelf bracket.
Note The fours spacers (3) , washers (5) and nuts (6) are directly attached to the AMU 50.
(6) If required, remove the four spacers (3) , washers (5) and nuts (6) from the AMU 50 (1) .
B. Installation of the AMU 50
(1) Install the four spacers (3) , washers (5) and nuts (6) to the AMU 50 (1) .
(2) Carefully introduce the AMU 50 (1) inside the shelf bracket.
(3) Align the AMU 50 unit (1) together with the four spacers (3) , washers (5) and nuts (6) .
(4) Install the four attaching bolts (2) and washers (5) to the AMU 50 on the shelf bracket.
(5) Install the shelf bracket to the bottom right side of the E-sheet, refer to Shelf Bracket Remove and
Install.
(6) Install both IDU-680 on pilot's side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
(8) Do a functional test of the AMU 50, refer to AMU 50 Operation Test.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
1
5
2
5
A 6
FW
D
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the AMU 50

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) AMU 50 (5) Washers

(2) Bolts (6) Nuts
(3) Spacers
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the AMU 50

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AMU 50
CALIBRATION LOW IMPEDANCE 5 OHM
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Do not lift the aircraft on jacks.
Prepare the aircraft for external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation
Remove the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install

USB Memory Device with DevCS Software ...................................................... OSB565-092-00 QTY 1
USB Memory Device with file “Low Impedance_R2.XML” ................................ OSB565-092-02 QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Configuration Low Impedance 5 Ohm
(1) General
Due to specific headsets, an update of the mic impedance settings of the AMU 50 to 5 Ohm has
to be performed.
This procedure is intended to provide instructions to change the mic impedance to 5 Ohm.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Preparation
(a) Put the USB Memory Device with DevCS Software into a computer and copy the setup file
to a local folder on the computer.
(b) Install the DevCS software and follow the instructions.
(c) Remove the USB memory device after the installation is completed.
(3) Procedure
(a) Make sure that the aircraft is not lifted.
Note The Weight on Ground switch must be activated for the DevCS software to
communicate with the AMU 50.
(b) Disconnect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(c) Connect the USB A B cable to the AMU 50 service connector. Use the USB B connector,
refer to Figure 4.
(d) Connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(e) Pull the circuit breakers as follows:

- AMU NORMAL on the BATT BUS
- AMU EMERG on the MAIN BUS.
(f) Supply the aircraft with external power, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(g) Set the following switches to ON:

- BATT
- EXTERNAL PWR
- BUS TIE.
(h) Connect the USB cable to the computer. Use the USB A connector.
(i) Push the circuit breakers as follows to boot the AMU 50:
(j) If necessary wait until the USB driver is installed.
(k) Pull the circuit breakers as follows:


1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(l) Start the DevCS software application.

Deactivate the auto read function as follows:
- Select “Tools” option of the top tool bar
- Select “Reading”
- Select “Never” in the “Read Into New File”.
(m) Push the circuit breakers as follows to boot the AMU 50:
(n) Make sure that the software program automatically connects to the AMU 50. The AMU 50
has to be shown as “connected” in the DevCS “File and Device Information” option on the
top-right part of the screen, refer to Figure 5.
Note If the AMU 50 is not connected to the computer, select the “Tools” option of the top
toolbar. Then select the “Application Settings” option and check that the correct USB
port of the computer is selected.
(o) Put the USB Memory Device with file “Low Impedance_R2.XML” into the computer.
(p) Copy the file “Low Impedance_R2.XML” into a local folder on the computer.
(q) Select the “File” option of the top toolbar.

Then select the option “Open”.
If a “Save Changes?” message shows up, click “NO”.
Thereafter go into the local folder on the computer and open the Low Impedance_R2.XML
file.
(r) Upload the parameters to the AMU 50 as follows:

- Click on the upward arrow at the “AMU50-->” option of the toolbar, refer to Figure 6
- Affirm the “Overwrite Warning” message
- Thereafter an upload window will pop up
- Wait until it closes by itself.
(s) Upload the parameters to the Remote Memory Module as follows:

- Click on the upward arrow at the “RM01-->” option of the toolbar, refer to Figure 6
- Affirm the “Overwrite Warning” message
- Thereafter an upload window will pop up, wait until it closes by itself.
(t) Pull both of these circuit breakers and then push both of these circuit breakers to reboot the
AMU:

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- AMU EMERG on the MAIN BUS 2.
Note The program connects automatically to the AMU after the reboot.
(u) Download the data to the Remote Memory Module as follows:

- Click the downward arrow at the “AMU50-->” option to read the data from the AMU
50, refer to Figure 7
- Affirm the “Read from AMU 50” message, select “OK”
- Thereafter a download window will pop up, wait until it closes by itself.
(v) Select the Units as follows:

- Select the “Tools” option of the toolbar, refer to Figure 7
- Select Application Settings
- Select Watt (W) on the top line “Global Units” and confirm.
(w) Select the “AMU50” option to go into the AMU 50 settings, refer to Figure 7.
(x) Make sure that the correct parameters are set in the AMU 50 settings.
The correct settings are shown in Figure 8.
Note If an error message in the BIT section appears, select “Program” of the top tool bar
and select “Clear Errors”.
(y) Click on the “+” symbol of the “ACPs” option and select the “ACP 1” option.
Make sure that the correct parameters are set for the ACP #1 settings.
(z) Select the “ACP 2” option.

(aa) Select the “ACP 7” option

Note If there are different dimensions shown for the parameters, change them into the
dimensions shown in the figures. To do that, select the “Tools” option and then the
“Application Settings” option. Under the menu option “Units” it is possible to change
the units.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(ab) Click on the “+” symbol of the “Users” option and select the “User 1” option.
Make sure that the correct parameters are set for the User #1 settings.
Make sure that the “MIC Impedance” is set to “5 Ohm”.
(ac) Select the “User 2” option

(ad) Select the “User 3” option

(ae) Click on the “+” symbol of the “Transceivers” option and select the “Transceiver 1” option.
Make sure that the correct parameters are set for the Transceiver #1 settings.
(af) Select the “Transceiver 2” option.

(ag) Select the “Transceiver 3” option

(ah) Click on the “+” symbol of the “Receivers” option and select the “Receiver 1” option.
Make sure that the correct parameters are set for the Receiver #1 settings.
(ai) Select the “Receiver 2” option

(aj) Select the “Receiver 3” option

(ak) Select the “Receiver 4” option


1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(al) Select the “Receiver 6” option

(am) Select the “Receiver 5” option

(an) Select the “Direct 1” option

Make sure that the correct parameters are set for the Direct #1 settings.
(ao) Select the “Direct 2” option

(ap) Select the “Direct 3” option

(aq) Select the “Direct 4” option

(ar) Select the “Emergency Mode” option

Make sure that the correct parameters are set for the Emergency Mode settings.
(as) Pull the circuit breakers as follows to shut down the AMU 50:
(at) Set the following switches to OFF:

- BUS TIE
- EXTERNAL PWR
- BATT.
(au) Disconnect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(av) Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and the AMU 50 service connector.
Remove the USB cable from the aircraft.
(aw) Install the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(ax) Connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(ay) Set the following switches to ON:

- BATT
- EXTERNAL PWR
- BUS TIE
- AVIONIC MASTER.
(az) Push the circuit breakers as follows:

(ba) Do a communication test, refer to Speech Communication General Data:

- Call any radio frequency you have available to do a radio check.
- Test the Mic on the pilot and the co-pilot side.
(bb) Set the following switches to OFF:

- AVIONIC MASTER
- BUS TIE
- EXTERNAL PWR
- BATT.
1. Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing General.
2. Release the aircraft into service according to national requirements.
3. The instructions in “Preparation” have to be accomplished and certified in the logbook by authorized staff
in EASA countries according to EASA Part 66 and in non-EASA countries according to national regulations
with respect to maintenance.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 4 - AMU 50 Service Connector

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 5 - Software - File and Device Information
Upload Upload Remote

AMU Memory Module
Figure 6 - AMU Upload
Click to select Units
AMU50 Click to read the AMU

Settings
Figure 7 - Data Reading

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 8 - AMU 50 Settings
Figure 9 - Settings for ACP #1

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 12 - Settings for User #1

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 15 - Settings for Transceiver #1 and #2
Figure 16 - Settings for Transceiver #3
Figure 17 - Settings for Receiver #1, #2, #3, #4 and #6

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 18 - Settings for Receiver #5
Figure 19 - Settings for Direct #1, #2 and #3
Figure 20 - Settings for Direct #4

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 21 - Emergency Mode Settings

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AUDIO INTEGRATING
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE
A. General
This section tells you how to remove/install the AMU 50 unit, the RM01 Remote Module and the Shelf Bracket.
It also has data for the operational test of the AMU 50 unit.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-01B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-01B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RM01 REMOTE CONTROL

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the RM01 remote module

- Installation of the RM01 remote module

None
Make the aircraft safe for maintenance. Servicing General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the RM01 remote module
(1) Remove the PFDdisplay from the pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System General Data.
(2) Unlock the two attaching screws (3) and disconnect the electrical connector (2) .

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the four bolts, washers (5) and RM01 remote module (1) from the bottom right side of
the shelf bracket and from the anchor nuts (4) .
B. Installation of the RM01 remote module
(1) Put the RM01 remote module in place.
(2) Install the RM01 remote module (1) , the four bolts, washers (5) and self-locking nuts (4) to the
bottom right side of the shelf bracket.
(3) Connect the electrical connector (2) and lock the two attaching screws (3) .
(4) Install the PFD display to the pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System General Data.
(5) Perform a pitot-leak test, refer to Central Computers General.
(6) Perform a static-leak test, refer to Central Computers General.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
2 3
A
4
Legend
1 RM01 remote module 4 Anchor nuts

2 Electrical connector 5 Attaching bolts, washers
Figure 22 - Removal and Installation of the RM01 Remote Module

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3 Screws
Figure 22 - Removal and Installation of the RM01 Remote Module

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SHELF BRACKET
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Shelf Bracket

- Installation of the Shelf Bracket

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Shelf Bracket
(1) Remove the digital instrument panel, refer to Digital Instrument Panel Remove procedure.
(2) Get access to the shelf bracket as follows:
(a) Disconnect the co-axial connector (2) and the electrical connector from the marker beacon
(3) .

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Unlock the four springs (14) and disconnect the two electrical connectors (4) from the
RS-422 to RS-232 converter.
(c) Unlock the eight screws (11) and disconnect the four electrical connectors (5) from the
AMU 50 unit.
(d) Unlock the two screws (13) and disconnect the electrical connector (6) from the RM01
remote module.
(e) Unlock the ten screws (12) and disconnect the five electrical connectors (7) from the FDR
sensor device.
(f) Disconnect the pitot pressure-green flexible tube (16) and the static pressure-clear flexible
tube (18) from the APICAP unit.
(g) Unlock the four screws (15) and disconnect the two electrical connectors (8) from the
intake heat controller.
(3)
Note Access the attaching bolts from the under side of the avionics shelf.
Remove the six attaching bolts (9) from the anchor nuts (10) and remove the shelf bracket (1)
from the aircraft structure.
B. Installation of the Shelf Bracket
(1) Carefully put the shelf bracket in place.
(2) Install the shelf bracket (1) to the aircraft structure and the six attaching bolts (9) to the anchor
nuts (10) .
(3) Connect the connectors as follows:
(a) Connect the two electrical connectors (8) and lock the four attaching screws (15) to the
(b) Connect the five electrical connectors (7) and lock the ten attaching screws (12) to the
FDR sensor device.
(c) Connect the pitot pressure-green flexible tube (16) and the static pressure-clear flexible
tube (18) to the APICAP unit.
(d) Connect the electrical connector (6) and lock the two attaching screws (13) to the RM01
remote module.
(e) Connect the four electrical connectors (5) and lock the eight attaching screws (11) to the
AMU 50 unit.
(f) Connect the two electrical connectors (4) and lock the four springs (14) to the RS-422 to
RS-232 converter.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(g) Connect the co-axial connector (2) and the electrical connector (3) to the marker beacon.
(4) Install the digital instrument panel, refer to Digital Instrument Panel Install procedure.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
6
A
13
D
FW
2
4
14
17
B
3
7
16 18
12 11
A 5
8
10
15
1
9
FW
D
Figure 23 - Removal and Installation of the Shelf Bracket

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Shelf Bracket (10) Anchor nuts

(2) Co-axial connector (11) Screws attaching the
electrical connectors to
the AMU 50
(3) Electrical connector for (12) Screws attaching the
the marker beacon electrical connectors to
the FDR sensor device
(4) Electrical connectors for (13) Screws attaching the
the RS-422 to RS-232 electrical connector to
converter the RM01 remote
module
(5) Electrical connectors for (14) Springs attaching the
the AMU 50 electrical connectors to
the RS-422 to RS-232
converter
(6) Electrical connector the (15) Screws attaching the
for the RM01 remote electrical connectors to
module the Intake heat controller
(7) Electrical connectors for (16) Pitot pressure, green
the FDR sensor device flexible tube
(8) Electrical connectors for (17) Alternate static
the Intake heat controller pressure, clear flexible
tube
(9) Attaching bolts (18) Static pressure, clear
flexible tube

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SHELF BRACKET
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the shelf bracket

- Installation of the shelf bracket

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the shelf bracket
(1) Remove the digital instrument panel, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General Data.
(2) Get access to the shelf bracket as follows:
(a) Disconnect the co-axial connector (2) and the electrical connector from the marker beacon
(3) .
(b) Unlock the four springs (14) and disconnect the two electrical connectors (4) from the
RS-422 converter and RS-422 to RS-232 converter.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-50 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Unlock the eight screws (11) and disconnect the four electrical connectors (5) from the
AMU 50 unit.
(d) Unlock the two screws (13) and disconnect the electrical connector (6) from the RM01
remote module.
(e) Unlock the ten screws (12) and disconnect the five electrical connectors (7) from the FDR
sensor device.
(f) Disconnect the pitot pressure-green flexible tube (16) , alternate static pressure-red flexible
tube (17) and the static pressure-clear flexible tube (18) from the FDR barometric sensor
(i2500-002) unit.
(g) Unlock the four screws (15) and disconnect the two electrical connectors (8) from the
(3)
Note Access the attaching bolts from the under side of the avionics shelf.
Remove the six attaching bolts (9) from the anchor nuts (10) and remove the shelf bracket (1)
from the aircraft structure.
B. Installation of the shelf bracket
(1) Carefully put the shelf bracket in place.
(2) Install the shelf bracket (1) to the aircraft structure and the six attaching bolts (9) to the anchor
nuts (10) .
(3) Connect the connectors as follows:
(a) Connect the two electrical connectors (8) and lock the four attaching screws (15) to the
(b) Connect the five electrical connectors (7) and lock the ten attaching screws (12) to the
FDR sensor device.
(c) Connect the pitot pressure-green flexible tube (16) , alternate static pressure-red flexible
tube (17) and the static pressure-clear flexible tube (18) to the FDR barometric sensor
(i2500-002) unit.
(d) Connect the electrical connector (6) and lock the two attaching screws (13) to the RM01
remote module.
(e) Connect the four electrical connectors (5) and lock the eight attaching screws (11) to the
AMU 50 unit.
(f) Connect the two electrical connectors (4) and lock the four springs (14) to the RS-422
converter and RS-422 to RS-232 converter.
(g) Connect the co-axial connector (2) and the electrical connector (3) to the marker beacon.

12 May 2017 23-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Install the digital instrument panel, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General Data.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-50 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
6
A
13
D
FW
18
18 2
16 4
14
B
17
7 3
12 11
A 5
8
10
15
1
9
FW
D
Legend
(1) Shelf bracket (10) Anchor nuts

12 May 2017 23-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Co-axial connector (11) Screws attaching the

electrical connectors to
the AMU 50
for the marker beacon electrical connectors to
the FDR barometric
sensor (i2500-002)
(4) Electrical connectors for (13) Screws attaching the
the RS-422 converter electrical connector to
and RS-422 to RS-232 the RM01 remote
converter module
(5) Electrical connectors for (14) Springs attaching the
the AMU 50 unit electrical connectors to
the RS-422 converter
and RS-422 to RS-232
converter
for the RM01 remote electrical connectors to
module the Intake heat controller
(7) Electrical connectors for (16) Pitot pressure, green
the FDR barometric flexible tube
sensor (i2500-002)
(8) Electrical connectors for (17) Alternate static
the Intake heat controller pressure, red flexible
tube
(9) Attaching bolts (18) Static pressure, clear
flexible tube

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-50 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 23-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-50-00-03C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SPEAKER AMPLIFIER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Speaker Amplifier

- Installation Procedure of the Speaker Amplifier

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Speaker Amplifier

Refer to Figure 25.
(1) Disconnect the battery for maintenance, refer to Battery Servicing.
(2) Remove the cockpit panel cover , refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the speaker amplifier (1) .

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4)
Note The anchor-nuts are directly attached to the mounting plate (5) .
Remove the 4 screws (2) and the 4 washers (3) from the anchor-nuts and the speaker amplifier
(1) .
(5) Remove the speaker amplifier (1) from the mounting plate (5) .
B. Installation Procedure of the Speaker Amplifier
(1) Put the speaker amplifier (1) in position on the mounting plate (5) .
(2) Install the speaker amplifier (1) to the mounting plate (5) and the four screws (2) and the 4
washers (3) to the anchor-nuts.
Torque the screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(3) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the speaker amplifier (1) .
(4) Install the cockpit panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(5) Connect the battery after maintenance, refer to Battery Servicing.
(6) Do a self test of the speaker system.

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
2
4 1
D
FW
Figure 25 - Speaker Amplifier

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Speaker Amplifier (4) Connector

(2) Screw (5) Mounting Plate
(3) Washer
Figure 25 - Speaker Amplifier

1T120TP-A-23-50-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
23-60
STATIC DISCHARGING

1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STATIC DISCHARGING
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Section tells you about the static discharge system.
The static discharge system uses the electrical bonding system.
See Lightning Protection General for data of the electrical bonding system.

1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STATIC DISCHARGING
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
The static-discharging-system removes the electro-static charge which collects on the aircraft surfaces.
The GRP structure of the G 120TP-A does not let electricity flow through it.
The paint used on the aircraft surfaces lets electricity flow through it.
The usual static-discharge-brushes let the electricity flow to the environment.
The usual static-discharge-brushes are attached to the tip of each wing, to the elevator tips and to the rudder.
If you find damaged paint on the surfaces of the aircraft you must repair the damage using paint that lets electricity
flow through it.
Investigation General tells you about repairs to paint damage.
Figure 1 shows the location of the static-discharge-brushes (1) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 1
Figure 1 - Static Discharge System

27 July 2018 23-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Static discharge brushes
Figure 1 - Static Discharge System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STATIC DISCHARGING
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the static discharge system.
The static discharge system uses the electrical bonding system of the aircraft.

Back-ground interfer- Static discharger detached. Replace the static discharger.
ence on the radio.
Refer to Lightning Protection General for trouble shooting on the electrical bonding system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STATIC DISCHARGER SOCKET/BASE

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Replace a Static Discharger Socket

- Test of the Static Discharger

None
None

Spatula ..................................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Safety goggles ......................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Protective gloves ...................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Discharger test set (500 VDC MΩ-Meter) ......................... 12-612 (H R Smith Ltd) or equivalent QTY 1
E. Materials
Conductive adhesive ....................................................................................... GS236003-01 QTY A/R
Petroleum ether .................................................................................................... Commercial QTY A/R
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace a Static Discharger Socket
(1) Removal of the static discharger socket
(a) Remove the brush from the socket.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Remove the socket from the aircraft skin carefully by using an applicable wooden tool.
(c) Make sure that all parts of the socket are removed.
(2) Installation of the static discharger socket
(a) Prepare the area where the old discharger socket was attached:
- Remove the paint from the aircraft where the discharger socket will bond.
- Lightly abrade the surface to expose the fibres.
- Clean the surface with petroleum ether.
(b) Mark the position of the discharger socket on the aircraft skin.
(c)
Note Refer to Product Manufacture Instructions for Conductive Adhesive.
Prepare the conductive adhesive.
(d) Paint a thin coat of the respective adhesive part on the aircraft skin where the discharger
socket will attach.
(e) Apply a layer of the respective adhesive part to the discharger socket on contact surface to
the aircraft.
(f) Put the socket in position on the aircraft. Apply firm hand pressure to the socket to push out
the extra adhesive.
(g) Make sure the adhesive is visible all round the socket.
(h) Use a spatula to make a smooth fillet between the socket and the aircraft skin.
(i) Make sure that you do not move the socket while drying the adhesive.
(j) Let the adhesive dry.
Note Refer to Product Manufacture Instructions for Conductive Adhesive.
(k) Install the brush into the socket.
(l) Do a test of the static discharger, refer to Procedure B.
B. Test of the Static Discharger
(1) Make sure that the discharger is clean.

Remove all grease/contaminants.

27 July 2018 23-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT TOUCH THE TEST CABLES WHEN YOU OPERATE THE TEST SET.
THE TEST SET PRODUCES HIGH VOLTAGES.
(2) Test the static discharger.

For testing follow the Description and Operation Manual of the Discharger test set (500 VDC MΩ-
Meter).
(3) Make sure the value is between 6 and 150 MΩ.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-60-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STATIC DISCHARGING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
CAUTION YOU MUST USE THE SPECIAL ADHESIVE. THIS ADHESIVE LETS ELECTRICITY
FLOW THROUGH IT. IT IS PART OF THE STATIC DISCHARGING SYSTEM. ANY
OTHER ADHESIVE MAY NOT LET ELECTRICITY FLOW THROUGH IT. THE STATIC
DISCHARGING SYSTEM WILL NOT THEN OPERATE CORRECTLY.
This Section contains the maintenance practices for the static discharging system.
This procedures tells you how to replace the following components:
- Static Discharger Socket/Base, refer to Static Discharger Socket/Base Replace
- Static Discharger Brush, refer to Static Discharger Brush Replace.
If you replace a static discharger socket/base, attach the new static discharger socket/base to the aircraft surface
by using a special adhesive.
Obey the installation instructions supplied with the static discharger adhesive.
These test will close up the maintenance procedures:
- Static Discharger Function Test, refer to Static Discharger Function Test.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 23-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STATIC DISCHARGER
FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Test of a Static Discharger

- Resistance value not within limit

None

Discharger test set (500 VDC MΩ-Meter) ......................... 12-612 (H R Smith Ltd) or equivalent QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Test of a Static Discharger
(1) Resistance Test
(a) Make sure the discharger socket and brush is clean.

Remove grease/contaminants.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-60-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT TOUCH THE TEST CABLES WHEN YOU OPERATE THE
TEST SET. THE TEST SET PRODUCES HIGH VOLTAGES.
(b) Test the static discharger. For testing follow the Description and Operation Manual of the
Discharger test set (500 VDC MΩ-Meter).
(c) Make sure the value is between 6 and 150 MΩ .
B. Resistance value not within limit

If the resistance value is not within limits, make sure that:
- The discharger socket and brush is clean.
- The brush is correctly installed into the socket to maintain the resistive path.
- The socket is correctly installed and makes good contact with the skin of the aircraft.
- The discharger tip is secure.
- There is a good contact between the test probes and attachment points. This is particularly
important while the aircraft skin is CFC.

27 July 2018 23-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-60-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STATIC DISCHARGER BRUSH

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace a Static Discharger Brush
(1) Remove the old brush from the socket/base.
(2) Clean the socket/base from dirt and grease.
(3) Put the new brush in position in the socket/base. Tighten the brush handtight.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 23-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-23-60-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1. Do a test of the installed static discharger, refer to Static Discharger Function Test.

27 July 2018 23-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-23-60-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
24-00
ELECTRICAL POWER

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 24-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-24-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 24-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-24-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELECTRICAL POWER
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a starter/generator, which drives the engine for starting and is driven by the engine for
generating electrical power.
The output from the starter/generator is direct current (DC).
The DC flows through the main bus and the secondary busses to the electrical equipment.
The DC also charges the battery.
The G 120TP-A has a sealed, 24 V main battery with a capacity of 25 Ah (HAWKER) or a 28 Ah (CONCORDE).
The engine can be started by the main battery.
The engine can also be started by using external power supply.
When you put the external power supply plug into the socket, the external power supply can be connected to
the battery bus and charge the battery.
Chapter 24 has these Sections:
- Starter/Generator Drive General Data tells you about the starter/generator drive on the engine.
- DC Generation General Data tells you about DC Generation.
- External Power Supply General Data tells you about the external power supply.
- DC Electrical Load Distribution General Data (analog) or DC Electrical Load Distribution General
Data (digital) tells you about the DC electrical load distribution.
Refer to the Wiring Manual for a description of the cable identification system and for diagrams of the electrical
system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 24-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-24-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 24-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-24-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
24-10
STARTER/GENERATOR DRIVE

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The starter/generator is located on the aft face of the engine accessory gearbox, above the turbine heat shield.
B. Description/Operation
The Starter/Generator is a dual function DC machine. It can operate as a DC starter motor or as a DC generator.
The generator is self-excited. A Generator Control Unit (GCU) provides voltage regulation and system protection.
In generator mode, the power rating is 6 KW at 28 VDC. This is equivalent to 200A continuous load through the
speed range.
The starter motor is a heavy duty series field motor for intermittent duty.
The GCU has all the control and protection functions required for a single engine aircraft with a 28 VDC electrical
system. The GCU incorporates a torque limiting system. This automatically controls the Starter/Generator to
prevent damage to the engine gearbox components during the engine start.
The GCU provides fully automatic control during the engine start sequence and transition to generator mode at
the completion of the start sequence.
For further information about the GCU refer to DC Generation General Data.
Figure 1 shows the starter/generator installation on the engine.
The starter/generator (1) attaches to a square flange at the rear, top, left of the engine accessory gearbox.
Electrical connections for generation, starting and control, attach at a junction block (2) on top of the starter/
generator.
The starter/generator has a large cooling air inlet (3) at the back. A large hose from the left air inlet on the lower
cowling carries cooling air to inlet. A fan that is part of the front of the starter/generator moves cooling air through
starter/generator. The air goes out through slots at the front.
The aft face of the gearbox has a mounting-flange with four studs and a gasket (4) . Four washers (5) and nuts
(6) attach the starter/generator.

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2
FW
D
1
3
A B
4
1
Figure 1 - Starter/Generator Installation on the Engine

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Starter/Generator (4) Gasket

(2) Electrical connection (5) Washer
block
(3) Cooling air inlet (6) Nut

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A. General
This section tells you about trouble shooting the starter/generator installation on the engine.
Refer to DC Generation General Data for data about the electrical control system for the starter/generator.
Refer to DC Electrical Load Distribution General Data (analog) or DC Electrical Load Distribution General
Data (digital) for data about DC electrical load distribution.
Refer to Engine Starting Cranking General Data for the electrical control system for the starter function.

Traces of oil from the air Oil seal failed. Replace the starter/generator.
outlets at the front of the
Replace the O-ring
starter/generator.

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STARTER/GENERATOR DRIVE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This section tells you how to remove/install the starter/generator.
Refer to DC Generation General Data for data about the starter/generator electrical control system.

1T120TP-A-24-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STARTER/GENERATOR
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Starter/Generator

- Installation of the Starter/Generator

None

None
E. Materials
Safety lacquer ...................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Lock wire .............................................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
None
CAUTION THE UNIT MUST BE SUPPORTED AT ALL TIMES DURING REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION. DO NOT LET THE UNIT HANG ON THE DRIVE SHAFT WITHOUT
THE CLAMP RING MOUNTED AND FULLY TIGHTENED. UNDUE BENDING LOADS
ON THE DRIVE SHAFT SHEAR SECTION CAN DAMAGE THE DRIVE SHAFT.

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Starter/Generator

Refer to Figure 2.
To remove the starter/generator from the engine gear box mounting flange perform the steps as follows:
(2) Make sure that the battery is disconnected, refer to Battery Servicing.
(3) Disconnect the electrical cables from the electrical connection block (2) and the starter/generator
speed sensor connector (4) at the starter/generator (1) .
(4) Release the clamp holding the air cooling hose on the cooling air inlet (3) .
(5) Move the hose clear of the cooling air inlet (3) .
(6) Remove the lock wire from the holding clamp (7) .
(7) Hold the starter/generator (1) and loosen the nut (8) on the clamp (7) .
(8) Hold the starter/generator (1) and loosen the clamp (7) from the starter/generator (1) and the
mounting flange (9) .
(9) Remove the starter/generator (1) from the aircraft.
(10) Put blanking caps on the engine drive flange and the starter/generator drive shaft (5) .
B. Installation of the Starter/Generator

To install the starter/generator to the engine gear box mounting flange perform the steps as follows:
(1) Install a new O-ring (6) on the starter generator drive shaft (5) .
(2) Put the starter/generator (1) in position to the mounting flange (9) on the engine gear box and
hold it by help of a second person.
Note The starter/generator (1) has a fail safe position to install it on the mounting flange (9) .
Make sure that the starter/generator electrical cables are free of the engine frame.
Note Make sure that the holding clamp (7) of the starter/generator (1) is already attached to
the generator mounting flange (9) with the nut facing up before installation of the starter/
generator (1) .
Note Make sure that a new O-ring (6) is installed on the starter/generator drive shaft (5) .

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Install the clamp (7) to the starter/generator (1) and mounting flange (9) and hold it.
(4) Tighten the nut (8) on the holding clamp (7) .
Note While tightening the nut on the clamp to its recommended torque value, tap around the
circumference to the clamp ring with a soft headed hammer to position the clamp firmly on
the generator.
Torque the nut with the recommended torque value which is stamped on the clamp ring (5.6 Nm
(50 lbs.in)).
(5) Install the electrical cables to proper terminals on the electrical connection block (2) .
Note The nut and washers should not be used as a method of pushing the electrical wire cable
down on the terminal block. The cable terminal should be first positioned flat on the
generator terminal post.
Install the nuts and washers to the terminals on the electrical connection block. Tighten the nuts
hand tight.
Torque the nuts for the terminal size, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
(6) Connect the speed sensor connector (4) at the starter/generator (1) .
(7) Connect the cooling hose to the cooling air inlet (3) .
(8) Tighten the clamp holding the air cooling hose at the cooling air inlet (3) .
(9) Connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(11) Do an engine run-up, refer to Power Plant Engine Run-Up – General and Engine Starting General
Data.
Do a performance check as follows:
- The starter must operate correctly.
- Make sure that the following conditions will be set before the gas generator (N1) reaches
governed RPM:
- The starter/generator warning light disappears
- The amperemeter shows a positive value
- The voltmeter shows 28 ±0.5 V.
(12) Shut down the engine.
(13) Check the torque of the holding clamp (7) and, if necessary, tighten it to the proper torque value.

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(14) Install the lock wire to the holding clamp (7) . Safety the nut (8) with safety lacquer.

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 3
Legend
(1) Starter/Generator (6) O-Ring

(2) Electrical connection (7) Holding clamp
block
(3) Cooling air inlet (8) Nut
(4) Speed sensor connector (9) Mounting flange
(5) Starter/Generator drive
shaft

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
INSPECT THE STARTER/GENERATOR BRUSHES

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Remove the engine cowlings, refer to Cowling General
Remove the starter/generator, refer to Starter/Generator Remove and Install

None
E. Materials
dust cab ................................................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Inspect the Starter/Generator Brushes
(1) Remove the starter/generator brushes.
(2) Inspect the starter/generator brushes.
(3) Make sure the brushes conform the Skurka Aerospace, Inc Service Letter SL 132.
(4) Clean the starter/generator with compressed air from dust and dirt.

1T120TP-A-24-10-01-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Install inspected or new starter/generator brushes.
1. Install the starter/generator, refer to Starter/Generator Remove and Install.
2. Install the engine cowlings, refer to Cowling General.

1T120TP-A-24-10-01-00A-284A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
24-30
DC GENERATION

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DC GENERATION
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The G 120TP-A has these sources of DC electrical power:
- A 24 V main battery, 25 Ah (HAWKER) or 28 Ah (CONCORDE)
- A 28 V starter/generator which is driven by the engine.
The aircraft also has an external power socket. Refer to External Power Supply Operation for data on the external
power supply.
This Chapter gives data about the electrical control system for the generator function.
Refer to Engine Starting Cranking General Data for the electrical control system for the starter function
The current from the starter/generator goes to the main bus. It provides DC power for the electrical equipment.
The current from the starter/generator also can charge the battery. The BATT-amperemeter on the engine
indications shows if the battery is being charged or discharged. The voltmeter on the engine indications shows
the voltage on the battery bus.
The Generator-amperemeter in the engine indications shows the actual load on the generator.
Refer to the related Chapters/Sections for maintenance practices.
Note This Chapter has simple block-schematic diagrams, refer to DC Generation Description (analog cockpit)
or DC Generation Description of how it is made an its Function (digital cockpit). These diagrams do not
have all the detail. Refer to the wiring diagram manual for your aircraft when you do maintenance.

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DC GENERATION
DESCRIPTION OF HOW IT IS MADE AN ITS FUNCTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the starter/generator system. The DC power generation system has these components:
A. Main Battery
The aircraft has a 24 volt main battery. The battery has a capacity of 25 Ah (HAWKER) or 28 Ah
(CONCORDE). The battery is located in the battery compartment at the right, rear area of the engine
compartment (battery compartment). The cowling door gives access to the battery. A standard battery
quick-release connector connects the power cables to the battery.
B. Starter/Generator
The Starter/Generator is a two-function DC machine. The Starter/Generator is used as an engine-driven
source of DC power in a 28 V aircraft electrical system and as a source for starting power for a turbine
engine. The generator is self-excited. A Generator Control Unit (GCU) provides voltage regulation and
system protection. In generator mode, the power rating is 6 KW at 28 VDC. This is equivalent to 200 A
continuous load through the speed range. An efficient integral fan draws air in at the anti-dirve end of the
generator to permit self-cooled operation.
The GCU attaches to the front wall of the battery compartment, above the battery.
C. Busses
The aircraft has these 2 busses in the power generation system:
- Battery bus
- Main bus.
Refer to DC Electrical Load Distribution General Data for more data about the battery and main busses
and for data about the 3 subsidiary busses.

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D. Contactors
The system has these main contactors:
- Battery Contactor
The battery contactor connects the battery to the BATTERY BUS. A RCCB protects the circuit.
- Line Contactor
The line contactor connects the generator to the MAIN BUS.
- Bus Tie Contactor
The bus-tie contactor can connect the battery bus to the main bus. Both busses supply power
to the solenoid of the bus-tie contactor. Circuit-breakers at each bus protect the solenoid circuit.
Diodes prevent current flowing directly from one bus to the other through the solenoid circuit.
- A bus-tie switch controls the ground connection to the contactor. The bus-tie switch has these
3 positions:
• OFF
The switch is open-circuit and the bus-tie contactor is open, to isolate the Battery Bus
from the Main Bus.
• ON
The switch gives a ground to the bus-tie contactor. The contactor closes to connect the
Battery Bus to the Main Bus.
• AUTO
The switch connects to the auxiliary contacts of the line contactor. The line contactor
gives a ground when it is closed. If the generator is on line, the bus-tie contactor closes
and connect the Battery Bus to the Main Bus.

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
E. System Protection
The system has these circuit-breakers and Fuses:
- Battery Remote-Control Circuit-Breaker (Battery RCCB)
A hall effect current sonsor for Battery Bus direction and return protection Electronic Module
in association with a contactor to provide bi-directional protection adapted to current flow
direction. The output bus-bar goes through a hole in the sensor. The sensor monitors the
current flowing through the bus-bar. If the current is too high, the sensor opens the solenoid
circuit. The battery contactor opens.
You can reset the RCCB. Set the BATT switch to OFF. Then set the BATT switch back to ON.
- BATTERY CTRL Circuit-Breaker
A 2-amp BATTERY CTRL circuit-breaker on the HOT BATTRY BUS protects the battery
contactor and current sensor control circuits.
- BUS TIE CTRL A Circuit-Breaker
The 2 amp BUS TIE CTRL A circuit-breaker on the BATTERY BUS protects the solenoid circuit
of the bus-tie contactor.
- BUS TIE CTRL B Circuit-Breaker
The 2 amp BUS TIE CTRL B circuit-breaker on the MAIN BUS protects the solenoid circuit of
the bus-tie contactor.
Diodes in the bus-tie control-circuits prevent current flowing from one bus to the other when
the bus-tie contactor is open.
- Battery Bus Limiter Fuse
A 100 amp fuse in the supply to the battery bus protects the system bus.
- Main Bus Limiter Fuse
A 100 amp fuse in the supply to the main bus protects the system bus.
- Battery Ground Limiter Fuse
A 400 amp fuse protects the battery ground connection.
B. Operation
A. All Systems OFF

The HOT BATTERY BUS provides battery voltage through the BATTERY CTRL circuit-breaker to the
solenoid of the battery contactor and for the current Sensor. The BATT switch does not provide a ground
for the solenoid. The Battery contactor stays open. There is no power on the bus system
B. Battery ON - Engine OFF
The HOT BATTERY BUS provides battery voltage through the BATTERY CTRL circuit-breaker to the
solenoid of the battery contactor. The BATT switch provides a ground for the solenoid. The Battery
contactor closes. The battery bus has battery voltage.
The BUS TIE CTRL A circuit-breaker provides battery voltage to the solenoid of the bus-tie contactor. If
you set the BUS TIE switch to ON, it gives a ground to the solenoid. The bus-tie contactor closes. It connects
the BATTERY BUS to the MAIN BUS.
C. Engine ON
With the engine running, the generator provides 28 VDC to the system. The generator control unit
energizes the line contactor. The line contactor connects the generator to the MAIN BUS.
If you set the BUS TIE switch to AUTO, the auxiliary contacts of the line contactor give a ground though
the BUS TIE switch to the solenoid of the bus-tie contactor. The contactor connects the BATTERY BUS
to the MAIN BUS.

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D. Engine ON, Generator OFF, BUS TIE switch AUTO

If the generator goes off-line, the line contactor will open. The auxiliary contacts of the line contactor
disconnect the ground for the solenoid of the bus-tie contactor. The bus-tie contactor opens. This
disconnects the MAIN BUS from the BATTERY BUS. The MAIN BUS has no power.
If you set the BUS TIE switch to ON, the bus-tie contactor will close. The battery will supply battery voltage
to all systems.

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00B-040A-A
GENERATOR/STARTER SYSTEM STARTER CONTACTOR (KSR)
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

BATT BUS
BATTERY
BUS A 50A BATTERY RCCB
LIMITER BATTERY CONTACTOR HOT BATTERY BUS
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BATT BUS
250A
50mV
BATTERY BUS LIMITER CURRENT SENSOR
50mV
1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00B-040A-A
20A
100A 250A BATTERY CTRL
- +
BATT BUS

2A
BUS TIE CTRL A
HOT BATTERY BUS
ELT
2A
LINE CONTACTOR (KLC)
MAIN BUS
BUS TIE CTRL B BATTERY
EXT CONTACTOR +
2A
CIRCUIT BOARD
-
-
BUS TIE CONTACTOR
+
MAIN BUS LIMITER
EXTERNAL
100A POWER CONNECTOR
AEDC-DAU +
2 5A 1
3A
EXT PWR CTRL
BUS TIE OFF
- + +
BATT OFF
-
24-30
EXT PWR ON 400A
EXT CONTACTOR CTRL
EXT PWR GND LIMITER
EXTERNAL POWER CONTACTOR
BATTERY SWITCH
GROUND REFERENCE POINT
BATTERY BATTERY GND LIMITER
ON
400A
OFF GROUND DISTRIBUTION - +
Figure 1 - DC Generation Simplified Schematic Diagram

EXTERNAL EXTERNAL POWER SWITCH
POWER
ON
OFF
GENERATOR/STARTER SYSTEM
BUS TIE SWITCH
BUS TIE
AUTO
ON
OFF
02 February 2018
Page: 9
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DC GENERATION
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the DC generation and external power system. If you find the trouble
given in column 1, then do the repair given in column 3.

Battery bus does not en- The HOT BATTERY BUS 20 Set the 20 amp circuit-breaker.
ergize when the BATT amp circuit-breaker is not set.
switch is set to ON
The BATTERY CTRL 2 amp Set the BATTERY CTRL 2 amp circuit-break-
circuit-breaker not set. er.
The battery contactor is de- Replace the battery contactor.
fective.
The Current sensor is defec- Replace the current sensor.
tive.
There is an open-circuit be- Do a test for an open circuit in the related ca-
tween the BATT switch and bles.
the current sensor, or the cur-
rent sensor and the solenoid.
The MAIN BUS does not 100 amp main bus limiter fuse Replace the main bus limiter fuse failed.
energize when the gen- failed.
erator would usually be
on line.
Generator defective. Replace the generator.
Generator control unit defec- Replace the generator control unit.
tive.
Line contactor defective. Replace the line contactor.
The “Battery Amp Indi- BUS TIE switch defective. Replace the BUS TIE switch.
cation” shows a continu-
ous discharge with the
generator on line and
BUS TIE switch ON or
AUTO.
Open circuit between the BUS Repair the ground connection.
TIE switch and ground.
Bus-tie contactor defective. Replace the bus-tie contactor.

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DC GENERATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
These maintenance practice tells you how to remove and install the starter/generator control unit.
Refer to the component manufacturers manuals for all work off the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-24-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STARTER/GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Generator Control Unit

- Installation of the Generator Control Unit

None

None
E. Materials
Safety wire ................................................................................... MS20995C25 (Commercial) QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Generator Control Unit
(1) Remove the top cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove.
(2) Make sure that the battery is disconnected, refer to Battery Servicing.
(3) Remove the safety wire from the multi-pin connector (2) and the ring of the GCU connector.
(4) Release the multi-pin connector (2) (2PC-a) from the GCU (1) .

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove 4 bolts and washers (3) attaching the GCU to the front face of the battery compartment.
(6) Remove the GCU (1) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Generator Control Unit
(1) Put the GCU (1) in position on the front face of the battery compartment.
(2) Install 4 attaching bolts and washers (3) .
(3) Connect the multi-pin connector (2) (2PC-a) to the GCU (1) .
(4) Install a new safety wire from the ring of the GCU connector to one of the bolts of the cable clamp
on the backshell of the 2PC-a connector (2) and back to the ring.
Note Make sure that the safety wire is attached to the ring of the GCU connector on two different
attachment points on opposite sides to improve the rotation prevention.
(6) Install the top cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install.
(7) Do a ground run-up to test the starter/generator performance, refer to Power Plant Engine Run-
Up – General.

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
A
1
3
2
Figure 2 - Generator Control Unit Installation

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Generator control unit (3) Attaching bolts and

washers
(2) Multi-pin electrical
connector (2PC-a)
Figure 2 - Generator Control Unit Installation

1T120TP-A-24-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
24-40
EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The external power system can supply the complete electrical system of the aircraft on ground.
The aircraft has an external power socket. It is located in the rear fuselage on the right side just aft of the wing.
The socket is behind the external power socket door.

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. Description
Figure 1 shows the circuit of the external power system. A GRP bracket holds the external power socket. The
bracket is located in the compartment for the air-conditioning condenser. The external power system has these
components:
A. 28 V Socket
The 28 VDC power socket attaches to the bracket. It faces a small, hinged access panel in the fuselage.
You can open the panel to get access to the socket and related circuit-breaker.
The socket has 3 pins:
- A large negative pin
- A large positive pin
- A short positive pin.
A diode adjacent to the external power socket connects to the small positive pin. The diode connects to a
5 amp circuit-breaker located beside the external power socket.
B. External Power Contactor
The external power contactor attaches to the bracket. A bus strip connects the large positive pin of the
power socket to the input terminal of the contactor. A large cable connects the output terminal of the external
power contactor to the EXT contactor in the battery compartment. The EXTERNAL POWER switch
provides a ground to energize the external power contactor.
A cable connects the 5 amp circuit-breaker and a diode (to prevent incorrect polatity) to the external power
contactor.
C. EXT Contactor
The EXT contactor is located in the battery compartment. The output of the external power contactor
energizes the solenoid of the EXT contactor. The EXTERNAL POWER switch provides a ground to
energize the EXT contactor. The EXT contactor energizes the BATTERY BUS.
If the BATT switch is set to ON, the external power can charge the battery.
D. EXTERNAL POWER Switch
The EXTERNAL POWER switch is located on the right switch panel. It controls both the external power
contactor and the EXT contactor. A cable connects the switch to the auxiliary contacts of the line contactor
in the battery compartment.
The line contactor brings the generator ‘on-line’. The auxiliary contacts open when the main contacts close.
When the generator is off-line, the auxiliary contacts provide a ground through the switch to the solenoids
of the external power contactor and the EXT contactor.
E. External Power GND Limiter
A bus strip connects the large negative pin of the power socket to a 400 amp GND limiter fuse. A large
cable from the GND limiter goes to the aircraft ground reference point.
B. Operation
If you connect a 28 VDC supply to the external power socket, these things can happen:

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A. Battery OFF; Generator OFF, EXTERNAL POWER Switch ON

- The auxiliary contacts on the line contactor are closed.
- Current can flow through the solenoid of the battery contactor. And the contactor connect the
battery to the BATT BUS.
- The main and auxiliary contacts on the battery contactor are open.
- Current can flow through the solenoid of the external power contactor.
- Current from the external power contactor energizes the EXT contactor. And the contactor
connects the external power supply to the BATTERY BUS.
B. Battery ON, Generator OFF, EXTERNAL POWER Switch ON

- The auxiliary contacts on the line contactor are closed.
- The main and auxiliary contacts on the battery contactor are closed.
- Current can flow through the solenoid of the external power contactor.
- Current from the external power contactor energizes the EXT contactor. And the contactor
connects the external power supply to the BATTERY BUS and to the battery.
C. Battery ON, Generator ON, EXTERNAL POWER Switch ON

- The auxiliary contacts on the line contactor are open.
- The main and auxiliary contacts on the battery contactor are closed.
- No current can flow through the solenoids of the external power contactor and EXT contactor.
And the contactors do not connect the external power supply to the BATT BUS and the battery.
D. Incorrect Polarity on the 28 VDC Power Socket

- The diode prevents current flowing from the small positive pin.
- No current can flow to the external power contactor solenoid. And the contactor cannot close

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-040A-A
GENERATOR/STARTER SYSTEM STARTER CONTACTOR (KSR)
BATT BUS BATTERY RCCB
BATTERY
BUS A 50A BATTERY CONTACTOR
LIMITER HOT BATTERY BUS
250A
BATT BUS
50mV
CURRENT SENSOR
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

BATTERY BUS LIMITER
20A
100A 50mV 250A BATTERY CTRL

- +
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BATT BUS
2A
BUS TIE CTRL A
1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-040A-A
HOT BATTERY BUS
ELT
2A

LINE CONTACTOR (KLC)
MAIN BUS
BUS TIE CTRL B BATTERY
EXT CONTACTOR +
2A
CIRCUIT BOARD
-
-
BUS TIE CONTACTOR
+
MAIN BUS LIMITER
EXTERNAL
100A POWER CONNECTOR
AEDC-DAU +
3A 2 5A 1
EXT PWR CTRL
BUS TIE OFF
- + +
BATT OFF
-
EXT PWR ON 400A
EXT PWR GND LIMITER
EXT CONTACTOR CTRL
BATTERY SWITCH
24-40
BATTERY GROUND REFERENCE POINT BATTERY GND LIMITER
ON
400A
OFF - +
EXTERNAL EXTERNAL POWER SWITCH
POWER
ON
OFF
GENERATOR/STARTER SYSTEM
BUS TIE SWITCH
Figure 1 - DC Generation Schematic Diagram - External Power System

BUS TIE
AUTO
ON
OFF
02 February 2018
Page: 7
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

OPERATION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Connection of External Power Supply to the aircraft

- Power up the aircraft with External Power
- Power off the aircraft from External Power
- Disconnection of External Power Supply from the aircraft

None
Put the aircraft into safe environment.
For this procedure the aircraft can be on ground or jacked with the landing gear extended.

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Connection of External Power Supply to the aircraft

Refer to Figure 2.
Connect the external power supply to the aircraft as follows:
(1) Bond the aircraft to the ground.

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Open the canopy.
(3) Check all circuit breakers in the cockpit. Make sure that all circuit breakers on the circuit breaker
panel LH and RH are pushed.
(4) Check all four circuit breakers on the instrument panel. Make sure that all four circuit breakers are
pulled.
(5) Check all switches in the cockpit. Make sure that all switches are set to OFF.
(6) Check the landing gear selector. Make sure that the selector is in the correct position.
(7) Open the external power door on the fuselage.
(8) Check the circuit breaker EXT PWR CTRL next to the external power socket on the fuselage. Make
sure that this circuit breaker is pushed.
(9) Switch ON the external power supply.
(10) Check the voltage of the external power supply. Make sure the voltage is 24 to 28 V DC.
(11) Connect the external power supply to the external power socket on the aircraft.
B. Power up the aircraft with External Power
(1) Set the EXT PWR switch to ON.
Note For further actions wait until the IDU-680 has booted completely.
(2) If necessary set the BAT switch to ON.
C. Power off the aircraft from External Power
(1) Switch OFF all systems witch are supplied by external power.
(2) If the BAT switch is set to ON set the BAT switch to OFF.
(3) Set the EXT PWR switch to OFF.
Note Switch OFF the EXT PWR switch only if the IDU-680 has booted completely.
D. Disconnection of External Power Supply from the aircraft
(1) Switch OFF the external power supply.
(2) Disconnect the external power supply from the external power socket on the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Close and lock the external power door on the fuselage.
(4) Check all switches in the cockpit. Make sure that all switches are set to OFF.
(5) Check all four circuit breakers on the instrument panel. Make sure that all four circuit breakers are
pushed.
(6) Check all circuit breakers in the cockpit. Make sure that all circuit breakers on the circuit breaker
panel LH and RH are pushed.
(8) Remove the bonding cable from the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
1 External Power Supply

Access Door
Figure 2 - External Power Supply Access Door

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This Section tells you only about trouble shooting the external-power system.
Refer to DC Generation General Data for data about the power generation system.
Refer to DC Electrical Load Distribution General Data (analog) or DC Electrical Load Distribution General
Data (digital) for data about the power distribution system

External power will not External-power circuit-break- Set the external-power circuit-breaker.
come on line when the er open
BATT switch is ON and
the GEN switch is OFF
External-power contactor de- Do a test of the external-power contactor. If
fective. necessary, replace the contactor.
EXT contactor defective. Do a test of the EXT contactor. If necessary,
replace the contactor.
Ground circuit for the exter- Set the starter/generator switch to OFF. Set
nal-power contactor-solenoid the EXTERNAL POWER switch to ON. Dis-
open. connect the control connector from the exter-
nal-power contactor. Do a test for continuity
from the control connector pin 6 to ground.
Repair the open circuit or replace the defective
component.
Power circuit for the external- Do a test for continuity from the small positive
power contactor-solenoid pin of the external-power socket to the control
open. connector pin 1 for the -control-connect on the
external-power contactor. Repair the open cir-
cuit or replace the defective component.

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
These maintenance practice tells you how to remove and install the following:
- External-power socket, refer to External Power Socket Remove and Install
- External-power contactor, refer to External Power Contactor Remove and Install.
Refer to the component manufacturers manuals for all work off the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EXTERNAL POWER SOCKET

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the External Power Socket

- Installation of the External Power Socket

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING DISCONNECT THE BATTERY BEFORE WORKING ON THE EXTERNAL POWER

SOCKET. A SHORT CIRCUIT OF HEAVY-CURRENT CABLES OR BUS-STRIPS
CAN CAUSE A FIRE.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the External Power Socket

Refer to Figure 3.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 24-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Remove the rear, right access panel from the baggage compartment, refer to Cockpit and Baggage
Compartment Furnishing General Data.
(3) Remove the nut, star washer and ring terminal from the small rear stud (21) of the socket.
(4) Remove the 2 large nuts, star washer and ring terminal from the front stud (22) of the socket.
(5) Remove the 2 large nuts, star washer from the centre stud (23) of the socket.
(6) Remove the 2 nuts, washers and bolts (24) attaching the socket to the bracket.
(7) Pull the socket (20) outboard and remove the socket (20) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the External Power Socket

Refer to Figure 3.
(1) Put the external power socket (20) in position in the bracket from outboard.
(2) Push the 2 large studs (with the 2 large pins forward) through the bus strips.
(3) Install the 2 nuts, washers and bolts (24) attaching the socket to the bracket.
(5) Install the star washer and 2 large nuts to the centre stud (23) of the socket.
(6) Install the ring terminal, star washer and 2 large nuts to the front stud (22) of the socket.
(7) Install the ring terminal star washer and nut to the small rear stud (21) of the socket.
(9) Connect the external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(10) Set the EXTERNAL POWER switch to ON. Make sure that power supplies the BATTERY BUS.
(11) Set the EXTERNAL POWER switch to OFF.
(12) Disconnect the external power, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(13) Install the rear, right access panel in the baggage compartment, refer to Cockpit and Baggage

27 July 2018 24-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21
23
22
27
28
20
24
25
26
29
D
FW
Figure 3 - External power Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 24-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) External power socket (25) External power

contactor
(21) Small rear stud (26) Contactor control
(Positive) connector
(22) Large front stud (27) Contactor input
(Ground) connection
(23) Large centre stud (28) Contactor output
(Positive) connection
(24) Attaching bolts, washers (29) Heavy current GND
and nuts limiter
Figure 3 - External power Installation

27 July 2018 24-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-24-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the External-Power Contactor

- Installation of the External-Power Contactor

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING DISCONNECT THE BATTERY BEFORE WORKING ON THE EXTERNAL-POWER

CONTACTOR. A SHORT CIRCUIT OF HEAVY-CURRENT CABLES OR BUS-
STRIPS CAN CAUSE A FIRE.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the External-Power Contactor

Refer to Figure 4.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 24-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Remove the rear, right access panel from the baggage compartment, refer to Cockpit and Baggage
(3) Disconnect the control connector (26) from the contactor (25) .
(4) Loosen the 2 large nuts on the centre stud (23) of the external-power socket (20) .
(5) Remove the nut and washer from the input (front) connector (27) of the contactor (25) .
(6) Lift the bus-strip clear of the stud.
(7) Remove the nut and washer from the output (rear) connector (28) of the contactor and heavy-
current ring terminal.
(8) Remove the contactor (25) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the External-Power Contactor

Refer to Figure 4.
(1) Put the external-power contactor (25) (with the control connector forward) in position on the
bracket.
(2) Install the nut and washer to the output (rear) connector (28) of the contactor and heavy-current
terminal.
(3) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(4) Put the bus-strip over the front connector.
(5) Install the nut and washer to the input (front) connector (27) of the contactor.
(7) Tighten the 2 large nuts on the centre stud (23) of the external-power socket.
(9) Connect the external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(10) Set the EXTERNAL POWER switch to ON. Make sure that power comes on the BATTERY BUS.
(11) Set the EXTERNAL POWER switch to OFF. Make sure that power goes off the BATTERY BUS.
(12) Disconnect the external power, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(13) Install the rear, right access panel in the baggage compartment, refer to Cockpit and Baggage

27 July 2018 24-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 24-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21
23
22
27
28
20
24
25
26
29
D
FW
Figure 4 - External-power Installation

27 July 2018 24-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) External-power socket (25) External-power

contactor
(21) Small rear stud (26) Contactor control
(Positive) connector
(22) Large front stud (27) Contactor input
(Ground) connection
(23) Large centre stud (28) Contactor output
(Positive) connection
(24) Attaching bolts, washers (29) Heavy current GND
and nuts limiter
Figure 4 - External-power Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 24-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 24-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-24-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
24-60
DC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Section tells you about the system which supplies DC electrical power to other systems. This Section stops
at the related circuit breakers for the other systems.
Refer to the related Chapter for data. For example refer to Communications General Data for data about the
communications electrical power supply. And refer to the wiring manual for data about the electrical cables.
Busses distribute the electrical power on the G 120TP-A. These figures show the system:
- Figure 1 shows the bus structure and the components which control electrical power to the busses.
- Figure 2 shows the electrical power distribution to the circuit breakers.
- Figure 3 shows the circuit breaker panels.
This Chapter has simple block-schematic diagrams. These diagrams do not have all the detail. Refer to the wiring
manual for your aircraft when you do maintenance.
The airplane systems are controlled by individual switches for each system. Individual circuit breakers on the
bus bars protect the individual systems.
B. Busses
The aircraft has these busses:
A. Battery Bus
The battery bus connects to the aircraft battery through the battery contactor. The battery bus supplies
power for critical systems circuit breakers.
B. Hot Battery Bus
The hot battery bus connects to the battery at all times. The hot battery bus supplies the essential system
circuit breakers.
C. Main Bus
The main bus connects to the starter/generator. The main bus supplies power for the non-critical systems.
D. Avionic Bus 1
The avionic bus 1 connects to the battery bus. One half of the avionic master switch connects the battery
bus to the avionic bus 1. The avionic bus 1 supplies power to the critical avionic systems. A 25 amp circuit
breaker on the battery bus protect the wires between the Battery Bus and the Avionic Bus 1.
E. Avionic Bus 2
The avionic bus 2 connects to the main bus. One half of the avionic master switch connects the main bus
to the avionic bus 2. The avionic bus 2 supplies power to the non-critical avionic systems or to duplicate
systems. A 25 amp circuit breaker on the main bus protect the wires between the Main Bus and the Avionic
Bus 2.
C. Circuit Breakers
A circuit breaker protects each system. The circuit breakers have these locations:
- Instrument panel – 4 critical circuit breakers
- Below the instrument panel – Main Bus, Avionic Bus 2, Battery Bus and Avionic Bus 1

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Battery compartment – Hot Battery Bus, ELT, FDR, Battery CTRL circuit breakers
- External power socket – External Power CTRL circuit breaker.
Each circuit breaker will open automatically when the current is more than the safe amount for the system. The
knob of the circuit breaker has the value marked on it. You can pull the circuit breaker knob to open the circuit
breaker and you can push in the circuit breaker knob to set (close) the circuit breaker.
D. Operation
Refer to DC Generation General Data for data about the operation of the main contactors and relays in the power
generation system.
In the usual operation the avionic master switch connects the battery bus to the avionic 1 bus. And it connects
the main bus to the avionic 2 bus.
The battery is permanently connected to the hot bus.

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 1 - DC Load Distribution and Control Schematic Diagram

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3A
Figure 2 - DC Electrical Load Distribution - Bus Structure

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
START
CTRL
HYDR
FLAPS
RUD/AIL
TRIM
PANEL INST ANTI COLL NAV TAXI LANDING DIMMER DIMMER DIMMER AMU CONT PROP SAT T AVIONICS BUS TIE EXTERNAL GEN START FUEL TRANSFER STBY FUEL FUEL COMP
LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT PANEL MAP INSTR EMER IGN OVSP MASTER POWER PUMPON PUMP PUMP INTAKE HEAT
ON ON
ON ON
AUTO
ON ON ON ON ON TEST ON ON AUTO ON ON
OFF
START
OFF
BOTH ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF NORM
OFF INTAKE OFF OFF OFF OFF RESET BLOW OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
HEAT TEST
AVIONIC AVIONIC MSU BATT

AIU A ADF UHF DME NAV 1 COM 1 MSU MSU COPILOT COPILOT PILOT PILOT AVIONIC AIU B RAD TAS FGC MCP PILOT COPILOT NAV 2 MARKER XPDR PILOT PILOT AVIONIC HEAT HEAT CTRL IND IGN MAG CAS
BUS 2 BUS 1 BUS
2A 1B MFD B PFD B MFD B PFD B BUS 1 ALT TRIM 1A MFD A PFD A PFD A PFD HTR BUS 1 P/S INTAKE GEAR GEAR MUTE
MAIN BATT
STORM FAN2 AIR C LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS PUMP PUMP PROB AMU PILOT COPILOT DAUB B CTRL B AVIONIC CRTL A ESI COPILOT COPILOT MSU DAU A AMU COM 2 IDU PANEL FUEL FUEL LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS SPKR FDR FAN 1
BUS BUS
SCOPE AIR C PANEL TAXI ANTI COLL STBY F F XFER OVSP EMERG MFD HTR PFD HTR BUS TIE BUS 2 BUS TIE MFD A MFD HTR 2B NORMAL BLOWER BLOWER PUMP QYT INSTR NAV LAND DOME MAP AIR C
A B
AVIONIC
AIU A ADF UHF DME NAV 1 COM 1 MSU MSU COPILOT COPILOT PILOT AVIONIC AIU B RAD TAS FGC MCP
BUS 2 PILOT
2A 1B MFD B PFD B MFD B BUS 1 ALT TRIM
PFD B
MAIN
BUS STORM FAN2 LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS PUMP PUMP PROB AMU PILOT COPILOT CTRL B AVIONIC
SCOPE AIR C AIR C PANEL TAXI ANTI COLL STBY F F XFER OVSP EMERG MFD HTR PFD HTR DAUB B BUS TIE BUS 2
AVIONIC
AIU A ADF UHF DME NAV 1 COM 1 MSU MSU COPILOT COPILOT PILOT AVIONIC AIU B RAD TAS FGC MCP
BUS 2 PILOT
2A 1B MFD B PFD B MFD B BUS 1 ALT TRIM
PFD B
MAIN
BUS LIGHT STORM FAN2 LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS PUMP PUMP PROB AMU PILOT COPILOT CTRL B AVIONIC
GEAR DOWN SCOPE AIR C AIR C PANEL TAXI ANTI COLL STBY F F XFER OVSP EMERG MFD HTR PFD HTR DAUB B BUS TIE BUS 2
GEAR DOWN LIGHT (OPTION)
A
AVIONIC
2A 1B PFD B MFD B BUS 1 ALT TRIM
MFD B PFD B
MAIN
AUX
PWR GEAR DOWN SCOPE AIR C AIR C PANEL TAXI ANTI COLL STBY F F XFER OVSP EMERG MFD HTR PFD HTR DAUB B BUS TIE BUS 2
AUXILIARY POWER (OPTION)
AVIONIC
2A 1B PFD B MFD B BUS 1 ALT TRIM
MFD B PFD B
MAIN
AUX
VIDEO PWR GEAR DOWN SCOPE AIR C AIR C PANEL TAXI ANTI COLL STBY F F XFER OVSP EMERG MFD HTR PFD HTR DAUB B BUS TIE BUS 2
VIDEO RECORDING SYSTEM (OPTION)
AVIONIC MSU BATT

BUS 1 BUS
B
BATT
CRTL A ESI COPILOT COPILOT MSU DAU A AMU COM 2 IDU PANEL FUEL FUEL LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS SPKR FDR FAN 1
BUS
BUS TIE MFD A MFD HTR 2B NORMAL BLOWER BLOWER PUMP QYT INSTR NAV LAND DOME MAP AIR C
Figure 3 - Electrical System Circuit Breaker Panels in the Cockpit

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This section tells you how to remove/install general electrical system components.
Refer to the wiring diagram manual for information about cable data.

1T120TP-A-24-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONTACTOR
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of a Contactor
- Installation of a Contactor

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of a Contactor
(2) Make sure that the aircraft battery is disconnected, refer to Battery Servicing.
(3) Note the position of the control connector (41) and disconnect the control connector from the
contactor (40) .
(4) Remove the nut and washer from the each power terminal-stud (42) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 24-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the contactor (40) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of a Contactor
(1) Put the contactor (40) in position in the aircraft, with the socket for the control connector in the
position that you noted during removal.
(2) Install a washer and nut on each power terminal-stud (42) .
(4) Connect the control connector (41) to the contactor.
(6) Do a test for correct operation of the contactor, refer to the related Chapter.

27 July 2018 24-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
42
Typical Installation with Bus Bars
40
41
42
42
Typical Installation with Power Cables
40
41
42
Figure 4 - Typical Contactor Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 24-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(40) Contactor (42) Power-terminal studs

(41) Control connector
Figure 4 - Typical Contactor Installation

27 July 2018 24-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-24-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL, RH

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Removal to the Circuit Breaker Panel RH
- Installation of the Circuit Breaker Panel RH

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
Make sure that the battery is disconnected, refer to Battery Servicing.
B. Removal to the Circuit Breaker Panel RH

To remove the circuit breaker panel RH perfom the steps as follows:
(1) Remove the both IDU 680 on pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Make sure that you have access to the area overhead the circuit breaker panel and behind
the IDU 680 area to remove the plastic caps.
(2) Remove the 5 bolts and washers from the circuit breaker panel (next to the firewall).
(3) Remove the 5 plastic caps from the E-sheet via the IDU 680 installation area.
(4) Remove the 5 bolts and rosettes from the circuit breaker panel (next to the pilot seat).
Hold the circuit breaker panel while removing the 5 bolts.
(5) Lower the circuit breaker panel.
C. Installation of the Circuit Breaker Panel RH

To install the circuit breaker panel RH perform the steps as follows:
(1) Make sure that the wiring on the circuit breaker RH panel is correct installed.
(2) Make sure that both IDU 680 on pilot’s side are removed, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove
and Install.
CAUTION DO NOT DAMAGE THE WIRING WHILE YOU INSTALL THE CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL TO THE E-SHEET. YOU CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL
DEFECTS.
(3) Hold the circuit breaker panel RH in position.
(4) Install the 5 bolts and rosettes to the circuit breaker panel (next to the pilot seat). Tighten the bolts
hand tight.
(5) Install the 5 bolts and washers to the circuit breaker panel (next to the firewall). Tighten the bolts
hand tight.
(6) Install the 5 plastic caps to the 5 bolt ends on the E-sheet via the IDU 680 installation area to cover
the ends of the bolts.
Note Make sure that the bolt ends with plastic caps on the E-sheet do not defect the wiring.
(7) Adjust the circuit breaker panel to the instrument panel.
(8) Torque the 5 bolts front and aft on the circuit breaker panel, refer to Torque Values General.

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(9) Install both IDU 680 on pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
1. If necessary connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL, LH

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Removal to the Circuit Breaker Panel LH
- Installation of the Circuit Breaker Panel LH

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
Make sure that the battery is disconnected, refer to Battery Servicing.
B. Removal to the Circuit Breaker Panel LH

To remove the circuit breaker panel LH perfom the steps as follows:
(1) Remove the both IDU 680 on co-pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Make sure that you have access to the area overhead the circuit breaker panel and behind
the IDU 680 area to remove the plastic caps.
(2) Remove the 5 bolts and washers from the circuit breaker panel (next to the firewall).
(3) Remove the 5 plastic caps from the E-sheet via the IDU 680 installation area.
(4) Remove the 5 bolts and rosettes from the circuit breaker panel (next to the pilot seat).
Hold the circuit breaker panel while removing the 5 bolts.
(5) Lower the circuit breaker panel.
C. Installation of the Circuit Breaker Panel LH

To install the circuit breaker panel LH perform the steps as follows:
(1) Make sure that the wiring on the circuit breaker LH panel is correct installed.
(2) Make sure that both IDU 680 on co-pilot’s side are removed, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680
Remove and Install.
CAUTION DO NOT DAMAGE THE WIRING WHILE YOU INSTALL THE CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL TO THE E-SHEET. YOU CAN CAUSE ELECTRICAL
DEFECTS.
(3) Hold the circuit breaker LH panel in position.
(4) Install the 5 bolts and rosettes to the circuit breaker panel (next to the pilot seat). Tighten the bolts
hand tight.
(5) Install the 5 bolts and washers to the circuit breaker panel (next to the firewall). Tighten the bolts
hand tight.
(6) Install the 5 plastic caps to the 5 bolt ends on the E-sheet via the IDU 680 installation area to cover
the ends of the bolts.
Note Make sure that the bolt ends with plastic caps on the E-sheet do not defect the wiring.
(7) Adjust the circuit breaker panel to the instrument panel.
(8) Torque the 5 bolts front and aft on the circuit breaker panel, refer to Torque Values General.

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(9) Install both IDU 680 on co-pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
1. If necessary connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-24-60-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
25-00
EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHING

1T120TP-A-25-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHING

GENERAL DATA
This chapter tells you about the cockpit furnishing and the emergency equipment.
The G 120TP-A has cloth trim panels in the cockpit. Some of the panels are held by screws. And some of the
panels are attached to the cockpit walls with adhesive.
Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data tells you about these items:
- The pilot’s seats.
- The removable trim panels.
- The floor panel outside of the seats.
- The cover-panel for the oxygen installation.
- The trim panels bonded to the structure.
Emergency Equipment General Data tells you about these items:

- The emergency location transmitter.
- The cockpit emergency hammer.
- The first-aid kit.

1T120TP-A-25-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
25-10
COCKPIT AND BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
FURNISHING

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COCKPIT AND BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT FURNISHING

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This chapter gives the data about the cockpit and baggage compartment furnishings. It tells you how to remove
and install the furnishings.
B. Description
Figure 1 shows the cockpit furnishing. The cockpit has 2 compartments. The seat back frame separates the
compartments.
The front compartment contains the pilot's seats (1) . It also contains the center console (2) . The center console
has a moulded plastic cover. Rigid side panels (3) cover the sides of the center console.
Floor panels (4) cover the area in front of the seats. And side panels (5) cover the nose gear compartment.
The baggage compartment has a large floor panel (8) .
Fabric panels (10) bond to the walls of both compartments. The panel beside each seat has a pocket for maps.
A fabric panel (11) covers the rear of the baggage compartment. It also has access panels for the rear fuselage
(9) (Hydraulic and Climatic).
A rigid panel (12) covers the area below each pilot’s seat.
(1) Pilots Seats
Figure 2 shows the pilot’s seat installation. The G 120TP-A has special seats. Each seat has these parts:
- A rigid plastic shell (20)
- Energy absorber assembly (21)
- Sliding mounts (22)
- Seat rails attached to the cockpit floor (23)
- Position locks (24)
- Locking lever (25)
- Restraint harness (26)
- Shoulder harness locking lever (27)
- Inertia reel for the shoulder harness (28)
- Adjustable head restraint (29)
- A safety locking-bolt (29a) .
The energy absorber assemblies can move when an unusual load occurs in an accident. The assemblies
absorb the load and protect the pilot. You can see an index mark below the edge of the seat. If the energy
absorber assemblies move, you must replace them.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Center Console
The center console has a metal structure. It contains system controls and indicators. The centre console
has a plastic cover . Refer to the related Chapter for the data on the controls in the center console.
Figure 3 shows the center console. Two tubular struts connect the centre console to the nose gear
compartment. Two angle brackets connect it to the FRP bracket for the speaker and headset sockets at
the rear. The center console contains these controls:
- Flap controls.
- Fuel selector valve.
- Engine controls.
- Trim control.
- Emergency landing gear selector.
The center console has aluminum alloy side plates (30) . Rivets hold cross members to the side plates.
And rivets attach stiffeners and brackets.
A moulded plastic panel (31) covers the top of the console. The cover has holes for the controls. And it
has cover plates with markings for the controls.
The center console has 2 side-cover-panels (3) (see also Figure 1). Screws with washers hold each panel
to the structure and to the console cover.
(3) Front Cockpit Panels
Figure 3 shows the front floor panels (4) . Each panel has GRP skins and a rigid PVC foam core. Carpet
covers the rear part of each panel. A rubber mat covers the front part. Screws with washers hold the panels
to the cockpit structure.
Figure 3 shows the side panels for the nose gear compartment (5) . The panels are aluminum alloy. Fabric
covers each panel. Screws with washers hold each panel to the console cover and the nose gear
compartment.
Figure 1 shows the access panels for the front cockpit floor panels ( (4) , (5) , (6) ). The trim panel by each
pilot's seat has a pocket. The panels bond to the inside of the fuselage skin.
(4) Baggage Compartment Panels
Figure 1 shows the baggage compartment panels. The baggage compartment has a large floor panel
(8) . Screws hold the floor panel to the floor structure. Carpet bonds to the floor panel.
The baggage compartment rear bulkhead has an access panel at the bottom left (9) . The panel gives
access to the hydraulic system. A panel at the bottom right (9) gives access to the air conditioning system.
A panel at the top has the intake for the air-conditioning evaporator. Fabric bonds to the rear bulkhead.
A rigid panel (10) covers the back of the seat back frame. Fabric bonds to the panel. Fabric trim panels
make the baggage compartment walls. The panels bond to the inside of the fuselage skin. Velcro attaches
a fabric panel to the rear bulkhead.
A rigid FRP panel covers the optional oxygen installation. Screws attach the cover-panel to the top of the
seat-back frame and the baggage compartment floor-panel.

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2
11
12
3
1
6
5
4 9
10
Figure 1 - Cockpit Furnishing

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Pilots seats (7) Footwell side panels

(2) Center console plastic (8) Baggage compartment
cover floor panel
(3) Center console side (9) Baggage compartment
panels rear panel
(4) Front floor panels (10) Seat bulkhead
(5) Rudder pedal adjuster (11) Fabric panel for
access panel baggage compartment
rear
(6) Aileron/elevator stops (12) Fabric panels for
access panel fuselage walls
Figure 1 - Cockpit Furnishing

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
29
Emergency Hammer
LH Seat Only
See Chapter 25-60
D
FW
20
26
21
28
22
29a
27
24
29a Note: Item 27 is installed on
25 22 the LH side for the LH seat and
on the RH side for the RH seat
23
Figure 2 - Pilot's Seats

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Seat shell (26) Restraint harness

(21) Shock-absorber struts (27) Lock-lever for the
restraint harness
(22) Sliding mounts (28) Inertia reel for the
restraint harness
(23) Seat rails (29) Head rest
(24) Position lock (29a) Safety locking-bolt
(25) Position lock lever

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31
30
D
FW
5 4
Figure 3 - Center Console And Front Cockpit Panels

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(3) Side cover panels for the (30) Center console structure
center console
(4) Front floor panels (31) Center console cover
(5) Side panels for the nose
gear compartment
Figure 3 - Center Console And Front Cockpit Panels

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SHOCK-ABSORBER STRUTS
FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Test of the Shock-Absorber Struts
(1) Remove the seat from the aircraft, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(2) Examine the shock-absorber struts where they align with the bottom edge of the seat shell. The
control mark on the strut must align with the bottom of the seat shell (20) , (21) and (40) .
(3) If the control mark does not align with the seat shell, replace the seat with a serviceable item.
(4) Install the seat in the aircraft, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FWD
40
20
21
Figure 4 - Pilot's Seats - Shock-Absorber Test

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Seat shell (40) Control mark

(21) Shock-absorber strut
Figure 4 - Pilot's Seats - Shock-Absorber Test

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RESTRAINT HARNESS
A. Clean and Inspect the Restraint Harness

Refer to the Schroth Component Maintenance Manual 25-24-01 latest issue for all maintenance of the restraint
harness.

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RESTRAINT HARNESS
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Restraint Harness

- Installation of the Restraint Harness
- Post Procedure

None
Remove the seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Restraint Harness

The procedure is the same for Pilot Seat and Co-Pilot seat.
Refer to Figure 5.
(1) Remove the Seat Harness Crotch Strap
(a) Pull the loose end of the crotch strap (56) through the 3-bar buckle until the loose end is
free from the buckle.

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Pull the crotch strap upwards until it is free from the cockpit seat.
(2) Remove the Seat Harness Lap Strap LH/RH
The procedure is the same for LH and RH lap strap.
(a) Remove the bolt (61) which holds the harness anchor (62) to the cockpit seat.
(b) Move the lap strap (52) clear of the cockpit seat.
(3) Remove the Seat Harness Shoulder Straps
(a) Release the shoulder strap lock bowden cable at the lock lever:
- Unscrew the knurled bowden cable retainer.
- Unhook the bowden cable nipple from the lock lever.
(b) Pull out the strap slowly until the inertia reel reaches the end of its travel and hold.
(c) Remove the 4 screws which attach the inertia reel (63) to the back of the cockpit seat.
Slowly release the inertia reel to recoil the strap.
(d) Pull the shoulder straps through the headrest and the bowden cable through the tie-wrap.
(e) Move the shoulder strap clear of the cockpit seat.
B. Installation of the Restraint Harness

The procedure is the same for Pilot Seat and Co-Pilot seat.
Refer to Figure 5.
(1) Install the Seat Harness Crotch Strap
(a) Seat Harness Crotch Strap (part of P/N 1-09-043201BCR)
Note This procedure is for seat harness pre MSB 565-131.
1. Put the loose end of the crotch strap down through the hole between the cockpit seat
frame and the strap retaining bar.
Refer to Figure 6 for correct installation.
Note Make sure the quick-release buckle is facing upwards.
2. Pull the loose end back up in-front of the cockpit seat.

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3.
Note Use the three bar slide from the removed crotch strap for the new crotch strap.
Route the strap in the three bar slide, refer to Figure 7.
(b) Seat Harness Crotch Strap (P/N C/1-09-K63201BCR)
Note This procedure is for seat harness post MSB 565-131.
1. Put the loose end of the crotch strap down through the hole between the cockpit seat
frame and the strap retaining bar.
Refer to Figure 6 for correct installation.
Note Make sure the quick-release buckle is facing upwards.
2. Pull the loose end back up in-front of the cockpit seat.
3.
Note Use the three bar slide from the removed crotch strap for the new crotch strap.
Route the strap in the three bar slide, refer to Figure 7.
(2) Install the Seat Harness Lap Strap LH/RH
The procedure is the same for LH and RH lap strap.
(a) Hold the harness anchor (62) in position on the side of the cockpit seat.
(b) Install the bolt (61) which holds the harness anchor to the side of the cockpit seat. Torque
the bolt.
(3) Install the Seat Harness Shoulder Straps
(a) Attach the inertia reel to the back of the cockpit seat:
- Hold the inertia reel in position on the back of the cockpit seat.
Make sure the inertia reel is the correct way up.
- Pull out the strap slowly until the inertia reel reaches the end of its travel and hold.
- Install the 4 screws which attach the inertia reel (63) to the back of the cockpit seat.
Torque the 4 screws.
- Slowly release the inertia reel to recoil the strap.
(b) Push the shoulder straps through the headrest and over the top of the cockpit seat and push
the shoulder strap lock bowden cable through the tie-wrap.
(c) Hook the bowden cable lever into the lock lever.

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Attach the knurled bowden cable retainer to the lock lever housing.
(d) Do a test of the inertia reel mechanism and do a test of the inertia reel lock mechanism.
Therefor pull the strap quickly. Make sure it locks.
C. Post Procedure
Applicable for replacement of none aerobatic maneuvres seat harness to aerobatic maneuvres seat
harness.
(1) Check the part number of the two seat harnesses.
(2) If Rev B is installed with at least one seat.
(a) Install placard “No aerobatic manoeuvres allowed” on the instrument panel in the pilot’s
primary field of view.
(b) Make a copy of this MSB565-083 and put it in the aircraft´s logbook.
(c) Release aircraft into service according to national requirements.
(3) If Rev C is installed with at least one seat.
(a) Return the old harness assy (Rev B) to Grob for modification.
(b) Remove the placard “No aerobatic manoeuvres allowed” from the instrument panel, if
applicable.
(c) Remove the copy of this MSB from the aircraft´s logbook, if applicable.
(d) Release aircraft into service according to national requirements.
1. Install the seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
63
D
FW
52
56
62
61
Legend
(52) Lap Strap (62) Harness Anchor

(56) Crotch Strap with quick- (63) Inertia Reel
release buckle
(61) Bolt
Figure 5 - Restraint Harness

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Correct installation of the crotch strap Incorrect installation of the crotch strap
through the seat frame (outside of the seat frame)
CUSHION CUSHION
SEAT FRAME SEAT FRAME
CUSHION
SEAT FRAME
Figure 6 - Strap Installation

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CROTCH STRAP
3 BAR SLIDE
IN SECTION
MOUNTING POINT
IN SECTION
PRE POST
RSB 565-131 RSB 565-131
Figure 7 - Strap routing in three bar slide

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PILOTS SEATS
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Pilot’s Seats

- Installation of the Pilot’s Seats

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Pilot’s Seats
(1) Remove the safety locking-bolt (29a) from the front of each seat rail.
(2) Lift the position lock lever (25) and move the seat fully forward.
(3)
Note The front sliding-mounts come out of the rails first. Then the rear sliding-mounts get to the
cut-outs.

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
When the rear sliding-mounts (22) are in the cut-out part of the seat rail, lift the seat from the
aircraft.
B. Installation of the Pilot’s Seats
(1) Put the seat in position in the aircraft with the rear feet in the cut-out part of the seat rails.
(2) Align the front feet with the slot in the front of the seat rails.
(3) Lift the position lock lever (25) and move the seat aft to engage the rails.
(4) Lower the position lock lever when the seat is in the correct position.
(5) Move the seat forward/aft until the position lock engages.
(6) Install the safety locking-bolt (29a) in the front hole of each seat rail.

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
29
Emergency Hammer
LH Seat Only
See Chapter 25-60
D
FW
20
26
21
28
22
29a
27
24
29a Note: Item 27 is installed on
25 22 the LH side for the LH seat and
on the RH side for the RH seat
23

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Seat shell (26) Restraint harness

(21) Shock-absorber struts (27) Lock-lever for the
restraint harness
(22) Sliding mounts (28) Inertia reel for the
restraint harness
(23) Seat rails (29) Head rest
(24) Position lock (29a) Safety locking-bolt
(25) Position lock lever

1T120TP-A-25-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COCKPIT AND BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT FURNISHING - MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This section tells you how to remove/install the cockpit furnishings

1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CENTER CONSOLE COVER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the center-console cover

- Installation of the center console cover

None

None
E. Materials
Screw locking adhesive ........................................................................................... GS513009 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA BELOW THE FLAPS IS CLEAR. IF THE AREA IS NOT
CLEAR YOU CAN DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the center-console cover

Refer to Figure 9.
(1) Set the flaps fully DOWN as follows:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Move the flap selector lever fully DOWN.
(c) When the flaps stop moving, set the BATT switch to OFF.
(2) Disconnect the aircraft battery for maintenance, refer to Battery Servicing.
(3) Remove the left and right pilot seats, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(4) Remove the knobs (51) from the power-lever as follows:
(a) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (50) .
(b) Remove the 2 knobs (51) .
(c) Catch the spring (52) for the latch-plate.
(5) Remove the latch-knobs (53) from the power-lever.
(6) Remove the knobs (55) from the condition-lever as follows:
(a) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (54) .
(b) Remove the 2 knobs (55) .
(c) Catch the spring (56) for the latch-plate.
(7) Remove the latch-knob (58) from the condition-lever as follows:
(a) Remove the counter-sunk screw (57) .
(b) Remove the latch knob (58) .
(8) Remove the knobs (60) from the friction-lever as follows:
(a) Remove the counter-sunk screw (59) .
(b) Remove the knobs (60) .
(9) Remove the cover-panel (61) for the engine-controls as follows:
(a) Remove 6 screws.
(b) Remove the cover-panel (61) .
(10) Remove the flap selector knobs (63) as follows:
(a) Remove the allen-bolt (62) from the knob.

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Remove the 2 parts of the knob.
(11) Remove the cover-panel (64) for the flap selector as follows:
(b) Remove the cover panel (64) .
(12) Remove the knob (76) for the bleed air control as follows:
(a) Loosen the lock-nut.
(b) Remove the knob (76) and lock-nut.
(13) Remove the fuel-selector lever (65) as follows:
(b) Remove the lever assembly upwards.
(14) Remove trim panel (66) and the rudder trim switch knob (67) , refer to Rudder Trim General Data
(15) Remove the emergency landing-gear selector-handle (69) as follows:
(a) Remove the nut and bolt (70) .
(b) Pull the handle (69) up from the selector shaft.
(16) Remove the map light (71) as follows:
(a) Remove 2 screws (72) .
(b) Disconnect the connector (73) .
(17) Remove the screws attaching the centre-console cover as follows:
(a) Remove 5 screws (74) on each side at the front.
(b) Remove 4 screws (75) on each side at the rear.
(18) Lift the centre-console cover (31) clear of the aircraft.
B. Installation of the center console cover
(1) Put the canter console cover (31) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Move the connector (73) for the map-light through the hole in the centre-console cover (31) .
(3) Install the screws attaching the center console to the side panels as follows:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Install 5 screws (74) on each side at the front.
(b) Install 4 screws (75) on each side at the back.
(4) Install the map-light (71) as follows:
(a) Connect the electrical cable (73) for the map-light (71) .
(b) Install 2 screws (72) attaching the map-light.
(5) Install the handle (69) for the emergency landing gear control as follows:
(a) Put the handle (69) on the selector shaft.
(b) Install the bolt and nut (70) which attach the handle to the selector shaft.
(c) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(6) Install the trim panel (66) and the rudder trim switch knob (67) , refer to Rudder Trim General
Data
(7) Install the fuel-selector lever (65) as follows:
(a) Put the lever assembly in position.
(b) Make sure that the selector-shaft engages the fuel-selector valve.
(c) Install 4 screws.
(8) Install the knob (76) for the bleed air control as follows:
(a) Install the lock-nut.
(b) Install the knob (76) .
(c) Tighten the lock-nut.
(9) Install the cover-panel (64) for the flap selector with 4 screws.
(10) Install the flap selector knobs (63) as follows:
(a) Put the 2 parts of the knob in position.
(b) Install the bolt (62) to the knob (63) .
(c) Torque the bolt, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(11) Install the cover panel (61) (optional with power reduction system) for the engine-controls as
follows:

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Put the cover panel (61) in position over the levers.
(b) Install 6 screws.
(12) Install the knobs (60) to the friction-lever as follows:
(a) Put the 2 parts of the knob in position on the lever.
(b) Install the counter-sunk screw (59) .
(c) Torque the screw, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(13) Install the latch-knob (58) to the condition-lever as follows:
(a) Apply Screw locking adhesive to the screw.
(b) Put the latch knob (58) in position.
(c) Install the screw (57) .
(d) Torque the screw, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(14) Install the knobs (55) to the condition-lever as follows:
(a) Put the spring (56) for the latch-plate in position in the top of the condition-lever.
(b) Put the bolt through the small part of the knob.
(c) Push and hold the latch-sprig down.
(d) Put the small knob (55) and bolt (54) in position.
(e) Install the large knob (55) , washer and nut (54) .
(f) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(15) Install the latch-knobs (53) to the power-lever as follows:
(a) Apply Screw locking adhesive to the thread.
(b) Install the latch knobs (53) .
(c) Torque the knob, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(16) Install the knobs (51) to the power-lever as follows:
(a) Put the spring (52) for the latch-plate in position in the top of the power-lever.
(b) Put the bolt through one part of the knob.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Push and hold the latch-sprig down
(d) Put the knob (51) and bolt (50) in position.
(e) Install the other knob (51) , washer and nut (50) .
(f) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(17) Install the left and right pilot seats, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(18) Connect the aircraft battery after maintenance, refer to Battery Servicing.
(19) Do a test for full and free movement of these controls:

- The engine power and condition controls.
- The flap control.
- The fuel selector control.

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Instrument Panel Cover
72
69
31
B D
A 70 E
61
d
ar
w
or
F
Figure 9 - Removal and Installation of the Center Console Cover (Sheet 1 of 3)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
52
55
53
C
51
56
54
B
58
74
62
63
76 57
64
50
65
60
59

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
66
67
71
75
73

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(31) Centre-console cover (63) Flap-selector knob

(50) Bolt, washer and nut for (64) Flap-selector cover-
power-lever knobs panel
(51) Power-lever knobs (65) Fuel-selector lever
(52) Spring for the power- (66) Trim control-panel
lever latch-plate
(53) Latch-knobs for the (67) Rudder trim switch knob
power-lever
(54) Bolt, washer and nut for (69) Emergency landing-
condition -lever knobs gear selector-handle
(55) Condition-lever knobs (70) Nut and bolt for the
emergency handle
(56) Spring for the condition- (71) Map light
lever latch-plate
(57) Counter-sunk screw for (72) Screws attaching the
the condition-lever map light
(58) Latch-knob for the (73) Electrical connector for
condition-lever the map light
(59) Counter-sunk screw for (74) Front attaching screws
the friction-lever
(60) Friction lever knobs (75) Rear attaching screws
(61) Cover-panel for the (76) Bleed control knob
engine-controls
(optional with power
reduction system)
(62) Allen-bolt from the flap-
selector knob

27 July 2018 25-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COCKPIT PANELS
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Cockpit Panels

- Installation of the Cockpit Panels
- Removal of the Cockpit-Wall-Trim Panels
- Installation of the Cockpit-Wall-Trim Panels

None
None

None
E. Materials
Abrasive paper ..................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Fabric spray adhesive ................................................................................................... 3M '76' QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Cockpit Panels
(1)
Note Screws with cup washers hold the cockpit side panels and cockpit floor panels.
Remove the screws which attach the panel to the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-25-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Lift the panel clear of the cockpit.
B. Installation of the Cockpit Panels
(1) Put the panel in position in the cockpit.
(2) Loosely install the attaching screws with cup washers.
(3) Tighten the attaching screws.
C. Removal of the Cockpit-Wall-Trim Panels
(1)
Note The panels are fabric. An adhesive bonds them to the GRP fuselage structure.
Lift the edge of the panel. Pull carefully away from the cockpit wall.
(2)
Note Do not use a solvent on the fabric.
Remove as much of the adhesive as possible.
D. Installation of the Cockpit-Wall-Trim Panels
(1) Use Abrasive paper to clean the area where the trim panel attaches to the structure. Both surfaces
must be clean ,dry and free of grease.
WARNING DO NOT BREATH THE VAPOR FROM FABRIC ADHESIVE. FABRIC

ADHESIVE VAPOR CAN BE TOXIC.
(2) Follow the manufacturers instructions to apply Fabric spray adhesive to the structure and to the
back of the fabric panel.
(3) Put the fabric panel in position and press firmly all over.

1T120TP-A-25-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
INSTRUMENT PANEL COVER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Remove the Cockpit Panel

- Installation of the Cockpit Panel

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Remove the Cockpit Panel
(1) Disconnect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(2) Remove the 8 attaching screws (4) that attach the digital instrument-panel cover to the digital
instrument-panel.
(3) Remove the two attaching screws (3) with cup washers (2) from the front side.
(4) Carefully pull the digital instrument-panel cover towards you.

1T120TP-A-25-10-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Disconnect the GPS antenna (5) .
(6) Disconnect the panel light connector and the compass light connector (6) .
(7) Disconnect the connectors of the camera of the Video Recording System if installed.
(8) Remove the cover (1) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Cockpit Panel
(1) Put the digital instrument-panel cover (1) in position just aft of the instrument-panel.
(2) Connect the connectors of the camera of the Video Recording System if installed.
(3) Connect the panel light connector and the compass light connector (6) .
(4) Connect the GPS antenna (5) .
(5) Install the two attaching screws (3) with cup washers (2) to the front side.
(6) Install the 8 attaching screws (4) that attach the cockpit panel to the digital instrument-panel.

1T120TP-A-25-10-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
2
6
6
Legend
(1) Instrument Panel Cover (4) Screws
Figure 10 - Removal and Installation of the Cockpit Panel

1T120TP-A-25-10-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Cup washers (5) GPS Antenna

Connector
(3) Screws (6) Panel Light Connector
and the Magnetic
Compass Light
Connector
Figure 10 - Removal and Installation of the Cockpit Panel

1T120TP-A-25-10-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
25-60
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This chapter tells you about the emergency equipment in the cockpit. It tells you about the emergency location
transmitter (ELT) and the remote control switch. It also tells you about the emergency hammer for breaking the
canopy.
Refer to Fire Extinguisher General Data for data about the fire extinguisher

1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COSPAS-SARSAT SYSTEM
A. The Cospas-Sarsat System

Cospas-Sarsat is an international satellite-based search and rescue (SAR) distress alert detection and
information distribution system. It was established by Canada, France, the United States, and the former Soviet
Union in 1979.
The system has a ground segment and a space segment:
- Distress radio beacons
- SAR signal-processors aboard satellites
- Satellite downlink-receiving and signal-processing stations.
- Mission Control-Centres that distribute distress alert data.
- Rescue Coordination-Centres that coordinate the SAR operations for a distress alert
The space segment of the Cospas-Sarsat system has SAR processors aboard 4 geosynchronous satellites
called GEOSARs. There are also 5 low-earth polar orbit satellites called LEOSARs
The system provides world-wide coverage. It originally monitored distress signals from beacons transmitting on
121.5 MHz, 243 MHz Later it also monitored the newly introduced 406 MHz.
From 1 February 2009, the system stopped monitoring 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz.
Distress transmissions on 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz allowed the SAR system to locate the transmitter to within
approximately 20 km. Transmissions on 406 MHz allow location to within 3 km.
The new 406 MHz transmissions give the following data that lets the SAR system identify the aircraft involved:
- ELT serial number.
- Aircraft tail number.
- 24-bit aircraft address.
- Aircraft operator designator / serial number.
All 406 ELTs are registered with the SAR organisation. This includes data such as the operator, emergency
contact names and telephone numbers etc.
There are 2 types of message broadcast by 406 ELTs; A short message (mandatory) and a long message
(optional). The short message gives basic data. The long message transmits navigation data from the aircraft
navigation system. This provides the most recent location from a GPS or other navigation system at the time
that system stopped working.
The long message is not used in the G 120TP-A installation.
For more information about the Cospas-Sarsat system refer to www. cospas-sarsat.org.

1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT ELT

OPERATION
A. Operation
(1) Usual Operation
When installed with the cockpit remote switch connected, the ELT cannot be switched off. In the usual
situation, the cockpit remote switch (16) is set to ARM and the ELT switch (9) is set to OFF. (With the
ELT switch in the OFF position, the ELT is ARMED).
If the ELT senses a severe impact (such as a crash) the G-switch operates and the ELT transmits on 121.5
and 243.0 MHz. The ELT can transmit for approximately 72 hours on these frequencies. These
transmissions allow the rescue coordination system to calculate a crash location to within approximately
15 to 20 km.
After 50 seconds and at 50 second intervals, the ELT also transmits a coded message on 406.025 MHz for
520 milliseconds. The coded message contains this data:
- Serial number of the transmitter or aircraft I.D. (pre-programmed)
- Country code
- I.D. code.
The message is received by satellite. The satellite system calculates a crash position accurate to
approximately 1 to 2 km.
For the first 24 hours of ELT operation, the buzzer also operates for short periods at pre-determined
intervals.
(2) Emergency Manual Operation
The pilot can set the cockpit remote switch or the ELT switch to ON to operate the ELT in an emergency
(for example after a forced landing that did not activate the ELT).
(3) Reset the ELT After Accidental Operation
Both the cockpit remote switch and the ELT switch have a reset function. If the ELT operates accidentally,
set the cockpit remote switch to ON for 1 second, then back to ARM. You can also reset the ELT with the
ELT switch: set the ELT switch to On for approximately 1 second, then back to OFF.
If the cockpit remote switch continues to flash after resetting, count the number of flashes and refer to
Trouble Shooting.
(4) Special Reporting Requirements
You must tell the National Rescue Coordination Authority when you replace and ELT.
Typically, they need the following data:
- Type of aircraft
- Address of owner
- Telephone number of owner
- Aircraft Registration number
- Alternate emergency contact.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
7
C
3
B
10 1 D
FW
4
9
ON
OF
F
8
13
11
12 2
ARTEX
B
16
ELT
C
EMERGENCY USE ONLY
5
ON 6
ARM
TEST/RESET
PRESS ON
WAIT 1 SECOND
PRESS ARM
View on Face of 14 15
Cockpit Remote
Switch Assembly
Legend
(1) ELT (9) ELT ON OFF switch

(2) Mounting tray (10) Socket for cockpit
remote switch connector
(3) Top cover (11) BNC antenna connector
Figure 1 - ELT Installation

27 July 2018 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) End cap (12) TPS antenna connector

(6) Cockpit remote indicator (13) Locating slots
(7) Buzzer (16) Cockpit ON ARM (reset)
switch
(8) Battery pack

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the ELT system. If you find the trouble given in column 1, then do the
repair given in column 3.

Cockpit remote switch ELT connector not seated Reseat the connector.
flashes once after reset. correctly.
ELT connector pins 5 or 8 Install the pins correctly.
pushed back.
G-switch loop open-circuit. Repair the open circuit.
Cockpit remote switch 406.025 MHz coax defective Test the coax. If necessary, repair or replace
flashes 3 times after re- or disconnected. the coax.
set.
406.025 MHz antenna defec- Test the antenna. If necessary, replace the
tive. antenna.
Low 406.025 MHz power out- Remove the ELT for repair.
put.
406.025 MHz programming Remove the ELT. Program the ELT correctly.
error.
Cockpit remote switch No navigation data present. Program the ELT to ‘Short Message’.
flashes 5 times after re-
(The aircraft system does not provide naviga-
set.
tion data for the ‘Long Message’).
Cockpit remote switch Battery usage time over 1 Replace the ELT battery pack.
flashes 7 times after re- hour.
Refer to the ARTEX Description, Operation,
set.
Installation and Maintenance Manual (Docu-
ment number 570-5012 Rev D or later)

1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELT ASSEMBLY
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the ELT Assembly

- Installation of the ELT

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the ELT Assembly
(1) Remove the left access panel for the rear equipment compartment, refer to Access Panels
General.
(2) Release the 2 screws (20) that attach the end cap (4) .
(3) Pull the end cap (4) forward and clear of the ELT (1) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4)
Note The end cap will also disconnect the cable for the cockpit remote switch. This will inhibit
the G-switch in the ELT.
Remove the top cover (3) as follows:
(a) Lift the front of the cover.
(b) Move the cover aft to release the rear lugs.
(5) Disconnect the BNC and TPS antenna connectors (11) , (12) at the ELT (1) .
(6) Remove the ELT from the tray as follows:
(a) Lift the front of the ELT (1) . If necessary, use a flat-bladed screwdriver.
(b) Pull the ELT forward and clear of the tray.
(7) Make sure that the ELT switch (9) is set to OFF.
WARNING YOU MUST ONLY INSTALL AN ELT WHICH HAS BEEN PROGRAMMED WITH THE
AIRCRAFT DATA.
B. Installation of the ELT
(1) Make sure that:

- The cockpit remote switch (16) is set to ARM.
- The ELT switch (9) is set to OFF.
(2) Put the ELT (1) in position in the rear equipment compartment as follows:
(a) Engage the lugs at the back of the ELT with the slots (13) in the tray.
(b) Push the front of the ELT (1) down into the tray.
(3) Feed the cables through the end cap and connect the BNC and TPS antenna connectors (11) ,
(12) to the ELT (1) .
(4) Install the top cover (3) as follows
(a) Engage the slots at the back of the top cover (3) with the lugs on the ELT.
(b) Push the front of the top cover (3) down onto the ELT and the tray.
(5) Install the end cap (4) over the front of the tray and top cover.

27 July 2018 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6)
Note The end cap will also connect the cable for the cockpit remote switch. This will allow the
G-switch in the ELT to operate.
Tighten the 2 screws that attach the end cap (4) .
(7) Torque the screws, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
(8) Do a test for the correct operation of the ELT, refer to ELT (ARTEX G406-4) Function Test.
(9) Install the left access panel for the rear equipment compartment, refer to Access Panels General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B
3
4 9
ON
OF
F
10
13
11
12
2
20
ARTEX
ELT 16
EMERGENCY USE ONLY
ON
A ARM
B
TEST/RESET
PRESS ON
WAIT 1 SECOND
PRESS ARM
View on Face of
Cockpit Remote
Switch Assembly
Figure 2 - Removal/Installation of the ELT

27 July 2018 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) ELT (11) BNC antenna connector

(2) Mounting tray (12) TPS antenna connector
(3) Top cover (13) Locating slots
(4) End cap (16) Cockpit ON ARM (reset)
switch
(9) ELT ON OFF switch (20) Screws for end cap
(10) Socket for cockpit
Figure 2 - Removal/Installation of the ELT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The maintenance practices in this section tell you how to remove/ and install the ELT and the cockpit remote
switch. They tell you how to replace the battery pack in the ELT. They also tell you how to do a test of the ELT.
Refer to the Artex Description, Operation, Installation and Maintenance Manual for the ME 406 ELT (570-1600
latest revision) for battery replacement.
Both manuals can be down loaded from www.artex.net.
You cannot repair the ELT on the aircraft. Only authorised repair stations can repair the ELT.

1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELT (ARTEX G406-4)

DESCRIPTION
A. ELT (ARTEX G406-4) Description

Figure 3 shows the ELT installation.
The aircraft has an ARTEX G406-4 ELT. The system has these main components:
- The ELT unit with integral battery pack (1) .
- Mounting tray and related components (2) , (3) and (4) .
- Fixed antenna (5) .
- Cockpit remote switch assembly (6) .
- Buzzer (7) .
(1) ELT Unit and Battery Pack
The ELT unit (1) is installed on the left shelf of the rear equipment compartment.
The ELT transmits on 121.5, 243.0 and 406.025 MHz. The ELT has two transmitters. One transmitter
operates on 121.5 and 243 MHz. The other transmitter operates on 406.025 MHz. The G 120TP-A
installation does not transmit position data from the aircraft navigation system
The ELT unit contains the following main components:
- A G-switch
- A transmitter
- A microprocessor
- An ‘ON’ light
- A transmitter module.
A high impact and fire resistant plastic case holds the ELT.
The bottom rear part of the ELT contains a battery pack (8) with 4 ‘D’ size Lithium Manganese Dioxide
cells connected in series. You cannot charge these batteries.
The ELT unit and battery pack must only be opened in a properly equipped shop. No maintenance is
possible on the aircraft other than a simple transmitter test during the first 5 minutes of any hour.
Refer to the ARTEX Description, Operation, Installation and Maintenance Manual (Document number
570-5012 Rev D or later) for all other maintenance activities.
The front of the ELT unit has these components:
- A red switch (9) marked ON (up) and OFF (down).
- A 12-pin socket (10) connecting to the cockpit remote switch assembly. Pins 5 and 8 are linked
to complete the G-switch circuit when the mating plug is connected. This prevents inadvertent
operation of the ELT when not installed.
- A BNC female connector (11) near the top for the 121.5 and 243.0 MHz transmissions.
- A TPS connector (12) at the centre, bottom for the 406.025 MHz transmissions.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Mounting Tray and Related Components
A mounting tray (2) rigidly mounted to the rear equipment compartment shelf holds the ELT. Lugs on the
back of the ELT engage with slots (13) in the tray to hold the ELT. A top cover (3) also has slots that
engage with lugs on the rear of the ELT. An end cap (4) clamps the front ends of the tray and top cover
to hold the ELT in place. The end cap also holds the connector from the cockpit remote switch assembly
fully engaged.
(3) Fixed Antenna
A fixed rod antenna (5) attaches to a bracket in the rear fuselage. The antenna has two dissimilar coaxial
cable connectors. The front connector (14) (BNC, female) is for the 121.5 and 243.0 MHz transmissions.
The rear connector (15) (TNC, female) is for the 406 MHz transmissions.
Four screws attach the antenna to the bracket.
(4) Cockpit Remote Switch Assembly
The cockpit remote switch assembly (6) is a rocker switch with integral light. Shield plates on each side
of the switch prevent accidental operation. The switch has two-positions: ON when the top is pushed and
ARM when the bottom is pushed. In addition, switching from ON to ARM will reset the ELT.
An LED in the switch flashes when the ELT transmits (approximately 3 times per second). It also stays ON
for approximately 1 second after entering the armed state. If the system is serviceable, the LED then goes
off. If a problem is detected, the LED provides a fault indication by flashing a coded signal immediately after
the one second pulse. Refer to Trouble-Shooting for details of the fault code.
(5) Buzzer
A loud buzzer (7) is installed adjacent to the ELT. The buzzer operates at predetermined intervals when
the ELT operates. The buzzer is to alert personnel that the ELT is operating and avoid inadvertent ELT
operation causing activation of emergency agencies. The ELT battery pack powers the buzzer. When the
ELT operates, the buzzer can be heard from outside the aircraft when the engine is not running

27 July 2018 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
7
C
3
B
10 1 D
FW
4
9
ON
OF
F
8
13
11
12 2
ARTEX
B
16
ELT
C
EMERGENCY USE ONLY
5
ON 6
ARM
TEST/RESET
PRESS ON
WAIT 1 SECOND
PRESS ARM
View on Face of 14 15
Cockpit Remote
Switch Assembly
Legend
(1) ELT (9) ELT ON OFF switch

(2) Mounting tray (10) Socket for cockpit
(3) Top cover (11) BNC antenna connector
Figure 3 - Elt Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) End cap (12) TPS antenna connector

(5) Fixed antenna (13) Locating slots
(6) Cockpit remote indicator (14) BNC connector at fixed
antenna
(7) Buzzer (15) TNC connector at fixed
antenna
(8) Battery pack (16) Cockpit ON ARM (reset)
switch
Figure 3 - Elt Installation

27 July 2018 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELT (ARTEX G406-4)

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Do the ELT test according to the National Airworthiness Authority regulations.

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. ELT Test
The following instructions only apply to aircraft operated under FAA Regulations.
WARNING YOU MUST ONLY TEST THE ELT WITHIN THE FIRST 5 MINUTES OF ANY
HOUR. AND ONLY TEST FOR 3 TRANSMISSION SWEEPS (OR 3 FLASHES
OF THE LED ON THE COCKPIT REMOTE SWITCH OR 5 SECONDS). IF YOU
OPERATE THE ELT AT ANY OTHER TIME, OR FOR LONGER THAN 3
TRANSMISSION SWEEPS, THE EMERGENCY RESCUE SERVICES WILL
BE DISPATCHED.
(1) Tune the radio to 121.5 MHz. Turn the squelch DOWN or OFF. Make sure that you can hear the
audio sweep tone on the radio receiver.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Make sure the ELT is set to ARMED.
(3) Set the cockpit remote switch to ON.
(4) Make sure that the red LED flashes and the buzzer sounds.
(5) If the LED does not flash and you do not hear the audio sweep tone on the radio replace the ELT.
(6) After 1 second (3 audio sweeps) set the cockpit remote switch to ARM.
(7) The LED must come on steady for approximately 1 second, then goes off.
(8) If the LED continues to flash, there is a fault. Count the number of flashes. Refer to trouble shooting.

09 March 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Cockpit Remote Switch

- Installation of the Cockpit Remote Switch

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Cockpit Remote Switch
(2) Remove the access panel for the top rear equipment compartment, refer to Cockpit and Baggage
(3) Release the 2 screws (20) that attach the end cap (4) .
(4) Pull the end cap (4) forward and clear of the ELT.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5)
Note The end cap will also disconnect the cable for the cockpit remote switch. This will prevent
the ELT being accidentally operated when removing the cockpit remote switch. Do not
disconnect the antenna cables.
Release the instrument panel to get access, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General (analog)
and Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital).
(6) Disconnect the electrical connector (30) from the cockpit remote switch (6) .
(7) Release 4 screws (31) attaching the cockpit remote switch (6) .
(8) Remove the cockpit remote switch (6) .
B. Installation of the Cockpit Remote Switch
(1) Put the cockpit remote (6) switch in position.
(2) Install 4 screws (31) attaching the cockpit remote switch (6) .
(3) Connect the electrical connector (30) to the cockpit remote switch (6) .
(4) Install the instrument panel, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General (analog) and Instrument
& Control Panels General Data (digital).
(5) Make sure that the ELT switch (9) is set to OFF and the cockpit remote switch (16) is set to
ARM.
(6) Install the ELT end cap as follows:
(a) Push the end cap (4) onto the front of the ELT, mounting tray and top cover.
(b) Tighten the 2 screws (20) that attach the end cap (4) .
(c) Torque the screws, refer to Standard Practices - Airframe General.
(7) Do a test for the correct operation of the ELT, refer to ELT (ARTEX G406-4) Function Test.
(8) Install the access panel for the top rear equipment panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage

09 March 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
4 B
9
ON
OF
F
10
20
A
C
6
30
31 ARTEX
ELT 16
EMERGENCY USE ONLY
ON
ARM
C TEST/RESET
PRESS ON
WAIT 1 SECOND
PRESS ARM
View on Face of
31
Cockpit Remote
Switch Assembly
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the Cockpit Remote Switch

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) ELT (16) ELT switch in cockpit

remote switch
(4) End cap (20) Attaching screws for the
end cap
(6) Cockpit remote switch (30) Electrical connector
(9) ELT switch in ELT (31) Attaching screws
(10) Socket for cockpit
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the Cockpit Remote Switch

09 March 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)

DESCRIPTION
A. Transmitter
The KANNAD 406 AF can be activated either automatically when the crash occurs (thanks to a shock sensor)
or manually (thanks to a switch on the transmitter itself or on a Remote Control Panel).
The KANNAD 406 AF are designed to transmit on three frequencies (121.5, 243 and 406 MHz). The two basic
emergency frequencies (121.5 and 243 MHz) are mainly used for homing in the final stages of the rescue
operations. The 406 MHz frequency is used by the COSPAS-SARSAT satellites for precise pinpointing and
identification of the aircraft in distress.
Once activated, the transmitter operates continuously on 121.5 and 243.0 MHz with an output power of 100 mW
on each frequency. The modulation is an audio frequency sweeping downwards from 1420 Hz to 490 Hz with a
repetition rate of 3 Hz.
During the first 24 hours of operation, a digital message is transmitted on 406.025 MHz every 50 seconds. The
output power on 406 MHz is 5 W.
The KANNAD 406 AF used in this aircraft transmits the message (aircraft identification at 112 bits) on 406 MHz.
B. Controls
The following controls are to be found on the ELT front panel (refer to Figure 5):
- 1. 3-position switch ARM/OFF/ON.
- 2. Visual indicator (red).
- 3. DIN 12 connector for connection to Remote Control Panel, CS144 interface module, dongle or
programming equipment.
- 4. BNC connector for the antenna.
The visual indicator gives an indication on the working mode of the beacon:
- After the self-test: a series of short flashes indicate the self-test failed, one long flash indicates a
correct self-test.
- In operating mode: periodic flashes during 121.5 / 243 MHz transmission.
- Long flash during 406 MHz transmission.
A buzzer gives audio information on the beacon working:

- Continuous tone during self test.
- 2 beeps per second during 121.5 / 243 MHz transmission.
- silence during 406 MHz transmission.
C. Working Mode Information

The KANNAD 406 AF have 4 different modes:
- OFF
- Self-test (temporary mode).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- ARMED (standby mode to enable automatic activation by the shock sensor or by the Remote Control
Panel).
- ON (transmission).
Transmission is effective if the beacon is activated by:

- Manually by the 3-position switch on the ELT control panel or
- Remotely by the "ON" switch on the Remote Control Panel or
- Automatically by the shock sensor.
(1) OFF
The ELT is off when the switch is in position "OFF".

No part of the ELT is energized.
This mode must only be selected when the ELT is removed from the aircraft or parked for a long period or
for maintenance.
(2) Self-test
The self-test mode is a temporary mode (max duration 5 sec) in which the ELT checks the main
characteristics of the transmitter (Battery voltage, Programming...) and enables digital communication with
a programming and test equipment.
This mode is selected:
- When switching from "OFF" to "ARM".
- When switching to "RESET / TEST" on the Remote Control Panel (provided that the switch of
the ELT is in the "ARM" position).
- When switching to "ON" prior to transmission.
The buzzer operates during the self-test procedure.

After about 3 seconds, the test result is displayed on the visual indicator as follows:
- One long flash indicates valid test.
- A series of short flashes indicates false test result.
The number of flashes indicates the type of failure:

- 3 + 1 = LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE.
- 3 + 2 = LOW TRANSMISSION POWER.
- 3 + 3 = FAULTY VCO LOCKING (FAULTY FREQUENCY).
- 3 + 4 = NO IDENTIFICATION PROGRAMMED.
It is recommended to test the ELT regularly in order to detect any possible failure (refer to ELT (KANNAD
406 AF) System test).
The number of self-tests carried out is recorded. This information is available when the ELT is connected
to a programming and test equipment (PR600).

12 May 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) ARMED
In order to enable activation by the G-Switch or with the Remote Control Panel, the ELT must be in standby
mode with the switch in the ARM position.
This mode is mandatory during flight. The ELT should remain in the ARM position all the time except when
the ELT is removed from the aircraft or if the aircraft is parked for a long period or for maintenance.
The Remote Control Panel is energized by the ELT when the ELT’s Switch is in the "ARM" position.
(4) ON
This mode is selected:

- Manually by switching to position "ON".
- By switching the Remote Control Panel switch to "ON" (provided that the ELT switch is in the
"ARM" position).
- When a crash occurs (provided that the ELT switch is in position "ARM").
When this mode is selected, the ELT starts transmission:

- On 121.5 and 243 MHz immediately (continuous transmission).
- On 406 MHz after 50 seconds (406 MHz burst every 50 sec during 24 hours).
The red visual indicator on the ELT (and on the remote control panel if installed) flashes and the buzzer
operates.
In case of accidental activation, the ELT can be reset either by switching it to "OFF" or by switching to
"RESET" on the Remote Control Panel.
The number of 406 MHz bursts effectively transmitted is recorded. This information is available when the
ELT is connected to a programming and test equipment (PR600).
D. Autonomy
The energy is provided by a battery pack composed of 3 x LiMnO2 D cells.
Note Lithium cells, lithium batteries and equipment containing such batteries are subjected to regulations and
classified under class 9 as from 1st of January 2003.
The autonomy of the 121.5 / 243 MHz transmission is close to 100 hours at - 20 °C with new batteries.
In the worse conditions possible, a distress is pinpointed 5.5 hours maximum after the ELT activation and the
position is subsequently updated (if necessary) every 2 hours.
As it is therefore preferable to keep the battery power for 121.5 / 243 MHz homing frequency transmission for
the rescue operations, the 406 MHz transmission is deliberately stopped after 24 hours to extend the 121.5 /
243 MHz transmission for as long as possible.
The transmitter battery expiry date is fixed at 6 years after manufacturing. If no activation of the ELT occurs
during the battery lifetime, it shall be replaced every 6 years.
Note The useful life time of batteries is twelve (12) years. To be in compliance with FAR regulations, they have
to be replaced every six (6) years when 50 percent of their useful life has expired.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
E. Electrical Characteristics
Transmitter power supply: 3 x LiMnO2 D type cells.
(1) Electrical Interface
When installed on board, the ELT has to be connected:

- To a Remote Control Panel via a DIN 12 connector;
- To an outside antenna via a BNC connector.
The DIN 12 connector is also used to connect a programming dongle, a CS144 interface or a programming
and test equipment.
(a) DIN 12 connector (J1)
Refer to Figure 6.
This connector is dedicated for connection to the Remote Control Panel, to the programming or
maintenance dongles, to the CS144 interface and/or to the programming equipment (PR600).
Note IMPORTANT: Shielded cables are recommended. The required wires are AWG24.
(b) BNC Connector
The BNC connector is used to connect the outside antenna through a 50 Ω coaxial cable.
Note IMPORTANT: The length of the coaxial cable should not exceed 2 meters (6 ft) for a standard
RG58 or equivalent coaxial cable. If the cable length exceeds 2 meters, a low loss cable of
attenuation less than 1 dB must be used.
F. Technical Specifications
(1) TYPE
• Three-frequency ELT (121.5 / 243.0 / 406.025 MHz)

• Automatic fixed
• COSPAS-SARSAT Class II (-20°C to +55°C). 406 MHz TRANSMISSION
(2) 406 MHz TRANSMISSION
• Frequency: 406.025 MHz+/-2 kHz

• Output power: 5W (37 dBm +/- 2 dB)
• Modulation type: 16K0G1D (Biphase L encoding)
• Transmission duration:
- 440ms (short message) every 50 sec.
- Compatible with long message transmission (520ms)
• Autonomy: Over 24 hours at -20°C

12 May 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) 121.5 / 243 MHz TRANSMISSION
• Frequencies:
- 121.5 MHz +/- 6 kHz
- 243.0 MHz +/- 12 kHz
• Output power: 100 to 400 mW (20 dBm to 26 dBm) for each frequency
• Modulation type: 3K20A3X
• Modulation rate: between 85 and 100%
• Frequency of modulation signal: 1420 Hz to 490 Hz with decreasing sweep
• Autonomy: Over 48 hours at -20°C
(4) CONTROLS
• ARM / OFF / ON switch

• Red visual indicator
• BNC antenna connector
• DIN 12 connector for remote control panel and pin programming option.
• Buzzer
(5) G-SWITCH SENSOR
Mechanical G-switch sensor compliant with EUROCAE ED62 specifications
(6) BATTERY
KIT BAT300, P/N : S1820516-99

3 x LiMnO2 D type cells for transmitter power supply
Replacement every 6 years
(7) HOUSING
Material: Molded plastic

Color: Yellow
Transmitter dimensions: 172 mm x 82 mm x 82 mm
Overall dimensions: max 181 mm x 100 mm x 94 mm
Weight (including battery): AF: typical 1110 g / max 1180 g
Tightness: O-rings
(8) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
RTCA DO-160D / EUROCAE Ch1 to 25 [D1]XBA[ED62][YLMC]AWXXXXZXXXZW L[(A1)(A2)(A3)XX]XXA

Note: chapters 6, 8, 9 & 10 according to DO160C.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(9) QUALIFICATIONS
ETSO-2C91a & ETSO-2C126 (EUROCAE ED62)

TSO-C91a & TSO-C126 (RTCA DO183 & DO204)

12 May 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 5 - Front Panel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 6 - DIN 12 Connector pin-out
(*) This wire is not used with some versions of Remote Control Panels. For precise information, refer to Remote
Control Panel technical description.

12 May 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)

SYSTEM TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Self-Test
(1) Periodicity
It is recommended by the manufacturer to test the ELT to detect any possible failure.
It is recommended to perform a self-test once a month by pilot or maintenance personnel from the
cockpit (Remote Control Panel) but it should not be done more than once a week.
However, each self-test consumes energy from the battery. Should self-tests be carried out more
often than the maximum allowed, the battery life-time might be shorter than specified.
Note Do not perform self-test without the antenna connected.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-345A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Self-test Procedure
(a) Check that the antenna is correctly connected.
(b) Switch the 3-position switch on the ELT from position "OFF" to position "ARM" or press
"RESET & TEST" on the Remote Control Panel (ensure that the ELT switch is in the "ARM"
position).
(c) Make sure that:

- The buzzer operates during the whole self-test procedure.
- After a few seconds, the test result is displayed with the visual indicator as follows:
- One long flash indicates that the system is operational and that no error conditions
were found.
- A series of short flashes indicates the test has failed (refer to Table 1).
Note The number of flashes gives an indication of the faulty parameter detected
during the self-test.
- If the test fails, contact the distributor as soon as possible. Unless a waver is granted,
flight should be cancelled.
Table 1 Flashes Indications
Flashes Indication
3+1 LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE
3+2 LOW RF POWER
FAULTY VCO LOCKING (FAULTY FRE-
3+3
QUENCY)
3+4 NO IDENTIFICATION PROGRAMMED
(d) Switch the 3-position switch on the ELT from position "ARM" to position "OFF".

12 May 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-345A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)

- Installation of the ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)
- First Power up Procedure

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)

General.
(2) Switch the ELT to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the Remote Control Panel (RCP) from the DIN 12 connector at the ELT.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Disconnect the antenna cable from the BNC connector from the ELT.
(5) Unfasten the self-stripping strap.
(6) Remove the transmitter from the bracket.
B. Installation of the ELT (KANNAD 406 AF)

(1) Verify that the ELT identification label matches the aircraft tail number.
(2) Mount the transmitter on the bracket.
Note The transmitter is designed fail-safe. It is not possible to mount the transmitter incorrect to
the bracket.
CAUTION AN INCORRECT TIGHTENING OF THE HOOK AND LOOP FASTENER

COULD LEAD TO AN UNSAFE SITUATION BY THE ELT PREVENTING THE
TRANSMISSION OF THE DISTRESS MESSAGE.
(3) Slide the self-stripping strap thought the buckle and fasten it tightly.
(4) Connect the external antenna to the BNC connector at the ELT.
(5) Connect the RCP to the DIN12 connector at the ELT.
(6) Perform the first power up procedure.
C. First Power up Procedure
(1) Perform an ELT operational test as follows:
(a) Test without programming dongle:

- Set the 3-position switch to ARM.
- Check that the Self-Test result is OK (one long flash).
(b) Test with programming dongle:

- Disconnect RCP from the DIN 12 connector at the ELT.
- Set the 3-position witch to ARM.
- Check that the self-test fails (3+4 flashes).

12 May 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- If the self-test do not fail proceed as follows:

- Switch the 3-position switch to OFF.
- Connect the maintenance dongle to the DIN 12 connector at the ELT.
- Switch the 3-position switch to ARM.
- Check that the self-test fails (3+4 flashes) (refer to Table 1).
- Remove the maintenance dongle from the DIN 12 connector at the ELT.
- Connect the programming dongle to the DIN 12 connector at the ELT.

- Switch the 3-position switch to ARM.
- Check that the buzzer operates during the whole self-test procedure.
- Check that after a few seconds the LEDs displays the result.
- Check that the self-test result is OK (one long flash).
- Remove the programming dongle from the DIN 12 connector at the ELT.
Table 1 Flashes Indications
Flashes Indication
3+1 LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE
3+2 LOW RF POWER
FAULTY VCO LOCKING (FAULTY FRE-
3+3
QUENCY)
3+4 NO IDENTIFICATION PROGRAMMED
(2) Perform a RCP operational test as follows:
(a) Check the correct operation of the RCP LED and the external buzzer by switching the 3-
position switch and the RCP as described in the sequential procedure (refer to Figure 10).
(b) Switch the 3-position switch to OFF.
(3) Perform a 406 and 121.5 MHz transmission test
(a) Test the ELT-Antenna link as follows:

- Check the ELT-Antenna link by testing VSWR.
- Refer to manufacturer's user manual for a VSWR measurement.
(b)
Note For this test you have to use a COSPAS-SARSAT decoder.
Test the 406 MHz transmission as follows:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Perform self-test (Press RESET and TEST on the RCP or switch ELT from OFF to
ARM).
- Check with the COSPAS-SARSAT decoder that, except for the 5th and the 6th digits,
the decoded message is identical to the programmed message.
Note The message transmitted during self-test sequence always begins with FF FE
D0 whereas a programmed message begins with FF FE 2F.
Example of message programmed in ELT: FF FE 2F 53 C3 24 97 38 0B A6
0F D0 F5 20. Example of same message decoded by SARTECH ARG5410:
FF FE D0 53 C3 24 97 38 0B A6 0F D0 F5 20.
(c)
Note IMPORTANT: This test must only be carried out between H and H+5 minutes. Do
not exceed 30 seconds of transmission.
Test the 121.5 MHz transmission as follows:

- This test must be carried out with an VHF receiver.
- Tune the VHF receiver to 121.5 MHz.
- Start transmission:
- either on ELT: Switch the 3-position switch to ON.
- or on the RCP: Switch to ON (The 3-position switch on ELT shall be in ARM).
- Check the frequency and listen to the 121.5 MHz “sweep tone”.
- Stopp transmission:
- either on ELT: 3-position switch to ARM or OFF.
- or on the RCP: Press TEST and RESET (the 3-position switch on ELT shall be in
ARM).

12 May 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 7 - ELT Removal

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 9 - ELT Control and Connectors

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 10 - RCP Operational Test

12 May 2017 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OTHER EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

DESCRIPTION
A. Emergency Hammer
The emergency hammer attaches to the left seat backrest near the top and inboard. Two clip holds the emergency
hammer with a quick release pin and at the top a protective cover. In case of emergency the quick release pin
have to be removed. If you use the emergency hammer the protective cover will remain on the seat by a retaining
cable.
B. First Aid Kit

The first aid kit is located on the back of the seat-back frame on the right side. You must replace the first aid kit
as follows:
- At the date shown on the label.
- If the seal is broken.
C. Torch
The cockpit has an emergency torch for night-flying. The torch is located on the divider between cockpit and
baggage compartment.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 25-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-25-60-02-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 25-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-25-60-02-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELT FIXED ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the ELT Fixed Antenna

- Installation of the ELT Fixed Antenna

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the ELT Fixed Antenna
(1) Remove the hydraulic pack for access, refer to Hydraulic Kit Remove and Install.
(2) Disconnect the BNC connector (14) at the front of the antenna.
(3) Disconnect the TNC connector (15) at the rear of the antenna.
(4) Release 4 nuts, washers and screws (41) attaching the ELT antenna (5) .

1T120TP-A-25-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the ELT antenna (5) .
B. Installation of the ELT Fixed Antenna
(1) Put the ELT antenna (5) in position in the rear fuselage.
(2) Install 4 attaching screws, washers and nuts (41) .
(3) Connect the rear TNC connector (15) to the antenna.
(4) Connect the front BNC connector (14) to the antenna.
(5) Do an operational test of the ELT, refer to ELT (ARTEX G406-4) Function Test or ELT (KANNAD
406 AF) System test.
(6) Install the hydraulic pack after access, refer to Hydraulic Kit Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-25-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
5
41
41 15
14
Figure 11 - ELT Fixed Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-25-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(5) Fixed antenna (15) TNC connector at fixed

antenna
(14) BNC connector at fixed (41) Attaching screws,
antenna washers and nuts
Figure 11 - ELT Fixed Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-25-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
26-00
FIRE PROTECTION

1T120TP-A-26-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-26-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FIRE PROTECTION
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The G 120TP-A has these fire protection items:
- A fire extinguisher. See Fire Extinguisher General Data.
- A fuel shut-off valve. See Fuel Distribution System General.
- A firewall between the engine and the cockpit. See Fuselage Structure General Data.
- Integral fire protection sleeves on the fuel and oil hoses in the engine compartment.

1T120TP-A-26-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-26-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
26-20
FIRE EXTINGUISHER

1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a Air Total HAL 1 fire extinguisher in the cockpit. A spring-clamp on the baggage
compartment floor holds the fire extinguisher. A quick-release clamp also attaches the fire extinguisher to the
spring-clamp.

1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the fire extinguisher installation. The fire extinguisher (1) has HALON 1211 fluid. The spring-
clamp (2) (2) holds the extinguisher in the aircraft. An additional quick-release clamp (8) holds the fire
extinguisher to the spring-clamp. If there is an emergency, release the quick-release clamp. Then pull the
extinguisher upward with the carrying handle (4) .
It also has a lever (3) at the top. The lever controls the flow of fluid from the fire extinguisher. The lever has a
safety clip (6) which is held in place by a safety wire (7) . The safety clip prevents the extinguisher from operating.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 26-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
6
5
4
7
1
2
8
Legend
(1) Fire extinguisher (5) Pressure gauge

(2) Fire extinguisher clamp (6) Safety clip
(3) Operating lever (7) Safety wire
(4) Carrying handle (8) Quick-release clamp
Figure 1 - Fire Extinguisher

27 July 2018 26-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
OPERATION
A. Operation
If you must use the fire extinguisher, do these steps:
- Release the quick-release clamp (8) .
- Pull the extinguisher from the spring clamp (2) .
- Point the nozzle of the extinguisher at the fire. Stand about 1.5 to 2 m (5 to 7 ft) away.
- Break the safety wire (7) and release the safety clip (6) .
- Operate the lever (3) .
- When the fire extinguishes, release the operating lever (3) .
If you use the fire extinguisher, you must replace it with a new one.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 26-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
6
5
4
7
1
2
8

27 July 2018 26-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend


Issue: 2 Rev. 007 26-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 26-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-26-20-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FIRE EXTINGUISHER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
These maintenance practices tell you how to do the routine service of the fire extinguisher only. You cannot
service the fire extinguisher on the aircraft. You must replace the fire extinguisher with a new one:
- If it has been used.
- If the pressure is outside of the limits shown in the graph at Figure 3.
- If the loss of weight is more than 20g per year.

1T120TP-A-26-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
Pressure (bar)
14
13
12
11
10
9
Acceptable range
8
5
Example
4
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Temperature (°C)
Figure 3 - Fire Extinguisher Temperature-Pressure Graph

1T120TP-A-26-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Weighing scale ........................................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Service the Fire Extinguisher
(1) Release the quick-release clamp (8) .
(2) Pull the fire extinguisher upwards from the clamp (2) .
(3) Examine the extinguisher. Look specially for dents and broken safety wire.
(4) Read the date of next overhaul on the extinguisher. If the extinguisher is due overhaul, return it to
the manufacturer. Install a serviceable extinguisher.
(5) Read the pressure on the gauge (5) . Make sure that it is in the green range. Refer to the graph
at Figure 5 for the correct range for the temperature.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 26-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-26-20-01-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Weigh the extinguisher.

- The nominal weight is 2.2 kg (4.84 lb).
- The weight must be the value shown on the extinguisher minus 20 g for each year since
manufacture.
- Refer to the example at step A.8.
(7) Install the extinguisher in the aircraft.
(8) Example:
The temperature of the fire extinguisher is 30 ºC. The pressure gauge shows 13 bar. Is this
acceptable?
Refer to Figure 5. Find 30 ºC on the horizontal axis. Follow the vertical line up until it cuts the
horizontal line for 13 bar. The point is in the shaded area and therefore it is acceptable.
The weight of the fire extinguisher on manufacture in Nov 12 was 1.988 kg. The acceptable loss
per year is 20 g. The weight of the extinguisher in Nov 13 is 1.970 kg. Is this acceptable?
Nov 12 weight 1.988 kg

Nov 13 weight 1.970 kg
Weight loss 0.018 kg (18 g). This is acceptable.

27 July 2018 26-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-26-20-01-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
6
5
4
7
1
2
8
Legend


Issue: 2 Rev. 007 26-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-26-20-01-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
Pressure (bar)
14
13
12
11
10
9
Acceptable range
8
5
Example
4
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Temperature (°C)
Figure 5 - Fire Extinguisher Temperature-Pressure Graph

27 July 2018 26-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-26-20-01-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27-00
FLIGHT CONTROLS

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT CONTROLS
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Section covers things used in more than one control system. See the related Section for the data on one
system. Each system also uses standard parts. This chapter tells you how standard parts are used to make
special parts for each system.

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT CONTROLS
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
The G 120TP-A has the usual flight controls. Ailerons attached to the trailing edge of each wing give lateral
control. An elevator attached to the horizontal stabilizer gives longitudinal control. And a rudder attached to the
vertical stabilizer gives yaw control. Flaps attached to the trailing edge of each wing give extra lift for landing and
take off.
The aircraft has mechanical and electrical elevator trim systems. Optional electrical aileron and rudder trim
systems can be installed.
The G 120TP-A has a control stick for each pilot. Each stick top has a control switch for the aileron and elevator
trim systems. The pilot can also set the elevator trim with a hand-wheel in the center console. A mechanical trim
indicator in the centre console shows the elevator trim position.
Each pilot has a rudder pedal assembly. The rudder pedal assembly attaches to the cockpit floor. You can adjust
the position of the rudder pedals with a hand-wheel. The hand-wheel is just in front of the pilot's seat. A switch
on the centre console controls the optional rudder trim system.
The pilot moves each primary control through a system of control rods and control levers. Steel, flexible-cables
operate the rudder.
An electric actuator moves the flaps. Steel flexible-cables connect the flaps to make sure they move
symmetrically. A lever in the centre console controls the flap position. An adjacent indicator shows the flap
position.

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT CONTROLS
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
A. Control Rods
Each control rod has a number. The numbers go in sequence for each control. Rod number one is at the pilots
control.
Each control rod uses standard end fittings. And most rods use standard diameter tube. Only the length and the
angle of the end fittings is special. Most control rods have one fixed end fitting and one adjustable end fitting.
Figure 1 shows an example of a control rod. The rod has a fixed end fitting (1) . It also has an adjustable end
fitting (2) . Each end fitting has a fork (3) and (4) . A bolt (10) with a nut (12) holds the fork (3) to the fixed
end fitting (1) . You cannot release this bolt.
The adjustable fork (4) has a long bolt held by the nut (14) . The adjustable fork (4) attaches to the end fitting
(2) . You can turn the fork to adjust the length of the rod. A lock-nut (13) holds the fork in position. A lock-plate
(8) holds the lock-nut.
An aluminum alloy tube (5) connects the end fittings. A tubular rivet (7) holds each end fitting in position. A
swage also holds the tube to each end fitting.
B. Control Levers
All of the primary control levers are aluminum alloy. Most levers are machined from solid aluminium alloy. The
holes for bearings have a retaining flange at one end. A swage at the other end holds the bearing in place. You
cannot replace these bearings.
Each lever has standard bearings. Most locations use self-aligning ball bearings. Some locations use two self-
aligning ball bearings together. Some locations (where angular movement is required) use spherical bearings.
Some locations use low-friction DU-bushes.
Each control lever has a number. The numbers go in sequence for each control. Lever number one is at the
pilots control.
Figure 2 shows an example of a control lever. It also shows examples of the types of bearings used in other
levers.
All bearings in the control system are maintenance-free. You do not lubricate them.
See the related Section for the location of each control lever and how to get access to the lever. It also tells you
the type of bearings used.
Most control levers have holes for rigging-pins. When the holes align with holes in the attaching brackets, the
lever is set to neutral. You can put a pin through the holes. The pin holds the lever in the correct position to adjust
the controls.
C. Control Mounting Brackets

Aluminum alloy brackets hold the control levers. Bolts attach the brackets to the structure of the aircraft or to
other components of the control system. Most locations use anchor-nuts. Some use self-locking nuts.
D. Guide Bushes
Guide bushes hold the aileron control rods in the wings. Each bush has a low-friction bearing with 3 balls. Do
not lubricate the guide bushes.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-110A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3 1 5 15 mm (0.6") Max
2 4
10 12 7 8 14 13
Legend
(1) Fixed end fitting (8) Lock plate

(2) Adjustable end fitting (10) Bolt for fixed end fitting
(3) Fixed fork end (12) Nut for fixed end fitting
(4) Adjustable fork end (13) Lock nut
(5) Aluminum alloy tube (14) Nut holding long bolt to
adjustable end fitting
(7) Tubular rivet
Figure 1 - Typical Control Rod

27 July 2018 27-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-110A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Swage Swage Swage Swage
Typical Single Self-aligning Typical Spherical
Ball Bearing Assembly. Bearing Assembly.
Bearing 'Swaged' in Bearing 'Swaged' in
Typical Double Self-aligning
Ball Bearing Assembly
Typical Single Self-aligning
Ball Bearing Assembly
Typical Bearing Assembly
with "DU-Bush" Bearing
Typical Bearing Assembly
with "DU-Bush" Bearing and
Inner Sleeve
Figure 2 - Typical Control Lever

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-110A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 27-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-110A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONTROL RODS
ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjust Control Rod Length

Refer to Figure 3.
You can adjust some control rods. Table 1 in the related chapter tells you which rods you can adjust. It
also tells you how to get access to the rods.
(1) Disconnect one end of the rod from the lever.
(2) Release the lock-plate (8) .
(3) Loose the lock-nut (13) .
(4) Turn the adjustable end fitting (4) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Turn clockwise to shorten the rod. Turn counter-clockwise to lengthen the rod.
WARNING DO NOT ALLOW MORE THAN 15 MM (0.6 INCH) BETWEEN THE NUTS ( (13)
AND (14) ). IF YOU ALLOW MORE THAN 15 MM THE ROD CAN FAIL.
(5) Make sure that the end fitting aligns with the lever. Then tighten the lock-nut (13) .
WARNING DO NOT USE DAMAGED LOCK-PLATES. IF YOU BEND THE LOCK-PLATE

TOO OFTEN, THE ROD CAN FAIL.
(6) Do a check of the lock-plate condition. Look especially for cracks and distortion. If necessary,
replace the lock-plate.
(7) Safety the nut with the lock-plate (8) .
(8) Connect the control rod.
(9) Do a test of the control for correct operation.

27 July 2018 27-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3 1 5 15 mm (0.6") Max
2 4
10 12 7 8 14 13
Legend
(1) Fixed end fitting (8) Lock plate

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Adjustable end fitting (10) Bolt for fixed end fitting
(3) Fixed fork end (12) Nut for fixed end fitting
(4) Adjustable fork end (13) Lock nut
(5) Aluminum alloy tube (14) Nut holding long bolt to
adjustable end fitting
(7) Tubular rivet

27 July 2018 27-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONTROL RODS
ALIGN
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Install Rigging-Pins for Basic Adjustment

Most control levers and their mounting brackets have holes for rigging-pins. Put a rigging-pin through
the holes to hold the lever in the rigging position.
You can put rigging-pins in these levers:
- Aileron:
• Front lever-assembly.
• Rear lever-assembly.
• Left and right idler lever assemblies.
• Left and right aileron-bellcrank assemblies.
- Rudder:
• Middle lever-assembly.

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Elevator:
• Middle idler lever assembly.
• Rear idler lever assembly.
- Flaps:
- Left and right idler lever assemblies.
- Left and right flap bellcrank assemblies.
- Left and right flap interconnect-quadrant assemblies.

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT CONTROLS
A. General
This Chapter contains the data for trouble shooting all of the flight controls. See the Section for each system for
the related trouble shooting data.

Controls do not move Control bearing seized. Move the controls. Listen for the sound of rub-
freely on the ground. bing or of squeaking. Disconnect the control
system to isolate the problem. Replace defec-
tive parts.
Control vibration in the Too much backlash in the Lock the cockpit controls. Try to move each
air. flight controls. control surface by hand. If you can feel back-
lash, examine the system to isolate the prob-
lem. Replace defective parts.
Control surface not correctly Remove the control surface. Do a weight and
balanced. balance test of the control surface. Refer to
Control Surface Balancing General.

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONTROL RODS
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Control Rods

- Installation of the Control Rods

None
None

Control lock ............................................................................................................. Local supply QTY 1
Trestle ..................................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Control Rods
Note See Table 1 in the related chapter for the list of control rods. It also tells you how to get access
to each rod.
(1) Use an external Control lock or a Trestle to hold the control surface in a safe position.

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Get access to the rod, refer to Table 1 in the related chapter.
(3) Make a note of the direction that the bolt is installed and release the attaching bolt at each end.
(4) If the rod passes through a guide bush, remove the adjustable fork end.
(5) Make a note of where the adjustable end goes and remove the rod.
B. Installation of the Control Rods
(1) Examine the (new) rod. Look specially for dents and scratches, bends and the correct angle of the
ends.
(2) If the rod passes through a guide bush, remove the adjustable fork end.
(3) If you install a new rod, adjust the rod to the length of the old rod, refer to Control Rods Adjust.
(4) Put the rod in position, refer to Table 1 in the related chapter for orientation data.
(5) If the rod passes through a guide bush, install the adjustable fork end.
(6) Install the attaching bolts.
(7) Do a test for correct operation of the control and for full range of movement. If necessary for your
airworthiness authority, do a second inspection of the control, refer to Dimensions and Areas
General.

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SQUARE CONNECTION-TUBE AND CONTROL STICK

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Removal Procedure
- Installation Procedure

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
It is necessary to do the work with help of a second person.
B. Removal Procedure
Refer to Figure 4.
To remove the control stick and the square connection-tube (1) perform the steps as follows:

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Remove the flexible cover between the pilot and co-pilot stick and the cockpit floor.
(2) Remove the pilot and co-pilot seats, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(3) Remove the cockpit floor panels, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors of the pilot (9) and co-pilot (8) stick between the square
connection-tube (1) and the fuselage.
(5) Remove the electrical connector (8) on co-pilot side from the bracket at the square connection-
tube (1) .
(6) Disconnect the control rod from the elevator control front lever (6) on the square connection-tube
(1) , refer to Control Rods Remove and Install.
(7) Disconnect the control rod at the autopilot lever (7) on the square connection-tube (1) , refer to
Control Rods Remove and Install.
(8) Disconnect the control rods at the aileron input levers (4) and (5) on the square connection-tube
(9) Loosen the co-pilot stick (2) from the square connection-tube (1) as follows:
Note Make sure that the shim bushing (18) inside the square connection-tube stick bearing will
stay aligned.
(a) Remove both nuts and washers (17) on the stick connection to the square connection-tube
stick bearing.
(b) Remove both screws (16) on the stick connection to the square connection-tube stick
bearing.
Hold the stick (2) in position and do not remove the stick (2) from the bearing at the
moment.
(10) Remove the nuts and washers (20) from the screws (19) .
(11)
Note Hold the square connection-tube (1) by hand if you remove the screws (19) .
Remove the screws and washers (19) from the fuselage bushings (21) and the square
connection-tube bearings.
(12) Remove the square connection-tube (1) from the fuselage as follows:
(a) Move the square connection-tube (1) slightly to pilot side.
(b) Remove the co-pilot stick (2) carefully from the square connection-tube bearing forward
as much as possible due to the length of the electrical cable.

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Move the co-pilot stick (2) carefully to outboard side and move the square connection-tube
(1) carefully to pilot side.
(d) Remove the square connection-tube (1) and the co-pilot stick (2) from the aircraft.
C. Installation Procedure
Refer to Figure 4.
To install the control stick and the square connection-tube (1) perform the steps as follows:
(1) Make sure that the square connection-tube (1) is checked and prepared to install into the aircraft.
Make sure that the co-pilot stick (2) is removed from the square connection-tube (1) while the
electrical connector of the co-pilot stick (2) is installed.
(2) Position the square connection-tube (1) and the co-pilot stick (2) from pilot side carefully into
the airframe.
Hold the co-pilot stick (2) by hand in position until it is installed.
(3) Put the square connection-tube (1) in the correct position on the airframe.
(4) Install the screws and washers (19) to the fuselage bushings (21) and the square connection-
tube bearing.
(5) Install the nuts and washers (20) on the screws (19) . Tighten the nuts. Torque the nuts, refer
to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
(6) Install the co-pilot stick (2) into the square connection-tube bearing.
Make sure that the shim bushing (18) is aligned while installation of the stick tube (2) .
Align the stick tube (2) , the shim bushing (18) and the aileron input lever (4) correctly.
(7) Install the two screws (16) into the aileron input lever (4) , shim bushing (18) and the stick tube
(2) .
Note Make sure that the two screws (16) are free of the electrical cable of the stick while
installation.
(8) Install the two nuts and washers (17) to the screws (16) . Tighten the nuts. Torque the nuts, refer
(9) Install the electrical connector (8) of the stick to the bracket on the square connection-tube
(1) .
(10) Connect the both electrical connectors from the fuselage to the pilot (9) and co-pilot (8) stick
connectors.
(11) Connect the control rods to the aileron input levers (4) and (5) at the square connection-tube

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(12) Connect the control rod to the autopilot lever (7) on the square connection-tube (1) , refer to
Control Rods Remove and Install.
(13) Connect the control rod to the elevator front control lever (6) , refer to Control Rods Remove and
Install.
(14) If necessary, adjust the aileron cockpit stop (14) and (15) , refer to Aileron Control System Adjust.
(15) If necessary, adjust the elevator stops (12) and (13) , refer to Elevator Control System Adjust.
(16) Do a test for correct elevator range of movement, refer to Elevator Control System Function Test.
(17) Do a test for correct aileron range of movement, refer to Aileron Control System Function Test.
(18) Do an inspection of all controls which you adjusted. If necessary for your airworthiness authority,
do a second inspection of the controls.
(19) Install the cockpit floor panels, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(20) Install the pilot and co-pilot seats, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(21) Install the flexible cover between the pilot and co-pilot stick and the cockpit floor.

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
13
7
6
2 1
11
15
9 5
12
8
14
10
Figure 4 - Square Connection-Tube - Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
16
18
17

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
21
19
Legend
(1) Square connection-tube (12) Cockpit stop elevator LH

(2) Co-pilot stick tube (13) Cockpit stop elevator RH
(3) Pilot stick tube (14) Cockpit stop aileron LH
(4) Aileron input lever (15) Cockpit stop aileron RH
(5) Aileron input lever (16) Srew
(6) Elevator control front (17) Nut and washer
lever
(7) Autopilot lever (18) Shim bushing
(8) Co-pilot electrical (19) Screw and washer
connector
(9) Pilot electrical connector (20) Nut and washer
(10) Bearing screw (21) Fuselage bushing
(11) Bearing screw

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-00-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT CONTROLS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
These maintenance practices cover general procedures for the flight control systems. See the related Section
for maintenance procedures which are only applicable to one system.

1T120TP-A-27-00-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-00-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27-10
AILERONS AND TABS

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERONS AND TABS

GENERAL DATA
A. General
Two control sticks operate the ailerons of the G 120TP-A. The aileron control system uses rigid rods and levers.
The aileron control rods have numbers (1) to (7) . These are the numbers used in the parts catalogue.
Table 1 give the data for each rod. And table 2 gives the data for each lever.
Figure 1 shows the aileron controls in the fuselage.
Figure 2 shows the aileron controls in the wing.

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
A 3
E
B
C
21 14
D
FW
12
22 E
13
23
2
A
B
1
11 D
C
Figure 1 - Aileron Controls In The Fuselage

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Aileron control rod 1 (13) Rear lever-assembly.

(2) Aileron control rod 2 (14) Idler lever
(3) Aileron control rod 3 (21) Control stick
(5) Aileron control rod 5 (22) Square connecting-tube
(11) Aileron input lever (23) Aileron stop in the
cockpit
(12) Front lever-assembly

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
16
RH Wing shown
24
FWD
26
15
A
7
Legend
(6) Aileron rod 6 (16) Aileron actuator lever

(7) Aileron rod 7 (24) Guide bushes for aileron
rod 6
(15) Aileron bellcrank (26) Aileron stop in the wing
Figure 2 - Aileron Controls In The Wing

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERONS AND TABS

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
The Grob G 120TP-A has a control stick (21) for each pilot. Each control stick attaches to a square connection-
tube (22) . Each stick has a lever (11) which connects to the rods (1) and (2) . A bolt (23) at each end of
the square connection-tube is a control stop.
Rods (1) and (2) connect to a front lever-assembly (12) . A rod (3) connects the lever (12) to the rear lever-
assembly (13) . This lever provides a small amount of differential movement for the ailerons. Short rods (5)
connect the rear lever-assembly to idler levers (14) near the wing to fuselage joint.
A long rod (6) connects each idler lever to the aileron bellcrank (15) in the outer wing. Two guide bushes (24)
hold the long rod. A short rod (7) connects the bellcrank to the aileron actuator lever (16) .
The rear lever-assembly has a spring-feel and trim unit. Each aileron also has a small fixed trim tab on the trailing
edge. Refer to Aileron Trim General Data for details of the aileron trim system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
A 3
E
B
C
21 14
D
FW
12
22 E
13
23
2
A
B
1
11 D
C

27 July 2018 27-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

cockpit

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
16
RH Wing shown
24
FWD
26
15
A
7
Legend

rod 6

27 July 2018 27-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERONS AND TABS

OPERATION
A. Operation
If you move the stick to the left, the short rods (1) and (2) , Figure 5 move to the right. The front lever-assembly
(12) moves the rod (3) forwards. The rod (3) moves the rear lever-assembly (13) so the rods (5) move to
the right.
The rods (5) move the idler levers (14) to the right. The long rod (6) , Figure 6 in the left wing moves to the
right. It moves the aileron bellcrank (15) and the bellcrank moves the rod (7) back to push the left aileron up.
The long rod (6) in the right wing (not shown) also moves to the right. It pushes the right aileron bellcrank. and
the bellcrank pulls the short rod (7) to move the right aileron down.
If you move the stick to the right, the left aileron moves down. And the right aileron moves up.
The spring in the trim unit gives a force in the opposite direction to the control movement.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
A 3
E
B
C
21 14
D
FW
12
22 E
13
23
2
A
B
1
11 D
C

27 July 2018 27-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

cockpit

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
16
Right Wing Shown
24
D
FW
A
26
15
Legend

rod 6

27 July 2018 27-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Elevator control-lock .................................................................................................. 120A-7724 QTY 1
Rigging pins ............................................................................................................... 120A-2702 QTY 4
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Aileron Control System Basic Adjustments

If you cannot get the correct range of movement of the aileron controls, use this procedure to adjust the
system.
Note Make all measurements from the top surface of the aileron to the top surface of the wing inboard
of the aileron. Refer to Dimensions and Areas General Figure 3 for values.

- Canopy, refer to Canopy Remove and Install

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Baggage compartment floor, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install

- Pilots seats, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install
- Aileron bellcrank access panel below each wing, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install.
(2) Put a rigging pin in the front lever-assembly (12) , Figure 7.

If necessary, adjust the rod (1) and the rod (2) , that the control sticks stand vertically to the
square connecting tube.
(3) Put a rigging pin in the rear lever-assembly (13) Figure 7. If necessary, adjust the rod (3) Figure
7 that the pin will fit completely in the holes.
Refer to Flight Controls General Data.
(4) Put a rigging pin in the left idler lever-assembly (14) Figure 7 . If necessary, adjust rod (5) Figure
(5) Put a rigging pin in the right idler lever-assembly (14) Figure 7. If necessary, adjust rod (5)
Figure 7 that the pin will fit completely in the holes.
(6) Put a rigging pin in the left aileron bellcrank (15) Figure 8. If necessary, adjust rod (6) Figure
(7) Put a rigging pin in the right aileron bellcrank (15) Figure 8. If necessary, adjust rod (6) Figure
(8) Measure the distance from the trailing edge of the wing to each aileron trailing edge. The ailerons
must align with the wing tips ± 3 mm (0.12 inch).
(9) If the trailing edge of the aileron does not align with the trailing edge of the wing, then adjust aileron
rod (7) .
(10) Remove rigging pins from these levers (refer to Figure 7 and Figure 8):
- Front lever-assembly (12) .
- Rear lever-assembly (13) .
- Right idler lever (14) .
- Left idler lever (14) .
- Left aileron bellcrank (15) .
- Right aileron bellcrank (15) .
(11) Set the stick full left. Make sure that the control is against the stop in the right wing (26) Figure
8.

27 July 2018 27-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(12) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the left aileron and the trailing edge of the wing.
Make a note of the dimension.
(13) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the right aileron and the trailing edge of the
wing. Make a note of the dimension.
(14) Compare the dimensions you recorded with the values in Dimensions and Areas General Figure
3.
(15) If necessary, adjust the wing stop (26) Figure 8:

- Release the lock-nut on the aileron stop in the right wing.
- Adjust the stop bolt to give the correct full aileron movement.
- Tighten the lock-nut.
Note You get access for this step through the aileron bellcrank access panel below the right
wing.
(16) If necessary, adjust the aileron cockpit stop at the right side of the cockpit:
- Loosen the lock-nut on the stop-bolt.
- Adjust the stop-bolt so that the rubber head just touches the lever.
Note Make sure that the control is against the wing stop.
(17) Set the stick full right. Make sure that the control is against the stop in the left wing (26) Figure
8.
(18) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the left aileron and the trailing edge of the wing.
(19) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the right aileron and the trailing edge of the
wing. Make a note of the dimension.
3.
(21) If necessary, adjust the wing stop (26) Figure 8:

- Release the lock-nut on the aileron stop in the left wing.
- Adjust the stop bolt to give the correct full aileron movement.
Note You get access for this step through the aileron bellcrank access panel below the left wing.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(22) If necessary, adjust the aileron cockpit stop at the left side of the cockpit:
- Loosen the lock-nut on the stop-bolt.
- Adjust the stop-bolt so that the rubber head just touches the lever.
Note Make sure that the control is against the wing stop.
(23) Do a test for correct range of movement, refer to Aileron Control System Function Test.
(25) Install these items:

- Pilots seats, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
- Baggage compartment floor, Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
- Aileron bellcrank access panel below each wing, refer to Access Panels General.
- Canopy, refer to Canopy Remove and Install.

27 July 2018 27-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
A 3
E
B
C
21 14
D
FW
12
22 E
13
23
2
A
B
1
11 D
C

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

cockpit

27 July 2018 27-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
16
RH Wing shown
24
D
FW
26
15
A
7
Legend

rod 6

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 27-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Make a copy of the Control Rigging Report. Use it to make a record of the measurements, refer to
Dimensions and Areas General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Aileron Control System Test for Correct Range of Movement
(1) Test procedure
Note Make all measurements from the top surface of the aileron to the top surface of the wing
inboard of the aileron. Refer to Dimensions and Areas General Figure 3 for values.
(a) For aircraft with the optional electrical aileron trim system:
- Use the aileron trim system to align the ailerons with the wing tip.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

- Operate the switch on the stick-top to move the aileron neutral position.
- Set the BATT switch to OFF
If the aileron trim indication does not show neutral, refer to Aileron Trim General Data
(analog cockpit) or Aileron Trim General data (digital cockpit) when you have completed
this test.
(b) Move the stick full left. Hold it against the stop. Make sure that the control hits the wing stop
before the cockpit stop.
(c) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the left aileron and the trailing edge of
the wing. Make a note of the dimension.
(d) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the right aileron and the trailing edge of
(e) Move the stick full right. Hold it against the stop. Make sure that the control hits the wing
stop before the cockpit stop.
(f) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the left aileron and the trailing edge of
(g) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the right aileron and the trailing edge of
(h) Compare the dimensions you recorded with the values in Dimensions and Areas General
Figure 3.
(i) If necessary, adjust the aileron controls, refer to Aileron Control System Adjust.

09 March 2017 27-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON CONTROL ROD/LEVER

DESIGN DATA/TOLERANCES CHECK
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Aileron Control Rod/Lever
(1) Measure the rod length between the centres of the holes in the end fittings.
Note The neutral setting of all adjustable fork-ends is 75 mm (2.95 in). The neutral setting of all
adjustable eye ends is 41 mm (1.6 in).
(2) Measure this between the end of the swage in the tube and the centre of the hole in the fork-end
(or eye-end).

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 AILERON CONTROL ROD DATA
SYSTEM ACCESS FOR REMOVAL/IN- NOTES & REF- LENGTH

ROD NO STALLATION ERENCES
MM INCHES
Rod 1 Pilots seats. Cockpit and Bag- 387 15.24
gage Compart-
Center console cover.
ment Furnishing
General Data.
gage Compart-
Center console cover
ment Furnishing
General Data.
Adjustable eye-
end.
gage Compart-
Center console cover.
ment Furnishing
Baggage compartment floor panel. General Data
Adjustable end
aft
Rod 5 Baggage compartment floor panel. Cockpit and Bag- 482 18.98
gage Compart-
ment Furnishing
General Data.
Adjustable end in
gage Compart-
Aileron bellcrank access panel be-
ment Furnishing
low the wing.
General Data.
Adjustable end
out
Rod 7 Aileron bellcrank access panel be- Adjustable end 241.5 9.51
low the wing. aft
Table 2 AILERON CONTROL LEVER DATA
LEVER ACCESS FOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTES &REFERENCES

Stick Lever Pilots seats. Cockpit and Baggage Com-
partment Furnishing General
Data.
Front lever-as- Pilots seats. Center console cover. Cockpit and Baggage Com-
sembly partment Furnishing General
Data.
Rear lever-as- Baggage compartment floor panel. Cockpit and Baggage Com-
sembly partment Furnishing General
Data.

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 2 AILERON CONTROL LEVER DATA
LEVER ACCESS FOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTES &REFERENCES

Idler Lever Baggage compartment floor panel. Cockpit and Baggage Com-
partment Furnishing General
Data.
Aileron Bell- Aileron access panel below the wing. Access Panels General.
crank
Operating Access panel below the aileron
Lever
Note You cannot replace bearings. If a bearing fails, you must replace the lever-assembly.

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERONS AND TABS

A. General
Refer to Flight Controls General Fault Description for general trouble-shooting of the control systems. This
paragraph only covers trouble with the ailerons.

Aircraft will not fly wings Aileron tab needs adjusting Adjust the aileron tab.
level.

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERONS AND TABS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter tell you how to do test procedures. It also tells you how to adjust the
system. If you need to remove, install or adjust an aileron control part, then use tables 1 and 2 for access data.
And use Flight Controls General Data for procedures. See Ailerons and Tabs General to remove/install the
ailerons.

1T120TP-A-27-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27-11
AILERON TRIM

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON TRIM
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The aileron control system has an optional electric trim unit. A trim switch on each control stick operates the trim
unit. An indicator on the IDU shows the setting of the aileron trim. Refer to Ailerons and Tabs General Data for
data about the basic aileron control system.

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON TRIM
DESCRIPTION
A. Trim System
The G 120TP-A has optional electrical aileron-trim. The battery bus provides power for the aileron trim system.
A 5 amp circuit-breaker (TRIM) in the instrument panel protects the circuit.
The aileron trim system has 2 parts:
- A trim unit.
- Cockpit controls and indication.
(1) Trim Unit
Figure 1 shows the aileron rear lever-assembly. The trim unit (1) is part of the aileron rear lever-assembly.
The Trim unit has a central, vertical torque-tube (2) . A large cam (3) attaches to the torque-tube. The
cam is symmetrical about the aircraft’s longitudinal axis. Each side of the cam is narrow at the mid-point.
The radius of the cam increases forward and aft of the mid-point.
Two large plain bearings above and below the cam carry straight levers (4) . A large pivot-bolt (5) with
bushes joins one end of each lever. The bushes carry 2 cranked levers (6) . Each cranked lever has a
track-roller (7) at the forward end. The track-rollers can roll along the surface of the cam on each side.
A tension-spring (8) joins the aft ends of the cranked levers. The spring pulls the track-rollers against the
cam. The levers make a ‘nipper’ which tries to move the cam towards the narrow point.
A bolt (9) attaches an electrical aileron trim-actuator (10) to the forward end of the straight levers. A linear
potentiometer (11) senses the movement. It transmits the trim position to the trim indicator in the centre
console.
Rivets attach the aileron input-lever (12) to the top of the torque-tube. And rivets attach the aileron output-
lever (13) to the bottom of the torque-tube.
(2) Cockpit Controls
The IDU-680 indicates the cockpit controls for the aileron trim system.
A 4-way switch (Figure 2, (20) on each control stick provides aileron and elevator trim control. The switch
returns automatically to the centre (OFF) position when released. Move the switch left or right for aileron
trim movement. Refer to Elevator Trim General Data for data about the elevator trim-control.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12
D
FW
A
13
2 8
9
6
3 7
11
10
Figure 1 - Aileron Rear Lever Assembly with Trim Unit

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Aileron trim unit (8) Tension-spring

(2) Torque-tube (9) Bolt attaching the
electrical trim actuator
(3) Cam (10) Electrical trim-actuator
(4) Straight levers (11) Linear potentiometer
(5) Large pivot-bolt (12) Aileron input-lever
attaching the cranked
levers
(6) Cranked levers (13) Aileron output-lever
(7) Track-roller

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
Control Stick
Legend
(20) Aileron trim switch on

each control stick
Figure 2 - Aileron Trim Cockpit Controls

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON TRIM
OPERATION
A. Trim System Operation

(1) Fixed Trim Position
If you move the stick to the left, these things occur:

- The aileron input-lever (12) moves forward.
- The cam (3) turns.
- The track-rollers (7) move outwards.
- The tension spring (8) extends.
- The spring force tries to move the cam back to neutral.
If you move the stick to the right, spring force also tries to move the cam back to neutral
(2) Trim Adjustment with the Control Stick Free
If you move the trim switch (20) to the left, these things occur:
- The electrical trim actuator (10) retracts.
- The nipper moves the track-rollers (7) counter-clockwise round the cam (3) .
- The cam moves counter-clockwise to keep the track-rollers at the narrow part.
- The control stick moves slowly to the left.
- The indicator shows the trim position moving to the left.
When you release the trim switch:

- The actuator (10) stops moving.
- The trim unit stops moving.
- The indicator (on the IDU-680) shows the new aileron trim position.
If you move the trim switch (20) to the right, the aileron control system moves to the right.
(3) Trim Override
The pilot can override the spring force of the trim system. If necessary, the pilot can pull the TRIM circuit
breaker. This will isolate the electrical trim system. The system will stay at the last setting.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12
D
FW
A
13
2 8
9
6
3 7
11
10

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Aileron trim unit (8) Tension-spring

(5) Large pivot-bolt (12) Aileron input-lever
levers
(6) Cranked levers (13) Aileron output-lever
(7) Track-rolle

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
Control Stick
Legend
(20) Aileron trim switch on

each control stick
Figure 4 - Aileron Trim Cockpit Controls

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON TRIM SYSTEM

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Test the Aileron Trim System
(1) Remove the baggage compartment floor panel.

(2) Do a test of the aileron trim system:

- Operate the aileron trim-switch to left and right:
The trim actuator must extend and retract correctly.

The trim indication must show the correct indications.

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Install the baggage compartment floor panel.


1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON TRIM
A. General
Refer to Ailerons and Tabs General Data for general trouble-shooting of the aileron control system. This
paragraph only covers trouble with the optional aileron trim system.

The aircraft will not fly Aileron trim potentiometer de- Replace the aileron trim potentiometer.
wings level when the fective.
trim switch is set to the
neutral position.
Aileron trim indication Incorrect aileron trim calibra- Recalibrate aileron trim indication.
not correct/red crossed. tion
OASIS custom parameter normalization.
Aileron trim indication Ground connection to enable Check and repair ground connection.
not visible. trim indication defect.
Moving the trim switch Rudder/aileron trim circuit Set trim circuit breaker. Do a test for correct
does not move the trim breaker “TRIM” not set. operation of the trim system. If the circuit
surface. breaker opens:
- Do a test for a short-circuit in the trim
control circuit.
Electric trim actuator failed. Replace the trim actuator.

Electric trim switch failed. Replace the trim switch.
The trim position indica- Aileron trim linear poten- Replace the aileron trim potentiometer.
tor does not move when tiometer defective.
the trim unit moves.
Aileron trim indication not cor- Do a DAU Operation Test.
rect.
The trim actuator oper- Electric trim actuator defec- Replace the trim actuator.
ates in flight when not tive.
selected.
Trim switch defective. Replace the trim switch.

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON TRIM ACTUATOR AND LINEAR POTENTIOMETER ASSEMBLY

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Aileron Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly

- Installation of the Aileron Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly

None
Make the aircraft safe for maintenance.Servicing General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Aileron Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly
(1) Pull the RUD/AIL TRIM circuit-breaker (Right instrument panel).
(2) Remove the canopy, refer to Canopy General and the baggage compartment floor, refer to Cockpit
and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data for access.
(3) Disconnect the in-line electrical connector (30) (on the adjacent frame) from the actuator.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the linear potentiometer .

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Disconnect the electrical bonding cable from the actuator.
(6) Remove the nut and bolt attaching the actuator eye-end to the trim unit.
(7) Remove 4 screws, washers and nuts attaching the actuator brackets to the structure.
(8) Remove the assembly from the aircraft.
(9) Keep the bush and 2 spacers from the actuator eye-end.
B. Installation of the Aileron Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly
(1) Put the actuator and linear potentiometer assembly in position in the aircraft.
(2) Hold the assembly and put the bush and 2 spacers in position in the actuator eye-end.
(3) Move the eye-end into position in the trim unit.
(4) Hold the assembly and install the bolt and nut attaching the actuator eye-end to the trim unit.
(5) Install 4 screws, washers and nuts attaching the actuator brackets to the structure.
(6) Connect the electrical bonding cable to the actuator.
(7) Connect the electrical connector for the linear potentiometer.
(8) Connect the in-line electrical connector (on the adjacent frame) for the actuator.
(9) Set the RUD/AIL TRIM circuit-breaker.

Right instrument panel.
(10) Do a test of the aileron trim system, refer to Aileron Trim System Function Test.
(11) Install the baggage compartment floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
Furnishing General Data and the canopy, refer to Canopy General.

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Potentiometer
D Basic Setting
FW
18mm
(0.71 in)
39a
B
35
33 39 31 37
A
33 30
34
37
36
38
34
36 37
32
Figure 5 - Aileron Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Installation

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Actuator in-line (36) Actuator and linear

electrical-connection potentiometer assembly
(31) Linear potentiometer (37) Bush and 2 spacers for
left-end attaching parts the actuator eye-end
(32) Linear potentiometer (38) Linear-potentiometer
ram end attaching parts electrical-connection
(33) Electrical bonding cable (39) Linear-potentiometer
(34) Nut and bolt attaching (39a) Linear-potentiometer
the actuator eye-end setting-distance
(35) Screws, washers and
nuts attaching the
bracket

1T120TP-A-27-11-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON TRIM LINEAR-POTENTIOMETER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Aileron Trim Linear-Potentiometer

- Installation of the Aileron Trim Linear-Potentiometer

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Aileron Trim Linear-Potentiometer
(1) Pull the RUD/AIL TRIM circuit-breaker.
(2) Remove the canopy, refer to Canopy General.
(3) Remove the baggage compartment floor, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing
General Data.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the linear-potentiometer (31) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (32) attaching the linear-potentiometer ram eye-end to the trim
actuator.
(6) Remove the nut, washer, spacer and bolt (31) attaching the linear-potentiometer left eye-end to
the bracket.
(7) Remove the linear-potentiometer (39) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Aileron Trim Linear-Potentiometer

Refer to Figure 6.
(1) Adjust the linear-potentiometer left eye-end as follows:
(a) Loosen the left eye-end lock-nut.
(b) Adjust the eye-end so that the centre of the bearing is 18 mm from the left end-face of the
linear-potentiometer (39a) .
(2) Put the linear-potentiometer (39) in position in the aircraft.
(3) Install the bolt, spacer, washer and nut attaching the linear-potentiometer left eye-end (31) to the
bracket.
(4) Install the bolt, washer and nut attaching the linear-potentiometer ram eye-end (32) to the
actuator.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (30) for the linear-potentiometer.
(7) Do a test of the aileron trim system, refer to Aileron Trim System Function Test.
(8) Install the baggage compartment floor panel refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
Furnishing General Data and the canopy Canopy Remove and Install.

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Potentiometer
D Basic Setting
FW
18mm
(0.71 in)
39a
B
35
33 39 31 37
A
33 30
34
37
36
38
34
36 37
32

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Actuator in-line (36) Actuator and linear

electrical-connection potentiometer assembly
(31) Linear potentiometer (37) Bush and 2 spacers for
left-end attaching parts the actuator eye-end
ram end attaching parts electrical-connection
(34) Nut and bolt attaching (39a) Linear-potentiometer
the actuator eye-end setting-distance
(35) Screws, washers and
nuts attaching the
bracket

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON TRIM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter tell you how to remove and install components the aileron trim system.
Use Flight Controls General Data for general procedures.

1T120TP-A-27-11-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-11-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONTROL STICK - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter tell you how to remove and install components of the control stick.
The procedures are identical for LH and RH control stick.
Use Flight Controls General Data for general procedures.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STICK GRIP
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal Procedure of the Stick Grip with Autopilot

- Installation Procedure of the Stick Grip with Autopilot
- Removal Procedure of the Stick Grip without Autopilot
- Installation Procedure of the Stick Grip without Autopilot

None

None
E. Materials
Loctite ...................................................................................................................... GS513007 QTY AR
Adhesive Bond and Seal, Black ............................................................. GS510008-1 (C4331) QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal Procedure of the Stick Grip with Autopilot

Refer to Figure 7.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1)
Note The top bolt is secured with loctite into the stick grip.
Remove the top bolt (190) attaching the stick grip halves (110) , (120) together.
(2) Remove the bottom bolt (80) and the nut (90) attaching the stick grip halves to the stick tube.
Note Make sure that the nut does not fall into the cockpit.
(3) Carefully pull the left half (110) of the stick grip away from the right half (120) and hold it by
hand.
(4) Hold the right stick grip half in position.
(5) Remove the PTT button (140) (grey) out of position in the left stick half.
(6) Remove the trim switch (160) out of position in the left stick grip half.
(7) Remove the trim interrupt/disconnect button (red) (150) out of position in the left stick grip half.
(8) Remove the Control Wheel Steering switch (black) (180) out of position in the left stick grip half.
(9) Store the left stick grip half (110) safely.
(10) Remove the Go Around switch (black) (170) out of position in the right stick grip half.
(11) Store the right stick grip half (120) safely.
(12) Leave the bushing (130) in position on the stick tube.
B. Installation Procedure of the Stick Grip with Autopilot

Refer to Figure 7.
(1) Apply a small amount of Adhesive Bond and Seal, Black to the switches/buttons (140) ,
(150) , (160) , (170) , (180) where it will touch the stick grip halves.
(2) Put the right stick grip half (120) in position to the bushing (130) on the stick tube.
(3) Put the Go Around switch (black) (170) in position in the right stick grip half. Engage the locating
pin in the related cut-out in the stick half.
Hold the right stick half (120) in position by hand.
(4) Put the left stick grip half (110) in position to the bushing (130) on the stick tube.
(5) Put the Control Wheel Steering switch (black) (180) in position in the left stick grip half.

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Put the Trim interrupt/disconnect button (red) (150) in position in the left stick grip half. Engage
the locating pin in the related cut-out in the stick half.
(7) Put the Trim switch (black) (160) in position in the left stick grip half. Engage the locating pin in
the related cut-out in the stick half.
(8) Put the PTT push button (grey) (140) in position in the left stick grip half. Engage the locating pin
in the related cut-out in the stick half.
(9)
Note Make sure that the PTT switch (140) faces in flight direction.
Make sure that the bottom bolt holes on the stick grip halves aligns with the holes in the
bushing (130) .
Make sure that the holes in the bushing (130) aligns to the holes in the stick tube.
Put the left stick grip half (110) in position with the right stick grip half on the bushing (130) .
(10) Loosely install bottom bolt (80) and the nut (90) to the stick grip halves.
(11) Apply a thin layer of Loctite to the tread of the top bolt (190) .
(12) Loosely install the top bolt (190) to the stick grip halves.
(13) Make sure that the stick grip halves closes completely.
Tighten the bottom bolt (80) . Torque the bolt, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M5.
(14) Tighten the top bolt (190) . Torque the bolt, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure,
M4.
(15) Do a test of the Aileron Trim Systems, refer to Aileron Trim System Function Test.
(16) Do a test of the Elevator Trim System, refer to Elevator Trim General Data.
(17) Do a the test of the Autopilot System.
(18) Do a test of the Control Wheel Steering System.
C. Removal Procedure of the Stick Grip without Autopilot

Refer to Figure 8.
(1)
Note The top bolt is secured with Loctite into the stick grip.
Remove the top bolt (190) attaching the stick grip halves (110) , (120) together.
(2) Remove the bottom bolt (80) and the nut (90) attaching the stick grip halves to the stick tube.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Make sure that the nut does not fall into the cockpit.
(3) Carefully pull the left half (110) of the stick grip away from the right half (120) and hold it by
hand.
(4) Store the right half of the strick grip safely.
(5) Remove the trim switch (160) out of position in the left stick grip half.
(6) Remove the trim interrupt/disconnect button (red) (150) out of position in the left stick grip half.
(7) Remove the PTT push button (140) (grey) out of position in the left stick grip half.
(8) Remove the stick grip halves from the stick tube.
D. Installation Procedure of the Stick Grip without Autopilot

Refer to Figure 8.
(1) Apply a small amount of Adhesive Bond and Seal, Black to the switches/buttons (140) ,
(150) , (160) where it will touch the stick grip halves.
(2) Put the left stick grip half in position to the stick tube.
(3) Put the PTT push button (grey) (140) in position in the left stick grip half. Engage the locating pin
in the related cut-out in the stick half.
(4) Put the trim interrupt/disconnect button (red) (150) in position in the left stick grip half. Engage
the locating pin in the related cut-out in the stick half.
(5) Put the trim switch (160) in position in the left stick grip half. Engage the locating pin in the related
cut-out in the stick half.
(6) Put the left stick grip half in position with the right stick grip half on the stick tube.
Make sure that the PTT switch (140) faces in flight direction.
Make sure that the bottom bolt holes on the stick grip halves aligns with the hole in the stick tube.
(7) Loosely install bottom bolt (80) and the nut (90) to the stick grip halves.
(8) Apply a thin layer of Loctite to the tread of the top bolt (190) .
(9) Loosely install the top bolt (190) to the stick grip halves.
(10) Tighten the bottom bolt (80) . Torque the bolt, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M5.
(11) Tighten the top bolt (190) . Torque the bolt, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure,
M4.

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(12) Do a test of the aileron trim systems, refer to Aileron Trim System Function Test.
(13) Do a test of the elevator trim system, refer to Elevator Trim General Data.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
80
90
D
FW
160
170
150
190
140 180
120
110
130
Figure 7 - Installation of the Stick Grip with Autopilot

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(80) Bolt (150) Trim Interrupt/

Disconnect Button (Red)
(90) Nut (160) Trim Switch (Black)
(110) Stick Grip Half LH (170) Go Around Switch
(Black)
(120) Stick Grip Half RH (180) Control Wheel Steering
Switch (Black)
(130) Bushing (190) Bolt
(140) PTT Push Button (Grey)
Figure 7 - Installation of the Stick Grip with Autopilot

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-11 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
160
150
190
140
110
90
120 80
Legend
(80) Bolt (140) PTT Push Button (Grey)

(90) Nut (150) Trim Interrupt/
Disconnect Button (Red)
(110) Stick Grip Half LH (160) Trim Switch (Black)
(120) Stick Grip Half RH (190) Bolt
Figure 8 - Installation of the Stick Grip without Autopilot

27 July 2018 27-11 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-11-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27-20
RUDDER

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 31 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

31 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The Grob G 120TP-A has a standard rudder control system. Each pilot has a rudder pedal assembly. The pilot
can adjust the pedal position. Control rods and flexible steel cables connect the pedal assembly to the rudder.
A trim system gives fine adjustment to rudder trim. Refer to Rudder Trim General Data for data on the rudder
trim system.
A trim system gives fine adjustment to rudder trim. Refer to Rudder Trim General Data for data on the rudder
trim system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 31 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

31 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER
A. Description
(1) Rudder Control System in the cockpit
Figure 1 shows the rudder control system in the cockpit. The system has these parts:
- A rudder pedal assembly for each pilot at the front of the cockpit.
- An adjuster assembly for each pilot in front of the seats.
- A middle lever-assembly on the rear face of the front main frame. (The middle lever assembly
also carries the rudder trim unit. Refer to Rudder Trim General Data for details of the rudder
trim system).
The rudder pedal assembly has a mounting plate (20) . Eight bolts attach the mounting plate to the cockpit
floor. Pivot bolts attach aluminum alloy pedal-levers (21) to the mounting plate.
Each pedal lever has an aluminum composite pedal. A pivot connects each pedal (22) to its pedal lever.
The forward part of each pedal connects to a brake master cylinder (refer to chapter Wheels and Brakes
for Parker brake system General).
Each pedal lever has an aluminum composite pedal. A pivot connects each pedal (22) to its pedal lever.
The forward part of each pedal connects to a brake master cylinder (refer to chapter Wheels and Brakes
for Beringer brake system General).
The lower part of each pedal lever is below the mounting plate. A control rod (1) connects each left pedal
lever to a bellcrank (11) . A control rod connects each right pedal lever to the bellcrank.
The bellcrank (11) is part of the adjuster assembly. The bellcrank attaches to a moving carriage (23) .
The moving carriage can move in a longitudinal direction on 2 plain rods (24) . A threaded rod (25) goes
through the moving carriage. A hand-wheel connects to the threaded rod.
Short rods (2) connect each adjuster assembly to the top bellcrank of the middle lever-assembly (12) .
The bottom lever of the lever assembly moves between 2 adjustable stops (26) . Cables attach to the ends
of the bottom lever.
The bellcrank of the middle lever-assembly has a connection for the nose-wheel-steering system. A rod
(not shown) goes forward from the bellcrank. It connects it to an idler lever in the nose gear compartment.
Refer to chapter Nose Wheel Steering General for data on the nose wheel steering.
(2) Rudder Control System in the rear fuselage
Two cables connect the bottom lever of the middle lever-assembly to the rudder. Pulleys (27) guide the
cables below the main spar. Pulleys (28) guide the cables through the holes in the rear fuselage. Each
cable has a tension adjuster Item (29) .
The cables cross over in the rear fuselage. The cable from the left of the middle lever connects to the right
side of the rudder actuator lever. The cable from the right of the middle lever connects to the left side of the
rudder actuator lever.
The rudder has a fixed tab. You can bend the tab to make small adjustments to the rudder trim.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C E
28
D E
D
FWD
A B
D
27
C
12
26
2
29
B
11
A
23
22
25
20
24
1
21
Figure 1 - Rudder Control System

12 May 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Rudder control rod (24) Plain rod

(2) Rudder control rod 2 left (25) Threaded rod
(11) Rudder adjuster (26) Rudder stops
bellcrank
(20) Mounting plate for the (27) Front pulley assembly
pedal assembly
(21) Pedal lever (28) Rear pulley assembly
(22) Rudder pedal (29) Cable-tension adjuster
(23) Sliding carriage

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER
OPERATION
A. Operation
Refer to Figure 2.
If you move the left rudder pedal forward, the rod (1) moves aft. This moves the bellcrank (11) ) which pushes
the rod (2) to the right. Rod (2) moves the bellcrank (11) on the middle lever-assembly (12) .
The bottom lever pulls the right cable forward. The cable pulls the left side of the rudder forward. And the rudder
moves to the left.
If you move the right rudder pedal forward, the rod (1) moves forward. This moves the bellcrank (11) which
pulls the rod (2) to the left. Rod (2) moves the bellcrank (11) on the middle lever-assembly (12) .
The bottom lever pulls the left cable forward. The cable pulls the right side of the rudder forward. And the rudder
moves to the right.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 31 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C E
28
D E
D
FWD
A B
D
27
C
12
26
2
29
B
11
A
23
22
25
20
24
1
21

31 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Rudder control rod (23) Sliding carriage

(2) Rudder control rod 2 left (24) Plain rod
(11) Rudder adjuster (25) Threaded rod
bellcrank
(12) Middle lever-assembly (26) Rudder stops
pedal assembly

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 31 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

31 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Rudder Control System Basic Adjustments

- Basic Adjustment Procedure

None

Rudder deflection gauge .................................................................................. 2T-W-2720-0001 QTY 1
Control rigging pin ...................................................................................................... 120A-2702 QTY 1
Cable tension gauge .......................................................... T60-1001-C8-1A (Pacific Scientific) QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Rudder Control System Basic Adjustments

Post MSB 565-007

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 31 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
If you cannot get the correct range of movement of the rudder controls, then use the procedure to adjust
the rudder control system, refer to Flight Controls General Data. This tells you how to adjust control rods.
B. Basic Adjustment Procedure

Refer to Figure 3.
Refer to Figure 4.
(1) Set both of the rudder pedals fully forward.
(2) Lift the aircraft with jacks, refer to Jacking General.
(3) Make the aircraft level, refer to Leveling Pre-Operation.
(4) Remove the center cockpit floor panel for access, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
(5) Set the rudder pedals central. Put a rigging pin in the middle lever-assembly.
If necessary:
- Set the rudder-trim to NEUTRAL.
- Put the rigging pin in the middle lever-assembly.
- Pull the RUD/AIL TRIM circuit-breaker.
(6) Adjust rod 2 left (1) to align the pedals of the left rudder pedal assembly. Use a straight edge
across the pedals.
(7) Adjust rod 2 right (2) to align the pedals of the right rudder pedal assembly. Use a straight edge
across the pedals.
(8) Adjust the cables (29) to set the rudder central. Align the horn of the rudder with the vertical
stabilizer.
(9) Do a test for correct cable tension, refer to Rudder Cables Function Test.
(10) Remove the rigging pin from the middle lever-assembly.
(11) Do the rudder control system test for correct range of movement, refer to Rudder Control System
Function Test.
(12) If the control movement is not correct, you must add material to the rear stop. Or remove material
from the rear stop
(13) Adjust the left rudder stop (26) in the cockpit:

- Set the rudder pedals full left.
- If necessary, loosen the lock-nut. And adjust the right stop-bolt at the bottom lever. Tighten
the lock-nut.

31 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note The stop for left rudder movement is at the right of the lever. Adjust the stop so that the
rubber head just touches the lever.
(14) Adjust the right rudder stop (26) in the cockpit:

- Set the rudder pedals full right.
- If necessary, loosen the lock-nut. And adjust the stop-bolt at the bottom lever. Tighten the
lock-nut.
Note The stop for right rudder movement is at the left of the lever. Adjust the stop so that the
rubber head just touches the lever.
(15) Do a test for correct adjustment of the nose wheel steering. If necessary, adjust the nose wheel
steering, refer to Nose Wheel Steering General.
(16) Do a test for the correct range of movement of the rudder control, refer to Rudder Control System
Function Test.
(17) Adjust the rudder pedals from the pilot side to the most forward position.
- Move the right rudder pedal to the most forward position.
- Move the left rudder pedal to the most forward position.
Make sure that there is at least 2 mm (0.0787 in.) clearance between the lower brake fitting on the
master brake cylinder and the mounting plate.
If there is less than 2 mm (0.0787 in.) clearance, install one distance ring (P/N 115E-4301.45)
(refer to RUDDER CONTROLS, FUSELAGE Illustrated parts data and Figure 4) on the rear side
of both guide rods (24) of the rudder adjustment unit.
Make sure that the number of the distance rings on both guide rods is the same.
(18) Adjust the rudder pedals from the co-pilot side to the most forward position.
- Move the right rudder pedal to the most forward position.
- Move the left rudder pedal to the most forward position.
Make sure that there is at least 2 mm (0.0787 in.) clearance between the lower brake fitting on the
master brake cylinder and the mounting plate.
If there is less than 2 mm (0.0787 in.) clearance, install one distance ring (P/N 115E-4301.45)
(refer to RUDDER CONTROLS, FUSELAGE Illustrated parts data and Figure 4) on the rear side
of both guide rods (24) of the rudder adjustment unit.
Make sure that the number of the distance rings on both guide rods is the same.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 31 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(21) Install the center cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing
General Data.

31 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C E
28
D E
D
FWD
A B
D
27
C
12
26
2
29
B
11
A
23
22
25
20
24
1
21

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 31 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

bellcrank
pedal assembly

31 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Clearance
2 mm (0.0787 in.)
Distance Ring
Distance Ring
Figure 4 - Adjustment – Rudder Control System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 31 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

31 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER CABLES
EXAMINATIONS, TESTS AND CHECKS
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Examine Rudder Control Cables on AC

Scheduled Maintenance Checks General Data tells you when to examine the rudder control cables.
Use the data in FAA Advisory Circular 43.13-1B Chapter 7-149 when you examine the cables.
(1) Remove these items for access, refer to Canopy General, Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
Furnishing General Data and Access Panels General:
- Canopy.
- Pilots seats.
- Centre cockpit floor panel.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-300A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Baggage compartment left and right rear panels.

- Rear fuselage access panels left and right.
(2) Wipe each cable as far as possible with a cloth to find broken wires. Move the rudder control as
necessary to examine the cable at the pulleys. Look specially adjacent to pulleys and end fittings.
(3) If you find a broken wire, remove the cable for detailed examination, refer to Rudder Cables
Examinations, Tests and Checks.
(4) Install these items after access, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data, Access Panels General and Canopy General:
- Centre cockpit floor panel.
- Baggage compartment left and right rear panels.
- Pilots seats.
- Rear fuselage access panels left and right.
- Canopy.

09 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-300A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER CABLES
EXAMINATIONS, TESTS AND CHECKS
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Magnifying glass x 10 ............................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Lubricant and corrosion protection compound .................................................... MIL-C-16173 QTY AR
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Examine Rudder Control Cables removed from the aircraft

The G 120TP-A uses MIL-DTL-83420/2 corrosion resistant-steel control cables in the rudder control
system. Each cable has a lubricant which also gives added corrosion protection.
100 Hours Scheduled Maintenance Check Scheduled Inspection and 300 Hours Scheduled Maintenance
Check Scheduled Inspection tells you when to examine the rudder control cables.
Use the data in FAA Advisory Circular 43.13-1B Chapter 7-149 when you examine the cables.
(1) Remove the rudder control cables, refer to Rudder Cables Remove and Install.
(2) Wipe the full length of each cable with a cloth to find broken wires.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-300A-C
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Bend and twist each cable to open the inner strands:
- Look for wear and broken wires.
- Work along each cable in turn.
Note Use the data in FAA Advisory Circular C43.13-1B para 7-149 to assess wear.
(4) Examine the swage at the end fittings.
(5) Examine the turn-buckle and end fittings (use a magnifying glass):
- Look for wear and corrosion.
- Look for cracks in the ‘necked’ part of the end fittings.
(6) Apply a light coating of lubricant. Use MIL-C-16173 or equivalent.
(7) Install the rudder control cables, refer to Rudder Cables Remove and Install.

09 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-300A-C
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Make a copy of the Control Rigging Report. Use it to make a record of the measurements, refer to
Dimensions and Areas General

Rudder deflection gauge .................................................................................. 2T-W-2720-0001 QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Test Procedure
Note Measure all dimensions from the center of the trailing edge of the rudder.
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks, refer to Jacking General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Remove the cockpit floor panels, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data.
(3) Set the rudder pedals neutral. Put a rigging pin in the middle lever-assembly.
(4) Make sure that the rudder is central. If the rudder is not central adjust the rudder.
The rudder horn balance must be in line with the vertical stabilizer, refer to Rudder Control System
Adjust.
(5) Put the rudder deflection gauge behind the rudder. Align the neutral point with the trailing edge of
the rudder. Measure at the point 220 mm (8.7 in) below the bottom of the trim-tab.
(6) Remove the rigging pin from the middle lever-assembly.
(7) Set the rudder pedals to fully left. Make sure that the rudder actuator lever hits the rear stop before
the middle lever hits the cockpit stop.
(8) Measure the rudder deflection. Make a note of the dimension.
(9) Set the rudder pedals to fully right. Make sure that the rudder actuator lever hits the rear stop
before the middle lever hits the cockpit stop.
(10) Measure the rudder deflection. Make a note of the dimension.
3.
(12) If necessary, adjust the rudder control, refer to Rudder Control System Adjust.
(13) Lower the aircraft with the jack, refer to Jacking General.
(14) Install the cockpit floor panels, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data.

09 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER CONTROL ROD/LEVER

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Design Data / Tolerance Checks
Note Measure the rod length between the centres of the holes in the end fittings.
The neutral setting of all adjustable fork-ends is 75 mm (2.95 in). The neutral setting of all
adjustable eye ends is 41 mm (1.6 in). Measure this between the end of the swage in the tube
and the centre of the hole in the fork-end (or eye-end).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 RUDDER CONTROL ROD DATA
SYSTEM ACCESS FOR RE- NOTES & REFERENCES LENGTH LENGTH

ROD NO MOVAL /INSTALLA-
(MM) (INCHES)
TION
Rod 1 Cockpit floor panel Cockpit and Baggage Compart- 338 13.3
ment Furnishing General Data.
Fixed length
Rod 2 left Cockpit floor panel Cockpit and Baggage Compart- 325 12.8
Adjustable end out. Inner end with
double fork
Rod 2 right Cockpit floor panel Cockpit and Baggage Compart- 295 11.6
Adjustable eye-end in
Table 2 RUDDER CONTROL LEVER DATA
LEVER NO ACCESS FOR REMOVAL/INSTAL- NOTES&REFERENCES

LATION
Bellcrank 1 Cockpit floor panel 1 for each adjuster assy.
Middle lever-assembly. Cockpit floor panel Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
Actuator Lever Access holes below rudder.

09 March 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER
A. General
Refer to Ailerons and Tabs General Data for general trouble-shooting of the aileron control system. This
paragraph only covers trouble with the optional aileron trim system.

Aircraft will not fly Rudder not correctly adjust- Do a test for correct range of movement. Ad-
straight and wings level. ed. just the rudder control system.
Rudder trim-tab needs adjust- Adjust the rudder trim-tab.
ing.

1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER CABLES
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of a Rudder Cable

- Installation of a Rudder Cable

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of a Rudder Cable

Refer to Figure 5.

- Centre console side panels, refer to Center Console Cover Remove and Install (analog
cockpit) or Center Console Cover Remove and Install (digital cockpit)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Centre cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Baggage compartment floor panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Baggage compartment left and right rear panels, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Rear fuselage access panels left and right, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(2) Release the cable tension turnbuckle (29) as follows:
(a) Remove the spring locking clips (30) .
(b) Turn the barrel (30) to release the end fitting.
WARNING YOU MUST REMOVE AND DISCARD THE FORK- END FITTING AND TURN-
BUCKLE BARREL IF THE CABLE LIFE HAS EXPIRED. THESE ITEMS HAVE
THE SAME LIFE AS THE CABLE. (SEE TIME LIMITS GENERAL DATA).
(3)
Note The top, right bolt is the location of the bonding cable.
Remove 4 nuts, large washers, small washers and bolts (39) and release the middle lever
assembly from the fuselage structure.
(4) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (32) attaching the cable to the middle rudder lever-assembly.
(5) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (33) attaching each guide pulley (34) in the centre fuselage.
(6) Remove each pulley (34) to release the cable.
(7) Remove the nut, washer and countersunk screw (35) attaching the pulley block assembly in the
rear fuselage.
(8) Remove the pulley (36) to release the cable.
(9) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (37) attaching the cable to the lever on the rudder.
(10) Remove the cable (38) from the aircraft.
(11) Tie a long string to the cable end to help when you install the new cable.
WARNING THE RUDDER CABLES CROSS OVER EACH OTHER IN THE REAR FUSELAGE
BELOW THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER. FAILURE TO CROSS THE CABLES

27 July 2018 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WILL RESULT IN THE RUDDER MOVING IN THE WRONG DIRECTION. THIS

COULD CAUSE AN ACCIDENT.
B. Installation of a Rudder Cable
(1) Put the cable (38) in position in the aircraft with the turnbuckle at the front as follows:
(a) Make sure that the left cable crosses to the right in the rear fuselage below the horizontal
stabilizer.
(b) Make sure that the right cable crosses to the left in the rear fuselage below the horizontal
stabilizer.
(2) Install the bolt, washer and nut (32) from below and connect the cable to the middle lever in the
cockpit.
(3) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, 1/4” AN/MS.
(4) Attach the middle lever-assembly to the structure as follows:
(a) Install the bonding cable under the top, right bolt.
(b) Install 4 bolts with small washers, large washers and with nuts (39) .
(c) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(5) Install the pulley block in the rear fuselage as follows:
(a) Put the cable (38) over the pulley.
(b) Put the pulley (36) in position in the swing fork.
(c) Install the countersunk screw, washer and nut (35) .
(d) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, 5/16” AN/MS.
(6) Install each guide pulley as follows:
(a) Put the cable (38) in the bracket.
(b) Put the pulley (34) in position in the bracket to engage the cable.
(c) Install the bolt, washer, nut and cotter pin (33) .
(7) Connect the fork end to the lever on the rudder as follows:
(a) Install the bolt, washer and nut (37) .
(b) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, 1/4” AN/MS.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(8) Adjust the cable tension, refer to Rudder Cables Function Test.
(9) Do a test for movement in the correct sense as follows:
(a) Move a rudder pedal for the left foot fully forward. The rudder must move to the left.
(b) Move a rudder pedal for the right foot fully forward. The rudder must move to the right.
(10) Do a test for the correct range of movement of the rudder control, refer to Rudder Control System
Function Test.
(11) Do an inspection of all controls which you adjusted.
(12) If necessary for your airworthiness authority, do a second inspection of the controls.

- Centre cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Centre console side panels, refer to Center Console Cover Remove and Install (analog
cockpit) or Center Console Cover Remove and Install (digital cockpit)
- Baggage compartment floor panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Baggage compartment left and right rear panels, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Rear fuselage access panels left and right, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install

27 July 2018 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Cables Cross Here
D
C
D
FW 34
27
B 33
B
39A A 38
33
39A
39 Forward Pulley
Bolt Head Outboard
30 Aft Pulley
Bolt Head Inboard
39 32
30 B
31
29
32
A
C
E 28
35
35 37
E D 38
38
36 37
Figure 5 - Rudder Control Cable Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(27) Front pulley assembly (34) Pulley

(28) Rear pulley block (35) Countersunk screw,
assembly washer and nut
(29) Turn-buckle (36) Rear pulley
(30) Spring locking clip (37) Rear attaching bolt,
washer and nut
(31) Turn-buckle barrel (38) Rudder control cable
(32) Front attaching bolt, (39) Middle-lever attaching
washer and nut parts
(33) Bolt, washer nut and (39A) Screw, washer and nut
cotter pin attaching
pulley
Figure 5 - Rudder Control Cable Installation

27 July 2018 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter are limited to test and adjustment procedures. If you need to remove/
install/adjust a rudder control part, then use tables 1 and 2 for access data. And use Flight Controls General
Data for procedures.

1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER CABLES
FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Test and adjust the Rudder Cable Tension

- Remarks

None

Cable tension gauge ........................................................... T60-1001-C8-1A (Pacific Scientific) QTY 1
Thermometer ............................................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Test and adjust the Rudder Cable Tension

- Front cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data.
- Rear fuselage left and right access panels, refer to Access Panels General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Put the tension gauge on the left rudder cable. You get access through the rear fuselage access
panels.
(3) Read the tension. And read the ambient temperature near the aircraft, refer to Figure 7 for values.
(4) Do step A.2 for the right rudder cable.
(5) If necessary, adjust the tension:

- Remove the front cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing
General Data.
- Release the locking clips on the cable-tension adjusters (29) ).
- Turn the middle part of the adjuster to give the correct tension.
- Lock the adjusters with the clips.
Adjust each adjuster the same amount.
(6) Do step A.2 for both cables.

- Front cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data.
- Rear fuselage left and right access panels, refer to Access Panels General.
B. Remarks
(1) If the temperature increases, the cable tension decreases.

Figure 7 gives the quantity you must add to (or subtract from) the base value. Refer to Dimensions
and Areas General Figure 3 for values.
(2) Example calculation:

- Given: Cable diameter 3.2 mm. Cable tension 45 to 50 lb at 20 °C (68 °F).
- Question: If the ambient temperature is 27 °C (80.6 °F), what must the cable tension be?
Refer to Figure 7.
At 27 °C (80.6 °F) the compensation is -6 lb.
- Answer: The cable tension must be 50 - 6 lb = 44 lb (-5 lb tolerance).

01 April 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C E
28
D E
D
FWD
A B
D
27
C
12
26
2
29
B
11
A
23
22
25
20
24
1
21

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

bellcrank
pedal assembly

01 April 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TEMPERATURE, °C
-20° -15° -10° -5° -0° 5° 10° 15° 20° 25° 30° 35° 40° 45° 50°
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
-4° 5° 14° 23° 32° 41° 50° 59° 68° 77° 86° 95° 104° 113° 122°
TEMPERATURE, °F
Figure 7 - Rudder Cable Tension Compensation for Temperature

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-20 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

01 April 2017 27-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-20-01-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27-21
RUDDER TRIM

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER TRIM
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The rudder control system has an optional electric trim-unit. A trim switch on the centre console operates the
trim unit.
An indication on IDU 680 shows the setting of the rudder trim.
Refer toRudder General Data for data about the basic rudder control system.

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER TRIM
A. Trim System Description

The G 120TP-A has an optional electrical rudder-trim system. The battery bus provides power for the rudder trim
system. A 5 amp circuit-breaker (TRIM) in the instrument panel protects the circuit.
The rudder trim system has 2 parts:
- A trim unit.
- Cockpit controls
(1) Trim Unit
Figure 1 shows the rudder middle lever-assembly. The trim unit (1) is part of the rudder middle lever-
assembly.
The Trim unit has a central, tical torque-tube (2) . A large cam (3) attaches to the torque-tube. The cam
is symmetrical about the aircraft’s longitudinal axis. Each side of the cam is narrow at the mid-point. The
radius of the cam increases forward and aft of the mid-point.
Two large plain bearings above and below the cam carry straight levers (4) . A large pivot-bolt (5) with
bushes joins one end of each lever. The bushes carry 2 cranked levers (6) . Each cranked lever has a
track-roller (7) at the forward end. The track-rollers can roll along the surface of the cam on each side.
A tension-spring (8) joins the aft ends of the cranked levers. The spring pulls the track-rollers against the
cam. The levers make a ‘nipper’ which tries to move the cam towards the narrow point.
A bolt (9) attaches an electrical rudder trim-actuator (10) to the forward end of the straight levers. A linear
potentiometer (11) senses the movement. It transmits the trim position to the trim indicator in the centre
console.
Bolts attach the rudder input-lever (12) to the top of the torque-tube. And bolts attach the rudder output-
lever (13) to the bottom of the torque-tube.
(2) Cockpit Controls
Figure 2 shows the cockpit controls for the rudder trim system.
A rotary switch (20) on the centre console provides trim control. The switch returns automatically to the
centre (OFF) position when released. Move the switch left or right for rudder trim movement.
The trim indication on the IDU-680 shows the rudder trim position. The indicator has marking at
approximately full travel left and right.
Limit switches in the trim actuator stop movement at full travel.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-21 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A 1
12
A
D
FW
13
11
9 2 5
8
10
6
4 7
Figure 1 - Rudder Middle Lever Assembly with Trim Unit

12 May 2017 27-21 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Rudder trim unit (8) Tension-spring

(5) Large pivot-bolt (12) Rudder input-lever
levers
(6) Cranked levers (13) Rudder output-lever
(7) Track-roller

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-21 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
23
22
T
H
IG
R
IM
R
T
R
E
D
D
U
R
T
F
LE
24
25
Figure 2 - Rudder Trim Controls in the Cockpit

12 May 2017 27-21 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Rudder trim switch knob (24) Rudder trim switch

(22) Trim panel attaching (25) Electrical connector for
screws the rudder trim switch
(23) Retainer nut for the
rudder trim switch

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-21 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-21 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER TRIM
OPERATION
A. Operation
(1) Fixed Trim Position
If you move the rudder pedals to the left, these things occur:
- The rudder input-lever (12) moves counter-clockwise.
- The cam (5) turns.
- The track-rollers (7) move outwards.
- The tension spring (8) extends.
- The spring force tries to move the cam back to neutral
If you move the rudder to the right, spring force also tries to move the cam back to neutral.
(2) Trim Adjustment with the Rudder Pedals Free
If you move the trim switch (20) to the left, these things occur:
- The electrical trim actuator (10) extends.
- The nipper moves the track-rollers (7) counter-clockwise round the cam (3) .
- The cam moves counter-clockwise to keep the track-rollers at the narrow part.
- The rudder controls move slowly to the left.
- The indicator indication on the IDU-680 shows the trim position moving to the left.
When you release the trim switch:

- The actuator (10) stops moving
- The trim unit stops moving
- The indication on the IDU-680 shows the new rudder trim position.
If you move the trim switch (20) to the right, the rudder control system moves to the right.
(3) Trim Override
The pilot can override the spring force of the trim system. If necessary, the pilot can pull the TRIM circuit
breaker. This will isolate the electrical trim system. The system will stay at the last setting.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-21 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A 1
12
A
D
FW
13
11
9 2 5
8
10
6
4 7

12 May 2017 27-21 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Rudder trim unit (8) Tension-spring

(5) Large pivot-bolt (12) Rudder input-lever
levers
(6) Cranked levers (13) Rudder output-lever
(7) Track-roller

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-21 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
23
22
T
H
IG
R
IM
R
T
R
E
D
D
U
R
T
F
LE
24
25

12 May 2017 27-21 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

rudder trim switch

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-21 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-21 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER TRIM
FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Test of the Rudder Trim System
(1) Remove the front cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing
General Data.
(2) Do a test of the rudder trim system:

- Operate the rudder trim-switch to left and right:
Note The trim actuator must retract and extend correctly.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-21 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The trim indicator must show the correct indications.
(3) Install the front cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data.

12 May 2017 27-21 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER TRIM
A. General
Refer to Rudder General Data for general trouble-shooting of the rudder control system. This paragraph only
covers trouble with the rudder trim system.

Moving the trim switch TRIM circuit breaker not set Set the trim circuit breaker. Do a test for cor-
does not move the trim rect operation of the trim system. If the circuit
actuator. breaker opens:
control circuit.
Rudder trim actuator Replace the trim actuator.

failed.
Rudder trim switch Replace the trim switch.
failed.
The trim position indica- Rudder trim linear poten- Replace the rudder trim potentiometer.
tor does not move when tiometer defective.
the trim unit moves.
Rudder trim indication is Do the operation test of the DAU.
not correct.
The trim actuator oper- Electric trim actuator defec- Replace the rudder trim the actuator.
ates in flight when not tive.
selected.
Trim switch defective. Replace the rudder trim the switch.

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER TRIM ACTUATOR AND LINEAR POTENTIOMETER ASSEMBLY

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly

- Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly
(2) Remove the front cockpit floor panel for access, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (30) from the actuator.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (31) from the linear potentiometer.

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the screw, washer (40) and electrical bonding cable (32) from the actuator.
(6) Remove the nut and bolt (33) attaching the actuator eye-end to the trim unit.
(7) Remove 4 screws, washers and nuts (34) attaching the actuator brackets to the structure.
(8) Keep the bush and 2 spacers (36) from the actuator eye-end and remove the assembly (35)
from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Assembly
(1) Put the actuator and linear potentiometer assembly (35) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Hold the assembly (35) , put the bush and 2 spacers (36) in position in the actuator eye-end and
move the eye-end into position in the trim unit.
(3) Hold the assembly (35) and install the bolt and nut (33) attaching the actuator eye-end to the
trim unit.
(4) Install 4 screws, washers and nuts (34) attaching the actuator brackets to the structure.
(5) Install the screw, washer (40) and electrical bonding cable (32) to the actuator.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (31) to the linear potentiometer.
(8) Connect the electrical connector (30) to the actuator.
(9) Do a test of the rudder trim system, refer to Rudder Trim Function Test
Data.

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
18mm
A (0.71 in)
39a
Potensiometer
Basic Setting
D
FW
30
39
A
31
39
39 35
37
40
32 34 38
34
36 33
38 36
33
Figure 5 - Rudder Trim Actuator and Linear Potentiometer Installation

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Actuator electrical- (36) Bush and 2 spacers for

connection the actuator eye-end
electrical-connection
ram eye-end attaching
parts
(33) Nut and bolt attaching (39) Linear-potentiometer
the actuator eye-end right eye-end attaching
parts
(34) Screws, washers and (39a) Linear-potentiometer
nuts attaching the setting-distance
bracket
(35) Actuator and linear (40) Screw and washer
potentiometer assembly attaching the electrical
bonding cable

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER TRIM LINEAR-POTENTIOMETER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Rudder Trim Linear-Potentiometer

- Installation of the Rudder Trim Linear-Potentiometer

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Rudder Trim Linear-Potentiometer
(2) Remove the front cockpit floor panel for access, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (31) from the linear-potentiometer.

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (38) attaching the linear-potentiometer ram eye-end to the trim
actuator.
(5) Remove the nut, washer, spacer and bolt (39) attaching the linear-potentiometer right eye-end
to the bracket.
B. Installation of the Rudder Trim Linear-Potentiometer
(1) Adjust the linear-potentiometer left eye-end as follows:
(a) Loosen the left eye-end lock-nut.
(b) Adjust the eye-end so that the centre of the bearing is 18 mm from the left end-face of the
linear-potentiometer (39a) .
(2) Put the linear-potentiometer in (37) position in the aircraft.
(3) Install the bolt, spacer, washer and nut (39) attaching the linear-potentiometer right eye-end to
the bracket.
(4) Install the bolt, washer and nut (38) attaching the linear-potentiometer ram eye-end to the
actuator.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (31) for the linear-potentiometer.
(7) Do a test of the rudder trim system, refer to Rudder Trim Function Test.
Data.

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
18mm
A (0.71 in)
39a
Potensiometer
Basic Setting
D
FW
30
39
A
31
39
39 35
37
40
32 34 38
34
36 33
38 36
33

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Actuator electrical- (36) Bush and 2 spacers for

connection the actuator eye-end
electrical-connection
ram eye-end attaching
parts
(33) Nut and bolt attaching (39) Linear-potentiometer
the actuator eye-end right eye-end attaching
parts
(34) Screws, washers and (39a) Linear-potentiometer
nuts attaching the setting-distance
bracket
(35) Actuator and linear (40) Screw and washer
potentiometer assembly attaching the electrical
bonding cable

1T120TP-A-27-21-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER TRIM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter tell you how to remove and install components. It also tells you how
to do a test on the rudder trim system.

1T120TP-A-27-21-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-21-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER TRIM SWITCH

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Rudder Trim Switch

- Installation of the Rudder Trim Indicator

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Rudder Trim Switch
(1) Pull the TRIM circuit breaker.
(2) Remove the trim control panel as follows:
(a) Remove the 4 screws (22) which hold the trim control panel to the center console.
(b) Pull the trim switch panel vertically up and turn it over to show the components below.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-21 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-21-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the rudder trim switch (24) as follows:
(a) Disconnect the rudder trim switch electrical connector (25) .
(b) Loosen the grub-screw in the switch knob (20) .
(c) Pull the rudder trim knob (20) vertically to remove it from the shaft of the trim switch.
(d) Remove the retainer nut (23) which holds the trim switch.
(e) Remove the trim switch (24) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Rudder Trim Indicator
(1) Install the rudder trim switch (24) as follows:
(a) Put the rudder trim switch (24) in position in the trim control panel.
(b) Install the retainer nut (23) which holds the trim switch.
(c) Push the rudder trim knob (20) onto the shaft of the trim switch
(d) Tighten the grub-screw in the switch-knob (20) .
(e) Connect the rudder trim switch electrical connector (25) .
(2) Install the trim control panel as follows:
(a) Move the trim control panel into position on the center console.
(b) Install the 4 screws (22) which hold the trim control panel to the center console.
(3) Reset the TRIM circuit breaker.
(4) Do a test of the rudder trim system, refer to Rudder Trim Function Test.

12 May 2017 27-21 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-21-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
23
22
T
H
IG
R
IM
R
T
R
E
D
D
U
R
T
F
LE
24
25

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-21 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-21-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

rudder trim switch

12 May 2017 27-21 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-21-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27-30
ELEVATOR

1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The G 120TP-A has the usual flight controls. Elevators attached to the horizontal stabilizer give longitudinal
control. Two control sticks operate the elevators.

1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the elevator controls in the fuselage.
Each pilot has a control stick (21) which attaches to a square connecting-tube (22) . The connecting-tube
attaches to a pivot (23) on the seat web at each side of the cockpit. The connecting-tube can only move between
2 stops (24) .
The square connecting-tube has a lever (11) . A rod (1) connects the lever to the middle idler-lever (12) . The
middle idler-lever is behind the baggage compartment. Two tension springs attach to the top of the mounting-
bracket and the bottom of the idler-lever. These ‘Down springs’ pull the control towards nose down.
A long rod (2) connects the middle idler-lever (12) to the rear idler-lever (13) . The rear idler-lever attaches
to the front of the horizontal stabilizer frame. A short rod connects the rear idler-lever (13) to the elevator actuator-
lever (14) .
The idler-lever (13) moves between 2 stops in the frame which holds the horizontal stabilizer. The frame has
an elevator up-stop (25) . And it has an elevator down-stop (26) . You can adjust both stops.
Each elevator has a torque tube (27) . The torque tube connects the actuator lever to elevator root-rib.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21
24
11 D
FW
24
22 C 3
23
A
2
27
25
B 12 C D
26
14
13
Figure 1 - Elevator Controls

01 April 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Elevator control rod 1 (21) Control stick

(2) Elevator control rod 2 (22) Connecting-tube
(3) Elevator control rod 3 (23) Connecting-tube pivot
(11) Elevator control front (24) Cockpit stops
lever
(12) Elevator control middle (25) Elevator up stop
idler-lever
(13) Elevator control rear (26) Elevator down stop
idler-lever
(14) Elevator control actuator (27) Elevator torque tube
lever

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

01 April 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR
OPERATION
A. Operation
Refer to Figure 2.
If you move the control stick (21) forward, then the square connecting-tube (22) moves forward. The connecting-
tube pulls the control rod (1) forward. And it pulls the bottom of the middle idler-lever (12) forward. The middle
idler-lever pushes the control rod (2) aft.
Control rod (2) pushes the bottom of the rear idler-lever (13) aft. And the top of the rear idler-lever pulls the
rod (3) forward. The control rod (3) pulls the elevator actuator-lever (14) forward. And the elevator moves
down.
If you move the control stick (21) back, then the connecting-tube (22) moves aft. The connecting-tube pushes
the control rod (1) aft. Control rod (1) pushes the bottom of the middle idler-lever (12) aft. The middle idler-
lever pulls the control rod (2) forward.
Control rod (2) pulls the bottom of the rear idler lever (13) forward. And the top of the rear idler lever pushes
the rod (3) aft. Control rod (3) moves the elevator actuator lever (14) aft. And the elevator moves up.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21
24
11 D
FW
24
22 C 3
23
A
2
27
25
B 12 C D
26
14
13

01 April 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

lever
idler-lever
idler-lever
lever

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

01 April 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Rigging pin ................................................................................................................. 120A-2701 QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Elevator Control System Basic Adjustments
Note If you cannot get the correct range of movement of the elevator controls, then use this procedure
to adjust the elevator control system, refer to Flight Controls General Data. This tells you how to
adjust control rods.
Refer to Figure 3.
(1) Remove these items for access, refer to Canopy General, Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
Furnishing General Data and Access Panels General:
- Canopy.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Pilots seats.
- Left access panel in baggage compartment rear frame.
- Control rod access panels on rear fuselage
(2) Disconnect elevator rod 1 (1) .
(3) Put a rigging pin in the middle idler-lever (12) .
(4) Put a rigging pin in the rear idler-lever (13) . If necessary, adjust elevator rod 2 (2) , refer to Flight
Controls General Data.
(5) Adjust elevator rod 3 (3) to set the elevator neutral. Align the trailing edge of the elevator with the
stabilizer.
(6) Remove the rigging pins from the middle idler-lever (12) and the rear idler-lever (13) .
(7) Set the elevator fully up. Make sure that the control is against the rear fuselage stop.
(8) Measure the elevator movement. Make a note of the dimension.
3.
(10) If the elevator movement is not correct, adjust the elevator up stop (25) :
- Loosen the lock-nut on the elevator up-stop.
- Adjust the elevator up-stop.
- Tighten the lock-nut
(11) Set the elevator fully down. Make sure that the control is against the rear fuselage stop.
3.
(14) If the elevator movement is not correct, adjust the elevator down stop (26) :
- Loosen the lock-nut on the elevator down-stop.
- Adjust the elevator down-stop.
- Tighten the lock-nut
(15) Set the stick fully forward.
Note The connecting-tube must just touch the rubber stops in the cockpit.

01 April 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(16) Connect elevator rod 1 (1) . If necessary adjust elevator rod 1. Make sure that the controls are
against the rear fuselage down stop.
(17) Move the stick fully aft. Make sure that the control is against the rear fuselage up stop (25) . If
necessary, adjust the cockpit stop (24) :
- Loosen the lock-nut on the cockpit up-stop.
- Adjust the cockpit up-stop. Adjust the stop so that the rubber head just touches the
connecting-tube.
(18) Do a test for correct elevator range of movement.
(20) Install these access panels, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data,
Access Panels General and Canopy General:
- Baggage compartment floor-panel.
- Pilots seats.
- Left access-panel in the baggage compartment rear frame.
- Control rod access-panels on the rear fuselage.
- Canopy.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21
24
11 D
FW
24
22 C 3
23
A
2
27
25
B 12 C D
26
14
13

01 April 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

lever
idler-lever
idler-lever
lever

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

01 April 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Make a copy of the rigging report. Use it to make a record of the measurements, refer to Dimensions
and Areas General

Rigging pin ................................................................................................................. 120A-2701 QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Elevator Control System Test Procedure
Note Make all measurements from the top surface of the elevator (trailing edge, outboard) to the top
surface of the horizontal stabilizer. Refer to Dimensions and Areas General Figure 3 for values.
(1) Remove the control rod access panels on the rear fuselage, refer to Access Panels General.
(2) Set the controls central. Install a rigging pin in the elevator rear idler-lever (13) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Make sure that the elevator is central. If the elevator is not central, then adjust the elevator, refer
to Elevator Control System Adjust.
Note The trailing edge of the elevator must align with the stabilizer.
(4) Remove the rigging pin from elevator rear idler-lever.
(5) Move the stick fully forward. Make sure that the control is against the rear fuselage stop. If the
control is not against the rear fuselage stop, then adjust the controls.
(7) Move the stick fully aft. Make sure that the control is against the rear fuselage stop. If the control
is not against the rear fuselage stop, then adjust the controls.
3.
(10) Install the control rod access panels on the rear fuselage, refer to Access Panels General.

01 April 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21
24
11 D
FW
24
22 C 3
23
A
2
27
25
B 12 C D
26
14
13

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 01 April 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

lever
idler-lever
idler-lever
lever

01 April 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR CONTROL ROD/LEVER

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Rigging pin ................................................................................................................. 120A-2701 QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Design Data/Tolerances Check
The neutral setting of all adjustable fork-ends is 75 mm (2.95 in). Measure this between the end
of the swage in the tube and the centre of the hole in the fork-end.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-30 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Table 1 ELEVATOR CONTROL ROD DATA
SYSTEM ACCESS FOR REMOVAL /IN- NOTES & REFER- LENGTH LENGTH
ROD NO STALLATION ENCES
(MM) (INCH-
ES)
Elevator Baggage compartment floor- Cockpit and Baggage 1592 62.68
Rod 1 panel Compartment Furnishing
General Data. Adjustable
Baggage compartment, left
end aft
rear-panel
Pilots seats
Center console cover
Rod 2 Baggage compartment, left Cockpit and Baggage 2070 81.5
rear-panel Compartment Furnishing
General Data. Adjustable
Rear fuselage access panels
end aft
Rod 3 Rear fuselage access-panels Access Panels General. 586 23.1
Rudder Rudder and Tab General.
Adjustable end forward
Table 2 ELEVATOR CONTROL LEVER DATA
LEVER NO ACCESS FOR REMOVAL/IN- NOTES&REFERENCES

STALLATION
Elevator front lever Pilots seats Cockpit and Baggage Compart-
Center-console cover
Middle idler-lever Baggage compartment floor-panel Cockpit and Baggage Compart-
Baggage compartment, left rear-
panel
Rear idler-lever Rear fuselage access panels Access Panels General.
Actuator Lever Rudder. Rudder and Tab General.
Fuselage holes for the elevator
torque-tubes.

09 March 2017 27-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR
A. General
Refer to Flight Controls General Data for general trouble-shooting of the control systems. This section tells you
how to trouble shoot the elevator control system.

Controls do not move Control bearing seized. Move the controls. Listen for the sound of rub-
freely on the ground. bing. Or of squeaking. Disconnect the control
system to isolate the problem. Replace defec-
tive parts. Connect the control system.
Control vibration in the Too much back-lash in the Lock the cockpit controls. Try to move each
air. flight controls. control surface by hand. If you can feel back-
lash, examine the system to isolate the prob-
lem. Replace defective parts.

1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter tell you how to test and adjust the system. If you need to remove/
install/adjust an elevator control part, then use tables 1 and 2 for access data. And use Flight Controls General
Data for procedures.

1T120TP-A-27-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27-31
ELEVATOR TRIM

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TRIM
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The Grob G 120TP-A has an electrical elevator trim system with mechanical back-up. Each elevator has a trim-
tab on the trailing edge. A trim switch on each control stick operates the trim unit. And an electric actuator moves
the trim-tab. An indicator tells the pilot the trim position.
The trim-tab is also a servo-tab. It moves to reduce the aerodynamic load on the elevators.
If the electric actuator fails, the pilot can move the trim-tab with a hand-wheel.

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TRIM
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the elevator trim/servo-tab control system.
A switch on each control stick controls the trim actuator. The switch gives an electrical supply to the trim
motor (1) . Four bolts (3) attach the trim motor to the aft part of the center console. The motor has an electrically
operated clutch.
A chain (2) connects the motor to a gear on the shaft for the trim hand-wheel (4) . The chain moves round 2
idler wheels (15) . Short arms hold the idler gears. You can set the position of the arms to adjust the tension of
the chain.
The trim hand-wheel has a small gear (5) . The gear engages with a toothed-segment on a lever (6) . The lever
connects to a flexible cable (7) . And the cable connects to the trim actuator assembly (8) .
The actuator assembly attaches to the horizontal stabilizer rear spar. It has a trim shaft with an actuator lever in
the middle. The shaft also has two small levers near each end. A pair of short rods (9) connect the actuator to
the elevator trim-tab on each side (10) .
The actuator assembly has a friction damper (11) at each end. Each friction damper has spring cup-washers
which press against a friction pad. A castle nut holds the spring washers below pressure. You can adjust the
damper.
The trim system has an indicator. A rod (12) from the toothed segment moves a lever (13) . And the lever
moves an indicator (14) along a slot. The pilot can see the position of the indicator.
You can adjust the friction pad on the hand wheel. The hand wheel shaft has spring cup-washers. You can tighten
the nut which holds the bolt (16) through the shaft to adjust the friction.
You can adjust the range of movement of the trim control. The lever (6) can hit 2 stop-bolts (17) . You can
adjust the stop-bolts.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
14 5
6
12
1
13 2
15
7
16 D
FW
17
18
11
20
20
8 9
19 18 10
11
Figure 1 - Elevator Trim Controls

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Trim motor (11) Friction damper

(2) Toothed belt (12) Indicator link-rod
(3) Attaching bolts (13) Indicator lever
(4) Trim hand-wheel (14) Trim indicator
(5) Small gear (15) Adjustable idler-wheels
(6) Toothed-segment lever (16) Hand wheel axle-bolt
(7) Flexible cable (17) Stop-bolts
(8) Trim actuator assembly (18) Castle nut for the trim
friction-damper
(9) Short rods (19) Flexible-cable attaching
parts
(10) Trim/servo-tab (20) Actuator levers

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TRIM
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 2 shows the elevator trim/servo-tab control system.
A switch on each control stick controls the trim actuator. The switch gives an electrical supply to the trim
servo (21) . Four bolts (25) attach the trim servo to the lower part of the center console. The servo has an
electrically operated clutch.
A chain (27) connects the servo to a gear on the shaft for the trim hand-wheel (4) . The chain moves round 2
idler wheels (15) . Short arms hold the idler gears. You can set the position of the arms to adjust the tension of
the chain.
The trim hand-wheel has a small gear (5) . The gear engages with a toothed-segment on a lever (6) . The lever
connects to a flexible cable (7) . And the cable connects to the trim actuator assembly (8) .
The actuator assembly attaches to the horizontal stabilizer rear spar. It has a trim shaft with an actuator lever in
the middle. The shaft also has two small levers near each end. A pair of short rods (9) connect the actuator to
the elevator trim-tab on each side (10) .
The actuator assembly has a friction damper (11) at each end. Each friction damper has spring cup-washers
which press against a friction pad. A castle nut holds the spring washers below pressure. You can adjust the
damper.
The trim system has an indicator. A rod (12) from the toothed segment moves a lever (13) . And the lever
moves an indicator (14) along a slot. The pilot can see the position of the indicator.
You can adjust the friction pad on the hand wheel. The hand wheel shaft has spring cup-washers. You can tighten
the nut which holds the bolt (16) through the shaft to adjust the friction.
You can adjust the range of movement of the trim control. The lever (6) can hit 2 stop-bolts (17) . You can
adjust the stop-bolts.
If a autopilot system is integrated, refer also to Autopilot Description.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
14 5
6
12
13
15
7
16 1
A
17
18
D
11 FW
20
20
8 9
10
19 11 18
28
30
22
21
23 24
25
26
A 29 25
26
27

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Elevator Trim Servo (17) Stop-bolts

Assy
(4) Trim hand-wheel (18) Castle nut for the trim
friction-damper
(5) Small gear (19) Flexible-cable attaching
parts
(6) Toothed-segment lever (20) Actuator levers
(7) Flexible cable (21) S-Tec Elevator Trim
Servo
(8) Trim actuator assembly (22) Mounting Bracket
(9) Short rods (23) Washer
(10) Trim/servo-tab (24) Bolt
(11) Friction damper (25) Bolt
(12) Indicator link-rod (26) Washer
(13) Indicator lever (27) Chain
(14) Trim indicator (28) Connector
(15) Adjustable idler-wheels (29) Gear
(16) Hand wheel axle-bolt (30) Bonding cable

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TRIM
OPERATION
A. Operation
(1) Trim Function
Refer to Figure 3.
If you move the switch forward, the electric motor operates. At the same time, the clutch engages. The
motor turns the hand-wheel so that the top moves forwards. The hand-wheel moves the toothed-segment
lever (6) . The toothed segment lever moves the flexible cable aft (7) .
The flexible cable moves the trim-tab actuator. The trim-tab actuator moves the output rods aft. And the
trim-tab moves up.
The aerodynamic force on the tab pushes the elevator down. And the aircraft flies nose down.
If you move the switch aft, then the trim-tab moves down. And the aircraft flies nose up.
(2) Servo Function
If the elevators move up, the trim/servo tab moves a small amount down. If the elevators move down, the
trim/servo tab moves a small amount up. This reduces the force necessary to move the elevator.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
14 5
6
12
1
13 2
15
7
16 D
FW
17
18
11
20
20
8 9
19 18 10
11

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

friction-damper
parts

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TRIM
OPERATION
A. Operation
(1) Trim Function
Refer to Figure 4.
If you move the switch forward, the electric motor operates. At the same time, the clutch engages. The
motor turns the hand-wheel so that the top moves forwards. The hand-wheel moves the toothed-segment
lever (6) . The toothed segment lever moves the flexible cable aft (7) .
The flexible cable moves the trim-tab actuator. The trim-tab actuator moves the output rods aft. And the
trim-tab moves up.
The aerodynamic force on the tab pushes the elevator down. And the aircraft flies nose down.
If you move the switch aft, then the trim-tab moves down. And the aircraft flies nose up.
(2) Servo Function
If the elevators move up, the trim/servo tab moves a small amount down. If the elevators move down, the
trim/servo tab moves a small amount up. This reduces the force necessary to move the elevator.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
14 5
6
12
13
15
7
16 1
A
17
18
D
11 FW
20
20
8 9
10
19 11 18
28
30
22
21
23 24
25
26
A 29 25
26
27

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

Assy
friction-damper
parts
Servo

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TRIM
ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjust The Elevator Trim Control

Use this procedure to adjust the elevator trim when you install a new component
(1) If you have not already done so, do a test for correct range of movement. Refer to Elevator Tab
Trim Function Test.

- The pilots seats.
Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data
- The centre-console side panels.

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note If the up movement is too high and the down movement is too low, (or if the down movement
is too high and the up movement is too low), adjust the flexible cable in the centre-console.
Note If only one movement is not within limits, adjust the related stop-bolt in the centre-console.
(3) Adjust the flexible cable in the centre-console:

- Loosen the 2 nuts which hold the outer cover of the control cable.
- Move the position of the outer cable.
- Tighten the 2 nuts.
Move the outer cover of the cable aft to increase the down movement of the trim-tab.
(4) Adjust the stop-bolts in the centre-console:

- Remove the centre console cover.
- Loosen the lock nut on the trim adjuster bolt.
- Adjust the bolt to give the correct trim tab up movement.
The front stop-bolt controls the down movement of the tab.
The rear stop-bolt controls the up movement of the tab.
Turn the stop-bolt clockwise to reduce tab movement.
Turn the stop-bolt counter-clockwise to increase tab movement.
(5) Do a test for correct range of movement.

Refer to Elevator Tab Trim Function Test.

- the center console side panels.
Refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data
- Pilot’s seats.

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TRIM SERVO CLUTCH (S-TEC AND HONEYWELL)

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Spring balance 0 - 150 N ......................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjustment and Rigging of the S-TEC Elevator Trim Servo Clutch
(1) Information/Preparation
(a) This procedure is valid for Genesys S-TEC Elevator Trim Servo and for Honeywell Elevator
Trim Servo.
(b) Notice the type of the trim servo (Honeywell or Genesys S-TEC) on the template.
(c) Record the S/N of the respective servo in the provided box on the template.

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(d) Both servos comprise a friction clutch on their drive shaft, whose break out torque has to
be adjusted and checked.
(e) The checking procedure can be done either when the servo is installed in the aircraft or with
the servo on a work bench.
(f) You can either check the force on the roller chain when the servo is running and the clutch
slips. This procedure is described here.
Or you can check the torque on the servo sprocket with a torque wrench when the servo is
running and the clutch slips.
(g) If the procedure for measuring the torque is used, the force on the chain can be calculated
by dividing the torque by the radius of the sprocket.
(h) The resulting force on the roller chain shall be recorded in the corresponding box on the
template, refer to Figure 5.
Note Both servos shall apply the same value of force on the roller chain.
(i) In case the value of force is not within the specified limit (refer to step A.2.m) the torque of
the friction clutch must be adjusted.
(2) Measurement of the clutch force
(a) Remove the LH and RH seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(b) Remove the covers of the center console, refer to Center Console Cover Remove and
Install.
(c) Pull the TRIM circuit-breaker.
(d) Thread a cable tie through the roller chain and lock it.
Note Do not install the cable tie too close to the servo pinion.
(e) Make sure that the cable tie fits loosely through the chain.
(f) Use a spring balance and hook it into the cable tie.
(g) Hold the spring balance parallel to the pulling direction on the chain. Fix the end of the spring
balance to a fixation point on the aircraft.
Note In case of no parallel fixation to the pulling direction on the chain you will get a wrong
measurement of the spring force.

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(h) Support the aircraft witch external power, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(i) Push the TRIM circuit breaker.
WARNING DO NOT TOUCH ANY ROTATING PARTS IN THE CENTER CONSOLE

WHILE THE MEASUREMENT. YOU CAN GET HEAVY INJURY.
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE TIE DOES NOT COME BETWEEN THE
PINION AND THE CHAIN.
CAUTION DO NOT STOP ELECTRICALLY TRIMMING UNTIL YOU HAVE

RELEASED THE TENSION FROM THE SPRING BALANCE.
OTHERWISE THE SERVO CAN BE TURNED BACK BY THE FORCE
OF THE SPRING BALANCE. THE SERVO CAN BE DAMAGED.
(j) Use the electrical trim knob on the control stick and trim NOSE UP and hold it.
(k) Measure and record the value on the spring balance when the friction clutch slips on the
elevator trim servo.
(l) First loose the spring balance from the fixation point and then stop the electrical trimming
on the control stick.
(m) In case the value of the force is not within the limit of 40 to 100 N (9 to 22.5 lbs.) adjust the
clutch friction in step A.3.
(n) Do the measurement of the force on the roller chain again.
(o) Pull the TRIM circuit-breaker.
(p) Disconnect the external power supply from the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply
Operation.
(q) Remove the spring balance and the cable tie from the aircraft.
(r) Install the covers of the center console, refer to Center Console Cover Remove and Install.
(s) Install the LH and RH seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(3) Adjustment of the Clutch
(a) Pull the TRIM circuit-breaker.
(b) Remove the cotter pin from the end of the servo shaft.
(c) Remove the castle nut and the shim washers.

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION FURTHER DISASSEMBLY OF THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY IS NOT

NECESSARY AND IS NOT RECOMMENDED.
(d) Install or replace the tension washers to provide proper number and thickness, refer to Table
1.
Table 1 Tension Washer Requirement Chart
EXACT TENSION WASHERS SUGGESTED

Clutch Force [lbs.] 0.32 in. 0.40 in. SHIM
QTY QTY WASHERS [in.]
0 - 15 1 1 0.005 - 0.010
16 - 20 0 2 0.005 - 0.010
21 -25 3 0 0.010
26 - 32 1 2 0.005 - 0.010
33 - 43 0 3 0.010
44 - 52 3 1 0.010
53 - 60 2 2 0.010
61 - 75 2 2 0.010
(e) Reinstall the shim washers and the nut.
(f) Tighten the nut to a starting position and temporarily install the cotter pin.
(g) Measure and record the value on the spring balance when the friction clutch slips on the
elevator trim servo, refer to step A.2.
(h) Remove the cotter pin. Tighten or loosen the nut as necessary to establish the proper force
on roller chain as specified.
(i) If specified force cannot be obtained with castellated nut aligned for cotter pin installation,
remove or add shim washers to change nut height to allow cotter pin insertion with clutch
torque at correct value.
(j) Install a new cotter pin and secure the cotter pin.
Note Some S-TEC servo assemblies are provided from the factory with 0.060 in. THK
tension washers. For those servos so equipped, it is permissible to use one 6.060
THK tension washer as replacement of two 0.032 in. tension washers as called in
Table 1.

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(k) Push the TRIM circuit-breaker.

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A/C Model: G120TP-A
Serial Number: Registration:
Elevator Servo Tab

Elevator up neutral Elevator down
LH RH LH RH LH RH
Limits [mm] 7 - 9 0 - 1 6 - 8
Actual [mm]
Angle Limits [°] +4.4° - +6.4° -1° - +1° -4.0° - -6.0°
±1°
8±1
Actual Angle [°]
5.4°
Tab outboard, ME 750, Only geared movements; Trim neutral
°
7±
5°±1
Elevator Trim Tab
Nose down neutral Nose up
LH RH LH RH LH RH
Limits [mm] 10 - 14 0 - 2 18 - 22
Actual [mm]
Angle Limits [°] -7.3° - -10.3° -2° - +2° +12.6° - +15.6°
12±2
8.8°±1.5°
Actual Angle [°]
Tab outboard, ME 750; Condition: Elevator 0°
Elevator Trim Servo Clutch ±1.5°

(Force on Roller Chain)
14.1°
20 ±2
Honeywell Servo 065-00061-0016

P/N Genesys S-TEC 0106-2-T-16
S/N
Limits [N] 40 - 100 Elevator Trim Display-Indication
(if OÄM 565-17 Digital Cockpit is installed)
Actual [N]
Nose down Nose neutral Nose up
Indication [%]
Trim Friction Damper

LH RH
trim neutral trim neutral
Limits [mm] 5 - 25 10 - 50
Actual [mm]
Force applied 90° to trim shaft F
90°
Figure 5 - Appendix 1

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FRICTION DAMPERS
ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjust the Friction Dampers

Refer to Figure 6.
(1) Remove the elevators, refer to Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab General.
(2) Remove the cotter pin from the castle nut on each end of the actuator-shaft. Loosen the nut.
Note Each end of the actuator has a friction damper (18) .
(3) Disconnect the trim flexible cable (19) from the trim Actuator. Remove the nut, washer and bolt.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-271B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Adjust the friction for the left friction-damper:

- Attach a spring balance to one of the actuator-levers for the left trim-tab.
- Tighten the left castle-nut progressively until a force of 17.2 N just moves the trim shaft.
Note Apply the force at 90º to the actuator-levers.
- Install the cotter-pin.
Note Do not loosen the castle nut.
(5) Adjust the friction for the right friction-damper:

- Attach a spring balance to one of the actuator-levers (20) for the right trim-tab.
- Tighten the right castle-nut progressively until a force of 34.4 N just moves the trim shaft.
Note Apply the force at 90º to the actuator-levers.
- Install the cotter-pin.
(6) Install the elevators, refer to Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab General.

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-271B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
14 5
6
12
1
13 2
15
7
16 D
FW
17
18
11
20
20
8 9
19 18 10
11

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-271B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

friction-damper
parts

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-271B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TAB TRIM

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
and Areas General

Elevator control-lock .................................................................................................. 120A-7724 QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Elevator Tab Control System - Test for correct range of Trim Movement
Note Make all measurements from the top surface of the elevator trim/servo-tab to the top surface of
the elevator. Measure the movement at the outboard corner of the elevator tab. Refer to
Dimensions and Areas General Figure 4 for values.
(1) Hold the elevator neutral.
(2) Set the elevator trim to fully nose down:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Set the Battery Switch to ON.

- Push the trim switch (forward) to NOSE DOWN until:
- The elevator trim indicator shows fully NOSE DOWN.
- The trim hand-wheel stops moving.
- Set the Battery Switch to OFF.

- Make sure that the trim hand-wheel will not move forward.
(3) Measure the elevator trim-tab movement. Make a note of the dimension.
(4) Set the elevator trim to fully nose up:

- Set the Battery Switch to ON.
- Pull the trim switch to NOSE UP (aft) until:
- The elevator trim indicator shows fully NOSE UP.
- The trim hand-wheel stops moving.
- Set the Battery Switch to OFF.

- Make sure that the trim hand-wheel will not move aft.
(5) Measure the elevator trim-tab movement. Make a note of the dimension.
4.
(7) If necessary, adjust the elevator trim system, refer to Elevator Trim Adjust.
(8) Set the trim tab to neutral. Use the trim hand-wheel.

09 March 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TAB SERVO

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Make a copy of the rigging report. Use it to make a record of the measurements, refer to Control Surface
Movement Dimension Checks

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Elevator Tab Control System - Test for correct range of Servo Movement
Note Make all measurements from the top surface of the elevator trim/servo-tab to the top surface of
the elevator. Measure the movement at the outboard corner of the elevator tab. Refer to Control
Surface Movement Dimension Checks Figure 4 for values.
(1) Hold the elevator neutral.
(2) Set the elevator trim to neutral position in the cockpit. Use the trim hand-wheel.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-340B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note The deflection at the elevator trim tab must be 6 ± 2 mm downwards if the elevator is in
neutral position. This deflection at the trim tab correspondens to the neutral position of the
trim wheel in the cockpit.
(3) Move the elevator fully up.
(4) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the left tab and the trailing edge of the elevator.
(5) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the right tab and the trailing edge of the elevator.
(6) Move the elevator fully down.
(7) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the left tab and the trailing edge of the elevator.
(8) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the right tab and the trailing edge of the elevator.
(9) Compare the dimensions you recorded with the values in Control Surface Movement Dimension
Checks Figure 4.
(10) If necessary, adjust the elevator trim system, refer to Elevator Trim Adjust.

27 July 2018 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-340B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATION TRIM CONTROL ROD

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
Table 1 ELEVATOR TRIM CONTROL ROD DATA
SYSTEM ACCESS FOR REMOVAL / INSTAL- NOTES & REFER- LENGTH

ROD NO LATION ENCES
MM INCHES
Rod 1 Below left elevator Access Panels 225 8.86
General. Ad-
justable end aft

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TRIM
A. General
This section contains the data for trouble shooting the elevator trim control. Refer to Flight Controls General
Data for general data for trouble shooting the controls.

Trim-tab does not move Elevator trim circuit breaker Set the ELV TRIM (analogue cockpit)
when the trim switch op- not set.
Set the TRIM (digital cockpit) circuit breaker.
erates.
Do a test for correct operation of the trim sys-
tem. If the circuit breaker opens:
control circuit.
- Do a test for too much friction in the
electric actuator for the trim-tab.
- Do a test for too much friction in the
bearings of the control rods for the trim-
tab.
Trim-tab electric-actuator de- Replace the electric actuator for the trim-tab.
fective.
Too much friction in the trim- Lubricate the bearings. If necessary, replace
tab system. the defective items.
Open circuit in the electrical See the Wiring Manual. Do a test for continuity
control system. in each wire of the control system. Repair/re-
place defective items.
Trim switch defective. Replace the trim switch. Refer to Aileron Trim
General Data.
Trim setting moves in Friction damper out of adjust- Adjust the friction damper.
flight. ment.

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRIM CONTROL ELECTRICAL ACTUATOR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Electric Motor for the Trim Control

- Installation of the Electric Motor for the Trim Control

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Electric Motor for the Trim Control

Refer to Figure 7.
(1) Pull the ELV TRIM circuit-breaker.
(2) Remove the center console cover, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data.
(3) Disconnect the electrical cables for the trim motor (1) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Release the tension on the chain as follows:
(a) Loosen the bolts which hold the idler gears (15) .
(b) Move the arms of the gears to make the chain loose.
(5) Remove the end cap from the motor.
(6) Release the 4 bolts (3) which hold the trim motor mounting to the seat back frame.
(7) Remove the trim motor and mounting from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Electric Motor for the Trim Control
(1) Install a new motor as follows:
(a) Put the new motor in position in the mounting.
(b) Install the 4 bolts which hold the motor to the mounting.
(c) Remove the end cap from the toothed wheel.
(2) Put the mounting in position in the aircraft. Move the mounting so that you can install the chain on
the toothed wheel.
(3) Install the 4 bolts (3) which attach the mounting to the seat back frame.
(4) Move the idler gears (15) to tension the chain. Make sure that the chain can move up and down
approximately 2 to 3 mm (0.07 to 0.1 in).
(5) Tighten the bolts which hold the arms of the idler gears.
(6) Install the end cap on the motor.
(7) Connect the electrical connections for the motor.
(8) Set the ELV TRIM circuit-breaker.
(9) Do a function test of the trim system as follows:
(b) Move the trim switch on the left stick up and make sure that:
- The top of trim hand wheel moves forwards.
- The trim indicator moves forwards.
- The trim-tab moves upwards.
(c) Move the trim switch on the left stick down and make sure that:

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The top of trim hand wheel moves aft.

- The trim indicator moves aft.
- The trim-tab moves downwards.
(d) Repeat step B.9.b and step B.9.c for the trim switch on the right stick.
(e) Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(10) Do an inspection of the trim motor installation.
(12) Install the center console cover, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
14 5
6
12
1
13 2
15
7
16 D
FW
17
18
11
20
20
8 9
19 18 10
11

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

friction-damper
parts

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
S-TEC ELEVATOR TRIM SERVO

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo (Pitch Trim Servo)

- Installation of the S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo (Pitch Trim Servo)

Refer to Figure 8.
(1) Pull the TRIM circuit-breaker.
(2) Remove the LH and RH seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
(3) Remove the covers of the center console, refer to Center Console Cover Remove and Install.
(4) Disconnect the connector (28) from the aircraft wiring plug.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Attach protective caps to the connector (28) and the aircraft wiring plug.
(6) Release the tension on the chain as follows:
(a) Loosen the bolts which hold the idler gears (15) .
(b) Move the arms of the gears to make the chain loose.
(7) Remove the end cap from the S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo.
(8) Remove the bolts (25) , the washers (26) and the mounting bracket (22) from the aircraft
structure.
(9) Release the chain (27) from the gear (29) .
(10) Remove the bolts (24) , the washers (23) and the bonding cable (30) .
(11) Remove the S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo (21) from the mounting bracket (22) .
B. Installation of the S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo
(1) Install a new S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo as follows:
(a) Put the new S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo in position in the mounting.
(b) Install the S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo (21) with the bolts (24) and the washers (23) and
the bonding cable (30) to the mounting bracket (22) .
(c) Remove the end cap from the toothed wheel.
(2) Put the mounting in position in the aircraft. Move the mounting so that you can install the chain on
the toothed wheel.
(3) Install the mounting bracket (22) with the bolts (25) and the washers (26) to the aircraft structure.
(4) Move the idler gears (15) to tension the chain. Make sure that the chain can move up and down
approximately 2 to 3 mm (0.07 to 0.1 in).
(5) Tighten the bolts which hold the arms of the idler gears.
(6) Install the end cap on the S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo.
(7) Remove the protective caps from the connector (28) and the aircraft wiring plug.
(8) Connect the connector (28) to the aircraft wiring plug.
(9) Set the TRIM circuit-breaker.
(10) Do a function test of the trim system as follows:

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Move the trim switch on the left stick up and make sure that:
- The top of trim hand wheel moves forwards.
- The trim indicator moves forwards.
- The trim-tab moves upwards.
(c) Move the trim switch on the left stick down and make sure that:
- The top of trim hand wheel moves aft.
- The trim indicator moves aft.
- The trim-tab moves downwards.
(d) Repeat step B.10.b and step B.10.c for the trim switch on the right stick.
(e) Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(11) Do an inspection of the S-Tec Elevator Trim Servo installation.
(13) Install the covers of the center console, refer to Center Console Cover Remove and Install.
(14) Install the LH and RH seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
14 5
6
12
13
15
7
16 1
A
17
18
D
11 FW
20
20
8 9
10
19 11 18
28
30
22
21
23 24
25
26
A 29 25
26
27

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

Assy
friction-damper
parts
Servo

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-31 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 27-31 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-31-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR TRIM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter cover component installation and removal. They also give the related
test and adjustment procedures. If you need to remove/install/adjust a trim control part, then use tables 1 and 2
for access data. And use Flight Controls General Data for procedures.
Refer to Aileron Trim General Data for the procedure to remove the trim switch.

1T120TP-A-27-31-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-31-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27-50
FLAPS

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAPS
GENERAL DATA
A. General
The Grob G 120TP-A has slotted landing flaps. An electric flap drive-unit moves the flaps. The pilot has a flap
selector lever and a flap position indicator.
The flap selector lever operates in a gate with detents at TAKE-OFF and FULL positions.
Additionally the pilot has a flap position indicator on the IDU at ENGINE INDICATION page.
The flap position indicator has marks for UP (0°), TAKE-OFF (app. 20º), LANDING (app. 42°) and FULL (app.
60°).
The pilot can select any angle between 0° and 60°. There are predefined positions for the flap selector lever at
UP, TAKE-OFF, LANDING and FULL.
The flap selector controls an electrical flap drive-unit. The unit operates a screw-jack that moves the flaps through
rods and levers.
A flap interconnection system links the left flap to the right flap with cables. The interconnection system keeps
the flap movement symmetrical if a control rod fails.

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAPS
A. Flap Control System Description

The BATTERY BUS provides power for the flap control system. A 7.5 amp circuit-breaker (marked FLAPS) in
the instrument panel protects the circuit.
Figure 1 shows the flap control system installation in the centre fuselage and wings. Figure 2 shows the cockpit
selector.
The landing flaps (20) are attached to the inboard part of the trailing edge of the wing. Each flap has 3 hinges.
A large bracket holds each hinge. The brackets attach to the wing ribs. The brackets hold the hinges about
130 mm (5 in) below the wing bottom skin.
An actuator bracket (13) attaches to each flap. The bracket is part of the middle hinge assembly.
The flaps are moved by an electric flap drive-unit (21) . The flap drive-unit is attached to the rear frame of the
main-spar box and to the flap drive bracket. The flap drive bracket is attached to the fuselage floor. The flap
drive-unit has an electric motor (22) which supplies power to a gearbox (23) . And the gearbox turns a threaded
rod (24) . The threaded rod moves a sliding carriage (25) along 2 guide rails (26) .
Over-ride micro-switches (27) at each end of the flap drive-unit operate if the sliding carriage goes past its usual
travel.
Control rods (1) connect each end of the sliding carriage (25) to idler levers (11) at the side of the fuselage.
A long rod (2) connects each idler lever to the flap bellcrank (12) in the wing. And a short rod (3) connects
the flap bellcrank to the flap actuator lever (13) .
A flexible control cable (4) on the left idler lever (11) transmits the flap movement to the flap position indicator
in the cockpit (30) .
The pilot moves the flaps with a flap selector (31) in the center console of the cockpit. The flap selector has a
trigger cam (32) . The trigger cam can move between 2 micro switches (33) attached to the flap position
indicator. The micro switches control electrical power to the flap drive-unit.
A long pivot-bolt (34) holds the flap selector and the flap indicator. Spring cup-washers (35) on the bolt give
friction to hold the selector in position. A castle nut (36) with a cotter pin holds the bolt.

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
22
23 21
2 11 24
26
25
29
27
1
4
28 TO COCKPIT INDICATOR
27 11
20
3 13
12
Legend
(1) Flap control rod 1 (22) Electric motor

(2) Flap control rod 2 (23) Gearbox
(3) Flap control rod 3 (24) Threaded rod
(4) Flexible cable for the flap (25) Sliding carriage
indicator
(11) Idler lever (26) Guide rod
(12) Flap bellcrank lever (27) Over-ride micro-
switches
(13) Flap actuator lever (28) Screws, washers and
nuts at the front
(20) Flap (29) Screws attaching the
base-plate
(21) Flap drive-unit
Figure 1 - Flap Control System

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31
33
36
32 30
35
34
Legend
(30) Flap position-indicator (34) Flap selector pivot-bolt

(31) Flap selector-lever (35) Spring cup-washers
(32) Trigger-cam (36) Castle-nut
(33) Selector micro-switches
Figure 2 - Flap Selector

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAPS
OPERATION
A. Flap Control System Operation

The flaps operate only with the battery switch set to ON.
If you move the flap selector (31) down, then the trigger cam (32) operates the lower micro switch (33) . The
micro switch supplies electrical power to the electric motor (22) in the flap-drive unit. The gearbox (23) turns
the threaded rod (24) to pull the sliding carriage (25) aft.
The sliding carriage pushes the rods (1) aft. The idler levers (11) pull the long rods (2) inboard. The long rods
move the bellcranks (12) and the bellcranks move the short rods to push the flaps down.
The left idler lever moves the flexible cable (4) . The flexible cable moves the cockpit indicator and the micro
switches.
The motor operates until the lower micro switch moves off of the trigger cam.
If you move the flap selector up, then the upper micro switch supplies electrical power to the flap drive motor
and the flap drive-unit moves the flaps up. The indicator system moves up until the upper micro switch moves
off the trigger cam.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
22
23 21
2 11 24
26
25
29
27
1
4
27 11
20
3 13
12
Legend

indicator

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

switches
nuts at the front
base-plate

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31
33
36
32 30
35
34
Legend
(36) Castle-nut (32) Trigger-cam

(35) Spring cup-washers (30) Flap position-indicator
(34) Flap selector pivot-bolt (31) Flap selector-lever
(33) Selector micro-switches
Figure 4 - Flap Selector

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP CONTROL SYSTEM

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Flap Control System Basic Adjustment
Note Make all measurements from the top surface of the flap to the top surface of the wing trailing
edge. Measure the movement at the inboard trailing edge of the flap. Refer to Dimensions and
Areas General Figure 5 for values.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

- Baggage compartment floor, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
- Flap bellcrank access panel below each wing, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install.
(2) Disconnect the flap rods 1 at the sliding carriage.

- Move the rods clear of the flap drive-unit (1) .
(3) Disconnect the feed-back cable for the flap indicator at the left idler lever (4) .
(4) Loosen the adjusters for the flap interconnect system.
(5) Hold the flaps fully DOWN.
(6) Put a rigging pin through the bellcrank in the left wing.
(7) Measure the distance between the top surface of the left flap and the top of the wing.
Compare the dimension with the value in Dimensions and Areas General Figure 5.
(8) If necessary, adjust left control rod 3.
(9) Put a rigging pin through the bellcrank in the right wing.
If you cannot put rigging pins through both idler levers, adjust the flap interconnect system.
(10) Do step A.8 and step A.9 for the right flap.
(11) Put rigging pins through the left and right idler levers in the fuselage. If necessary, adjust flap
control rod 2.
(12) Remove all the rigging pins.
(13) Move the flaps to the UP position by hand. Hold the flaps UP.
(14) Move the feed-back cable for the flap indicator (4) to the middle of its range.
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAP CONTROL RODS YOU DISCONNECTED ARE
CLEAR OF THE FLAP DRIVE-UNIT.
(15) Set the flap drive-unit to the UP position:

- Set the flap selector to FULL.
- Let the sliding carriage move aft a short distance.
About 5 cm (2 in).
- Set the flap selector to UP.

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The sliding carriage will move forward until the front over-ride micro-switch operates. Monitor
the front over-ride micro-switch.
- As soon as the front over-ride micro-switch moves off the ramp on the sliding carriage, set
the BATT switch to OFF.
(17) Connect the left flap:

- Adjust the length of rod 1 to align with the sliding carriage.
- Connect the rod to the sliding carriage.
(18) Connect the right flap:

- Adjust the length of rod 1 to align with the sliding carriage.
- Connect the rod to the sliding carriage.
(19) Connect the feed-back cable (4) and (11) :

- Move the feedback cable until the UP micro-switch in the indicator operates.
- If necessary, adjust the end-fitting of the feed-back cable.
- Attach the end-fitting to the ball stud on the idler lever.
- Install the locking clip.
CAUTION REMOVE ALL RIGGING PINS BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE BATTERY. IF
YOU OPERATE THE FLAPS WITH THE RIGGING PINS INSTALLED, YOU
(20) Remove the rigging pins from the these levers:

- Right flap idler lever.
- Left flap idler lever.
(21) Connect the battery refer to Battery Servicing.
(22) Test the flap UP setting (monitor the front over-ride micro-switch):
- Set the flap selector to an intermediate position.
- Let the flaps move fully UP.
- The flaps must stop before the front over-ride micro-switch operates.
- Make sure that the trailing edge of each flap aligns with the trailing edge of the wing.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(23) If necessary, adjust the flap selector UP setting (50) :

- Remove the cover plate from the flap selector (46) and (49) .
- Adjust the gate and top stop for the selector lever.
Move the gate up to move the flaps up.
Move it down to move the flaps down.
- Move the gate as necessary.
- Tighten the attaching screws.
(24) If necessary, do step A.22 and step A.23 again to get the correct UP setting.
(25) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the left flap and the trailing edge of the wing.
(26) Measure the distance between the trailing edge of the right flap and the trailing edge of the wing.
(27) Test the flap FULL setting:

- Let the flaps move fully down.
- The flaps must stop before the rear over-ride micro-switch operates.
(28) If necessary, adjust the flap selector FULL setting:

- Remove the cover plate from the flap selector (46) and (47) .
- Adjust the bottom stop for the selector lever.
Move the stop up to move the flaps up.
Move the stop down to move the flaps down.
- Loosen the bottom screw attaching the bottom stop.
- Move the stop as necessary.
- Tighten the bottom screw.
(31) Calculate the flap movement:

- Subtract the UP dimension for the left flap from the FULL dimension for the left flap.
- Subtract the UP dimension for the right flap from the FULL dimension for the right flap.
5.

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(34) If necessary, install the flap selector cover panel.

- Baggage compartment floor panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
- Flap bellcrank access panel below each wing, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
22
23 21
2 11 24
26
25
29
27
1
4
27 11
20
3 13
12
Legend

indicator

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

switches
nuts at the front
base-plate

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
49 50 48
47
46
Figure 6 - Flap Selector-Lever Stops

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(46) FULL setting adjuster- (49) UP setting adjuster-

screw screw
(47) FULL setting adjuster- (50) Gate and UP setting
plate adjuster-plate
(48) Flap selector-lever
Figure 6 - Flap Selector-Lever Stops

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP INTERCONNECT SYSTEM

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Rigging pin ................................................................................................................. 120A-2701 QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjust the Flap Interconnect System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Canopy, refer to Canopy General.

- Baggage compartment floor, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing
General Data.
- Flap bellcrank access panel in each wing, refer to Access Panels General.
- Flap interconnect access panel in each wing.
(2) With the flaps UP:

- Loosen the adjusters on both interconnect cable a small amount.
(3) Put rigging pins through both flap bellcranks.
(4) If necessary to insert both rigging pins:

- Loosen the adjuster on one cable and tighten the adjuster on the other cable.
If you loosen the left adjuster and tighten the right adjuster, the right flap moves down. The right
idler-lever moves counter-clockwise.
(5) Remove the right rigging pin.
(6) Adjust the tension of each cable.

Refer to Figure 7 for temperature compensation.
Refer to Dimensions and Areas General Figure 5 for values.
(7) Make sure you can still put a rigging pin in the right idler lever.
CAUTION REMOVE ALL RIGGING PINS BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE BATTERY. IF
YOU OPERATE THE FLAPS WITH THE RIGGING PINS INSTALLED, YOU
(8) Remove both rigging pins.
(9) Connect the battery.
(10) Do a test for correct operation of the flaps:

- Let the flaps move fully down.
- The flaps must stop before the rear over-ride micro-switch operates.
- Let the flaps move fully up.

09 March 2017 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Baggage compartment floor, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing

General Data.
- Flap bellcrank access panel in each wing, refer to Access Panels General.
- Flap interconnect access panel in each wing.
- Canopy, refer to Canopy General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TEMPERATURE °C
10° 15° 20° 25° 30° 35° 40° 45° 50°
200
190
180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80 Note:
Permissible cable tension range
70 as measured with tensiometer
T60-1001-C8-1A, 3/16" setting
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
50° 59° 68° 77° 86° 95° 104° 113° 122°
TEMPERATURE [°F]
Figure 7 - Flap Interconnect Cable-Tension Compensation for Temperature

09 March 2017 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271B-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAPS
ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Locking pin ................................................................................................................. Local supply QTY
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. FLAP ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
(1) Start with drive chain only, disconnect flap interconnection system at the flaps.
(2) Set flaps trailing edge to align with inboard wing trailing edge.
(3) Drive flaps to FULL FLAPS.
(4) Measure the deflection from the top of the wing trailing edge to the top of the flap trailing edge at
BMET 930 (inboard flap).
(5) Check if both deflections are between 297 and 312 mm [11.69 to 12.28 in.].

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271C-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Check difference left and right no more than 5 mm [0.20 in.].
(7) If outside tolerances:
- to increase deflection of single flap: with full extended flaps, increase length of inner rod until
the outer turnbuckle arm is min. 1 mm [0.04 in.] from breakthrough in aft spar. Adjust rod at
flap so with flaps retracted the flap trailing edge aligns again
- to decrease deflection of single flap: with fully extended flaps, increase the length of the outer
rod so min. 19 mm of thread is still engaged. Decrease the length of the inner rod so with
flaps retracted the flap trailing edge aligns again
- if needed, the maximum deflection of both flaps can be adjusted at the drive unit aft end
switch.
(8) Leave the flap interconnect system unconnected to the flaps.
(9) Use locking pins to fix outer interconnection quadrants.
(10) Adjust tension to the prescribed value using the two turnbuckles; Make tension as equal as
possible. Refer to Figure 8.
(11) Remove both locking pins.
(12) Attach both flaps to the interconnection system in such a way that it transfers no load in the
retracted position (vary length of interconnection flap attachment rods to comply).
(13) Re-check the flap full deflection values.
(14) Advanced tuning:

Decreasing the length of the RH interconnection rod gets you:
(a) Increased tension in LH turnbuckle cable
(b) Decreased tension in RH turnbuckle cable
(c) Lowers LH flap (a bit)
(d) Moves RH flap up (a bit)
(15) Increasing the length of the LH interconnection rod has the same effect.
(16) Increasing the length of the RH interconnection rod does the opposed.
(17) Decreasing the length of the LH interconnection rod does the opposed.

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271C-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271C-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TEMPERATURE °C
10° 15° 20° 25° 30° 35° 40° 45° 50°
200
190
180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80 Note:
Permissible cable tension range
70 as measured with tensiometer
T60-1001-C8-1A, 3/16" setting
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
50° 59° 68° 77° 86° 95° 104° 113° 122°
TEMPERATURE [°F]
Figure 8 - Permissible Cable Tension Range

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-271C-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP CONTROL SYSTEM

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
and Areas General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA BELOW THE FLAPS IS CLEAR.
A. Flap Control System Test for correct Range of Movement

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Make sure that the area below the flaps is clear.
(2) Make sure that the flaps are set fully up:
- Set the battery switch ON.
- Set the flap selector fully UP.
- Set the battery switch OFF.
(5) Set the flaps fully down:

- Set the battery switch ON.
- Set the flap selector to fully DOWN.
- When the flaps stop moving, set the battery switch OFF.
(8) Calculate the flap movement:

- Subtract the UP dimension for the left flap from the DOWN dimension for the left flap.
- Subtract the UP dimension for the right flap from the DOWN dimension for the right flap.
Note If the flap is above the wing for the UP dimension, then you must add the values.
5.

09 March 2017 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP CONTROL ROD/LEVER

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Design Data/Tolerances Check of Flap Control Rod/Lever
Note The neutral setting of all adjustable fork-ends is 75 mm (2.95 in). Measure this between
the end of the swage in the tube and the centre of the hole in the fork-end.

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Table 1 FLAP CONTROL ROD DATA
SYSTEM ACCESS FOR REMOVAL /IN- NOTES &REF- LENGTH LENGTH

ROD NO STALLATION ERENCES
(MM) (INCH-
ES)
Flaps Rod 1 Baggage compartment floor panel. Cockpit and Bag- 470 18.5
gage Compart-
ment Furnishing
General Data
Adjustable end in
gage Compart-
Flap bellcrank access panel below
ment Furnishing
the wing.
General Data
Adjustable end
in.
Rod 3 Flap bellcrank access panel below Adjustable end 211 8.3
the wing. aft.
Rod 4 Flap Interconnect access panel be- Adjustable end 256 10.1
low the wing. aft.
Table 2 FLAP CONTROL LEVER DATA
LEVER NO ACCESS FOR REMOVAL/IN- NOTES&REFERENCES

STALLATION
Idler Lever 1 Baggage compartment floor pan- Cockpit and Baggage Compart-
el. ment Furnishing General Data.
Flap Bellcrank 2 Flap bellcrank access panel be- Access Panels General.
low the wing.
Flap interconnect Flap Interconnect access panel Access Panels General
quadrant below the wing

1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP DRIVE-UNIT
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Flap Drive-unit

- Installation of the Flap Drive-unit

None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Flap Drive-unit
(1) Pull the FLAPS circuit-breaker.

- Baggage compartment floor-panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Baggage compartment rear, right-panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Disconnect the flap rods 1 (1) at the sliding carriage (25) .
(4) Disconnect the electrical supply to the flap drive-unit (21) .
(5) Remove 2 screws, washers and nuts (28) which attach the flap drive-unit at the front.
(6) Release 8 screws (29) from the base plate and lift the unit (21) clear of the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Flap Drive-unit
(1) Put the flap drive-unit (21) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Install 2 screws, washers and nuts (28) which hold the front of the unit (21) .
(4) Install 8 screws (29) which attach the base-plate.
(5) Torque the screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(6) Connect the electrical supply to the flap motor.
(7) Set the FLAPS circuit-breaker.
(8) Disconnect the feed-back cable (4) for the flap indicator at the left idler lever.
(9) Move the feed-back cable (4) for the flap indicator to middle of its range.
(10) Monitor the rear over-ride micro-switch and set the flap drive-unit to the DOWN position as follows:
(b) Set the flap selector to fully DOWN. The flap motor will operate until the sliding carriage
operates the over-ride micro-switch.
(c) Set the flap selector to UP.
(d) As soon as the over-ride micro-switch moves off the ramp on the sliding carriage, set the
BATT switch to OFF.
(12)
Note You must also put the aileron controls in the neutral position to put the rigging pins in
position.
(13) Hold the flaps fully down and put rigging pins through the idler levers (11) .

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(14) Adjust the length of each rod 1 (1) to align with the sliding carriage (25) , refer to Flight Controls
General Data.
(15) Install the bolts, washers and nuts attaching rods 1 (1) to the sliding carriage (25) .
(17) Connect the feed-back cable (4) as follows:
(a) Move the feedback cable (4) until the down micro-switch in the indicator operates.
(b) If necessary, adjust the end-fitting of the feed-back cable.
(c) Attach the end-fitting to the ball stud on the idler lever (11) .
(d) Install the locking clip.
(18) Remove the rigging pins from the idler levers (11) .
(20) Do a test for correct range of movement of the flaps, refer to Flap Control System Function Test.
If necessary, adjust the flaps, refer to Flap Control System Adjust.
(21) Do an inspection of all controls which you connected. If necessary for your airworthiness authority,

- Baggage compartment rear, right-panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
22
23 21
2 11 24
26
25
29
27
1
4
27 11
20
3 13
12
Legend

indicator

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

switches
nuts at the front
base-plate

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SAFETY OVER-RIDE
OPERATION
A. Safety Over-Ride
Brackets at each end of the flap drive unit hold over-ride micro-switches (27) . In the usual operation, the micro-
switches in the cockpit selector stop the motor before the limit of travel.
If the selector system fails, the sliding carriage (25) operates one of the over-ride micro-switches (27) . The
over-ride micro-switch disconnects the power to the motor. The sliding carriage stops before the end fitting. This
prevents damage to the flap system or the aircraft structure.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-01-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
22
23 21
2 11 24
26
25
29
27
1
4
27 11
20
3 13
12
Legend

indicator

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-01-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

switches
nuts at the front
base-plate

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-01-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-01-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP INTERCONNECTION SYSTEM

GENERAL DATA
A. Flap Interconnection System Description

The flap interconnection system keeps the flap movement symmetrical if a control rod fails. Flexible stainless-
steel cables connect the left flap to the right flap. Figure 11 shows the flap interconnection system.
A short push rod (40) connects each flap to a quadrant- lever (41) in the wing. The lever is part of a cable-
guide assembly. The lever attaches to 2 quadrants (42) at 90º to the lever. Each quadrant has a groove and
anchor block (43) for a flexible cable. The left cable guide assembly is the opposite hand of the right cable guide
assembly.
Flexible cables (44) connect the cable-guide in the left wing to the cable guide in the right wing. One cable
connects the front quadrant in the left wing to the rear quadrant in the right wing. A second cable connects the
front quadrant in the right wing to the rear quadrant in the left wing.
One pulley (45) located in the fuselage below the baggage compartment guides the related cable. Each cable
has a tension adjuster. The adjuster is located adjacent to the flap and aileron lever assembly below the baggage
compartment.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
42
41
43
42
44
40
46
46
44
45
41
42
43
42 40
Figure 11 - Flap Interconnection Installation

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(40) Cable tension-adjuster (44) Flexible cables

(41) Guide pulley (46) Flexible cables
(42) Short push rod (45) Cable tension-adjuster
(43) Quadrant-lever

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP INTERCONNECTION SYSTEM

OPERATION
A. Flap Interconnection System Operation

(1) Usual Extension and Retraction
As the flaps extend, the short rods (40) pull the lever (41) aft. The levers turn the left quadrant clockwise
and the right quadrant counterclockwise. The cables unwind from the front quadrant on each side. And they
wind onto the rear quadrant on each side.
When the flaps retract, the cables unwind from the rear quadrant on each side. And they wind onto the front
quadrant on each side. The short rods move forward.
There is no load on the cables.
(2) Emergency Extension and Retraction
If a flap control rod fails, the cables transmit the movement of the serviceable flap to the unserviceable flap.
During extension, the rear cable on the serviceable side transmits the load to move the unserviceable flap.
While extended, the rear cable keeps the flaps symmetrical. During retraction the rear cable on the
serviceable side keeps the flaps symmetrical against the aerodynamic loads.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
42
41
43
42
44
40
46
46
44
45
41
42
43
42 40

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(40) Cable tension-adjuster (42) Anchor block

(40) Anchor block (43) Quadrant-lever
(41) Guide pulley (43) Quadrants
(41) Quadrants (44) Flexible cables
(42) Short push rod (45) Cable tension-adjuster
(42) Quadrants (46) Flexible cables

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 27-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 27-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-27-50-02-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP CONTROLS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter are limited to procedures for the flap control system. If you need to
remove/install/adjust a standard part in the flap control system, then use tables 1 & 2 for access data. And
use Flight Controls General Data for procedures. See Flaps General to remove/install the flaps.

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP CONTROL MICRO SWITCHES

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Procedure for Micro Switch Adjustment
- Procedure for Micro Switch Test

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
For adjusting the flap control micro switches all other parts of the flap system (drive unit, flap rods, flaps,
flexible bowden cable) has to be correctly installed and serviceable.

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
If necessary remove the side panels of the center console, refer to Center Console Cover Remove and
Install.
B. Procedure for Micro Switch Adjustment

Refer to Figure 13.
(1) Move the flap selector lever so that the trigger cam is between the 2 micro switch rollers (2) .
Note With both switch rollers (2) in contact with the related micro switch button, but not pushing
it, there should be a small gap between each roller (2) and the leading edge of the trigger
cam. The clearance X between the micro switches switching points to be adjusted to 3.5
to 5.5 mm, refer to Figure 14.
(2) If necessary, adjust the micro switches 4CG and 5CG (1) to increase or decrease the range as
follows:
(a) Loosen the nuts (4) so that the micro switch 4CG and/or 5CG (1) is adjustable on the
indicator lever.
(b) Move the micro switch as necessary.
(c) Tighten the attaching nuts (4) at the micro switch 4CG and 5CG (1) .
(3) Make sure that the micro switches are adjusted correctly within the given limits.
C. Procedure for Micro Switch Test
(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker FLAPS is pushed.
(2) Set the switch BATT to ON.
(3) Set the flap selector lever to UP.

Make sure that the flaps are in the UP-position.
(4) Move the flap selector lever down.

When the flaps start moving, set the flap selector lever immediately back to UP-position.
(5) Confirm that the flaps move back to UP-position.
(6) If flaps stop in undefined position:
indicator lever.
(b) Slightly decrease the distance between the micro switch and the trigger cam.
(c) Tighten the attaching nuts (4) at the micro switch 5CG (1) .

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(d) Check the adjustment of the micro switches (1) , perform the step C.4 to step C.6.
(7) Confirm that the flaps do not stop in undefined position.
(8) Simulate small vibrations on the flap indication lever (6) .
Note Carefully move the indicator pin up and down per hand. Do not brake the indicator lever
(6) .
Confirm that the flaps do not move.
(9) If the flaps are moving:
indicator lever.
(b) Slightly increase the distance between the micro switch and the trigger cam.
(c) Tighten the attaching nuts (4) at the micro switch 4CG and 5CG (1) .
(d) Check the adjustment of the micro switches (1) , start the check with step C.4.
(10) Move the flap selector lever beginning at position UP to the positions T/O, LANDING, FULL and
back to UP.
Confirm that the flaps stop at the predefined positions.
(11) Set the switch BATT to OFF.
1. Remove the external power supply if necessary, refer to External Power Supply Operation.

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
5 4
2
3 4
4 4
3 5
6
1
4
2
Legend
(1) Micro switch (4) Screw, washer and nut

(2) Switch roller (5) Teflon strip
(3) Screw and washer (6) Flap indicator lever
Figure 13 - Micro Switch Installation

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 14 - Distance X on Flap Selector Lever

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP CONTROLS
A. General
This section contains the data for trouble shooting the flap controls. See the Flight Controls General Data for
general trouble shooting data for the flight controls.

Flaps do not move. Flap circuit breaker operated. Reset the circuit breaker. Do a ground test for
correct operation of the flaps.
Aircraft electrical system volt- Do a test of the aircraft electrical system volt-
age low. age.
Flap selector micro-switch de- Do a test for correct operation of the micro-
fective. switches. If necessary, replace the micro-
switch.
Over-ride micro-switch defec- Do a test for correct operation of the micro-
tive. switches. If necessary, replace the micro-
switch.
Flap drive-unit electrical con- Do a test for electrical continuity of the con-
nector loose/defective. nector. If necessary, replace the connector.
Flap drive-motor defective. Do a test for 24 V at the motor with flaps se-
lected. If there is 24 V at the motor, then
replace the flap drive-unit.
Flaps move slowly. Aircraft electrical system volt- Do a test of the aircraft electrical system volt-
age low. age.
Flap drive-motor defective. Do a test for 24 V at the motor with flaps se-
lected. If there is 24 V at the motor, then
replace the flap drive-unit.
Flap drive-unit defective. Examine the threaded rod and the guide rails.
Look specially for scuffing. If you find damage,
then replace the flap drive-unit.
Flaps move to full travel Flap indicator system defec- Do a test for correct adjustment of the flap in-
when part travel select- tive. dicator system.
ed.
Flap micro-switch sticking. Do a test for correct operation of the micro-
switches.
Flaps do not align with Flaps extended at high air Examine the flap system. Do a test for correct
the wing trailing edge. speed. adjustment of the flap system.

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-50-03-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLEXIBLE CABLE FOR FLAP INDICATION

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Removal of the Flexible Cable
- Installation of the Flexible Cable

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
B. Removal of the Flexible Cable

Refer to Figure 15.
(1) Pull the FLAPS circuit-breaker.

1T120TP-A-27-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

- Pilot seats, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install
- Cockpit floor panels, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Oxygen cylinder, refer to Oxygen Cylinder Remove and Install or Oxygen Cylinder Remove
and Install
- Baggage compartment rear, right-panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(3) Disassemble the ball end (3) from the idler lever (1) as follows:
- Remove the nut and the washer from the ball bolt (2) .
- Remove the ball bolt (2) from the idler lever (1) .
(4) Remove the screws from the bracket (5) . Disassemble the bracket (5) and remove the flexible
cable (4) from the bracket (5) .
(5) Cut the cable ties along the flexible cable (4) .
Note Notice the positions of the cable ties in the fuselage in order to install it in the same position.
(6) Remove the screws of the holding clamp (6) inside of the center console.
(7) Disassemble the ball end (7) from the flap indicator lever (8) as follows:
- Remove the nut and the washer from the ball bolt at the flap indicator lever (8) .
- Remove the ball bolt from the flap indicator lever (8) .
(8)
Note Notice the installation position of the flexible cable in the fuselage to make sure that the
new flexible cable will be installed at the same position inside the fuselage.
Remove the flexible cable (4) from the fuselage.
C. Installation of the Flexible Cable

Refer to Figure 15.
(1) Install the flexible cable (4) to the fuselage.

Make sure that this end of the flexible cable (4) with the blue peak faces in flight direction.
Make sure that the position of the flexible cable (4) in the fuselage is corresponding to the original
installation position.
(2) Assemble the ball end (7) to the flap indicator lever (8) as follows:
- Install the ball bolt to the flap indicator lever (8) .
- Install the washer and the nut to the ball bolt on the flap indicator lever (8) . Torque the nut.

1T120TP-A-27-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Install the holding clamp (6) and the screws inside of the center console to fix the flexible
cable (4) to the installation position. Tighten the screws at the holding clamp (6) only hand tight.
(4) Install the cable ties to the flexible cable (4) at the same positions.
(5) Attach the flexible cable (4) to the bracket (5) and assemble the bracket (5) . Install the screws
to the bracket (5) . Tighten the screws on the bracket (5) only hand tight.
(6) Assemble the ball end (3) to the idler lever (1) as follows:
- Install the ball bolt (2) to the idler lever (1) .
- Install the washer and the nut to the ball bolt (2) . Torque the nut.
(7) Adjust the flexible cable (4) on the holding clamp (6) so that the flap indicator lever (8) indicates
the correct position of the flaps.
(8) Torque the screws at the (5) bracket and the holding clamp (6) to the proper torque value.
(9) Perform a check of the flaps movement.

Make sure that the flaps system operates correct. If necessary adjust the flexible cable end position
(4) at the bracket (5) and/or the holding clamp (6) .

- Baggage compartment rear, right-panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Oxygen cylinder, refer to Oxygen Cylinder Remove and Install or Oxygen Cylinder Remove
and Install
- Cockpit floor panels, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install
- Pilot seats, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install

1T120TP-A-27-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 2
3
5
Figure 15 - Flexible Cable Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)

1T120TP-A-27-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Idler lever (5) Bracket

(2) Ball bolt (6) Holding clamp
(3) Ball end (7) Ball end
(4) Flexible cable (8) Flap indicator lever
Figure 15 - Flexible Cable Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)

1T120TP-A-27-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-27-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
28-00
FUEL SYSTEM

1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL SYSTEM
GENERAL
A. General
The fuel system of the G 120TP-A uses these units of measurement:
Fuel Quantity: Pound (lbs) or kilogram (kg)

Fuel Flow: Pounds/hour (lbs/hr) or kilogram/hour (kg/hr)
Fuel Pressure: Pound per square inch (psi)
Fuel Temperature: Degrees Celsius (ºC).
The G 120TP-A has a fuel tank in each wing. The total fuel capacity is 623 lbs (282.7 kg). Two pumps supply
fuel to the engine. An airframe-mounted filter protects the sensitive components. The engine also has a filter
integral with the engine-driven fuel-pump.
The pilot controls the fuel system with a fuel selector valve. Three electrical switches control the electrical fuel-
pumps. A fuel contents display on the engine monitoring indicator shows the quantity of fuel in each tank.
The fuel system has these functional groups:
- Fuel storage (Fuel Storage System General)
- Fuel distribution (Fuel Distribution System General)
- Fuel quantity indication (Integrated Engine Display System General (analog) or Sensors and
Transducers General data (digital)).
This chapter tells you about the fuel system in general and about its operation. Refer to the Section of the related
functional group for maintenance procedures.
Refer to Integrated Engine Display System General for details of the fuel quantity indication system which is part
of the integrated engine monitoring system.

1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
A. Description and Operation

(1) Fuel Storage
The G 120TP-A has two integral wing tanks. The left tank has a total capacity of 306 lb (139 kg) including
the collector-tank. The innermost part adjacent to LH wing root is a collector-tank. The collector-tank can
supply fuel to the engine during aerobatic manoeuvres. The collector-tank can hold 37 lb (16.8 kg).
The right tank has a capacity of 300 lb (136 kg).
In normal flight, two jet pumps transfer fuel from the main part of the left tank into the collector-tank. Two
small flapper non-return valves connect the main tank to the collector-tank. If the jet pumps are not
operating, fuel flows through the flapper-valves into the collector-tank under gravity.
The collector-tank provides uninterrupted fuel to the engine during negative-g conditions for at least
2 minutes. An optical sensor monitors the fuel level in the collector-tank. It lights an amber caution FUEL
LO LVL on the annunciator panel if the fuel level of the collector-tank is not sufficient for aerobatic
maneuvers.
Each wing tank has a filler cap. The filler orifice has a flapper-valve to prevent fuel spillage during accidental
loss of the filler cap.
A safety relief-valve protects each wing tank. It is a combined outward (pressure) and inward (negative)
relief-valve. A dome at the outboard end of each tank holds the safety relief-valve. The dome attaches to
the bottom wing shell. A panel with a vent covers the bottom of the dome.
A second vent system connects the outboard top of each tank to the other and to atmosphere, to maintain
pressure balance. Two easily accessible drain valves are located at the lowest points in the system.
The vent system exhaust pipe emerges at the bottom of the fuselage well aft of the engine exhaust pipes.
The vent pipes cross the fuselage above tank height. Fuel cannot flow through the vent system from one
tank to the other.
A vent pipe connects the top of the collector-tank to the top, outboard corner of the left main fuel tank. The
vent pipe has a restrictor. Only a small amount of fuel can flow from the collector-tank to the wing tank
during inverted flight.
The collector-tank and the LH tank can be drained through drain valves at the lowest point. The RH tank
has one drain valve near the wing-root rib at the lowest point.
(2) Fuel Delivery
The LH collector-tank has a flexible pick-up tube. The tube has a heavy pick-up nozzle. Gravity moves the
nozzle and fuel to the same part of the collector-tank during aerobatics. The tube connects through the fuel
selector to the fuel-pumps. It lets the fuel-pumps supply the engine with fuel in any aircraft attitude.
The electrical fuel-pumps have a much larger capacity than the engine can demand. Part of the fuel supply
from the pumps (the ‘Motive Flow’) goes back to the left tank to two jet pumps. The jet pumps pick up
additional fuel from the bottom of the left main tank area. The combined flow flows into the collector-tank.
This keeps the collector-tank full.
The jet pumps cannot pick up fuel during negative G, knife-edged flight or spins. Only fuel trapped in the
collector-tank is available during these maneuvers.

1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The aircraft has a fuel balancing system. A transfer fuel-pump can move fuel from a fixed pick-up in the RH
tank to the LH tank. The transfer fuel-pump switch has three settings: ON, TIMER and OFF. ON requires
the pilot to monitor fuel balance and operate the pump as necessary. Timer is the usual setting. OFF turns
the transfer pump off and no fuel transfer can occur.
With the transfer fuel-pump set to ON, the pump supplies fuel through a non-return-valve from the RH tank
to the LH tank. The non-return valve prevents fuel flowing back from the left tank to the right tank when the
transfer pump is not operating. A bypass relief-valve opens at approximately 1.1 psi. It lets fuel from the
transfer pump return to the pump inlet. This prevents pressure increasing in the LH tank when it is full.
With the transfer pump set to TIMER, the adjacent fuel transfer-pump initialization-switch (INIT) controls
the transfer pump. If the pilot operates the switch, the transfer pump operates for 2 minutes. The pump
transfers fuel from the RH to the LH tank.
A fuel pressure switch monitors the transfer pump output pressure. If the pump is ON and there is no
pressure at the outlet, the F TRANS FAIL caution lights. The pilot must set the transfer pump switch to OFF.
A high level float switch in the top, outboard area of the left tank operates when the left tank is full. It lights
the F TRANS FAIL caution. The pilot must set the transfer pump switch to OFF.
A second pick-up in the RH fuel tank supplies fuel directly to the fuel selector-valve. A non-return-valve in
the pipe keeps the pipe primed.
A fuel selector switch (Fuel Selector) controls the source of the fuel supply to the engine. It has four positions:
OFF No fuel can pass to the fuel-pumps or engine.

LEFT The fuel-pumps can draw fuel from the left collector-tank. This is the normal operating
setting.
EMERG TRANS The fuel-pumps can draw fuel from the right tank. This is the emergency setting for use
when it is not possible to transfer fuel to the left tank. Fuel will be delivered to the engine
and the motive flow to the jet pumps will progressively fill the left tank. When the fuel
content is balanced, the pilot can set the selector to LEFT again.
OFF No fuel can pass to the fuel-pumps or engine.
There is no valve position which would let fuel to be taken from both fuel tanks at the same time. There is
no middle position between the LEFT and EMERG TRANS valve position which will shut off the fuel supply.
The fuel from the fuel selector enters the main 40-micron fuel filter. The main fuel filter attaches to the front
face of the firewall. The filter has a bypass valve and a bypass sensor. Just before the filter bypass valve
opens, the amber FUEL FILTER caution light comes ON.
The outlet from the main filter has a T-piece. Pipes from the T-piece go to two identical fuel-pumps on the
front face of the firewall. Each pump has an outlet non-return valve to prevent reverse flow if the pump is
not operating. One pump is the primary pump. The other pump is the standby pump.
Switches for the primary and standby fuel-pump are located together on the right instrument panel. The
switch marked FUEL PUMP controls the primary fuel-pump. The switch has ON and OFF positions. A 7.5
amp circuit-breaker (marked FUEL-PUMP) on the BATTERY BUS protects the circuit.
The switch marked STBY controls the standby fuel-pump. The switch has ON, AUTO and OFF positions.
A 7.5 amp circuit-breaker (marked SDBY F PUMP) on the MAIN BUS protects the circuit. The switch has
these positions:
OFF The standby fuel-pump does not operate.

AUTO The control circuit monitors the fuel pressure-switch. If the fuel pressure decreases to less that 12
psi, the standby fuel-pump operates. The auto circuit latches ON. It provides power to the pump
until the pilot sets the switch to either ON or OFF.

1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ON The standby fuel-pump operates continuously.
The outlet pipe from each pump goes to a T-piece. The T-piece attaches to a fuel-air separator. A fuel
pressure switch also attaches to the fuel-air separator. The fuel pressure switch senses fuel-pump outlet
pressure.
If the fuel pressure decreases to less than 12 psi, the switch operates the amber STBY F PUMP caution.
If the STBY FUEL PUMP switch is set to AUTO, the standby fuel-pump will start. The standby fuel-pump
will operate until the pilot changes the switch setting. The caution goes OFF when the pressure increase
to more than 14 psi.
Part of the fuel flow and any air flows through an outlet at the top of the fuel-air separator. This fuel (the
motive flow) returns to the left wing tank to operate the jet pumps.
A combined fuel temperature sensor and fuel flow sensor attaches to the outlet of the fuel-air separator.
The fuel temperature sensor and fuel flow sensor provide signals to the integrated engine indications. A
hose connects the outlet of the fuel temperature sensor and fuel flow sensor to the engine fuel system.
At the engine, a fuel pressure sensor gives fuel pressure information to the integrated engine indications.
Fuel passes through the engine filter to the engine-driven mechanical fuel-pump, the fuel control unit and
combustion system. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s Operation and Maintenance Manual for more
information about the engine fuel system.
(3) Fuel System Control and Indication
The fuel system control consists of:

- Fuel Tank Selector (OFF / LEFT / EMERG TRANS)
- Fuel-pump Switch (ON / OFF)
- Standby Fuel-Pump Switch (ON / AUTO / OFF)
- Transfer Fuel-pump Switch (ON / TIMER / OFF)
- Transfer Pump Timer-Initialization Switch (INIT / OFF)
- Fuel Pressure Indication on Engine indications (0-50 psi)
- Fuel Low Pressure Warning (FUEL PRESS Red Light)
- LH Fuel Low Level Warning (FUEL LO LVL Red Light)
- Standby Fuel-Pump Caution (STBY F PUMP Amber Light)
- Fuel Filter Bypass Caution (FUEL FILTER Amber Light)
- Fuel Transfer Caution (FUEL TRANS FAIL Amber Light)
- Transfer Fuel-pump Status (TRANS F PUMP)
- Fuel Quantity Indication on Engine indications (L/H wing tank, R/H wing tank)
- Fuel Temperature Indication on Engine indications
- Fuel Flow Indication on Engine indications.
The FUEL PUMP switch selects the primary fuel-pump.

The STBY FUEL PUMP switch selects the standby fuel-pump.
The fuel low pressure warning is triggered by the fuel pressure switch located at the fuel-pump outlets. The
switch operates the fuel pressure decreases to less than 12 psig +1/-0 psig (minimum engine inlet fuel
pressure). The switch reopens for a fuel pressure of more than 13 to 14 psig.

1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The fuel pressure switch operates the FUEL PRESS warning caption in the annunciator panel. It will operate
the standby fuel-pump, if the STBY FUEL PUMP switch is set to AUTO.
The fuel low-level caution is triggered by an opto-electronic liquid level switch. The switch is installed in the
LH collector-tank. A short delay function makes sure that the caution will not come on immediately during
harsh flight maneuvers. The caution comes ON when the collector-tank is approximately 2/3 empty.
The STBY F PUMP caution light shows that the standby fuel-pump is operating.
(4) Fuel Quantity Indication
The fuel quantity indication system consists of:

- Fuel Tank Probes (2 per wing tank)
- A Fuel Quantity Signal-Conditioner
- Fuel Tank Indicators (L/H, R/H, Total).
The fuel quantity indication system is a standard capacitance-type system.

Each main tank has 2 capacitance fuel quantity sensors. The fuel quantity sensors connect to a signal
conditioning unit. The signal conditioning unit provides fuel-quantity signals to the engine integrated-
indicator in the cockpit.
The fuel contents indicator has LH and RH vertical bar displays with the contents shown by an arrowhead.
A digital reading centrally below the bar shows the fuel contents of each tank. The indicator shows fuel
quantity in pounds (lb). Alternatively, the indicator can show the quantity in kilograms (kg).
Refer to Integrated Engine Display System General (analog) or Integrated Engine Display System
General (digital) for detailed description, operation, trouble-shooting and maintenance procedures related
to the fuel quantity indication system.

1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-040A-A
Normal Supply
Motive Flow 39 36 Audio: Audio: Audio: Audio: Audio: Audio: Audio:
Fuel Transfer Engine None "Check Fuel" None "Check Fuel" None None "Check Fuel"
Emergency Transfer Indicator
Engine
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

Tank Vent System Fuel 27
Press
Electrical
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Connections 2
EDP Delay: Delay: Delay: Delay: Delay: Delay: Delay:
13 None 1 sec. None 10 sec. None None 5 sec.
LH Fuel RH Fuel Fuel Fuel
1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-040A-A
FCU FUEL FUEL STBY FUEL EMERG TRANS FUEL
Qty Qty Temp Flow FILTER PRESS F PUMP LO LVL TRANS F PUMP HI LVL
35 40

Transfer Fuel Stby
Pump 5 Pump Pump

23 Fuel Qty
19 ON 22 ON 33
ON 21
AUTO Signal AUTO
OFF Conditioner OFF OFF
7b 7a
1b 1a
DCM
DCM
Firewall EMERG LEFT EMERG 4
TRANS TRANS
LEFT OFF OFF OFF
16 12 3a 12
8 24 20 8
42
6 18 17 17 18
11 11
28-00
3b
41
14 15 34 15 14
25
9 M 9
Figure 1 - Fuel System Schematic Diagram

10
28 28
1a. Electrical fuel pump 7a. Pump check valve 14. Collector flapper valve 22. Fuel pump control switch 33. Stand-by pump switch

1b. Stand-by fuel pump 7b. Pump check valve 15. Wing tank drain valve 23. Transfer pump control switch 34. Fuel transfer check valve
2. Engine-driven fuel pump 8. Negative relief safety valve 16. Transfer high level switch 24. Collector vent line orifice 35. Fuel flow & temp. sensor
3a. Scavenge jet pump 9. Vent negative relief valve 17. Inboard fuel qty sensor 25. Transfer pump (Electrical) 36. Caution & warning panel
3b. Scavenge jet pump 10. Vent positive relief valve 18. Outboard fuel qty sensor 26. 39. Engine monitoring system
4. Selector & shut-off valve 11. Fuel pick-up 19. Fuel qty signal cond. unit 27. Fuel pressure sensor 40. Fuel control unit
5. Airframe fuel filter 12. Filler cap with NRV 20. Collector low-level switch 28. Fuel vent drain port 41. Fuel transfer pressure switch
6. LH positive relief safety valve 13. Check valve 21. Fuel low pressure switch 29. 42. RH positive relief safety valve
02 February 2018
Page: 9
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
28-10
FUEL STORAGE SYSTEM

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL STORAGE SYSTEM

GENERAL
A. General
This Chapter tells you about the fuel storage system. It tells you about these components:
- Main fuel tanks.
- Collector-tank.
- Fuel tank vents.
Refer to Fuel System General for a general description of the fuel system and for the schematic diagram of the
system.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL STORAGE SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
(1) Tank Structure
The left tank has a total capacity of 306 lb (139 kg) including the collector-tank. The innermost part adjacent
to LH wing root is a collector-tank. The collector-tank can supply fuel to the engine during aerobatic
manoeuvres. The collector-tank can hold 38 lb (17.2 kg).
The collector-tank is in the inner rear corner of the wing tank. It supplies fuel to the engine at all times
including during aerobatics.
The right tank has a capacity of 300 lb (136 kg).
Figure 1 shows the main fuel tank. The main fuel tanks are inboard in each wing in front of the main spar.
A two-part sealant seals the inner surfaces of the tanks. These components of the wing make the walls of
the tank:
- Front face of the main spar web (1)
- Rear face of the tank spar (2)
- Tank end rib (3)
- Wing root rib (4)
- Wing lower skin
- Wing upper skin.
The outboard end of the tank has a filler cap in the top surface (5) . The cap has a bayonet attachment. A
non-return valve (6) in the filler hole minimises fuel loss if the cap comes off in flight.
You lift the lock to open the tank. Then turn the cap counter-clockwise to release it. You turn the cap
clockwise to install it. Then push the lock down. A mark on the cap aligns with a mark on the wing when
the cap is installed correctly.
The left tank has two drain valves. The right tank has one drain valve. Use the drain valve to do a fuel
sample test. Or to drain all fuel from the tank. Fuel System Defuel tells you how to drain fuel.
The fuel tank has a vent system. Inward (7) and outward (8) relief-valves at the top outboard of the tank
provide both negative and positive pressure relief. The valves are located in a ‘top-hat’ housing (9)
combined with an access panel (10) in the wing bottom skin. A stream-lined vent (11) in the panel lets
air flow to and from atmosphere.
Figure 2 shows the fuel vent system in the fuselage and the collector-tank.
Each tank has small diameter pipe that connects the vent space at the top, outboard corner of each tank,
to a T-fitting located aft of the seat-back frame.
A drain valve is connected at the lowest point of the vent system on each side. The drain valve (22) adjacent
to the root rib drains fuel or condensed water which can collect in the vent system outboard.
(2) Collector-Tank
The inner rear corner of the left tank has a web with two bends (23) . The web divides the collector-tank
and the LH tank. The top skin of the wing has an access panel over the collector-tank.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The web holds these components:

- Two non-return valves (Flapper-valves) (24) . The valves let fuel flow into the collector-tank
from the main tank when the jet-pumps are not operating. For example during refuelling.
- A fuel pick-up pipe (25)
- A fuel level sensor (26)
- The fuel supply pipe (27) from the front jet-pump
- The fuel supply pipe (28) for the rear jet-pump
- The collector-tank vent pipe (29) .
(3) Collector-Tank Operation
The jet-pumps supply fuel to the collector-tank in usual flight. The jet pumps can supply more fuel than the
engine can use and the collector-tank stays full. Gravity holds the fuel pick-up pipe (25) near the bottom
of the collector-tank.
When the aircraft flies inverted, the jet pumps supply only the motive flow fuel. Gravity moves the fuel and
the fuel pick-up in the collector-tank (25) to the usual top of the collector-tank. And the collector-tank
supplies fuel to the engine.
When the aircraft goes back to usual flight, the remaining fuel covers the pick-up and supplies the engine.
Fuel covers the jet pumps. The jet pumps transfer fuel to fill the collector-tank again. Fuel can also go into
the collector-tank through the flapper-valves.
The vent pipe (29) from the collector-tank has a small restrictor. This prevents too much fuel flowing from
the collector-tank to the main tank when the aircraft is inverted.
During refuelling, the flapper-valves let the collector-tank fill completely. The vent pipe lets the air above
the fuel escape from the collector-tank.
(4) Jet-Pumps
Figure 3 shows the installation of the jet-pumps in the left fuel tank. A T-piece (38) at the tank spar divides
the motive flow. Rigid pipes (40) connect the front jet-pump (30) to the T-piece and the collector-tank
web. Rigid pipes also connect the rear jet-pump (31) to the T-piece and the collector-tank web.
Each jet pump has these parts:
- A housing (32)
- A base (33) with a strainer (34) . The base makes the fuel inlet to the jet-pump from the main
tank.
- A motive flow nozzle (35) . The nozzle attaches to the housing. The motive flow supply
(36) connects to the nozzle.
- A diffuser (37) . The diffuser attaches to the housing. The nozzle points into the inlet of the
diffuser. And the inlet also connects to the base. The diffuser has the outlet from the jet-pump.
(5) Jet-Pump Operation
The jet-pumps move fuel from the main tank into the collector-tank. The motive flow comes out of the nozzle
(35) at high speed. When it goes through the convergent part of the diffuser (37) , the pressure decreases.
The decreased pressure sucks fuel from the main tank through the strainer (34) in the base (35) . And
the fuel flows from the diffuser into the collector-tank.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
7
8
4
FWD
1
2
9
5
6
3
11 A
10
A
Figure 1 - Main Fuel Tank Components

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Main spar (7) Inward (negative

pressure) vent valve
(2) Tank spar (8) Outward (positive
(3) Tank end rib (9) Top hat housing
(4) Wing root rib (10) Bottom panel
(5) Fuel filler cap (11) Streamlined vent
(6) Non-return valve
Figure 1 - Main Fuel Tank Components

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
22
A
26
20
21
B
29
A
23
26 24
28
27 25
D
FW
IN
BD
Figure 2 - Vent System in the Fuselage and Wing

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Inward (negative (25) Fuel pick-up pipe

(21) Outward (Positive (26) Fuel level sensor
(22) Vent system drain valve (27) Fuel supply from front
jet-pump
(23) Collector-tank web (28) Fuel supply from rear jet-
pump
(24) Flapper-valve (29) Collector-tank vent pipe
Figure 2 - Vent System in the Fuselage and Wing

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
36
40
B 31
B
30
37
32
39
33
FW 35
D
34
38
Figure 3 - Jet-Pump Installation In The Left Fuel Tank

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Front jet-pump (36) Motive flow supply

(31) Rear jet-pump (37) Jet-pump diffuser
(32) Jet-pump housing (38) T-piece
(33) Jet-pump base (39) Bulkhead connectors
(34) Strainer (40) Supply pipe from front
jet-pump
(35) Jet-pump nozzle
Figure 3 - Jet-Pump Installation In The Left Fuel Tank

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL TANK PRESSURE TEST

OTHER CHECK
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General Information
- Test Procedure

None

Wing trestles ......................................................................................... 115TA-0720-02 (C4331) QTY 2
Blanking plugs ....................................................................................... AN806-8D & AN806-6D QTY 2
Pressure test column .................................................................................. 120AI-0816 (C4331) QTY 1
Calibration fluid type 2 (or JET FUEL) . . Handt & Nelles, Düsseldorf, Germany QTY 180 liters per tank
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
CAUTION THE SHELF LIVE OF THE CALIBRATION FLUID TYPE 2 (OR JET FUEL) IS TWO
YEARS. MAKE SURE, THAT THE SHELF LIVE DATE IS NOT EXCEEDED.
A. General Information
Note Test each tank independently.
Note The ambient temperature has a large effect on the fuel volume. If possible, do the test in a
temperature controlled area. Allow the temperature of the fuel to stabilize after filling the tank.
Make the final reading when the temperature is the same as the initial value.
WARNING DO NOT GET FUEL ON YOU; FUEL CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.
DO NOT ALLOW FIRE NEAR FUEL. FUEL BURNS AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
B. Test Procedure
Refer to Figure 4.
(2) Defuel the tank, refer to Fuel System Defuel.
(3) Remove the cockpit floor and seat on the side of the tank that has to be tested (left and right), refer
to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data.
(4) Disconnect the fuel supply hose (35) at the check valve (left and right).
- Install a pressure blanking plug (64) on the fuel hose.
- Put a dust cap on the check valve.
(5) Disconnect the transfer hose (70) (left and right).

- Put a dust cap on the union.
(6) Disconnect the motive flow hose (61) (left).


1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Disconnect the vent pipe (63) .

- Install a pressure blanking plug (65) to the vent line.
(8) Remove the outboard fuel tank access panel (67) with the filler cap.
- Remove 12 screws (68) .
- Remove the panel and rubber seal (69) .
(9) Install the pressure test column (66) with the seal (69) to the hole for the outboard access panel.
- Use the access panel screws (68) .
(10) Fill the tank with test fluid (or fuel) through the pressure test column.
(11) Fill the pressure test column with test fluid (or fuel) to the level mark.
Note For test fluid, fill to 700 mm (27.6 in) above the top face of the access panel. For JET FUEL,
fill to 850 mm (33.5 in) above the top face of the access panel.
(12) Allow the test fluid (or fuel) level to stabilize. Note the level. If necessary, add more test fluid (or
fuel).
Note Shake the wing to remove all air bubbles.
(13) Put trestles under the wings to keep the aircraft level.
(14) Allow the test set-up to stand for at least 10 hours.
(15) Look for leaks of the test fluid (or fuel). In case of leaks, repair and repeat the test.
(16) Drain the test fluid (or fuel) from the fuel tank. Use the drain valves.
(17) Remove the wing trestles.
(18) Remove the pressure test column (66) .

- Remove 12 screws (68) .
- Remove the pressure test column and rubber seal (69) .
(19) Connect the vent pipe (63) .

- Remove the pressure blanking plug (65) .
- Carefully blow through the vent pipe in the wing to remove all trapped fuel.
- Install the vent pipe to the union connector.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(20) Install the outboard fuel tank access panel (67) with the filler cap.
- Put the rubber seal (69) and access panel in place.
- Install 12 screws (68) .
(21) Connect the motive flow hose (61) (left).

- Remove the pressure blanking plug (65) .
- Connect the motive flow hose.
(22) Connect the fuel supply hose (35) (left and right).
- Remove the pressure blanking plug (64) on the fuel hose.
- Connect the fuel supply hose.
(23) Connect the transfer hose (70) (left and right).

- Remove the pressure blanking plug (64) on the fuel hose.
- Connect the transfer hose.
(24) Part fill the fuel tank with 8 liters (2 US gal) of fuel.
(25) Drain a sample of the fuel from each drain valve. Test the sample for contamination with test fluid.
Take samples until there is no test fluid or other contamination.
If necessary, add more fuel to the tank.
(26) Operate the vent system drain valve (on the bottom of the wing at the root rib) to release any fuel
trapped in the vent system.
(27) Refuel the tank, refer to Fuel System Refuel.
(29) Do a test for fuel leaks.

- Set the fuel selector to the tank you have tested.
- Set the FUEL PUMP switch to ON.
- Listen for the pump running.
- Look for leaks from the fuel supply and motive flow connection at the leading edge panel.
- Set the FUEL PUMP switch to OFF.
- Set the fuel selector as required.
(30) Install the cockpit floor and seat on the side of the tank that has to be tested (left and right).

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
W
F
65
64
63
35
70
64
65 64 35 61 700 mm (27.6 in)
850 mm (33.5 in)
66
Test Fluid Level
Fuel Level
68
67
69
Figure 4 - Fuel Tank Pressure Test

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(35) Fuel supply hose (66) Fuel pressure test

column
(61) Motive flow hose (67) Filler-cap access panel
(63) Vent pipe (68) Filler cap panel screws
(64) Blanking plugs (69) Filler cap panel rubber
seal
(65) Blanking plugs (70) Transfer hose
Figure 4 - Fuel Tank Pressure Test

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL STORAGE SYSTEM

A. General
This section contains the data for trouble-shooting the fuel storage system. If you find the trouble given in column

Filler cap leaking. Filler cap seal damaged. Replace the filler cap seal.
Fuel drain valve leaking. Drain valve damaged. Replace the drain valve.
Drain valve seal damaged. Replace the seal.
Contamination in the drain Open and close drain valve. Do this until the
valve. valve seals. If the valve still leaks, then replace
the drain valve.
Fuel leak from the tank Failure of the sealant. Defuel the tank, clean the defective area and
spar area. apply new sealant.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TANK SPAR
REPAIR
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Preparation
- Inspection
- Repair
- Recovery

None

None
E. Materials
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) .................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
Sealant .................................................................................................................... GS281001 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
WARNING DO NOT GET FUEL ON YOU. FUEL CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Preparation
(1) Defuel the aircraft, refer to Fuel System Defuel.
(2) Remove the fuel tank access panels as required, refer to Fuel Indication General and Access
Panels General.
(3) Vent the tank for at least 24 hours.
(4) Remove the fuel filter access panel, refer to Access Panels General.
WARNING USE ONLY FLAME-PROOF LIGHTS AND TOOLS IN THE FUEL TANK. FUEL
VAPOR BURNS VIOLENTLY.
B. Inspection
(1) Do a visual inspection of the outside of the tank spar.
Note Look specially for stains that show fuel leaks.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the inside of the tank spar. Look specially for:
- Damaged or perforated sealant.
- Areas where the sealant is too thin.
Note Look specially in the areas opposite any external leaks.
WARNING DO NOT GET SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
SEALANT IS TOXIC. IT CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE AND THE VAPOR CAN MAKE
YOU ILL.
WARNING DO NOT GET METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (MEK) ON YOUR SKIN. DO NOT BREATH

THE VAPOR. MEK IS TOXIC. IT CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE AND THE VAPOR
CAN MAKE YOU ILL.
C. Repair
(1) Clean the damaged area. Use Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK). Clean at least 100 mm (4 in) past any
damage.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Apply new sealant to the repair area. Use Sealant. Follow the manufacturer's instructions.
Apply the sealant to the area you cleaned with Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK).
(3) Let the sealant dry for at least 24 hours.
(4) Do a visual inspection of the repaired area. If necessary, apply a second coat of sealant.
D. Recovery
(1) Install the fuel tank access panels as necessary, refer to Fuel Indication General and Access
Panels General.
(2) Refuel the aircraft, refer to Fuel System Refuel.
(3) Make sure that there are no fuel leaks. If you find fuel leaks, do the procedure again.
(4) Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing Post-Operation (Restore the aircraft after
maintenance).

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SAFETY RELIEF-VALVE
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Safety Relief-Valve

- Installation of the Safety Relief-Valve

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING DO NOT GET FUEL ON YOU. FUEL CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Safety Relief-Valve

Refer to Figure 5.
(1) Defuel the appropriate wing tank for removal of the safety relief-valve, refer to Fuel System Defuel.
(2) Remove 6 screws (42) and the outboard access panel (41) from the bottom surface of the wing.
WARNING DO NOT LET FIRE NEAR FUEL. WHEN YOU DISCONNECT THE T-PIECE
FROM THE BREATHER/RELIEF-VALVE FUEL FUMES CAN COME INTO
THE COCKPIT. FUEL FUMES ARE FLAMMABLE AND CAN CAUSE INJURY
TO PEOPLE AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(3) Remove the dome (44) as follows:
(a) Remove 6 screws (43) .
(b) Remove the dome (44) from the wing.
(c) Remove the sealing ring (45) .
(4) Remove the safety relief-valve (40) from the dome as follows:
(a) Remove the large nut (46) .
(b) Remove the safety relief-valve (40) and seal (47) from the dome.
B. Installation of the Safety Relief-Valve

Refer to Figure 5.
(1) Put the safety relief-valve (40) and seal (47) in position in the dome (44) .
(2) Install the large nut (46) .
(3) Install the dome (44) in the wing as follows:
(a) Put the sealing ring (45) in position on the dome.
(b) Put the dome (44) in position in the wing.
(c) Install 6 screws (43) .
(4) Install 6 screws (42) and the outboard access panel (41) (with the vent outlet pointing aft) to the
bottom surface of the wing.
(5) Refuel the appropriate wing tank, refer to Fuel System Refuel.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Check for leakage at the dome (44) and cover panel (41) . Make sure that there is no leakage.

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
45
46
A
A
40
47
FW
D
44
43
42
41
Figure 5 - Safety Relief-Valve Installation

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(40) Safety relief-valve (44) Dome

(41) Cover panel (45) Sealing ring
(42) Screws for the cover (46) Large nut
panel
(43) Screws for the dome (47) Seal for the safety relief-
valve
Figure 5 - Safety Relief-Valve Installation

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL STORAGE SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section contains the maintenance practices for the fuel storage system. The procedures are limited to
removal/installation of components.
Obey the safety precautions for fuel at all times.
WARNING: DO NOT GET FUEL ON YOU. FUEL CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.
WARNING: DO NOT LET FIRE NEAR FUEL. FUEL BURNS AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PEOPLE AND

1T120TP-A-28-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL STORAGE SYSTEM - REPAIR AND LIMITS

GENERAL
A. General
The fuel tanks are part of the wing structure. A two-part sealant seals the inside of each tank. Synthetic rubber
seals or gaskets seal bulkhead fittings and other components that pass through the tank walls.
Fuel leaks usually show as a slight stain on the structure together with the characteristic small of fuel. A bad leak
will drip fuel. The external signs of the leak can show some distance from the place where the leak comes from
in the tank. Always track the leak back to the point where it comes from the tank.
In most cases, the source inside the tank will be quite close to the first external signs of the leak. However, in
some cases, fuel can track along structural joints or under damaged or disbonded sealant. This fuel may come
out a long way from the internal source.
Use new seals when you install any component that you removed for access. The exception is the large circular
rubber seal for the access panels of the tank. These seals are designed to be used more than once.

1T120TP-A-28-10-02-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-10-02-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
28-20
FUEL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
This Chapter tells you about the fuel distribution system. The fuel distribution system supplies fuel from the tanks
to the engine. This chapter tells you about the components which carry the fuel and about components which
control fuel flow.
Refer to Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 3. The figures show the installation of the fuel distribution system before
AC S/N 11117.
These are the components of the fuel distribution system:
- Rigid fuel pipes (3) , (4)
- Flexible fuel hoses
- Fuel selector valve (1)
- Main fuel filter (25)
- Filter bypass sensor (27)
- Filter drain valve (26)
- Primary fuel-pump (20)
- Standby fuel-pump (22)
- Transfer fuel-pump (5)
- Fuel transfer pressure switch (6)
- Cockpit controls:
• Fuel selector lever (2)
• Fuel-pump switch (32)
• Standby fuel-pump switch (33)
• Transfer fuel-pump switch (30)
• Transfer fuel-pump initialization switch (31) .
- Non-return valves (7) , (21) , (23)

- Components which give status information to the integrated engine monitoring system (for further
information refer to Integrated Engine Display System General (analog) or Sensors and Transducers
General data (digital)):
• Fuel pressure switch (24)
• Fuel flow and temperature sensor (28) .
Refer to Fuel System General for a general description of the fuel system and for the schematic diagram of the
system.
Refer to Fuel Indication General for general information about the fuel indication system.
Refer to the wiring diagram manual (WDM) for data about the electrical wiring.

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
3
2
1
4
6
7
Figure 1 - Fuel Distribution System in the Fuselage (before AC S/N 11117)

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Fuel selector valve (5) Transfer fuel-pump

(2) Fuel selector lever (6) Fuel transfer pressure
switch
(3) Fuel supply to the (7) Non-return valve
engine
(4) Motive flow return line

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
23 28 24
FW
D 22
21
27 20
25
26
Figure 2 - Fuel Distribution System in the Engine Compartment (before AC S/N 11117)

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Primary fuel-pump (25) Main fuel filter

(21) Non-return valve (26) Filter drain valve
(22) Standby fuel-pump (27) Filter bypass sensor
(23) Non-return valve (28) Fuel flow and
temperature sensor
(24) Fuel pressure switch

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PANEL INSTR NIGHT/ ANTI-COLL NAV TAXI LANDING DIMMER DIMMER DIMMER CONT PROP BATT AVIONICS BUS TIE EXTERNAL GEN START FUEL TRANSFER STBY FUEL FUEL COMP P/S FAN AIR
LIGHTS LIGHTS DAY LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT PANEL MAP INSTR IGN OVSP MASTER POWER PUMP PUMP PUMP INTAKE HEAT HIGH CON
OFF ON ON NIGHT ON ON ON ON ON TEST ON ON AUTO ON ON START INIT ON ON ON BOTH ON
PARKING BRAKE ON
TIMER
AUTO
VENT
OFF
OFF
ON
SET RELEASE
INTAKE
OFF OFF DAY OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF HEAT TEST OFF OFF OFF OFF RESET BLOW OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF LOW OFF
31 30 33 32
Legend
(30) Transfer pump switch (32) Fuel-pump switch

(31) Transfer pump (33) Standby pump switch
Initialization switch
Figure 3 - Fuel System Electrical Cockpit Controls

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This section contains the data for trouble shooting the fuel distribution system. If you find the trouble given in
column 1, then do the repair given in column 3.

Aircraft smells of fuel. Pipe leaking. Examine all pipes. Look spe-
cially for stains. Replace de-
fective items
Loose connection. Examine all connections.
Look specially for stains.
Tighten loose unions to the
correct torque.
Component leaking. Examine all components.
Look specially for stains. Re-
place defective compo-
nents.
Fuel pressure low. Fuel pressure indicating system de- Do a test of the fuel pressure
fective. indicating system.
Filter blocked. Examine the fuel filter by-
pass indicator. If necessary,
replace the element. If you
find contamination, then
flush the fuel system.
Fuel-pump defective. Do a test of the electrical fu-
el-pump with the engine
shut-down. Do a test of the
main fuel-pump with the en-
gine running. And the elec-
trical fuel-pump set to OFF.
Replace defective compo-
nents.
FUEL PRESS warning light Fuel-pump failure. Replace the fuel-pump.
comes ON with the electrical fuel-
pump set to ON and the standby
pump set to OFF.
STBY F PUMP caution light Fuel-pump failure. Replace the fuel-pump.
comes ON with the fuel-pump set
to ON and the standby pump set
to ON.

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

FUEL PRESS warning light Standby fuel-pump failure. Replace the standby fuel-
comes ON and STBY F PUMP pump.
caution light comes ON with the
standby pump set to ON and the
fuel-pump set to OFF.

1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section contains the maintenance practices for the fuel distribution system. The procedures tell you how to
remove and install components.
You must purge the fuel system after any maintenance that allows air into the fuel system between the fuel tank
and the engine. Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest
revision for data about purging the engine fuel system.
Obey the safety precautions for fuel at all times.
WARNING DO NOT GET FUEL ON YOU; IT CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.

WARNING DO NOT LET FIRE NEAR FUEL. FUEL BURNS AND CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PEOPLE AND

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL SELECTOR VALVE

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Fuel Selector Valve

- Installation of the Fuel Selector Valve

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Fuel Selector Valve
(1) Remove the fuel selector lever (2) and shaft as follows:
(a) Remove 3 screws from the lever back-plate.
(b) Pull the lever (2) and shaft assembly from the panel.
(2) Remove the left and right front side panels for the nose gear compartment in the cockpit, refer to
Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Disconnect the 3 rigid pipes from the fuel selector and catch spilt fuel.
(4) Put caps on open connections.
(5) Remove the 4 washers and bolts attaching the selector to the nose gear compartment.
(6) Remove the fuel selector.
B. Installation of the Fuel Selector Valve
(1) Put the selector valve (1) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Install the 4 washers and bolts holding the valve to the fuselage.
(4) Connect the 3 rigid pipes.
(5) Install the fuel selector lever (2) as follows:
(a) Engage the upper part of the shaft with the selector valve.
(b) Install 3 screws attaching the lever back-plate.
(6) Connect the aircraft battery.
(7) Do a test for fuel leaks as follows:
(b) Set the FUEL-PUMP switch to ON. The FUEL PRESS warning light must go off in a few
seconds.
(c) Set the main fuel valve to LEFT.
(d) Monitor the fuel low pressure warning.
(e) Let the pump operate for 1 minute.
(f) Examine the pipe connections on the fuel valve. There must be no leaks.
(g) Set the main fuel valve to EMERG TRANS.
(h) Monitor the fuel low pressure warning.
(i) Let the pump operate for 1 minute.
(j) Examine the pipe connections on the fuel valve. There must be no leaks.
(k) Set the FUEL-PUMP switch to OFF.

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(l) Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(8) Install the cockpit front left and right side panels, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
(9) Set the fuel selector lever to LEFT.
(10) Purge and bleed the engine fuel system, refer to the Rolls Royce O&MM.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
3
2
1
4
6
7

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

(2) Selector lever (6) Fuel transfer pressure
switch
engine

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL FILTER ELEMENT

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Fuel Filter Element

(1) Set the fuel selector lever (1) to OFF.
(3) Drain the fuel from the filter (25) through the drain valve (26) .
(4) Release the filter bowl as follows:

- Disconnect the filter drain-pipe
- Remove the safety wire from the filter bowl

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Turn the filter bowl (25) counter-clockwise

- Remove the filter bowl from the housing.
(5) Remove the filter element.
(6) Examine the inside of the filter bowl for contamination or corrosion. Clean it if necessary.
(7) Install a new filter element.
(8) Install a new seal to the filter housing. Discard the old seal.
(9) Install the filter bowl as follows:

- Apply a thin layer of oil to the new seal
- Turn the filter bowl clockwise into the housing. Torque the filter bowl to 12 to 16 Nm (100 to
150 lb.in)
- Lock the filter bowl with safety wire
- Install the filter drain valve (26) . Torque the filter drain valve, refer to Special Torque Tighten
Procedure.
(10) Set the fuel selector valve (1) to LEFT.
(11) Do a test for fuel leaks:

- Set the BATT switch to ON
- Set the FUEL-PUMP switch to ON
- Monitor the fuel low pressure warning
- Examine the fuel filter for leaks
- Set the FUEL-PUMP switch to OFF
Note Make sure that the FUEL PRESS warning goes OFF.
Note There must be no leaks.
(12) Set the fuel selector valve (1) to RIGHT.
(13) Purge the engine fuel system, refer to the Rolls Royce O&MM.

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
3
2
1
4
6
7

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

(2) Selector lever (6) Fuel transfer pressure
switch
engine

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
23 28 24
FW
D 22
21
27 20
25
26

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Primary fuel-pump (25) Fuel filter

(22) Standby fuel-pump (27) Filter bypass sensor
temperature sensor

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PRIMARY FUEL PUMP OR STANDBY FUEL PUMP

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
POST RSB 565–052/1
- Removal of the electrical Primary Fuel Pump and/or Standby Fuel Pump for AC S/N 11002 to 11116
- Installation of the electrical Primary Fuel Pump or Standby Fuel Pump

None

Fuel Pump Tool .................................................................................. 2T-W-2824-2100-00/00-0 QTY 1
E. Materials
Inspection Lacqueur ............................................................................................ GS513010-2 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the electrical Primary Fuel Pump and/or Standby Fuel Pump for AC
S/N 11002 to 11116
Refer to Figure 7.

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note The Removal procedure is the same for the Primary Fuel Pump (20) and the Standby Fuel Pump
(22) .
(2) Set the fuel selector to OFF.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connection from the fuel pump.
(5) Disconnect the bonding cable of the fuel pump from the attaching screw of the fuel filter (25) .
(6) Disconnect the drain pipe from the fuel pump and put caps on the open connections.
(7) Disconnect the inlet pipe from the fuel pump and put caps on the open connections.
(8) Disconnect the outlet pipe from the fuel pump and put caps on the open connections.
(9) Hold the pump and remove the 4 screws attaching the fuel pump to the mounting bracket.
(10) Remove the pump from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the electrical Primary Fuel Pump or Standby Fuel Pump

Refer to Figure 7.
(1)
Note The Installation procedure is the same for the Primary Fuel Pump (20) and the Standby
Fuel Pump (22) .
Note The arrow on the pump and the arrow on the non-return-valve (23) must point in the same
direction.
(2) Put the fuel pump in position in the bracket.
(3) Install the 4 attaching screws hand tight.
(4) Connect the inlet pipe to the fuel pump. Tight the inlet pipe.
(5) Connect the outlet pipe to the non-return-valve. Tight the outlet pipe.
(6) Connect the drain pipe to the fuel pump. Tight the drain pipe.
(7) Tight the 4 attaching screws on the fuel pump. Torque the 4 attaching screws, refer to Standard
Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure (MS).

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(8) Torque the inlet, outlet and drain pipe of the fuel pump, refer to Special Torque Tighten
Procedure. Mark the pipes at the connections with Inspection Lacqueur.
(9) Connect the bonding cable to the attaching screw of the fuel filter (25) . Torque the screw, refer
to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure (AN).
(10) Attach the bonding cable with a cable-tie (refer to Figure 8).
(11) Connect the electrical connector.
(a) Set the fuel selector valve to LEFT.
(b) Set the BATT switch to ON.
(c) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to ON. Make sure that the FUEL PRESS warning goes off.
(d) Monitor the FUEL PRESS warning.
(e) Examine the pipe connections on the fuel pump. There must be no leaks.
(f) Set the STBY PUMP switch to AUTO.
(g) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to OFF.
(h) The STBY F PUMP caution must come ON and the STBY PUMP must start operating.
(i) Examine the pipe connections on the standby fuel pump. There must be no leaks.
(j) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to ON.
(k) Set the STBY PUMP switch to OFF then back to AUTO. The STBY F PUMP caution must
go OFF.
(l) Set both fuel pump switches to OFF. The FUEL PRESS warning must come ON.
(m) Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(14) Do a test for the fuel pressure as follows:
(b) Set the BUS TIE switch to ON.
(c) Wait for the Pilot´s PFD to boot. Press “TO ESSNTL” on the IDU.
(d) Make sure that the CAS caption FUEL PRESS is shown on the PFD.

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(e) Set the Fuel Selector to EMERGENCY TRANSFER and set the STBY FUEL PUMP switch
to AUTO.
(f) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to ON and monitor the PFD and the EICAS page.
Make sure that:
1. CAS caption FUEL PRESS goes off.
2. Fuel flow = 0 PPH.
3. Fuel pressure = 20 - 22 psi.
(g) If the fuel pressure is out of range, adjust it with the Fuel Pump Tool on the upper plate of
the Primary fuel pump (refer to Figure 9).
Note ½ turn of the plate clockwise will increase the fuel pressure by 1 psi, ½ turn of the
plate counterclockwise will decrease the fuel pressure by 1 psi.
(h) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to OFF and monitor the PFD and the EICAS page.
Make sure that:
1. The Primary fuel pump stops and the standby fuel pump starts.
2. CAS caption STBY PUMP ON is shown on the PFD.
(i) If the fuel pressure is out of range, adjust it with the Fuel Pump Tool on the upper plate of
the STANDBY fuel pump (refer to Figure 9).
(j) Set the STBY FUEL PUMP switch to OFF.
(k) Safe the adjusting plate of the required fuel pump with Inspection Lacqueur.
(l) Set the BATT switch to OFF. Set the BUS TIE switch to OFF.
(m) Set the Fuel Selector to LEFT.
(17) Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing Post-Operation.

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(18) Release aircraft into service according to national requirements.

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
23 28 24
FW
D 22
21
27 20
25
26
Figure 7 - Fuel Distribution System in the Engine Compartment

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Primary fuel pump (25) Fuel filter

(22) Standby fuel pump (27) Filter bypass sensor
temperature sensor
Figure 7 - Fuel Distribution System in the Engine Compartment

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 8 - Primary Fuel Pump and Standby Fuel Pump
ADJUSING PLATE:
1/2 turn CW ~ +1 psi
1/2 turn CCW ~ -1 psi
Fuel pressure: 20 - 22 psi
Figure 9 - Pressure Adjustment of the Fuel Pump

1T120TP-A-28-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PRIMARY FUEL PUMP OR STANDBY FUEL PUMP (NEW VERSION)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the electrical Primary Fuel Pump and/or Standby Fuel Pump from AC S/N 11117
- Installation of the electrical Primary Fuel Pump or Standby Fuel Pump from AC S/N 11117

None

Fuel Pump Tool .................................................................................. 2T-W-2824-2100-00/00-0 QTY 1
E. Materials
Inspection Lacqueur ............................................................................................ GS513010-2 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the electrical Primary Fuel Pump and/or Standby Fuel Pump from AC
S/N 11117
Refer to Figure 10.
Note The Removal procedure is the same for the Primary Fuel Pump and the Standby Fuel Pump.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-01-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Disconnect the electrical connection from the fuel pump (20) and/or (22) .
(5) Disconnect the bonding cable (35) of the fuel pump from the attaching screw of the fuel filter (25) .
(6) Disconnect the pump drain pipe (33) from the fuel pump and put caps on the open connections.
CAUTION TO REMOVE THE FUEL PUMP MAKE SURE THAT THE CONNECTIONS OF
THE INLET AND OUTLET PIPES ON THE T-FITTINGS (30) ARE RELEASED
TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE PIPES.
CAUTION DO NOT COUNTERACT ANY TIGHTENING FORCES BY HOLDING THE

PUMP BODY. A PUMP FAILURE MAY RESULT.
(7) Disconnect the inlet pipe (31) from the fuel pump and put caps on the open connections.
(8) Disconnect the outlet pipe (32) from the fuel pump and put caps on the open connections.
(9) Hold the pump and remove the 4 screws (34) attaching the fuel pump to the mounting bracket.
B. Installation of the electrical Primary Fuel Pump or Standby Fuel Pump from AC
S/N 11117
Refer to Figure 10.
(1)
Note The Installation procedure is the same for the Primary Fuel Pump and the Standby Fuel
Pump.
Note The arrow on the fuel pump (20) and/or (22) and the arrow on the check valve (21)
and/or (23) must point in the same direction.
CAUTION TO INSTALL THE FUEL PUMP MAKE SURE THAT THE CONNECTIONS OF
THE INLET AND OUTLET PIPES ON THE T-FITTINGS (30) ARE RELEASED
TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE PIPES.
(2) Put the fuel pump in position in the bracket.

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-01-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Install the 4 attaching screws (34) hand tight.
CAUTION DO NOT COUNTERACT ANY TIGHTENING FORCES BY HOLDING THE

PUMP BODY. A PUMP FAILURE MAY RESULT.
(4) Connect the inlet pipe (31) to the fuel pump. Tight the inlet pipe.
Use a second wrench to hold the fitting.
(5) Connect the outlet pipe (32) to the non-return-valve. Tight the outlet pipe.
Use a second wrench to hold the check-valve.
(6) Connect the pump drain pipe (33) to the fuel pump. Tight the drain pipe.
(7) Tight the 4 attaching screws (34) on the fuel pump. Torque the 4 attaching screws, refer to
Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure (MS).
(8) Torque the inlet, outlet and drain pipe of the fuel pump, refer to Special Torque Tighten
Procedure. Mark the pipe connections on the pipes with Inspection Lacqueur.
(9) Torque the pipe connections on the T-fittings (30) , refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
Mark the pipe connections on the pipes with Inspection Lacqueur.
(10) Connect the bonding cable (35) to the attaching screw of the fuel filter (25) . Torque the screw,
refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure (AN).
(11) Attach the bonding cable applicable with a cable-tie to the pipe installation.
(c) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to ON. Make sure that the FUEL PRESS warning goes off.
(d) Monitor the FUEL PRESS warning.
(f) Set the STBY PUMP switch to AUTO. The STBY F PUMP caution must come ON.
(g) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to OFF.
(h) Examine the pipe connections on the standby fuel pump. There must be no leaks.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-01-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(i) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to ON.
(j) Set the STBY PUMP switch to OFF then back to AUTO. The STBY F PUMP caution must
go OFF.
(k) Set both fuel pump switches to OFF. The FUEL PRESS warning must come ON.
(l) Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(15) Do a test for the fuel pressure as follows:
(b) Set the BUS TIE switch to ON.
(c) Wait for the Pilot´s PFD to boot. Press “TO ESSNTL” button on the IDU.
(d) Make sure that the CAS caption FUEL PRESS is shown on the PFD.
(e) Set the Fuel Selector to EMERGENCY TRANSFER and set the STBY FUEL PUMP switch
to AUTO.
(f) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to ON and monitor the PFD and the EICAS page.
Make sure that:
1. CAS caption FUEL PRESS goes off.
2. Fuel flow = 0 PPH.
(g) If the fuel pressure is out of range, adjust it with the Fuel Pump Tool on the upper plate of
the primary fuel pump (refer to Figure 11).
(h) Set the FUEL PUMP switch to OFF and monitor the PFD and the EICAS page.
Make sure that:
1. The primary fuel pump stops and the standby fuel pump starts.
2. CAS caption STBY PUMP ON is shown on the PFD.
(i) If the fuel pressure is out of range, adjust it with the Fuel Pump Tool on the upper plate of
the STANDBY fuel pump (refer to Figure 11).

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-01-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(j) Set the STBY FUEL PUMP switch to OFF.
(k) Safety the adjusting plate of the required fuel pump with Inspection Lacqueur.
(l) Set the BATT switch to OFF. Set the BUS TIE switch to OFF.
(m) Set the Fuel Selector to LEFT.
(18) Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing Post-Operation.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-01-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
28
A 24
23 29
30
D
22
FW
32
34
33
A 21
34
33
20
31
35 27 26 25 30
Figure 10 - Fuel distribution

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-01-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Primary fuel pump (28) Fuel flow and temperatur

sensor
(21) Check valve (29) Air separator
(22) Standy fuel pump (30) T-fitting
(23) Check valve (31) Pump inlet pipe
(24) Fuel low pressure switch (32) Pump outlet pipe
(25) Fuel filter (33) Pump drain
(26) Filter drain valve (34) Screw
(27) Filter bypass sensor (35) Bonding cable
Figure 10 - Fuel distribution

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-01-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ADJUSING PLATE:
1/2 turn CW ~ +1 psi
1/2 turn CCW ~ -1 psi
Fuel pressure: 20 - 22 psi
Figure 11 - Pressure adjustment of the Fuel Pump

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-01-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRANSFER FUEL PUMP

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the electrical Fuel Transfer Pump

- Installation of the electrical Fuel Transfer Pump

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the electrical Fuel Transfer Pump
(3) Remove the front, right cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connection from the fuel-pump.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Disconnect the bonding cable form the attaching screw. Open the cable-tie and discard it.
(6) Disconnect the inlet pipe from the fuel-pump and put caps on the open connections.
(7) Disconnect the outlet pipe from the fuel-pump and put caps on the open connections.
(8) Hold the pump and remove the 4 screws attaching the fuel-pump to the 2 brackets.
(9) Remove the 2 brackets from the aircraft mounting bracket.
B. Installation of the electrical Fuel Transfer Pump
(1) Put the new fuel-pump in position in the bracket. Make sure that the flow of the fuel pump is correct.
(2) Install the 2 brackets to the aircraft mounting bracket.
(3) Install the 4 attaching screws to the 2 brackets. Tight the 4 screws hand tight.
(4) Connect the inlet pipe to the fuel-pump. Tighten the pipe.
(5) Connect the outlet pipe to the fuel-pump. Tighten the pipe.
(6) Torque the inlet and outlet pipe, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
(7) Torque the 4 attaching screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(8) Install the bonding cable to the bonding strip (refer to Figure 12). Attach the bonding cable to the
fuel hose, use applicable cable-ties.
(10) Partly refuel the right wing tank, refer to Fuel System Refuel.
(12) Do a test for fuel leaks and correct operation as follows:
(c) Make sure that the F TRANS FAIL caution goes OFF.
(d) Set the FUEL TRANSFER PUMP switch to ON. The TRANS F PUMP status light must come
ON.

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(f) Set the FUEL TRANSFER PUMP switch to TIMER.
(g) Set the FUEL TRANSFER PUMP INIT switch to INIT.
(h) The transfer pump must run. Let the transfer pump run until both left and right fuel contents
indicators show that fuel is transferring from right to left. Providing there is fuel in the RH
tank, the pump should run for 4 minutes.
(i) Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(13) Install the front, right cockpit floor panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-20-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 12 - Transfer Fuel Pump

27 July 2018 28-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-20-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
28-40
FUEL INDICATION

1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL INDICATION
GENERAL
A. General
This Chapter tells you about the fuel indication systems. The G 120TP-A has an electronic fuel indication system.
The electronic fuel indication is a part of the engine indications.
Refer to Fuel System General for the general data about the fuel system.
Refer to Integrated Engine Display System General (analog) Sensors and Transducers General data (digital) or
for details of the sensors and the fuel quantity conditioning.
The G 120TP-A also has mechanical fuel quantity gauges on the top of each main tank. The gauges are visible
in the top surface of each wing. The pilot can see these gauges from the cockpit.

1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL INDICATION
DESCRIPTION
A. Components that provide Warnings, Cautions and Status Signals

The fuel indication system provides six signals to the CAWS respectively to the IDU-680.
(1) Fuel Low Pressure
A low-pressure switch in the engine compartment provides a signal to show a red, FUEL PRESS warning.
The low-pressure switch operates when the fuel pressure decreases to less than 12 psi.
(2) Fuel Low Level
An optical fuel-level sensor is installed in the collector tank of the left wing. When the fuel-level decreases
to less than an acceptable level for reliable engine supply, the fuel-level sensor provides a signal to show
a red, FUEL LO LVL warning.
(3) Fuel Transfer Failure
A pressure-switch is installed in the fuel transfer-line to the left wing. The pressure-switch operates when
the fuel pressure decreases to less than 2 psi. If the FUEL TRANSFER PUMP switch is set to ON, (or the
FUEL TRANSFER PUMP switch is set to TIMER and initialized) an amber, F TRANS FAIL caution.
The F TRANS FAIL caution can also occur if the FUEL TRANSFER PUMP switch is set to ON and the left
tank high-level switch operates (Left tank full).
(4) Standby Fuel-Pump Operating
The amber, STBY F PUMP caution comes on if:

- The STBY FUEL PUMP switch is set to ON.
OR:
- The STBY FUEL PUMP switch is set to AUTO and the low-pressure switch operates. In this
case the standby fuel pump runs continuously until selected OFF.
(5) Fuel Filter By-Pass
A differential-pressure switch on the fuel filter operates when the filter by-pass relief-valve opens. This
indicates a possible blockage and an amber FUEL FILTER caution.
(6) Transfer Fuel-Pump Operating.
The transfer fuel pump circuit has a DC current-sensor. The sensor provides a signal to the CAWS when
the pump is operating. A green, TRANS F PUMP status light is shown.
B. Mechanical Fuel Quantity Indication - Description and Operation

Figure 1 shows the mechanical fuel-gauge installation. Each wing tank has a mechanical fuel gauge (1) . The
gauge has a float (7) . The float moves an indicator (8) in the top surface of the wing. You can see the position
of the indicator on the ground without electrical power on the aircraft.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The float in the mechanical fuel gauge measures the fuel level. As the float moves, it moves the position of a
magnet. The magnet moves the indicator on the top surface of the wing.
C. Electrical Fuel Quantity Indication - Description

For further information about electrical fuel quantity indication refer to Sensors and Transducers Description.

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Indicator shown
removed for clarity
1/
4
1/
2
E
A 0 F
3/
V L
10
4
G L
A
S
D
FW 5
6
Apply PRC to
the shaded area 4
2
1/
4
1/
2
5
E
A 0 F
3/
V L
10
4
G L
A
S
8 5
1
4
1/
4
1/
2
E
A 0 F
3/
V L
10
4
G L
A
S
4
9
Figure 1 - Mechanical Fuel Gauge Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Mechanical fuel gauge (6) Rotating magnet

(3) Locating rivet (7) Float
(4) Float unit (8) Indicator
(5) Access panel (9) Rubber seal

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL INDICATION
A. General
This section contains the data for trouble-shooting the fuel indicating system. If you find the trouble given in
column 1, then do the repair given in column 3.
Refer to the wiring manual for electrical circuit-data.

Any incorrect indication. Related circuit-breaker not Set the related circuit-breaker.
set.
Switch cables short-circuit to Do a test for a short circuit to ground. Repair
ground. defective cables.
FUEL PRESS warning Defective pressure switch. Replace the pressure switch.
comes ON when the fuel
pressure indication on
the engine indications is
correct.
FUEL LO LVL warning Defective low-level switch. Replace the low-level switch.
comes ON in level flight.
All other fuel indications
correct.
F TRANS FAIL caution Defective fuel transfer pres- Replace the fuel transfer pressure-switch.
come ON with pump sure-switch.
transferring fuel.
STBY F PUMP caution Standby fuel-pump switch de- Replace the standby fuel-pump switch.
comes ON with the ST- fective.
BY FUEL PUMP switch
set to OFF. All other in-
dications correct.
TRANS F PUMP status DC current sensor defective. Replace the DC current sensor.
light does not come ON
(Refer to Integrated Engine Display System
when the fuel pump op-
General (analog))
erates correctly.
(Refer to Sensors and Transducers General
data (digital))
Mechanical fuel gauge Float sticking. Replace the mechanical fuel gauge.
does not indicate the
correct fuel quantity.

1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Fuel Low-Pressure Switch

Refer to Figure 2.
(3) Make sure that the battery is disconnected for maintenance, refer to Battery Servicing.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (21) from the fuel low-pressure switch (20) .
(5) Remove the fuel low-pressure switch (20) from the adaptor (22) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Do not let the adaptor turn in the fuel/air separator.

Hold the adaptor with a wrench.
Put caps on open connections.
- Discard the O-ring seal (23) .
(6) Put a new O-ring seal (23) on the new fuel low-pressure switch (20) .
(7) Install the new fuel low-pressure switch (20) . Tight the fuel low-pressure switch hand tight.
(10) Purge the fuel system, refer to the Rolls-Royce O&MM.
(11) Do a ground run-up, refer to Power Plant General.
Note The fuel low-pressure warning must operate correctly.

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
Firewall
21
20
23
22
D
FW
Figure 2 - Fuel Low-Pressure Switch Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Fuel low-pressure (22) Adaptor

switch
(21) Electrical connector (23) O-ring seal
Figure 2 - Fuel Low-Pressure Switch Installation

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL INDICATION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter are limited to removing, installing and adjusting a mechanical fuel
gauge.

1T120TP-A-28-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-28-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL LOW-LEVEL SENSOR

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Fuel Low-Level Sensor

Refer to Figure 3.
(4) Remove the front, left floor-panel in the cockpit, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(5) Disconnect the in-line electrical-connector (30) for the fuel low-level sensor.
The low-level sensor is approximately 75 mm (3 in) aft of the fuel supply-pipe.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Turn the sensor (31) counter-clockwise. Remove the sensor and sealing-washer (32) inboard.
(7) Remove the thin nut from the new sensor. Discard the thin nut.
Note A new sensor has a new seal.
(8) From the cockpit side, put the sensor (31) with the sealing-washer (32) in position.
Turn the sensor clockwise. Tighten the sensor with a wrench. Torque the sensor, refer to Special
Torque Tighten Procedure, Table 5.
(9) Connect the in-line electrical-connector (30) .
(10) Install the front, left floor-panel in the cockpit, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(11) Refuel the aircraft as necessary, refer to Fuel System Refuel.
(13) Calibrate the left fuel quantity gauging system, refer to Fuel-Quantity Gauging System Calibrate.
Note Make sure that the F LOW LEVEL warning operates correctly.
(14) Check for leakage in the area of the new sensor.

Make sure that there is no leakage.

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Fuselage Shell
32
30
31
A
Panel in the
Left-Wing Root-Rib
Fuel Supply Pipe FW
D
View from Inside of the Cockpit
Figure 3 - Fuel Low-Level Sensor Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Fuel low-level sensor (32) Sealing washer

Figure 3 - Fuel Low-Level Sensor Installation

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL TRANSFER LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Fuel Transfer Low-Pressure Switch

Refer to Figure 4.
(3) Remove the front, right floor panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (41) from the pressure switch (40) .
(5) Turn the low-pressure switch counter-clockwise with a wrench.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Remove the low-pressure switch (40) and discard the O-ring seal (42) .
(7) Install the new low-pressure switch and a new O-ring MS9387-04 (MS29512-03).
Note Use always a new O-ring seal (42) .
(8) Tighten the low-pressure-switch (40) hand tight (with a wrench).
(9) Connect the electrical connector (41) for the low-pressure switch (40) .
(10) Make sure that there is fuel in the right tank. If necessary refuel the aircraft, refer to Fuel System
Refuel.
(12) Do an operational test of the fuel transfer low-pressure switch as follows:

- Set the TRANSFER PUMP MODE switch to ON.
(13) Monitor the warning panel (analog cockpit) or IDU-680 (digital cockpit).
- The TRANS F PUMP light must come ON.
- The F TRANS FAIL light must go OFF.
(14) Set the TRANSFER PUMP MODE switch to OFF.
(16) Install the front, right floor panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
41
40 FW
D
A
42
Fuel Transfer System
Figure 4 - Fuel Transfer Low-Pressure Switch Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(40) Low-Pressure switch (42) O-ring seal

Figure 4 - Fuel Transfer Low-Pressure Switch Installation

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUEL TEMPERATURE-SENSOR ON WING LH

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Fuel Temperature-Sensor on the Left Wing

Refer to Figure 5.
(4) Remove the front, left floor-panel in the cockpit, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(5) Disconnect the in-line electrical-connector (51) for the fuel temperature-sensor.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note The temperature-sensor is just in front and below of the fuel supply-pipe.
(6) Turn the sensor (50) counter-clockwise. Remove the sensor and the O-ring seal (52) inboard.
(7) Remove the thin nut from the new sensor. Discard the thin nut.
Note A new sensor has a new seal.
(8) Install the new sensor from the cockpit side as follows:
- Put the sensor (50) with the O-ring seal (52) in position.
- Install the sensor clockwise.
- Torque the sensor, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure, Table 5.
(9) Connect the in-line electrical-connector (51) .
Note Make sure that there are no leaks in the area of the new sensor.
(12) Install the front, left floor-panel in the cockpit, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(13) Do an engine indication test, refer to Integrated Engine Display System General (analog cockpit)
or Sensors and Transducers General data (digital cockpit).

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Fuselage Shell
FW
D
A
Panel in the
Left-Wing Root-Rib
Fuel Supply Pipe
52
50
51
Figure 5 - Fuel Temperature Sensor Installation on the Left Wing

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(50) Fuel temperature- (52) O-ring seal

sensor
Figure 5 - Fuel Temperature Sensor Installation on the Left Wing

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MECHANICAL FUEL GAUGE FLOAT UNIT

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Float Unit

- Installation of the Float Unit

None
None

None
E. Materials
Sealant ...................................................................................................... GS281001 (C4331) QTY AR
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) ..................................................................... Commercial (C4331) QTY AR
Protective gloves, eye glasses and breathing mask ............................................. Commercial QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Float Unit

Refer to Figure 6.
(2) Remove the mechanical fuel gauge (1) and access panel assembly as follows:
- Mark the orientation of the access panel.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-04-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Remove the screws (2) .

- Lift the access panel complete with float unit from the tank.
(3) Carefully cut the sealant around the locating rivet and the float unit where it joins the access panel.
(4) Pull out the rivet (3) that locates the float unit.
(5) Carefully turn the float unit (4) in the panel (5) to loosen it.
(6) Remove the float unit from the panel.
(7) Carefully remove any sealant remaining in the hole for the float unit and the hole for the rivet.
(8) Examine the panel for damage.
B. Installation of the Float Unit

Refer to Figure 6.
(1) If necessary, remove the adaptor flange from the new float unit (not used in this installation).
WARNING DO NOT GET METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (MEK) ON YOUR SKIN. DO NOT

BREATH METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (MEK) VAPOUR. METHYL-ETHYL-
KETONE (MEK) IS TOXIC. IT CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE AND THE
VAPOUR CAN MAKE YOU ILL.
(2)
Clean the mating parts of the access panel and the float unit.
Use Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK). Wear appropriate protective equipment.
WARNING DO NOT GET UNCURED SEALANT OR HARDENER ON YOUR SKIN. DO

NOT BREATH SEALANT VAPOUR. UNCURED SEALANT AND IT’S
HARDENER ARE TOXIC. THEY CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE AND THE
VAPOUR CAN MAKE YOU ILL.
(3) Apply a thin coat of Sealant to the mating face of the float unit. Do not get sealant near the rotating
magnet (6) at the top.
(4) Push the float unit (4) into the hole in the access panel (5) so that the float arm points aft when
installed in the aircraft. Make sure that:
- The float (7) moves up and down freely.
- The gauge (8) (if installed) moves correctly.
(5) Install the rivet with sealant as follows:

- Remove sealant that comes from the joints to leave a small fillet.

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-04-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Let the sealant cure.
Note Follow the manufacturers advice for curing times.
(6) When the sealant has cured, make sure that:

- The float (7) moves up and down freely.
- The gauge (8) (if installed) moves correctly.
(7) Examine the rubber seal (9) for the access panel.
(8) Install the access panel (5) with the screws (2) . Tight all the screws hand tight. Torque the
screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(9) Make sure that the aircraft is on its wheels, wings level and fuel tanks empty.
(10) Fill each fuel tank with ~75 lb (~33.6 kg, ~42 litres or ~11 gal [US]) of fuel, refer to Fuel System
Refuel.
(11) The fuel gauge indicator (8) must show 1/4.
(12) If necessary, replace the indicator, refer to Mechanical Fuel Gauge Indicator Replace.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-04-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Indicator shown
removed for clarity
1/
4
1/
2
E
A 0 F
3/
V L
10
4
G L
A
S
D
FW 5
6
Apply PRC to
the shaded area 4
2
1/
4
1/
2
5
E
A 0 F
3/
V L
10
4
G L
A
S
8 5
1
4
1/
4
1/
2
E
A 0 F
3/
V L
10
4
G L
A
S
4
9

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-04-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Mechanical fuel gauge (6) Rotating magnet

and access panel assy
(2) Attaching screws (7) Float
(3) Locating rivet (8) Indicator
(4) Float unit (9) Rubber seal
(5) Access panel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-04-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-04-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MECHANICAL FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Indicator

- Installation of the Indicator

None
None

None
E. Materials
Adhesive .............................................................................................................. GS513051–t QTY AR
Methy- Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) .................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
Protective gloves, eye glasses and breathing mask ............................................. Commercial QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Indicator

Refer to Figure 7.
(2) Carefully cut the adhesive around the indicator (8) where it joins the access panel (5) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-05-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Carefully remove the indicator from the access panel.
(4) Carefully remove adhesive from the access panel.
B. Installation of the Indicator

Refer to Figure 7.
(1) Make sure that each fuel tank is empty.
(2) Put the indicator (8) in position on the panel with the GROB logo forward.
(3) Turn the indicator until it shows the EMPTY marking. Mark the position.
(4) Remove the indicator.
(5) Apply Adhesive to the vertical outer edge only.
(6) Put the indicator in the marked position on the access panel.
Remove sealant that comes from the joints to leave a small fillet.
Let the sealant cure.
Note Follow the manufacturer's advice for curing time.
(7) Refuel the aircraft as necessary, refer to Fuel System Refuel.

1/
1/ Fu
8
Apply adhesive to the
4 e
Je
t
8
l 1
A
IR
/2
shaded area only
C
R
A
F
T
3/
4
Turn as necessary
1/4
1/8 Jet Fuel D
1/2 FW
FWD
5
AIRC RAFT
3/4
Figure 7 - Replace and Adjust the Mechanical Fuel Gauge Indicator

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-05-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(5) Access panel (8) Indicator
Figure 7 - Replace and Adjust the Mechanical Fuel Gauge Indicator

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 28-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-28-40-05-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 28-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-28-40-05-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30-00
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The G 120TP-A has ice protection for the pitot/static system and the engine. The pitot/static tube has an electrical
heater. The engine air-intake has an electrical heating mat. It also has a compressor bleed-air system to heat
the intake guide vanes and front-bearing support.
Refer to Air Intakes General for data about the engine air intake. Refer to Flight Environment Data General for
data about the pitot/static system. Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref
CSP21008, latest revision for data about the engine anti-icing system.

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the location of the pitot/static heat and engine air-intake components on the aircraft.
Figure 2 shows the location of the controls on the instrument panel.
(1) Pitot/Static Tube Ice Protection
The aircraft has a combined pitot/static tube (1) . The tube attaches below the left wing. The front of the
tube has the usual hole for pitot pressure. And the sides of the tube have holes for static pressure.
The pitot/static tube has a heater.
A current sensor (2) detects pitot/static heat operation. The current-sensor is located on the electrical-
distribution plate.
(2) Engine Ice Protection
The engine air-intake (3) has an electrical heating mat. The mat has 5 separate heating sections. It also
has a temperature-control sensor (TCS) and a temperature-monitor sensor (TMS). Two connectors at the
bottom of the intake connect the electrical power supplies and the temperature-sensing element.
The engine also has a compressor anti-icing system. A solenoid controls hot air from a tapping on the
compressor outlet casing. When the solenoid is energized, the air supply is closed. When the solenoid is
de-energized, hot air flows to the intake guide vanes and engine front-bearing support. A current sensor
(5) on the electrical installation plate, monitors the current flowing to the solenoid.
A switch (23) marked COMP INTAKE on the right switch-panel controls the air-intake heat and engine
anti-icing. The switch has settings for BOTH and OFF. A 5 amp circuit-breaker (24) marked INTAKE HEAT
protects the circuit. The battery bus supplies 28 VDC to the system.
An intake heat controller (6) on the electrical installation plate, monitors the switch position and the outputs
from the TCS and TMS. It uses these signals to control an intake heat contactor (7) . The contactor is
located in the battery compartment. A 100 amp fuse adjacent to the contactor protects the heating circuit.
The INTAKE HEAT ON shows when the intake heat is ON. When the INTAKE HEAT FAIL light comes ON,
the audio system gives the message 'Check Heat'.
All the CAS messages and warnings regarding the INTAKE HEAT ON status light, the PITOT HEAT OFF
caution light and INTAKE HEAT failure warning are displayed on the IDU-680.
(3) Power Supplies
The BATT BUS supplies power for the HEAT P/S. A 15 amp circuit-breaker protects the circuit.
The BAT BUS supplies power for the HEAT INTAKE. A 5 amp circuit-breaker protects the circuit.
B. Operation
(1) Pitot/Static Tube Ice Protection
The usual setting for the pitot heat switch is ON. Power from the battery bus supplies the P/S HEAT circuit-
breaker. The P/S HEAT circuit-breaker supplies power to the heater in the pitot/static tube.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 30-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The P/S HEAT switch supplies 28 VDC to the heater through the current sensor.
(2) Engine Ice Protection
If the COMP INTAKE switch is set to OFF with the engine running:
- No current flows to the air-intake heating-mats.
- No hot air flows from the compressor outlet to the inlet guide vanes and front bearing support.
- The INTAKE HEAT ON does not come ON on the IDU-680.
- The INTAKE HEAT OFF warning comes ON on the IDU-680.
If the COMP INTAKE switch is set to BOTH:

- The intake heat controller energizes the intake heat contactor.
- Current flows to the air-intake heating-mats. The mats heat the intake. This prevents ice forming
on the air-intake.
- If the intake becomes too hot, the controller de-energizes the intake heat contactor.
- If the intake heat controller senses that the mats are not heating the intake, the controller gives
- This lights the red INTAKE HEAT warning on the IDU-680.
- The COMP INTAKE switch de-energizes the bleed-air solenoid. Hot air flows to the inlet guide
vanes and front bearing support. This prevents ice forming on the inlet guide vanes and front
bearing support.
- The INTAKE HEAT ON light comes on at the IDU-680, if the intake heat controller (6) does
not give a fail output.

27 July 2018 30-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
5 2
8
Figure 1 - Ice-Protection Component Locations

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 30-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Pitot/static tube (6) Intake heat controller

(2) Pitot-heat current- (7) Intake-heat contactor
sensor
(3) Air intake (8) Anti-Icing, solenoid
valve
(5) Bleed-air solenoid
current-sensor
Figure 1 - Ice-Protection Component Locations

27 July 2018 30-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
START
CTRL
HYDR
FLAPS
RUD/AIL
TRIM
LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT PANEL MAP INSTR EMER IGN OVSP MASTER POWER PUMPON PUMP PUMP INTAKE
ON ON
HEAT
ON ON
AUTO
ON ON ON ON ON TEST ON ON AUTO
OFF
OFF
ON ON START BOTH
ON
ON

HEAT TEST

BUS 2 BUS 1 BUS
MAIN BATT
BUS 2 BUS
21 24 23 20
Legend
(20) P/S HEAT switch (23) Engine COMP INTAKE

switch
(21) P/S HEAT circuit (24) Engine INTAKE HEAT
breaker circuit-breaker
Figure 2 - Ice-Protection Instrument Panel Locations

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 30-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 30-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the pitot/static heat system and engine intake heat system. Refer to
the Wiring Manual for more data about the electrical wiring. Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance
Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision for trouble-shooting the engine anti-icing system.

ASI/VSI/altimeter give Ice blocking pitot/static ports. Do a test for correct operation of the pitot/static
incorrect indications. heat system. Repair/replace defective com-
ponents.
INTAKE HEAT warning Circuit-breaker not set. Set the circuit-breaker.
comes ON when the IN-
TAKE COMP switch is
set to BOTH.
Intake heat controller defec- Replace the intake heat controller.
tive.
Intake heat mat defective. Replace the air intake.

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
INTAKE HEAT CONTROLLER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Intake Heat Controller

- Installation of the Intake Heat Controller

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Intake Heat Controller
(1) Remove the MFD Display for access, refer to Central Display System General Data.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the FDR.
(3) Unlock the screws and disconnect the two electrical connectors (2) .
(4) Remove the four screws, washers (3) from the bracket and from the anchor nuts (4) .

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the intake heat controller (1) from the bracket.
B. Installation of the Intake Heat Controller
(1) Put the intake heat controller (1) in place to the bracket.
(2) Install the intake heat controller, the screws and the washers (3) to the bracket and to the anchor
nuts (4) .
(3) Connect the two electrical connectors (2) and lock with the screws.
(4) Install the MFD display to the pilot's side, refer to Central Display System General Data.
(5) Perform a pitot-leak test, refer to Flight Environment Data General
(6) Perform a static-leak test, refer to Flight Environment Data General

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
Bracket
4 2
Figure 3 - Remove and Install the Intake Heat Controller

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Intake Heat Controller (3) Screws and Washers

(2) Electrical Connectors (4) Anchor Nut
Figure 3 - Remove and Install the Intake Heat Controller

1T120TP-A-30-00-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31-00
INDICATING SYSTEMS

1T120TP-A-31-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
INDICATING SYSTEMS
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Chapter gives you general data about the indicating and recording systems in the aircraft. It tells you about
the digital instrument panel in the cockpit.
Refer to the related Chapter for data about instruments for a particular system.
This Chapter has these Sections:
- Instrument & Control Panels General Data
- Recorders General
- Video Recording System General
- Central Computers General
- Stall Warning System General
- Central Display System General Data

1T120TP-A-31-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31-10
INSTRUMENT & CONTROL PANELS

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Section tells you about the digital instrument panel in the cockpit. Refer to the related chapter for data about
the instruments.
Figure 1 shows the digital instrument panel installation. The digital instrument panel has:
- a flat aluminium plate - it contains the pilot side (2) , the middle section (3) and the co-pilot side
(1) .
The aluminium plate contains openings for all the instruments installed.
- an instrument panel beam (4) .
The instrument panel beam holds the instrument panel and also the general switches.
- an instrument panel cover (5) .
The instrument panel cover holds the instrument panel lights and the magnetic compass.
- a circuit breaker panel (6) .
The circuit breaker panel holds the circuit breakers on pilots and co-pilots side.

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 3 2
6 4 6
4
Legend
(1) Co-pilot side (6) Circuit breaker panel

(2) Pilot side (6) Circuit breaker panel
(3) Middle section (4) Instrument panel beam
(4) Instrument panel beam (5) Instrument panel cover
Figure 1 - Instrument Panel

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
(1) Digital Instrument Panel
Figure 2 shows the location of the instruments in the digital instrument panel.
The aluminium plate contains the pilot side (RH), the middle section and the co-pilot side (LH).
The pilot side contains the Multi Function Display (MFD) (2) (on the left), the Primary Flight Display (PFD)
(1) (on the right), the FAST SLAVE button (9) and the EVENT MARKER button (8) (8) on the bottom
right side, the Emergency Location Transmitter (ELT) Remote Switch (6) on the middle right side and the
ALT Static Switch (7) on the upper right side.
The displays and the ELT Remote Switch (6) are attached with 4 screws to the aluminium plate and the
ALT Static Switch (7) is attached with one thin nut to the aluminium plate.
The EVENT MARKER button (8) and the FAST SLAVE button (9) are attached with lock nuts to the
aluminium plate.
The middle section contains the Electronic Standby Indicator 2000 (ESI-2000) (3) (on the upper right side),
the landing gear selector (5) on the middle bottom side, the START / CTRL circuit-breaker (16) , the HYDR
circuit-breaker (17) , the FLAPS circuit-breaker (18) and the TRIM circuit breaker (19) (19) on the left
bottom side, the MASTER CAUTION/MASTER WARNING push-button (12) , the EFIS XFILL push-button
(13) , the TAWS INHIBIT push-button (14) on the right bottom side and the UHF control unit (20) (optional)
on the upper left side.
The ESI-2000 (3) is attached with four screws to the aluminium plate.
The primary circuit-breakers are attached with thin nuts to the aluminium plate.
The MASTER CAUTION/MASTER WARNING push-button (12) , the EFIS XFILL push-button (13) and
the TAWS INHIBIT push-button (14) are attached to the aluminium plate.
The UHF Control Unit (20) (optional) is attached with two screws to the aluminium plate.
The co-pilot side contains the PFD (1) (on the left), the MFD (2) (on the right) and the EVENT MARKER
button (8) , the FAST SLAVE button (9) , the stall warning buzzer (4) on the bottom left side.
Both displays are attached with four screws to the aluminium plate.
The EVENT MARKER button (8) and the FAST SLAVE button (9) are attached with lock nuts to the
aluminium plate.
(2) General Switches
Figure 3 shows the location of the general switches in the aircraft. The instrument panel beam holds the
general switches. The mounting-plates show the function of each switch. Thin nuts hold each switch in
position in a name-plate. Screws hold the name-plates to the beam.

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20 3
1 2 2 1
BENDIX / KING
TX
22
MN
GD
M
O
D
E
UHF
OFF
VOL PUSH
TEST
OFF
CHAN
4 6
8 8
21 16 17 18 19 5 14 13 12
10 11
Legend
(1) PFD (11) Parking brake

(2) MFD (12) MASTER CAUTION /
MASTER WARNING
button
(3) ESI-2000 (13) EFIS XFILL push button
(4) Stall warning buzzer (14) TAWS INHIBIT push
button
(5) Landing gear selector (16) START / CTRL circuit-
breaker
(6) ELT remote switch (17) HYDR circuit-breaker
(2) MFD (18) FLAPS circuit-breaker
(1) PFD (19) TRIM circuit-breake
(7) ALT static switch (20) UHF control unit
(optional)
(8) EVENT MARKER (21) Attaching screws for the
buttons digital instrument panel
(9) FAST SLAVE buttons (22) Attaching screws for the
instrument panel cove
(10) Heating controls
Figure 2 - Digital Instrument Panel Locations

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A B
a b c d e f g h i j
k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z
Figure 3 - Instrument Panel Beam

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(a) PANEL LIGHTS switch (n) AVIONICS MASTER

switch
(b) DAY / NIGHT switch (o) BUS TIE switch
(c) ANTI COLL LIGHT (p) EXTERNAL POWER
switch switch
(d) NAV LIGHT switch (q) GEN switch
(e) TAXI LIGHT switch (r) START / BLOW switch
(f) LANDING LIGHT switch (s) FUEL TRANSFER
PUMP INIT switch
(g) DIMMER PANEL knob (t) FUEL TRANSFER
PUMP switch
(h) DIMMER MAP knob (u) STBY FUEL PUMP
switch
(i) DIMMER INSTR knob (v) FUEL PUMP switch
(j) AMU status switch (w) COMP INTAKE switch
(k) CONT IGN switch (x) P/S HEAT switch
(l) PROP OVSP / INTAKE (y) Air conditioning FAN
HEAT test switch switch
(m) BATT switch (z) AIR CON switch
Figure 3 - Instrument Panel Beam

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. Removal and Installation of the Indicating Instruments — General

This maintenance practices tells you how to remove and install the push-buttons and the digital instrument panel.
This chapter has these Sections:
- Push-Button Remove and Install
- Digital Instrument Panel Remove procedure
- Digital Instrument Panel Install procedure
- Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PUSH-BUTTON
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Push-Button

- Installation of the Push-Button

None
Make the aircraft safe for maintenance, Servicing General

Cap Extractor Tool .................................................................................................. Local supply QTY 1
Plug Extractor Tool .................................................................................................. Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Push-Button
(1) Remove the MFD from the pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
(2) Use the Cap Extractor Tool (17-150) and carefully remove the switch cap (2) from the switch
body (1) .
(3) Loosen the two attaching screws (6) .

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Hold the locking sleeve (3) and pull out the push-button from the instrument panel.
(5) Use the Plug Extractor Tool (18-234) and disconnect the plug (5) .
B. Installation of the Push-Button
(1) Make sure that the switch cap is in the unlatched position.
(2) Use the Cap Extractor Tool (17-150) and carefully remove the switch cap (2) from the switch
body (1) .
(3) Remove the locking sleeve (3) from the back by sliding the sleeve over the switch body (1) .
(4) Attach the plug (5) into the switch body (1) .
(5) Make sure that the plug (5) is locked correctly.
(6) Attach the back of the switch body (1) into the instrument panel cut-out.
(7) Make sure that the switch body label “TOP” is positioned up.
(8) From the back of the instrument panel, install the locking sleeve (3) into the switch body (1) by
sliding it forward against the instrument panel.
(9) Tighten the two attaching screws (6) from the front of the switch body until the integral mounting
hardware (4) pulls the sleeve against the instrument panel.
(10) Attach the switch cap (2) into the switch body (1) .
(11) Install the MFD to the pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
(12) Perform a pitot leak test, refer to Flight Environment Data - Maintenance Practices General.
(13) Perform a static leak test, refer to Flight Environment Data - Maintenance Practices General.

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
A
D
FW
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the Push-Button

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Switch body (4) Integral mounting

hardware
(2) Switch cap (5) Plug
(3) Locking sleeve (6) Attaching screws
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the Push-Button

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DIGITAL INSTRUMENT PANEL

REMOVE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Digital Instrument Panel
(1) Remove the cockpit panel cover (glareshield), refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the 4 IDUs (1) , (2) from the pilot’s side and co-pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680
Remove and Install.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector and the pitot-static connectors from the ESI-2000 (3) .
(4) If applicable, disconnect the electrical connectors from the optional UHF control unit (20) .
(5) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the stall warning buzzer (4) .

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Remove the front nuts and remove the circuit breakers (16) , (17) , (18) and (19) , installed on
the left part of the middle section, from the digital instrument panel.
(7) Disconnect the electrical connector from the landing gear selector (5) .
(8) Remove the three push-buttons (12) , (13) and (14) , refer to Push-Button Remove and
Install.
(9) Remove the front nuts and remove the four push-buttons (8) , (9) installed on the pilot’s and co-
pilot’s side on the bottom from the digital instrument panel.
(10) Disconnect the electrical connector from the ELT ARM SWITCH (6) .
(11) Remove the front nut and remove the ALT STATIC SWITCH (7) from the digital instrument panel.
(12) Remove the attaching screws (21) and remove the aluminium plate.

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20 3
1 2 2 1
BENDIX / KING
TX
22
MN
GD
M
O
D
E
UHF
OFF
VOL PUSH
TEST
OFF
CHAN
4 6
8 8
21 16 17 18 19 5 14 13 12
10 11
Figure 5 - Digital Instrument Panel Locations (Sheet 1 of 2)

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
16 12
13
A
17 14
3
18
7
19
9
8
4
21

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) PFD (12) MASTER CAUTION /

MASTER WARNING
push button
(2) MFD (13) EFIS XFILL push button
(3) ESI-2000 (14) TAWS INHIBIT push
button
(4) Stall warning buzzer (16) START / CTRL circuit-
breaker
(5) Landing gear selector (17) HYDR circuit-breaker
(6) ELT remote switch (18) FLAPS circuit-breaker
(7) ALT static switch (19) TRIM circuit-breaker
(8) EVENT MARKER (20) UHF control unit
buttons (optional)
digital instrument panel
(10) Heating controls (22) Attaching screws for the
cockpit panel
(11) Parking brake

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DIGITAL INSTRUMENT PANEL

INSTALL PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Installation of the Digital Instrument Panel
(1) Put the digital instrument panel in place and install the attaching screws (21) .
(2) Install the ALT STATIC SWITCH (7) and the front nut to the digital instrument panel.
(3) Safety the cap with the wire.
Note If necessary safety the cap after installation of the instrument panel cover (glareshield).
(4) Connect the electrical connector to the ELT ARM SWITCH (6) .

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Install the four push-buttons (8) , (9) and the front nuts, located on the pilot’s and co-pilot’s side
on the bottom, to the digital instrument panel.
(6) Install the three push-buttons (12) , (13) and (14) and the plugs, refer to Push-Button Remove
and Install.
(7) Connect the electrical connector to the landing gear selector (5) .
(8) Install the circuit breakers (16) , (17) , (18) and (19) and the front nuts, located on the left part
of the middle section, to the digital instrument panel.
(9) Connect the electrical connectors to the stall warning buzzer (4) .
(10) If applicable, connect the electrical connectors to the optional UHF control unit (20) .
(11) Connect the electrical connector and the pitot-static connectors to the ESI-2000 (3) .
(12) Install the IDUs (1) , (2) to the pilot’s side and co-pilot’s side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680
Remove and Install
(13) Install the cockpit panel cover (glareshield), refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(14) Return the aircraft back to service, refer to Servicing Post-Operation (Restore the aircraft after
maintenance).
(15) Do a pitot/static test, refer to Pitot/Static System Test.

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20 3
1 2 2 1
BENDIX / KING
TX
22
MN
GD
M
O
D
E
UHF
OFF
VOL PUSH
TEST
OFF
CHAN
4 6
8 8
21 16 17 18 19 5 14 13 12
10 11

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
16 12
13
A
17 14
3
18
7
19
9
8
4
21

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) PFD (12) MASTER CAUTION /

MASTER WARNING
push button
(2) MFD (13) EFIS XFILL push button
(3) ESI-2000 (14) TAWS INHIBIT push
button
(4) Stall warning buzzer (16) START / CTRL circuit-
breaker
(5) Landing gear selector (17) HYDR circuit-breaker
(6) ELT remote switch (18) FLAPS circuit-breaker
(7) ALT static switch (19) TRIM circuit-breaker
(8) EVENT MARKER (20) UHF control unit
buttons (optional)
digital instrument panel
(10) Heating controls (22) Attaching screws for the
cockpit panel
(11) Parking brake

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-10-00-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31-30
RECORDERS

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RECORDERS
GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you about the recorder systems in the G 120TP-A.
The aircraft contains optional the following systems:
- Flight Data Recorder (FDR), refer to Flight Data Recorders General
- Video Recording System (VRS), refer to Video Recording System General.
The FDR records performance, operation and navigation data of the aircraft and the audio data in a hardened
unit.
The VRS records the camera data from the cockpit on a SD-card.
The recorded data can be used for pilot de-briefing, defect- or accident-investigation.

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RECORDERS
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
A. General
This Section tells you how to remove/install the components.
The system contains the following components:
- MIC Preamplifier (OPTION 58), refer to Mic Preamplifier (OPTION 58) Remove and Install
- Cockpit MIC Installation (OPTION 58), refer to Cockpit Mic Installation (OPTION 58) Remove and
Install
- MIC Preamplifier (OPTION 58) with OPTION 60 and/or OPTION 73, refer to Mic Preamplifier
(OPTION 58) with OPTION 60 and/or OPTION 73 Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-31-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MIC PREAMPLIFIER (OPTION 58)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Mic Preamplifier

- Installation of the Mic Preamplifier

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Mic Preamplifier
(1) Disconnect the battery for maintenance work, refer to Battery Servicing.
(2) Remove the left access panel for the rear equipment compartment, refer to Cockpit Panels
Remove and Install.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the Mic Preamplifier (20) .
(4) Remove the bolts from the brackets (70) of the Mic Preamplifier.

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the Assembly from the AC.
(6) Remove the screws (50) and the washers (30) and (80) from the brackets (70) .
(7) Remove the Mic Preamplifier (20) from the brackets (70) .
B. Installation of the Mic Preamplifier
(1) Attach the Mic Preamplifier (20) on the brackets (70) .
(2) Install the bolts (50) and the washers (30) and (80) to the brackets (70) .
(3) Torque the bolts (50) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(4) Install the Assembly to the AC.
(5) Install the bolts (40) to the brackets (70) of the Mic Preamplifier assembly.
(7) Secure the bolts (40) with safety lacquer.
(8) Connect the electrical connectors to the Mic Preamplifier (20) .
(9) Install the left access panel for the rear equipment compartment, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove
and Install.
(10) Connect the battery after maintenance work, refer to Battery Servicing.
1. Do a function test of the FDR system.

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20 50
30
30
80 80 40
30
50
70
Figure 1 - iDAU (Rear Equipment Compartment) Installation

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Mic preamplifier (50) Flat head screw

(i1210-001)
(30) Washer (70) Sheet
(40) Bolt (80) Washer
Figure 1 - iDAU (Rear Equipment Compartment) Installation

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COCKPIT MIC INSTALLATION (OPTION 58)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Built In Microphone Assy

- Installation of the Built In Microphone Assy

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Built In Microphone Assy
(2) Remove the seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-30 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-30-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors for the Built In Microphone Assy (20) (on wall of rear
equipment compartment).
(5) Push the Built In Microphone Assy (20) from the rear equipment compartment off the adapter
plate.
B. Installation of the Built In Microphone Assy
(1) Put the connector through the wall to the rear equipment compartment.
(2) Put the Built In Microphone Assy (20) in the rear equipment compartment of the adapter plate.
(3) Connect the electrical connectors for the Built In Microphone Assy (20) (on wall of rear equipment
compartment).
(5) Install the seat, refer to Pilots Seats Remove and Install.
1. Do a function test.

12 May 2017 31-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-30-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
50
60
20
40
A
30
Legend
(20) Built In Microphone Assy (50) Washer
Figure 2 - MIC Cockpit Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-30 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-30-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(30) Adapterplate (60) Nut

(40) Bolt Countersunk
Figure 2 - MIC Cockpit Installation

12 May 2017 31-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-30-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MIC PREAMPLIFIER (OPTION 58) WITH OPTION 60 AND/OR OPTION 73

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Mic Preamplifier

- Installation of the Mic Preamplifier

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Mic Preamplifier
General.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors from the Mic Preamplifier (95) , the iDAU and iDRMU and
remove the two service connectors.

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the bolts (120) and washers (140) from the brackets (100) and (110) .
(5) Remove the assembly from the AC.
(6) Remove the bolts (130) , washers (140) and (145) attaching Mic Preamplifier (95) .
(7) Remove the Mic Preamplifier (95) from the brackets (100) and (110) .
B. Installation of the Mic Preamplifier
(1) Put the Mic Preamplifier (95) in position to the brackets (100) and (110) .
(2) Install the bolt (130) the washers (145) , (140) attaching Mic Preamplifier (95) .
(4) Install the assembly to the AC.
(5) Install the bolts (120) and washers (140) to the brackets (100) and (110) .
(7) Secure the bolts with safety lacquer.
(8) Connect the electrical connectors to the Mic Preamplifier (95) , the iDAU and iDRMU and install
the two service connectors.

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
95
90
140 145
130
110
100
120
140
145 140
130 A
120
140
140
145
130 80
Figure 3 - Preamplifier Installation with OPTION 60 and/or OPTION 73 (If FDR V3 (OPTION 73) is installed
the iDAU is located on the Shelf Bracket between Firewall and Instrument Panel)

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(80) FDR Data Aquisition (120) Bolt

Unit (IDAU-001)
(90) Data Recorder And (130) Bolt
Managment Unit
(iDRMU-001)
(95) Mic Preamplifier (140) Washer
(I1210-001)
(100) Sheet (145) Washer
(110) Sheet
Figure 3 - Preamplifier Installation with OPTION 60 and/or OPTION 73 (If FDR V3 (OPTION 73) is installed
the iDAU is located on the Shelf Bracket between Firewall and Instrument Panel)

1T120TP-A-31-30-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31-33
FLIGHT DATA RECORDERS

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you about the Flight Data Recorder (FDR) systems in the G 120TP-A.
The system records performance, operation and navigation data of the aircraft in a hardened crash-resistant
unit.
The recorded data can be used for pilot de-briefing, defect- or accident-investigation.
The aircraft contains optional one of the following systems:
- Flight Data Recorder APIV2, refer to Flight Data Recorder APIV2 Description.
- Flight Data Recorder V3, refer to Flight Data Recorder V3 Description
- Flight Data Recorder V3 (Option 73), refer to Flight Data Recorder V3 (Option 73) Description.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT DATA RECORDER APIV2

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the schematic diagram for the flight data recorder system.
Figure 2 shows the component locations.
(1) Components
The FDR system has these components:

- APIV2 Flight Data Recorder (FDR) hardened device (crash-resistant), located in the rear
equipment compartment
- EMI Filter Box Assy, located in the rear equipment compartment
- APICAP sensor device data processing device, located between the firewall and the instrument
panel.
- APIPWR power supply unit located in the rear equipment compartment
- APISD data transfer unit located in the centre console. The FDR can operate without this unit.
- 18 series 12 channel GPS receiver, located between the firewall and the instrument panel.
- ARINC interface-unit, located between the firewall and the instrument panel.
The FDR can record a high number of aircraft operational parameters. The input can be analogue or digital
(for example, RS232 or ARINC 429).
The system records all parameter data. It stores the data on an SD-Card in a special crash-box (APIV2).
The crash-box protects the card against physical damage and radiation.
The data can be recorded at the same time on a SD-Card in the APISD. This SD-Card can be removed by
pilots or mechanics for analysis.
(2) Data Analysis
You can make an analysis of the stored data with the Analyzer software (PC-software with 3D-functions).
The Analyzer can show the data numerically and graphically.
(3) Power Supplies
The BATTERY BUS provides power for the FDR during the usual operation. A 3-amp circuit breaker protects
the circuit. The HOT BATTERY BUS (permanently connected to the battery) provides power if:
- the BATTERY BUS fails, or
- the BATT MASTER switch is set to OFF. A 3-amp circuit breaker in the battery compartment
protects the circuit.
(4) Recording
The FDR starts recording when power is applied to the aircraft battery-bus. The power supply from the hot
bus allows the unit to continue recording after power is removed from the battery bus. The FDR stops
operating when the aircraft sensor inputs stop.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The FDR records the data at 1 Hz or 10 Hz as necessary. At 10 Hz (standard) the FDR can record 50 hours
of data. The FDR can record 100 hours of data at 1Hz. When the memory is full, the new data over-writes
the oldest data.
The EMI Filter Assy gives a better signal quality.
(5) Mark-Event Buttons
Each pilot has a mark-event button located in his instrument panel. The pilot can push the button to mark
any data for later analysis. The person reading the data during de-briefing can move directly to the mark in
the recording.
(6) Signal Processing
The sensor unit is the main interface between the FDR and the aircraft systems. It receives analogue and
digital signals from many sources. The sensor unit converts the signals into a digital format. Table 1 shows
the recorded parameters.
Table 1 FDR Data Sources
Recorded Parameter Source

AILERON position Aileron linear-potentiometer
GEN OFF warning * GEN contactor open
BAT OFF caution * Battery relay open
BUS TIE caution * Bus tie relay open
ELEVATOR position Elevator linear-potentiometer
ELEVATOR TRIM position Elevator trim linear-potentiometer
RUDDER position Rudder linear-potentiometer
FLAPS position Flap linear-potentiometer
FLAPS UP Flap up position-switch.
FLAPS DOWN Flap down position-switch.
FUEL PUMP status * FUEL PUMP switch
STBY FUEL PUMP status * STBY FUEL PUMP switch
FUEL PRESS warning * Fuel low-pressure switch
FUEL LO LVL warning * Fuel low level switch
FUEL FILTER caution * Fuel filter bypass switch
FUEL TRANSFER PUMP INIT status * FUEL TRANSFER PUMP INIT switch
TRANS FAIL caution * Fuel transfer pressure switch
TRANS F PUMP status * FUEL TRANSFER PUMP switch
P/S HEAT caution * P/S current sensor control box
FUEL LH QTY ** EICAS
FUEL RH QTY ** EICAS
FUEL TEMP ** EICAS
FUEL FLOW ** EICAS

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INDICATED AIRSPEED Sensor unit pitot and static pressure inputs
LANDING GEAR warning Landing gear selector
LH GEAR SAFE LH down-lock position switch
LH GEAR UNLOCKED LH up and down-lock position switches
NOSE GEAR SAFE Nose down-lock position switch
NOSE GEAR UNLOCKED Nose up and down-lock position switch
RH GEAR SAFE RH down-lock position switch
RH GEAR UNLOCKED RH up and down-lock position switches
OIL PRESS warning * Low oil pressure switch
VOLTAGE warning * Audio board
All audio Audio Management Unit
GPS data Dedicated GPS
Legend:
*EFIS via ARINC 429
** EFIS via RS232
Note Additional parameters are available depending on the EFIS configuration.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Instrument Panel
Central Advisory and WarningSystem
Audio Control Panel
FDR SYSTEM
GPS RECEIVER
SENSOR
UNIT
MARK Analogue Inputs MARK

EVENT Digital Inputs EVENT
FDR
Pitot
BATTERY BUS 3 Pressure Port
Static
FDR Pressure Port
HOT BATTERY BUS 3
RECORDER
DEVICE
Centre Console
HARDENED
DEVICE
FLIGHT DATA
RECORDER
IDENT
POWER
SUPPLY
Rear Equipment Compartment
Figure 1 - Flight Data Recorder Schematic Diagram

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
12 9 3
1
8
5 4
2
6 13
11 10 7
Legend
(1) APIV2 Flight Data (8) Flaps down switch

Recorder and EMI Filter
Box Assy
(2) APICAP sensor device (9) Elevator linear-
potentiometer
(3) APIPWR power supply (10) Elevator trim linear-
unit potentiometer
(4) APISD data transfer unit (11) Rudder linear-
potentiometer
(5) GPS receiver (12) Flaps up switch
(6) ARINC interface-unit (13) Flap linear-
and 7 VE resistor board potentiometer
(7) Aileron linear-
potentiometer
Figure 2 - Flight Data Recorder Component Locations

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT DATA RECORDER V3

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 3 shows the overview of the FDR System.
(1) FDR General Description
The Flight Data Recorder system developed by iAero collects and stores several defined aircraft
parameters. The data is stored in an internal storage, a hardened memory and a removable memory card
(SD Card). The removable memory card allows post-flight analysis of the recorded data by using a
debriefing software. The debriefing software runs on a Personal Computer on ground and is not part of the
Optional Flight Data Recorder as described in this report. If the removable card is not readable, the
hardened memory and the internal memory can be read out by using a computer and a serial connection.
If the housing is damaged, the manufacturer can read out the data from the hardened memory directly. The
recorder starts automatically as soon as a voltage is detected on its supply analysis input.
The Optional Cockpit Area Microphone is installed in the back wall of the cockpit. The other hardware is
installed in several locations behind the instrument panel, in the equipment compartment and in the center
console. It is not possible for the crew or passengers to touch the open electrical system. The electrical
system is completely closed and isolated.
(2) Components

- iDRMU Flight Data Recorder (FDR) hardened device (crash-resistant), located in the rear
- FDR barometric sensor, located between the firewall and the instrument panel.
- one iDAU, data aquisition unit, located between firewall and the instrument panel.
- A 12 channel GPS receiver, located between the firewall and the instrument panel.
- If the Cockpit Area Microphone Assy is installed, it is located in the back wall of the cockpit.
The Mic Preamplifier is located in the rear equipment compartment.
The iDRMU-001 is a Data Recorder and Management Unit designed to record and distribute data in a safe
and efficient way. It also provides the power supply for the other components of the system.
The iDAU-001 is a data acquisition device and can acquire data from a wide range of analog and digital
sources.
The SD Card recorder is installed in the Speaker Panel in the console. It provides the User Interface to the
FDR system. It has a slot for a user replaceable SD Card. The APISD-001 rev A is an update which enables
SDHC/SDXC support. The device is powered through the proprietary bus interface.
The i2500-002 (FDR barometric sensor) is a device designed for barometrical data acquisition. It contains
3 pressure sensors: two absolute pressure sensors with 2 bar measurement range (for static pressure or
manifold pressure) and one differential pressure +/-350 mBar (by example, dynamic pressure until 800 kph

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00C-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
or 430 knots). P1 is an absolute pressure sensor P2 is a differential pressure sensor P3 is an absolute

pressure sensor
The Cockpit Area Microphone Assy records the sounds inside of the cockpit. The Microphone Preamplifier
with P/N i1210-001 is a device designed to amplify dynamic or electret microphone signals. It gets installed
in the equipment compartment. The power supply is provided by the iDRMU. The Peitel ME17 is an electret
type microphone. It gets installed in the back wall of the cockpit to record ambient sound.
The GPS18xLVC is an embedded receiver and an antenna. The antenna has a serial interface (RS232)
and is connected with the sensor device. The device gets installed in the glare shield cover.
(3) Data Analysis
(4) Power Supplies
The BATTERY BUS provides power for the FDR during the usual operation. A 3 Amp circuit breaker protects
- the BATT MASTER switch is set to OFF. A 3 Amp circuit breaker in the battery compartment
(5) Recording
The FDR starts automatically as soon as sufficient voltage from the Battery Bus is detected on its supply
analysis input.
the recording.


27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00C-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

FUEL TEMP ** EICAS
FUEL FLOW ** EICAS
VOLTAGE warning * BAT BUS, MAIN BUS
Legend:
* EFIS via ARINC 429
** EFIS via RS232

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00C-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 3 - Overview FDR System

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00C-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
3
9
14
12
5 8
4
2
6 13
11 10 7
Legend
(1) iDRMU Flight Data (8) Flaps down switch

Recorder
(2) i2500 barometric sensor (9) Elevator linear-
potentiometer
(3) MIC pre-amplifier (10) Elevator trim linear-
(i1210-001) potentiometer
(OPTION 58)
(4) APISD data transfer unit (11) Rudder linear-
potentiometer
(5) GPS receiver (12) Flaps up switch
(6) iDAU data aquisition unit (13) Flap linear-
potentiometer
(7) Aileron linear- (14) Cockpit Area
potentiometer Microphone Assy
(OPTION 58)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00C-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00C-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT DATA RECORDER V3 (OPTION 73)

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 5 shows the schematic diagram for the flight data recorder system.
(1) Components

- iDRMU Flight Data Recorder (FDR) hardened device (crash-resistant), located in the rear
- iDAU, FDR data aquisition unit, located in the rear equipment compartment.
- APICAP sensor device data processing device, located between the firewall and the instrument
panel.
- 12 channel GPS receiver, located between the firewall and the instrument panel.
- ARINC interface-unit, located between the firewall and the instrument panel.
- If the Cockpit Area Microphone Assy is installed, located in the back wall of the cockpit. The
Mic Preamplifier is located in the rear equipment compartment.
The FDR can record a high number of aircraft operational parameters. The input can be analogue or digital
(for example, RS232 or ARINC 429).
The iDRMU-001 is a Data Recorder and Management Unit designed to record and distribute data in a safe
and efficient way. It also provides the power supply for the other components of the system.
The iDAU-001 is a data acquisition device that can acquire data from a wide range of analog and digital
sources. The iDAU-001 is installed on top of the iDRMU-001 on the A-sheet in the equipment compartment.
The data can be recorded at the same time on a SD-Card in the APISD. This SD-Card can be removed by
pilots or mechanics for analysis.
(2) Data Analysis
(3) Power Supplies
The BATTERY BUS provides power for the FDR during the usual operation. A 3 Amp circuit breaker protects
- the BATT MASTER switch is set to OFF. A 3 Amp circuit breaker in the battery compartment

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00D-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Recording
The FDR starts automatically as soon as sufficient voltage from the Battery Bus is detected on its supply
analysis input. The FDR stops recording when the Battery Bus gets powered down on ground.
the recording.

FUEL TEMP ** EICAS
FUEL FLOW ** EICAS

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00D-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

VOLTAGE warning * BATT BUS, MAIN BUS
Legend:
* EFIS via ARINC 429
** EFIS via RS232

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00D-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 5 - Overview FDR System v3 light

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00D-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
9 13 3
12 14
1, 15
5 8
4
2
6 13
11 10 7
Legend
(1) iDRMU Flight Data (9) Elevator linear-

Recorder potentiometer
(2) APICAP sensor device (10) Elevator trim linear-
potentiometer
(3) iDAU Data Recorder and (11) Rudder linear-
Management Unit potentiometer
(4) APISD data transfer unit (12) Flaps up switch
(5) GPS receiver (13) Flap linear-
potentiometer
(6) ARINC interface-unit (14) Cockpit Area
and 7 VE resistor board Microphone Assy
(OPTION 58)
(7) Aileron linear- (15) MIC pre-amplifier
potentiometer (i1210-001) (OPTION
58)
(8) Flaps down switch

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00D-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00D-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RECORDERS
A. General
Refer to the manufacturer’s user’s manual for trouble shooting the Flight Data Recorder.
Refer to the wiring manual for data about the electrical wiring.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT DATA RECORDER V3

SYSTEM CALIBRATION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

adapter cable ................................................................................ 2T-W-9003-3133-00/22-0 (–) QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Calibration of FDR
(1) Remove the MFD on co-pilot’s side and disconnect the connectors, refer to Co-pilot's Display
IDU-680 Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the shielded cover from the service connector 8 UC-A.
(3) Connect the adapter cable to connector 8 UC-A and the serial port of a PC (Computer with D-SUB
serial connector for RS-232 and hyperterminal software).
(4) Open the hyperterminal software. Open a new connection.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Select the correct Port Name and set the Baud Rate to 115200, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, no flow
control.
(6) Put the original Pilot Card into the APISD Card Reader.
(7) Pull CB FDR (2UC located on the HOT BATT BUS in the battery compartment) and CB FDR (1UC,
located in Circuit Breaker Panel RH, BATT BUS).
Wait 5 sec and push both CB.
(9) Check that iDAU Boot Message is shown on the PC screen, refer to Figure 7.
(10) Press ENTER three times.
(11) Type “$IDATA,7” and press ENTER.
Note The input is not indicated on the terminal program.
(12) Check that you have the screen as shown in Figure 8.
(13) Type “1” and press ENTER to select the "iDAU Test & Calibration" menu, refer to Figure 9.
(14) Type “4” and press ENTER to enter the Parameter selection menu, refer to Figure 10.
(15) Type “1” and press ENTER to verify the values of the analogue input parameters AIN01 to AIN10
in the next step. Move the controls and press the buttons accordingly. Record the values in Table
1.

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Analogue Inputs
Read Primary: Fill in the actual values

Ana-
logue In-
puts
AIN01 to
AIN06
AIN01: Mark
Event Button
CoPilot NOT PRESSED PRESSED
AIN01: Mark
Event Button
Pilot NOT PRESSED PRESSED
AIN02: Ele-
vator Trim FULL DOWN NEUTRAL FULL UP
AIN03:
Aileron Posi-
tion FULL LEFT NEUTRAL FULL RIGHT
AIN04: Rud-
der Position FULL LEFT NEUTRAL FULL RIGHT
AIN05: Flap
Position FULL UP T/O LAND FULL DOWN
AIN06: Ele-
vator Posi-
tion FULL DOWN NEUTRAL FULL UP
(16) Press “CTRL-Z” to stop display of input values.
(17) Type “99” and press ENTER to return to the next higher level menu. Repeat until the main menu
is reached.
(18) Type ”2” to go into “Low Speed Device Test” menu.
(19) Type “2” to select “i2500” device.
(20) Record the values in Table 2. Set the altimeter to “0 ft”. Record the hPa reading in the Kollsman
window (small scale in altimeter) for parameter QFE.
Table 2 Pressure Data
For Reference: Write down QFE [hPa]

Read Baro Sensor In- P1 absolute pressure
puts value:
P2 differential pres-
sure value:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(22) Type “99” and ENTER to return to next higher level menu. Repeat until the main menu is reached.
(24) Type “11” and press ENTER to select the "Set Parameters" menu, refer to Figure 12.
(25) Type “3” and press Enter to set the parameters, recorded in Table 1 thru Table 2.
(26) Type the Parameter ID and press Enter. Type the related value from Table 1 thru Table 2 and
press Enter. Refer to Figure 13 and Table 3.
Table 3 Parameter
Parameter ID Set Parameter Value

100 AIN04: Rudderfull left
101 AIN04: Rudder neutral
102 AIN04: Rudder full right
103 AIN02: Elevator trim full nose down
104 AIN02: Elevator trim neutral
105 AIN02: Elevator trim nose up
106 AIN03: Aileron full left
107 AIN03: Aileron neutral
108 AIN03: Aileron full right
109 AIN06: Elevator full nose down
110 AIN06: Elevator neutral
111 AIN06: Elevator full nose up
112 AIN05: Flaps full up (AIN5)
113 AIN05: Flaps full down (AIN5)
114 P1
115 P2
116 QFE
(27) Press Enter to exit.
(28) Type “5” and press Enter to save the parameters.
(29) Type “1” and press Enter to display the parameters. Check that all the values have been saved
correctly. If not, repeat step A.25 thru step A.29.
(30) Type “99” and ENTER to return to next higher level menu. Repeat until main menu is reached.
(31) Type “4” and ENTER to restart the FDR.
(32) Disconnect the adapter cable from the service connector 8 UC-A and install the shielded cover.

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(34) Install the MFD on co-pilot’s side and connect the connectors, refer to Co-pilot's Display IDU-680
Remove and Install.
(35) Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing Pre-Operation (Make the Aircraft safe for
Maintenance).
(36) Release the aircraft into service according to national requirements.
Figure 7 - iDAU Boot Message (values can deviate depending of the software version)
Figure 8 - Main Menu

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 9 - iDAU Test&Calibration Menu
Figure 10 - Parameter selection menu

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 11 - iDAU Test & Calibration Menu
Figure 12 - Set Parameters Menu
Figure 13 - Parameter Setting

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT DATA RECORDER V3 (OPTION 73)

SYSTEM CALIBRATION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

adapter cable ................................................................................ 2T-W-9003-3133-00/22-0 (–) QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Calibration of FDR
General.
(2) Remove the shielded cover from the service connector 22 UC-A.
(3) Connect the adapter cable to connector 22 UC-A and the serial port of a PC (Computer with D-
SUB serial connector for RS-232 and hyperterminal software).
(4) Open the hyperterminal software. Open a new connection.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Select the correct Port Name and set the Baud Rate to 115200, 8 bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, no flow
control.
(6) Put the original Pilot Card into the APISD Card Reader.
(7) Pull CB HOT BUS (2UC located in the battery compartment) and CB FDR (1UC, located in Circuit
Breaker Panel RH, BAT BUS).
Wait 5 sec and push both CB.
(9) Check that iDAU Boot Message is shown on the PC screen, refer to Figure 14.
(10) Press ENTER three times.
(11) Type “$IDATA,7” and press ENTER.
Note The input is not indicated on the terminal program.
(12) Check that you have the screen as shown in Figure 15.
(13) Type “2” and press ENTER to select the "Low Speed Devices Test (i2060, i2500)" menu, refer to
Figure 16.
(14) Type “3” and press ENTER to enter the Apicap test menu, refer to Figure 17.
(15) Type “3” and press ENTER to verify the values of the analogue input parameters AIN01 to AIN06
in the next step. (shown as AD1 thru AD6). Move the controls and press the buttons accordingly.
Record the values in Table 1.

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Analogue Inputs
Read Primary: Fill in the actual values

Ana-
logue In-
puts
AIN01 to
AIN06
AIN01: Mark
Event Button
CoPilot NOT PRESSED PRESSED
AIN01: Mark
Event Button
Pilot NOT PRESSED PRESSED
AIN02: Ele-
vator Trim FULL DOWN NEUTRAL FULL UP
AIN03:
Aileron Posi-
tion FULL LEFT NEUTRAL FULL RIGHT
AIN04: Rud-
der Position FULL LEFT NEUTRAL FULL RIGHT
AIN05: Flap
Position FULL UP T/O LAND FULL DOWN
AIN06: Ele-
vator Posi-
tion FULL DOWN NEUTRAL FULL UP
(18) Type “2” and press ENTER to select the "Low Speed Devices Test (i2060, i2500)" menu, refer to
Figure 16.
(19) Type “3” and press ENTER to enter the Apicap test menu, refer to Figure 17.
(20) Type “5” and press Enter to display the values of the sensors. Record the values in Table 2. Set
the altimeter to “0 ft”. Record the hPa reading in the Kollsman window (small scale in altimeter)
for parameter QFE.
Table 2 Pressure Data
For Reference: Write down QFE [hPa]

Read Baro Sensor In- P1 absolute pressure
puts value:
P2 differential pres-
sure value:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(24) Type “11” and press ENTER to select the "Set Parameters" menu, refer to Figure 19.
(25) Type “3” and press Enter to set the parameters, recorded in Table 1 thru Table 2.
(26) Type the Parameter ID and press Enter. Type the related value from Table 1 thru Table 2 and
press Enter. Refer to Figure 20 and Table 3.
Table 3 Parameter
Parameter ID Set Parameter Value

100 AIN04: Rudderfull left
101 AIN04: Rudder neutral
102 AIN04: Rudder full right
103 AIN02: Elevator trim full nose down
104 AIN02: Elevator trim neutral
105 AIN02: Elevator trim nose up
106 AIN03: Aileron full left
107 AIN03: Aileron neutral
108 AIN03: Aileron full right
109 AIN06: Elevator full nose down
110 AIN06: Elevator neutral
111 AIN06: Elevator full nose up
112 AIN05: Flaps full up (AIN5)
113 AIN05: Flaps full down (AIN5)
114 P1
115 P2
116 QFE
(27) Press Enter to exit.
(28) Type “5” and press Enter to save the parameters.
(29) Type “1” and press Enter to display the parameters. Check that all the values have been saved
correctly. If not, repeat step A.25 thru step A.29.
(30) Type “99” and ENTER to return to next higher level menu. Repeat until main menu is reached.
(31) Type “4” and ENTER to restart the FDR.
(32) Disconnect the adapter cable from the service connector 22 UC-A and install the shielded cover.

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(35) Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing Pre-Operation (Make the Aircraft safe for
Maintenance).
1. The FDR data should be verified for consistency after each flight.
Figure 14 - iDAU Boot Message (values can deviate depending of the software version)
Figure 15 - Main Menu

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 16 - iDAU low speed devices selection Menu
Figure 17 - Apicap Test Menu
Figure 18 - iDAU Test & Calibration Menu

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 19 - Set Parameters Menu
Figure 20 - Parameter Setting

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
These Section tells you how to remove/install the system components.
The aircraft with the Flight Data Recorder APIV2 contains the following components:
- APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit, refer to APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit Remove and Install
- EMI Filter Box Assy, refer to EMI Filter Box Assy Remove and Install
- APICAP Sensor Unit, refer to APICAP Sensor Unit Remove and Install
- APIPWR Power Supply Unit, refer to APIPWR Power Supply Unit Remove and Install
- APISD Data Transfer Unit, refer to APISD Data Transfer Unit Remove and Install
- GPS Receiver, refer to GPS Receiver Remove and Install
- ARINC Inerface Unit, refer to ARINC Interface Unit Remove and Install.
The aircraft with the Flight Data Recorder V3 contains the following components:
- iDRMU Data Recorder and Management Unit, refer to iDRMU Data Recorder and Management Unit
Remove and Install
- FDR Barometric Sensor Unit , refer to FDR Barometric Sensor Unit Remove and Install
- iDAU Data Aquisition Unit, refer to iDAU (Shelf Bracket) V3 Remove and Install
- Cockpit Microfon (optional) and MIC Preamplifier (optional), refer to Cockpit Mic Installation (OPTION
58) Remove and Install and Mic Preamplifier (OPTION 58) Remove and Install.
The aircraft with the Flight Data Recorder V3 (Option 73) contains the following components:
- iDRMU Data Recorder and Management Unit, refer to iDRMU Data Recorder and Management Unit
Remove and Install
- iDAU Data Aquisition Unit, refer to iDAU (Equipment Compartment) Remove and Install
- APICAP Sensor Unit, refer to Sensor Unit APICAP Remove and Install
- Cockpit Microfon (optional) and MIC Preamplifier (optional), refer to Cockpit Mic Installation (OPTION
58) Remove and Install and Mic Preamplifier (OPTION 58) Remove and Install.
After installation do a functional test of the FDR system.

1T120TP-A-31-33-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-33-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
APIV2 FLIGHT DATA RECORDER UNIT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit

- Installation of the APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit
Remove and Install.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (70) for the APIV2 FDR.
(3) Remove the bolts of the brackets attached to the A-sheet.
(4) Remove the FDR with the brackets attached from the AC.

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (71) attaching the support for the hardened memory at the front
of the unit.
(6) Remove 4 bolts and washers (72) attaching the main APIV2 FDR unit.
(7) Remove the APIV2 FDR unit (73) from the brackets.
B. Installation of the APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit
(1) Put the APIV2 FDR (73) in position to the brackets.
(2) Install the 4 bolts and washers (72) attaching the main APIV2 FDR unit.
(3) Install the nut, washer and bolt (71) attaching the support for the hardened memory at the front
of the unit.
(4) Torque the 5 bolts (71) and (72) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(5) Install the FDR with the brackets attached to the AC.
(6) Install the bolts of the brackets attached to the A-sheet.
(7) Torque the 4 bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(8) Connect the electrical connectors (70) for the APIV2 FDR unit.
and Install.
1. Do a test of the FDR system.

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
73
FW
D
70
71
A
71
72
70
Rear Avionic Compartment
Figure 21 - APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit Installation

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(70) Electrical Connectors (3) (72) Bolt and washer

attaching calculator (3)
(71) Bolt ,washer and nut (73) Memory and Data
attaching hardened Processing Unit
memory (APIV2-002 HARDEN)
Figure 21 - APIV2 Flight Data Recorder Unit Installation

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
IDRMU DATA RECORDER AND MANAGEMENT UNIT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Data Recorder and Management Unit (iDRMU)

- Installation of the Data Recorder and Management Unit (iDRMU)

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Data Recorder and Management Unit (iDRMU)
Remove and Install.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors for the FDR (iDRMU-001) (90) , iDAU (if applicable) and Mic
Preamplifier (if applicable).

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the 4 bolts (120) and 4 washers (140) from the brackets (100) and (110) .
(6) Remove the bolt (130) , washers (145) , (140) attaching FDR (iDRMU-001) (90) .
(7) Remove the FDR (iDRMU-001) (90) from the assembly.
B. Installation of the Data Recorder and Management Unit (iDRMU)
(1) Put the FDR (iDRMU-001) (90) in position in the assembly.
(2) Install the bolts (130) , washers (145) , (140) attaching FDR (iDRMU-001) (90) . Torque the
bolts (130) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(4) Install the 4 bolts (120) and 4 washers (140) to the brackets (100) and (110) . Torque the bolts
(120) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(5) Safety all bolts (130) with inspection lacquer (GS513010).
(6) Connect the electrical connectors for the iDRMU (90) , iDAU (if applicable) and Mic Preamplifier
(if applicable).
and Install.

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
95
90
140 145
130
110
100
120
140
145 140
130 A
120
140
140
145
130 80
Figure 22 - iDRMU Installation (The figure shows the installation of OPTION 73 and OPTION 58, for other
configuration the brackets Item 100 and 110 as well as the Item 80 and 95 may show different or do not
exist.)
1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

Unit (IDAU-001)
Managment Unit
(iDRMU-001)
(I1210-001)
(110) Sheet
Figure 22 - iDRMU Installation (The figure shows the installation of OPTION 73 and OPTION 58, for other
configuration the brackets Item 100 and 110 as well as the Item 80 and 95 may show different or do not
exist.)

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SENSOR UNIT APICAP

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Sensor Unit

- Installation of the Sensor Unit

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Sensor Unit

Refer to Figure 23.
(1) Open the circuit breaker FDR (1UC) on BATT BUS and 2UC on HOT BUS in the battery
compartment.
(3) Disconnect the APICAP electrical connectors.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Disconnect the APICAP pneumatic connectors.
(5) Remove the two bolts and washers and spacers (3) .
(6) Remove the two bolts, washers and spacers (2) .
(7) Remove the sensor unit (1) from the mounting tray (4) .
B. Installation of the Sensor Unit
(1) Put the sensor unit (1) in position in the mounting tray (4) .
(2) Install the sensor unit with the two bolts and washers and spacers (3) and the two bolts, washers
and spacers (2) to the mounting tray (4) .
(3) Connect the APICAP pneumatic connectors.
(4) Connect the APICAP electrical connectors.
(5) Do a pitot-static system test, refer to Flight Environment Data General.
(7) Close the circuit breaker FDR (1UC) on BATT BUS and 2UC on HOT BUS in the battery
compartment.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
4
2
D
FW
Figure 23 - Sensor Unit Installation (figure valid for OPTION 5, not for OPTION 73)

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Sensor unit (3) Bolts and washers

attaching the sensor unit
on the front side
(2) Bolts, washers and (4) Mounting tray
spacers attaching the
sensor unit on the back
side
Figure 23 - Sensor Unit Installation (figure valid for OPTION 5, not for OPTION 73)

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FDR BAROMETRIC SENSOR UNIT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Sensor Unit

- Installation of the Sensor Unit

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Sensor Unit
(2) Disconnect the connectors from the barometric sensor unit.
(3) Disconnect the barometric tubes from the barometric sensor unit.
(4) Remove the two bolts (50) , washers (65) and spacers (60) .

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the sensor unit (20) from the bracket (70) .
B. Installation of the Sensor Unit
(1) Put the sensor unit (20) in position in the bracket (70) .
(2) Install the sensor unit (20) with the two bolts (50) , washers (65) and spacers (60) to the bracket
(70) .
(3) Connect the electrical connectors to the barometric sensor unit.
(4) Connect the barometric tubes to the barometric sensor unit.
(5) Do a pitot-static system test, refer to Flight Environment Data General.
1. Do a test/calibration of the FDR system.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
40
20
310 50
320 60
65
50
A
70 60 10
65
50
65
60
30
Figure 24 - Sensor Unit Installation

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(10) Bracket Assy, Flight (60) Washer

Data Recorder (FDR)
(20) FDR Barometric Sensor (65) Washer
Unit (I2500-002)
(30) Data Aquisition Unit (70) Bracket FDR
(IDau-001)
(40) Heat-Shrinkable Cap (270) Screw

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-01C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RESISTOR BOARD
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the 7 VE Resistor Board

- Installation of the 7 VE Resistor Board

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the 7 VE Resistor Board

Refer to Figure 25.
(2) Remove the Sensor Unit APICAP, refer to Sensor Unit APICAP Remove and Install to have
access.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Pull out the 7 VE resistor board (1) from the L-bracket (2) .
B. Installation of the 7 VE Resistor Board
(1) Carefully put the 7 VE resistor board (1) into the L-bracket (2) .
(2) Install the Sensor Unit APICAP, refer to Sensor Unit APICAP Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
2
A
Figure 25 - Removal and Installation of the 7 VE Resistor Board

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) 7 VE resistor board (2) L-bracket
Figure 25 - Removal and Installation of the 7 VE Resistor Board

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GPS RECEIVER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the GPS

- Installation of the GPS

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the GPS
(2) Disconnect the GPS electrical in-line connector (50) .
(3) Remove the bolt (51) and washer (52) attaching the GPS.
(4) Note the number and location of the cable ties and cut any cable ties attaching the GPS cable to
other cables.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the GPS (53) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the GPS
(1) Put the GPS (53) in position in the mounting.
(2) Install the washer (52) and bolt (51) that attach the GPS.
(3) Connect the electrical in-line connector (50) for the GPS.
(4) Install cable ties as noted during removal to attach the GPS cable to other cables.
(6) Do a functional test of the FDR system.

Check presence of the GPS data.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
IN
M
R
A
G
53
A
50
52
Firewall
51
Figure 26 - GPS Installation for the FDR

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(50) Electrical in-line (52) Washer

connector
(51) Attaching screw for GPS (53) GPS for FDR
Figure 26 - GPS Installation for the FDR

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ARINC INTERFACE UNIT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the ARINC Interface Unit

- Installation of the ARINC Interface Unit

None
Make the aircraft safe for maintenance, ref to Servicing General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the ARINC Interface Unit
(2) Remove the Sensor Unit APICAP to have access, refer to Sensor Unit APICAP Remove and
Install.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector from the ARINC interface unit.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the attaching bolts, washers (3) and the ARINC interface unit (1) from the L-
brackets (2) .
B. Installation of the ARINC Interface Unit
(1) Carefully put the ARINC interface unit (1) in place.
(2) Install the ARINC interface unit (1) with the attaching bolts and washers (3) to the L-brackets
(2) .
(3) Connect the electrical connector to the ARINC interface unit.
(4) Install the Sensor Unit APICAP, refer to Sensor Unit APICAP Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 4
A
D
FW
Figure 27 - Removal and Installation of the ARINC Interface Unit

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) ARINC interface unit (3) Attaching bolts and

washers
(2) L-brackets (4) Attaching bolts and
washers
Figure 27 - Removal and Installation of the ARINC Interface Unit

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
IDAU (EQUIPMENT COMPARTMENT)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the iDAU

- Installation of the iDAU

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the iDAU
(1) Disconnect the battery for maintenance work (refer to Battery Servicing).
(2) Remove the left access panel for the equipment compartment, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove
and Install.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors for the iDAU (80) , iDRMU (90) and Mic Preamplifier (95)
(if applicable).

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the 4 bolts (120) and washers (140) from the brackets (100) and (110) attached to
the A-sheet.
(6) Remove the 9 bolts (130) , 5 washers (145) , (140) attaching iDAU (80) and iDRMU (90) .
(7) Remove the iDAU (80) from the assembly.
B. Installation of the iDAU
(1) Put the iDAU (80) in position in the assembly.
(2) Install the 9 bolts (130) , 5 washers (145) , (140) attaching iDAU (80) and iDRMU (90) . Torque
the bolts (130) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(4) Install the 4 bolts (120) and washers (140) to the brackets (100) and (110) attached to the A-
sheet. Torque the bolts (120) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(5) Safety all bolts (130) with inspection lacquer (GS513010).
(6) Connect the electrical connectors for the iDAU (80) , iDRMU (90) and Mic Preamplifier (95) (if
applicable)..
(7) Install the left access panel for the equipment compartment, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and
Install.
(8) Connect the battery after maintenance work (refer to Battery Servicing).
(9) Do the calibration of the iDAU (80) , refer to Flight Data Recorder V3 (OPTION 73) System
Calibration.

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
95
90
140 145
130
110
100
120
140
145 140
130 A
120
140
140
145
130 80
Figure 28 - iDAU (Equipment Compartment) Installation

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

Unit (IDAU-001)
Managment Unit
(iDRMU-001)
(I1210-001)
(110) Sheet
Figure 28 - iDAU (Equipment Compartment) Installation

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
IDAU (SHELF BRACKET) V3

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Data Aquisition Unit (iDAU-001)

- Installation of the Data Aquisition Unit (iDAU-001)

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Data Aquisition Unit (iDAU-001)
(2) Disconnect the connectors of the Data Aquisition Unit (iDAU-001) (30) and Sensor Unit (20) .
(3) Remove the Sensor Unit (20) to have access, refer to FDR Barometric Sensor Unit Remove and
Install.
(4) Remove the bolts (50) , washers (65) and spacers (60) .

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the Data Aquisition Unit (iDAU-001) (30) .
B. Installation of the Data Aquisition Unit (iDAU-001)
(1) Carefully put the Data Aquisition Unit (iDAU-001) (30) in place.
(2) Install the Data Aquisition Unit (iDAU-001) (30) with the attaching bolts (50) , washers (65) and
spacers (60) to the brackets (70) .
(3) Install the Sensor Unit (20) , refer to FDR Barometric Sensor Unit Remove and Install.
(4) Connect the connectors to the Data Aquisition Unit (iDAU-001) (30) and Sensor Unit (20) .
(6) Do a calibration of the FDR V3, refer to Flight Data Recorder V3 System Calibration.
1. Do a functional Test.

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
40
20
310 50
320 60
65
50
A
70 60 10
65
50
65
60
30

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(10) Bracket Assy, Flight (60) Washer

Data Recorder (FDR)
(20) FDR Barometric Sensor (65) Washer
(I2500-002)
(30) Data Aquisition Unit (70) Bracket FDR
(iDAU-001)
(40) Heat-Shrinkable Cap (270) Screw

1T120TP-A-31-33-00-02C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
APISD DATA TRANSFER UNIT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Recorder

- Installation of the Recorder

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Recorder
(1) Remove the screws (30) attaching the speaker panel (31) to the centre console.
(2) Move the speaker panel assembly (31) clear to give access to the rear.
(3) Release the electrical connector (32) for the recorder and the electrical connector for the speaker
panel (24UP).
(4) Lift the flap over the card access (33) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove 2 screws (34) and nuts attaching the recorder.
(6) Remove the recorder (35) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Recorder
(1) Put the recorder (35) in position in the speaker panel (31) .
(2) Install 2 screws (34) and nuts attaching the recorder (35) .
(4) Connect the electrical cable (32) to the recorder (35) and the electrical connector (24UP) of the
speaker panel.
(5) Put the speaker panel (31) in position in the centre console.
(6) Install the screws (30) attaching the speaker panel.
(8) Do a test of the FDR system.

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
34
33
35
32
30
31
D
FW
Carrier Aft of the Centre Console
Figure 30 - APIBOX Recorder-Device Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Screws attaching (33) Flap over card access

speaker panel
(31) Speaker panel (34) Screw
(32) Electrical connector (35) Recorder
Figure 30 - APIBOX Recorder-Device Installation

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
APIPWR POWER SUPPLY UNIT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Power Supply

- Installation of the Power Supply

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Power Supply
General.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (60) for the FDR power supply unit.
(3) Remove the 4 bolts from the brackets attaching the A-sheet.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove 4 bolts and washers (61) attaching the power supply unit.
(6) Remove the power supply unit (62) from the assembly.
B. Installation of the Power Supply
(1) Put the FDR power supply unit (62) in position in the assembly.
(2) Install 4 bolts and washers (61) attaching the power supply unit.
(3) Torque the bolt, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(5) Install the 4 bolts to the brackets attaching the A-sheet. Torque the bolt, refer to Standard Bolts
and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4.
(6) Secure the bolts with safety lacquer.
(7) Connect the electrical connector (60) for the power supply unit.

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
62
FW
D
60
61
Rear Avionic Compartment
Figure 31 - Power Supply Unit Installation for the FDR

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-33-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(60) Electrical Connector (62) FDR power supply unit

(61) Bolts and washers
attaching power supply
unit
Figure 31 - Power Supply Unit Installation for the FDR

27 July 2018 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EMI FILTER BOX ASSY

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the EMI Filter Box Assy

- Installation of the EMI Filter Box Assy

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the EMI Filter Box Assy
General.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (4) .
(3) Remove the washers and bolts (2) attaching the bracket (3) .

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the EMI Filter Box Assy (1) and the bracket (3) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the EMI Filter Box Assy
(1) Attach the EMI Filter Box Assy (1) and the bracket (3) to the aircraft.
(2) Install the washers and bolts (2) attaching the bracket (3) .
(3) Connect the electrical connectors (4) .

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
1
4
Figure 32 - Removal and Installation of the EMI Filter Box Assy

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) EMI Filter Box Assy (3) Bracket

(2) Screws and Washers (4) Electrical Connecter
Figure 32 - Removal and Installation of the EMI Filter Box Assy

1T120TP-A-31-33-04-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON OR FLAP LINEAR-POTENTIOMETER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Aileron or Flap Linear-Potentiometer

- Installation of the Aileron or Flap Linear-Potentiometer

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Aileron or Flap Linear-Potentiometer
(2)
Note The aileron is the front installation.
The flap is the rear installation.
Release the electrical connector (80) from the linear-potentiometer (81) .

1T120TP-A-31-33-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the nut, washer, spacer and bolt (82) attaching the ram.
(4) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (83) attaching the body.
B. Installation of the Aileron or Flap Linear-Potentiometer
(1) Put the linear-potentiometer (81) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Install the bolt, washer and nut (83) attaching the body.
(3) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Practices - Airframe General, M5.
(4) Install the bolt, spacer, washer and nut (82) attaching the ram.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (80) to the elevator-trim linear-potentiometer.
(7) Do a test for full and free movement of the aileron or flap control.
(8) Do a calibration of the installed FDR system, refer to Flight Data Recorder V3 System
Calibration or refer to Flight Data Recorder V3 (OPTION 73) System Calibration depending on the
installed FDR system.
(10) Install the baggage compartment access panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment

1T120TP-A-31-33-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
83
D
FW
80 81
82
83
81
A
83
80 82
83
82 82
Figure 33 - Aileron and Flap Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR

1T120TP-A-31-33-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(80) Electrical Connector (82) Ram attachment nut,

washers, spacer and
bolt
(81) Linear-potentiometer (83) Body attachment nut,
washers, spacer and
bolt
Figure 33 - Aileron and Flap Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR

1T120TP-A-31-33-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR LINEAR-POTENTIOMETER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Elevator Linear-Potentiometer

- Installation of the Elevator Linear-Potentiometer

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Elevator Linear-Potentiometer
(1) Remove the baggage compartment rear, left access-panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage
(2)
Note The aileron is the front installation.
The flap is the rear installation.
Release the electrical connector (90) from the linear-potentiometer (91) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-33-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the nut and washer (93) attaching the body.
(5) Remove the spacer (94) from the stud-plate and remove the linear-potentiometer (91) from the
aircraft.
B. Installation of the Elevator Linear-Potentiometer
(1) Put the spacer (94) in position on the stud-plate.
(2) Put the linear-potentiometer (91) in position on the stud-plate.
(3) Install the washer and nut (93) attaching the body.
(7) Connect the electrical connector (90) to the linear-potentiometer.
(8) Do a test for full and free movement of the elevator control.
(11) Install the baggage compartment rear, left access panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage

12 May 2017 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
94
93
92
91 90
A 92
Figure 34 - Elevator Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-33-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(90) Electrical Connector (93) Body attachment nut

and washer
(91) Linear-potentiometer (94) Spacer
(92) Ram attachment nut,
washers, spacer and
bolt
Figure 34 - Elevator Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR

12 May 2017 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER LINEAR-POTENTIOMETER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Remove the Rudder Linear-Potentiometer

- Installation of the Rudder Linear-Potentiometer

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Remove the Rudder Linear-Potentiometer
(1) Remove the cockpit front floor-panel and the centre-console left side-panel for access, refer to
(2) Release the electrical connector (100) from the linear-potentiometer (101) .
(4) Remove the nut (103) and washer attaching the body.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-33-07-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the spacer (104) from the stud-plate and remove the linear-potentiometer (101) from
the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Rudder Linear-Potentiometer
(1) Put the spacer (104) in position on the stud-plate.
(2) Put the linear-potentiometer (101) in position on the stud-plate.
(3) Install the washer and nut (103) attaching the body.
(7) Connect the electrical connector to the linear-potentiometer (100) .
(8) Do a test for full and free movement of the rudder control.
(11) Install the cockpit front floor-panel and the centre-console left side-panel after access, refer to

12 May 2017 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-07-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
101
103
102
100 104
A
102
Figure 35 - Rudder Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-33-07-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(100) Electrical Connector (103) Body attachment nut

(101) Linear-potentiometer (104) Spacer
(102) Ram attachment nut,
washers, spacer and
bolt
Figure 35 - Rudder Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR

12 May 2017 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-07-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR-TRIM LINEAR-POTENTIOMETER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Elevator-Trim Linear-Potentiometer

- Installation of the Elevator-Trim Linear-Potentiometer

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Elevator-Trim Linear-Potentiometer
(1) Remove the centre-console cover for access, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment
(3) Remove the nut, washer, spacer and bolt (113) attaching the body.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-33-08-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Move the linear-potentiometer (111) into a position where you can release the electrical
connector.
B. Installation of the Elevator-Trim Linear-Potentiometer
(1) Put the linear-potentiometer (111) in a position where you can connect the electrical
connector (110) .
(3) Move the linear-potentiometer (111) into position in the centre-console.
(4) Install the bolt, spacer, washer and nut (113) attaching the body.
(5) Torque the nut. refer to Standard Practices - Airframe General, M5.
(7) Torque the nut. refer to Standard Practices - Airframe General, M5.
(8) Do a test for full and free movement of the elevator trim control.
(11) Install the centre-console cover after access, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment

12 May 2017 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-08-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
113
Centre-Console Right Side-Panel
113
113
111
A
110
112
112
D
FW 112
Figure 36 - Elevator Trim Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-33 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-33-08-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(110) Electrical Connector (112) Ram attachment nut,

washer, spacer and bolt
(111) Linear-potentiometer (113) Body attachment bolt,
nut and washer
Figure 36 - Elevator Trim Linear-potentiometer Installation for the FDR

12 May 2017 31-33 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-33-08-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31-35
VIDEO RECORDING SYSTEM

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
This section tells you about the optional Video Recording System (VRS) in the G 120TP-A.
The Video Recording System (VRS) offers a complete mission recording and debriefing system from multiple
camera views. The VRS consists of the following parts installed in the aircraft.
- Commander Recorder Unit
- Multiplexer (PIP)
- HD Bullet Cameras
- Remote SD Card Slot & Status LED
- Video Recorder Switch
The data will be stored in a removable storage module in the Trim Panel.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
(1) Components
The Video Recording System (VRS) consists of these components:

- Commander Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Unit, located on the A-sheet behind the baggage
compartment
- Multiplexer (PIP), located on the A-sheet behind the baggage compartment under the
Commander Recorder Unit
- HD Camera, one located in the I-Panel cover and a one located in the canopy
- Remote SD Card Slot, located on the Trim Panel at the center console, labeled with VIDEO
- Status LED (green), located under the cap of the Remote SD Card Slot
- Video Recorder Switch, located LH on the Speaker Panel at the center console, labeled with
VIDEO
- Power Supply via a circuit breaker, located on the Circuit Breaker Panel LH on area MAIN BUS.
(2) Tasks
The VRS system records the video stream and a GPX file as intended.
The following main tasks are provided by the system:
- GPS tagged Video including GPX file
- Picture in picture view of two camera streams
- Video recording at 30 frames per second
- Files are stored to one SD card.
(3) Component Description
(a) Commander Digital Video Recorder Unit
The Commander Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Unit is a 1080 p full HD Video Recording Device
integrated in an aluminium housing (refer to Figure 1).
The LCD display on the front allows a live viewing, real time system status and the possibility of fast
setup.
The DVR can be controlled via external triggers at the speaker panel in the centre console.
An external LED under the cap of the Remote SD Card Slot shows the state of record.
The DVR also stores GPS data from an external GPS antenna mounted to the unit.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Since the Recorder Unit, with one SDI-input, is limited to a single camera operation a Multiplexer is
installed to increase the number of cameras.
(b) Multiplexer (PIP)
The Multiplexer (PIP) creates a single high definition video stream by combining the different camera
views (picture-in-picture). Each view can be scaled, cropped and located independently within a full
1080 p frame (refer to Figure 2).
The output is recorded by the DVR.
(c) HD Bullet Camera
A HD 19 Micro Bullet Camera is a small HD Camera with 2.1 Megapixels. It provides a Wide Dynamic
Range, 2D and 3D digital noise reduction and an advanced automatic gain control algorithm.
The camera is housed in an aluminum enclosure (refer to Figure 3).
1. CAM 1 – Camera Mount Canopy
CAM 1 is mounted at the upper rear canopy center frame between the air valves, pointing in
direction of flight (refer to Figure 4). The camera mount is mounted between the air valves with
four screws (refer to Figure 5).
When the canopy is closed a connector installed on the fuselage (Canopy Connector female)
and in the rear of the canopy (Canopy Connector male) provides power from the Multiplexer to
CAM 1 and the dome light, and the video signal from the camera to the Multiplexer (refer to Figure
6).
2. CAM 2 – Camera Mount Glareshield

CAM 2 is mounted to the front face of the I-Panel Cover (Glareshield) beneath the magnetic
compass pointing against the direction of flight (refer to Figure 7). The camera mount is inserted
into the I-Panel Cover and fixated with four screws which mount the magnetic compass and the
camera to the I-Panel Cover.
(d) Remote SD Card Reader & Status LED Unit
The Remote SD Card Slot & Status LED is a customized part from Rugged Video (refer to Figure 8).
It provides the ability to insert a SD-Card.
The Remote SD Card Slot is located in the Trim Unit Panel labeled with “VIDEO” (refer to Figure 9).
The Card Reader Unit has a cap to protect the SD Card of unwanted removal and environmental
conditions.
The unit also provides green status LED (not shown in Figure 8).
The green status LED is installed under the cover panel of the card reader. If this LED illuminates
steadily, the VRS is ready to record. If the LED flashes, the VRS is recording.
(e) Video Recorder Switch
The VRS can be switched ON and OFF via the Video Recorder Switch installed LH in the speaker
panel (refer to Figure 9).
The switch is labeled with “VIDEO” and has three positions (“OFF”, “ON”, “REC”):
- OFF: Video Recording System is turned off

12 May 2017 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- ON: Video Recording System is in standby mode showing a steady green LED light under
the cap of the Remote SD Card Slot
- REC: Video Recording System starts recording showing a flashing green LED light under
the cap of the Remote SD Card Slot.
Note When you set the video recorder switch to ON to activate the VRS, the recorder needs up to
60 sec to boot. When you set the switch from ON to REC the recorder needs up to 5 sec to
start. To deactivate the VRS, set the switch to OFF.
(f) Power Supply
The VRS is powered through the “MAIN BUS” (refer to DC Electrical Load Distribution General
Data). It is connected to the Main Bus using a 5 A circuit breaker that is located in the left hand panel
below the instrument panel (refer to Figure 10). The CB is labelled with “VIDEO” on the circuit breaker
panel.
Figure 1 - Commander Digital Video Recorder Unit

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 2 - Multiplexer (PIP)
Figure 3 - HD Camera Front

12 May 2017 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 4 - CAM 1 - Camera Mount Canopy I
Figure 5 - CAM 1 - Camera Mount Canopy II

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 6 - Canopy Connector
Figure 7 - CAM 2 - Camera Mount Glareshield

12 May 2017 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 8 - Remote SD Card Slot & LEDs
Figure 9 - Remote SD Card Slot & Video Recorder Switch

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 10 - Circuit breaker VIDEO

12 May 2017 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
These Section tells you how to remove/install the system components.
The aircraft contains the following components:
- Recorder and Multiplexer, refer to Video Recording System - Recorder - Multiplexer Remove and
Install
- Camera Mount Canopy, refer to Camera Mount Canopy Remove and Install
- Camera Mount Glareshield, refer to Camera Mount Glareshield Remove and Install
- Remote SD Card Reader, refer to Video Recording System - Remote SD Card Reader Remove and
Install
- Video Recorder Switch, refer to Video Recording System - Video Recorder Switch Remove and
Install.

1T120TP-A-31-35-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-35-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
VIDEO RECORDING SYSTEM - RECORDER - MULTIPLEXER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Commander Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Unit

- Removal of the Multiplexer V1 (PIP)
- Removal of the Ground Module
- Installation of the Ground Module
- Installation of the Multiplexer V1 (PIP)
- Installation of the Commander Digital Video Recording System (DVR) Unit

None
Maintenance)

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Commander Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Unit

Refer to Figure 11.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Remove the left access panel for the rear equipment-compartment (avionic), refer to Cockpit
Panels Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the hose from the condenser inlet duct for better access.
(3) Make sure that the video switch is in position OFF and the circuit breaker VIDEO in the LH circuit
breaker panel is pulled.
(4) Disconnect all electrical connectors from the DVR (170) , Multiplexer V1 (140) and Ground
Module (130) (and from iDRMU, iDAU and Mic Preamplifier if applicalbe).
Protect the connectors at the plugs with applicable caps.
(5) Remove the bolt (50) and washer (80) from the bonding cable (110) .
(6) Remove the 6 bolts from the A-sheet attached to the rear equipment compartment bottom.
(7) Remove the A-sheet assembly from the AC.
(8) Remove the 4 bolts (40) and the 4 washers (70) from the bracket (180) attached to the A-sheet.
(9) Remove the bracket (180) with the DVR (170) from the A-sheet (190) .
(10) Remove the 4 nuts (160) and the 4 washers (90) from the 4 bolts (150) .
(11) Remove the 4 bolts (150) from the DVR (170) .
(12) Remove the DVR (170) from the bracket (180) .
B. Removal of the Multiplexer V1 (PIP)

Refer to Figure 11.
(1) Remove the DVR (refer to Procedure A).
Note For removal of the Multiplexer V1 (PIP) is not necessary to disconnect all electrical
connectors from the DVR (170) .
(2) Disconnect all electrical connectors from the Multiplexer V1 (140) .

Protect the connectors at the plugs and the multiplexer V1 with applicable caps.
(3) Remove the 4 bolts (30) and the 4 washers (100) from the Multiplexer V1 (140) .
(4) Remove the Multiplexer V1 (140) from the A-sheet (190) .
C. Removal of the Ground Module

Refer to Figure 11.

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Remove the left access panel for the rear equipment-compartment (avionic), refer to Cockpit
(2) Disconnect all electrical connectors from the module (130) .

Protect the connectors at the plugs and the module with applicable caps.
(3) Remove the 2 bolts (20) and the 2 washers (70) from the bracket (60) and the module
(130) .
(4) Remove the bracket (60) and the ground module (130) from the A-sheet (190) .
D. Installation of the Ground Module

Refer to Figure 11.
(1) Put the ground module (130) in position on A-sheet (190) .
(2) Install the 2 bolts (20) and the 2 washers (70) attaching the bracket (60) and the module (130)
to the A-sheet.
(4)
Note Make sure that all protective caps are removed.
Install all electrical connectors to the module (130) .
(5) Install the left access panel for the rear equipment-compartment (avionic), refer to Cockpit Panels
Remove and Install.
E. Installation of the Multiplexer V1 (PIP)

Refer to Figure 11.
(1) Put the Multiplexer V1 (140) in correct position on A-sheet (190) .
(2) Install the 4 bolts (30) and the 4 washers (100) to the multiplexer V1 (140) .
(3) Torque the 4 bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(4)
Make sure that the power connector is after installation secured witch safety lacquer.
Install all electrical connectors to the multiplexer V1 (140) .
(5) Install the DVR (refer to Procedure F).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
F. Installation of the Commander Digital Video Recording System (DVR) Unit

Refer to Figure 11.
(1) Make sure that the multiplexer V1 is installed (refer to Procedure E).
(2) Put the DVR (170) in correct position on the bracket (180) .
(3) Install the 4 bolts (150) into the DVR (170) .
(4) Install the 4 washers (90) and the 4 nuts (160) to the 4 bolts (150) .
(6) Put the bracket (180) and the DVR in correct position on A-sheet (190) .
(7) Install the 4 bolts (40) and the 4 washers (70) into the bracket (180) .
(8) Install the A-sheet into the AC.
(9) Install the 6 bolts to the A-sheet attached to the rear equipment compartment bottom.
(10) Install the bolt (50) and washer (80) from the bonding cable (110) .
(11) Torque the 6 bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(12)
Make sure that the power connector is after installation secured with safety lacquer.
Connect all electrical connectors to the DVR (170) , Multiplexer (140) and Ground Module (and
from iDRMU, iDAU and Mic Preamplifier if applicable).
(13) Install the left access panel for the rear equipment (avionic) compartment, refer to Cockpit Panels
Remove and Install.
Install the hose from the condenser inlet duct if removed.
1. Do a test of the Video Recording System (VRS).

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
180
FW
D
40
150
70
90
160
170
30
140 100
20
A 200 x5
70
220
190
130
50 60
80 210
220
110
Figure 11 - Video Recording System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Bolt (130) Module

(30) Bolt (140) Multiplexer V1
(40) Bolt (150) Bolt
(50) Bolt (160) Nut
(60) Bracket (170) Digital Video Recording
(DVR)
(70) Washer (180) Bracket
(80) Washer (190) A-Sheet
(90) Washer (200) Bolt
(110) Bonding Cable (220) Washer
Figure 11 - Video Recording System

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAMERA MOUNT CANOPY

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Maintenance)

Crimp tool, M22520/2–01 ............................................................................................................ QTY 1
Positioner, K1003 ........................................................................................................................ QTY 1
Crimp tool, 47-10150 ................................................................................................................... QTY 1
K13-1 Positioner, M22520/2-08 ................................................................................................... QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Canopy Camera Mount

Refer to Figure 12.
(1) Removal of the Camera Mount with Camera
(a) Make sure that the circuit breaker VIDEO and CB LIGHTS DOME is pulled and the Video
Switch is set to OFF.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Remove the canopy, refer to Canopy Remove and Install.
(c) Position the canopy so (upside down) that it is possible to remove the camera mount.
(d) Remove the dome light panel from the canopy.

Position the dome light panel next to the original position.
(e) Remove the 4 screws (70) of the camera mount canopy (10) from the air nozzles.
(f) Remove the camera mount (10) carefully from the canopy.
Position the camera mount next to the original position.
(g) Remove the 2 screws of the canopy connector assembly from the canopy.
(h) Remove the camera wires from the connector:

- RG 179 from A2
- RED from pin 4
- BLACK from pin 10
- LG48G22-P from pin 1
- LG49G22-P from pin 7
(i) Remove the camera wires from the canopy hose.
(j) Remove the camera from the canopy.
(2) Disassembly of the Camera Mount
(a) Remove the screw (50) from the locking device (30) on the backside of the camera mount
(20) .
(b) Remove the locking device (30) from the camera mount (20) .
(c) Remove the camera (40) and the O-ring (60) from the camera mount (20) .
(3) Assembly and Installation of the Canopy Camera Mount
(a) Assembly of the Camera Mount
1. Install a O-ring (60) into the camera mount.
2. Install the camera (40) in the fail safe position to the camera mount (20) .
3. Attach the locking device (30) to the camera mount (20) .
4. Install the screw (50) to the locking device (30) . Tighten the screw hand tight.

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Installation of the Camera Mount
1. Put the camera mount (10) with camera next to the air nozzles.
2. Put the cable of the camera through the plastic hose.
3. Attach the camera mount (10) in position between the two air nozzels.
Note The camera view is in flight direction.
4. Install the screws (70) at the camera mount hand-tight. After adjustment of the
camera mount, torque the 4 screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M4.
5. Put the camera cables through the existing hole of the cockpit light cables and put it
to the recess of the canopy connector.
6. Connect these wires with the canopy connector:

- RG 179 to A2, use Crimp tool, M22520/2–01 and Positioner, K1003 for inner
conductor, use Crimp tool, 47-10150 for outer conductor
- RED to pin 4, use Crimp tool, M22520/2–01 and K13-1 Positioner,
M22520/2-08
- BLACK to pin 10, use Crimp tool, M22520/2–01 and K13-1 Positioner,
M22520/2-08
- LG48G22-P to pin 1
- LG49G22-P to pin 7.
7. Attach the canopy connector to the canopy.
8. Install the screws into the canopy connector. Tighten the screws hand tight.
9. Install the dome light panel to the canopy. Torque the screws, refer to Standard Bolts
10. Install the canopy, refer to Canopy Remove and Install.
1. Test the Video Recording System. Adjust the camera if necessary.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
80
90
A
C
Air Nozzles
with Attachments
Chapter 52-10
20
50
B
30
60
70
A
40
45
B
10
Legend
(10) Camera Mount Canopy (45) HD Bullet Camera

Assy
Figure 12 - Camera Mount Canopy

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(20) Camera Mount Canopy (50) Screw

(30) Camera Mount Locking (60) O-Ring
Device Canopy
(40) Canopy Camera Assy (70) Bolt
Figure 12 - Camera Mount Canopy

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAMERA MOUNT GLARESHIELD

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Camera Mount Glareshield

Refer to Figure 13.
(1) Removal of the Camera Mount
(a) Make sure that the circuit breaker VIDEO is pulled and the Video switch is set to OFF.
(b) Remove the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(c) Remove the magnetic compass, refer to Magnetic Compass Remove and Install.
(d) Remove the 4 screws (30) and the 4 washers (40) from the bracket (60) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note The nuts (50) are bond with adhesive to the camera mount (20) .
(e) Remove the bracket (60) from the instrument panel cover (10) .
(f) Remove the camera mount (20) from the recess of the instrument panel cover (10) .
(2) Removal of the Camera from the camera mount
(a) Disconnect the connectors (7SD-A and 7SD-B).
(b) Remove the camera (15) from the camera mount (20) .
(3) Installation of the Camera into the camera mount
(a) Install the camera (15) in fail safe position into the camera mount (20) .
(b) Connect the connectors (7SD-A and 7SD-B).
(4) Installation of the Camera Mount
(a) Insert the camera mount (20) with the camera into the recess of the instrument panel cover
(10) .
Note Make sure that the 4 nuts (50) are bond with adhesive (e.g. Loctite) to the camera
mount (20) .
(b) Attach the bracket (60) for the magnetic compass to the instrument panel cover (10) .
(c) Install the screws (30) and washers (40) to the bracket (60) to fix the bracket and the
camera mount (20) to the instrument panel cover (10) .
Note The screws (30) will be torqued after the last adjustment of the camera.
(d) Install the instrument panel cover to check the adjustment of the camera, refer to Instrument
Panel Cover Remove and Install. If necessary adjust the camera.
(e) Torque the screws (30) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure
(f) Install the instrument panel cover after adjustment of the camera, refer to Instrument Panel
Cover Remove and Install.
(g) Install the magnetic compass, refer to Magnetic Compass Remove and Install.

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(h) Push the circuit breaker VIDEO. Make sure that the VIDEO switch is set to OFF.
1. Test the Video Recording System. Adjust the camera (15) if necessary.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
D
FW 30
40 A
60
20
15
10
50
Legend
(10) Instrument Panel Cover (40) Washer

(15) Camera (50) Nut
(20) Camera Mount (60) Bracket
(30) Screw
Figure 13 - Camera Mount Glareshield

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-02A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
VIDEO RECORDING SYSTEM - REMOTE SD CARD READER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Remote SD Card Reader

- Installation of the Remote SD Card Reader
- Test

None
Maintenance)

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Remote SD Card Reader
(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker VIDEO is pulled and the Video Switch is set to OFF.
(2) Make sure that there is no SD card in the slot.
(3) Remove the trim panel as follows:

- Remove the 4 screws (90) which hold the trim panel (20) to the center console.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Pull the trim panel (20) vertically up and lift it to show the components below.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector from the remote SD card reader.
Remove the 2 nuts, 2 washers and 2 screws and disconnect the USB-plug from the remote SD
card reader.
Note Make sure that you do not loose the nuts and the washers during removal.
(5) Remove the 4 nuts (80) and the 4 washers (70) from the screws (60) of the remote SD card
reader (50) .
(6) Remove the 4 screws (60) from the remote SD card reader (50) .
(7) Remove the remote SD card reader (50) from the trim panel (20) .
(8) Position the trim panel (20) back to the centre console.
B. Installation of the Remote SD Card Reader
(1) Remove the trim panel (20) from the centre console.
(2) Attach the remote SD card reader (50) in correct position into the trim panel (20) .
(3) Install the 4 screws (60) into the remote SD card reader (50) .
(4) Install the 4 washers (70) and the 4 nuts (80) to the screws (60) . Torque the nuts, refer to
Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M3.
(5) Connect the electrical connector to the remote SD card reader.

Connect the USB-plug to the remote SD card reader plug and install the screws, washers and nuts
to the plug. Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(6) Attach the trim panel (20) to the centre console.
Note Make sure that the plug to the rudder trim switch is correctly connected.
(7) Install the screws (90) into the trim panel. Torque the screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts
Tighten Procedure, M4.
(8) Check the elevator trim operation, refer to Elevator Trim Operation.

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C. Test
Test the Video Recording System.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
60
50
40
90
30 20
A
70
80
Figure 14 - Remote SD card reader

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Trim Panel (60) Screw

(30) Trim Switch Assy (70) Washer
(40) Trim Knob (80) Nut
(50) SD Card Reader (90) Screw
Figure 14 - Remote SD card reader

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
VIDEO RECORDING SYSTEM - VIDEO RECORDER SWITCH

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Video Recorder Switch

- Installation of the Video Recorder Switch

None
Maintenance)

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Video Recorder Switch
(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker VIDEO is pulled and the Video Recorder Switch is set to OFF.
(2) Remove the 4 screws (60) attaching the speaker panel (20) to the centre console.
(3) Remove the 4 screws (60) from the speaker panel (20) .
(4) Pull the speaker panel (20) carefully vertically up and turn it over to show the components below.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-04A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Mark the position of the plugs on the video recorder switch (20) .
(6) Disconnect the plugs from the video recorder switch (20) .
(7) Remove the nut (50) from the video recorder switch (20) on the top side of the speaker panel
(20) .
(8) Remove the video recorder switch (20) from the speaker panel (20) .
B. Installation of the Video Recorder Switch
(1) Attach the video recorder switch (20) from downside up to the speaker panel (20) .
(2) Adjust the correct height of the video recorder switch (20) with the nut (40) to the speaker panel
(20) .
(3) Install the nut (50) to the video recorder switch (20) . Tighten the nut hand tight.
(4) Connect the plugs to the video recorder switch (20) .
(5) Attach the speaker panel (20) to the centre console.
Note Make sure that all electrical plugs of all components are installed correctly.
(6) Install the 4 screws (60) to the speaker panel (20) .
(7) Torque the 4 screws (60) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
1. Test the Video Recording System.

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-04A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
50
20
60
A
D
FW
40
30
Figure 15 - Video Recorder Switch

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-35 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-04A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Speaker Panel (50) Nut

(30) Video Recorder Switch (60) Screw
(40) Nut
Figure 15 - Video Recorder Switch

27 July 2018 31-35 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-35-00-04A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31-40
CENTRAL COMPUTERS

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CENTRAL COMPUTERS
GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you about the Data Acquisition Unit (DAU) and the Analog Interface Unit 2 (AIU-2).

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CENTRAL COMPUTERS
DESCRIPTION
A. Description / Operation
(1) Data Acquisition Unit (DAU) and Engine Indication and Crew Awareness System (EICAS)
The DAU is manufactured by Genesys Aerosystems. The DAU receives analog and discrete data from
engine, fuel, and other airplane sensors. The DAU outputs engine and system/sensor data via ARINC 429
data bus to the IDU-680. The IDU-680 processes the sensor data into EICAS display functions. The DAU
has dual processors and redundant power supplies for improved data monitoring and reliability.
The DAU is located in the avionic compartment on pilot side (refer to Figure 1).
The DAU configuration is based upon a dual channel architecture.
EICAS is based on the DAU and the EICAS functions within the IDU-680 displays.
The EICAS shows the following information (refer to Figure 2):
- Engine Torque Indicator (TRQ)
- Turbine Outlet Temperature Indicator (TOT)
- Gas Producer RPM Indicator (N1)
- Propeller RPM Indicator (N2)
- Oil Temperature Indicator (Oil T)
- Oil Pressure Indicator (Oil P)
- Fuel Flow Indicator (Flow)
- Fuel Temperature Indicator (Temp)
- Fuel Pressure Indicator (Press)
- Fuel Quantity Indicator (FUEL Q) Left/Right
- Bus Voltage Indicator (VOLT)
- Generator Load Indicator (Gen)
- Battery Load Indicator (Batt)
- Aileron Trim (additional Option not part of OÄM 565-17)
- Rudder Trim (additional Option not part of OÄM 565-17)
- Pitch Trim (additional Option not part of OÄM 565-17)
- Flap Position (additional Option not part of OÄM 565-17)
- Oxygen Indication (additional Option not part of OÄM 565-17)
- Pitot Heat On/Off
- Discrete Inputs (various for CAS generation).
(2) Power Supplies
The BATT BUS supplies power for the DAU channel A.

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A 2 amp circuit-breaker protects the circuit.

The MAIN BUS supplies power for the DAU channel B.
A 2 amp circuit-breaker protects the circuit.
(3) Built-In-Test
Upon application of power, the unit performs a Power-On Self-Test (POST) consisting of the following tests:
- Program CRC Validation
- Configuration CRC Validation
- RAM Integrity Test
- EEPROM Test
- Watchdog Test
- Configuration Discrete Test
- Calibration Data CRC Validation
- ARINC Devices Loopback Test
- ADC Devices
- Counters.
The unit performs continuous built-in test:

- Watchdog
- Cross Channel communication Test
- ARINC Devices Transmission Test
- 5.5 V Power Test
- ADC Devices Voltage reference Test.

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
A
5
Figure 1 - DAU Installation

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) DAU (4) Spacers

(2) Electrical connectors (5) Attaching bolts
(3) Screws (6) Attaching washers and
self-locking nuts
Figure 1 - DAU Installation

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 2 - EICAS Display Layout with optional parameters

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CENTRAL COMPUTERS
A. General
This Section tells you how to remove/install this component of the Central Computer System.
The aircraft contains the following component:
- DAU Data Aquisition Unit, refer to Data Acquisition Unit (DAU) Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DATA ACQUISITION UNIT (DAU)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Data Acquisition Unit (DAU)

- Installation of the Data Acquisition Unit (DAU)

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Data Acquisition Unit (DAU)
(2) Remove the two pilot side IDU-680, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
(3) Remove the shelf bracket from of the E-sheet, refer to Shelf Bracket Remove and Install.
(4) Remove the attaching bolts (5) , the washers (4) and the spacers from the E-sheet. (6) .

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Unlock the eight attaching screws (3) and disconnect the four electrical connectors (2) .
(6) Remove the DAU (1) from the bottom right side of the E-sheet.
B. Installation of the Data Acquisition Unit (DAU)
(1)
Note Make sure that the surface where the DAU is mounted does not contain dirt, debris or
corrosion.
Carefully introduce the DAU (1) in place.
(2) Connect the four electrical connectors (2) and lock the eight attaching screws (3) .
(3)
Note The spacers are directly attached to the E-sheet.
Install the DAU (1) and attach the four bolts (5) , the washers (4) and the spacers to the anchor
nuts (6) on the E-sheet.
(4) Install the shelf bracket to the bottom right side of the E-sheet, refer to Shelf Bracket Remove and
Install.
(5) Install the two pilot side IDU-680, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
(6) Do a function test as follows:
(a) Set the EICAS page on IDU-680 at pilot and co-pilot side.
(b) Check that all sensor data are available.
Note Red crosses on the displays are not allowed.
(c) Check that all sensor data are plausible and coherent. For example, if the engine is shout
down and cold, the temperature indication on EICAS should be the same that the ambient
temperature.

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
A
5
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the DAU

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) DAU (4) Washer

(2) Electrical connectors (5) Attaching bolts
(3) Screws (6) Attaching spacers and
anchor nuts
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the DAU

1T120TP-A-31-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ANALOG INTERFACE UNIT 2 (AIU-2)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the AIU-2

- Installation of the AIU-2

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the AIU-2
(1) Remove the cockpit panel cover (glareshield) and the two MFD from the pilot’s side and co-pilot’s
side, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install and Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove
and Install and Co-pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.
(2) Unlock the four attaching screws (3) and disconnect the two electrical connectors (2) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-40-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the six cylinder bolts (5) from the anchor-nuts (7) , the six washers (6) and the AIU-2
(1) from the mounting plate (4) .
B. Installation of the AIU-2
(1) Put the AIU-2 (1) in place on the mounting plate (4) .
(2) Install the AIU-2 (1) , the six washers (6) to the mounting plate (4) and the six cylinder bolts
(5) to the anchor-nuts (7) . Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(3) Connect the two electrical connectors (2) and lock the four attaching screws (3) .
(4) Install the two MFD displays to the pilot’s side and co-pilot’s side and the cockpit panel cover
(glareshield), refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install and Pilot's Display IDU-680
Remove and Install and Co-pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install.

27 July 2018 31-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-40-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A 7
B 6
D
5 FW
3
2
B
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the AIU-2 Unit

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-40-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) AIU-2 unit (5) Cylinder bolts

(2) Electrical connectors (6) Washers
(3) Attaching screws for the (7) Anchor nuts
electrical connectors
(4) Mounting plate
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the AIU-2 Unit

27 July 2018 31-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-40-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31-50
STALL WARNING SYSTEM

1T120TP-A-31-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you about the stall warning system.
Refer to the related Chapter for data about systems which connect to the stall warning system. Refer to the
Wiring Manual for data on the circuits for the system.

1T120TP-A-31-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-50-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
The aircraft has a stall warning system. The right wing has a lift detector. The lift detector has a small flap. The
flap operates a micro-switch. The lift detector connects to the DAU. The DAU operates an audio stall-warning
tone to the audio system. The DAU supplies power for the aural message generator. The aural message
generator generates the warning tone for the stall warning buzzer. In usual flight the air flow pushes the flap on
the lift detector down. This keeps the lift detector contacts open. The warnings do not operate. If the aircraft gets
near to the stall, the airflow pushes the flap of the lift detector up. The lift detector contacts close to give a ground
to the monitoring circuit in the DAU. The stall warning audio system and the stall warning buzzer gives a warning
tone.
The stall warning system consists on:
- Lift Detector (refer to Attitude and Direction General data)
- Aural Message Generator
- Stall Warning Buzzer
(1) Aural Message Generator
The DAU operates an audio stall warning to aural message generator.

The DAU supplies power for the aural message generator. The aural message generator generates the
warning tone for the stall warning buzzer.
(2) Stall Warning Buzzer
The stall warning buzzer gives the audio stall-warning tone.

The aural message generator supplies power for the stall warning buzzer.

1T120TP-A-31-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This Section tells you how to remove/install the components of the system.
- Stall Warning Buzzer, refer to Stall Warning Buzzer Remove and Install
- Aural Message Generator, refer to Aural Message Generator Remove and install.

1T120TP-A-31-50-01-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-50-01-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STALL WARNING BUZZER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the stall warning buzzer

- Installation of the stall warning buzzer

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the stall warning buzzer
(1) Remove the IDU-680, refer to Central Display System General Data.
(2) Release the electrical connectors from the stall warning buzzer (1) .
(3) Remove the nuts (2) , bushings (3) and the screws (4) .

1T120TP-A-31-50-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the stall warning buzzer (1) .
B. Installation of the stall warning buzzer
(1) Attach the stall warning buzzer (1) to the panel.
(2) Install the nuts (2) , bushings (3) and the screws (4) .
(3) Connect the electrical connectors from the stall warning buzzer (1) .
(4) Install the IDU-680, refer to Central Display System General Data.

1T120TP-A-31-50-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT PANEL MAP INSTR EMER IGN OVSP MASTER POWER PUMPON PUMP PUMP HEAT
ON ON INTAKE
ON ON
AUTO
OFF
OFF
ON ON START BOTH ON
ON
HEAT TEST

BUS 2 BUS 1 BUS
MAIN BATT
BUS 2 BUS
D
FW
A
3
1
2
Instrument Panel
(view from behind)
Figure 1 - Removal and Installation of the Stall Warning Buzzer

1T120TP-A-31-50-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Stall Warning Buzzer (3) Bushings

(2) Nuts (4) Screws
Figure 1 - Removal and Installation of the Stall Warning Buzzer

1T120TP-A-31-50-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AURAL MESSAGE GENERATOR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Aural Message Generator

- Installation of the Aural Message Generator

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Aural Message Generator
(1) Get access in the cockpit floor.
(2) Release the electrical connectors (5) from the aural message generator (1) .
(3) Remove the screws (4) , washer (3) and bushings (2) .

1T120TP-A-31-50-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the aural message generator (1) .
B. Installation of the Aural Message Generator
(1) Attach the aural message generator (1) .
(2) Install the screws (4) , washer (3) and bushings (2) .
(3) Connect the electrical connectors (5) from the aural message generator (1) .

1T120TP-A-31-50-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
D
FW
A 2
5
1
4
Figure 2 - Removal and Installation of the Aural Message Generator

1T120TP-A-31-50-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Aural Message (4) Screws

Generator
(2) Bushings (5) Electrical connector
(3) Washers
Figure 2 - Removal and Installation of the Aural Message Generator

1T120TP-A-31-50-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31-60
CENTRAL DISPLAY SYSTEM

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CENTRAL DISPLAY SYSTEM

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The Genesys Aerosystems Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) consists of two Integrated Display Unit
IDU-680, with dual integrated Air Data Attitude Heading Reference System (ADAHRS) and dual integrated Global
Positioning System (GPS) Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) receivers.
Figure 1 shows the instrument panel with the two IDU-680 units identified on the right side (OPTION 17) and on
the left side (OPTION 18) of the instrument panel.
The ADAHRS and GPS modules are mounted on the back of the IDU-680, refer to Figure 2.
The two IDU-680 can perform the same functionality but perform it as independent, redundant display units.
Therefore the instruments on the MFD (#2) do not simply repeat the PFD (#1) information. The #2 display
performs the same calculations as the #1 display, but performs the calculations independently and display the
instruments independently. This provides redundancy of computation and display.
With OPTION 18 the aircraft is equipped with two additional Integrated Display Unit IDU-680 on co-pilot's side.
Figure 1 - Panel Layout G 120TP-A Digital Cockpit (OPTION 17 and OPTION 18)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 2 - Top View behind Instrument Panel

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CENTRAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION
A. Description / Operation
(1) Integrated Display Unit 680 (IDU-680)
(a) General
Figure 3 shows the IDU-680.

The Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) consists of two IDU-680 on pilot’s side (OPTION 17).
Additionally there are two IDU-680 installed on co-pilot’s side (OPTION 18).
The system consists of dual integrated Air Data Attitude Heading Reference System (ADAHRS), dual
integrated Global Positioning System (GPS) and Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS)
receivers.
Each IDU-680 has a sunlight readable Liquid Cristal Display (LCD).
Each IDU-680 has:
- 16 peripheral buttons (L1 - L8 on the left side and R1 - R8 on the right side)
- 4 rotary-selector-switches with dedicated functions, located on the lower part of the
IDU-680
- an USB cover (with an integrated slip indicator on the Primary Flight Display), located
between the rotary-selector-switches.
- an USB connector, located behind the USB cover.
Figure 4 shows the digital instrument panel.

The pilot side contains the Multi Function Display (MFD) (3) on the left and the Primary Flight Display
(PFD) (4) on the right.
The co-pilot side contains the Primary Flight Display (PFD) (1) on the left and the Multi Function
Display (MFD) (2) on the right.
Figure 5 shows the schematic diagram for the IDU-680.
(b) IDU-680 Screen Data
Each IDU-680 can display the following datas:

- Primary Flight Information (PFI)
- Flight Management System (FMS)
- Audio and Radio control
- Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System (EICAS)
- Horizontal Situation Indication
- Navigation Information
- Traffic Information (optional)

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Storm Scope (optional).
Each data will be displayed on one half of the screen and can be individually configured by the flight
crew.
Each IDU-680 runs the same software application, so all of the IDU-680 functions are dual redundant.
The USB connector is used to update the database and the software.
(c) IDU-680 Modules and Connector
The backside of each IDU-680 from the pilot’s side contains:

- an integrated ADAHRS module
- an integrated GPS/SBAS module
- a J1 Smart Connector with Personality Module.
The backside of each IDU-680 from the co-pilot’s side contains:

- a J1 Smart Connector with Personality Module.
(d) Primary Flight Display (PFD)
The PFD always displays the PFI in the top portion. A typical display of the PFD is shown in Figure 6.
The PFI contains:
- Air data information from the ADAHRS
- Attitude and heading information from the ADAHRS
- GPS information from the GPS/SBAS receiver.
The flight crew can configure the bottom portion with one of the following datas:
- Flight Management System (FMS)
- Audio and Radio control
- Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System (EICAS)
- Horizontal Situation Indication
- Navigation Information
- Traffic Information (optional)
- Storm Scope (optional).
In case of any failure of a system the affected value will be not longer displayed and the area of the
hided value will be red crossed.
(e) Multi Function Display (MFD)
The MFD can be configured individually by the flight crew.

The MFD can be used as a backup for the PFD to all installed IDU’s.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Systems in relation or directly connected to the IDU-680

(1) Air Data Attitude Heading Reference System (ADAHRS)
The ADAHRS is a sensor unit that is mounted onto the back of each of the two IDU-680 on the pilot’s side.
Output data from the ADAHRS module is routed to one or more IDUs via RS-232.
If a PFD fails, the MFD gets automatically a PFD.
Power supply, filtering, and lightning protection is provided by the IDU. Communication data is sent to other
IDUs through the IDU’s J1 smart connector. A pitot-static connector is mounted at the back end of the
module to connect to the pitot-static system.
For more information regarding the ADAHRS module refer to Attitude and Direction Description
(2) Global Position System / Satellite Based Augmentation System (GPS/SBAS)
GPS/SBAS module is mounted onto the back of each of the two IDU-680 on the pilot’s side. The integrated
GPS/SBAS module provides GPS position, track, altitude, and health messages to the EFIS system.
Power supply, filtering, and lightning protection is provided by the IDU-680. Communication data is sent to
other IDUs through the IDU’s J1 smart connector. A TNC connector is mounted at the back end of the
module to connect to the GPS/SBAS antenna.
For more information regarding the GPS/SBAS module refer to Dependent Position Determining General
(3) Magnetic Sensing Unit (MSU)
The MSU senses magnetic variation and transmits field vector information to the ADAHRS module via an
RS-422 differential signal serial communication link. All lines are protected from lightning and High Intensity
Radio Frequency (HIRF).
For more information regarding the MSU refer to Attitude and Direction General data.
(4) Outside Air Temperature (OAT) Probe
It monitors the outside air temperature and sends analog data to the ADAHRS module for use in the air
data calculations.
For more information regarding the OAT probe refer to Flight Environment Data Description.
(5) Data Acquisition Unit (DAU)
The DAU outputs engine and system/sensor data via ARINC 429 data bus to the IDU-680. The IDU-680
processes the sensor data into EICAS display functions.
For more information about DAU refer to Central Computers Description.
(6) Audio Management Unit 50 (AMU 50)
The IDU-680 provides the audio control interface for the audio system via RS-232 connection to the
AMU-50.
The AMU-50 distributes the audio signals to the crew.
For more information regarding the AMU-50 refer to Audio Management Unit 50 Description of how it is
made and its function.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) ADR-7050 COM/NAV Transceiver
The IDU-680 controls the COM and NAV radio tuning functions via RS-232 connection to the ADR-7050.
The ADR-7050 transmits navigation information to each IDU-680 via ARINC 429 connection for display on
the EFIS.
For more information regarding the ADR-7050 refer to COM/NAV 1 and 2 - VHF System Description of how
it is made and its function.
(8) Distance Measuring Equipment (DME)
The Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) will provide data to each of the IDU-680 screens via ARINC
429 bus for display on the EFIS.
For more information regarding the DME System refer to Dependent Position Determining Description.
(9) Mode S Transponder
The transponder is a remote-controlled Mode S transponder to provide the airborne component of the Air
Traffic Control (ATC).
The EFIS provides the remote control interface for the transponder control functions.
The transponder is connected via RS-422 signal to each IDU-680 for control and display.
For more information regarding the Mode S Transponder refer to Dependent Position Determining
Description.
(10) Marker Beacon
The Marker Beacon indicators are located on the EFIS.

For more information regarding the Marker Beacon refer to Dependent Position Determining Description.
(11) Cooling Fan
The cooling fan is a three port blower that can effectively cool the complete avionics suite. The cooling fans,
contains three cooling hoses, but only two of them are used. The units are located on the right and left side
of the nose gear box.
(12) Storm scope (optional)
For information regarding the storm scope refer to Navigation Description.
(13) Traffic Advisory System (optional)
For information regarding the TAS refer to Independent Position Determining General Data.
C. Warning / Caution / Advisory System

The IDU has an integrated audio/visual warning system that monitors a wide variety of parameters and provides
annunciations for conditions that demand pilot awareness. There are three categories of annunciations:
- WARNINGS
Will be displayed with red flags and an aural annunciation that repeats until the condition goes away
or is acknowledged by the pilot.
- CAUTIONS
Will be displayed with yellow flags and a single aural annunciation.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- ADVISORIES
Will be displayed with Black flags and blue letters with a single aural annunciation.
D. Power Supplies
The AVIONIC BUS 2 provides power for the PILOT PFD B, PILOT MFD B, COPILOT MFD B and COPILOT
PFD B. A 5 Amp circuit breaker protects each circuit.
The AVIONIC BUS 1 provides power for the PILOT PFD A, PILOT MFD A and COPILOT PFD A. A 5 Amp circuit
breaker protects each circuit.
The BATT BUS provides power for the COPILOT MFD A and COPILOT MFD HTR. A 5 Amp circuit breaker
protects each circuit.
The MAIN BUS provides power for the PILOT MFD HTR, PILOT PFD HTR and COPILOT PFD HTR. A 5 Amp
circuit breaker protects each circuit.
The BATT BUS supplies power for the IDU BLOWERS. A 1 amp circuit-breaker protects the circuit.
E. Built-In-Test
Each IDU-680 will perform a self-test routine (approximately 90 seconds) and then display the status page. After
pressing a button on the IDU, the EFIS may take up to 2 minutes to complete initialization. During this time, a
countdown timer will be displayed on all IDUs.
Upon completion of the initialization, if any component signals are not being received, amber warning flags will
display on the PFD, and the voice warning system will inform you which component signals are missing.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
D
FW
Figure 3 - Integrated Display Unit 680 (IDU-680)

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 2 3 4
BENDIX / KING
TX
MN
GD
M
O
D
E
UHF
OFF
VOL PUSH
TEST
OFF
CHAN
Legend
(1) Co-pilot side Primary (3) Pilot side Multi

Flight Display (PFD) Functional Display
(MFD)
(2) Co-pilot side Multi (4) Pilot side Primary Flight
Functional Display Display (PFD)
(MFD)
Figure 4 - PFD and MFD

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 5 - Schematic Diagram for the IDU-680

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 6 - Primary Flight Information (PFI)

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This paragraph refers to the trouble-shooting of the IDU-680. TBD

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ENGINE INDICATIONS
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Chapter tells you about the Engine Indications on the IDU-680.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ENGINE INDICATIONS
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 7 shows the EICAS screen for engine indications.
The EICAS screen contains also other information about:
- Fuel
- Electric
- Oxygen (optional)
- Trim (optional).
The screen is located in the upper part of a MFD.

The EICAS screen provides these digital indications:
A. Engine Torque Indication (TRQ) (1)
A circular digital display at the top left of the screen. A green needle shows the value. The display has
these markings:
- a green arc from 0 to 92 % TRQ
- a yellow arc from 92 to 111 % TRQ
- a red bar at 111 % TRQ
- a digital readout of the engine torque in the circle.
B. Engine Turbine Outlet Temperature Indication (TOT) (2)

A circular digital display at the top middle of the screen. A green needle shows the value. The display has
these markings:
- a green arc from 0 to 752 °C
- a yellow arc from 752 to 810 °C
- a red bar 810 °C
- a red arrow at 899 °C
- a red diamond at 927 °C
- a digital readout of the turbine outlet temperature in the circle.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C. Engine Gas Producer RPM Indication (N1) (3)

A vertical bar at the bottom left of the screen shows the gas producer turbine speed in %-value. The bar
indicates by its colored height level the actual value. The color of the bar differs due to the height level in
the actual segment. The bar has these segments and markings:
- a grey range from 0 to 60 % RPM
- a white open triangle at 15 % RPM
- a green range from 60 to 105 % RPM
- a red line at 105 % RPM
- a red arrowhead at 106 % RPM
- a red range from 105 to 120 % RPM
- a digital readout of the N1 RPM %-value below the bar.
Note All four indications (N1, N2, OIL P and OIL T) are displayed with the beginning of the red segment
at the same level. This makes the reading and interpretation of the values easy for the crew.
D. Propeller RPM Indication (N2) (4)

A vertical bar at the bottom left of the screen shows the propeller speed in real RPM-value. The bar indicates
by its colored height level the actual value. The color of the bar differs due to the height level in the actual
segment. The bar has these segments and markings:
- a grey range from 1218 to 1523 RPM (60 to 75 % N2)
- a yellow transient speed avoidance range from 1523 to 1786 RPM (75 to 88 % N2)
- a green normal operation range 1786 to 2132 RPM (88 to 105 % N2)
- a red line at 2132 RPM (max continuous speed, 105 % N2)
- a red arrowhead at 2233 RPM (max transient limit, 110 % N2)
- a digital readout of the N2 RPM-value below the bar.
E. Engine Oil Pressure Indication (OIL P) (5)

A vertical bar at the bottom left of the screen shows the oil pressure. The bar indicates by its colored height
level the actual value. The color of the bar differs due to the height level in the actual segment. The bar
has these segments and markings:
- a red range from 0 to 50 PSI
- a yellow range from 50 to 90 PSI
- a green range from 90 to 130 PSI
- red line at 130 PSI
- a digital readout of the pressure appears below the bar.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
F. Engine Oil Temperature Indication (OIL T) (6)

A vertical bar at the bottom left of the screen shows oil temperature. The bar indicates by its colored height
level the actual value. The color of the bar differs due to the height level in the actual segment. The bar
has these segments and markings:
- a green range from 0 to 82 ºC
- a yellow range from 82 to 107 ºC
- red line at 107 ºC
- a digital readout of the temperature appears below the bar.
G. Electrical Power (ELECTRIC)

There are digital readouts at the right bottom of the screen for these electrical parameters:
- Main bus voltage (MAIN V) (7)
- Battery voltage (BATT V) (8)
- Battery load (BATT A) (9)
- Generator load (GEN A) (10) .
H. Fuel Quantity (FUEL)

Two vertical bars at the top right of the screen show the fuel quantity. The instrument has the following
readouts of fuel quantity parameters:
- Left tank quantity (FUEL LH) (11)
A white vertical scale with marks at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 and full. A short yellow bar at the bottom shows
when the tank is low on fuel. A blue vertical bar show the actual quantity.
A digital readout of the fuel tank quantity actual value LH (13) appears below the bar.
- Right tank quantity (FUEL RH) (12)
A white vertical scale with marks at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 and full. A short yellow bar at the bottom shows
when the tank is low on fuel. A vertical blue bar show the actual quantity.
A digital readout of the fuel tank quantity actual value RH (13) appears below the bar.
- Fuel tank total quantity actual value (QTY) (14)
This digital readout below the bars is the summery of the LH and RH fuel tank actual quantity.
Note The unit of the fuel quantity indication (FUEL LH, FUEL RH and QTY) is changeable between the
units KG and LB.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
I. Fuel System Parameters (FUEL)

Below the two vertical fuel quantity bars the screen has digital readouts for these fuel system parameters:
- Fuel totalizer (TOTAL) (15)
The value is the totalized fuel remaining quantity in KG or LB. This totalized fuel remaining
quantity is used for flight planning purposes by the IDU(s).
- Fuel flow (FLOW) (16)
The value shows the fuel flow in KG/H or PPH. It is measured at the fuel flow and temperature
sensor.
- Fuel temperature (TEMP) (17)
The value shows the fuel temperature in °C. It is measured at the fuel flow and temperature
sensor.
- Fuel pressure (PRESS) (18)
The value shows the fuel pressure in PSI. It is measured by the fuel pressure sensor after the
electric airframe fuel pumps.
J. Oxygen Pressure Indication (OXY) (optional) (19)

A vertical bar at the RH side of the Engine Oil pressure and temperature shows the oxygen pressure. The
bar indicates by its colored height level the actual value. The color of the bar differs due to the height level
in the actual segment. The bar has these segments:
- a red bar at 500 PSI
- a yellow range from 500 to 800 PSI
- a green range from 800 to 2200 PSI
- a grey range from 2200 to 2500 PSI (full range of the bar).
The digital readout of the pressure appears below as follows:
- 0 ≤ OXY < 500 PSI Inverted Red flashing
- 500 ≤ OXY < 800 PSI Yellow
- 800 ≤ OXY < 2200 PSI Green
- 2200 ≤ OXY < 3000 PSI White.
K. Trim Indication (TRIM) (optional) (20)

The four different white scale-indicators appear at the bottom middle of the screen. The instrument has the
following readouts of trim indication:
- PITCH
A vertical scale for pitch trim. A white horizontal arrowhead shows the actual position of the
elevator trim tap. The green segment shows the range from -0.3 to +0.3 (to mark T/O range).
- YAW
A horizontal scale for yaw trim. A white vertical arrowhead shows the actual position of the
rudder trim tap. The green segment shows the range from “half right” to “full right” (to mark T/
O range).
- ROLL
Two vertical circular-scales for roll trim. A white airplane-symbol in the middle shows the actual
position of the aileron trim taps. The indication is shown in flight direction. The green lines show
the middle position.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
L. Flaps Indication (FLAPS) (optional) (20)

The white scale-indicator appear at the bottom middle of the screen. A white symbol of a flap shows the
actual position of the flaps. The instrument has the following readouts of flaps indication:
- UP
The flaps are in horizontal position.
- T/O
The flaps are in position for Takeoff.
- LAND
The flaps are in position for Landing.
- FULL
The flaps are in fully extended position.

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 2 11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
7
8
9
10
3 4 5 6 20 19
Legend
(1) Engine Torque (11) Left Tank Quantity

Indication (TRQ) Indication (FUEL LH)
(2) Engine Turbine Outlet (12) Right Tank Quantity
Temperature Indication Indication (FUEL RH)
(TOT)
(3) Engine Gas Producer % (13) Fuel Tank Quantity
RPM Indication (N1) Actual Digital Value LH
and RH
(4) Propeller RPM (14) Fuel Total (LH and RH)
Indication (N2) Quantity Actual Value
(QTY)
(5) Engine Oil Pressure (15) Fuel Totalized
Indication (OIL P) Remaining Quantity
(TOTAL)
(6) Engine Oil Temperature (16) Fuel Flow (FLOW)
Indication (OIL T)
(7) Main Bus Voltage (17) Fuel Temperature
(MAIN) (TEMP)
(8) Battery Voltage (BATT) (18) Fuel Pressure (PRESS)
Figure 7 - EICAS Screen for Engine Indications and other Information (Software version 8.0 E)

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(9) Battery Load (BATT) (19) Oxygen Quantity

Indication (OXY)
(10) Generator Load (GEN) (20) Trim/Flaps Indication
(PITCH, YAW, ROLL,
FLAPS)
Figure 7 - EICAS Screen for Engine Indications and other Information (Software version 8.0 E)

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-60-00-03B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This Section tells you how to remove/install the components.
- IDU-680 Removal only, refer to Display IDU-680 Remove Procedure
- IDU-680 Installation of new item only, refer to Display IDU-680 Install Procedure
- IDU-680 on pilots side, refer to Pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install
- IDU-680 on co-pilots side, refer to Co-pilot's Display IDU-680 Remove and Install
- J1 Smart Connector, refer to J1 Smart Connector Remove and Install
- Cooling Fan, refer to Cooling Fan Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DISPLAY IDU-680
REMOVE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

9/64 HEX Driver .......................................................................................................................... QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the IDU-680 from the Pilot’s Side

The removal of both IDU-680 on pilot’s side is identical. The procedure is also valid for both IDU-680 on
co-pilot's side.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft battery is diconnected, refer to Battery Servicing.
(2) Loosen the four attaching screws (6) that attach the display to the instrument panel to unlock the
four clamps (2) from the bezel.
(3) Carefully remove the display (1) from the instrument panel.
(4) Disconnect the co-axial connector (4) on the GPS and the pitot-static tubes (3) on the ADAHARS
from the back of the display.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Loosen the attaching screw (5) and remove the J1 smart connector from the back of the display
(1) .
(6) Loosen the cooling hose clamp (8) from the cooling hose (9) .
Disconnect the cooling hose (9) from the cooling hose connector (7) at the IDU-680.
(7) If required, remove the

- GPS module (refer to GPS Module Remove and install) and/or the
- ADAHRS module (refer to ADAHRS Remove and install)
from the back side of the display (1) .

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
2
6
A
1
B
6
D 4 6
FW
3
3
9
7
8
Figure 8 - Removal of the IDU-680 from the Pilot’s Side

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) IDU-680 (6) Attaching screws for the

IDU-680
(2) Clamps (7) Cooling hose connection
(3) Pitot-static tubes on (8) Cooling hose clamp
ADAHRS Module
(4) Co-axial connector on (9) Cooling hose
GPS Module
(5) Attaching screw for the
J1 smart connector
Figure 8 - Removal of the IDU-680 from the Pilot’s Side

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-520A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DISPLAY IDU-680
INSTALL PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
This procedure describes the installation procedure of a new IDU-680, which was not installed in
an aircraft before and needs a new software configuration.

None

9/64 HEX Driver .......................................................................................................................... QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Install the IDU-680 to the Pilot’s Side

Refer to Figure 9.
The installation of both IDU-680 on pilot’s side is identical. The procedure is also valid for both IDU-680
on co-pilot's side.
(1) Remove the six attaching screws (9) and (10) from the back of the IDU-680 to remove the two
cover plates (6) .
(2) Install the

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- GPS module (7) (refer to GPS Module Remove and install) and/or the
- ADAHRS module (8) (refer to ADAHRS Remove and install)
to the back side of the IDU-680.
(3) Tighten the three attaching screws (9) to the back upper left side of the display to install the GPS
module (7) .
(4) Tighten the three attaching screws (10) to the back upper right side of the display to install the
ADAHRS module (8) .
(5) Connect the cooling hose (14) on the back of the display with the clamp (16) .
(6) Install the J1 smart connector (11) with PM on the back of the display and tighten the attaching
screw (15) .
(7) Connect the co-axial connector (13) to the GPS module and the pitot-static tubes (12) to the
ADAHRS module (8) .
(8) Carefully put the display (1) in place.
(9) Tighten the four attaching screws (4) to the instrument panel to install the four clamps (5) into
the bezel.
(10) Connect external power to the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(11) Open the USB cover (3) , apply power and the System Limits will load automatically from the PM,
which is part of the J1 smart connector.
Note Wait for upload to be finished.
(12) Press the four buttons ( (17) , L1, L2, L3 and L4) from the upper left side of the display unit to
access the “Ground and Maintenance Functions” (GMF).
(13) Select the EDIT SYSTEM LIMITS from the GMF and make sure that the speed settings are ok.
Refer to the Installation Manual 64-000022 latest revision, chapter 5.
(14) Exit the EDIT SYSTEM LIMITS, select the ADAHRS MAINTENANCE UTILITY and select the
UPLOAD CRC TO IDU FUNCTION.
Note Make sure that during starting of ADAHRS the button “FAST SLAVE” is pressed.
Wait for upload to be finished.
(15) Remove the power from the IDU-680, close the USB cover and then apply power again to the
IDU-680.

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(16) During the start-up check the EFIS SOFTWARE PN, the EICAS CONFIGURATION FILE, the
NAVIGATION DATABASE, the OBSTRUCTION DATABASE and the TERRAIN DATABASE.
(17) If required, update the software and databases of the IDU-680, refer to IDU-860 Software and
Database Update.
(18) Remove the power from the IDU-680.
(19) Do a test of the pitot-static system, refer to Flight Environment Data General.
(20) Disconnect external power from the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply Operation.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
FW
D
2
B
4
1
17
4
6
3
10 6 3
D
B FW
9
11
13
14 8
15
12
16
12 10
Figure 9 - Installation of the IDU-680

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) IDU-680 screen (10) Attaching screws for the

ADAHRS module
(2) Buttons RH (11) J1 smart connector
(3) USB cover plate (with (12) Pitot-static tubes
slip indicator)
(4) Attaching screws for the (13) Co-axial connector
display
(5) Clamps (14) Cooling hose
(6) Cover plates (15) Attaching screw for the
J-1 smart connector
(7) GPS module (16) Cooling hose clamp
(8) ADAHRS module (17) Buttons LH
(9) Attaching screws for the
GPS module
Figure 9 - Installation of the IDU-680

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-720A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PILOT'S DISPLAY IDU-680

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the IDUs from the Pilot’s Side

- Installation of the IDUs to the Pilot’s Side

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the IDUs from the Pilot’s Side
four clamps (2) from the bezel.
(4) Disconnect the co-axial connector (4) and the pitot-static tubes (3) from the back of the display.

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) .
(6) Disconnect the cooling hose (7) .
(7) If required, remove the GPS module and the ADAHRS module from the back of the display (1) .
B. Installation of the IDUs to the Pilot’s Side
(1) Connect the cooling hose (7) .
(2) Tighten the attaching screw (5) and install the J1 smart.
(3) Connect the co-axial connector (4) and the pitot-static tubes (3) to the back of the display.
(4) Carefully put the display in place on the instrument panel.
(5) Tighten the four attaching screws (6) to the instrument panel to install the four clamps (2) to the
bezel.
(6) Apply power to the IDU-680.
Database Update.
(10) Do a test of the pitot-static system, refer to Flight Environment Data General.

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
2
6
A
1
B
6
D 4 6
FW
3
3
9
7
8
Figure 10 - Removal and Installation of the IDUs from the Pilot’s Side

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) IDU-680 display (5) Attaching screw for the

J1 smart connector
(2) Clamps (6) Attaching screws for the
IDU-680
(3) Pitot-static tube (7) Cooling hose
(4) Co-axial connector
Figure 10 - Removal and Installation of the IDUs from the Pilot’s Side

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CO-PILOT'S DISPLAY IDU-680

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the IDU-680 at the Co-Pilot’s Side

- Installation of the IDU-680 at the Co-Pilot’s Side

None

9/64 HEX Driver .......................................................................................................................... QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the IDU-680 at the Co-Pilot’s Side
four clamps (2) the bezel.
(1) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Loosen the cooling hose clamp (6) from the cooling hose (7) .
(5) Disconnect the cooling hose (7) from the cooling hose connector (5) .
B. Installation of the IDU-680 at the Co-Pilot’s Side
(1) Connect the cooling hose (7) to the cooling hose connector (5) .
(2) Tighten the cooling hose clamp (6) at the cooling hose (7) .
(3) Tighten the attaching screw (4) and install the J-1 smart connector to the back of the display (1) .
(4) Carefully put the display (1) in place on the instrument panel.
(5) Tighten the four attaching screws (3) to the instrument panel to install the four clamps (2) to the
bezel.
(6) Apply power to the IDU-680.
Database Update.

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
B
A
1
D
FW
5
6
7
Figure 11 - Remove and Install the IDU-680 at Co-Pilots Side

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) IDU-680 (5) Cooling hose connection

(2) Clamps (6) Cooling hose clamp
(3) Attaching screws for the (7) Cooling hose
IDU-680 display
(4) Attaching screw for the
J1 smart connector
Figure 11 - Remove and Install the IDU-680 at Co-Pilots Side

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-01-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
IDU-680
FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. IDU-680 Functional Test
(1) General
(2) Procedure
(a) Make sure that the battery is connected, refer to Battery Servicing.
(b) Pull the circuit breakers as follows:

- PILOT PFD-A
- PILOT PFD-B

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- PILOT MFD-A
- PILOT MFD-B.
(c) Supply the aircraft with external power, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(d) Set the following switches to ON:

- BATT
- EXTERNAL PWR
- BUS TIE
- AVIONIC MASTER.
(e) Push the circuit breakers as follows:

- PILOT PFD-A
- PILOT PFD-B
- PILOT MFD-A
- PILOT MFD-B.
(f) Make sure that the EFIS system will perform a self-test routine (approximately 90 seconds)
and then display the status page.
The hardware, including file system, IO and graphics will be initialized.
Immediately after graphics initialization a logo screen with the text “INITIALIZING” will be
displayed, refer to Figure 12.
The logo screen includes the Genesys Aerosystem logo, the software version number and
the software part number.
(g) The software version number delineates (i.e. SIM REV WIN 8.0A):
- Major revision number (i.e. “8.0”)
- Minor revision number (i.e. “A”).
(h) The software version number and software part number will be shown as follows:
Version Number Part Number

8.0C 25-EFIS80C-SW-0003
8.0D 25-EFIS80D-SW-0003
8.0E 25-EFIS80E-SW-0003
8.0F 25-EFIS80F-SW-0003
Make sure that the software part number is correct for software version.
(i) After pressing a button on the IDU, the EFIS may take up to 2 minutes to complete
initialization.
During this time, a countdown timer will be displayed on all IDUs.

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(j) Upon completion of the initialization, if any component signals are not received, amber
warning flags will display on the PFD, and the voice warning system will inform you which
component signals are missing.
(k) Make sure that all systems are normal, with no failure flags on the PFD, refer to Figure
13:
- Make sure that the Airspeed is shown as 0 kts
- Set barometric pressure to local field pressure
- Make sure that the Altitude is shown as field elevation.
(l) Pull the circuit breakers as follows:

- PILOT PFD-A
- PILOT PFD-B
- PILOT MFD-A
- PILOT MFD-B.
(m) Set the following switches to OFF:

- AVIONIC MASTER
- BUS TIE
- EXTERNAL PWR
- BATT.
(n) If necessary remove the external power supply from the aircraft, refer to External Power
Supply Operation.

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 12 - Example for initialization screen

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 13 - PFD (example)

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-31-60-01-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
IDU-680 SOFTWARE AND DATABASE

UPDATE TO 8.0E
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. IDU-680 Update procedure for software and the databases
(1) Preparation
(a) Connect the aircraft to external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(b) Pull the circuit breakers that follow:

- Pilot PFD A and Pilot PFD B
- Pilot MFD A and Pilot MFD B
- Copilot PFD A and Copilot PFD B
- Copilot MFD A and Copilot MFD B.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Set the BATT or EXT PWR switch to ON.
(d) Set the AVIONICS MASTER switch to ON.
(e) Make sure that the BUS TIE switch is OFF.
(2) Safe the original data
(a) Open the USB cover plate of all IDU-680s for update, refer to Figure 14.
(b) Plug in an empty USB device into the dedicated IDU-680.
Note Make sure that the USB device is hugh enough to safe all data.
(c) Push the C/B Pilot PFD A.

Make sure the IDU boots in the Ground Functions.
Note If necessary, cover the light sensor on the right side of the USB port while the IDU
boots.
(d) Push the four top-left bezel buttons (refer to Figure 15) to enter the “Ground and
Maintenance Functions” menu (refer to Figure 16).
(e) Rotate the right encoder and select the “Edit Systems Limits” option. Push the right encoder
to enter the “Screen Position Settings” menu, refer to Figure 17.
(f) Select “Continue” and push the right encoder to enter the “Select Limits Page”, refer to
Figure 18.
(g) Select “Save and Exit” and push the right encoder to save the original data on the USB
memory device. Make sure that “SCC Programming OK” is shown.
(h) Push the right encoder knob when “Press any key to continue” is shown.
(i) Wait for the IDU to boot in the Ground Functions and then pull the circuit breaker Pilot PFD
A to shut down the IDU.
(j) Remove the USB Memory Device.
Note The saved data can be found in the “limits.txt” file on the USB Memory Device. Load
the file to a PC and open it. Print the text, if necessary.

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Update the EFIS software
(a) Insert the USB Memory Device with the EFIS Software 8.0E into the USB port of the pilot’s
PFD.
(b) Push the “Pilot PFD A” C/B. Wait for the IDU to boot in the Ground Functions.
(c) Push the four top-left bezel buttons (refer to Figure 15) to enter the “Ground and
Maintenance Functions” menu (refer to Figure 16).
(d) Select the option “Update Databases and Application” with the right encoder. Push the right
encoder to start the update of the EFIS Software.
(e) Push the right encoder knob when “Press any key to continue” is shown. Wait for the IDU
to boot in the Ground Functions.
(f) Do the step A.3.c thru step A.3.e again until all these files are updated:
- updat680.exe
- upgrade.exe
- absrun4.com
- mbr.com
- magvar.dat
- sounds.dat
- eicas.dat
- radio.dat.
(4) Configuration of the IDU
(a) Push the four top-left bezel buttons to enter the “Ground and Maintenance Functions” menu.
(b) Select the “Edit Systems Limits” at the pilots PFD and push the right encoder to enter the
“Screen Position Settings” menu, refer to Figure 17.
(c) Make sure the “System Side” is shown as “Pilot” and the “Display Number” is shown as “1”,
as shown in Figure 17.
(d) Select the option “Aircraft Type” and push the right encoder.
(e) Rotate the right encoder until “Grob G120TP-A” is shown and push the right encoder.
(f) Select “Continue” and push the right encoder.
(5) EFIS Settings
(a) Select the “Speed Settings” option and push the right encoder, refer to Figure 18.
(b) Make sure that the values for “Speed Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure 19, adjust when
necessary:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(d) Select the “Optional Sensor Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(e) Make sure that the values in the “Optional Sensor Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure
20, adjust when necessary:
(f) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(g) Select the “Airframe Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(h) Make sure that the values in the “Airframe Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure 21, adjust
when necessary:
(i) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(j) Select the “Autopilot Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(k) Make sure that the values in the “Autopilot Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure 22, adjust
when necessary:
(l) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(m) Select the “Basic Sensor Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(n) Make sure that the values in the “Basic Sensor Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure 23,
adjust when necessary:
(o) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(p) Select the “Video Input Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(q) Make sure that the values in the “Video Input Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure 24,
(r) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(s) Select the “Weather Radar Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(t) Make sure that the values in the “Weather Radar Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure
(u) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(v) Select the “OASIS Custom Parameter Normalization” option and push the right encoder.
(w) Make sure that the “OASIS Custom Parameter Normalization” matrix contains values.
(x) If there are no values in the “OASIS Custom Parameter Normalization” matrix, enter the
“limits.txt” file and copy the values manually.

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(y) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(z) Select the “ARINC 429 Receive Port Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(aa) Make sure that the values in the “ARINC 429 Receive Port Settings” are as shown, refer to
Figure 26, adjust when necessary:
(ab) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(ac) Select the “Discrete Input Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(ad) Make sure that the values in the “Discrete Input Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure
(ae) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(af) Select the “Screen 1 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output Settings” option and push
the right encoder.
(ag) Make sure that the values in the “Screen 1 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output
Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure 28, adjust when necessary:
(ah) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(ai) Select the “Screen 2 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output Settings” option and push
the right encoder.
(aj) Make sure that the values in the “Screen 2 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output
(ak) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(al) Select the “Screen 3 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output Settings” option and push
the right encoder.
(am) Make sure that the values in the “Screen 3 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output
(an) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(ao) Select the “Screen 4 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output Settings” option and push
the right encoder.
(ap) Make sure that the values in the “Screen 4 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output
(aq) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(ar) Select the “Aircraft Fuel Settings” option and push the right encoder.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(as) Make sure that the values in the “Aircraft Fuel Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure 32,
(at) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(au) Select the “Fuel Tank #1 Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(av) Make sure that the values in the “Fuel Tank #1 Settings” are as shown, refer to Figure 33,
(aw) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(ax) Select the “Fuel Tank #2 Settings” option and push the right encoder.
(ay) Make sure that the values in the “Fuel Tank #2 Settings” are as shown, refer toFigure 34,
(az) Select “MAIN MENU” and push the right encoder to go back to the “Selection Limits Page”.
(ba) Select the “Save and Exit” option to go back to the “Ground and Maintenance Functions”
menu. Make sure that “SCC Programming OK” message is shown.
(bb) Push right encoder knob when “Press any key to continue” is shown.
(bc) Wait for the IDU to boot in the Ground Functions and then pull the “Pilot PFD A” C/B to shut
down the pilot’s PFD.
(bd) Remove the USB memory device.
(6) Update of the NAV Database
Note Make sure that a compatible Jeppesen Navigation (NAV) and Obstruction (OBST)
database is available. Table 1 contains the required databases for the Genesys Software
8.0D and 8.0E.
Table 1 Jeppesen databases compatible with Genesys software 8.0D or higher
Required Jeppesen NAV and OBST Databas-

es for the 8.0D and 8.0E Software
Databases NAV and OBST
Americas CS6002
International CS6003
World CS6001
Capstone CS6CAP
Switzerland (REGA) CS6REG

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Insert an USB memory device with the required Jeppesen database (refer to Table 1) into
the USB port of the pilot’s PFD.
(b) Push the “Pilot PFD A” C/B to start the pilot’s PFD.
(c) When the pilot’s PFD is booted, enter to the “Genesys Aerosystems Ground and
Maintenance Functions” menu, refer to step A.2.d.
(d) Select the option “Update Databases” with the right encoder and push the right encoder to
update the Jeppesen database(s).
(e) Make sure the software is being extracted as shown on the IDU.
(f) Push the right encoder knob when “Press any key to continue” is shown.
(g) Make sure the IDU reboots and goes back to the “Genesys Aerosystems Ground Functions”
menu after approx. 30 seconds.
(h) Pull the “Pilot PFD A” C/B to shut down the pilot’s PFD.
(i) Remove the USB memory device from the IDU and close the USB cover plate on the front
of the pilot’s PFD.
(7) Update of the other IDUs
(a) Do the steps that follow for the pilot’s MFD, then for the copilot’s PFD and then for the
copilot’s MFD. Make sure that only one IDU is operating at the same time.
(b) Update the EFIS software and configure the IDUs: Do step A.3.a thru step A.4.fagain, use
the corresponding C/B.
Note step A.4.c: For the “System Side” option use “Pilot” for the pilot side IDUs and
“Copilot” for the copilot side IDUs. For the “Display Number” option use “1” for PFDs
and “2” for MFDs.
(c) Pull the corresponding C/B to shut down the IDU.
(d) Remove the USB memory device for the EFIS update.
(e) Update NAV database: Do step A.6.a thru step A.6.i again, use the corresponding C/B.
(8) Completion
(a) Push these C/Bs in sequence:

- “Pilot PFD A” and wait 20 seconds
- “Pilot MFD A” and wait 20 seconds
- “Copilot PFD A” and wait 20 seconds
- “Copilot MFD A”.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Pull all these C/Bs and do step A.8.a again. Continue with step A.8.c after all IDUs have
been booted completely three times.
(c) Check that you have the same CRCs and settings on the start-up screen as shown in Figure
35:
Note “CPU NUMBER 1” for PFDs, “CPU NUMBER 2” for MFDs.
Note For aircraft without ADF and UHF the Radio CONFIG shall be: G120TP-A E0.08-0
(CRC = 0XF2A08526).
For aircraft with UHF the Radio CONFIG shall be: G120TP-A E0.08-2 (CRC =
0XC262534B).
(d) If an IDU shows a different CRC, do step A.3.a thru step A.4.f again for this IDU.
(e) Check that a valid “NAVIGATION DATA”, “OBSTRUCTION DATA” and “TERRAIN DATA”
is installed.
(f) Press the right encoder until the flight mode is started correctly.
(g) Set the AVIONICS MASTER switch to OFF. Set the BATT or EXTERNAL POWER switch
to OFF.
(h) Disconnect the aircraft from external power supply, refer to External Power Supply
Operation.
(i) Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing Post-Operation (Restore the
aircraft after maintenance).
(j) Update the Pilot´s Operating Handbook for software version 8.0E.
(k) Release the aircraft into service according to national requirements.

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 14 - USB cover plate
Figure 15 - Top-left bezel buttons

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 16 - “Ground and Maintenance Functions” menu
Figure 17 - Screen Position Settings

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 18 - Select Limits Page
Figure 19 - Speed Settings

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
If Option "OÄM 565-32 Optional Stormscope"
is not installed, set "WX-500" value to:
Not Installed
Figure 20 - Optional Sensor Settings
Figure 21 - Airframe Settings

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
If Option "OÄM 565-23 Autopilot" combined
with "OÄM 565-17 Digital Cockpit" is installed.
Figure 22 - Autopilot Settings
Figure 23 - Basic Sensor Settings
Figure 24 - Video Input Settings

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 25 - Weather Radar Settings
Figure 26 - ARINC 429 Receive Port Settings

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 27 - Discrete Input Settings

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 28 - Screen 1 ARINC 429 Transmit Port / Discrete Output Settings

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 32 - Aircraft Fuel Settings
Figure 33 - Fuel Tank #1 Settings

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 34 - Fuel Tank #2 Settings
Figure 35 - Start Up Screen

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 22 May 2017
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

22 May 2017 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
IDU-860 SOFTWARE AND DATABASE

UPDATE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. IDU-680 Update Procedure for Software and Databases
(1) General
For updates to:

- SW 8.0 E do OSB 565-074, latest revision
- SW 8.0 F do OSB 565-112, latest revision.
Make sure that the USB Memory with the correct Software (OSB565-112-00, OSB565-112-01,
OSB565-112-02 or OSB565-112-03) is available according to the configuration of your aircraft.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Procedure
Refer to related OSB and use the applicable Software Update to update the IDU-680 to the actual
software and databases.
1. Update the Pilot´s Operating Handbook for related software version.
2. Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing Post-Operation (Restore the aircraft after
maintenance).
3. Release the aircraft into service according to national requirements.

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-02-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
IDU 680 DATA

DOWNLOAD LOG FILES
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Download LOG Files Procedure
(1) If the aircraft is equipped with Digital Cockpit, it is possible to download the LOG-Files from the
IDUs.
To safe the LOG Files from EFIS on pilot side PFD perform the steps as follows:
(a) Make sure that the circuit breakers on pilot side PFD A + B are pulled.
(b) Open the USB cover-plate of the pilot side PFD.

1T120TP-A-31-60-02-02B-752A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Plug in a correctly formated USB-stick into the USB-port of the pilot side PFD.
(d) Set the BATT switch to ON.
(e) Push the circuit breakers that follow to boot the pilot side PFD:
- Pilot PFD A
- Pilot PFD B.
Make sure that the IDU boots in Ground Functions.
Note If necessary cover the light sensor on the right side of the USB-port while the IDU
boots.
(f) Push the four top-left bezel buttons L1, L2, L3 and L4 on pilot side PFD to enter the “Ground
and Maintenance Functions” (GMF) menu.
(g) Rotate the right encoder and select ”Download LOG Files” menu option.
(h) Push the right encoder to enter the menu option.
(i) Press any key to exit the “Download LOG Files” menu option.
(j) Set the BATT switch to OFF.
(k) Remove the USB-stick from the pilot side PFD.
(l) Close the USB cover-plate of the pilot side PFD.
(m) Pull the circuit breakers on pilot side PFD A + B if necessary.

1T120TP-A-31-60-02-02B-752A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
J1 SMART CONNECTOR
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the J1 Smart Connector

- Installation of the J1 Smart Connector

None

None
E. Materials
Safety wire ........................................................................................................ MS20995C-20 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the J1 Smart Connector

Refer to Figure 36.
(1) Remove the IDU-680 display from the instrument panel, refer to Display IDU-680 Remove
Procedure.
(2) Loosen the attaching screw (3) and remove the J1 smart connector (1) from the back of the
display.
(3) Open the Safety wire from the coupling rings.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Discard the Safety wire.
(4) Disconnect the four electrical connectors (2) from the J1 smart connector (1) .
B. Installation of the J1 Smart Connector

Refer to Figure 36.
(1) Connect the four electrical connectors (2) to the J1 smart connector (1) .
(2) Tighten the attaching screws of the electrical connectors. Make sure that all coupling rings of the
four electrical connectors are tight.
(3) Safety the coupling rings with Safety wire, refer to FAA AC 43.13-1B. Make sure that the wire is
in the groove of the connector, refer to Figure 37.
(4) Install the J1 smart connector (1) to the back of the display.
(5) Install the IDU-680 to the instrument panel, refer to Display IDU-680 Install Procedure.

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
D
FW
2
B
3
Figure 36 - Removal / Installation of the J1 Smart Connector

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) J1 Smart Connector (3) Attaching screw for the

J1 Smart Connector with
PM
(2) Electrical connectors
Figure 36 - Removal / Installation of the J1 Smart Connector

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 37 - Safety wire on coupling rings

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COOLING FAN
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Cooling Fan

- Installation of the Cooling Fan

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Cooling Fan
Note The units are located on the right and left side of the nose gear box in the engine compartment.
(1) Cut the cable ties at the cooling hoses (5) .
(2) Open the two clamps (3) on the cooling hoses (5) .
(3) Disconnect the two cooling hoses (5) from the cooling fan (1) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Make sure that you do not damage the port.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the fuselage connector.
(5) Remove the three attaching screws and washers (6) and remove the cooling fan (1) from the
fuselage.
B. Installation of the Cooling Fan
Note The units are located on the right and left side of the nose gear box in the engine compartment.
(1) Put the cooling fan (1) in place.
(2) Install the cooling fan (1) and the three attaching screws and washers (6) to the fuselage. Torque
the screws (6) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(3) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the fuselage connector.
(4) Attach the two cooling hoses (5) and the clamps (3) to the cooling fan.
(5) Tighten the clamps (3) to the cooling hoses (5) .
Note Do not damage the cooling fan outlet ducts by tightening the clamps.
(6) Install the cable ties.

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
D
FW
4
6
6
5
A
5
3
5
5
3
B
3
1
D
View upside FW
down
Figure 38 - Removal / Installation of the Cooling Fan

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 31-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-31-60-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Cooling fan (4) Air inlet

(2) Electrical connector (5) Cooling hose
(3) Clamp (6) Screw
Figure 38 - Removal / Installation of the Cooling Fan

27 July 2018 31-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-31-60-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32-00
LANDING GEAR

1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR
GENERAL
A. General
This Chapter tells you about the landing gear. Refer to Wings General for data about the wing structure where
the main gear attaches to the wing. Refer to Fuselage General Data for data about the fuselage structure where
the nose gear attaches to the fuselage. And refer to the Wiring Manual for data on the electrical wiring for position,
control and warning.

1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the landing gear. The landing gear absorbs landing loads. It also lets you move the aircraft on
the ground. The landing gear provides steering and it provides braking.
The G 120TP-A has a tricycle landing gear. The landing gear can retract. Each wing has a main gear leg (1)
and the forward fuselage has a nose gear leg (2) . All 3 legs have FRP doors.
Each main gear leg is a tubular steel strut. A side-stay (3) holds each main gear leg. The side-stay can fold
when the leg retracts. A down lock holds the leg in the down position. An up lock holds the leg in the up position.
Each main gear leg has a trailing arm (4) . The trailing arm attaches to the bottom of the tubular strut. A damper
behind the tubular strut also attaches to the trailing arm. The trailing arm has an axle for the main wheel assembly.
Each main gear leg has a single main-wheel (5) . It also has a hydraulic disk-brake. Toe pedals on the rudder
pedals operate the disk-brakes.
The nose gear leg attaches to the engine mounting frame in front of the fire-wall. A stay (6) holds the nose gear
leg. The stay can fold when the leg retracts. A down lock holds the leg in the down position. An up lock holds
the leg in the up position.
The nose gear leg carries a single nose-wheel (7) . The leg has a damper inside. A spring-damper (8) connects
the rudder control system to the nose leg. The rudder pedals steer the nose-wheel.
The landing gear has a hydraulic system. A hydraulic power-system (9) behind the baggage compartment has
the main components of the system. The hydraulic system has these components:
- A hydraulic reservoir
- A hydraulic pump driven by electric motor
- A hydraulic supply manifold with a retraction-valve
- A filter
- A flow control manifold
- Two hydraulic accumulators
- Hydraulic actuators
- An emergency extension valve
- A dump valve.
An electrical system controls the operation of the landing gear. The electrical system has these components:
- A selector switch/landing-gear-position-indicator in the cockpit (10) .
- Control relays.
- Electric motor for the hydraulic power system.
- Position switches for each leg.
- Weight-on-wheels switches on each main gear leg.
The landing gear has an emergency system. The pilot has an emergency handle in the cockpit. Flexible cables
connect the emergency handle to the up-lock of each landing gear leg.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Operation On The Ground

When the aircraft is on the ground, the down locks hold the gear down. The pilot can steer the aircraft with the
rudder pedals. When he pushes the left rudder pedal forwards, the nose gear leg turns to the left and the aircraft
turns to the left. When he pushes the right rudder pedal forwards, the aircraft turns to the right.
If the pilot pushes the toe brake pedals, hydraulic fluid from the brake master-cylinders flows to the disk brakes
and applies the brakes. If the pilot sets the parking brake lever while he pushes the toe brake pedals, the brakes
stay ON.
Each landing gear leg has a pneumatic spring. When the aircraft moves over uneven ground, the spring can
compress and absorb the load. The springs can absorb more than the usual landing loads.
C. Operation In The Air

When the aircraft is airborne, the pilot can retract the landing gear. When the pilot sets the selector switch to UP,
the hydraulic system sends hydraulic fluid to unlock and retract the gear legs. When the legs are fully retracted
and locked, the system stops.
When the pilot sets the selector switch to DN (Down), the hydraulic system sends hydraulic fluid to unlock the
up-locks and extend the gear legs. When the legs are fully extended and locked, the system stops.
When the pilot operates the emergency handle, these things happen:
- The flexible cables from the emergency handle release the up-locks on each landing gear leg.
- The emergency extension valve operates and directs hydraulic fluid to each gear leg.
- Hydraulic fluid from the emergency accumulators extends the landing gear.
- The main gear and nose gear lock down.
- The lights on the cockpit indicator come on GREEN.
Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General for the detailed description and operation of the
extension and retraction system.

27 July 2018 32-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
0
500750 1000
250
1250
1500
1750
2000
9
10
1
3
8 4
6
7 2
5
Figure 1 - Landing Gear

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Main gear leg (6) Nose leg stay

(2) Nose gear leg (7) Nose wheel
(3) Side-stay (8) Nose wheel steering
(4) Trailing arm (9) Hydraulic power system
(5) Main wheel (10) Landing gear selector
switch / position
indicator
Figure 1 - Landing Gear

27 July 2018 32-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32-10
MAIN LANDING-GEAR

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR
GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you about the main landing-gear. Refer to the related Sections for data about these systems
which connect to the main gear:
- Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General. Extension and retraction.
- Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General. Wheels and brakes (Parker brake system).
- Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General. Wheels and brakes (Beringer brake system).
- Landing Gear Position and Warning General. Position and warning.
- Wings General. Wing structure.
Refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring of the landing gear system

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the main landing-gear.
Each main gear leg is a tubular steel strut (1) . The strut has a longitudinal pivot (11) at the top. Large bearings
(2) at each end of the longitudinal pivot hold the leg to the wing. The bottom of the tubular steel strut has a
trailing arm (3) . A gas/fluid filled damper (4) attaches to the rear of the tubular strut and to the trailing arm.
The trailing arm carries a steel axle (5) for the main-wheel. Four bolts hold the axle to the trailing arm. The axle
holds a steel plate (6) which holds the brake unit. Clamps hold the hydraulic hose for the brake unit to the leg.
Each main landing-gear has a side-stay (7) . The inboard end of the side stay attaches to a large bearing (8)
on the aft face of the wing spar. The outboard end attaches to the front of the main gear leg. The side-stay can
fold.
The side-stay has a down lock and a position switch. Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General
for data about the down lock. Refer to Section Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data about the
positioning system.
An up lock (9) attaches to the wing root-rib. The up lock has a hook and a small hydraulic actuator. A flexible
cable from the emergency system connects to the up lock hook. Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction
General for data about these components.
Each main gear leg has a large hydraulic actuator (10) to retract the leg (retraction actuator). The outboard end
of the retraction actuator connects to the inner link of the side stay. The inboard end of the actuator attaches to
a bracket in the fuselage.
B. Operation
Each main gear leg transmits vertical loads (e.g. landing loads) to the wing structure. When the leg has a vertical
load, the wheel pushes up on the trailing arm (3) . The trailing arm moves up. The trailing arm compresses the
nitrogen/fluid filled damper (4) . And the damper pushes up on the top of the tubular strut (1) .
The damper can compress quickly. But it will only extend slowly. This prevents the leg from pushing the aircraft
up after the landing. It also prevents vibration.
When the aircraft is on the ground, the side-stay holds the leg in the down position. The down lock holds the 2
parts of the side-stay rigid. Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General for data about the retraction
system. Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data about the position and warning system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
9 11
10
8 2
2
7
D
FW
6
3
Figure 1 - Main Landing-Gear

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Tubular steel strut (7) Side stay

(2) Main gear pivot bearings (8) Side stay pivot bearing
(3) Trailing arm (9) Up-lock assembly
(4) Damper (10) Retraction actuator
(5) Main wheel axle (11) Longitudinal pivot
(6) Brake plate
Figure 1 - Main Landing-Gear

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR WITH BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 2 shows the main landing-gear.
Each main gear leg is a tubular steel strut (1) . The strut has a longitudinal pivot (11) at the top. Large bearings
(2) at each end of the longitudinal pivot hold the leg to the wing. The bottom of the tubular steel strut has a
trailing arm (3) . A gas/fluid filled damper (4) attaches to the rear of the tubular strut and to the trailing arm.
The trailing arm carries a steel axle (5) for the main-wheel. Four bolts hold the axle and the brake assembly
(6) to the trailing arm. Refer to Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General.
Clamps hold the hydraulic hose for the brake unit to the leg.
Each main landing-gear has a side-stay (7) . The inboard end of the side stay attaches to a large bearing (8)
on the aft face of the wing spar. The outboard end attaches to the front of the main gear leg. The side-stay can
fold.
The side-stay has a down lock and a position switch. Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General
for data about the down lock. And refer to Section Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data about
the positioning system.
An up lock (9) attaches to the wing root-rib. The up lock has a hook and a small hydraulic actuator. A flexible
cable from the emergency system connects to the up lock hook. Refer to Section Landing Gear Extension and
Retraction General for data about these components.
Each main gear leg has a large hydraulic actuator (10) to retract the leg (retraction actuator). The outboard end
of the retraction actuator connects to the inner link of the side stay. The inboard end of the actuator attaches to
a bracket in the fuselage.
B. Operation
Each main gear leg transmits vertical loads (for example, landing loads) to the wing structure. When the leg has
a vertical load, the wheel pushes up on the trailing arm (3) . The trailing arm moves up. The trailing arm
compresses the nitrogen/fluid filled damper (4) . And the damper pushes up on the top of the tubular strut
(1) .
The damper can compress quickly. But it can only extend slowly. This prevents the leg from pushing the aircraft
up after the landing. It also prevents vibration.
When the aircraft is on the ground, the side-stay holds the leg in the down position. The down lock holds the 2
parts of the side-stay rigid. Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General for data about the retraction
system. And refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data about the position and warning system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
9 11
10
8 2
2
7
D
FW
Legend
(1) Tubular steel strut (7) Folding stay

(2) Main gear pivot bearings (8) Side stay pivot bearing
(3) Trailing arm (9) Up-lock assembly
Figure 2 - Main landing-gear

12 May 2017 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Damper (10) Retraction actuator

(5) Main wheel axle (11) Longitudinal pivot
(6) Brake assembly
Figure 2 - Main landing-gear

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Lift the aircraft on jacks, refer to Jacking General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjustment of the Main Landing Gear Door

The procedure is identical for LH and RH main landing gear door.
(1) Disconnect the ball stud from the door bracket on main gear door, refer to Main Gear Doors
Remove and Install.
(2)
Note Make sure that the main gear doors are disconnected and the rods LH and/or RH are clear
for retracting the main landing gear.
Retract the landing gear with the main gear door disconnected.

1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Push the door closed.

Make sure that:
- The door fits cleanly into the cut-out in the wing.
- The door actuating rod aligns approximately with the ball stud on the door (length is
approximately 166 mm (6.53 in)).
Open the door.
Note If necessary, trim the edges of the door to fit the cut-out.
(4) Extend the landing gear.
(5) Connect the door actuating rod (20) to the main gear leg, refer to Main Gear Doors Remove and
Install:
- Put the ball stud (41) in position on the door bracket.
- Install the nut and washer on the ball stud.
(6) Retract the landing gear.
(7) If the door is not flush with the aircraft skin:

- Extend the landing gear.
- Adjust the door actuating rod.
- Retract the landing gear.
(8) With the gear retracted, pull down on the door by hand using normal force.
The door should extend approximately 15 mm from the skin. If necessary, do step A.8 and step
A.9 again.
1. Lower the aircraft with the jacks, refer to Jacking General.

1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
D
41 FW
42
42
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the Main Gear Door

1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Door actuating rod (42) Attaching screws

(41) Ball stud

1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR
A. General
This table contains the trouble-shooting procedures for the main landing-gear.
Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General Fault Description for trouble shooting the main gear
retraction system.
Refer to Section Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General Fault Description for trouble shooting the
main gear wheels/brakes (Parker brake system).
Refer to Section Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General Fault Description for trouble shooting
the main gear wheels/brakes (Beringer brake system).
Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General Fault Description for trouble shooting the main gear position
and warning system.
If you find the trouble given in column 1, do the repair given in column 3.

Aircraft stands on Hard landing. Do a heavy landing check (Conditional In-
ground with one wing spections General Data). Replace damaged
low or with tail low. parts.
Damper pressure low. Inflate the damper to the correct pressure.
Damper defective. Replace the damper.
Fluid leak. Replace the damper.

1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR LEG (COMPLETE WITH AXLE AND PARKER BRAKE

UNIT)
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Main Landing-Gear Leg

- Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Leg

None

Feeler gauge ........................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Main Landing-Gear Leg
(1) Release the hydraulic pressure in the wheel-brake system.
(2) Release the door actuating-rod (20) from the main gear leg as follows:
(a) Release the nut from the outer ball end.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Pull the rod away from the door bracket.
(3) Hold the door clear of the leg.
(4) Remove the main wheel, refer to Main Wheel for Parker brake system Remove and Install.
(5) Disconnect the flexible brake hose (21) at the union on the landing gear web.
(6) Put caps on the connections.
(7) Cut the cable-ties (22) holding the electrical cable.
(8) Release the electrical connectors (23) at the outboard face of the root rib.
(9) Remove the nut, washer, 2 shim washers and bolt (24) and release the actuator eye-end from
the side-stay.
(10) Release the side-stay (7) from the front bearing as follows:
(a) Release the large spring (25) from the outer end of the side-stay (7) .
(b) Remove the cotter-pin, nut, washer and bolt (26) from the side-stay (7) at the front bearing.
(c) Release the side-stay (7) from the front bearing.
(11) Hold the main gear leg in position.
(12) Release 4 bolts which hold the rear bearing (27) to the landing gear web.
(13) Remove the shim from the rear bearing.
(14) Remove the leg as follows:
(a) Move the rear of the leg inboard, then down.
(b) Move the leg aft to clear the front bearing.
(c) Lower the leg.
B. Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Leg
(1) Put the main gear leg in position in the aircraft as follows:
(a) Put the main gear leg in the front bearing housing (2) .
(b) Lift the rear of the leg to align the rear bearing with the holes in the landing gear web.
(c) Hold the leg in position.
(2) Make sure that the rear bolts do not stop the leg moving forward.

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3)
Note Measure at 2 opposite places.
Use a Feeler gauge and measure the distance for the spacer as follows:
(a) Hold the leg in position.
(b) Push the leg forward as far as possible.
(c) Make sure that the rear bearing housing is parallel to the landing gear web.
(d) Measure the gap between the housing and the web.
(4)
Note The spacer must be the distance you measured minus 1 mm (0.04 in).
Select a spacer.
(5) Attach the rear bearing housing (27) as follows:
(a) Put the spacer in position.
(b) Install the 4 bolts for the rear bearing housing.
(c) Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M8.
(6) Attach the side-stay (7) to the front bearing as follows:
(a) Put the inboard end of the side-stay (7) on the pivot pin in the front bearing housing.
(b) Install the bolt (26) , washer, nut and cotter-pin.
(7) Attach the actuator eye-end to the side-stay (7) as follows:
(a) Put the eye-end in position with a shim washer on each side.
(b) Install the bolt (24) , washer and nut.
(c) Torque the bolt, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure, M8.
(8) Connect the large spring (25) at the outboard end of the side-stay.
(9) Connect the electrical connector (23) at the aft face of the main gear compartment in the fuselage.
(10) Install the cable-ties (22) .
(11) Connect the flexible brake hose (21) at the union on the landing gear web.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(13) Install the main wheel, refer to Main Wheel for Parker brake system Remove and Install.
(14) Bleed the wheel brakes, refer to Wheel Brake System for Parker brake system Bleed.
(15) Do a retraction test with the door disconnected, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation
Test.
(16) Adjust the door actuating rod, refer to Main Gear Doors Remove and Install.
(17) Connect the door actuating rod (20) to the main gear leg as follows:
(a) Put the ball stud in the door bracket.
(b) Install the nut and washer on the outer ball end.

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
23
22
27
21
26
25
24
2
7 20
26
D
FW
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Leg

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(2) Front bearing housing (23) Electrical-connectors

(7) Side-stay (24) Actuator eye-end bolt
(20) Door operating link (25) Large spring
(21) Brake pipe connection (26) Side-stay bolt at the front
bearing
(22) Cable-ties holding (27) Rear main bearing
electrical cables housing

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR LEG (COMPLETE WITH AXLE AND BERINGER BRAKE

UNIT)
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Main Landing-Gear Leg

- Installation of the Main Gear Leg

None

Feeler gauge ........................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Main Landing-Gear Leg
(1) Release the hydraulic pressure in the wheel-brake system.
(2) Release the door actuating-rod (20) from the main gear leg as follows:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Hold the door clear of the leg.
(4) Remove the main wheel, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove and Install.
(5) Disconnect the flexible brake hose (21) at the union on the landing gear web.
(6) Put caps on the connections.
(7) Cut the cable-ties (22) holding the electrical cable.
(8) Release the electrical connectors (23) at the outboard face of the root rib.
(9) Remove the nut, washer, 2 shim washers and bolt (24) and release the actuator eye-end from
the side-stay.
(10) Release the side-stay (7) from the front bearing as follows:
(a) Release the large spring (25) from the outer end of the side-stay (7) .
(b) Remove the cotter-pin, nut, washer and bolt (26) from the side-stay (7) at the front bearing.
(c) Release the side-stay (7) from the front bearing.
(11) Hold the main gear leg in position.
(12) Release 4 bolts which hold the rear bearing (27) to the landing gear web.
(13) Remove the shim from the rear bearing.
(14) Remove the leg as follows:
(a) Move the rear of the leg inboard, then down.
(b) Move the leg aft to clear the front bearing.
(c) Lower the leg.
B. Installation of the Main Gear Leg
(1) Put the main gear leg in position in the aircraft as follows:
(a) Put the main gear leg in the front bearing housing (2) .
(b) Lift the rear of the leg to align the rear bearing with the holes in the landing gear web.
(c) Hold the leg in position.
(2) Make sure that the rear bolts do not stop the leg moving forward.

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3)
Note Measure at 2 opposite places.
Use a Feeler gauge and measure the distance for the spacer as follows:
(a) Hold the leg in position.
(b) Push the leg forward as far as possible.
(c) Make sure that the rear bearing housing is parallel to the landing gear web.
(d) Measure the gap between the housing and the web.
(4)
Note The spacer must be the distance you measured minus 1 mm (0.04 in).
Select a spacer.
(5) Attach the rear bearing housing (27) as follows:
(a) Put the spacer in position.
(b) Install the 4 bolts for the rear bearing housing.
(c) Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M8.
(6) Attach the side-stay (7) to the front bearing as follows:
(a) Put the inboard end of the side-stay (7) on the pivot pin in the front bearing housing.
(b) Install the bolt (26) , washer, nut and cotter-pin.
(8) Connect the large spring (25) at the outboard end of the side-stay.
(9) Connect the electrical connector (23) at the aft face of the main gear compartment in the fuselage.
(10) Install the cable-ties (22) .
(11) Connect the flexible brake hose (21) at the union on the landing gear web.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(13) If removed, install the brake and the axle, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove
and Install.
(14) Install the main wheel, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove and Install.
(15) Bleed the wheel brakes, refer to Wheel Brake System for Beringer brake system Bleed.
(16) Do a retraction test with the door disconnected, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation
Test.
(17) Adjust the door actuating rod, refer to Main Landing Gear Door Adjust.
(b) Install the nut and washer on the outer ball end. Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and
Nuts Tighten Procedure.

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
23
22
27
21
26
25
24
2
7 20
26
IICN-1T120TP-A-321000-D-C4331-01156-A-001-01
D
FW
Legend
(2) Front bearing housing (24) Actuator eye-end bolt

(7) Side-stay (25) Large spring

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(20) Door operating link (26) Side-stay bolt at the front

bearing
(21) Brake pipe connection (26) Rear main bearing
housing
(22) Cable-ties holding (27) Rear main bearing
electrical cables housing
(23) Electrical-connectors

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
These maintenance practices tell you how to remove and install the main gear components. The maintenance
practices are applicable to both left and right main gear legs. You can remove the main gear leg complete with
the wheel. Or you can remove the wheel first and the axle.
Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General for data on the main gear retraction system.
Refer to Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General for data on the main gear wheels/brakes (Parker
brake system).
Refer to Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General for data on the main gear wheels/brakes
(Beringer brake system).
Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data on the main gear position and warning system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR SIDE-STAY

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Main Landing-Gear Side-Stay

- Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Side-Stay

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Main Landing-Gear Side-Stay
(1) Release the cable tie holding the electrical cable (30) for the down lock switch.
(2) Remove the nut attaching the down lock limit-switch (31) and move the down-lock limit-switch
clear of the side-stay, refer to Down-Lock Limit-Switch for the Main Landing-Gear Remove and
Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Make a note of the assembly order and release the bolt (24) from the eye-end of the retraction
actuator.
(4) Release the side-stay (7) from the leg as follows:
(a) Release the large spring (25) from the outer end of the side-stay.
(b) Remove the nut, washer and P-clamp (32) from the back of the leg.
(c) Remove the bolt (33) from the front of the leg complete with the special washer.
(5) Make a note of the assembly order and remove the cotter-pin, washer, large washer and bolt from
the inboard end of the side-stay.
(6) Remove the side-stay (7) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Side-Stay
(1) Put the side-stay (7) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Install the inboard bolt (26) as follows:
(a) Install the bolt, washer, slotted-nut and cotter pin.
(b) Torque the slotted nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
(3) Attach the side-stay to the leg as follows:
(a) Install the bolt (33) from the front of the leg complete with the special washer.
(b) Install the P-clamp, washer and nut (32) to the back of the leg.
(c) Install the large spring (25) at the outer end of the side-stay.
(d) Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure, M8.
(5) Install the down-lock limit-switch (31) in the side-stay, refer to Down-Lock Limit-Switch for the
Main Landing-Gear Remove and Install.
(6) Use a cable tie (30) to hold the electrical cable for the down lock switch to the side-stay.
(7) Release the door actuating rod (20) from the main gear leg as follows:

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(8) Do a retraction test with the main gear door disconnected.
(9) Adjust the down-lock limit-switch, refer to Limit-Switch Adjust.
(b) Install the nut and washer on the outer ball end, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
26
24
32
7
26
33
25
31
A 30
20
FWD
Figure 6 - Removal and Installation of the Main Gear Side-Stay

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(7) Side-stay (30) Cable tie holding

electrical cable
(20) Door actuating rod (31) Down-lock limit-switch
(24) Actuator eye-end bolt (32) Nut, washer and P-
clamp for the side-stay
bolt
(25) Large spring (33) Bolt and special washer
for the side-stay bolt
(26) Side-stay bolt at the front
bearing
Figure 6 - Removal and Installation of the Main Gear Side-Stay

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN GEAR DOORS

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Main Gear Door

- Installation of the Main Gear Door

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Main Gear Door
(1) Release the door actuating rod (20) from the main gear leg as follows:
(a) Release the nut and washer from the outer ball stud (41) .
(b) Pull the ball stud (41) with the rod away from the door.
(2) Release 6 screws (42) attaching the door to the hinge.

1T120TP-A-32-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the door from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Main Gear Door
(1) Put the door in position.
(2) Install 6 screws (42) attaching the door to the hinge.
(3) Adjust the main gear door, refer to Main Landing Gear Door Adjust.

1T120TP-A-32-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
D
41 FW
42
42

1T120TP-A-32-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Door actuating rod (42) Attaching screws

(41) Ball stud

1T120TP-A-32-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR DAMPER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Main Landing-Gear Damper

- Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Damper

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Main Landing-Gear Damper
(1) Cut the cable-ties (50a) which hold the cable to the damper (4) .
(2) Release the up-lock limit-switch assembly (50) from the damper (4) , refer to Up-Lock Limit-
Switch for the Main Landing-Gear Remove and Install.
(3) Remove the cotter-pin (52) , the nut (53) , the washer (54) and the bolt (55) that attach the top
of the damper (4) to the main landing-gear leg.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4)
Note If necessary, lift the trailing arm to let you remove the bolt.
Remove the cotter-pin (56) , the nut (57) , the washer (58) and the bolt (59) that attach the
bottom of the damper (4) to the hinge (61) .
(5) Move the damper assembly clear of the main landing-gear leg.
(6) If you will install a new damper, remove the clamp (60) for the up-lock limit switch.
B. Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Damper
(1)
Note The basic setting dimension from the top of the damper cylinder to the top of the clamp
(60) is 75 mm (2.95 in).
If you will install a new damper (4) , install the clamp (60) for the up-lock limit-switch.
(2) Attach the bottom of the damper (4) to the hinge (61) and install the bolt (59) , the washer (58)
and the nut (57) .
(4) Install the cotter-pin (56) .
(5) Attach the top of the damper (4) to the main gear leg and install the bolt (55) , the washer (54)
and the nut (53) .
Note From S/N 11160: Make sure that the charging valve (51) points inboard.
(7) Install the cotter-pin (52) .
(8) Install the up-lock limit-switch assembly (50) to the damper, refer to Up-Lock Limit-Switch for the
Main Landing-Gear Remove and Install.
(9) Check the nitrogen charging of the damper.

If necessary charge the damper (4) with nitrogen, refer to Main and Nose Landing Gear Damper
Assembly Fill with Nitrogen.
(10) Do step B.11 and step B.12 only if the main landing-gear leg is attached to the aircraft.
(11) Do a retraction test, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test.

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(12) If necessary, adjust the up-lock limit-switch, refer to Limit-Switch Adjust.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
55
51
52
54
53
50a
50
75mm
50a
60
4
57
59 56
FW
D
58
61
D
FW
VIEW ON INBOARD
OF DAMPER
Figure 8 - Removal and Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Damper

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(4) Damper (55) Bolt

(50) Up-lock limit-switch (56) Cotter-pin
assembly
(50a) Cable-ties (57) Nut
(51) Charging valve (58) Washer
(52) Cotter-pin (59) Bolt
(53) Nut (60) Clamp for the up-lock
limit-switch
(54) Washer (61) Hinge
Figure 8 - Removal and Installation of the Main Landing-Gear Damper

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING GEAR BUSHINGS

DAMAGE REPAIR
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Investigation
- Exchange of bushings of trailing arm
- Exchange of bushings of axle

None

None
E. Materials
Adhesive -05 ........................................................................................................... GS513005 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Investigation
Refer to Figure 9, Figure 10 and Figure 11.
If play exceeds limits given in Figure 9, check if play is between:
- trailing arm and landing gear leg or

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- axle of folding stay and front bearing housing or

- both.
(1) If play is between trailing arm and landing gear, exchange the bushings, refer to Procedure B.
(2) If play is between axle of folding stay and front bearing housing, exchange bushings, refer to
Procedure C.
(3) If play is on both, exchange bushings on trailing arm and axle, refer to Procedure B and Procedure
C.
B. Exchange of bushings of trailing arm

Refer to Figure 12.
(1) Remove main landing gear leg, refer to Main Landing-Gear Leg (Complete with Axle and Beringer
Brake Unit) Remove and Install or Main Landing-Gear Leg (Complete with Axle and Parker Brake
Unit) Remove and Install.
(2) Remove trailing arm from the main landing gear leg.
(3) Remove bushings from trailing arm and main landing gear leg.
Note Bushings are fixed with adhesive; use heat gun in order to get the bushings out of the
parts.
CAUTION DO NOT SPILL ADHESIVE TO THE BEARING SURFACE (INNER) OF THE

BUSHING; REMOVE ADHESIVE IMMEDIATELY.
(4) Glue the bushings into the trailing arm and main landing gear leg with Adhesive -05.
(5) Let the adhesive cure, refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
(6) Install the trailing arm into the main landing gear leg
(7) Install the main landing gear leg, refer to Main Landing-Gear Leg (Complete with Axle and Beringer
(8) Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to AMM Chapter 12-00.

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C. Exchange of bushings of axle
(1) Remove the main gear leg, refer to Main Landing-Gear Leg (Complete with Axle and Beringer
(2) Remove front bearing housing (refer to Figure 13) as follows:
(a) Remove the lubrication nipple at the inner side of the front bearing housing (facing to the
fuselage).
(b) Loosen the screws at the front bearing housing cross wise.
(c) Remove the screws and washers from the front bearing housing.
(d) Clean the screws and washers with acetone or ethyl alcohol to remove the grease.
(e) Remove the front bearing housing from the wing structure.
(3) Remove the cotter pin, the castellated nut, the washer with the shim rings, the axle and the bushes
from the front bearing housing (refer to Figure 13). Discard these parts.
Note The bushings are fixed with adhesive. Use a heat gun in order to get the bushings out of
the parts.
(4) Clean the bearing with acetone or ethyl alcohol to remove the grease.
CAUTION DO NOT SPILL ADHESIVE TO THE BEARING SURFACE (INNER) OF THE

BUSHING; REMOVE ADHESIVE IMMEDIATELY.
(5) Glue the bushings into the bearing with Adhesive -05.
(6) Install the axle, the washer and the castellated nut (refer to Figure 13).
Shim between the axle and the washer with shim rings to remove the clearance (refer to Figure
13).
Glue the castellated nut to the thread with Adhesive -07. If required use the shim rings to make
sure that the axle is free of play and the cotter pin can be installed.
(7) Install the cotter pin.
(8) Let the adhesive cure, refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
(9) Lubricate the axle via the lubricating nipple, refer to Scheduled Servicing Lubrication.
(10) Install the front bearing housing to the wing structure as follows:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Make sure that the lubrication nipple at the inner side of the front bearing housing (facing
to the fuselage) is removed.
(b) Put the front bearing housing in position to the wing structure.
(c) Put a thin layer of grease to all screws shafts and heads underside.
(d) Attach all screws and washers to the front bearing housing. Tighten the screws hand tight
only.
(e) Torque all screws cross wise, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M8.
(f) Install the lubrication nipple to the front bearing housing.
(11) Install the main landing gear leg, refer to Main Landing-Gear Leg (Complete with Axle and Beringer
1. Lower the aircraft with jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
2. Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to Servicing Post-Operation (Restore the aircraft after
maintenance).
3. Release aircraft into service according to national requirements.

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Max play 3mm
at measuring
point
Measuring point
for play of MLG
is head of
bottom bolt.
Figure 9 - Measuring the play of MLG

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Check play here
Figure 10 - Check of the play of the trailing arm

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Front bearing
housing
Axle of holding stay
Check play here
Figure 11 - Check the play at the axle of the folding stay

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Bushings (2x) in
trailing arm
SECTION A - A
Bushings (2x) in
main landing gear leg
Figure 12 - Bushings in trailing arm and main landing gear leg

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Front bearing
housing
D
FW
Figure 13 - Bushings of the axle in the front bearing housing (Sheet 1 of 2)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
washer catellated nut
lubrication
nipple
As required:
shim rings DIN988-A2-13x19x0.1
DIN988-A2-13x19x0.2
DIN988-A2-13x19x0.5 axle
bushing
Figure 13 - Bushings of the axle in the front bearing housing (Sheet 2 of 2)

27 July 2018 32-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-10-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32-20
NOSE LANDING GEAR

1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE LANDING GEAR

GENERAL
A. General
The nose-landing-gear-leg attaches to the engine mounting frame. A folding stay holds the nose gear leg. The
leg has an oleo-pneumatic strut and it has a single wheel. The nose gear has 2 GRP doors. The rudder bar
steers the nose wheel.

1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE LANDING GEAR

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the nose gear leg. The nose gear leg attaches to the engine mounting frame. The frame
attaches to the front of the firewall. The frame has 2 large pivot bearings (1) . The pivot bearings hold a
tubular steel housing (2) . The tubular steel housing makes the top of the nose gear leg.
Bronze bushes in the tubular steel housing hold a tubular strut (3) . The strut can turn in the housing. A
stop on the tubular strut limits the amount that it can turn. The stop on the tubular strut touches fixed stops
on the tubular steel housing (2) .
The steering actuator (14) carries the steering actuator lever (4) . The tubular strut follows the movement
of the steering actuator lever at the top. The steering actuator lever has a curved track. The curved track
engages with a fixed ball bearing attached to the engine mounting frame. Refer to Nose Wheel Steering
General or the data on the nose wheel steering.
The tubular strut (3) holds a seal assembly. The seal assembly holds a sliding tube (5) . A torque-link (6)
keeps the sliding tube in line with the tubular strut. The seal assembly makes an oil-tight seal between the
tubular strut and the sliding tube.
The lower part of the sliding tube contains oil. The top part of the tubular strut contains nitrogen at high
pressure. A piston attaches to the top part and seals the inside of the sliding tube. A valve in the piston lets
the tube move up easily, but restricts down movement. These components make the damper.
Four bolts attach the nose wheel fork (7) to the bottom of the sliding tube. A towing bracket with 2 lugs for
a towing arm is attached to the fork. The fork holds the nose wheel.
- Refer to Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General (Parker brake system) for data
about the nose wheel.
- Refer to Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General (Beringer brake system) for
data about the nose wheel.
The nose gear has a folding stay (8) . The stay has 2 parts. The stay attaches to the rear of the tubular
steel housing. And it attaches to 2 bearings in the fuselage.
The stay has the down lock for the nose leg. The down lock is in the middle of the stay. When the down
lock is engaged, it prevents the stay from folding. Refer to Section Landing Gear Extension and Retraction
General for data about the down lock.
The nose gear leg has an up lock (9) . The up lock is a hook. A small hydraulic actuator connects to the
up lock. Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General for data about the up lock assembly.
A large hydraulic actuator (10) attaches to the folding stay. The hydraulic actuator attaches to the top of
the nose gear compartment. The hydraulic actuator retracts the nose landing gear. Refer to Section Landing
Gear Extension and Retraction General for data about the retraction system.

1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The door operating mechanism (11) has a lever assembly. Two springs hold the lever assembly in the
open position against 2 stops. Two rods connect the lever assembly to the nose gear doors (12) .
Each nose gear door has 2 hinges (13) . You can get access to the front hinges in the engine compartment.
And you can get access to the rear hinges in the nose gear compartment.
B. Operation
The nose gear leg has 2 functions. It absorbs vertical loads and it provides steering on the ground.
If the nose gear has a vertical load (for example landing), the sliding tube (5) moves up inside the tubular strut
(3) . The movement compresses the nitrogen in the damper. When the load decreases, the sliding tube moves
out again. The restrictor in the piston slows this movement.
Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General for data about the operation of the retraction system.

1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
14
4
13
12
1 11
2 8
3
6 FW
D
Legend
(1) Pivots (8) Folding stay

(2) Tubular steel housing (9) Up-lock assembly
Figure 1 - Nose Landing Gear New

1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Tubular strut (10) Hydraulic actuator

(4) Steering actuator lever (11) Door operating
mechanism
(5) Sliding tube (12) Nose gear door
(6) Torque link (13) Nose gear hinges
(7) Nose wheel fork (14) Steering actuator
Figure 1 - Nose Landing Gear New

1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE LANDING GEAR DOOR

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjust the Nose Landing Gear Door

Refer to Figure 2.
(1)
Note To prevent damage to the NLG door structure and the fuselage stabilize the door until the
actuating rod is disconnected.
Disconnect the door actuating rod LH and RH as follows:
(a) Remove the nut and washer from the actuating rod (1) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Pull the actuating rod away from the bracket (2) .
(2) Retract the landing gear with both actuation rods (1) disconnected, refer to Landing Gear
Extension and Retraction General.
(3) Push the doors closed by hand.

Make sure that each door fits cleanly into the cut-out of the fuselage.
Make sure that the doors fits cleanly to each other.
If necessary, trim the edges of the door to fit the cut-out.
(4) Open the doors LH and RH fully.
(5) Extend the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General.
(6) Connect the door actuation rods LH and RH as follows:
(a) Put the actuating rod to the bracket (2) .
(b) Install the nut and washer to the actuating rod (1) . Tight the nuts hand tight only.
(7) Retract the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General.
(8) If the doors do not align with the aircraft skin:

- Extend the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General.
- Adjust the door actuation rod by turning the rod CW or CCW (only one turn at a time).
- Retract the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General.
(9) With the gear retracted, push the doors LH and RH closed at the point where the actuation rod is
mounted (2) . The doors must move at least 2 mm inwards and not more than 5 mm inwards.
Make sure that the doors align with the aircraft skin.
(10) Extend the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General.
(11) Torque the nuts at the actuating rods, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.

27 July 2018 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
B
A
B
2
D
FW
Legend
(1) Actuation rod (2) Point where the

actuation rod is mounted
Figure 2 - Adjustment of the Nose Landing Gear Door

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE LANDING GEAR

A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the nose landing gear.
Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General for trouble shooting the nose gear retraction system.
Refer to Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General for trouble shooting the nose gear wheel (Parker
brake system).
Refer to Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General for trouble shooting the nose gear wheel
(Beringer brake system).
Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for trouble shooting the nose gear position and warning
system.

Nose wheel steering Tubular strut jammed due to Clean and lubricate the leg.
stiff. oil and dust.
Nose gear leg cracked / Heavy landing. Do the heavy landing check. (Conditional In-
bent spections General Data). Replace the nose
gear leg.
Nose leg stays com- Nitrogen pressure too low in Fill the leg with nitrogen to the correct pres-
pressed on the ground. the damper. sure.
Damper leaking. Sealing defective. Replace the nose gear leg.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE LANDING GEAR LEG

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Nose Gear Leg

- Installation of the Nose Gear Leg

None
Remove the engine cowlings, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove

None
E. Materials
Cable-ties ................................................................................................................. Commercial QTY 2
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Nose Gear Leg

Refer to Figure 3.
(1) Release the cable-ties (20) which hold the electrical cables to the right side of the tubular housing.
(2) If Gear Down Light is installed disconnect the electrical harness as necessary, refer to External
Lights General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the bolt (21) attaching the folding stay to the rear of the nose gear leg.
(4) Remove the 2 bolts (23) which lock the main pivot pins from inside the gear compartment.
(5) Hold the nose gear leg and remove the main pivot pins (24) from inside the engine compartment.
(6) Remove the leg from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Nose Gear Leg
(1) Put the nose gear leg in position in the gear compartment.
(2) Apply a light coat of grease on the main pivots, refer to Scheduled Servicing Lubrication.
(3) Install the main pivot pins (24) from inside the engine compartment.
(4) Install the bolts (23) which lock the pivot pins from inside the gear compartment.
(6) Install the bolt (21) attaching the folding stay to the rear of the nose gear leg.
Note Install the bolt from right side to left side to the folding stay (seen in flight direction).
(8) Install cable-ties (20) to hold the electrical cables to the right side of the tubular housing.
(9) If Gear Down Light has to be installed connect the electrical harness as necessary, refer to External
Lights General.
(11) Do a test of the nose wheel steering, refer to Nose Wheel Steering Adjust.
1. Install the engine cowlings, refer to Engine Cowlings Install.

27 July 2018 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
23
21
24
D
FW
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the Nose Landing Gear Leg

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Cable-ties holding the (23) Lock bolts for the main
electrical cable pivot pins
(21) Bolt for the folding stay (24) Main pivot pins
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the Nose Landing Gear Leg

27 July 2018 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE LANDING GEAR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

GENERAL
A. General
These maintenance practices tell you how to remove and install the nose gear components. You can remove
the nose gear leg complete with the wheel. Or you can remove the wheel and the fork first.
Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General for data on the nose gear retraction system.
Refer to Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General for data on the nose gear wheel (Parker brake
system).
Refer to Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General for data on the nose gear wheel (Beringer brake
system).
Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data on the nose gear position and warning system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE LANDING GEAR FOLDING STAY

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Nose Landing-Gear Leg-Stay

- Installation of the Nose Landing-Gear Leg-Stay

None

None
E. Materials
Cable-ties ................................................................................................................. Commercial QTY 2
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Nose Landing-Gear Leg-Stay
(1) Release the cable-ties (20) which hold the electrical cables to the tubular housing.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector for the down-lock limit-switch at the front of the nose gear
compartment.
(3) Remove the bolt (21) attaching the folding stay to the rear of the nose gear leg.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the pin (31) attaching the hydraulic actuator end fitting to the down-lock.
(5) Remove the bolt (32) and the bushing attaching the hydraulic actuator end fitting to the folding
stay. Keep the bushing which goes in the hydraulic actuator end fitting.
(6) Remove the 2 bolts (33) which lock the folding stay pivot pins from inside the gear compartment.
(7) Hold the folding stay and remove the pivot pins (34) from inside the gear compartment.
(8) Remove the folding stay from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Nose Landing-Gear Leg-Stay
(1) Put the folding stay in position in the aircraft, refer to Figure 4.
(2) Apply a light coat of grease on the pivot pins, refer to Scheduled Servicing Lubrication.
(3) Install the pivot pins (34) from inside the gear compartment.
(4) Install the 2 bolts (33) which lock the folding stay pivot pins from inside the gear compartment.
(5) Apply loctite 243 (GS513007) to the bolt, install the bolt (32) and the bushing attaching the
hydraulic actuator end fitting to the folding stay.
Note Make sure that you install the bushing which goes inside the hydraulic actuator end fitting.
(7) Install the pin (31) attaching the hydraulic actuator end fitting to the down-lock.
(8) Install the bolt (21) attaching the folding stay to the rear of the nose gear leg.
(10) Connect the electrical connector for the down-lock limit-switch at the front of the nose gear
compartment.
(11) Install the cable-ties (20) which hold the electrical cables to the right side of the tubular housing.

27 July 2018 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
34
33
20
32
31
30
21
D
FW
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the Folding Stay

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Cable-ties holding the (32) Bolt holding hydraulic

electrical cables actuator to the stay
(21) Bolt attaching folding (33) Lock bolts for the stay
stay to nose leg pivot pins
(30) Down-lock limit-switch (34) Pivot pins for the folding
stay
(31) Pin attaching actuator to
the down-lock
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the Folding Stay

27 July 2018 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE LANDING GEAR DOOR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Nose Landing Gear Door

- Installation of the Nose Gear Leg Door

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Nose Landing Gear Door

Refer to Figure 5.
The procedure is identical for NLG door RH and LH.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-20-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2)
Note To prevent damage to the NLG door structure stabilize the door until both hinges are
disconnected.
Release the door operating rod as follows:
(a) Remove the nut and washer (41) from the ball stud.
(b) Pull the rod away from the bracket.
(3) Remove 2 nuts and washers (42) attaching the rear hinge to the door.
(4) Remove 2 nuts and washers (43) attaching the front hinge to the door.
(5) Remove the door from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Nose Gear Leg Door
(1) Put the door in position on the aircraft.
(2)
Note To prevent damage to the NLG door structure stabilize the door until both hinges are
connected.
Install the 2 washers and nuts (43) attaching the front hinge to the door.
Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Practices - Airframe General, M5.
(3) Install 2 washers and nuts (42) attaching the rear hinge to the door.
Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(5) Connect the door operating rod as follows:
(a) Put the ball stud in position in the bracket.
(b) Install the nut and washer (41) on the ball stud.
Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(6) Do a retraction test, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General.
Make sure that the doors closes correctly, refer to Nose Landing Gear Door Adjust.

27 July 2018 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1. Lower the aircraft on jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-20-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
42
41
43
D
FW
Legend
(41) Ball stud attaching nut (43) Front attaching nuts and
and washer washers
(42) Rear attaching nuts and
washers
Figure 5 - Removal and Installation of the Nose Gear Doors

27 July 2018 32-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-20-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32-30
LANDING GEAR EXTENSION AND RETRACTION

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you about the components which extend and retract the landing gear. (In this manual we call
it the retraction system). It tells you how to do a test of the retraction system and how to adjust the landing gear.
Refer to Main Landing-Gear General for the data about the main gear legs. Refer to Nose Landing Gear
General for the data about the nose gear leg. Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data
about the control and indication. And refer to the Wiring Manual for wiring data about the electrical systems.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description - Overview
Figure 1 shows the location of the main components in the retraction system. The landing gear has a hydraulic
system that uses MIL-H-5606E (or later) hydraulic fluid. The hydraulic system has these sections:
- A hydraulic kit (1) . The kit is located behind the baggage compartment on the left. It attaches to the
aircraft structure with 4 bolts. Flexible hoses connect the kit to the distribution system. You can
remove the kit for access without disconnecting the hydraulic system.
- Hydraulic distribution system (2) . The pipes and hoses that distribute the hydraulic fluid to the landing
gear actuators and up-lock units.
- An emergency-extension system (3) . This has the components to mechanically unlock the gear
legs. It also supplies hydraulic pressure for emergency extension of the landing gear.
Each landing-gear leg has these components:

- An extension/retraction actuator (Retraction actuator) (4) . The retraction actuator extends and
retracts the landing gear.
- An up-lock unit (5) . The up-lock units hold the gear legs in the up position. They release the gear
legs for extension
The system has these controls:

- A selector handle (6) in the cockpit. The selector handle controls the position of the landing gear.
It is part of the position and warning system (Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning
General).
- An emergency-extension control (7) . The emergency-extension control extends the landing gear if
the normal system fails.
B. Description - Hydraulic Kit

The hydraulic kit (1) is located behind the baggage compartment. A panel in the rear frame of the baggage
compartment gives access to the kit.
Figure 2 shows the hydraulic kit component locations. Figure 3 shows the hydraulic kit schematic diagram. Both
figures use the same item numbers.
The kit has these components:
- An aluminium mounting frame.
- A hydraulic reservoir.
- A hydraulic pump and motor
- A high-pressure filter.
- A hydraulic supply manifold.
- A flow-control manifold.
- A service manifold.
- An emergency accumulator.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 24 April 2017
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- A return manifold.
(1) Mounting Frame
The aluminium mounting frame (1a) has a folded base. The base carries brackets for all of the components
of the kit.
(2) Hydraulic Reservoir
Four bolts attach the hydraulic reservoir (11) to a bracket on the mounting frame. The reservoir has a sight
glass (12) . You can see the level of the fluid through the sight glass. To see the sight glass you must look
through a small window in the access panel.
The sight glass shows the correct level with the gear extended and the emergency accumulator fully
charged. Use only MIL-H 5606E (or later) to fill the system. Refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing for the procedure to fill the reservoir.
The bottom of the reservoir has a suction connection and a return connection. Rigid pipes connects the
reservoir to the pump inlet and the reservoir. The reservoir also has a drain plug on the bottom (13) .
The reservoir has a gravity-sensitive air vent (15) with an air filter (14) on the top. During inverted flight
the air vent closes automatically. This prevents loss of the fluid during inverted flight. A small plastic pipe
connects the vent outlet to atmosphere. A pressure relief-valve (16) prevents damage to the reservoir from
over-filling
The reservoir has a filler cap (17) in the top cover.
(3) Hydraulic Pump and Electric Motor
An 800 Watt 24 VDC motor (19) provides power for the hydraulic kit. Four bolts attach the motor to the
mounting frame. Electric power cables attach to the motor.
Four bolts attach a positive-displacement hydraulic-pump (18) to the electric motor. The pump supplies a
system pressure of 2000 psi (138 bar). The pump has the inlet and the outlet connections to the system.
(4) High Pressure Filter Assembly
A high-pressure filter-assembly (20) attaches to a bracket on the mounting frame. The filter has a reusable
stainless-steel filter-element. A rigid pipe connects the pump to the filter. A rigid pipe connects the outlet of
the filter to the hydraulic supply-manifold.
(5) Hydraulic Supply-Manifold
A drilled aluminum-block makes the hydraulic supply-manifold (8) . Three bolts attach the manifold to a
bracket on the hydraulic pump. The supply-manifold has the following hydraulic system control components:
- A pump pressure relief-valve (21) . The pump pressure relief-valve opens at 2000 +50 psi
(138 +3.3 bar) and lets hydraulic fluid flow from the pump back to the reservoir in the event of
an obstruction to the normal flow of the fluid. You can adjust the overpressure relief-valve.
- A pump non-return-valve (pump NRV) (22) . The non-return-valve lets hydraulic fluid flow at
high pressure from the pump to the hydraulic system. When the pump is not operating the non-
return-valve closes. Hydraulic fluid from the system cannot flow back to the pump.
- A test connection (23) .
- A thermal relief-valve (24) . The thermal relief-valve opens at 2600 psi (179 bar) and closes
at 2200 psi (152 bar). If the fluid gets too hot, it lets hydraulic fluid flow from the system back
to the reservoir

24 April 2017 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Magnetic retraction-valve (25) . A two-position magnetic retraction-valve (retraction-valve)

controls retraction and extension. When de-energised, a spring holds to the valve in the
extension position. In this position it connects the pump output to the extension side of the
landing gear actuators and the up-lock units.
- With the retraction-valve energized, the valve connects the extension side of the actuators and
up-lock units to the reservoir. Hydraulic fluid can go back to the reservoir from the extension
side of the landing gear actuators.
The following items are also on the hydraulic supply manifold. These components are part of the emergency-
extension system described in Landing Gear Emergency Extension System Description of Function.
- A filter (26) .
- An accumulator non-return-valve (27) .
- A restrictor (28) .
(6) Flow-Control Manifold
Note The flow control manifold controls the RETURN flow.
A drilled aluminum-block makes the flow-control manifold (9) . Two rigid pipes connect the hydraulic system
to the inlets of the flow-control manifold. One pipe is for the usual supply system. The other pipe comes
from the emergency-extension system. The flow-control manifold has these components:
- The flow-control manifold has three ‘one-way’ restrictors (29) . One restrictor controls the flow
for each landing-gear actuator. During retraction, fluid passes through the restrictors with little
restriction. During extension, the restrictors restrict the flow. The restrictors make sure that the
landing gear legs extend smoothly and together.
- The flow-control manifold has three pilot non-return valves (pilot NRVs) (30) . One pilot NRV
connects to the up-line for each landing-gear actuator. The pilot NRVs are part of the
emergency-extension system described in Landing Gear Emergency Extension System
Description.
When the emergency-extension valve is operated, some of the emergency hydraulic pressure
flows into the flow-control manifold and opens fully the pilot non-return-valves. This lets fluid
flow out from the retraction side of the landing gear actuators without passing through the
restrictor valves.
- A restrictor (32) controls the emergency extension. The return-flow from all three actuators
passes through the restrictor. A filter (31) protects the restrictor.
- Three flexible hoses connect the flow-control manifold to the distribution system.
(7) Service Manifold
A drilled aluminum-block makes the service manifold (10) . Three rigid pipes and two flexible hoses connect
the service manifold to the hydraulic system. The service manifold has these components:
- A thermal relief-valve (37) protects the emergency system. The thermal relief-valve opens at
2350 psi (138 bar) and closes at 2000 psi (162 bar). If the emergency system gets too hot, it
lets hydraulic fluid flow from the system back to the reservoir.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 24 April 2017
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- A manual dump-valve (38) lets you release the hydraulic pressure from the emergency
accumulator. Turn the handle counter-clockwise to release the pressure. Turn the handle
clockwise to close the dump-valve.
- A charging valve (39) on the top of the service manifold is for charging with nitrogen. The
valve body has a poppet-valve with a hollow, threaded stem. The valve can move up and down
in the body but it cannot rotate. A captive nut on the body controls the position of the valve.
Turn the nut fully clockwise to close the valve. Turn the nut counter-clockwise to open the valve.
- A gauge (40) on the front of the manifold shows the nitrogen (N2) pressure inside the
emergency accumulator. The gauge shows the pressure in psi. You can see the gauge through
a small window in the baggage compartment rear access panel.
- A pressure switch (41) senses the hydraulic pressure in the accumulators. The switch operates
if the pressure is less than 1650 psi (114 bar). It opens at 1940 psi (134 bar). The pressure
switch energises the hydraulic pump if:
• the emergency system pressure is insufficient.
• and the gear selector handle is set to DN (down).
(8) Emergency Accumulators
Two emergency accumulators (33) are located under the mounting-frame. They are charged with nitrogen.
The nitrogen pressure is 450 psi (31 bar) with the hydraulic fluid released from the accumulator. The
operating pressure of the accumulator is approximately 2000 psi (138 bar) when the accumulator is fully
charged with hydraulic fluid.
Rigid pipes connect the nitrogen charging valve to both accumulators. Rigid pipes connect both
accumulators to the emergency hydraulic system.
(9) Return Manifold
A drilled aluminum-block makes the return manifold. The return pipes from each component on the kit
connect to the return manifold. A rigid pipe connects the manifold to the bottom of the reservoir.
The return manifold has a non-return-valve (42) . A rigid pipe from the usual extension line on the supply
manifold connects to the non-return-valve. The valve prevents flow from the usual extension system into
the manifold. During emergency extension, the valve lets fluid flow from the reservoir into the extension
side of the main actuators.
C. Description – Extension and Retraction Components (Retraction Components)

Refer to Main Landing-Gear General for data about the main gear components that the retraction components
connect to.
Refer to Nose Landing Gear General for data about the nose gear components that the retraction components
connect to.
Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data about the position and warning components that
the components connect to.
Refer to Figure 4 and Figure 5 for the following components.
Each retraction system has these components:

24 April 2017 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A. Retraction actuator
The retraction actuator (actuator) (43) , extends and retracts the landing gear.
The body of each main gear actuator attaches to a bracket in the related wheel compartment. The ram-
end of each actuator attaches to the inner link of the side-stay.
The body of the nose gear actuator attaches to a bracket in the nose wheel compartment. The ram-end of
each actuator attaches to the aft link of the side-stay.
The aft end of each actuator includes an emergency shuttle-valve. One side of the shuttle-valve connects
to the usual extension hydraulic supply. The other side of the shuttle-valve connects to the emergency-
extension hydraulic supply. A spring holds the shuttle valve in the usual extension setting when there is
no hydraulic pressure in the emergency supply.
Three flexible hoses connect the actuator to the hydraulic system.
B. Pressure sequence valve
The hydraulic pressure sequence valve (48) makes sure that the NLG operates in sequence during normal
extension. This means that the uplock hook is released first before the landing gear cylinder applies
pressure to the NLG actuator. In this case the non-return-valve (49) does not work.
C. Up-lock unit
The up-lock units (46) hold the gear legs in the up position. They release the gear legs for extension
Each up-lock unit has a hook. The hook engages a pin on the related gear leg when the leg is fully retracted.
A small hydraulic actuator (45) extends to open the hook. When there is no hydraulic pressure, a spring
inside the actuator pulls the hook closed. A flexible hose connects each up-lock actuator to the usual
extension hydraulic supply.
A flexible cable connects to each up-lock hook. The cable connects to the emergency-extension system.
It release the up-lock manually for emergency extension of the landing gear.
D. Landing Gear Selector Handle
The selector handle controls the position of the landing gear. It is part of the position and warning system
(Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General).
D. Description - Distribution System

The distribution system connects the main hydraulic components to each other. It uses rigid aluminium pipes
and some flexible hoses. Cleats and P-clamps attach the rigid pipes to the structure.
Bulkhead unions connect the hoses from the kit to the distribution pipes at the baggage compartment frame.
Seven rigid pipes go under the baggage compartment floor on the left. They turn across the fuselage before
dividing to the these components:
- Emergency-extension-valve.
- Left main gear actuator and up-lock.
- Right main gear actuator and up-lock.
- Nose gear actuator and up-lock.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 24 April 2017
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
7 3
0
500750 1000
250
1250
1500
1750
2000
1
6
3
5
2
4
5
Figure 1 - Location Of the Main Components in the Landing Gear Retraction System

24 April 2017 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Hydraulic kit (5) Up-lock unit

(2) Distribution system (6) Landing gear selector
handle
(3) Emergency hydraulic (7) Emergency-extension
system control
(4) Retraction actuator
Figure 1 - Location Of the Main Components in the Landing Gear Retraction System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 24 April 2017
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
25 39 10 38 42
40
8
19 41
18 11
20
9
33
1a
FW
D
Legend
(1a) Mounting frame (25) Magnetic retraction-

valve
Figure 2 - Hydraulic Kit Component Locations

24 April 2017 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(8) Hydraulic supply (33) Emergency

manifold accumulators
(9) Flow-control manifold (38) Accumulator manual
dump valve
(10) Service manifold (39) Accumulator charging
valve
(11) Hydraulic reservoir (40) Accumulator pressure
gauge
(18) Electric Motor (41) Pressure switch
(19) Hydraulic pump (42) Return manifold non-
return-valve
(20) High pressure filter

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 24 April 2017
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Key:
Pump Pressure P Emergency Charging Retraction
Emergency Extension Return
Usual Extension A
Manifolds Emergency System
Usual Extension To
BOLD letters are the markings All Actuators
on the related component. 42
A ER
A
R R
BM To MLG LH
29 30 Retraction
Actuator
29
B BN To NLG
R B 30 Retraction
Actuator
25 29 BM To MLG RH
30 Retraction
26 27 28 EA Actuator
32
ER
31 From
23 24 9
E Emergency
Selector
41 Valve
22
21
40 EA EA
EA EA
8
38 39 33 33
37 10
N2 N2
ER ER N2
14 20 N2 N2
16
19
15 18 M From Emergency To Emergency
17
Selector valve Selector valve
11 12
13
Figure 3 - Hydraulic Kit Schematic Diagram

24 April 2017 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(8) Supply manifold (24) Thermal relief-valve

(9) Flow control manifold (25) Magnetic retraction-
valve
(10) Service manifold (26) Filter
(11) Reservoir (27) Accumulator non-return-
valve
(12) Sight glass (28) Restrictor
(13) Drain plug (29) One-way restrictor
(14) Vent filter (30) Pilot non-return-valve
(15) Gravity-sensitive air vent (31) Filter
(16) Pressure relief-valve (32) Restrictor
(17) Filler cap (33) Emergency
accumulators
(18) Hydraulic pump (37) Thermal relief-valve
(19) Electric motor (38) Manual dump-valve
(20) High-pressure filter (39) Charging valve
(21) Pump pressure relief- (40) Pressure gauge
valve
(22) Pump non-return-valve (41) Pressure switch
(23) Test connection (42) Return manifold NRV
Figure 3 - Hydraulic Kit Schematic Diagram

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 24 April 2017
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Key:
Pump Pressure 43
Normal Extension
B
Emergency Charging AE A
Emergency Extension 44
45
Retraction
Return 47
46
BOLD letters are the markings
on the related component.
43
From Flow-Control Manifold
B
AE A
From Supply Manifold 44
45
From Flow-Control Manifold 47
46
To Flow-Control Manifold
To Reservoir 43
From Supply Manifold
B
AE A
EA
34 44
35 45
36
47
ER E 46
Figure 4 - Emergency-Extension Valve and Retraction Components Schematic Diagram

24 April 2017 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(34) Filter (44) Shuttle valves

(35) Restrictor (45) Up-lock actuator
(36) Emergency-extension (46) Up-lock hook
valve
(43) Retraction actuators (47) Up-lock emergency-
release cable
Figure 4 - Emergency-Extension Valve and Retraction Components Schematic Diagram

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 24 April 2017
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Key:
Pump Pressure 43
Normal Extension
B
Emergency Charging AE A
Emergency Extension 44
45
Retraction
Return 47
46
on the related component.
43
B
AE A
From Supply Manifold 44
From Flow-Control Manifold 48
49
45
46
To Flow-Control Manifold
47
To Reservoir 43
From Supply Manifold
B
AE A
EA
34 44
35 45
36
47
ER E 46
Figure 5 - Emergency-Extension Valve and Retraction Components Schematic Diagram (post

RSB565-061/1)

24 April 2017 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(34) Filter (45) Up-lock actuator

(35) Restrictor (46) Up-lock hook
(36) Emergency-extension (47) Up-lock emergency-
valve release cable
(43) Retraction actuators (48) Pressure sequence
valve
(44) Shuttle valves (49) Non return valve
Figure 5 - Emergency-Extension Valve and Retraction Components Schematic Diagram (post

RSB565-061/1)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 24 April 2017
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

24 April 2017 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR EMERGENCY EXTENSION SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTION
A. Emergency Operation
Figure 6 shows the emergency-extension schematic-diagram. If you operate the emergency system, these things
occur:
- The threaded rod (50) pulls the carriage (52) upwards. The carriage pulls the 3 cables (47). Each
cable pulls the lever assembly for the related up-lock against the springs in the up-lock actuator.
- The non-return-valve (42) opens between the return manifold and the usual extension lines. This lets
hydraulic fluid flow freely from the reservoir into the extension side of the up-lock actuators as they
extend.
- The hooks release the gear legs.
- The emergency-extension valve sends hydraulic fluid from the accumulators to the emergency inlet
of each shuttle-valve (44). The shuttle-valve moves to close the usual extension connection. The
hydraulic fluid from the emergency system flows into the extension side of the actuator (43).
- At the same time, the emergency flow operates the pilot non-return-valves (30) in the flow control
manifold. The valves open. This lets hydraulic fluid flow from the ram-side of each actuator through
a restrictor (32) to the reservoir.
- The emergency hydraulic fluid extends the nose gear leg against the airflow. The folding stay
straightens to engage the down-lock.
- At the same time, the emergency hydraulic fluid extends each main gear leg. For the final part of the
main gear movement, the large spring (54) pulls the side-stay in line. This helps to engage the down-
lock (46).
- If the landing gear indication system has electrical power, the lights on the selector will show red as
each leg un-locks. They will show green as the related leg locks down.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-042A-A
Page: 22
43
Emergency Charging
14 November 2016
B
Emergency Extension Return AE A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
44
Manifolds Emergency System 45
42 47
on the related component. A ER 46
A
R R
43
45
BM
B
29 30 AE A
44
29
B BN 45
32-30
R B 30
25 29 47
BM 46
30
26 27 28
EA 32
ER
31
23 24 9
E
43
41
22
B
AE A
21 44
40 EA EA
EA EA 45
8
Figure 6 - Emergency-Extension Schematic-Diagram

38 39 33 33
37
10 N2 N2 47
ER ER N2 46
20 N2 N2
14
16
18 M 19 34
15 35
17
36
11
12
ER E
13
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-042A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

NORMAL OPERATION
A. Normal Operation
Refer to Main Landing-Gear General for data about the main gear components that the extension and retraction
components connect to. Refer to Nose Landing Gear General for data about the nose gear components that the
extension and retraction components connect to. Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data
about the position and warning components that the extension and retraction components connect to.
Note The hydraulic pump has a permanent connection to the usual retraction side of each hydraulic retraction
actuator
(1) Normal Retraction
Figure 7 shows the usual extension schematic diagram without hydraulic pressure sequence valve at the
NLG.
Figure 8 shows the usual extension schematic diagram with hydraulic pressure sequence valve at the NLG
(post RSB565-061/1).
If the Landing Gear Selector Handle in the cockpit is set to UP, these things occur:
- The electric motor operates the hydraulic pump.
- The retraction-valve moves to the retraction position. This connects the usual extension line to
the reservoir.
- Hydraulic fluid in each retraction line flows freely through the one-way restrictors (29) to the
actuators (43) .
- The hydraulic pressure sequence valve (48) is not working. The hydraulic fluid flows through
the non-return valve (49) .
- The actuators retract.
- Hydraulic fluid flows from the extension side of each actuator through the retraction-valve to
the reservoir.
- The actuators engage the up-lock hooks.
- When all the legs lock up, the pump stops.
- The retraction-valve stays at the retraction setting for 15 seconds. The hydraulic pressure
decreases. This prevents any pressure increase in the system opening the up-locks.
- The retraction-valve moves to the extension position.
- The electric motor stops to operate the hydraulic pump.
(2) Normal Extension
Figure 9 shows the usual extension schematic diagram without hydraulic pressure sequence valve at the
NLG.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-130A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 10 shows the usual extension schematic diagram with hydraulic pressure sequence valve at the
NLG (post RSB565-061/1).
If the Landing Gear Selector Handle in the cockpit is set to DN, these things occur:
- The electric motor operates the hydraulic pump.
- The retraction-valve stays in the extension position. This connects the usual extension line to
the hydraulic pump.
- Hydraulic fluid in each extension line flows to the extension side of each retraction actuator
(43) and each up-lock actuator.
- The hydraulic pressure sequence valve (48) makes sure that the NLG operates in sequence
during normal extension. This means that the uplock hook is released first before the landing
gear cylinder applies pressure to the NLG actuator.
- The up-lock actuators extend. The up-lock hooks release the landing gear legs.
- The retraction actuators start to extend.
- The hydraulic fluid flows from the ram-side of each actuator through the related one-way
restrictor. The one-way restrictor restricts the flow.
- All three landing gear legs extend smoothly and at the same time.
- The down-locks on each landing-gear leg lock the related folding-stay.
- The electric motor stops to operate the hydraulic pump.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-130A-A
Key: 43
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

Pump Pressure Emergency Charging Return
B
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AE A
44
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-130A-A

42 47
A
R R
43
45
BM
B
29 30 AE A
44
29
B BN 45
A R B 30
25 29 47
BM 46
30
26 27 28
EA 32
ER
31
23 24 9
E
32-30
43
41
22
B
AE A
21 44
40 EA EA
Figure 7 - Normal Retraction Schematic Diagram

EA EA 45
8
38 39 33 33
P 37
10 N2 N2 47
ER ER N2 46
20 N2 N2
14
16
18 M 19 34
15 35
17
S 36
11
12
ER E
13
14 December 2018
Page: 25
Page: 26
Key: 43
14 December 2018
B
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AE A
44
42 47
A
R R
43
BM
B
29 30 AE A
44
29
B BN
32-30
48
A R B 30 49
25 29
BM
45
30
26 27 28
EA 32
ER 47
31 46
23 24 9
E
43
41
22
B
AE A
21 44
40 EA EA
EA EA 45
8
38 39 33 33
P 37
10 N2 N2 47
ER ER N2 46
20 N2 N2
14
Figure 8 - Normal Retraction Schematic Diagram (post RSB565-061/1)

16
18 M 19 34
15 35
17
S 36
11
12
ER E
13
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-130A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Key: 43
Pump Pressure Emergency Charging
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

Return B
AE A
44
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-130A-A
42 47
on the related component. ER

A 46
A
R R
43
45
BM
B
29 30 AE A
44
29
B BN 45
A R B 30
25 29 47
BM 46
30
26 27 28
EA 32
ER
31
23 24 9
E
43
32-30
41
22
B
AE A
21
40 EA EA 44
EA EA G 45
Figure 9 - Normal Extension Schematic Diagram

8
P 38 39 33 33
37
10 N2 N2 47
ER ER N2 46
20
14 N2 N2
16
18 M 19 34
15 35
R S 17
36
11 12
ER E
13
14 December 2018
Page: 27
Page: 28
Key: 43

B
14 December 2018
AE A
44
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
42 47
A
R R
43
45
BM
B
29 30 AE A
44
29
B BN
48
A R B 30
32-30
49
25 29
BM
30 45
26 27 28
EA 32
ER 47
31
23 24 9 46
E
43
41
22
B
AE A
21
40 EA EA 44
EA EA G 45
8
P 38 39 33 33
37
10 N2 N2 47
ER ER N2 46
20
14 N2 N2
Figure 10 - Normal Extension Schematic Diagram (post RSB565-061/1)

16
18 M 19 34
15 35
R S 17
36
11 12
ER E
13
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-130A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(8) Supply manifold (29) One-way restrictor

(9) Flow control manifold (30) Pilot non-return-valve
(10) Service manifold (31) Filter
(11) Reservoir (32) Restrictor
(12) Sight glass (33) Emergency
accumulators
(13) Drain plug (34) Filter
(14) Vent filter (35) Restrictor
(15) Gravity-sensitive air vent (36) Emergency-extension
valve
(16) Pressure relief-valve (37) Thermal relief-valve
(17) Filler cap (38) Manual dump-valve
(18) Hydraulic pump (39) Charging valve
(19) Electric motor (40) Pressure gauge
(20) High-pressure filter (41) Pressure switch
(21) Pump pressure relief- (42) Return manifold NRV
valve
(22) Pump non-return-valve (43) Retraction actuators
(23) Test connection (44) Shuttle valves
(24) Thermal relief-valve (45) Up-lock actuator
(25) Magnetic retraction- (46) Up-lock hook
valve
(26) Filter (47) Up-lock emergency-
release cable
(27) Accumulator non-return- (48) Pressure sequence
valve valve
(28) Restrictor (49) Non return valve
Figure 10 - Normal Extension Schematic Diagram (post RSB565-061/1)

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-130A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-130A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
HYDRAULIC KIT
SERVICING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Supply the aircraft with external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation
Extend the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test

None
E. Materials
Lock wire .................................................................................................................................. QTY AR
Safety lacquer ...................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Thread locking adhesive ...................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Hydraulic fluid ....................................................................................... MIL-H-5606E (or later) QTY AR
Nitrogen .................................................................................................................................... QTY AR
Assembly paste .................................... Rivolta F.L.A, Rocol FoodLube Multi-Paste or similar QTY AR
F. New Items
None


1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

WORKING ON THE NITROGEN SYSTEM IS ONLY ALLOWED WITH COMPLETELY
EMPTY EMERGENCY ACCUMULATOR. HIGH PRESSURE CAN CAUSE HEAVY
INJURY.
CAUSE HYDRAULIC FAILURE.
CAUTION USE THE CORRECT SPECIFICATION FOR HYDRAULIC FLUID.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Servicing of the Hydraulic Kit
(1) General
(a) Disconnect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(b) Remove the LH access panel at the baggage compartment rear frame, refer to Access
(c) During work on the hydraulic kit use a container to catch the hydraulic fluid. If necessary
use a lint free cloth to clean the hydraulic kit and the aircraft. Put caps on the open hydraulic
connections.
(2) High Pressure Hydraulic Fluid Filter - Replace
Refer to Figure 11.
(a) Open the filter element (30) counter clockwise from the HP filter (20) .
(b) Remove the filter element (30) and the seal kit (40) carefully from the HP filter (20) .
(c) Remove the seal kit (40) from the filter element (30) . Discard the seal kit.
(d) Make sure that the HP filter (20) is clean and not damaged.
(e) Install a new seal kit (40) on a new filter element (30) .

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(f) Install the new filter element and the seal kit to the HP filter (20) . Torque the filter element
with 5 to 6 Nm (44 to 53 lbs.in).
(g) Mark the position of the filter element to the HP filter with safety lacquer.
(h) Connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(i) If necessary fill the hydraulic kit with hydraulic fluid, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing.
(j) If necessary fill the emergency accumulator with nitrogen, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic
System Servicing.
(k) Bleed the hydraulic system, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Bleed.
(l) Do a retraction test, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test.
(m) Do an emergency-extension test, refer to Landing Gear Emergency Extension System

Operation Test.
(3) Pressure Switch - Replace
Refer to Figure 11.
WARNING THE EMERGENCY ACCUMULATOR IS FILLED WITH HIGH

PRESSURE. WORKING ON THE PRESSURE SWITCH IS ONLY
ALLOWED WITH COMPLETELY EMPTY EMERGENCY
ACCUMULATOR. HIGH PRESSURE CAN CAUSE HEAVY INJURY.
(a) Release the pressure of the nitrogen from the emergency accumulator, refer to Landing
Gear Hydraulic System Servicing.
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector from the pressure switch (60A) .
(c) Remove the pressure switch (60A) and the O-ring from the maintenance manifold (50) .
(d) Remove the O-ring from the pressure switch. Discard the O-ring.
(e) Make sure that the maintenance manifold (50) is clean and not damaged.
(f) Install a new O-ring to a new pressure switch (60A) .
(g) Install the new pressure switch with the O-ring to the maintenance manifold (50) . Torque
the pressure switch with 20 Nm (177 lbs.in).
(h) Mark the position of the pressure switch to the maintenance manifold with safety lacquer.
(i) Install the electrical connector to the pressure switch (60A) .
(j) Connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(k) If necessary fill the hydraulic kit with hydraulic fluid, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing.
(l) Fill the emergency accumulator with nitrogen, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing.
(m) Bleed the hydraulic system, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Bleed.
(n) Do a retraction test, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test.
(o) Do an emergency-extension test, refer to Landing Gear Emergency Extension System

Operation Test.
(4) Manometer - Replace
Refer to Figure 11.

PRESSURE. WORKING ON THE MANOMETER IS ONLY ALLOWED
WITH COMPLETELY EMPTY EMERGENCY ACCUMULATOR. HIGH
PRESSURE CAN CAUSE HEAVY INJURY.
(a) Release the pressure of the nitrogen from the emergency accumulator, refer to Landing
(b) Remove the safety wire form the retaining nut (71) . Discard the lock wire.
(c)
Note The manometer is not in contact with hydraulic fluid.
Remove the manometer (70) , the retaining nut (71) , the retaining ring and the O-ring (72)
from the maintenance manifold (50) .
(d) Remove the retaining ring and the O-ring (72) from the retaining nut (71) .
(e) Make sure that the maintenance manifold (50) is clean and not damaged.
(f) Install a new O-ring and retaining ring to the retaining nut (71) .
(g) Install the new manometer (70) , the retaining nut (71) , the O-ring and the retaining ring
to the maintenance manifold (50) . Torque the retaining nut (71) with 10 to 12 Nm (85 to
105 lbs.in).
Note Make sure that the manometer orientation is correct before torquing of the retaining
nut.
(h) Secure the retaining nut (71) to the maintenance manifold (50) with lock wire. Mark the
position of the retaining nut (71) to the maintenance manifold with safety lacquer.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(i) Connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(j) If necessary fill the hydraulic kit with hydraulic fluid, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing.
(k) Fill the emergency accumulator with nitrogen, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing.
(l) Do a retraction test, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test.
(m) Do an emergency-extension test, refer to Landing Gear Emergency Extension System

Operation Test.
(5) Solenoid Valve - Replace
Refer to Figure 12.
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector from the solenoid coil (100) .
(b) Remove the nut (102) .
Note The nut is secured with thread locking adhesive. Carefully apply torque to the nut.
(c) Remove the solenoid coil (100) from the cartridge (101) .
(d) Remove the cartridge (101) from the supply manifold.
Note The cartridge is secured with thread locking adhesive. Carefully apply torque to the
cartridge.
(e) Make sure that the port of the cartridge in the supply manifold is clean and not damaged.
(f) Install a new cartridge (101) to the supply manifold. Apply thread locking adhesive to the
cartridge thread. Torque the cartridge with 25.8 to 28.5 Nm (228 to 252.2 lbs.in).
(g) Install the new solenoid coil (100) to the cartridge with the nut (102) . Apply thread locking
adhesive to the nut (102) . Torque the nut with with 5.4 to 6.8 Nm (47.8 to 60.2 lbs.in).
Note Make sure that the electrical connector has the correct position looking upward.
(h) Attach the electrical connector to the solenoid coil (100) .
(i) Do a retraction test, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test.
(j) Do an emergency-extension test, refer to Landing Gear Emergency Extension System

Operation Test.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Accu Dump Valve - Replace
Refer to Figure 13.
(a) Dump the emergency accumulator, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Servicing.
Leave the accu dump valve open.

PRESSURE. WORKING ON THE ACCU DUMP VALVE IS ONLY
WARNING REMOVING THE ACCU DUMP VALVE WITHOUT RELEASING

PRESSURE FROM THE EMERGENCY ACCUMULATORS CAUSES
HYDRAULIC FLUID SPLASHING. THIS CAN CAUSE HEAVY INJURY.
(b) Remove safety wire from accu dump valve (106) . Discard the safety wire.
(c) Remove the accu dump valve (106) carefully from the maintenance manifold assembly
(105) .
(d) Install a new O-ring on the new accu dump valve (106) .
(e) Apply a thin layer of assembly paste to the thread of the accu dump valve (106) and the
O-ring.
(f) Install the new accu dump valve (106) to the maintenance manifold assembly (105) .
Tighten the accu dump valve. Torque the accu dump valve to 25 Nm (221 lbs.in).
(g) Secure the accu dump valve (106) with safety wire to the thermal relief valve.
(h) Make sure that the accu dump valve (106) is closed.
(i) Fill the emergency accumulator with nitrogen, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing.
(j) Do a retraction test, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test.
(k) Do an emergency-extension test, refer to Landing Gear Emergency Extension System

Operation Test.
(7) Thermal Relief Valve - Replace
Refer to Figure 14.
Leave the accu dump valve open.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

PRESSURE. WORKING ON THE THERMAL RELIEF VALVE IS ONLY
WARNING REMOVING THE THERMAL RELIEF VALVE WITHOUT RELEASING

(b) Remove safety wire from thermal relief valve (107) . Discard the safety wire.
(c) Remove the thermal relief valve (107) carefully from the maintenance manifold assembly
(105) .
(d) Install a new O-ring on the new thermal relief valve.
(e) Apply a thin layer of assembly paste to the thread of the thermal relief valve (107) and the
O-ring.
(f) Install the new thermal relief valve (107) to the maintenance manifold assembly (105) .
Tighten the thermal relief valve. Torque the thermal relief valve to 12 Nm (106 lbs.in).
(g) Secure the thermal relief valve (107) with safety wire to the accu dump valve.
(h) Make sure that the accu dump valve is closed.
Servicing.

Operation Test.
(8) Nitrogen Filling Valve - Replace
Refer to Figure 15.
Leave the dump valve open.

PRESSURE. WORKING ON THE NITROGEN FILLING VALVE IS ONLY

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING REMOVING THE NITROGEN FILLING VALVE WITHOUT RELEASING

(b) Remove safety wire from nitrogen filling valve (108) . Discard the safety wire.
(c) Remove the nitrogen filling valve (108) carefully from the maintenance manifold assembly
(105) .
(d) Install a new O-ring on the new nitrogen filling valve (108) .
(e) Apply a thin layer of assembly paste to the thread of the nitrogen filling valve (108) and
the O-ring.
(f) Install the new nitrogen filling valve (108) to the maintenance manifold assembly (105) .
Tighten the nitrogen filling valve. Torque the nitrogen filling valve to 20 Nm (177 lbs.in).
(g) Secure the nitrogen filling valve (108) with safety wire.
(h) Make sure that the accu dump valve is closed.
Servicing.

Operation Test.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10 50
71
72 70
20
40
30
60A
Legend
(5) Hydraulic kit (50) Maintenance manifold

(10) Wiring loom 2VB (60A) Pressure switch
(20) HP filter (70) Manometer
(30) Filter element (71) Retaining nut
(40) Seal kit (72) O-ring and retaining ring
Figure 11 - Hydraulic Kit (Variant A and B)

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
101
100
102
Legend
(100) Solenoid coil (102) Nut

(101) Cartridge
Figure 12 - Hydraulic Kit - Solenoid Coil

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
106
105
Legend
(105) Maintenance manifold (106) Accu dump valve

assembly
Figure 13 - Hydraulic Kit - Accu Dump Valve

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
107
105
Legend
(105) Maintenance manifold (107) Thermal relief valve

assembly
Figure 14 - Hydraulic Kit - Thermal Relief Valve

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
108
105
Legend
(105) Maintenance manifold (108) Nitrogen filling valve

assembly
Figure 15 - Hydraulic Kit - Nitrogen Filling Valve

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-200A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

BLEED
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Fluid container ......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Hydraulic fluid ................................................................ MIL-H 5606E (or later) (Commercial) QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Bleeding Procedure
(1) Lift the aircraft with jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
(2) Remove the access panel for hydraulic kit for access, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(3) Make sure that the emergency accumulators are correctly charged with nitrogen, refer to Landing
(4) Remove the filler plug from the hydraulic fluid reservoir.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOU. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CAUSE
SKIN DISEASE. IT CAN DAMAGE CLOTHING.
CAUTION REMOVE SPILT HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM THE STRUCTURE

IMMEDIATELY. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO COMPOSITE
STRUCTURE.
(5) Fill the reservoir to the correct level, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Servicing Use
Hydraulic fluid only.
Note The Hydraulic pump may operate if the hydraulic accumulator pressure is low. The pump
should stop when the accumulator pressure is at least 1450 psi (100 bar) / 1650 psi
(114 bar).
(7) If the pump continues to run for more than 10 seconds:

- Fill the hydraulic reservoir to the usual level, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing.
- Do this step A.7 again until the low-pressure switch stops the pump.
(8) Retract the landing gear:

- Set the landing gear selector to UP.
(9) If the legs do not retract smoothly and fully, set the BATT switch to OFF.
(10) If the level of hydraulic reservoir is below the sight-glass, add fluid to the usual level, refer to
Landing Gear Hydraulic System Servicing.
(11) Set the landing gear selector to DOWN.
(13) If the legs do not extend smoothly and fully, set the BATT switch to OFF.
(14) Do step A.8 to step A.15 again until the landing gear locks up and down correctly.
Operate the landing gear extension and retraction approximately 10 times.
(16) Extend the landing gear with the emergency handle:

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Turn the emergency handle counter-clockwise as far as possible.

- Each up-lock must release.
- Each gear leg must extend at least part way.
(17) Set the emergency handle to the usual position:

- Turn the handle clockwise as far as possible.
- Make sure that each up-lock hook has gone to it’s usual position.
(20) If the pump continues to run for more than 10 seconds:

- Fill the hydraulic reservoir to the usual level, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing.
Do this item again until the low-pressure switch stops the pump.
(21) Fill the reservoir to the correct level, refer to Servicing Precautions for Defueling and Refueling
Use Hydraulic fluid only.
(23) Do step A.18 to step A.23 again until the landing gear locks down correctly.
(24) Set the emergency handle to the usual position:

- Turn the handle clockwise as far as possible.
- Make sure that each up-lock hook has gone to it’s usual position.
(25) Fill the reservoir with Hydraulic fluid to the correct level, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System
Servicing. Install the filler cap, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Servicing.
(26) Install the access panel for hydraulic kit after access, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(27) Lower the aircraft with the jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR EMERGENCY-EXTENSION CABLES

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjustment Procedure
Note Do not do an emergency-extension test unless you adjusted a cable.
(1) Pull the HYDR circuit-breaker.
(2) Make sure that the landing gear is locked down.
(3) Remove these items for access, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data:
- Left pilot’s seat

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Left side-panel for the center-console

- Left side-panel for the nose-gear compartment.
(4) Turn the emergency-extension handle clockwise as far as possible.
(5) Make sure that the emergency cables are correctly engaged on the guide pulleys below the
emergency-extension handle (below the center console cover).
(6) Examine the nose gear emergency-extension cable where it connects to the nose gear up-lock
link from inside the cockpit. The cable must be straight but not tight.
(7) Examine the main gear emergency-extension cables where they connect to the main gear up-lock
hooks from inside the main wheel compartment. The cables must be straight but not tight.
(8) Turn the emergency-extension handle one full turn counter-clockwise. Then turn the handle one
more full turn counter-clockwise.
Each up-lock hook must start to move between 1 and 2 full turns of the emergency-extension
handle.
(9) If an up-lock hook does not start to move correctly, adjust the cable again and do the full test again.
Note Adjust the cable to make it shorter.
(10) Turn the emergency-extension handle fully clockwise.
(11) If you adjusted a cable, do a landing gear emergency-extension test, refer to Landing Gear
Emergency Extension System Operation Test. Then do this test again.
Note If you did not adjust a cable, DO NOT do a landing gear emergency-extension test.
(12) Install these items after access, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General
Data:
- Left pilot’s seat.
- Left side-panel for the center-console.
- Left side-panel for the nose-gear compartment.
(13) Push the HYDR circuit-breaker.

1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR RETRACTION SYSTEM

OPERATION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Retraction Test
(3) Connect the external power supply to the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply Operation.

Make sure that the landing gear selector shows 3 green lights.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note The hydraulic pump may operate if the hydraulic accumulator pressure is low. The pump
should stop when the accumulator pressure is 2000 psi (138 bar).
WARNING DO NOT LET PERSONS NEAR THE LANDING GEAR WHEN YOU DO THE
RETRACTION TEST. THE LANDING GEAR CAN CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA UNDER THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR. IF THE
LANDING GEAR HITS AN OBJECT, THE LANDING GEAR CAN BE
DAMAGED.
(5) Retract the landing gear:

- Set the landing gear selector to UP.
- Monitor these things:
• The electric pump operates.
• The selector shows 3 red lights.
• The landing gear legs retract.
• The landing gear legs lock up.
• The selector shows no lights.
• The electric pump stops operating.
If landing gear does not retract correctly, you must find the reason before you do more tests.
(7) Examine the landing gear doors.

The doors must be level with the aircraft skin. If the doors are not level with the aircraft skin, adjust
the doors, refer to Main Landing Gear Door Adjust and/or Nose Landing Gear Door Adjust.

Make sure that the landing gear selector shows no lights.
(9) Extend the landing gear:

- Set the handle of the landing gear selector to DN.

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Monitor these things:

• The electric pump operates.
• The up-locks release on each leg.
• The selector shows 3 red lights.
• The landing gear legs extend.
• The landing gear legs lock down.
• The selector shows 3 green lights.
• The electric pump stops operating.
Note If landing gear does not extend correctly, you must find the reason before you do
more tests. Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General Fault
Description.
Note The Hydraulic pump may continue to operate after the gear locks down if the hydraulic
accumulator pressure is low. The pump should stop when the accumulator pressure is
2000 psi (138 bar).
(11) Disconnect the external power supply from the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply Operation.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the landing gear retraction system. Refer to Main Landing-Gear
General for trouble shooting the main gear legs. Refer to Nose Landing Gear General for trouble shooting the
nose gear leg. Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for trouble shooting the landing gear position
and warning system. And refer to the Wiring Manual for wiring data about the related electrical systems.
If you find a defect with a component in the hydraulic kit, replace the kit. Do kit repairs only in a properly equipped
hydraulic shop.
B. General System Problems

Hydraulic fluid leak. Sys- Loose connection. Tighten the connection to the correct torque.
tem requires more fre-
quent filling.
Component seal defective. Replace the component.
Flexible hose defective. Replace the flexible hose.
Hydraulic fluid leak adja- Reservoir g-sensitive vent Replace the reservoir.
cent to the reservoir vent valve not closing.
after inverted flight.
Reservoir relief valve sticking Replace the reservoir.
open.
Hydraulic fluid leak adja- Reservoir has too much fluid. Fill the reservoir to the correct level.
cent to the reservoir vent
after flight.
Landing gear does not Magnetic retraction-valve de- Replace the magnetic retraction-valve.
retract when selected. fective.
Hydraulic pump failure. Replace the hydraulic pump and motor assy.
Electrical control system de- Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning
fective. General.
The landing gear does Magnetic retraction-valve de- Replace the magnetic retraction-valve.
not extend when select- fective.
ed DOWN. All legs re-
main locked up.
Position lights do not
come on.
Hydraulic pump failure. Replace the hydraulic pump and motor assy.
Electrical control system de- Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning
fective. General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Normal system retracts Pump pressure relief valve Replace the hydraulic supply manifold.
or extends too quickly. sticking closed.
Landing gear retracts Hydraulic pump assy reduced Replace the hydraulic pump and motor assy.
and/or extends slowly. output.
High pressure filter blocked. Find and repair the cause of the blockage.
Clean or replace the filter.
Pump pressure relief valve Replace the hydraulic supply manifold.
sticking open.
Pump non-return valve stick- Replace the hydraulic supply manifold.
ing closed.
Magnetic retraction-valve Replace the magnetic retraction-valve.
sticking.
Hydraulic relay defective Replace the hydraulic relay.
(High resistance contacts).
C. Problems Affecting One Leg

One landing gear leg Related actuator defective. Replace the actuator.
does not unlock when
selected up. (Green light
stays on).
One leg retracts slowly Contamination in the related Replace the flow control manifold.
or not at all. restrictor of the flow control
manifold.
Defective shuttle valve. Replace the related actuator.
Defective actuator. Sticking or Replace the actuator.
internal leak across the pis-
ton.
One leg extends slowly Contamination in the related Replace the flow control manifold.
or not at all. restrictor of the flow control
manifold.
Defective shuttle valve stick- Replace the related actuator.
ing in the emergency position.
Defective actuator. Sticking or Replace the actuator.
internal leak across the pis-
ton.
One leg extends too Related pilot check-valve Replace the flow control manifold.
quickly. sticking open in the flow con-
trol manifold.
One restrictor seal failure in Replace the flow control manifold.
the flow control manifold.
(Less restriction).

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

One leg does not lock Related actuator not correctly Adjust the actuator. Extend the actuator eye-
down correctly. adjusted. end.
(The related red light See also Landing Gear Position and Warning
stays on). General.
The red unlocked light Down-lock limit-switch out of Adjust the down-lock limit-switch. Refer to
stays on for one leg but adjustment. Landing Gear Position and Warning General.
the leg appears to lock
down.
Down-lock limit-switch defec- Replace the down-lock limit-switch. Refer to
tive. Landing Gear Position and Warning General.
One leg does not lock up Up-lock limit-switch out of ad- Adjust the up-lock limit-switch. Refer to Land-
correctly. justment. ing Gear Position and Warning General.
(The related red light
stays on).
Up-lock pin damaged. Clean and lubricate the up-lock pin. Replace
damaged components.
Related actuator not correctly Adjust the actuator. Adjust the actuator eye-
adjusted. end to reduce the length.
See also Landing Gear Position and Warning
General.
Gear leg damaged or distort- Do a hard landing check. Refer to Conditional
ed. Inspections General Data.
If necessary, replace the damaged leg.
One or more legs unlock Related up-lock limit-switch Adjust the switch.
during flight when not out of adjustment.
selected.
The emergency charging Replace the hydraulic supply manifold.
NRV is leaking into the pump
outlet and usual extension
lines.
D. Emergency System Problems

Slightly slow emergency Reservoir g-sensitive vent Replace the reservoir.
extension. valve stuck closed.
Slow emergency exten- Related pilot check-valve Replace the flow control manifold.
sion of one leg. sticking closed in the flow con-
trol manifold.
Return poppet valve in emer- Replace the emergency-extension valve.
gency-extension valve sticks
open (or seal failed).
No emergency exten- Shuttle valve stuck in normal Replace the actuator.
sion of one leg. position.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Emergency accumulator Pump pressure relief-valve Replace the hydraulic supply manifold.
nitrogen pressure too sticking closed.
high when full of oil, but
the pressure is correct
when the oil is released.
Emergency accumula- Emergency accumulator re- Replace the hydraulic supply manifold.
tors do not charge with strictor blocked.
fluid or slow to charge.
Emergency accumulator NRV Replace the hydraulic supply manifold.
sticks closed.
Emergency accumulator Emergency accumulator re- Replace the hydraulic supply manifold.
charges too quickly/vio- strictor seal failure letting fluid
lently. bypass the restrictor.
Low nitrogen pressure Internal nitrogen leak. Replace the defective emergency accumula-
when the accumulators tor.
are discharged. Aerated
hydraulic oil and possi-
ble venting.
Emergency accumula- Accumulator dump valve de- Replace the hydraulic service manifold.
tors do not discharge fective.
when the dump valve is
opened.
Emergency accumulator Accumulator piston sticking. Replace the defective emergency accumula-
nitrogen pressure incor- tor.
rect when the accumula-
tor is discharged.
Nitrogen pressure gauge de- Replace the nitrogen pressure gauge.
fective.
Nitrogen charging valve leak- Replace the charging valve.
ing.
Emergency accumulator Charging valve blocked. Replace the charging valve.
will not charge with nitro-
gen.
With fully charged accu- Restrictor in emergency se- Replace the emergency selector valve.
mulators, the emergen- lector valve blocked.
cy system does not op-
erate when selected, or
operates very slowly.
Emergency poppet valve in Replace the emergency selector valve.
emergency selector valve
stuck closed.
Return poppet valve in emer- Replace the emergency selector valve.
gency selector valve stuck
open or seal failed.

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Emergency accumulator Accumulator piston seal fail- Replace the defective accumulator.
nitrogen pressure low ure.
when the accumulators
are discharged.
Nitrogen pressure gauge de- Replace the nitrogen pressure gauge.
fective.
Nitrogen charging valve leak- Replace the charging valve.
ing.
Gear does not retract (or Return poppet valve in emer- Replace the emergency selector valve.
retracts slowly) when gency selector valve stuck
selected after re-setting closed.
the emergency selector
valve.
Hydraulic pump does Low-pressure switch perma- Replace the low-pressure switch.
not operate with gear nently open circuit.
down and low emergen-
cy pressure.
Hydraulic pump runs Low-pressure switch perma- Replace the low-pressure switch.
when the emergency nently closed circuit.
system pressure is not
low.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
E. Contamination Problems

Metal particles in the HP Too much wear in the hy- Replace the hydraulic pump and motor assy.
filter. draulic pump.
Clean the HP filter
Flush the system between the pump and the
filter.
Frequent component System contamination. Do a test for contamination on a sample of flu-
failures or high rates of id from the system.
wear on moving sur-
faces and related seals.
HP filter damaged. Remove the HP filter. If it is not damaged,
clean the filter element.
If you find contamination:
- Remove all system components.
- Flush the system pipes and hoses to re-
move all contaminant.
- Install new or known serviceable com-
ponents.
- Fill, bleed and test the system.
Do a test for contamination on a sample of flu-

id from the system before releasing the aircraft
for flight.

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
HYDRAULIC KIT
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Hydraulic Kit

- Installation of the Hydraulic Kit

None
Extend the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test

None
E. Materials
Hydraulic fluid ....................................................................................... MIL-H-5606E (or later) QTY AR
F. New Items
None


WORKING ON THE NITROGEN SYSTEM IS ONLY ALLOWED WITH COMPLETELY
EMPTY EMERGENCY ACCUMULATOR. HIGH PRESSURE CAN CAUSE HEAVY
INJURY.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUSE HYDRAULIC FAILURE.
CAUTION USE THE CORRECT SPECIFICATION FOR HYDRAULIC FLUID.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Hydraulic Kit
(2) Remove the LH access panel at the baggage compartment rear frame, refer to Cockpit Panels
Remove and Install.
(3) Disconnect the electrical cables at the hydraulic kit either by variant A or B.
Refer to Figure 16.
(a) Variant A (3 single electrical connectors)
- Disconnect the electrical cables (92) at the motor.

- Disconnect the pressure-switch electrical connector (98) .
- Disconnect the retraction-valve electrical connector (99) .
- Open and remove the clamps of the electrical cables on the hydraulic kit.
(b) Variant B (1 electrical plug connector)
Refer to Figure 17.
- Disconnect the electrical plug connector (2VE-A) (12) .
(4) Release the pressure of the nitrogen from the emergency accumulator as follows:
(a) Turn the handle (38) on the service manifold counter clockwise to open the accumulator
dump valve.
(b) Monitor the nitrogen pressure gauge (40) .
(c) When the pressure stabilizes, release the nitrogen pressure as follows:

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1. Remove the cap from the charging valve (39) .
2. Slowly open the charging valve (39) .
3. Let the nitrogen pressure decrease slowly to atmospheric pressure.
(5) In step A.6 to step A.11, use a container to catch the hydraulic fluid. Put caps on the open
connections.
(6) Disconnect the emergency pressure (93) and return hoses (94) from the front of the service
manifold.
(7) Close the charging valve (39) and install the cap.
(8) Turn the handle (38) on the service manifold clockwise to close the accumulator dump valve.
(9) Disconnect the emergency pressure hose (95) , marked ER, from the bottom of the flow control
manifold.
(10) Disconnect the 3 outlet hoses (96) , marked BM, BN and BM, from the side of the flow control
manifold.
(11) Disconnect the return hose (97) from the top of the return manifold.
(12) Remove the bolts (91) and the washers from the hydraulic kit.
(13) Remove the hydraulic kit carefully from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Hydraulic Kit

(1) Put the hydraulic kit in position in the aircraft adjacent to the hydraulic compartment access panel.
(2) Install the bolts (91) and the washers to the hydraulic kit. Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts
and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(3) Connect the return hose (97) to the top of the return manifold. Torque the nut, refer to Standard
Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(4) Connect the 3 outlet hoses (96) , marked BM, BN and BM, to the side of the flow control manifold.
Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(5) Connect the emergency pressure hose (95) , marked ER, to the bottom of the flow control
manifold. Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(6) Connect the emergency pressure (93) and return hoses (94) to the front of the service manifold.
Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(7) Connect the electrical cables to the hydraulic kit either by variant A or B.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Variant A (3 single electrical connectors)
- Connect the electrical cables (92) to the motor.

- Connect the pressure-switch electrical connector (98) .
- Connect the retraction-valve electrical connector (99) .
- Install the clamps at the correct positions. Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts
and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(b) Variant B (1 electrical plug connector)
- Connect the electrical plug connector (2VE-A) (12) .
(9) Fill the hydraulic kit with hydraulic fluid, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Servicing.
(10) Fill the emergency accumulator with nitrogen, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Servicing.
(11) Bleed the hydraulic system, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Bleed.
(13) Do an emergency-extension test, refer to Landing Gear Emergency Extension System Operation
Test.
(14) Install the LH access panel to the baggage compartment rear frame, refer to Cockpit Panels
Remove and Install.

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
97
Wiring loom (not visible)
to the aircraft 99
90
92
39 38
A
A 94
40
93
41
98
11
91
95
96
FW
D
Legend
(11) Hydraulic reservoir (93) Emergency pressure

hoses, service manifold
(38) Emergency accumulator (94) Emergency return
dump-valve hoses, service manifold
(39) Nitrogen charging valve (95) Emergency pressure
hose, flow control
manifold
(40) Accumulator pressure (96) Three outlet hoses, flow
gauge control manifold
Figure 16 - Hydraulic Kit (Variant A)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(41) Pressure switch (97) Return hose, return

manifold
(90) Vent hose (98) Electrical connector for
the pressure switch
(91) Attaching bolts (99) Electrical connector for
the retraction valve
(92) Electrical cable
connections at the motor
Figure 16 - Hydraulic Kit (Variant A)

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12 97
90
39 38
94
40
93
41
11
91
95
96
FW
D
Legend
(11) Hydraulic reservoir (91) Attaching bolts

(12) Plug connector (93) Emergency pressure
hoses, service manifold
Figure 17 - Hydraulic Kit (Variant B)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(38) Emergency accumulator (94) Emergency return

dump-valve hoses, service manifold
(39) Nitrogen charging valve (95) Emergency pressure
hose, flow control
manifold
(40) Accumulator pressure (96) Three outlet hoses, flow
gauge control manifold
(41) Pressure switch (97) Return hose, return
manifold
(90) Vent hose
Figure 17 - Hydraulic Kit (Variant B)

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN AND NOSE GEAR UP-LOCK

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Test/Adjust the Main and Nose Gear Up-lock
(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks, Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
(2) Disconnect the MLG and NLG doors and secure the rods in open position, refer to Main Gear
Doors Remove and Install (MLG), Nose Landing Gear Door Remove and Install (NLG).
(3) Set BATT switch to ON.
(4) Set the landing gear selector to UP, to retract the landing gear.
(5) Check the correct up-lock tolerances:

- NLG gap between roller and up-lock hook must be between 1.5 mm and 2.0 mm.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-06A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- MLG gap between roller and up-lock hook must be between 0 mm and 2.0 mm.
(6) If up-lock is not in tolerance:

- Set landing gear selector to DOWN.
- Adjust the up-lock cylinder rod length.
Do step A.4 to step A.6 again until the gap between roller and up-lock hook are within tolerances.
(7) Do a landing gear emergency extension operation test, refer to Landing Gear Emergency
Extension System Operation Test.
(8) Set landing gear selector to DOWN, to extend the landing gear.
(9) Set BATT switch to OFF.
(10) Connect the MLG and NLG doors, refer to Main Gear Doors Remove and Install, Nose Landing
Gear Door Remove and Install.

09 March 2017 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-00-06A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES
GENERAL
A. General
These maintenance practices tell you how to maintain the landing gear retraction system. They tell you how to
remove and install components. They tell you how to test and adjust the landing gear system.
Refer to Main Landing-Gear General for the data about the main gear legs and the main gear down-lock. Refer
to Nose Landing Gear General for the data about the nose gear leg. and the nose gear down-lock.
Refer to Landing Gear Position and Warning General for data about landing gear position and warning. And refer
to the Wiring Manual for wiring data for the related electrical systems.
WARNING: DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOU. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE
AND DAMAGE CLOTHING.
CAUTION CLEAN OFF SPILT HYDRAULIC FLUID IMMEDIATELY. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN DAMAGE THE
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. AND IT CAN REMOVE PAINT FROM COMPONENTS.
Note Put a cap on open connections to prevent contamination.
Note Put a container under a connection before you release it to collect the hydraulic fluid.
Note If you open a hydraulic system connection, you must bleed the hydraulic system.

1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description – Emergency-Extension System

Figure 18 shows the component locations for the up-lock emergency release system.
Where appropriate, they use the same item numbers as the schematic diagram in Figure 19.
The pilot can use the emergency-extension system when there is a problem with the usual extension system. It
cannot be used to retract the landing gear.
(1) Emergency-Extension Mechanical-System
The emergency-extension mechanical-system has these components:

- Up-lock release system. The emergency handle in the cockpit (7) turns a threaded rod
(50) . A threaded bush (51) holds the rod. The threaded rod has a carrier (52) at the bottom.
- Three cables (47) attach to the carrier. The cables release the up-lock hooks (46) . Two cables
attach to the up-lock hooks for the main gear. One cable connects to a lever assembly for the
up-lock hook for the nose gear.
- A pin attached to the carrier (53) operates a lever on the emergency-extension valve (36) .
The pin operates the emergency-extension valve after the up-lock hooks release.
- Large springs. A large spring (54) connects the top of each main gear leg to an extension arm
of the folding strut. The spring helps each leg to lock down.
(2) Emergency-Extension Hydraulic System
The aircraft has a separate emergency hydraulic system.

Figure 19 shows the emergency hydraulic schematic diagram.
The hydraulic supply manifold has some components of the emergency system. The output from the
hydraulic pump can flow through a small filter (26) , an accumulator non-return-valve (27) and a restrictor
(28) . The pump fills two emergency accumulators (33) with hydraulic fluid. The accumulator NRV (27)
traps pressure in the accumulators when the pump is not operating.
Each retraction actuator has a shuttle-valve (44) . The outlet of the shuttle-valve connects to the extension
side of the actuator. The shuttle-valve has two inlets. The usual extension system connects to one inlet.
And the emergency-extension system connects to the other inlet.
When there is no hydraulic pressure in the emergency system, a spring moves the shuttle-valve to connect
the usual extension line to the actuator. If there is hydraulic pressure in the emergency system, the shuttle-
valve moves to close the usual extension inlet.
The emergency-extension valve (35) has two poppet valves. It has an input pipe from the emergency
accumulator. It also has output pipes to the landing gear actuators and the reservoir. The final movement
of the up-lock release system operates the emergency-extension valve (after the up-locks have been
released).
When the emergency-extension valve is in the usual position, one poppet valve closes the inlet pipe from
the accumulator. The other poppet valve opens to connect the emergency side of each shuttle valve to the
reservoir. This makes sure that hydraulic fluid in the emergency side of the shuttle valve can return to the
reservoir.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
When the emergency-extension valve moves to the emergency position, the return poppet valve closes the
connection to the reservoir. Then the emergency poppet valve opens. It connects the emergency
accumulator pressure to each shuttle valve.
A restrictor (35) in the inlet to the emergency poppet valve controls the rate of flow to the emergency
system. The restrictor prevents violent operation.

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51 36
53
46 45
47
50
52
44
43
47
54
44
45
46
D
FW
43
Figure 18 - Emergency-Extension Component Locations

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(7) Emergency handle (47) Release cables

(36) Emergency extension (50) Threaded rod
valve
(43) Gear-leg actuators (51) Threaded bush
(44) Shuttle-valve (Part of the (52) Carrier
actuator)
(45) Up-lock actuator (53) Operating pin for the
emergency selector
valve
(46) Up-lock hooks (54) Large spring
Figure 18 - Emergency-Extension Component Locations

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-040A-A
43
Issue: 2 Rev. 007

Emergency Charging
B
Emergency Extension Return AE A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
44
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-040A-A
42 47

A
R R
43
45
BM
B
29 30 AE A
44
29
B BN 45
R B 30
25 29 47
BM 46
30
26 27 28
EA 32
ER
31
23 24 9
E
43
32-30
41
22
B
AE A
21 44
40 EA EA
EA EA 45
8
39 33 33

38 37
10 N2 N2 47
ER ER N2 46
20 N2 N2
14
16
18 M 19 34
15 35
17
36
11
12
ER E
13
27 July 2018
Page: 77
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(8) Supply manifold (28) Restrictor

(9) Flow control manifold (29) One-way restrictor
(10) Service manifold (30) Pilot non-return-valve
(11) Reservoir (31) Filter
(12) Sight glass (32) Restrictor
(13) Drain plug (33) Emergency
accumulators
(14) Vent filter (34) Filter
(15) Gravity-sensitive air vent (35) Restrictor
(16) Pressure relief-valve (36) Emergency-extension
valve
(17) Filler cap (37) Thermal relief-valve
(18) Hydraulic pump (38) Manual dump-valve
(19) Electric motor (39) Charging valve
(20) High-pressure filter (40) Pressure gauge
(21) Pump pressure relief- (41) Pressure switch
valve
(22) Pump non-return-valve (42) Return manifold NRV
(23) Test connection (43) Retraction actuators
(24) Thermal relief-valve (44) Shuttle valves
(25) Magnetic retraction- (45) Up-lock actuator
valve
(26) Filter (46) Up-lock hook
(27) Accumulator non-return- (47) Up-lock emergency-
valve release cable

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

OPERATION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Emergency-Extension Test
Refer to Figure 20.
(3) Connect an external power supply to the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
(4) Set the switch BUS TIE to ON.

1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Make sure that the landing gear selector shows 3 green lights.
Note The Hydraulic pump may operate if the hydraulic accumulator pressure is low. The pump
should stop when the accumulator pressure is 2000 psi (138 bar).
EMERGENCY-EXTENSION TEST. THE LANDING GEAR CAN CAUSE
INJURY.
DAMAGED.
(6) Set the handle of the landing gear selector to UP to retract the landing gear.
If landing gear does not retract correctly, you must find the reason before you do more tests. Refer
to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General Fault Description.
(7) When:
- All three legs lock up.
- The pump stops running.
Read the pressure on the accumulator pressure gauge (40) .

- If the pressure is low:
• Extend and retract the landing gear.
• Read the accumulator pressure again.
The pressure must be 2000 psi (138 bar).

If the accumulator pressure stays too low, find the problem before you continue.
(8) Pull the HYDR circuit-breaker on the right instrument panel.
(9) Set the landing gear selector to DOWN.
(10) Extend the landing gear with the emergency handle:

- Turn the emergency handle counter-clockwise as far as possible.
- Each up-lock must release.
- Each leg must extend and lock down.
If landing gear does not extend correctly, you must find the reason before you do more tests. Refer
to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General Fault Description
(11) Make sure that the landing gear selector shows 3 green lights.

1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(12) Turn the emergency handle clockwise to its stop.
(13) Push the HYDR circuit-breaker on the right instrument panel, confirm pump starts operating to
recharge the accumulators with hydraulic pressure.
Make sure that the accumulator is filled with a pressure of approximately of 2000 psi (138 bar).
Note The pressure pump must stop at a pressure of approximately 2000 psi (138 bar).
(15) Disconnect the external power supply from the aircraft, refer to External Power Supply Operation.

1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
25 39 10 38 42
40
8
19 41
18 11
20
9
33
1a
FW
D
Legend
(1a) Mounting frame (25) Magnetic retraction-

valve

1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(8) Hydraulic supply (33) Emergency

manifold accumulators
(9) Flow-control manifold (38) Accumulator manual
dump valve
(10) Service manifold (39) Accumulator charging
valve
(11) Hydraulic reservoir (40) Accumulator pressure
gauge
(18) Electric Motor (41) Pressure switch
(19) Hydraulic pump (42) Return manifold non-
return-valve
(20) High pressure filter

1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN LANDING-GEAR HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Main Gear Actuator

- Installation of the Main Gear Actuator

None

Hydraulic pressure rig with a hand-pump ................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Hydraulic fluid ....................................................................................... MIL-H 5606E (or later) QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Main Gear Actuator

Refer to Figure 21.
(1) Lift the aircraft with jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing
(2) Disconnect the flexible hoses (100) , (101) and (102) from the main gear retraction actuator
and catch the hydraulic fluid.
(3) Put caps on the open connections.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the nut, 3 washers and bolt (103) holding the eye-end of the ram to the side-stay.
Note Mark the position of the washers.
(5) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (104) holding the actuator body to the fuselage bracket.
(6) Remove the actuator (45) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Main Gear Actuator
(1) Put the main gear actuator (45) in position at the aircraft.
(2) Install the bolt, washer and nut (104) which attach the actuator body to the fuselage bracket.
(3) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M10.
(4) Adjust the actuator length as follow:
(a) Make sure that the gear leg is down and locked.
(b) Loosen the lock-nut (105) on the actuator eye-end.
(c) Use a Hydraulic pressure rig with a hand-pump and apply pressure to fully extend the
actuator.
(d) Align the actuator eye-end hole with the side-stay.
(e) Extend the rod eye-end 1 more turn.
(f) Tighten the eye-end lock-nut (105) .
(g) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure Table 4.
(5) Install the bolt (103) which attaches the eye-end of the ram to the side-stay.
(7) Connect the flexible hoses (100) , (101) and (102) to the actuator.
(8) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, Table 4.
(9) Fill the hydraulic reservoir with Hydraulic fluid, refer to Hydraulic Kit Servicing.
(12) If necessary, adjust the actuator, refer to step B.4.

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
104 Emergency
101 Retraction
104 102
Usual
100 105
Extension
103
45
103 5
D
FW
Figure 21 - Main-Gear Hydraulic-Actuator Installation

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(45) Main retraction actuator (103) Bolt washers and nut for
the eye-end
(100) Extension hydraulic (104) Bolt, washer and nut
hose connection attaching the body
(101) Emergency-extension (105) Lock nut for the eye-end
hydraulic hose
connection
(102) Retraction hydraulic
hose connection
Figure 21 - Main-Gear Hydraulic-Actuator Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
UP-LOCK ACTUATOR FOR THE MAIN LANDING-GEAR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Up-Lock Actuator for the Main Gear

- Installation of the Up-Lock Actuator for the Main Gear

None

None
E. Materials
Hydraulic fluid ...................................................................................................... MIL-H 5606E QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Up-Lock Actuator for the Main Gear

Refer to Figure 22.
(2) Disconnect the flexible hose (110) from the up-lock actuator and catch the hydraulic fluid.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the cotter-pin, washer and pin (111) that attach the eye-end to the up-lock hook.
(5) Remove the nut, 4 washers and bolt (112) that attach the actuator body to the wing bracket.
(6) Remove the actuator from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Up-Lock Actuator for the Main Gear

Refer to Figure 22.
(1) Put the up-lock actuator in position in the aircraft.
(2) Install the bolt, 4 washers and nut (112) which attach the actuator body to the wing bracket.
(4) Disconnect the main gear door, refer to Main Gear Doors Remove and Install.
(5) Install the pin (111) which attach the eye-end to the up-lock hook.
(6) Retract the landing gear by hand.
(7) Make sure that the up-lock hook is fully engaged on the main gear leg. If necessary adjust the
actuator length, refer to step B.9.
(8) Extend the landing gear by hand.
(9) Adjust the actuator length as follows:
(a) Remove the pin (111) which attaches the eye-end to the up-lock hook.
(b) Loosen the lock-nut on the eye-end.
(c) Adjust the eye-end to align with the hole in the up-lock hook.
(d) Turn the eye end in two further turns.
Note Turn the eye-end CW to shorten the actuator length, turn it CCW to lengthen it.
(e) Tighten the lock-nut.
(f) Install the pin (111) which attach the eye-end to the up-lock hook.
(10) Connect the flexible hose (110) to the actuator.
(11) Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure, Table 4.
(12) Retract and extend the landing gear by hand. Make sure that the up-lock hook is fully engaged on
the main gear leg. If necessary adjust the actuator length, refer to step B.9.

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(13) Install the washer and cotter-pin (111) which attach the eye-end to the up-lock hook. Bend the
cotter pin.
(16) Connect the main gear door, refer to Main Gear Doors Remove and Install.
Test.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
112 112
111
112
110
111 D
FW
Figure 22 - Main Gear Up-Lock Actuator Installation

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(110) Up-lock hydraulic pipe (112) Bolt, washer and nut

connection attaching the actuator
body
(111) Pin, washer and cotter-
pin for the eye-end
Figure 22 - Main Gear Up-Lock Actuator Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RETRACTION ACTUATOR FOR THE NOSE GEAR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Retraction Actuator for the Nose Gear

- Installation of the Retraction Actuator for the Nose Gear

None

Hydraulic pressure rig with a hand-pump ................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Retraction Actuator for the Nose Gear

Refer to Figure 23.
(2) Disconnect the three flexible hoses (120) , (121) and (122) from the nose gear retraction actuator
and catch the hydraulic fluid.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the cotter-pin, washer and pin (123) holding the link to the top of the slotted end fitting.
(5) Remove the bush (126) , the cotter-pin (124) and the bolt (125) holding the end fitting of the
actuator to the folding stay.
(6) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (127) that attach the actuator body to the fuselage bracket.
B. Installation of the Retraction Actuator for the Nose Gear

Refer to Figure 23.
(1) Put the nose gear actuator in position in the aircraft.
(2) Install the bolt, washer and nut (127) which attaches the actuator body to the fuselage bracket.
(4) Make sure, that the gear is down and locked.
(a) Loosen the lock-nut (128) on the eye-end.
(b) Use a Hydraulic pressure rig with a hand-pump and apply pressure to fully extend the
actuator.
(c) Align with the bush (126) and the bolt (125) the rear of the slot in the actuator eye-end
with the bolt-hole in the folding-stay.
(d) Remove the bush (126) and the bolt (125) from the bolt-hole in the folding-stay.
(e) Extend the actuator eye-end 1 more turn.
(f) Tighten the lock-nut (128) on the eye end.
(g) Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure, Table 4.
(6) Install the bush (126) , bolt (125) and cotter-pin (124) that attach the end fitting of the actuator
to the folding stay.
(8) Install the pin, washer and cotter-pin (123) that attach the link to the top of the slotted end fitting.
(9) Connect the three flexible hoses (120) , (121) and (122) to the actuator.

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Test.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
127
Emergency
127
Usual
122 Extension
120
121
Retraction
128
126
123
124
125
D
FW
123
Figure 23 - Nose Gear Retraction-Actuator Installation

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(120) Extension hydraulic (125) Hydraulic-actuator

hose connection attaching-bolt
(121) Retraction hydraulic (126) Bush
hose connection
(122) Emergency-extension (127) Bolt, washer and nut
hydraulic hose attaching the actuator to
connection the fuselage
(123) Pin, washer and cotter- (128) Lock-nut for the actuator
pin attaching down-lock end-fitting
link
(124) Cotter pin for the
actuator attaching-bolt
Figure 23 - Nose Gear Retraction-Actuator Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
UP-LOCK ACTUATOR FOR THE NOSE LANDING GEAR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Up-Lock Actuator for the Nose Gear

- Installation of the Up-Lock Actuator for the Nose Gear

None

None
E. Materials
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Up-Lock Actuator for the Nose Gear

Refer to Figure 24.
(2) Make sure that the nose landing gear is fully extended.
(3) Release the cotter-pin, washer and pin (130) holding the end fitting of the ram to the up-lock hook
in the nose-wheel compartment.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the side panels for the nose gear compartment in the cockpit, refer to Cockpit Panels
Remove and Install.
(5) Disconnect the flexible hose (131) from the nose gear up-lock actuator and catch the hydraulic
fluid.
(7) Release the nut, washer, 2 spacers and bolt (132) attaching the actuator body to the nose gear
compartment.
B. Installation of the Up-Lock Actuator for the Nose Gear

Refer to Figure 24.
(1) Put the up-lock actuator in position in the aircraft.
(2) Install the bolt (132) , 2 spacers, washer and nut that attach the actuator body to the nose gear
compartment in the cockpit.
(4) Disconnect the nose gear doors, refer to Nose Landing Gear Door Remove and Install.
(5) Install the pin (130) that attaches the end fitting of the ram to the up-lock hook in the nose-wheel
compartment.
(6) Retract the nose landing gear by hand. Make sure that the up-lock hook is fully engaged on the
nose gear leg. If necessary adjust the actuator length, refer to step B.8.
(7) Extent the nose landing gear by hand.
(a) Remove the pin (130) from the up-lock hook.
(b) Loosen the lock-nut on the eye-end.
(c) Adjust the eye-end to align with the hole in the up-lock hook.
Note Turn the eye-end CW to shorten the actuator length, turn it CCW to lengthen it.
(d) Turn the eye-end in two further turns.
(e) Tighten the lock-nut.
(9) Connect the flexible hose (131) to the actuator.

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(11) Install the pin, washer and cotter-pin (130) that attach the end fitting of the ram to the up-lock
hook in the nose-wheel compartment.
(14) Connect the nose gear doors, refer to Nose Landing Gear Door Remove and Install.
Test.
(17) Install the side panels for the nose gear compartment, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
132
131 132
130
130
D
FW
Figure 24 - Nose Gear Up-Lock Actuator Installation

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(130) Pin attaching the end (132) Bolt attaching the

fitting to the hook actuator body
(131) Flexible hydraulic hose
Figure 24 - Nose Gear Up-Lock Actuator Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-30-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-30-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32-40
WHEELS AND BRAKES

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00C-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00C-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WHEELS AND BRAKES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
The Grob G 120TP-A has 2 main wheels and 1 nose wheel.
The main wheels includes one wheel brake on each wheel.
There are two different types of wheel brakes available:
- Parker Brake System, refer to Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General
- Beringer Brake System, refer to Wheels and Brakes for Beringer brake system General.
The aircraft is equipped either with Parker Brake System or with Beringer Brake System (OPTION 57).

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00C-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00C-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WHEELS AND BRAKES FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

GENERAL
A. General
The Grob G 120TP-A has 2 main wheels and 1 nose wheel. All of the wheels have split hubs and tyres with inner
tubes, when the Parker brake system is used. The main wheels are standard Cleveland components. GROB
make the nose wheel.
The main wheels have brake disks and a Cleveland brake calliper. Toe-brake pedals operate hydraulic cylinders.
Hydraulic pipes connect the cylinders to the brake callipers. A parking valve locks the brakes ON.
Each main wheel has an independent brake system. The left pedal of each rudder pedal assembly operates the
left wheel brake. And the right pedal operates the right wheel brake.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description - Main Wheels

Figure 1 shows the main wheel.
The main wheel hub has 2 halves (1) . Each half of the hub is light alloy. Three bolts (2) hold the 2 halves of
the hub together. The bolts also hold a brake disk (3) to the wheel.
Each half of the hub has a roller bearing assembly (4) . The bearing has 2 grease seals (5) . It has a felt sealing
ring (6) . A snap ring (7) holds each bearing assembly in place.
Each main wheel has a GOODYEAR 15x6.0-6 tyre (9) with a inner tube (8) . A red slip mark is painted on the
tyre. And a red slip mark aligns with it on the wheel.
B. Description - Nose Wheel

Figure 2 shows the nose wheel.
The nose wheel has a split hub (21) . Each half of the hub is aluminum alloy. Six allen bolts (22) hold the 2
parts of the hub together. Each part of the hub has a sealed bearing (23) . A spacer (24) holds the 2 bearings
apart.
The nose wheel has a GOODYEAR 5.00-5 tyre (25) and a inner tube (26) .

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
6
7
1
5
4
6
9 3
8
4
2
5
Legend
(1) Split hubs (6) Felt seal

(2) Hub bolts (7) Snap ring
(3) Brake disk (8) Inner tube
(4) Bearing assembly (9) Tyre
(5) Grease seals
Figure 1 - Main Wheel

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
22
26
25
23
24
21
21 23
Figure 2 - Nose Wheel

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(21) Split hub (24) Spacer

(22) Hub bolt (25) Tyre
(23) Sealed bearing (26) Inner tube
Figure 2 - Nose Wheel

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This table contains the trouble-shooting procedures for the wheels and for the brakes. If you find any trouble
given in column 1, do the repair given in column 3.

Worn wheel bearings or Wheel bearings defective. Replace the wheel bearings.
corrosion on it.
Brake disks damaged. Too much hard braking. Replace the brake disks.
Note Disks must be changed by pair on both

left and right side of the aircraft at the
same time.
Note Brake pads must be changed after

disc change.
Heavy landing. Do a heavy landing check, refer to Hard Land-

ing Check Special Irregular Inspection.
Replace brake disks, refer to Brake Unit for
Parker brake system Remove and Install.

same time.

disc change.
Brakes do not operate. No brake fluid. Examine the brake system. Look specially for
leaks. Repair/replace defective components.
Fill the reservoir with brake fluid.
Air trapped in brake system. Bleed the brake system, refer to Wheel Brake
System for Parker brake system Bleed.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 20 June 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Master-cylinder defective. Examine the brake system. Look specially for
leaks. Operate the brakes from both pilots
seats.
If one operates correctly, then repair/replace
the master-cylinder on the other, refer to
Brake System Components for Parker brake
system (Master-cylinder) Remove and Install.
Brake calliper defective. Examine the brake calliper.
Look specially for leaks.
Look for a piston that can not move. Repair/
replace the calliper.
Too much brake lining wear. Replace the brake linings, refer to Brake Unit
for Parker brake system Remove and Install.
Brake pipe connectors leak- Examine the brake system. Look specially for
ing. leaks. Tighten/replace leaking connectors.
Brake pads worn. Replace the brake pads, refer to Brake Unit for
Parker brake system Remove and Install.
Main wheel disc clips Disc clips worn. Replace disc clips.
defective.
If found worn, all key disc must be replaced.
Note All screws of the assembly must be

changed at the same time. It is not al-
lowed to change only few of them.
Wheel assembly bolts Bolts worn. Replace the bolts.

defective or corroded.
Note All bolts of the assembly must be
lowed to change only a few of them.

20 June 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BRAKES FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 3 shows the brake system.
The reservoir (31) contains a supply of brake fluid. The reservoir is located at the top, center of the firewall in
the engine compartment. A short rigid pipe goes through the firewall. Two flexible hoses connect to the brake
cylinders (32) on the right rudder-pedal-assembly (33) .
Flexible hoses connect the outlets of the cylinders (32) to the inlets of the cylinders (34) on the left rudder-
pedal-assembly (35) . Two flexible hoses connect the outlets of these cylinders to the parking brake-valve (36) .
The parking valve is attached to the aft face of the firewall. A flexible cable connects the parking brake-valve
lever (37) to a brake control lever in the cockpit.
Rigid pipes connect the parking brake-valve to unions under the luggage compartment floor. Flexible hoses
connect the unions to the brake calliper units (38) on each main gear leg.
The brake callipers are standard Cleveland components. A piston in the calliper pushes a friction lining against
the inside of the brake disk (39) . A back plate attached to the calliper pulls a friction lining against the outer face
of the brake disk. The calliper can move on 2 anchor bolts.
Each main wheel has a brake disk. The brake disk turns between the friction linings.
B. Operation
If you press on the toe brake of a rudder pedal, the fluid in its master-cylinder is pushed along the outlet hose.
The fluid at the brake unit pushes the piston. The piston pushes the friction lining against the brake disk. The
calliper moves in the opposite direction to the piston and pulls the other friction lining against the disk.
If you release the pressure on the brake pedal, the fluid can return to the pedal cylinder and the brake unit
releases the brake disk.
The right pedal of each rudder-pedal-assembly operates the right wheel brake unit and the left pedal operates
the left wheel brake unit.
If you push on both of the brake pedals, then both wheel brakes operate. If you set the parking brake lever to
ON now, the fluid is trapped in the brake units and the brakes stay ON. Move the parking brake lever to OFF to
release the brakes.

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31
33
35
32
34
37
36
38 38
39 39
Figure 3 - Wheel Brake System Schematic Diagram

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(31) Brake fluid reservoir (36) Parking valve

(32) Brake master-cylinder (37) Parking brake lever
(pilot side)
(33) Right rudder pedal (38) Brake calliper
assembly (pilot side)
(34) Brake master-cylinder (39) Brake disk
(co-pilot side)
(35) Left rudder pedal
assembly (co-pilot side)

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WHEEL BRAKE SYSTEM FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

BLEED
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Pressure-hydraulic-bleeding-equipment .................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Syringe ..................................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Hydraulic fluid MIL-H-5606E (or later) ................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Hydraulic fluid MIL-PRF-5606H ............................................................................ Commercial QTY AR
F. New Items
None
WARNING DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOU. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CAUSE SKIN
DISEASE. AND IT CAN DAMAGE CLOTHING.
CAUTION CLEAN OFF SPILT HYDRAULIC FLUID IMMEDIATELY. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN
DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. AND IT CAN REMOVE PAINT FROM
COMPONENTS.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Bleed the Wheel Brake System

Refer to Figure 4.
Note Use a Pressure-hydraulic-bleeding-equipment to bleed the wheel brake system.
Note It is allowed to mix the 3 different specifications (Hydraulic fluid MIL-H-5606E (or later), Hydraulic
fluid MIL-PRF-5606H and Hydraulic fluid MIL-PRF-87257).
(1) Remove the cap from the brake fluid reservoir. Remove fluid to the minimum level. Use a Syringe.
(2) Set the parking brake to RELEASE.
(3) Connect the supply pipe of the hydraulic-bleeding-equipment to the bleed nipple (84) of the left
brake unit.
(4) Open the bleed nipple. Use the Pressure-hydraulic-bleeding-equipment to bleed fluid back through
the system.
Monitor the fluid level in the reservoir. If necessary, use the Syringe to remove fluid from the
reservoir so that the reservoir gets not overfilled.
Bleed the left system until no more air bubbles come to the reservoir.
(5) Close the left bleed nipple. Remove the hydraulic-bleeding-equipment.
(6) Connect the supply pipe of the hydraulic-bleeding-equipment to the bleed nipple of the right brake
unit.
(7) Do step A.4 and step A.5 for the right brake unit.
(8) Fill the reservoir to the correct level. Install the cap to brake fluid reservoir.
(9) Do a test for correct operation of the brake system.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
81
82
41
83
42
84
D
FW
Figure 4 - Brake Unit Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(41) Attaching bolt (82) Brake unit

(42) Back-plate (83) Brake pressure plate
(81) Brake pipe connection (84) Bleed nipple

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WHEELS AND BRAKES FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

GENERAL
A. General
The Grob G 120TP-A has 2 main wheels and 1 nose wheel. All of the wheels have split hubs and tubeless tyres,
when the Beringer brake system is used.
The main wheels have brake disks and a brake calliper. Toe-brake pedals operate hydraulic cylinders. Hydraulic
pipes connect the cylinders to the brake callipers. A parking valve locks the brakes ON.
Each main wheel has an independent brake system. The left pedal of each rudder pedal assembly operates the
left wheel brake. And the right pedal operates the right wheel brake.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description - Main Wheels

Figure 5 shows the main wheel.
The main wheel hub has 2 halves (80) , (90) . Each half of the hub is made of aluminium alloy. A thin anodizing
coating protects aluminium from corrosion.
Note Anodizing does not protect from nicks and scratches.
8 bolts (60) and (100) hold the 2 halves of the hub together.
Each half of the hub has a bearing (110) and (140) . A circlip (120) and (130) holds each bearing assembly
in place.
Each main wheel has a GOODYEAR 15x6.0-6 tire (200) . The wheels are tubeless using a large o-ring
(160) between the 2 wheel flanges. Bearings are factory greased and sealed.
The wheel is held on the axle with a nut (40) , secured by a cotter pin (30) . A wheel plate (20) is attached to
the wheel.
A yellow slip mark is painted on the tyre. And a yellow slip mark aligns with it on the wheel.
B. Description - Nose Wheel

The Figure 6 shows the nose wheel.
The nose wheel hub has 2 halves (90) , (100) . Each half of the hub is made of aluminium alloy. A thin anodizing
coating protects aluminium from corrosion.
Note Anodizing does not protect from nicks and scratches.
8 screws (110) hold the 2 halves of the hub together.

Each half of the hub has a bearing (120) and (150) . A circlip (130) and (140) holds each bearing assembly
in place.
The nose wheel has a MICHELIN tire (190) . The wheel is tubeless using a large o-ring (170) between the 2
wheel flanges. Bearings are factory greased and sealed.
The wheel is held on in the bracket with a axle (50) and rings (40) and the bearings (30) , secured by a
bolt (60) and a nut (10) .
A yellow slip mark is painted on the tyre. And a yellow slip mark aligns with it on the wheel.

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30
50
20
40
10
Figure 5 - Main Wheel (Sheet 1 of 2)

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
60
170
180
170 180
80
140 70
130
160
90
A
190 150
110
120
200
100 x4
Legend
(10) Screw (110) Bearing

(20) Plate, wheel (120) Circlip

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(30) Cotterpin (130) Circlip

(40) Nut (140) Bearing
(50) Wheel Assy (150) Valve
(60) Wheel bolt (160) O-ring
(70) Wheel rim assy (170) Clip
(80) Wheel half, inner (180) Screw
(90) Wheel half, outer (190) O-ring
(100) Bolt, wheel (200) Tire

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
20
30
30
60
40
50
40
70
Figure 6 - Nose Wheel (Sheet 1 of 2)

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
90
A
150
140 170
100
160
120
130
180
80 70
110
190

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(10) Nut (110) Screw

(20) Washer (120) Bearing
(30) Bearing (130) Circlip
(40) Ring (140) Circlip
(50) Axle (150) Bearing
(60) Bolt (160) Valve
(70) NLG wheel assy (170) O-ring
(80) Wheel rim assy (180) O-ring
(90) Inner wheel half (190) Tire
(100) Outer wheel half

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This table contains the trouble-shooting procedures for the wheels. And for the brakes. If you find the trouble
given in column 1, do the repair given in column 3.

Do the conditioning procedure, refer to Con-
Improper conditioning of
ditioning of Break Unit for Beringer brake sys-
brake pads and disc
tem Harmonize
Brake fluid or grease on disc
Clean the disc and change the pads
and pads
Wrong brake fluid has caused Change all seals of the system, put the right
Brakes won’t hold
blocking of pistons fluid
Pads worn below minimum
Change brake pads
wear limits
Insufficient hydraulic pres-
sure. Improper master cylin- Check the master cylinder type and geometry
der bore
Air in hydraulic system Bleed the hydraulic system
Leak in the system Locate leak and repair
Improper brake lines, too ex-
Replace brake lines
pandable
Excessive toe pedal Caliper assembly bolts are
travel, spongy pedal or Torque bolts to proper value
not tightened
lever
Improper adjustment of mas-
Modify the pedal geometry or length of master
ter cylinder: does not release
cylinder
completely
Defective seal in master cylin-
Replace
der

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 21 June 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Residual brake pressure due
to improper adjustment of Modify the pedal geometry or length of master
master cylinder: does not re- cylinder
lease completely
Residual brake pressure due
Open and close the reservoir to release the
to excessive pressure in the
pressure
reservoir
Brake drag Wrong brake fluid has caused Change all seals of the system, put the right
blocking of pistons fluid
Improper brake assembly fix-
Inspect and repair
ing
Pistons do not retract Inspect for damage, change seals and pistons
Pads are blocked and do not
Inspect and repair
release
Do the conditioning procedure, refer to Con-
Improper conditioning of pads
ditioning of Break Unit for Beringer brake sys-
Rapid disc and pads and disc
tem Harmonize
wear
Excessive rusting, scoring or
Repair or replace the disc and pads
pitting of brake disc
Improper tire inflation pres- Replace wheel flange, check tire inflation
Cracked or distorted sure pressure
wheel flanges Loads applied excess the
Change wheel model for a stronger one
wheel load ratings
Rapid decrease of tire Improper tire mounting, dam-

Disassemble and replace seals
pressure (10 PSI per aged seal
day) Leak at valve core Replace valve core
Improper tire Use only tubeless tires
Medium decrease of tire
pressure (10 PSI per Scratches on sealing faces Replace the part by a new one
week)
Defective valve core Replace valve core
Slow decrease of tire
Standard decrease of pres- Inflate tire to the appropriate pressure. Check
pressure (10 PSI per
sure with some tubeless tires inflation pressure every month.
month)
Worn wheel bearings or Wheel bearings defective. Replace the wheel bearings.
corrosion on it.

21 June 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Brake disks damaged. Too much hard braking. Replace the brake disks.

same time.

disc change.
Main wheel disc clips Disc clips worn. Replace disc clips.
defective.
If found worn, all key disc must be replaced.
Note All screws of the assembly must be

lowed to change only few of them.
Wheel assembly bolts Bolts worn. Replace the bolts.

defective or corroded.
Note All bolts of the assembly must be
lowed to change only a few of them.
Replace the back stops.
Note Parts must be changed by pair on both

Back stops defective. Back stops worn.
same time.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 21 June 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

21 June 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BRAKE PADS FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the brake pads

- Installation of the brake pads

None

None
E. Materials
Dry Cloth .............................................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
Threadlocker medium strength ....................................................... Loctite 243 (Commercial) QTY AR
F. New Items
Brake pad (8) ..................................................................................................... 32400008 050 QTY 8
Screw (12) ........................................................................................................ 32400008 040 QTY 12
CAUTION YOU MUST USE JACKING BOLTS WHEN YOU USE JACKS. YOU CAN DAMAGE
THE AIRCRAFT IF YOU DO NOT USE THE JACKING BOLTS.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the brake pads
CAUTION WHILE THE CALIPER HOUSING IS SEPARATED DO NOT APPLY BRAKE

PRESSURE.
(3) Remove the 6 caliper assembly Screw (08- 040) , refer to Figure 7.
Note Do not remove the caliper back plate from the axle.
Note Do not disconnect the hydraulic fitting.
(4) Remove the old brake pads, refer to Figure 7.
Note The disc has not to be removed during the pad change.
Note It is recommended to leave the disc in place.
B. Installation of the brake pads
CAUTION DO NOT USE SOLVENT OF ANY TYPE TO CLEAN CALIPER HOUSING AND
PISTONS. SOLVENT WILL PENETRATE TO PISTON SEALS AND MAY
DAMAGE THEM. USE ONLY A DRY CLOTH.
(1) Clean all around pistons with a dry cloth to remove dust, refer to Figure 8.
CAUTION IF PUSHING BACK WITH FINGERS IS TOO HARD THEN PISTONS AND
SEALS ARE STICKING OR MAY BE BLOCKED FOR OTHER REASON.
MAINTENANCE IS REQUIRED WITH CHANGE OF SEALS AND EVENTUAL
CHANGE OF OTHER PARTS, REFER TO BRAKE ASSEMBLY (BERINGER
BRAKE SYSTEM) INSPECTION.
(2) Push back the pistons with fingers, refer to Figure 8.

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION NEVER MIX OLD AND NEW PADS. 8 BRAKE PAD (08- 050) (4 LEFT AND 4
RIGHT) MUST BE REPLACED AT THE SAME TIME, REFER TO FIGURE 9
(3) Insert new Brake pad (08- 050) .
Note Pad insulator and grid should not be re-used, they come together with new brake pads.
CAUTION USING A WRONG THREADLOCKER OR NOT FROM RECOMMENDED TYPE

MAY CAUSE LOOSE OF SCREWS OR REMOVAL PROBLEM.
(4) Put a drop of Threadlocker medium strength on each end of the assembly Screw (08- 040) .
(5) Screw to contact and torque tighten to 25 Nm (220 lbf in.).
(6) Torque all Screw (08- 040) a second time to 25 Nm (220 lbf in.).
(7) Check that Brake pad (08- 050) can slide without effort.
(9) Apply brake pressure 5-10 times and check brake fluid level in the reservoir.
CAUTION WHEN THE BRAKES ARE RELEASED YOU MUST BE ABLE TO TURN THE
WHEEL EASILY BY HAND.
(10) Check the brake efficiency and also the residual drag on the wheel.
CAUTION BRAKE TORQUE VALUE CAN BE ONLY 50% OF RATED BRAKE TORQUE
BEFORE THE CONDITIONING. IT MEANS THAT EVEN WITH FULL BRAKE
EFFORT THE AIRCRAFT WILL NOT STOP AS USUAL. PILOT MUST TAKE
INTO CONSIDERATION THIS PARAMETER TO AVOID LOOSE OF
AIRCRAFT CONTROL DURING THE CONDITIONING PROCEDURE.
(11) Condition the new Brake pad (08- 050) , refer to Conditioning of Break Unit for Beringer brake
system Harmonize.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR IS LOCKED DOWN BEFORE YOU
LOWER THE AIRCRAFT WITH THE JACKS.
(12) Lower the aircraft with jacks, refer to Jacking General.

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01141-A-001-01
Brake pads (x4)
Screws (x6)
Figure 7 - Removal of the screws and the brake pads

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1. Clean all around Pistons
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01137-A-001-01
2. Push back
Figure 8 - Piston push back

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01143-A-001-01
Brake Pad
Grid Insulator
Figure 9 - Brake pads

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WHEEL BRAKE SYSTEM FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

BLEED
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

Pressure-hydraulic-bleeding-equipment .................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Syringe ..................................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Hydraulik fluid MIL-H-5606E (or later) ................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Hydraulik fluid MIL-PRF-5606H ............................................................................ Commercial QTY AR
F. New Items
None
DISEASE. AND IT CAN DAMAGE CLOTHING.
DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. AND IT CAN REMOVE PAINT FROM
COMPONENTS.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Bleeding of the Wheel Brake System

Refer to Figure 10.
Note Use a Pressure-hydraulic-bleeding-equipment to bleed the wheel brake system.
Note It is allowed to mix the 3 different specifications of Hydraulik fluid MIL-H-5606E (or later),
Hydraulik fluid MIL-PRF-5606H and Hydraulic fluid MIL-PRF-87257.
(1) Remove the cap from the brake fluid reservoir. Remove fluid to the minimum level.
Use a Syringe.
(3) Connect the supply pipe of the hydraulic-bleeding-equipment to the bleeder (4) of the left brake
unit.
Figure 10.
(4) Open the left brake unit bleeder (4) . And use the hydraulic-bleeding-equipment to bleed fluid back
through the system.
Monitor the fluid level in the reservoir. If necessary, use the syringe to remove fluid.
Bleed the left system until no more air bubbles come to the reservoir.
(5) Close the bleeder (4) . And remove the hydraulic-bleeding-equipment.
(6) Connect the supply pipe of the hydraulic-bleeding-equipment to the right brake unit bleeder (4) .
(7) Do the steps step A.4 and step A.5 for the right brake unit.
(8) Fill the reservoir to the correct level.
(9) Do a test for correct operation of the brake system.

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
5
1
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01154-A-001-01
4
3
Legend
(1) Banjo (4) Bleeder

(2) Cooper seal (5) Banjo screw
(3) Connecting hose

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-231A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BRAKE ASSEMBLY (BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM)

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Toothbrush ........................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Soft plastic brush .................................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
Air pressure ............................................................................................................. Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Cleaning of the brake assembly
CAUTION DO NOT USE BASIC OR ACID AGENT ON WHEEL HALVES. ANODIZING

CAN BE TOTALLY REMOVED WITHIN FEW MINUTES IN CONTACT WITH
BASIC AGENT. MAKE SURE THAT CLEANING SOAP IS NOT BASIC.
(1) Clean all metal parts using water with soap or cleaning solvent and wipe dry with a clean cloth.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Clean seal grooves with a Toothbrush or soft Soft plastic brush and dry-cleaning solvent. Make
sure that no dust stays inside seal grooves.
CAUTION OILY SOLVENT OR OILY AIR PRESSURE MUST NOT BE USED ON

INTERNAL THREAD BECAUSE THREADLOCKER WILL NOT PROPERLY
LOCK THE SCREWS.
(3) Apply Air pressure to dry internal thread and seal groove.

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INSPECTION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Inspection of the Brake Assembly

- Wear Limits

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Inspection of the Brake Assembly
(2) Remove the brake assembly, refer to Brake Unit for Beringer brake system Remove and install.
(3) Disassemble the brake assembly, refer to Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Disassemble
procedure.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION ANODIZING COATING MUST NOT BE PAINTED.
CAUTION DO NOT USE SANDPAPER ON ANY PARTS. SANDPAPER WILL REMOVE

ANODIZING COATING.
CAUTION DO NOT TRY TO SAND OR POLISH INTERNAL PISTON BORE, IT WILL

REMOVE ANODIZING COATING.
(4) Visually inspect Caliper housing and back plate for:

- Signs of deep corrosion
- Anodizing color removed on more than 15% of external surface
- Heavy nicks
- Anodizing removed on internal piston bore
- Scratched piston bore
- Scratched or damaged seal groove.
(5) Assemble the brake assembly, refer to Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Assemble
procedure.
(6) Install the brake assembly, refer to Brake Unit for Beringer brake system Remove and install.
B. Wear Limits
Description Wear Limits

Brake Pads Friction material min. thickness 1 mm (0.040 in.)
groove nearly invisible
Brake Disc Min. Thickness 10.4 mm (0.410 in.)
Max. Coning 0.3 mm (0.012 in.)
Max. Groove 0.2 mm (0.008 in.)
Max. Bump 0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Description Wear Limits

Wheel - Brake Disc Max. Play 0.4 mm (0.016 in.)

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WHEELS AND BRAKES MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you how to remove and install the wheels and the brake system components. It also tells you
how to disassemble/assemble the nose wheel. Refer to the Cleveland Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Manual
for the off-aircraft maintenance of the main wheels and brake system components. Refer to Wheel and Brake
Component Repairs for Parker Brake System General for the off-aircraft maintenance of the Grob wheel and
brake components.

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Plastic clamp or a thin plastic plate .............................................................. N/A (commercial) QTY AR
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Disassembly of the Brake Assembly
(1) Remove the brake assembly, refer to Brake Unit for Beringer brake system Remove and install.
(2) Remove assembly the screws (40) , the back plate (10) , the brake pads (50) and the disc (100)
from cylinder housing (20) .

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING PISTONS CAN BE EJECTED AT HIGH VELOCITIES BY USING AIR

PRESSURE. SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONNEL CAN RESULT IF
PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES ARE IGNORED.
(3)
Note Air pressure can be used to remove the pistons (30) from the cylinder housing.
Remove the pistons (30) as follows:

- Hold the cylinder housing by hand and position the Air pressure to the cylinder housing brake
fluid inlet.
- Carefully blow Air pressure into the cylinder housing until all the pistons drop at the same
time out of the cylinder housing.
CAUTION DO NOT USE A SCREW DRIVER. DO NOT USE A METAL PLATE OR TOOL
EVEN FROM SOFT METAL LIKE ALUMINIUM, IT WILL SCRATCH THE SEAL
GROOVE AND CAUSE FLUID LEAKAGE.
(4) Remove the piston seals (60) with a Plastic clamp or a thin plastic plate from the cylinder (20) .
(5) Remove the bleeder (90) from the cylinder (20) .
(6) Remove the banjo bolts (70) , the copper seals (80) and the connecting line (120) LH (or (120A)
RH).
(7) Remove the cotter pins (130) and the back stops (110) from the back plate (10) .
(8) Clean the parts, refer to Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Clean and apply surface
protection.
(9) Inspect the parts, refer to Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Inspection.

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
40
110
10
50
50
30
60 130
20
50
90
100
30 50
60
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01139-A-001-01
20
80
80 80
120A
120
70 80
70
Legend
(10) Back plate (90) Bleeder

(20) Cylinder (100) Disc
(30) Piston (110) Back stop
Figure 11 - Brake Disassembly

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(40) Screw (10) Back plate

(50) Brake pad (120) Connecting line LH
(60) Piston seal (120A) Connecting line RH
(70) Banjo bolt (130) Cotter pin
(80) Copper seal

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

ASSEMBLE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
thick silicone grease ..................................................... FDA CFR art. 178.3570 (Commercial) QTY AR
Loctite 243 ............................................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
safety lacquer ....................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Assembly of the Brake Assembly
CAUTION NEVER REUSE A PISTON SEAL (60) THAT HAS ALREADY BEEN USED
AND REMOVED OUT OF THE CYLINDER HOUSING.
(1) Lubricate the new piston seals (60) with a thin coat of thick silicone grease.
(2) Lubricate piston bore with a thin coat of thick silicone grease.

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Use silicone grease (-50 °C to 200 °C) compliant with FDA CFR art. 178.3570 (liquid
grease in spray is not allowed).
(3) Insert the piston seals (60) in their cylinder housing groove only by hand.
(4) Lubricate the pistons (30) with a thin coat of thick silicone grease.
CAUTION NEVER PUSH BACK THE PISTONS (30) USING A TOOL OR A PRESS. IF
PISTONS DON’T SLIDE WITH HANDS THEY WILL BE STICKING. THIS CAN
CAUSE BRAKING TROUBLES AND OVERHEATING.
(5) Insert the pistons (30) into the cylinder housing (20) only by hand. One or two fingers should be
enough to push the pistons (30) into the housing.
Note Do not sand or polish the pistons. They must be replaced by new ones with perfect
polishing and controlled surface.
(6) Insert the bleeder screw (90) to the cylinder housing (20) .
(7) Lubricate the contact area between the back stops (110) and the back plate (10) .
(8) Insert the back stops (110) to the back plate (10) and secure it with new cotter pins (130) .
(9) Insert the brake pads (50) to the cylinder housings (20) and back plate (10) .
(10) Put the back plate (10) , the disc (100) and the cylinder housing (20) in position.
CAUTION USING A WRONG THREAD LOCKER OR NOT FROM RECOMMENDED TYPE

(11) Put a drop of Loctite 243 on each thread end of the assembly screws (40) .
(12) Install the screws (40) to contact and torque to 25 Nm (220 lb.in).

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(13) Torque all the screws (40) a second time to 25 Nm (220 lb.in).
(14) Put safety lacquer to the screw head (40) and the back plate (10) .
(15) Check that the brake pads (50) can slide without effort.
CAUTION COPPER SEALS (80) MUST BE CHANGED AT EACH REMOVAL OF THE

HYDRAULIC FITTING.
(16) Install the banjo bolts (70) , the copper seals (80) and the connecting line (120) LH (or (120A)
RH) to the cylinder housing (20) . Torque the banjo bolts (70) to 18 Nm (159 lb.in).
(17) Install the brake assembly to the main gear leg, refer to Brake Unit for Beringer brake system
Remove and install.

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
40
110
10
50
50
30
60 130
20
50
90
100
30 50
60
20 ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01139-A-001-01
80
80 80
120A
120
70 80
70
Legend
(10) Back plate (80) Copper seal

(20) Cylinder (90) Bleeder
(30) Piston (100) Disc

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(40) Screw (110) Back stop

(50) Brake pad (120) Connecting line LH
(60) Piston seal (120A) Connecting line RH
(70) Banjo bolt (130) Cotter pin

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-40-00-08B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BRAKE SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM (MASTER-

CYLINDER)
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of a Brake Master-Cylinder

- Installation of a Brake Master-Cylinder

None

Hydraulic bleeding equipment .................................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Syringe for hydraulic fluid ......................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING RELEASE THE PRESSURE FROM THE WHEEL BRAKE SYSTEM BEFORE YOU
WORK ON THE SYSTEM. HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER HIGH PRESSURE CAN
PENETRATE YOUR SKIN AND CAUSE DISEASE.
DISEASE AND IT CAN DAMAGE CLOTHING.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE AND IT CAN REMOVE PAINT FROM
COMPONENTS.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of a Brake Master-Cylinder

This section tells you how to remove and install the brake system components. Refer to the component
manufacturers data to repair components in the shop.
Note Put a container under a connection before you release it to collect the hydraulic fluid.
Note If you open a brake system connection, you must bleed the brake system.
(2) Use a container to catch the fluid and disconnect the brake hoses (61) from the master-cylinder
on the rudder pedal assembly.
(3) Put caps on the hoses.
(4) Remove the 8 bolts (62) that attach the rudder pedal assembly to the cockpit floor.
(5) Remove the cotter-pin (63) from the pivot pin (64) at the pedal.
(6) Remove the pivot pin (64) with the washer.
(7) Lift the rudder pedal assembly clear of the cockpit floor to give access to the bottom bolt.
(8) Note the locations of the spacers and remove the nut, 2 spacers, washer and bolt (65) attaching
the master-cylinder to the bottom pivot point.
(9) Lift the master-cylinder (66) clear of the rudder pedal assembly.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Installation of a Brake Master-Cylinder
WARNING INSTALL THE BRAKE MASTER-CYLINDER WITH THE CONNECTIONS FOR

THE HOSES OUTBOARD / INBOARD AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 13. IF
INSTALLED INCORRECTLY, THE HOSES CAN CAUSE A FAULT AGAINST
THE FIREWALL AND RESTRICT RUDDER MOVEMENT.
(1) Locate the hydraulic connections inboard / outboard as in Figure 13.
(2) Put the master-cylinder in position.
(3) Install the bottom bolt (65) as follows:
(a) Lift the rudder pedal assembly for access to the bottom bolt.
(b) Install the bottom bolt (65) , 2 spacers, washer and nut.
(c) Lower the rudder pedal assembly into position.
(4) Install the 8 bolts and washers (62) attaching the rudder pedal assembly to the cockpit floor.
(6) Connect the push-rod as follows:
(a) If installed, remove the spring washer from the top of the push-rod.
(b) Discard the spring washer.
(c) Install the pivot pin (64) in the pedal and through the hole in the push rod of the master-
cylinder.
(d) Put a washer on the pivot pin (64) .
(7) Install a cotter-pin (63) in the pivot pin (64) .
(8) Connect the brake hoses to the master-cylinders (66) .
(9) Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure Table 4
(10) Bleed the brake system, refer to Wheel Brake System for Parker brake system Bleed.
(11) Do a test for correct operation of the brake system and look for leaks.
(12) Do a test for correct range of movement of the rudder control, refer to Rudder General Data.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
63
64
61
D
FW
61
66
67 62
65
62
65
Figure 13 - Brake Master-Cylinder Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(61) Brake pipe connections (65) Bottom bolt, washer and

nut
(62) Bolts attaching pedal (66) Brake master-cylinder
assembly to the floor
(63) Cotter-pin (67) Bushes
(64) Pivot pin

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PARKING BRAKE-VALVE FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Parking Brake-Valve

- Installation of the Parking Brake-Valve

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Parking Brake-Valve
(1) Remove the upper engine cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove.
(3) Remove the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (analog)
and the instrument panel, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (digital) for access.
(4) Make sure that the parking brake is set to RELEASE.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Release the clip (70) which locks the end fitting of the brake control cable.
(6) Release the end fitting (71) from the control lever.
(7) Disconnect the 2 flexible hydraulic pipes (72) from the valve.
(9) Disconnect the 2 rigid pipes (73) from the valve.
(10) Put caps on the pipes.
(11)
Note Do not remove the bolts.
Release 2 nuts and washers (74) attaching the valve to the firewall and hold the bolts on the
engine side of the firewall.
(12) Remove the parking brake-valve (36) from the aircraft.
(13) Put caps on the hydraulic connections.
B. Installation of the Parking Brake-Valve
(1) Put the parking brake-valve (36) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Push the valve on to the attaching bolts and old the bolts on the engine side of the firewall.
(3) Install washers and nuts (74) on the attaching bolts.
(5) Connect the 2 rigid pipes (73) to the parking brake-valve.
(6) Connect the 2 flexible pipes (72) to the valve.
(7) Torque the nuts, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure Table 4
(8) Attach the end fitting (71) to the control lever.
(9) Install the spring locking clip (70) .
(10) Do a test for full range of movement of the parking brake control.
(11) Bleed the brake system, refer to Wheel Brake System for Parker brake system Bleed.
(12) Do a test for correct operation of the parking brake-valve:
(a) Apply both brakes.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Set the parking brake to ON.
(c) Stop pushing the brake pedals. The brakes must remain on.
(13) Install the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (analog)
and the instrument panel, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install after access.
(15) Install the upper engine cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
70
71
36
74
72
FW
D
73
Figure 14 - Parking Brake-Valve Installation

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(36) Parking brake-valve (72) Flexible hydraulic pipes

(70) Spring clip (73) Rigid hydraulic pipes
(71) Cable end fitting (74) Attaching washers and
nuts

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN WHEEL FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Main Wheel

- Installation of the Main Wheel

None

None
E. Materials
Cotter-pin .............................................................................................................. MS24665-428 QTY 1
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Main Wheel

Refer to Figure 15.
(1) Lift the aircraft, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
(2) Release the brake unit, refer to Brake Unit for Parker brake system Remove and Install.
Note Do not remove the brake unit from the torque plate. Remove the back-plates (42) only.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Examine the wheel for free rotation.
(4) Remove the cotter-pin (43) which locks the wheel nut.
(5) Remove the nut (44) and large washer (45) which hold the wheel.
(6) Remove the main wheel (46) .
(7) Examine the bearings for contamination. Look for corrosion, sand, dust etc.
(8) Inspect the bearings visually for damage, scratches etc. and replace damaged bearings.
(9) Rotate the bearings and check for smooth running.
(10) Check for any unusual sound that may indicate internal wear of the bearing and check for possible
vibration.
(11) Replace damaged bearings, refer to Parker Manual AWBCMM0001, latest revision.
B. Installation of the Main Wheel

Refer to Figure 15.
(1) Install the main wheel (46) on the axle, refer to Parker Manual AWBCMM0001, latest revision.
(2) Install the nut (44) and the large washer (45) which holds the wheel as follows:
(a) Tighten the nut to remove all play from the bearings, refer to Parker Manual AWBCMM0001,
latest revision.
(b) Torque the nut, refer to Parker Manual AWBCMM0001, latest revision.
(3) Install the cotter-pin (43) which locks the wheel nut.
(4) Install the back-plates (42) of the brake unit, refer to Brake Unit for Parker brake system Remove
and Install.
(5) Do a test of free main wheel rotation.
(6) Lower the aircraft, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
(7) Do a test of correct brake unit operation.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
41
42
46
45
FWD
44
43
Figure 15 - Removal and Installation of the Main Wheel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(41) Brake back plate bolt (44) Wheel nut

(4x)
(42) Brake back plate (2x) (45) Washer
(43) Cotter-pin (46) Main wheel
Figure 15 - Removal and Installation of the Main Wheel

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BRAKE UNIT FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Brake Unit

- Installation of the Brake Unit

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Brake Unit
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE PARKING BRAKE IS SET TO RELEASE BEFORE
YOU RELEASE THE BRAKE PIPE.
(1) Release the brake pipe (81) at the brake unit.
(2) Release the brake unit (82) as follows:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Remove 4 bolts (41) which attach the brake back-plates (42) to the brake unit (82) .
(b) Move the brake unit (82) (complete with pressure plate (83) ) clear of the brake disk.
B. Installation of the Brake Unit
(1)
Note The minimum thickness is 2.5 mm (0.1 in).
Make sure that there is sufficient thickness of brake lining.
(2) Install the brake unit (82) with pressure plate (83) as follows:
(a) Position the brake unit (82) (complete with pressure plate (83) ) to the torque plate at the
main gear leg.
(b) Put the brake back-plates (42) in position.
(c) Install 4 bolts (41) which attach the brake back-plates (42) to the brake unit (82) . Tighten
all 4 bolts. Torque the bolts to 7.3 to 8.5 Nm (65 to 75 lb.in).
(3) Lockwire the 4 bolts.
(4) Connect the brake pipe (81) to the brake unit.
(5) Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure Table 4
(6) Bleed the brakes, refer to Wheel Brake System for Parker brake system Bleed.
(7) Do a test for correct brake operation.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
81
82
41
83
42
84
D
FW

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(41) Attaching bolt (82) Brake unit

(42) Back-plate (83) Brake pressure plate
(81) Brake pipe connection (84) Bleed nipple

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONDITIONING OF BRAKE UNIT FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

HARMONIZE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Procedure

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
CAUTION BRAKE TORQUE VALUE CAN BE ONLY 50% OF RATED BRAKE TORQUE BEFORE
THE CONDITIONING. IT MEANS THAT EVEN WITH FULL BRAKE EFFORT THE
AIRCRAFT WILL NOT STOP AS USUAL. PILOT MUST TAKE INTO
CONSIDERATION THIS PARAMETER TO AVOID LOOSE OF AIRCRAFT CONTROL
DURING THE CONDITIONING PROCEDURE.
CAUTION A WRONG CONDITIONING MAY AFFECT NEGATIVE BRAKE PERFORMANCES

AND INCREASE WEAR OF PADS AND DISC.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-274A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
When new linings (friction pads) have been installed, it is important to condition them properly to obtain
the service life designed into them.
Properly conditioned linings will provide many hours of maintenance free service.
This conditioning procedure will wear off high spots and generate sufficient heat to create a thin layer of
glazed material at the lining friction surface. Normal brake usage should generate enough heat to
maintain the glaze throughout the life time of the linings.
B. Procedure
For conditioning the new organic linings perform the steps as follows:
(1) Taxi the aircraft to develop a taxi speed of up to 40 kts and apply brake pedal force for a full stop.
(2) Allow the brakes to cool down for 10 to 15 minutes.
(3) Apply brakes and check for resistant at 75% torque.

If brakes hold, conditioning is completed.
(4) If brakes cannot hold the aircraft during static run up, allow brakes to completely cool down and
repeat step B.1 to step B.3.
(5) Do a visual inspection of the disc and the linings to check the lining condition.
A smooth surface with light and regular grooves indicates that disc and pads are properly
conditioned.
If the disc is rough (grooved), the linings must be reglazed.
Note Light use, such as in taxiing, will cause the glaze to be worn rapidly.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00A-274A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE WHEEL FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Nose Wheel

- Installation of the Nose Wheel

None

Tail trestle ........................................................................................................... 120TP-5300-03 QTY 1
E. Materials
General purpose grease ...................................................................................... Local supply QTY AG
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Nose Wheel

Refer to Figure 17.
(1) Lift the nose of the aircraft on a jack, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
(2) Put a Tail trestle under the tail skid.
(3) Check the wheel for free rotation.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Release the axle-bolt (51) .
(5) Remove 2 locating bushes (52) .
(6) Hold the nose wheel and remove the tubular axle (53) and 2 spacer bushes (54) .
(7) Lower the nose wheel (55) from the aircraft.
(8) Inspect the bearings visually for damage, scratches etc. and replace damaged bearings.
(9) Turn the bearings and look for smooth running.
(10) Listen for any unusual sound that may indicate internal wear of the bearing.
(11) Replace damaged bearings.
B. Installation of the Nose Wheel

Refer to Figure 17.
(1) Apply General purpose grease to the spacer bushes for the nose wheel axle on the inside to
prevent corrosion.
(2) Lift the nose wheel into position.
(3) Install the tubular axle (53) and the 2 spacer bushes (54) .
(4) Install 2 locating bushes (52) .
(5) Install the axle-bolt (51) .
(7) Remove the tail trestle.
(8) Lower the aircraft with the jack, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
55
51
52
53
54
D
FW 52
51
Figure 17 - Removal and Installation of the Nose Wheel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(51) Axle bolt, washer and (54) Spacer bushes

nut
(52) Locating bushes (55) Nose wheel
(53) Tubular axle

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WHEELS AND BRAKES MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Section tells you how to remove and install the wheels and the brake system components. It also tells you
how to disassemble/assemble the nose wheel.
Refer to the Beringer Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Manual for the off aircraft maintenance of the main
wheels and brake system components and nose wheel components or to Wheel and Brake Component
Repairs for Beringer Brake System General data.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAIN WHEEL FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Main Wheel Assembly

- Installation of the Main Wheel

None

None
E. Materials
Screw locking adhesive ............................................................................ GS513007 (C4331) QTY AR
Disc safety wire .......................... 1.01 mm (0.040 in.) stainless steel grade 302 (Commercial) QTY AR
F. New Items
screw (4) ........................................................................................................... 32400001A010 QTY 4
plate, wheel ....................................................................................................... 32400001A020 QTY 1
cotterpin ............................................................................................................ 32400001A030 QTY 1
nut ..................................................................................................................... 32400001A040 QTY 1
main wheel assy ............................................................................................... 32400001A050 QTY 1
main wheel assy .............................................................................................. 32400001A050A QTY 1
wheel bolt (4) .................................................................................................... 32400001A060 QTY 4
clip (2) ............................................................................................................... 32400001A170 QTY 2
screw (2) ........................................................................................................... 32400001A180 QTY 2

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION YOU MUST USE JACKING BOLTS WHEN YOU USE JACKS. YOU CAN DAMAGE
THE AIRCRAFT IF YOU DO NOT USE THE JACKING BOLTS.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Main Wheel Assembly

Refer to Figure 18, Figure 19.
(2) Remove the 4 screw (01A- 010) , refer to Figure 19.
(3) Remove the plate, wheel (01A- 020) .
(4) Cut and remove the Disc safety wire, refer to Figure 18.
(5) Examine the main wheel assy (01A- 050) for free rotation.
(6) Remove the cotterpin (01A- 030) which locks the nut (01A- 040) , refer to Figure 19.
(7) Remove the wheel nut (01A- 040) which holds the main wheel assy (01A- 050) .
CAUTION DO NOT STRAIN THE BRAKE HOSE. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
HOSE AND CAUSE FAILURE.
MAKE SURE THAT THE PARKING BRAKE IS SET TO RELEASE BEFORE
YOU RELEASE THE BRAKE CALIPER.
(8) Remove the main wheel assy (01A- 050) .
(9) Examine the main wheel assy (01A- 050) .
(a) Examine the bearings for contamination. Look for sand, dust etc.
(b) Inspect the bearings visually for damage, scratches etc. and replace damaged bearings.

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Rotate the bearings and check for smooth running.
(d) Check for any unusual sound that may indicate internal wear of the bearing and check for
possible vibration.
(e) Replace damaged bearings. Refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Repair
procedure.
B. Installation of the Main Wheel

CAUTION DO NOT STRAIN THE BRAKE HOSE. YOU CAN DAMAGE THE HOSE AND
CAUSE FAILURE.
(1) Install the main wheel assy (01A- 050A) on the axle, lift the disc (part of brake assembly) and
place it in the wheel slots, refer to Figure 18.
(2) Install the wheel nut (01A- 040) which holds the main wheel assy (01A- 050) as follows:
(a) Apply a thin layer of Screw locking adhesive to nut (01A- 040) .
(b) Tighten the nut nut (01A- 040) with a torque of 40 Nm (354 lbf.in).
(3) Install the cotterpin (01A- 030) which locks the wheel nut (01A- 040) , refer to Figure 19.
(4) Install a new Disc safety wire, refer to Figure 18.
(5) Make sure, that the slots of the main wheel assy (01A- 050A) and the clip (01A- 170) and the
Disc safety wire are in place, refer to Figure 18.
(6) Install the plate, wheel (01A- 020) .
(7) Apply a thin layer of Screw locking adhesive to the 4 screw (01A- 010) .
(8) Install the 4 screw (01A- 010) to the plate, wheel (01A- 020) .
(9) Lower the aircraft with jacks, refer to Jacking General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Place a new disc safety wire Disc safety wire
Screw the axle nut
and insert a new cotter pin
Screw
(1A-180)
Clip (left)
(1A-170)
Disc safety wire
Clip (right)
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01144-A-001-01
(1A-170)
Disc
(part of brake assembly)
Screw
(1A-180)
Figure 18 - Installation of the Safety Wire and the Cotterpin

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30
50
20
40
10
Figure 19 - Installation of the Main Wheel

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(10) Screw (40) Nut

(20) Plate, wheel (50) Wheel Assy
(30) Cotterpin
Figure 19 - Installation of the Main Wheel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE WHEEL FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Nose Wheel

- Installation of the Nose Wheel

None
Lift the nose of the aircraft on a jack, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
Nut .................................................................................................................... 32400002A010 QTY 1
Washer .............................................................................................................. 32400002A020 QTY 1
Bearings (2) ...................................................................................................... 32400002A030 QTY 2
Rings (2) ........................................................................................................... 32400002A040 QTY 2
Axle ................................................................................................................... 32400002A050 QTY 1
Bolt .................................................................................................................... 32400002A060 QTY 1
NLG wheel assy ................................................................................................ 32400002A070 QTY 1
No safety condition

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Nose Wheel
(1) Put a Tail trestle under the tail skid.
(2) Check the wheel for free rotation.
(3) Release the Bolt (02A- 060) and the remove the Nut (02A- 010) and the Washer (02A- 020) .
(4) Remove the two Bearings (02A- 030) .
(5) Hold the NLG wheel assy (02A- 070) and remove the Axle (02A- 050) and two Rings (02A- 040) .
(6) Lower the NLG wheel assy (02A- 070) from the aircraft.
(7) Inspect the bearings visually for damage, scratches etc. and replace damaged bearings, refer
to Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Inspection.
(8) Turn the bearings and look for smooth running.
(9) Listen for any unusual sound that may indicate internal wear of the bearing.
(10) Replace damaged bearings, refer to Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Repair procedure.
B. Installation of the Nose Wheel
(1) Apply a small amount of general purpose grease to the spacer bushes for the nose wheel axle on
the inside to prevent corrosion.
(2) Lift the NLG wheel assy (02A- 070) into position.
(3) Install the Axle (02A- 050) and the two Rings (02A- 040) .
(4) Install the two Bearings (02A- 030) .
(5) Install the Bolt (02A- 060) with the Nut (02A- 010) and the Washer (02A- 020) .
(6) Torque the Nut (02A- 010) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M8.
(7) Do a functional test of the Main Landing Gear, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation
Test
(8) Remove the Tail trestle.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1. Lower the aircraft with the jack, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
20
30
30
60
40
50
40
70

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(10) Nut (50) Axle

(30) Bearing (70) NLG wheel assy
(40) Ring

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BRAKES FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 21 shows the brake system.
The reservoir (31) contains a supply of brake fluid. The reservoir is located at the top, center of the firewall in
the engine compartment. A short rigid pipe goes through the firewall. Two flexible hoses connect to the brake
cylinders (32) on the right rudder-pedal-assembly (33) .
Flexible hoses connect the outlets of the cylinders (32) to the inlets of the cylinders (34) on the left rudder-
pedal-assembly (35) . Two flexible hoses connect the outlets of these cylinders to the parking brake-valve (36) .
The parking valve is attached to the aft face of the firewall. A flexible cable connects the parking brake-valve
lever (37) to a brake control lever in the cockpit.
Rigid pipes connect the parking brake-valve to unions under the luggage compartment floor. Flexible hoses
connect the unions to the brake caliper units (38) on each main gear leg.
The brake caliper is made of aluminum alloy. A thin anodizing coating protects aluminium from corrosion.
Anodizing does not protect from nicks and scratches.
Calipers are in 3 separated parts bolted together: two housings (Cylinders) with pistons and the back side (back
plate).
To assure equal pressure on both brake pads, disc is floating and brake pads can slide on 2 of the 3 assembly
screws.
The brake housing is equipped with the same inlet port on each side to be used on left or right strut of the aircraft.
The unused port is sealed by a bleeding screw. Inlet and outlet port have Metric M10x1 internal thread.
The brake caliper with P/N EA-003.5N is equipped with back stops each retained by a cotter pin.
B. Operation
If you press on the toe brake of a rudder pedal, then fluid in its master-cylinder is pushed along the outlet hose.
The fluid at the brake unit pushes the piston. The piston pushes the friction lining against the brake disk. The
caliper moves in the opposite direction to the piston and pulls the other friction lining against the disk.
If you release the pressure on the brake pedal, then the fluid can return to the pedal cylinder and the brake unit
releases the brake disk.
The right pedal of each rudder-pedal-assembly operates the right wheel brake unit and the left pedal operates
the left wheel brake unit.
If you push on both of the brake pedals, then both wheel brakes operate. If you set the parking brake lever to
ON now, the fluid is trapped in the brake units and the brakes stay ON. Move the parking brake lever to OFF to
release the brakes.

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31
33
35
32
34
37
36
38 38
39 39

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(31) Brake fluid reservoir (36) Parking valve

(32) Brake master-cylinder (37) Parking brake lever
(pilot side)
(33) Right rudder pedal (38) Brake calliper
assembly (pilot side)
(34) Brake master-cylinder (39) Brake disk
(co-pilot side)
(35) Left rudder pedal
assembly (co-pilot side)

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BRAKE SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM (MASTER-

CYLINDER)
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of a Brake Master-Cylinder

- Installation of a Brake Master-Cylinder

None

Hydraulic bleeding equipment .................................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Syringe for hydraulic fluid ......................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Container for hydraulic fluid ............................................................ Commercial (Commercial) QTY AR
Protection cap ................................................................................. Commercial (Commercial) QTY AR
F. New Items
Pedal assy (4) ................................................................................................... 27200002A010 QTY 4
Brake actuator assy (2) ..................................................................................... 27200002A020 QTY 2
Brake actuator assy (2) ..................................................................................... 27200002A030 QTY 2
Nuts (12) ......................................................................................................... 27200002A040 QTY 12
Washers (12) .................................................................................................. 27200002A050 QTY 12
Bolts (8) ............................................................................................................. 27200002A060 QTY 8
Pedal lever LH assy (2) .................................................................................... 27200002A070 QTY 2
Pedal lever RH assy (2) .................................................................................... 27200002A080 QTY 2
Bolts (8) ............................................................................................................. 27200002A090 QTY 8
Nuts (24) ......................................................................................................... 27200002A100 QTY 24
Washers (24) .................................................................................................. 27200002A110 QTY 24
Bearing support RH (2) ..................................................................................... 27200002A120 QTY 2

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Bolts (4) ............................................................................................................. 27200002A130 QTY 4

Bearing support LH (2) ..................................................................................... 27200002A140 QTY 2
Bolts (16) ........................................................................................................ 27200002A150 QTY 16
Axis (4) .............................................................................................................. 27200002A160 QTY 4
Washers (8) ...................................................................................................... 27200002A170 QTY 8
Cotter pins (8) ................................................................................................... 27200002A180 QTY 8
Bushings (4) ...................................................................................................... 27200002A190 QTY 4
Tube (4) ............................................................................................................ 27200002A200 QTY 4
Bushings (4) ...................................................................................................... 27200002A210 QTY 4
Bracket .............................................................................................................. 27200002A220 QTY 1
Hose .................................................................................................................. 32400005A050 QTY 1
Hose (2) ............................................................................................................ 32400005A060 QTY 2
Hose .................................................................................................................. 32400005A100 QTY 1
Hose (2) ............................................................................................................ 32400005A110 QTY 2
Screws (16) ..................................................................................................... 32400005A170 QTY 16
Washers (16) .................................................................................................. 32400005A180 QTY 16
WARNING RELEASE THE PRESSURE FROM THE WHEEL BRAKE SYSTEM BEFORE YOU
WORK ON THE SYSTEM. HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER HIGH PRESSURE CAN
PENETRATE YOUR SKIN AND CAUSE DISEASE.
DISEASE AND IT CAN DAMAGE CLOTHING.
DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE AND IT CAN REMOVE PAINT FROM
COMPONENTS.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of a Brake Master-Cylinder

This section tells you how to remove and install the brake system components. Refer to the component
manufacturers data to repair components in the shop.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Put a Protection cap on open connections to prevent contamination.
Note Put a Container for hydraulic fluid under a connection before you release it to collect the hydraulic
fluid.
Note If you open a brake system connection, you must bleed the brake system.
(2) Use a Container for hydraulic fluid to catch the fluid and disconnect the brake hoses Hose (05A-
050) , Hose (05A- 060) , Hose (05A- 100) , Hose (05A- 110) from the master-cylinder on the rudder
pedal assembly.
(3) Put Protection cap on the hoses.
(4) Remove the 8 Screws (05A- 170) , the Washers (05A- 180) that attach the rudder pedal assembly
to the cockpit floor.
(5) Remove the Cotter pins (02A- 180) from the Axis (02A- 160) at the pedal.
(6) Remove the Axis (02A- 160) with the Washers (02A- 170) .
(7) Lift the rudder pedal assembly clear of the cockpit floor to give access to the bottom Bolts (02A-
130) .
(8) Note the locations of the Tube (02A- 200) and Bushings (02A- 210) and remove the Nuts (02A-
040) , Tube (02A- 200) and Bushings (02A- 210) , Washers (02A- 050) and Bolts (02A- 130)
attaching the Brake actuator assy (02A- 020) , Brake actuator assy (02A- 030) to the bottom pivot
point.
(9) Lift the Brake actuator assy (02A- 020) , Brake actuator assy (02A- 030) clear of the rudder pedal
assembly.
B. Installation of a Brake Master-Cylinder
WARNING INSTALL THE BRAKE MASTER-CYLINDER WITH THE CONNECTIONS FOR

THE HOSES OUTBOARD / INBOARD AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 22, FIGURE
23. IF INSTALLED INCORRECTLY, THE HOSES CAN CAUSE A FAULT
AGAINST THE FIREWALL AND RESTRICT RUDDER MOVEMENT.
(1) Locate the hydraulic connections inboard / outboard as in Figure 22, Figure 23.
(2) Put the Brake actuator assy (02A- 020) , Brake actuator assy (02A- 030) in position.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Install the bottom Bolts (02A- 130) as follows:
(a) Lift the rudder pedal assembly for access to the bottom Bolts (02A- 130) .
(b) Install the bottom Bolts (02A- 130) , Nuts (02A- 040) , Tube (02A- 200) , Bushings (02A-
210) and Washers (02A- 050) .
(c) Lower the rudder pedal assembly into position.
(4) Install the 8 Screws (05A- 170) and the Washers (05A- 180) attaching the rudder pedal assembly
to the cockpit floor.
(5) Torque the Screws (05A- 170) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
(6) Connect the push-rod as follows:
(a) If installed, remove the spring washer from the top of the push-rod.
(b) Discard the spring washer.
(c) Install the pivot pin Axis (02A- 160) in the pedal and through the hole in the push rod of the
Brake actuator assy (02A- 020) , Brake actuator assy (02A- 030) .
(d) Put a Washers (02A- 170) on the pivot pin Axis (02A- 160) .
(7) Install a Cotter pins (02A- 180) in the Axis (02A- 160) .
(8) Connect the brake Hose (05A- 050) , Hose (05A- 060) , Hose (05A- 100) , Hose (05A- 110) to
the Brake actuator assy (02A- 020) , Brake actuator assy (02A- 030) .
(9) Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure Table 4.
(10) Bleed the brake system, refer to Wheel Brake System for Beringer brake system Bleed.
(11) Do a test for correct operation of the brake system and look for leaks.
(12) Do a test for correct range of movement of the rudder control, refer to Rudder General Data.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
20 170
180
10
160
170
180
30
190
40 210
50
200
70 60
80
190
60
A
150
90
220
50
130
40
110
100 50
140
120
110
100 40
Figure 22 - Brake Master-Cylinder

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
100
110
A 60
50
150
160
10
110 15
C 180 x8 25
20
170 x8
35
160 20
60
30 B
180 x8
170 x8
D 150
80
70
A
110
80
90
60
50
60 FW
D
D
140
130
120
120
C

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BRAKE UNIT FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the wheel axle and the brake assembly

- Installation of the wheel axle and the brake assembly

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
Axle, wheel (2) .................................................................................................. 32400006A010 QTY 2
Bushing (4) ....................................................................................................... 32400006A020 QTY 4
Spacer, axle (2) ................................................................................................ 32400006A030 QTY 2
Washer, axle (2) ................................................................................................ 32400006A040 QTY 2
Screws (4) ......................................................................................................... 32400006A050 QTY 4
Screws (4) ......................................................................................................... 32400006A060 QTY 4
Washers (4) ...................................................................................................... 32400006A070 QTY 4
Washers (4) ...................................................................................................... 32400006A080 QTY 4
Nuts (4) ............................................................................................................. 32400006A090 QTY 4
Nuts (4) ............................................................................................................. 32400006A100 QTY 4
Hose, flexible (2) ............................................................................................... 32400006A110 QTY 2
Brake assy, LH ................................................................................................. 32400006A120 QTY 1
Brake ................................................................................................................. 32400006A130 QTY 1
Fitting, banjo ..................................................................................................... 32400006A140 QTY 1
Copper seal (2) ................................................................................................. 32400006A150 QTY 2

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Banjo bolt .......................................................................................................... 32400006A160 QTY 1

Adapter -3 to -4 ................................................................................................. 32400006A170 QTY 1
Brake assy, RH ................................................................................................. 32400006A180 QTY 1
Brake ................................................................................................................. 32400006A190 QTY 1
Fitting, banjo ..................................................................................................... 32400006A200 QTY 1
Copper seal (2) ................................................................................................. 32400006A210 QTY 2
Banjo bolt .......................................................................................................... 32400006A220 QTY 1
Adapter -3 to -4 ................................................................................................. 32400006A230 QTY 1
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the wheel axle and the brake assembly

Refer to Figure 24.
(2) Remove the main wheel, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove and Install
CAUTION DO NOT STRAIN THE BRAKE HOSE. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
HOSE AND CAUSE FAILURE.
MAKE SURE THAT THE PARKING BRAKE IS SET TO RELEASE BEFORE
YOU RELEASE THE BRAKE PIPE.
(3) Release the Hose, flexible (06A- 110) (brake pipe) at the brake unit.
(4) Remove the Nuts (06A- 090) and Nuts (06A- 100) with the Washers (06A- 070) Washers (06A-
080) from the main leg.
(5) Remove the Brake assy, LH (06A- 120) or Brake assy, RH (06A- 180) , the Spacer, axle (06A-
030) , the Axle, wheel (06A- 010) , the Bushing (06A- 020) and the Washer, axle (06A- 040) with
the Screws (06A- 050) , Screws (06A- 060) from the main leg.
B. Installation of the wheel axle and the brake assembly
(1) Make sure that there is sufficient thickness of brake lining.
(2) Install the Axle, wheel (06A- 010) and the Brake assy, LH (06A- 120) , Brake assy, RH (06A- 180)
and as follows:

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Put the Brake assy, LH (06A- 120) or Brake assy, RH (06A- 180) , the Spacer, axle (06A-
030) , the Axle, wheel (06A- 010) , the Bushing (06A- 020) and the Washer, axle (06A- 040)
with the Screws (06A- 050) , Screws (06A- 060) in position to the main leg.
(b) Install the Nuts (06A- 090) and Nuts (06A- 100) with the Washers (06A- 070) , Washers
(06A- 080) to the main leg.
(c) Torque the Screws (06A- 050) and Screws (06A- 060) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts
Tighten Procedure, Table 2.
CAUTION DO NOT STRAIN THE BRAKE HOSE. YOU CAN DAMAGE THE HOSE AND
CAUSE FAILURE.
(3) Connect the Hose, flexible (06A- 110) (brake pipe) at the brake unit.
(4) Torque the nut of the Adapter -3 to -4 (06A- 230) , refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure,
Table 4.
(5) Bleed the brakes, refer to Wheel Brake System for Beringer brake system Bleed.
(6) Install the main wheel, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove and Install
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR IS DOWN AND LOCKED BEFORE
YOU LOWER THE AIRCRAFT WITH THE JACKS.
(7) Lower the aircraft with jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
CAUTION BRAKE TORQUE VALUE CAN BE ONLY 50% OF RATED BRAKE TORQUE
BEFORE THE CONDITIONING. IT MEANS THAT EVEN WITH FULL BRAKE
EFFORT THE AIRCRAFT WILL NOT STOP AS USUAL. PILOT MUST TAKE
INTO CONSIDERATION THIS PARAMETER TO AVOID LOOSE OF
AIRCRAFT CONTROL DURING THE CONDITIONING PROCEDURE.
(8) Condition the brake, refer to Conditioning of Break Unit for Beringer brake system Harmonize.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
110
120
160
90
70 150
140
170
30 150
D
FW
20
80 40
130 50
100
10
60
NOTE: LH SHOWN, RH OPPOSITE
Figure 24 - Brake Installation

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONDITIONING OF BREAK UNIT FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

HARMONIZE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
CAUTION BRAKE TORQUE VALUE CAN BE ONLY 50% OF RATED BRAKE TORQUE BEFORE
THE CONDITIONING. IT MEANS THAT EVEN WITH FULL BRAKE EFFORT THE
AIRCRAFT WILL NOT STOP AS USUAL. PILOT MUST TAKE INTO
CONSIDERATION THIS PARAMETER TO AVOID LOOSE OF AIRCRAFT CONTROL
DURING THE CONDITIONING PROCEDURE.
A WRONG CONDITIONING MAY AFFECT BRAKE PERFORMANCES AND
INCREASE WEAR OF PADS AND DISC.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Conditioning Procedure
(1) Taxi aircraft for 500 m (1500 feet) with light brake effort.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00B-274A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Perform two (2) consecutive stops from 30 – 35 knots down to 5 knots. Apply light brake effort
during these two stops; do not try to apply full brake effort.
(3) Allow the brakes to cool down for 10 to 15 minutes.
(4) Apply brakes and check for restraint at high static throttle. If brakes hold, conditioning is complete.
(5) If brakes cannot hold aircraft during static run-up, allow the brakes to cool completely and repeat
steps 1 through 4.
(6) Do a visual inspection of the disc and the pads.
Note A smooth surface with light and regular grooves indicates that pads and disc are properly
conditioned.
Note A rough surface of disc with deep grooves and isolated bumps indicates that an excessive
brake effort has been applied during conditioning. In this case, bumps must be sanded
and conditioning procedure repeated.

09 March 2017 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-03-00B-274A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PARKING BRAKE-VALVE FOR BERINGER BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Parking Brake-Valve

- Installation of the Parking Brake-Valve

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Parking Brake-Valve
(1) Remove the upper engine cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Remove.
(3) Remove the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (analog)
and the instrument panel, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (digital) for access.
(4) Make sure that the parking brake is set to RELEASE.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Release the clip (70) which locks the end fitting of the brake control cable.
(6) Release the end fitting (71) from the control lever.
(7) Disconnect the 2 flexible hydraulic pipes (72) from the valve.
(9) Disconnect the 2 rigid pipes (73) from the valve.
(10) Put caps on the pipes.
(11)
Note Do not remove the bolts.
Release 2 nuts and washers (74) attaching the valve to the firewall and hold the bolts on the
engine side of the firewall.
(12) Remove the parking brake-valve (36) from the aircraft.
(13) Put caps on the hydraulic connections.
B. Installation of the Parking Brake-Valve
(1) Put the parking brake-valve (36) in position in the aircraft.
(2) Push the valve on to the attaching bolts and hold the bolts on the engine side of the firewall.
(3) Install washers and nuts (74) on the attaching bolts.
(5) Connect the 2 rigid pipes (73) to the parking brake-valve.
(6) Connect the 2 flexible pipes (72) to the valve.
(7) Torque the nuts, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure Table 4
(8) Attach the end fitting (71) to the control lever.
(9) Install the spring locking clip (70) .
(10) Do a test for full range of movement of the parking brake control.
(11) Bleed the brake system, refer to Wheel Brake System for Beringer brake system Bleed.
(12) Do a test for correct operation of the parking brake-valve:
(a) Apply both brakes.

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Set the parking brake to ON.
(c) Stop pushing the brake pedals. The brakes must remain on.
(13) Install the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (analog)
and the instrument panel, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (digital) after access.
(15) Install the engine cowling, refer to Engine Cowlings Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
70
71
36
74
72
ICN-1T120TP-A-215000-D-C4331-00389-A-001-01
FW
73 D
Legend
(36) Parking brake-valve (72) Flexible hydraulic pipes

(70) Spring clip (73) Rigid hydraulic pipes

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(71) Cable end fitting (74) Attaching washers and

nuts

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32-41
WHEEL AND BRAKE COMPONENT REPAIRS FOR
PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WHEEL AND BRAKE COMPONENT REPAIRS FOR PARKER BRAKE SYSTEM

GENERAL
A. General
This section covers standard maintenance shop standard procedures and repairs to Grob components used in
the wheels and brakes system.
Refer to the Cleveland Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Manual and related Product Catalog for repairs to wheel
and brake components. Refer to the Parker-Hannifin Component Maintenance Manual CM 10-30 latest issue
for repairs to the brake master-cylinders.

1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DISASSEMBLE THE NOSE WHEEL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
Note We recommend that this work is to be done in a maintenance shop with an inflation safety cage!
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DEFLATE THE TYRE COMPLETELY BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE THE WHEEL.
DISASSEMBLING A WHEEL WITH AN INFLATED TYRE CAN CAUSE INJURY.
A. Disassemble the Nose Wheel

Refer to Figure 1.
(1) Remove the valve (1) and deflate the tyre (9) .
(2) Release the 6 nuts (6) , washers (5) and bolts (4) that attach the hubs

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the hubs (2) and (3) from the tyre (9) . Retain the spacer (7) .
(4) Remove the inner tube (10) from the tyre.
(5) Examine the wheel halves (2) and (3) .

Look specially for:
- Damage to the surface finish. Restore the surface finish.
- Cracks in the area between the tyre bead seat. Return the wheel hub to Grob for
investigation.
- Corrosion. Treat the corrosion and restore the surface finish.
- Rough-running bearings. Replace the defect bearing(s).

27 July 2018 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
4
5
9
8
3
11
D
FW 2 5
6
Figure 1 - Nose Wheel Assembly

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Valve (7) Spacer

(2) LH wheel half (8) Sealed bearing
(3) RH wheel half (9) Tyre
(4) Bolt (10) Inner tube
(5) Washer (11) Cut-outs for valve stem
(6) Nut

27 July 2018 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

ASSEMBLE THE NOSE WHEEL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
Note We recommend that this work is done in a maintenance shop with an inflation safety cage!
1 PROCEDURE
A. Assembly of the Nose Wheel

Refer to Figure 2.
(1) Put the inner tube (10) in the tyre (9) . Apply talcum powder to the outside of the inner tube (10)
first.
(2) Put the wheel-halves (2) and (3) in position on the tyre and install the spacer (7) in between
for the nose wheel. Align the valve with the cut-outs (11) in the wheel halves.
(3) Install the 6 bolts (4) , washers (5) and nuts (6) that attach the wheel-halves.

1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Put washers under each bolt-head and each nut.
Torque the nuts crosswise, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
(4) Install the tyre valve (1) and inflate the tyre to a pressure according to Exterior Placards and
Markings General.
(5) Paint a red slip mark on the tyre and on the wheel half.

1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
4
5
9
8
3
11
D
FW 2 5
6

1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Valve (7) Spacer

(2) LH wheel half (8) Sealed bearing
(3) RH wheel half (9) Tyre
(4) Bolt (10) Inner tube
(5) Washer (11) Cut-outs for valve stem
(6) Nut

1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00A-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Cleaning of the Main Wheel Assembly

- Cleaning of the Main Wheel Rim

None
None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
Note We recommend that this work is done in a maintenance shop with an inflation safety cage.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Cleaning of the Main Wheel Assembly


Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION SEALING OF BALL BEARINGS MUST NOT BE DAMAGED OR CLEANED

WITH SOLVENT.
(1) Clean all metal parts using water and soap, then wipe dry with a clean cloth. Valve core and central
spacer must not be cleaned with solvent.
WARNING DRY-CLEANING SOLVENTS ARE TOXIC AND VOLATILE. USE A WELL-

VENTILATED ROOM. AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN OR CLOTHING. DO
NOT INHALE THE VAPOR.
CAUTION OILY SOLVENT MUST NOT BE USED ON WHEEL BEAD SEAT BECAUSE
TIRE WILL NOT STICK PROPERLY ON THE WHEEL.
(2) Clean wheel bead seat with dry-cleaning solvent and wipe dry with a clean cloth.

LOCK THE SCREWS.
(3) Apply air pressure to dry internal threads.
B. Cleaning of the Main Wheel Rim


LOCK THE SCREWS.

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INSPECTION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
1 PROCEDURE
A. Inspection of the Main Wheel Rim

ANODIZING COATING.
(1) Visually inspect wheel flanges for (refer to Figure 3):

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Signs of deep corrosion in critical areas

- Heavy nicks
- Deformed flanges
- Damaged bearing bore.
(2) Visually inspect wheel central spacer for:

- Heavy nicks
- Scratches on sealing surfaces in contact with O-rings.

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01150-A-001-01
Figure 3 - Damage Limits

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Tyre deflator ............................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Tire lubricant ......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
Wheel bolt (4) ................................................................................................... 32400001A060 QTY 4
Wheel half, inner ............................................................................................... 32400001A080 QTY 1
Wheel half, outer ............................................................................................... 32400001A090 QTY 1
Bolt, wheel (4) ................................................................................................... 32400001A100 QTY 4
Valve ................................................................................................................. 32400001A150 QTY 1
O-ring ................................................................................................................ 32400001A160 QTY 1
O-ring ................................................................................................................ 32400001A190 QTY 1
Tire .................................................................................................................... 32400001A200 QTY 1

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISASSEMBLE WHEEL UNTIL TIRE HAS BEEN

COMPLETELY DEFLATED. OTHERWISE, SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONNEL OR
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN RESULT.
WARNING DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE VALVE CORE UNTIL TIRE HAS BEEN
COMPLETELY DEFLATED. VALVE CORE WILL BE EJECTED AT HIGH
VELOCITIES IF UNSCREWED BEFORE AIR PRESSURE HAS BEEN RELEASED.
A. Disassembly of the Main Wheel Assembly

Refer to Figure 4
(2) Remove valve cap and apply a Tyre deflator to release tire pressure completely.
(3) Remove the Valve (01A- 150) (valve core).
CAUTION DO NOT PRY BETWEEN TIRE BEAD AND WHEEL HALFS, THIS MAY
DESTROY THE STRUCTURAL AND SEALING PROPERTIES OF THE WHEEL
AND TIRE.
(4) Break the beads away from the wheel flanges by applying pressure by hand or using a wood or
plastic tool as close to the tire bead as possible. Tire lubricant may be used to help. Repeat the
operation every 90° on both sides, refer to Figure 5.
CAUTION DO NOT USE IMPACT OR POWER WRENCHES.
CAUTION DO NOT REMOVE ASSEMBLY SCREWS BEFORE THE TIRE BEADS ARE
FULLY FREE FROM THE WHEEL.
(5) Remove the screws Wheel bolt (01A- 060) and the Bolt, wheel (01A- 100) from the wheel halves.
(6) Separate Wheel half, inner (01A- 080) and Wheel half, outer (01A- 090) (with including bearings
and circlips).
(7) Remove the Tire (01A- 200) and O-ring (01A- 160) .
(8) Carefully lay the Wheel half, inner (01A- 080) and Wheel half, outer (01A- 090) (including the
bearing and the circlips) on a flat clean bench.

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(9) Clean the parts, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Clean and apply surface protection.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
60
170
180
170 180
80
140 70
130
160
90
A
190 150
110
120
200
100 x4
Legend
(60) Wheel bolt (140) Bearing

(70) Wheel rim assy (150) Valve
Figure 4 - Main Wheel Assembly

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(80) Wheel half, inner (160) O-ring

(90) Wheel half, outer (170) Clip
(100) Bolt, wheel (180) Screw
(110) Bearing (190) O-ring
(120) Circlip (200) Tire
(130) Circlip

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01145-A-001-01
Figure 5 - Removal of the Tire

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REPAIR PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Disassembly of the Main Wheel Rim

- Assembly of the Main Wheel Rim

None
None

Lock ring plier .......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
Oven ........................................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
Fiber drift pin ........................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
Arbor press .............................................................................................................. Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Threadlocker high strength ...................................................................... Loctite 271 (C4331) QTY AR
F. New Items
Wheel rim assy ................................................................................................. 32400001A070 QTY 1
Bearing ............................................................................................................. 32400001A110 QTY 1
Circlip ................................................................................................................ 32400001A120 QTY 1
Circlip ................................................................................................................ 32400001A130 QTY 1
Bearing ............................................................................................................. 32400001A140 QTY 1
Clip (2) .............................................................................................................. 32400001A170 QTY 2
Screw (2) ........................................................................................................... 32400001A180 QTY 2

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Disassembly of the Main Wheel Rim
(1) Disassemble the Main Wheel Assembly, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system
Disassemble procedure.
(2) Remove Circlip (01A- 120) and Circlip (01A- 130) on wheel half with a Lock ring plier.
(3) Place wheel flange in an oven at 110 to 120 °C (230 to 248 °F) for 30 minutes (never exceed 150°
C (302 °F)).
(4) Remove wheel half from heat source and immediately remove Bearing (01A- 140) , Bearing (01A-
110) .
If the bearings does not fall out by himself: tap it evenly with a Fiber drift pin or use a suitable Arbor
press, refer to Figure 6.
Note Do not reuse a ball bearing that has already been mounted, even if in new condition.
CAUTION CLIP SCREWS HAVE BEEN MOUNTED WITH THREADLOCKER HIGH

STRENGTH : DO NOT FORCE WHILE SCREWING OUT THE SMALL
SCREWS OTHERWISE YOU MAY BREAK THE SCREW.
(5) Remove Clip (01A- 170) and Screw (01A- 180) only if they are out of tolerance.
(6) Clean the parts, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Clean and apply surface protection.
(7) Inspect the parts, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Inspection.
B. Assembly of the Main Wheel Rim
CAUTION PLACE WHEEL FLANGE IN AN OVEN AT 110 TO 120 °C (230 TO 248 °F) FOR
30 MINUTES (NEVER EXCEED 150°C (302 °F)).
(1) Do not attempt to install bearing without heating the wheel flange, it will damage bearing bore.

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION DO NOT REUSE A BALL BEARING THAT HAS ALREADY BEEN MOUNTED,
EVEN IF IN NEW CONDITION.
CAUTION USE ONLY A BALL BEARING (01A- 140) , BEARING (01A- 110) APPROVED
BY BERINGER. THERE ARE MANY DIFFERENT QUALITIES IN BALL
BEARINGS AND MOST OF THEM ARE NOT COMPLIANT WITH BERINGER
REQUIREMENTS.
(2) Use a new sealed ball Bearing (01A- 140) , Bearing (01A- 110) .
CAUTION DO NOT USE A HAMMER TO PRESS BEARING, IT WILL DAMAGE BALLS

AND CAUSE FAILURE OF BALL BEARING
(3) Install the ball Bearing (01A- 140) , Bearing (01A- 110) into bearing bore of heated wheel flange
using appropriate tool. Tap gently into place with a fiber drift making sure cup is evenly seated
against shoulder of wheel half, refer to Figure 7.
(4) After cooling down period, install new Circlip (01A- 120) , Circlip (01A- 130) .
CAUTION CIRCLIPS MAINTAIN BALL BEARINGS, IF CIRCLIPS ARE NOT IN PLACE

BEARING CAN SLIDE OUT AND CAUSE THE BLOCKING OF THE WHEEL.
(5) Check that Circlip (01A- 120) Circlip (01A- 130) are in place.
(6) If Clip (01A- 170) (drive keys) have been removed then install new Clip (01A- 170) and new
Screw (01A- 180) , refer to Figure 8
(7) Put a drop of Threadlocker high strength on each end of the Screw (01A- 180) .
(8) Torque tighten to 1.5 Nm (13 lbf.in) while pressing the Clip (01A- 170) onto the rim with a grip.
(9) Check that disc slides without effort in wheel slots.
Note If disc cannot slide in the slots, remove concerning clip and install again.
(10) Assemble the main wheel assembly, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Assemble
procedure.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01149-A-001-01
Figure 6 - Removal of the Bearings

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01151-A-001-01
Figure 7 - Installation of the Bushings

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Clip Wear Limit
Max. Play 0.4 mm (0.016 in.)
Screw
Clip ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01153-A-001-01
Figure 8 - Installation of Screw and Clips

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

ASSEMBLE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Plywood tool with conical bushing .................................................................. OPA02 (C4331) QTY AR
Torque wrench ..................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
E. Materials
Dry-cleaning solvent ............................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
Inspection Lacquer (yellow) ................................................................... GS513010-4 (C4331) QTY AR
F. New Items
Wheel bolt (4) ................................................................................................... 32400001A060 QTY 4
Bolt, wheel (4) ................................................................................................... 32400001A100 QTY 4
Valve ................................................................................................................. 32400001A150 QTY 1
O-ring ................................................................................................................ 32400001A160 QTY 1
O-ring ................................................................................................................ 32400001A190 QTY 1
Tire .................................................................................................................... 32400001A200 QTY 1

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Assembly of the Main Wheel Assembly (with Tire)
(1) Check ball bearings and seals, replace them if required, refer to Main Wheel for Beringer brake
system Repair procedure.
CAUTION OILY SOLVENT MUST NOT BE USED ON TIRE BEAD SEAT BECAUSE TIRE
WILL NOT STICK PROPERLY ON THE WHEEL.
(2) Make sure that the inside of tire is clean and dry. Clean tire bead seat with a cloth impregnated
with Dry-cleaning solvent as to remove residual grease or wax.
(3) Place the outer wheel flange (the one with the valve) on the Plywood tool with conical bushing.
(4) Insert the conical bushing (part of Plywood tool with conical bushing) made from polished
aluminium on the central spacer.
(5) Spray Tire lubricant on the tire beads and on the conical bushing (part of Plywood tool with conical
bushing).
(6) Insert the Tire (01A- 200) on the assembly with red spot in front of the valve, refer to Figure 9.
(7) Place the second part of the Plywood tool with conical bushing on the assembly and screw the 3
butterfly nuts. Press the Tire (01A- 200) till the conical bushing (part of Plywood tool with conical
bushing) can be removed.
(8) Place the inner wheel flange on the table and position the large O-ring (01A- 160) in the groove.
CAUTION CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO ENSURE THAT THE O-RING (01A- 160) IS IN
PLACE.
(9) Return the plywood tool with assembly onto the inner wheel flange. Position the assembly so that
bolt holes are aligned, refer to Figure 9.

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

(10) Put a drop of Threadlocker medium strength at the end of each screw. Then insert the 4 Wheel
bolt (01A- 060) and 4 Bolt, wheel (01A- 100) rotatory (start with Wheel bolt (01A- 060) ) and align
the bolt holes so that no force is required to screw them, refer to Figure 9.
(11) Screw to contact with torque 2 to 4 Nm (17 to 35 lbf.in.).
(12) Torque tighten the screws with a torque wrench to 12 Nm (105 lbf.in.).
Note Respect the order when torque tightening, refer to Figure 9.
(13) Torque tighten a second time each screw.
(14) Screw the Valve (01A- 150) (valve core).
(15) Place the wheel in a protective enclosure and inflate to 7.7 bar (112 psi).
(16) Measure the inflation pressure 24 h later and check that the pressure drop is not more than 10%.
Note If the pressure drop is higher than 10% it means there is a leakage, the wheel must be
disassembled to check for eventual defect.
(17) Adjust the pressure to 4.1 bar (60 psi).
(18) Attach a new yellow slip mark with the Inspection Lacquer (yellow) to the Tire (01A- 200) and to
the wheel rim, refer to Figure 9.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Inspection
Lacquer
(yellow)
Plywood tool
with conical bushing
Red Spot Valve
1
2
2
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01147-A-001-01
1
2
1
2
NOTES (Nose Wheel): NOTES (Main Wheel):
1 Screw (2A-110) 1 Screw (1A-60)
2 Screw (2A-110) 2 Screw (1A-100)
Figure 9 - Installation of the Tire

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
60
170
180
170 180
80
140 70
130
160
90
A
190 150
110
120
200
100 x4
Legend
(60) Wheel bolt (140) Bearing

(70) Wheel rim assy (150) Valve

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(80) Wheel half, inner (160) O-ring

(90) Wheel half, outer (170) Clip
(100) Bolt, wheel (180) Screw
(110) Bearing (190) O-ring
(120) Circlip (200) Tire
(130) Circlip

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-01B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Tyre deflator ............................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
F. New Items
Inner wheel half ................................................................................................ 32400002A090 QTY 1
Outer wheel half ................................................................................................ 32400002A100 QTY 1
Screw (8) ........................................................................................................... 32400002A110 QTY 8
Valve ................................................................................................................. 32400002A160 QTY 1
O-ring ................................................................................................................ 32400002A170 QTY 1
O-ring ................................................................................................................ 32400002A180 QTY 1
Tire, nose .......................................................................................................... 32400002A190 QTY 1

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISASSEMBLE WHEEL UNTIL TIRE HAS BEEN

COMPLETELY DEFLATED. OTHERWISE, SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONNEL OR
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN RESULT.
WARNING DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE VALVE CORE UNTIL TIRE HAS BEEN
COMPLETELY DEFLATED. VALVE CORE WILL BE EJECTED AT HIGH
VELOCITIES IF UNSCREWED BEFORE AIR PRESSURE HAS BEEN RELEASED.
A. Disassembly of the Nose Wheel Assembly

Refer to Figure 11.
(1) Remove the nose wheel, refer to Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove and Install.
(2) Remove valve cap and apply a Tyre deflator to release tire pressure completely.
(3) Remove the Valve (02A- 160) .
CAUTION DO NOT PRY BETWEEN TIRE BEAD AND WHEEL HALFS, THIS MAY
DESTROY THE STRUCTURAL AND SEALING PROPERTIES OF THE WHEEL
AND TIRE.
(4) Break the beads away from the wheel flanges by applying pressure by hand or using a wood or
plastic tool as close to the tire bead as possible. Tire lubricant may be used to help. Repeat the
operation every 90° on both sides, refer to Figure 12.
CAUTION DO NOT REMOVE ASSEMBLY SCREWS BEFORE THE TIRE BEADS ARE
FULLY FREE FROM THE WHEEL.
(5) Remove the screws Screw (02A- 110) from the wheel halves.
(6) Separate Inner wheel half (02A- 090) and Outer wheel half (02A- 100) (with including bearings
and circlips).
(7) Remove the Tire, nose (02A- 190) and O-ring (02A- 170) .
(8) Carefully lay the Inner wheel half (02A- 090) and Outer wheel half (02A- 100) (including the
bearing and the circlips) on a flat clean bench.

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(9) Clean the parts, refer to Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Clean and apply surface protection.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
90
A
150
140 170
100
160
120
130
180
80 70
110
190

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01145-A-001-01
Legend
(70) NLG wheel assy (140) Circlip

(80) Wheel rim assy (150) Bearing
(90) Inner wheel half (160) Valve

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(100) Outer wheel half (170) O-ring

(110) Screw (180) O-ring
(120) Bearing (190) Tire, nose
(130) Circlip

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-530A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REPAIR PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Disassembly of the Nose Wheel Rim

- Assembly of the Nose Wheel Rim

None
None

Lock ring plier .......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
Oven ........................................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
Fiber drift pin ........................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
Arbor press .............................................................................................................. Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Threadlocker high strength ...................................................................... Loctite 271 (C4331) QTY AR
F. New Items
Bearing ............................................................................................................. 32400002A120 QTY 1
Circlip ................................................................................................................ 32400002A130 QTY 1
Circlip ................................................................................................................ 32400002A140 QTY 1
Bearing ............................................................................................................. 32400002A150 QTY 1

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Disassembly of the Nose Wheel Rim

Refer to Figure 14.
(1) Disassemble the Nose Wheel Assembly, refer to Nose Wheel for Beringer Brake System
Disassemble procedure.
(2) Remove Circlip (02A- 130) , Circlip (02A- 140) on wheel half with a Lock ring plier.
(3) Place wheel flange in an oven at 110 to 120 °C (230 to 248 °F) for 30 minutes (never exceed 150°
C (302 °F)).
(4) Remove wheel half from heat source and immediately remove Bearing (02A- 120) , Bearing (02A-
150) .
If the bearings does not fall out by himself: tap it evenly with a Fiber drift pin or use a suitable Arbor
press, refer to Figure 13.
Note Do not reuse a ball bearing that has already been mounted, even if in new condition.
(5) Clean the parts, refer to Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Clean and apply surface protection.
(6) Inspect the parts, refer to Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Inspection.
B. Assembly of the Nose Wheel Rim
CAUTION PLACE WHEEL FLANGE IN AN OVEN AT 110 TO 120 °C (230 TO 248 °F) FOR
30 MINUTES (NEVER EXCEED 150°C (302 °F)).
(1) Do not attempt to install bearing without heating the wheel flange, it will damage bearing bore.
CAUTION DO NOT REUSE A BALL BEARING THAT HAS ALREADY BEEN MOUNTED,
EVEN IF IN NEW CONDITION.

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION USE ONLY A BALL BEARING (02A- 120) , BEARING (02A- 150) APPROVED
BY BERINGER. THERE ARE MANY DIFFERENT QUALITIES IN BALL
BEARINGS AND MOST OF THEM ARE NOT COMPLIANT WITH BERINGER
REQUIREMENTS.
(2) Use a new sealed ball Bearing (02A- 120) , Bearing (02A- 150) .
CAUTION DO NOT USE A HAMMER TO PRESS BEARING, IT WILL DAMAGE BALLS

AND CAUSE FAILURE OF BALL BEARING.
(3) Install the ball Bearing (02A- 120) , Bearing (02A- 150) into bearing bore of heated wheel flange
using appropriate tool. Tap gently into place with a fiber drift making sure cup is evenly seated
against shoulder of wheel half, refer to Figure 15.
(4) After cooling down period, install new Circlip (02A- 130) , Circlip (02A- 140) .
CAUTION CIRCLIPS MAINTAIN BALL BEARINGS, IF CIRCLIPS ARE NOT IN PLACE

BEARING CAN SLIDE OUT AND CAUSE THE BLOCKING OF THE WHEEL.
(5) Check that Circlip (02A- 130) , Circlip (02A- 140) are in place.
(6) Assemble the nose wheel assembly, refer to Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Assemble
procedure.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01149-A-001-01
Figure 13 - Removal of the Bearings

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
90
A
150
140 170
100
160
120
130
180
80 70
110
190

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

(130) Circlip

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01151-A-001-01
Figure 15 - Installation of the Bearings

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

ASSEMBLE PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Plywood tool with conical bushing ..................................................................... OPA02 (C4331) QTY 1
Torque wrench ..................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
E. Materials
Dry-cleaning solvent ............................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
Inspection Lacquer (yellow) ................................................................... GS513010-4 (C4331) QTY AR
F. New Items
Screw (8) ........................................................................................................... 32400002A110 QTY 8
Valve ................................................................................................................. 32400002A160 QTY 1
O-ring ................................................................................................................ 32400002A170 QTY 1
O-ring ................................................................................................................ 32400002A180 QTY 1
Tire, nose .......................................................................................................... 32400002A190 QTY 1

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Assembly of the Nose Wheel Assembly
(1) Check ball bearings and seals, replace them if required, refer to Nose Wheel for Beringer brake
system Inspection, Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Repair procedure.
CAUTION OILY SOLVENT MUST NOT BE USED ON TIRE BEAD SEAT BECAUSE TIRE
WILL NOT STICK PROPERLY ON THE WHEEL.
(2) Make sure that the inside of tire is clean and dry. Clean tire bead seat with a cloth impregnated
with Dry-cleaning solvent as to remove residual grease or wax.
(3) Place the outer wheel flange (the one with the valve) on the Plywood tool with conical bushing.
(4) Insert the conical bushing (part of Plywood tool with conical bushing) made from polished
aluminium on the central spacer.
(5) Spray Tire lubricant on the tire beads and on the conical bushing (part of Plywood tool with conical
bushing).
(6) Insert the Tire, nose (02A- 190) on the assembly with red spot in front of the valve, refer to Figure
16 and Figure 17.
(7) Place the second part of the Plywood tool with conical bushing on the assembly and screw the 3
butterfly nuts. Press the Tire, nose (02A- 190) till the conical bushing (part of Plywood tool with
conical bushing) can be removed.
(8) Place the inner wheel flange on the table and position the large O-ring (02A- 170) in the groove.
CAUTION CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO ENSURE THAT THE O-RING (02A- 170) IS IN
PLACE.
(9) Return the plywood tool with assembly onto the inner wheel flange. Position the assembly so that
bolt holes are aligned, refer to Figure 16.

27 July 2018 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

(10) Put a drop of Threadlocker medium strength at the end of each screw. Then insert the 8 Screw
(02A- 110) and align the bolt holes so that no force is required to screw them, refer to Figure
16.
(11) Screw to contact with torque 2 to 4 Nm (17 to 35 lbf.in.).
(12) Torque tighten the screws with a torque wrench to 10 Nm (87 lbf.in.).
Note Respect the order when torque tightening, refer to Figure 16.
(13) Torque tighten a second time each screw.
(14) Screw the Valve (02A- 160) (valve core).
(15) Place the wheel in a protective enclosure and inflate to 6.2 bar (90 psi).
(16) Measure the inflation pressure 24 h later and check that the pressure drop is not more than 10%.
Note If the pressure drop is higher than 10% it means there is a leakage, the wheel must be
disassembled to check for eventual defect.
(17) Adjust the pressure according to Exterior Placards and Markings General.
(18) Attach a new slip mark with Inspection Lacquer (yellow) to the Tire, nose (02A- 190) and to the
Wheel rim assy (02A- 080) , refer to Figure 16.
(19) Install the nose wheel, refer to Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Inspection
Lacquer
(yellow)
Plywood tool
with conical bushing
Red Spot Valve
1
2
2
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01147-A-001-01
1
2
1
2
NOTES (Nose Wheel): NOTES (Main Wheel):
1 Screw (2A-110) 1 Screw (1A-60)
2 Screw (2A-110) 2 Screw (1A-100)
Figure 16 - Installation of the Tire

27 July 2018 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
90
A
150
140 170
100
160
120
130
180
80 70
110
190

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

(130) Circlip

27 July 2018 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-710A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INSPECTION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
Bearing ............................................................................................................. 32400002A120 QTY 1
Circlip ................................................................................................................ 32400002A130 QTY 1
Circlip ................................................................................................................ 32400002A140 QTY 1
Bearing ............................................................................................................. 32400002A150 QTY 1
1 PROCEDURE
A. Inspection of the Main Wheel Rim Assembly
(1) Check the ball bearings and O-rings.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

ANODIZING COATING.
(2) Visually inspect wheel flanges for (refer to Figure 18):

- Heavy nicks
- Deformed flanges
- Damaged bearing bore.
(3) Visually inspect wheel central spacer for:

- Heavy nicks
- Scratches on sealing surfaces in contact with O-rings.

12 May 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ICN-1T120TP-A-324000-D-C4331-01150-A-001-01
Figure 18 - Damage Limits

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Cleaning of the Nose Wheel Assembly

- Cleaning of the Nose Wheel Rim Assembly

None
None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
1 PROCEDURE
A. Cleaning of the Nose Wheel Assembly

Clean all metal parts using water and soap, then wipe dry with a clean cloth. Valve core and central


Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SEALING OF BALL BEARINGS MUST NOT BE DAMAGED OR CLEANED

WITH SOLVENT.
(1) Clean all metal parts using water and soap, then wipe dry with a clean cloth. Valve core and central
WARNING DRY-CLEANING SOLVENTS ARE TOXIC AND VOLATILE. USE A WELL-

VENTILATED ROOM. AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN OR CLOTHING. DO
NOT INHALE THE VAPOR.
CAUTION OILY SOLVENT MUST NOT BE USED ON WHEEL BEAD SEAT BECAUSE
TIRE WILL NOT STICK PROPERLY ON THE WHEEL.
(2) Clean wheel bead seat with dry-cleaning solvent and wipe dry with a clean cloth.

LOCK THE SCREWS.
B. Cleaning of the Nose Wheel Rim Assembly


LOCK THE SCREWS.

12 May 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-250A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WHEEL AND BRAKE COMPONENT REPAIRS FOR BERINGER BRAKE

SYSTEM
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This section covers standard maintenance shop standard procedures and repairs to Grob components used in
the wheels and brakes system.
Refer to the Beringer Wheels and Brakes Maintenance Manual and related Product Catalog for repairs to wheel
and brake components. Refer to the Beringer Maintenance Manual latest issue for repairs to the brake master-
cylinders or refer to the maintenance procedures given in:
Maintenance procedure for the beringer brake assembly (EA-003.5N(B)), refer to:
A. Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Disassemble procedure
B. Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Clean and apply surface protection
C. Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Inspection
D. Brake Assembly (Beringer brake system) Assemble procedure
Maintenance procedure for the Nose wheel assembly (RA-014(-)), refer to:
A. Nose Wheel for Beringer Brake System Disassemble procedure
B. Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Clean and apply surface protection
C. Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Inspection
D. Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Assemble procedure
E. Nose Wheel for Beringer brake system Repair procedure
Maintenance procedure for the Main wheel assembly (RF-006(A)):

A. Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Clean and apply surface protection
B. Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Inspection
C. Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Disassemble procedure
D. Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Assemble procedure
E. Main Wheel for Beringer brake system Repair procedure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-41 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-41 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-41-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32-50
NOSE WHEEL STEERING

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE WHEEL STEERING

GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has nose wheel steering. The rudder pedals move the nose gear leg. The rudder pedals connect
to the nose gear leg with a steering damper.
When you use the rudder pedals, the nose wheel steering system can turn the nose gear leg ±5º. And when you
use one wheel brake, then the nose gear can turn ±52º.
This Chapter tells you about the nose wheel steering system from the rudder control to the nose gear leg. Refer
to Rudder General Data for more rudder control data. And refer to Nose Landing Gear General for the data on
the nose gear leg.

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE WHEEL STEERING

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the nose wheel steering system. The middle rudder bellcrank in the front seat frame area
connects to the steering control rod (1) . The steering control rod (1) connects to the steering idler lever (2)
in the nose wheel compartment. The steering idler lever connects to the steering damper (3) .
The steering damper contains a spring. The spring lets the nose gear leg turn more than 10º. The steering damper
connects to the steering actuator lever (4) on top of the nose gear leg.
The top of the nose gear leg has a steering input lever (5) . The input lever attaches to the cylinder assembly
(6) . Torque links (7) connect the cylinder assembly to the bottom of the sliding tube (8) . The sliding tube
attaches to the nose wheel fork (9) .
The steering actuator lever has 2 stops (10) . And the steering input lever has 2 stops (11) . When the landing
gear is extended the stops touch.
A guide track (12) attaches to the steering input lever on top of the nose gear leg. A guide roller (13) attaches
to the pivot of the steering actuator lever (4) . The guide roller engages the guide track.
You can adjust the stops on the steering input lever. Each stop has a bolt (14) with a lock-nut.
B. Operation
If you move the left rudder pedal forward, then the rod (1) moves aft. And the lever (2) moves the steering
damper (3) aft. The steering damper moves the steering actuator lever (4) to the to turn the nose gear to the
left.
The stops (10) on the steering actuator move the steering input lever (5) . The steering input lever turns the
cylinder assembly (6) . And the cylinder assembly turns the torque links to turn the nose wheel fork. And the
nose wheel steers to the left.
If you move the right rudder pedal forward, the rod (1) moves forward. And the lever (2) moves the steering
damper (3) forward. The steering damper moves the steering actuator lever (4) to steer the nose wheel to the
right.
If more steering angle is necessary, the pilot can apply one wheel brake. The spring in the steering damper lets
the nose gear leg turn more. The steering damper also lets you use the steering arm to move the aircraft on the
ground.
When the gear is extended, the guide track (12) can turn round the roller (13) . When the gear retracts, these
things occur:
The stops on the steering input lever (5) move away from the stops on the steering actuator lever.
The guide track (12) moves forward.
The roller (13) keeps the guide track central. And the guide track keeps the nose wheel central.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
2
4
5
10
11
6
10
7 4
9 14
13
12
11
5
Figure 1 - Nose Wheel Steering

27 July 2018 32-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Steering control rod (8) Sliding tube

(2) Steering idler lever (9) Nose wheel fork
(3) Steering damper (10) Stops on actuator lever
(4) Steering actuator lever (11) Stops on input lever
(5) Steering input lever (12) Guide track
(6) Cylinder assembly (13) Guide roller
(7) Torque links (14) Adjustable stop bolt
Figure 1 - Nose Wheel Steering

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE WHEEL STEERING

ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Lift the aircraft nose on jacks, refer to Jacking General

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Check / Adjust the Nose Wheel Steering

Refer to Figure 2.
(1) Put a tail trestle under the rear bumper.
(2) Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position. Put the rigging pin in the hole in the rudder middle-
lever assembly.
(3) Do a test for back-lash in the nose wheel steering as follows:

- Push the nose leg (5) by hand to the left.
- Push the nose leg (5) by hand to the right.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Do this 3 times.
Make sure there is no movement between the stops (10) on the actuator lever and the stops
(11) on the input lever.
(4) If you find back-lash in the nose wheel steering, adjust the stops (14) as follows:
- Release the lock-nuts on both adjustable stop bolts (14) .
- Adjust the stop bolts (14) to remove the backlash.
- Tighten the lock nuts.
Note The two bolts (14) should be adjusted by the same amount as good as practical.
(5) Measure the angle between the nose wheel and the aircraft longitudinal axis. The nose wheel
must align with the longitudinal axis.
(6) If the nose wheel does not align with the longitudinal axis, adjust the steering damper (3) as
follows:
- Remove the nut, washer and bolt (20) which attaches the damper to the actuator lever.
- Loosen the lock-nut (22) on the damper eye-end.
- Adjust the eye-end fitting. Turn clockwise to move the nose wheel to the left. Turn counter-
clockwise to move the nose wheel to the right.
- Tighten the lock-nut (22) . Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M6.
- Connect the damper eye-end to the actuator lever with the bolt, 3 washers and nut (20) .
Tighten the nut (20) . Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(7) Do a test for correct range of movement of the rudder control and the steering control, refer to
Rudder Control System Function Test.
The nose wheel must turn equally in each direction 5° +1°.
If necessary, adjust the controls.
(8) Remove the rigging pin from the hole in the rudder middle-lever assembly.
(9) Turn the nose leg to its limits by hand. The leg must turn to hit the nose gear stops (± 52°).
(11) Remove the tail trestle from under the rear bumper.

27 July 2018 32-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21
D
FW
21
3
A
20
10
22
20
A 14
11
Figure 2 - Remove and Install the Steering Damper

27 July 2018 32-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(2) Steering idler-lever (14) Adjustable stop bolt

(3) Steering damper (20) Forward attaching bolt, 3
washers and nut
(5) Nose leg (21) Aft attaching bolt,
washer and nut
(10) Actuator lever stop (22) Lock-nut for damper
eye-end
(11) Steering input lever stop
Figure 2 - Remove and Install the Steering Damper

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE WHEEL STEERING

A. General
This table contains the trouble shooting procedures for the nose wheel steering components only. Refer to Nose
Landing Gear General for trouble shooting data on the nose gear leg. And refer to Rudder General Data for
trouble shooting data on the rudder control system.

Steering not easy to Steering damper defective. Remove the steering damper, refer to Steer-
turn. ing Damper Remove and Install.
Replace/repair as necessary.
Nose wheel tire pressure low. Inflate nose wheel tire, refer to Tyres Pressure
Check / Inflation.
Steering noisy. Steering damper defective. Remove the steering damper, refer to Steer-
ing Damper Remove and Install.
Nose wheel does not Steering damper spring bro- Remove the steering damper, refer to Steer-
steer when the rudder ken. ing Damper Remove and Install.
pedals are operated.
Steering vibrations dur- Steering adjustment defec- Check the nose wheel steering adjustment,
ing landing roll. tive. refer to Nose Wheel Steering Adjust.
Perform the RSB565-043 latest revision, if
necessary.
Bushings on torque link de- Replace the bushings, refer to Nose Wheel
fective. Steering - Torque Link Bushings Damage Re-
pair.
Nose wheel defective. Check the nose wheel tyre and the nose wheel
installation, refer to Nose Wheel for Parker
brake system Remove and Install or Nose
Wheel for Beringer brake system Remove and
Install.

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE WHEEL STEERING - TORQUE LINK BUSHINGS

DAMAGE REPAIR
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Preparation
- Replacement of the Bushings
- Close Up Procedures

None

Ethyl Alcohol ......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
E. Materials
Silicon Spray ........................................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING USE EYE AND SKIN PROTECTION. OBEY ALL HEALTH AND SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS. MAKE SURE A GOOD FLOW OF AIR FOR THE WORK AREA.
ETHYL ALCOHOL IS VERY POISONOUS. DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES. THIS
WILL HELP PREVENT INJURY TO YOU.
A. General
Make sure that the work station is equipped for removal and installation of bushings.
The bushings on all items are glued in by the manufacturer.
If necessary use a press, a heating oven and/or liquid air to prepare the items for removal and installation.
Before beginning make sure that the new items for installation are available.
Do not rework the bushings. Discard used bushings and use always new bushings.
Always remove all the bushings on the nose landing gear steering.
B. Preparation
(1) Jack the aircraft, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
(2) Removal of the Torque Link
Remove the torque link from the nose landing gear leg as follows:
(a) Short bolts:
1. Remove the cotter pins (240) from the nuts (230) on the upper (150) and lower
torque link (160) .
2. Remove the nuts (230) and washers (220) from the bolts (210) .
3. Remove the bolts (210) and washers (250) from the upper (150) and lower torque
link (160) on the nose landing gear leg.
4. Remove the torque link (2) from the nose landing gear leg (1) .
(b) Long bolts:
1. Remove the cotter pins (240A) from the nuts (230A) on the upper (150) and lower
torque link (160) .
2. Remove the nuts (230A) and washers (270) , (280) and (290) from the bolts
(300) , (310) .
3. Remove the bolts (300) , (310) and washers (280) , (290) from the upper
(150) and lower torque link (160) on the nose landing gear leg.

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4. Remove the torque link (2) from the nose landing gear leg (1) .
(3) Disassembly of the Torque Link
Disassemble the torque link as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin (200) from the nut (190) on the torque link.
(b) Remove the nut (190) and washer (180) from the bolt (170) .
(c) Remove the bolt (170) and washer (180) from the torque link.
(d) Disassemble the upper (150) from the lower torque link (160) .
C. Replacement of the Bushings
(1) Removal of the Bushings from the Torque Link
(a) Remove the bushings (155) , (165) from the torque link (150) , (160) by using a press.
Do not damage the torque link by removal of the bushings.
(b) Clean the installation bores on the torque links (150) , (160) with ethyl alcohol.
(c) Do the dimensional check and a surface roughness check of the bores in the torque links
(150) , (160) .
If a torque link (150) , (160) is damaged replace the torque link.
(2) Installation of the Bushings in the Torque Link
(a) If the inner diameter of the bushing installation bores are correct, install the bushings (155) ,
(165) .
(b) Apply a thin layer of GS513005 to the outer surface of the new bushings (155) , (165) .
(c) Install the bushings (155) , (165) in the torque links (150) , (160) .
Use a press to install the bushings in the torque link.
Note Obey the correct installation position and direction of the bushings.
Remove the unwanted GS513005 from the torque links.
(d) Check the alignment of the bushings (155) , (165) with a bolt.
(e) Let the bushings glue in, refer to the instructions of the manufacturer.
(3) Removal of the Bushings from the Nose Landing Gear Leg
(a) Remove the bushings (260) from the nose landing gear leg by using a press.
Do not damage the nose landing gear leg by removal of the bushings (260) .

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Clean the installation bores on the nose landing gear leg with ethyl alcohol.
(c) Do the dimensional check and a surface roughness check of the bores at the nose landing
gear leg.
If the nose landing gear leg is damaged replace the parts.
(4) Installation of the Bushings in the Nose Landing Gear Leg
(a) If the inner diameter of the bushing installation bore is correct, install the bushings (260) .
(b) Apply a thin layer of GS513007 to the outer surface of the new bushings (260) .
(c) Install the bushings (260) in the nose landing gear leg.
Use a press to install the bushings (260) in the nose landing gear leg.
Note Obey the correct installation direction of the bushings.
Remove the unwanted GS513007 from the nose landing gear leg.
(d) Check the alignment of the bushings (260) with a bolt.
(e) Let the bushings (260) glue in, refer to the instructions of the manufacturer.
D. Close Up Procedures
(1) Assembly of the Torque Link
(a) Lubricate the bolt (170) and bushings (165) with silicon spray before attachment.
(b) Attach the lower torque link (160) to the upper torque link (150) .
(c) Install the washer (180) and the bolt (170) to the torque links (150) , (160) .
The head of the bolt faces to the LH side seen in flight direction.
(d) Install the washer (180) and the nut (190) to the bolt (170) . Tighten the nut (190) only
hand tight.
Note Tighten the nut (190) only to avoid internal play and to achieve cotter pin hole
alignment.
(e) Install the cotter pin (200) to the nut (190) .
(2) Installation of the Torque Link to the Nose Landing Gear Leg
Install the torque link to the nose landing gear leg as follows:

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Long bolts:
1. Lubricate the bolt (310) and bushings (155) with silicon spray before attachment.
2. Position the torque link (2) to the nose landing gear leg (1) .
3. Install the washer (270) , (290) and the bolt (310) to the lower torque link (160) .
The head of the bolts faces to the LH side seen in flight direction.
4. Apply a thin layer of GS513007 to the thread of the bolt (310) .
5. Install the washers (270) , (290) and nut (230A) to the bolt (310) . Install the
washers (270) , (290) as much as necessary.
Tighten the nut (230A) only hand tight.
Note Tighten the nut (230A) only to avoid internal play and to achieve cotter pin
hole alignment.
6. Install a cotter pin (240A) to the nut (230A) .
7. Install the washer (280) and the bolt (300) to the upper torque link (150) .
The head of the bolts faces to the LH side seen in flight direction.
8. Apply a thin layer of GS513007 to the thread of the bolt (300) .
9. Install the washer (280) and nut (230A) to the bolt (300) . Install the washers (280)
as much as necessary.
Tighten the nut (230A) only hand tight.
Note Tighten the nut (230A) only to avoid internal play and to achieve cotter pin
hole alignment.
10. Install a cotter pin (240A) to the nut (230A) .
(b) Short bolts:
1. Lubricate the bolts (210) and bushings (155) with silicon spray before attachment.
2. Position the torque link (2) to the nose landing gear leg (1) .
3. Install the washers (250) and the bolts (210) to the lower torque link (160) and
the upper torque link (150) .
The head of the bolts faces to the inner side.
4. Install the washers (220) and nuts (230) to the bolts (210) .

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Tighten the nut (230) only hand tight.
Note Tighten the nut (230) only to avoid internal play and to achieve cotter pin
hole alignment.
(4) Check the function of the nose wheel steering, refer to Nose Wheel Steering Adjust.

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
Legend
(1) Nose Landing Gear Leg (2) Torque Link
Figure 3 - Nose Landing Gear

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
250
250
D 210
FW
210
A
230
240
220
230 250
250
190
220
240
150 210
200
180
180 210
170
C
B
230 160
240
220
230
220
240
Figure 4 - Nose Landing Gear Torque Link (Sheet 1 of 3)

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
240A
A
230A
280
280
190
150
200 300
180
180
170
290
240A 160
B
230A
270
270
290
310

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
260 260
260
260
A B
155
150
165
C
165
160
155

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(150) Torque link upper (230A) Nut

(155) Bushing (240) Cotter pin
(160) Torque link lower (240A) Cotter pin
(165) Bushing (250) Washer
(170) Bolt (260) Bushing
(180) Washer (270) Washer
(190) Nut (280) Washer
(200) Cotter pin (290) Washer
(210) Bolt (300) Bolt
(230) Nut

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-689A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STEERING DAMPER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Steering Damper

- Installation of the Steering Damper

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Steering Damper

Refer to Figure 5.
(1) Hold the damper and release the bolt (20) which attaches the front end of the damper to the
steering actuator lever.
(2) Hold the damper and release the bolt (21) which attaches the aft end of the damper to the steering
idler lever.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the damper from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Steering Damper

Refer to Figure 5.
(1) Lift the aircraft nose on jacks, refer to Jacking General.
(2) Align the nose-gear leg with the aircraft center-line.
(3) Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.
(4) Put the rigging pin in the hole in the rudder middle-lever assembly.
(5) Install the bolt, washer and nut (21) which connects the steering idler lever (2) to the damper.
(7) Adjust the steering-damper (3) as follows:
(a) Release the lock-nut (22) on the eye-end of the nose-wheel steering-damper (3) .
(b) Adjust the eye-end to align with the bolt-hole in the actuator lever.
(c) Tighten the lock-nut (22) .
(8) Install the bolt, 3 washers and nut (20) which attach the nose-wheel steering-damper to the
actuator lever.
(10) Remove the rigging pin from the rudder middle-lever.
(11) Do a test for correct range of movement of the rudder control and the steering control, refer to
Rudder General Data.
(12) If necessary, adjust the controls.
(13)
Note The nose wheel must turn equally in each direction 5° + 1°.
Do a test for correct range of movement of the steering control.
(14) If necessary, adjust the controls.
(15) Turn the nose leg to its limits by hand. The leg must turn to hit the nose gear stops (± 52°).

27 July 2018 32-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21
D
FW
21
3
A
20
10
22
20
A 14
11
Figure 5 - Removal and Installation of the Steering Damper

27 July 2018 32-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(2) Steering idler-lever (14) Adjustable stop bolt

(3) Steering damper (20) Forward attaching bolt, 3
washers and nut
(5) Steering input lever (21) Aft attaching bolt,
washer and nut
(10) Steering input lever stop (22) Lock-nut for damper
eye-end
(11) Steering input lever stop
Figure 5 - Removal and Installation of the Steering Damper

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NOSE WHEEL STEERING MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section contains the data for removing/installing components. It also has data for adjusting components.
You cannot remove the steering components from the nose gear leg on the aircraft. You can only remove steering
components from the leg in the repair shop.

1T120TP-A-32-50-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-50-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32-60
LANDING GEAR POSITION AND WARNING

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you about the parts of the landing gear which give position and warning. Refer to these Sections
for the related components:
- Main landing-gear, refer to Main Landing-Gear General
- Nose landing gear, refer to Nose Landing Gear General
- Extension and retraction, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General
- Nose wheel steering, refer toNose Wheel Steering General
Refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical circuits.
Note The simplified circuit-diagrams in this section do not contain the full details for the circuit. Always refer
to the wiring manual when working on the aircraft.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
The landing gear position and warning system has these functions:
- Landing gear control
- Landing gear position
- Landing gear warning.
The system also gives position signals to the extension and retraction system.
The system has these main components:
- Power-supply and protection
- A cockpit selector. The cockpit selector controls the position of the landing gear. And it shows the
position of each gear leg to the pilot
- Limit-switches which sense 'down lock engaged' for each leg
- Limit-switches which sense 'up lock engaged' for each leg
- Limit-switch which sense 'weight-on-wheels' on each leg
- Control relays.
B. Equipment Locations
Figure 1 shows the location of the landing gear control and warning equipment on the instrument panel.
C. Landing Gear Electrical Power Supply and Protection

The battery bus provides power for all landing-gear electrical circuits. A 25 amp circuit-breaker (1) (marked
HYDR) protects the hydraulic-pump power circuit. It is located in the instrument-panel. The circuit-breaker
provides power to the hydraulic-pump relay.
A 3 amp circuit breaker marked GEAR CTRL (2) protects the gear control circuits. It is located on the right
circuit-breaker panel. The GEAR CTRL circuit-breaker provides 28 VDC to these control components:
- The magnetic retraction-valve located on the hydraulic supply-manifold
- The low-pressure switch located on the hydraulic service-manifold
- The time-delay relay for the magnetic retraction-valve. The relay is located on the relays and diodes
circuit-board
- The gear-warning relay located on the relays and diodes circuit-board
- The weight-on-wheels relay located on the relays and diodes circuit-board.
A 3 amp circuit breaker marked GEAR IND (3) protects the gear indication and warning circuits. It is located in
the right circuit-breaker panel. The GEAR IND circuit-breaker provides 28 VDC to the landing-gear selector
through two separate cables.
Figure 2 shows the landing gear electrical power-supply simplified circuit diagram.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D. Landing Gear Selector Unit

Figure 3 shows the landing gear selector unit. The landing gear selector unit is located in the instrument panel.
The unit has 3 sets of position lights and one warning light. The position lights have these functions:
- Top center (30) . Shows red UNLK when the nose gear is unlocked. Shows green when the nose
gear is locked down
- Top left (31) . Shows red UNLK when the left main gear is unlocked. Shows green when the left
main gear is locked down
- Top right (32) . Shows red UNLK when the right main gear is unlocked. Shows green when the right
main gear is locked down.
The warning light (33) is located at the bottom left. It shows red GEAR WARNING when the flaps are extended
past the TAKE-OFF position with the gear up. The pilot cannot mute this warning. Also shows red GEAR
WARNING when the engine is set to idle with the gear up. The audio system says “Check Gear’ for both
conditions.
The unit has a mute button (34) . The mute button cancels the gear warning when the throttle is set to idle with
the gear up.
The unit has a handle (35) . When the aircraft is on the ground, a solenoid in the selector prevents the handle
moving to the up position. A switch on each main gear leg controls the solenoid (the weight-on-wheels switch).
The unit has 5 sets of electrical contacts. One set controls the power supply to the solenoid. Two sets control
landing gear position. One set controls the low-pressure switch. The other set is not used.
E. Limit-Switches
Each gear leg has 2 limit-switches. A down-lock limit-switch detects the position of the down-lock when the lock
is fully engaged. An up-lock limit-switch detects the position of the up-lock when the lock is fully engaged.
Each limit-switch has 2 separate sets of contacts. Each set of contacts makes a change-over switch. The
common contact of each set in the down-lock limit-switch connects to ground. The common contact of 1 set in
the up-lock limit-switch connects to ground.
The second set of contacts in the up-lock limit-switch connects to the down-lock limit-switch. These contacts
control the red position light for the gear unlocked indication.
F. Relays
The landing gear control system has these relays and circuit breakers: Figure 4 and Figure 5 give simplified
wiring diagrams for the relays.
- Hydraulic pump relay. The battery bus provides power for the electric motor for the hydraulic pump.
The hydraulic pump relay controls power to the electric motor for the hydraulic pump
- Pressure-switch control relay. The pressure-switch control relay gives a ground connection to
energize the hydraulic pump relay. The landing gear selector selects the ground circuit for the
pressure-switch relay when set to DN
- Retraction-valve time-delay relay. The retraction-valve time-delay relay energizes the retraction valve
for 15 seconds after the last up-lock limit-switch operates. This lets the hydraulic pressure reduce
before the retraction valve returns to the down position. (Too much residual pressure could release
the up-locks)

27 July 2018 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Gear-warning control-relay. The gear-warning control-relay lets the pilot mute unwanted warnings
when the throttle is closed with the gear retracted. The mute button on the gear selector gives a
ground to the relay. The relay has a hold-in circuit. The hold-in circuit opens again when the pilot
opens the throttle
- You cannot mute the gear warning generated by the flap position
- Weight-on-wheels (WoW) control relay. The WoW control relay gives a ground to the blocking
solenoid in the selector when there is no weight on the wheels. When there is weight on the wheels,
the solenoid de-energizes. And you cannot move the gear handle from DOWN to UP.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B
START
A
CTRL
HYDR
FLAPS
RUD/AIL
TRIM
LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT PANEL MAP INSTR EMER IGN OVSP MASTER POWER PUMP PUMP PUMP INTAKE HEAT
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON TEST ON ON AUTO ON ON START ON ON ON ON
BOTH
AUTO
OFF
OFF
ON
HEAT TEST

AIU A ADF UHF DME NAV 1 COM 1 MSU AVIONIC AIU B RAD TAS MCP PILOT COPILOT NAV 2 MARKER XPDR PILOT PILOT AVIONIC HEAT HEAT CTRL IND IGN MAG CAS
BUS 2 MSU COPILOT COPILOT PILOT PILOT FGC BUS 1 BUS
2A 1B MFD B PFD B MFD B PFD B
BUS 1 ALT TRIM 1A MFD A PFD A PFD A PFD HTR BUS 1 P/S INTAKE GEAR GEAR MUTE
MAIN BATT
BUS 2 BUS
1 START
CTRL
HYDR
A FLAPS
TRIM
2 3
AVIONIC MSU BATT

BUS 1 BUS
C BATT
CRTL A ESI LIGHTS
COPILOT COPILOT MSU DAU A AMU COM 2 IDU PANEL FUEL FUEL LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS SPKR FDR FAN 1
BUS LAND
BUS TIE MFD A MFD HTR 2B NORMAL BLOWER BLOWER PUMP QYT INSTR NAV DOME MAP AIR C
Figure 1 - Landing Gear Control and Warning Equipment on the Instrument Panel

27 July 2018 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) HYDR circuit-breaker (3) GEAR IND circuit-

breaker
(2) GEAR CTRL circuit- (4) Landing gear selector
breaker unit
Figure 1 - Landing Gear Control and Warning Equipment on the Instrument Panel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Hydr Pump Relay
HYDR
To Hydraulic Pump
25A
Battery Bus
GEAR
CTRL To Magnetic Retraction-Valve and LP Switch
3A
To Magnetic Retraction-Valve Time-Delay Relay
To Gear-Warning Control-Relay
GEAR
IND To Weight-on-Wheels Relay
3A To Gear Selector
Figure 2 - Landing Gear Power Supply and Protection Simplified Circuit-Diagram

27 July 2018 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30
31 UNLK 32
UNLK UNLK
L
D UP
G
35
G
E
A
33
R DN
34
GEAR
WARNING MUTE
Legend
(30) Nose gear position lights (33) GEAR WARNING light

(31) Left main gear position (34) MUTE button
lights
(32) Right main gear position (35) Gear selector lever
lights
Figure 3 - Landing Gear Selector Unit

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Key:
Control: Position:
UP Selection Down Selection Safe Unlocked
Landing Gear Selector
+ 14/28 VDC
Control
Red RH Unlock
Light
Green RH Safe
Light
Position
Red Nose Unlock
Light
Control
Green Nose Safe
Light
RH Up-Lock
Red LH Unlock
Light Position
Green LH Safe
Light
To Warning Circuit Control
Magnetic Nose Down-Lock
Retraction-Valve
28 VDC Position
Retraction-Valve
Time-Delay
Relay Control
Low-Pressure Nose Up-Lock
SW1-UP
Switch
SW1-DOWN Position
Trigger
Low-Pressure Switch
Control-Relay
SW2-UP
SW2-DOWN
Control
SW2-C
SW3-UP LH Down-Lock
SW3-DOWN Position
SW3-C
Control
Gear Selector
Switch LH Up-Lock
Hydraulic Pump
Relay Position
28 VDC
LANDING GEAR SELECTED DOWN, ALL LEGS DOWN AND LOCKED
Figure 4 - Limit-Switch Simplified Circuit-Diagram

27 July 2018 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
28 VDC Flap Position Switch
SW5-DOWN More than TAKE OFF
Throttle Switch
Gear Selector Switch IDLE
28 VDC
MUTE
Gear-Warning
Button
Control-Relay
Down-Lock
GEAR
UP WARNING
Nose Gear (Red) To CAWS CU
RH WOW Switch
Down-Lock
28 VDC
UP
LH WOW Switch LH Gear
Down-Lock
State: Gear UP, Throttle IDLE,
UP
Flaps more than TAKE-OFF ,
WoW Relay RH Gear
28 VDC on the Battery Bus
State: Weight on Wheels, 28 VDC on Battery Bus
Figure 5 - Weight-on-Wheels and Gear Warning Simplified Circuit-Diagrams

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

OPERATION
A. Operation
(1) Gear Down And Locked
- With weight off the wheels:

• The WoW switch opens.
• The WoW relay de-energizes.
• The gear handle solenoid energizes to let the handle move to UP.
- Select UP.
- The selector gives a ground to the hydraulic-pump relay via the up-lock limit-switches.
And the pump operates.
- The selector gives a ground to the retraction-valve time-delay relay. At the same time the
up-lock limit-switches provide a ground through the selector for the trigger connection.
The retraction-valve time-delay relay energizes and gives a ground to the retraction valve.
The valve moves to the retraction position.
- Hydraulic pressure moves the retraction actuators to release the down-locks.
(2) Gear Unlocked (Between Locked Positions)
- The down-lock limit-switches break the ground for the green position lights on the gear selector.
And the green lights go off.
- The down-locks give a ground via the up-lock limit-switches to the red position lights on the
gear selector. And the red position lights come on.
- The hydraulic pump operates to fully retract each gear leg. A pin on each leg pushes the up-
lock out of the way. When the leg is fully up, a strong spring engages the up-lock on the pin.
- When each up-lock operates:
• The up-lock limit-switch removes the ground for the red position light. And the red position
light for that leg goes off.
• The up-lock limit-switch removes the ground for the hydraulic-pump relay. But the relay
remains energized until the last up-lock limit-switch operates.
• The up-lock limit-switch removes the ground for the trigger-connection on the retraction-
valve time-delay relay. But the relay remains energized until the last up-lock limit-switch
operates.

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- When the last leg locks UP:

• The up-lock limit-switch removes the ground for the hydraulic pump relay. The hydraulic
pump relay de-energizes. And the hydraulic pump stops operating.
• All position lights on the gear selector are off.
• The up-lock limit-switch removes the ground for the trigger-connection on the retraction-
valve time-delay relay. The relay remains energized for 15 seconds. And then the relay
opens to de-energize the retraction-valve.
(3) Gear Up And Locked
- Select DOWN:
• The selector gives a ground to the hydraulic pump relay via the down-lock limit-switches..
And the pump operates.
• The up-locks open to release the landing-gear legs.
• The up-lock limit-switches move to the un-locked position.
• Each up-lock limit-switch gives a ground via the down-lock limit-switch to the red position
lights on the gear selector. And the red position lights come on.
• The retraction actuators extend the landing gear legs until the down locks engage.
- When each down-lock engages:

• The down-lock limit-switch breaks the ground for the red position light. And the red
position light for that leg goes off.
• The down-lock limit-switch gives a ground to the green position light. And the green
position light for that leg comes on.
• The down-lock limit-switch breaks the ground for the hydraulic-pump relay. But the relay
remains energized until the last switch operates.
- When the last leg locks DOWN:

• The down-lock limit-switch removes the ground for the gear control relay. And the gear
control relay de-energizes.
• The gear control relay removes the ground for the hydraulic pump relay. The hydraulic
pump relay de-energizes. And the hydraulic pump stops operating.
• All red position lights on the gear selector are off.
• All green position lights on the gear selector are on.
• If the hydraulic pressure in the accumulators is low, the pressure switch operates. The
pressure switch energises the hydraulic pump to recharge the accumulators. Refer to
Chapter 32-30 for more details of the function of the pressure switch

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Gear Warnings
- Select landing flap with the gear UP (or not fully locked down):
• The flap position switch connects the gear warning to the down locks. If one (or more)
legs is not locked down, the down-lock limit-switch gives a ground to the warning system.
And the system gives the audio warning CHECK GEAR.
- Set the throttle to idle with the gear UP (or not fully locked down):
- The power lever switch connects the gear warning through the gear-warning-control-relay
to the down locks. If one (or more) legs is not locked down, the down lock switch gives a
ground to the warning system. And the system gives the audio warning CHECK GEAR.
- The pilot can push the MUTE button on the gear selector to mute this warning. The
warning re-sets when the pilot opens the throttle.

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIMIT-SWITCH
ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
Lift the aircraft with the jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjust the Limit-Switch

Do this work with the landing gear extended for the down-lock limit-switches.
Do it with the landing gear retracted for the up-lock limit-switches.
Disconnect the gear doors for the up-lock-switches.
Note In this procedure, the front nut is adjacent to the tip of the operating plunger. The back nut is
adjacent to the body of the limit-switch.
(1) If necessary:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Pull the HYDR circuit-breaker.

- Disconnect the landing-gear doors, refer to Main Landing-Gear General and Nose Landing
Gear General.
- Set the HYDR circuit-breaker.
- Retract the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General.
(3) Loosen the nuts which attach the limit-switch until you hear the switch operate.
(4) Adjust the limit-switch nuts to give the correct over-ride of 2 +0/-1 mm (0.08 +0/-0.04 in):
- Loosen the back nut as necessary.
- Tighten the front nut until you hear the switch operate.
- Tighten the front nut 1 1/3 to 2 2/3 turns more.
- Tighten the back nut.
(7) Do a test for correct operation of the switch:

- The red light for the related gear leg must be OFF.
If the red light comes ON, disconnect the bulkhead-connector for the limit switch. Do a test for
continuity across the switch contacts. Refer to the aircraft wiring manual.
If necessary, replace the limit-switch.
(8) Set the HYDR circuit-breaker.
(10) If you connected the landing-gear doors:

- Pull the HYDR circuit-breaker.
- Connect the gear doors, refer to Main Landing-Gear General and Nose Landing Gear
General.
- Set the HYDR circuit-breaker.

27 July 2018 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2. Remove the external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

OPERATION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Preparation
- Test Procedure
- Close Up

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Preparation
Refer to Figure 6.
(1) Prepare the aircraft for the following conditions:

- Lift the aircraft on jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing
- Connect the external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation
(2) Switch on the electrical power on the aircraft as follows:

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Set the switch BATT to ON

- Set the switch EXTERNAL POWER to ON
- Set the switch BUS TIE to ON.
Note On digital cockpit: Wait until the IDU-680 has booted completely.
(3) Set the levers as follows:

- Flap selector lever to UP
- Power lever to MAXIMUM
- Landing gear selector lever (2) to UP, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation
Test.
(4) Confirm the conditions at the landing gear system:

- No green lights and no red lights on the landing gear selector unit (1)
- No aural warning
- No hydraulic pump running.
B. Test Procedure
(1) Slowly pull power lever to FLIGHT IDLE.

Confirm that the warning light GEAR WARNING (4) on the landing gear selector unit (1) comes
on at:
- Standard aircraft: 2 to 3 mm before reaching the FLIGHT IDLE position
- Aircraft with OCN 565-66: 5 to 6 mm before reaching the FLIGHT IDLE position.
Confirm that you can hear the aural warning CHECK GEAR after 5 sec.
(2) Press the button MUTE (3) on the gear selector lever unit (1) .
Confirm that both warnings are cancelled.
(3) Set the flap selector lever to LAND position.
(4) Set the power lever to MAXIMUM position.
(5) Pull back the power lever slowly to FLIGHT IDLE position.
on again.
(6) Set the power lever to MAXIMUM position.
(7) Set the flap selector lever to T/O position.

Confirm that no gear warning is active.

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(8) Set the flap selector lever to LAND position.

on.
Confirm that both warnings are not cancelled.
(10) Set the flap selector lever to FULL position.
Confirm that both warnings are not cancelled.
C. Close Up
(1) Set the levers as follows:

- Flap selector lever to UP
- Power lever to GROUND IDLE
- Landing gear selector lever (2) to DN, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation
Test.
(2) Switch off the electrical power on the aircraft as follows:

- Set the switch BUS TIE to OFF
- Set the switch EXTERNAL POWER to OFF
- Set the switch BATT to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation.

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
UNLK
UNLK UNLK
L
D
UP
G
2
G
E
4 A
R DN
3
GEAR
WARNING MUTE
Legend
(1) Landing gear selector (3) MUTE button

unit
(2) Landing gear selector (4) GEAR WARNING
lever warning light
Figure 6 - Landing Gear Selector Unit

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This Section tells you how to trouble shoot the landing gear position and warning system. Refer to Main Landing-
Gear General for trouble shooting the main landing-gear. Refer to Nose Landing Gear General for trouble
shooting the nose landing gear. Refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General for trouble shooting
the extension and retraction system. Refer to Nose Wheel Steering General for trouble shooting the nose wheel
steering.

One red light stays ON Up-lock limit-switch out of ad- Adjust the up-lock limit-switch
when the landing gear justment.
retracts.
Up-lock limit-switch defective. Replace the up-lock limit-switch.
One red light stays ON Down-lock limit-switch out of Adjust the down-lock limit-switch
when the landing gear adjustment.
extends.
Down-lock limit-switch defec- Replace the down-lock limit-switch.
tive.
Selector lever will not Weight-on-wheels switch out Adjust the weight-on-wheels switch.
move to the UP position of adjustment.
when the weight is off
the wheels.
Weight-on-wheels switch de- Replace the weight-on-wheels switch.
fective.
Landing gear selector defec- Replace the landing gear selector.
tive.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
UP-LOCK LIMIT-SWITCH FOR THE MAIN LANDING-GEAR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Up-Lock Limit-Switches and Harness for the Main Landing-Gear
- Installation of the Up-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main Landing-Gear

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Up-Lock Limit-Switches and Harness for the Main Landing-Gear
Refer to Figure 7.
Note You can use these procedures for the LH and the RH main-gear leg.

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Disconnect the upper electrical connector (60) at the root-rib for the up-lock limit-switch harness.
(4) Release the cable-ties (61) , (62) which hold the harness to the structure and the main gear leg.
(5) Release the up-lock limit-switch (63) as follows:
(a) Release the nut (64) from the bottom of the switch.
(b) Remove the switch (63) from the mounting.
(6) Remove the harness complete with the limit-switch from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Up-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main Landing-Gear
Refer to Figure 7.
(1) Put the new limit-switch (63) and harness in position in the aircraft.
(2) Connect the upper electrical-connector (60) at the root-rib.
(3) Install the up-lock limit-switch (63) as follows:
(a) Remove 1 nut (64) from the new switch.
(b) Turn the other nut (65) until it is about half way along the switch.
(c) Install the switch (63) with a locating washer (66) from above in the mounting bracket on
the damper.
(d) Install the bottom nut (64) .
(4) Attach the harness to the main-gear leg and the structure with cable-ties (61) , (62) .
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS ENOUGH SLACK IN THE HARNESS AT THE
TOP OF THE MAIN GEAR LEG FOR THE LEG TO RETRACT.
(5) Disconnect the main-gear door, refer to Main Landing-Gear General.

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DAMAGED.
(8)
Note The red position light or the leg you are working on may stay ON. If so, the pump will keep
running.
(9) Retract the landing gear as follows:
(a) Set the handle of the landing gear selector to UP.
(b) Monitor these things:

- The hydraulic pump operates.
- The selector shows 3 red lights.
- The landing gear legs retract.
- The landing gear legs lock up.
(12)
Note The correct over-ride is 2 +0/-1 mm (0.08 +0/-0.04 in).
Adjust the limit-switch nuts to give the correct over-ride as follows:
(a) Tighten the bottom nut (64) until you hear the switch operate.
(b) Loosen the top nut (65) as necessary.
(c) Tighten the bottom nut (64) 1 1/3 to 2 2/3 turns more.
(d) Loosen the top nut (65) as necessary.
(e) Tighten the top nut (65) .
(15) If necessary, adjust the limit-switch, refer to Limit-Switch Adjust.
(16) Connect the main landing-gear door, refer to Main Landing-Gear General.

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(18) If necessary, adjust the main landing-gear door, refer to Main Landing-Gear General.

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
60
61
Brake Hose
61
63
62
A
63
65 A
66
64
D
FW
Figure 7 - Main landing-Gear Up-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(60) Up-lock limit-switch (64) Bottom nut

electrical-connector
(61) Cable-ties holding cable (65) Top nut
to brake hose
(62) Cable-ties holding cable (66) Locating washer
to main-gear leg
(63) Up-lock limit-switch
Figure 7 - Main landing-Gear Up-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

1T120TP-A-32-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR POSITION AND WARNING MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove and install components in the landing gear position and warning system. It
also tells you how to adjust components.
Refer to these chapters for related components in the landing gear system:
- Main Landing-Gear General
- Nose Landing Gear General
- Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General
- Nose Wheel Steering General
Note The simplified circuit-diagrams in this Section do not contain the full details for the circuit. Always refer
to the wiring manual when working on the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-32-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DOWN-LOCK LIMIT-SWITCH FOR THE MAIN LANDING-GEAR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main Landing-Gear
- Installation of the Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main Landing-Gear

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main Landing-Gear
Note You can use these procedures for the LH or the RH main-gear leg.
Refer to Figure 8.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Disconnect the bottom electrical connector (70) at the root-rib for the down-lock limit-switch
harness.
(4) Release the cable-ties (71) , (72) which hold the harness to the brake hose and the main gear
leg.
(5) Release the nut (74) from the inboard end of the down-lock limit-switch (73) .
(6) Remove the switch (73) from the mounting.
(7) Remove the harness complete with the limit-switch (73) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main Landing-
Gear
Refer to Figure 8.
(2) Connect the middle electrical-connector (70) at the root-rib.
(3) Install the down-lock limit-switch (73) as follows:
(c) Install the switch (73) with a locating washer (76) from outboard in the mounting bracket
on the side-stay.
(d) Install the inboard nut (74) .
(4) Attach the harness to the main-gear leg and the structure with cable-ties (71) , (72) .
(5)
(6) Adjust the limit-switch nuts to give the correct over-ride as follows:
(a) Tighten the inboard nut (74) until you hear the switch operate.
(b) Loosen the outboard nut (75) as necessary.
(c) Tighten the inboard nut (74) 1 1/3 to 2 2/3 turns more.
(d) Loosen the outboard nut (75) as necessary.
(e) Tighten the outboard nut (75) .

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DAMAGED.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
70 71
A
71
72
D
FW
74
76
75
73
Figure 8 - Main Landing-Gear Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(70) Down-lock limit-switch (74) Inboard attaching nut

electrical-connector
(71) Cable-ties holding cable (75) Outboard attaching nut
to structure
(72) Cable-ties holding cable (76) Locating washer
to the main-gear leg
(73) Down-lock limit-switch
Figure 8 - Main Landing-Gear Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS LIMIT-SWITCH FOR THE MAIN LANDING-GEAR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Weight-on-Wheels Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main Landing-Gear
- Installation of the Weight-on-Wheels Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main Landing-Gear

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Weight-on-Wheels Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main

Landing-Gear
Refer to Figure 9.
Note You can use these procedures for the LH or the RH main-gear leg.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Disconnect the top electrical connector (80) at the root-rib for the weight-on-wheels limit-switch
harness.
(4) Release the cable-ties (81) which hold the harness to the structure, the main gear leg and the
brake hose.
(5) Release the front nut (85) from the weight-on-wheels limit-switch (84) .
B. Installation of the Weight-on-Wheels Limit-Switch and Harness for the Main

Landing-Gear
Refer to Figure 9.
(1) Put the new weight-on-wheels limit-switch (84) and harness in position in the aircraft.
(2) Connect the top electrical-connector (80) at the root-rib.
(3) Install the weight-on-wheels limit-switch (84) as follows:
(b) Turn the other nut (86) until it is about half way along the switch (84) .
(c) Install the switch (84) with a locating washer (87) from aft in the mounting bracket on the
trailing-arm.
(d) Install the front nut (85) .
(4) Attach the harness to the brake hose, the main-gear leg and the structure with cable-ties (81) .
(5)
(a) Tighten the front nut (85) until you hear the switch operate.
(b) Loosen the rear nut (86) as necessary.
(c) Tighten the front nut (85) 1 1/3 to 2 2/3 turns more.
(d) Loosen the rear nut (86) as necessary.
(e) Tighten the rear nut (86) .

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT LOWER THE AIRCRAFT OFF THE JACKS WHEN YOU DO THE
FOLLOWING TEST. IT IS POSSIBLE THE MAIN LANDING-GEAR CAN
RETRACT. THE LANDING GEAR CAN CAUSE INJURY.
(9) Test the operation of the weight-on-wheels limit-switch as follows:
(a) Lift the trailing arm until the weight-on-wheels switch operates.
(b) Make sure that the gear selector handle in the cockpit cannot move.
(c) Release the trailing arm.
(d) Make sure the gear selector handle can move.
DAMAGED.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
81
80
D
FW
81
81
FW
D
Brake Hose
A
84
86
87 81
85
VIEW ON INBOARD
81 OF DAMPER
Figure 9 - Main Landing-Gear Weight-on-Wheels Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(80) Weight-on-wheels limit- (85) Front attaching nut

switch electrical-
connector
(81) Cable-ties holding the (86) Rear attaching nut
cable to the brake hose
(84) Weight-on-wheels limit- (87) Locating washer
switch
Figure 9 - Main Landing-Gear Weight-on-Wheels Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
UP-LOCK LIMIT-SWITCH FOR THE NOSE LANDING GEAR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Up-Lock Limit-Switch for The Nose Landing Gear

- Installation of the Up-Lock Limit-Switch for the Nose Landing-Gear

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Up-Lock Limit-Switch for The Nose Landing Gear

Refer to Figure 10.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (90) for the up-lock limit-switch harness.
(4) Release the cable-ties (91) which hold the harness to the structure and note the locations.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Release the nut (93) from the front of the switch (92) .
B. Installation of the Up-Lock Limit-Switch for the Nose Landing-Gear

Refer to Figure 10.
(2) Connect the electrical-connector (90) .
(3) Install cable-ties (91) as necessary.
(4) Install the up-lock limit-switch (92) as follows:
(a) Remove 1 nut (93) from the new switch (92) .
(c) Install the switch (92) from aft with a locating washer (95) in position in the mounting
bracket on the up-lock hook.
(d) Install the front nut (93) .
(5) Disconnect the nose-gear doors, refer to Nose Landing Gear General.
RETRACTION TEST. THE LANDING GEAR CAN CAUSE INJURY..
DAMAGED.
(8) Retract the landing gear as follows:
(a) Set the handle of the landing gear selector to UP.

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note The red position light for the leg you are working on may stay ON. If so, the pump
will keep running.
(b) Monitor these things:

- The hydraulic pump operates.
- The selector shows 3 red lights.
- The landing gear legs retract.
- The landing gear legs lock up.
(11)
(a) Tighten the front nut (93) until you hear the switch operate.
(b) Loosen the other nut (94) as necessary.
(c) Tighten the front nut (93) 1 1/3 to 2 2/3 turns more.
(d) Loosen the other nut (94) as necessary.
(e) Tighten the rear nut (94) .
(16) Connect the nose landing-gear doors, refer to Nose Landing Gear General.
(18) Do a retraction test, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General and Nose Landing
Gear General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
90
91
91
FW
D 92
94
95
93
Figure 10 - Nose Landing Gear Up-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(90) Electrical connector (93) Front nut

(91) Cable-tie (as necessary) (94) Rear nut
(92) Up-lock limit-switch (95) Locating washer
Figure 10 - Nose Landing Gear Up-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DOWN-LOCK LIMIT-SWITCH FOR THE NOSE LANDING GEAR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Down-Lock Limit-Switch for The Nose Landing Gear

- Installation of the Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness for the Nose Landing-Gear

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Down-Lock Limit-Switch for The Nose Landing Gear

Refer to Figure 11.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (100) for the down-lock limit-switch harness.
(4) Release the cable-ties (101) which hold the harness to the structure.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the nut (103) from the rear of the switch (102) .
B. Installation of the Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness for the Nose Landing-
Gear
Refer to Figure 11.
(1) Put the new down-lock limit-switch (102) and harness in position in the aircraft.
(2) Connect the electrical-connector (100) .
(3) Install the down-lock limit-switch (102) as follows:
(c) Install the switch (102) with a locating washer (105) from the front in the mounting bracket
on the front-stay.
(d) Install the rear nut (103) .
(4) Attach the harness to the main-gear leg and the structure with cable-ties (101) .
(5)
(a) Tighten the rear nut (103) until you hear the switch operate.
(b) Loosen the other nut (104) as necessary.
(c) Tighten the rear nut (103) 1 1/3 to 2 2/3 turns more.
(d) Loosen the other nut (104) as necessary.
(e) Tighten the other nut (104) .
TOP OF THE NOSE GEAR LEG FOR THE LEG TO RETRACT.

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DAMAGED.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
101
100
103
D
FW
101
105
104
A 102
101
Figure 11 - Nose Landing-Gear Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(100) Electrical connector (103) Rear nut

(101) Cable-ties (104) Front nut
(102) Down-lock limit-switch (105) Locating washer
Figure 11 - Nose Landing-Gear Down-Lock Limit-Switch and Harness Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING-GEAR SELECTOR
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Landing-Gear Selector

- Installation of the Landing-Gear Selector

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Landing-Gear Selector

Refer to Figure 12.
(1) Lift the aircraft with the jacks, refer to Jacking General.
(3) Remove 4 screws (111) which hold the selector (1) .
(4) Move the selector (1) aft into the cockpit.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Release the electrical-connector (112) and remove it from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Landing-Gear Selector

Refer to Figure 12.
(1) Connect the connector (112) to the gear selector.
(2) Put the selector in position in the instrument panel.
(3) Install 4 attaching screws (111) .

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
112
1
UN
UN LK
LK
UN
L LK
D UP
G
G
E
A
R
DN
111
D
FW
Figure 12 - Removal and Installation of the Landing Gear Selector

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-60 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-32-60-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Landing gear selector (112) Electrical-connector

(111) Attaching screws
Figure 12 - Removal and Installation of the Landing Gear Selector

09 March 2017 32-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-60-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32-70
LANDING GEAR – TAIL SKID

1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a simple tail skid. The tail skid attaches to the ventral fin structure. It is on the bottom of the
tail of the aircraft. A hole in the tail skid makes the aircraft rear mooring point.

1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the tail skid.
The tail skid (1) attaches to the fuselage structure with four counter-sunk screws (2) . A fifth counter-sunk (3)
screw connect to the aircraft electrical-bonding system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-70 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Ventral Fin
1
D
FW 2
Figure 1 - Tail Skid Installation

27 July 2018 32-70 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Tail skid (3) Bonding screw

(2) Screws

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-70 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 32-70 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-70-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LANDING GEAR – TAIL SKID MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you how to replace the tail skid. It also gives the wear limits for the tail skid.

1T120TP-A-32-70-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-32-70-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TAIL SKID
REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Tail Skid

Refer to Figure 2.
(1) Remove the bonding screw (3) .
(2) Remove the 4 screws (2) attaching the tail skid (1) .
(3) Remove the tail skid from the aircraft.
(4) Put the new tail skid in position on the ventral fin.
(5) Install 4 attaching screws. Torque the screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M4.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-70 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-70-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Install the bonding screw. Torque the screw, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M5.
(7) Do a bonding test, refer to Lightning Protection System Bonding Test (analog) or Lightning
Protection System Bonding Test (digital).

27 July 2018 32-70 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-70-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Ventral Fin
1
D
FW 2

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 32-70 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-32-70-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Tail skid (3) Bonding screw

(2) Screws

27 July 2018 32-70 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-32-70-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
33-00
LIGHTS

1T120TP-A-33-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIGHTS
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has these interior lights:
- Panel lights to give general lighting to the instrument-panel.
- Instrument lights.
- A flexible swan-neck map-light between the seats at the rear of the centre-console.
- Two white dome-lights and one red dome-light in the canopy.
The G 120TP-A has these exterior lights:

- A combined unit (in each winglet) with:
• An anti-collision strobe light.
• Navigation lights.
- A combined landing and taxi-light in each winglet.

- A combined landing and taxi-light in each winglet with additional nose landing gear (optional).
The horizontal stabilizer has additional strobe lights and navigation lights in a combined unit in each tip.
A switch on the instrument-panel controls the panel lights and instrument lights. Dimmer potentiometers on the
left switch -panel control the intensity of each set of lights.
Switches on the left switch -panel control the external lights.

1T120TP-A-33-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
33-10
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT LIGHTS

1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has two instrument lighting systems:
- Panel lights at the top of the instrument-panel.
- Instrument lights in each instrument or display
There is a flexible swan-neck map-light between the seats at the rear of the centre-console.
There are Two white dome-lights and one red dome-light in the canopy.
Refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring for the flight compartment lights

1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the flight compartment lighting system.
The system has these components:
- Six panel light units (1) . The panel light units are located in the top aft edge of the instrument-panel
cover. A switch marked PANEL LIGHTS (2) on the left instrument-panel beam controls the panel
lights. A 3-amp circuit-breaker marked LIGHTS PANEL (3) protects the circuit for the panel lights.
The main bus supplies the panel lights.
A dimmer potentiometer marked DIMMER PANEL (4) controls the intensity of the panel lights.
- Instrument lights. Each instrument has it’s own internal light. A switch marked INSTR LIGHTS (5)
on the left instrument-panel beam controls the instrument lights. A 3-amp circuit-breaker marked
LIGHTS INSTR (6) protects the circuit for the instrument lights. The battery bus supplies the
instrument lights.
A dimmer potentiometer marked DIMMER INSTR (7) controls the intensity of the instrument lights.
- A map light. The map light attaches to the rear of the center-console between the seats. . A switch
in the light-housing controls the light. A 3-amp circuit-breaker marked LIGHT MAP (8) protects the
circuit for the map light. The battery bus supplies the map light.
A dimmer potentiometer marked DIMMER MAP (9) controls the intensity of the map light.
- A dimmer unit (10) . The dimmer unit is located on the electrical installation plate aft of the firewall
on the right. Each dimmer potentiometer controls one dimmer circuit.
- Dome lights. A housing in the center of the canopy holds one red and two white dome lights. A switch
in the housing controls the red dome-light. Separate switches control each white dome light. The
switches are adjacent to the related lights.
A 1-amp circuit-breaker marked LIGHTS DOME (11) protects the circuit for the dome lights. The
battery bus supplies the dome light.
B. Operation
With power on the main bus:
- if you set the PANEL LIGHTS switch (2) to ON, the panel lights will come ON.
- If you turn the knob of the DIMMER PANEL potentiometer (4) counter-clockwise, the intensity of
the panel lights decreases.
- If you turn the knob of the DIMMER PANEL potentiometer clockwise, the intensity of the panel lights
increases.
With power on the battery bus:

- if you set the INSTR LIGHTS switch (5) to ON, the instrument lights will come ON.
- If you turn the knob of the DIMMER INSTR potentiometer (7) counter-clockwise, the intensity of the
instrument lights decreases.
- If you turn the knob of the DIMMER INSTR potentiometer clockwise, the intensity of the instrument
lights increases.
With power on the battery bus:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- if you set a DOME LIGHT switch to ON, the related dome light will come ON.
- Refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the type of light used in each instrument.

27 July 2018 33-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
FW
D
21 W 24
LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT PANEL MAP INSTR EMER IGN OVSP MASTER POWER PUMPON PUMP PUMP HEAT
ON ON INTAKE
ON ON
AUTO
OFF
OFF
ON ON START BOTH ON
ON

HEAT TEST

BUS 2 BUS 1 BUS
MAIN BATT
STORM FAN2 AIR C CTRL B AVIONIC CRTL A ESI COPILOT COPILOT MSU DAU A AMU COM 2 IDU PANEL FUEL FUEL LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS SPKR FDR FAN 1
LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS PUMP PUMP PROB AMU PILOT COPILOT DAUB B
BUS 2 BUS
SCOPE AIR C BUS TIE BUS 2 BUS TIE MFD A MFD HTR 2B NORMAL BLOWER BLOWER PUMP QYT INSTR NAV LAND DOME MAP AIR C
PANEL TAXI ANTI COLL STBY F F XFER OVSP EMERG MFD HTR PFD HTR
4
6 8
3 5 9
2 7 11
Figure 1 - Flight Compartment Lights

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Panel lights (7) Dimmer potentiometer

for the instrument lights
(2) Panel light switch (8) Circuit-breaker for the
map light
(3) Circuit-breaker for the (9) Dimmer potentiometer
panel lights for the map light
(4) Dimmer potentiometer (10) Dimmer unit
for the panel lights
(5) Instrument light switch (11) Circuit-breaker for the
dome light
(6) Circuit-breaker for the
instrument lights
Figure 1 - Flight Compartment Lights

27 July 2018 33-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This table shows the problems you may find on ANY of the instrument-panel lights. If you find the trouble in
column 1. Then do the repair in column 3.
If you have trouble with the supply from the main bus (or from the battery bus), then refer to DC Electrical Load
Distribution General Data (analog) or DC Electrical Load Distribution General Data (digital).
Refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring.

An instrument light/pan- Bulb defective. Do a test of the related bulb.
el light does not come on
when the instrument
light switch is set to ON.
Cable defective. Do a continuity test of the related cables. Refer
to the wiring manual. Replace any unservice-
able cables.
Dimmer potentiometer defec- Do a test of the dimmer potentiometer. If it is
tive. unserviceable, replace it.
Dimmer unit defective. Do a test of the related input to the dimmer
unit. Refer to the wiring manual. When the
dimmer potentiometer is at MAXIMUM, the in-
put voltage is 28 VDC.
The map light does not Bulb defective. Make sure that the map light switch is set to
come on. ON. If the light does not come on, do a test of
the bulb. If the bulb is unserviceable replace
it.
Map light switch defective. Do a continuity test of the map light switch. If
the switch is unserviceable replace it.
Cable defective. Do a continuity test of the related cables. Refer
to the wiring manual. Replace any unservice-
able cables.
Humming of the map Potential interference during Replace the Dimmer Map potentiometer and
light dimmer during the the use of “low impedance” (5 the Dimmer Unit. Refer to RSB 565-085.
use of microphones. Ohm) microphones.

1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DIMMER UNIT
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Dimmer Unit

- Installation of the Dimmer unit

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Dimmer Unit
(2) Remove the panel cover for access, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General Data.
(4) From the bottom side of the dimmer unit, release the two attaching bolts (2) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) From the upper side of the dimmer unit remove, the two attaching bolts (2) from the anchor-nuts
(3) .
(6) Remove the dimmer unit (1) from the mounting tray (4) .
B. Installation of the Dimmer unit
(1) Put the dimmer unit (1) in position into the mounting tray (4) .
(2) To the bottom side of the dimmer unit, tighten the two attaching bolts (2) to the anchor-nuts (3) .
(3) To the upper side of the dimmer unit, install the two attaching bolts (2) to the anchor-nuts (3) .
(5) Install the panel cover, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General Data.
(7) Do a test for correct operation of the dimmer-unit as follows:
(b) Set the BUS-TIE switch to ON.
(c) Set the PANEL LIGHTS switch to ON.
(d) Turn the DIMMER PANEL knob counter-clockwise and clockwise.
(e) Set the PANEL LIGHTS switch to OFF. The panel lights intensity must reduce and increase.
(f) Set the INSTR LIGHTS switch to ON.
(g) Turn the DIMMER INSTR knob counter-clockwise and clockwise.
(h) Set the INSTR LIGHTS switch to OFF. The instrument lights intensity must reduce and
increase.
(i) Set the MAP LIGHT switch to ON.
(j) Turn the DIMMER MAP knob counter-clockwise and clockwise.
(k) Set the MAP LIGHTS switch to OFF. The map lights intensity must reduce and increase.
(l) Set the BUS-TIE switch to OFF.
(m) Set the BATT switch to OFF.

09 March 2017 33-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
1
5
4
FW
D
Figure 2 - Dimmer Unit Installation

09 March 2017 33-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Dimmer-unit (4) Mounting tray

(2) Attaching bolts (5) Electrical connector
(3) Anchor-nuts
Figure 2 - Dimmer Unit Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 33-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BULBS
REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Replace Bulbs for the Panel Lights

- Replace Instrument Bezel-Light-Bulbs
- Replace Instrument Internal-Light-Bulbs

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace Bulbs for the Panel Lights

Refer to Figure 3.
(1) Remove the 2 screws (22) holding the bezel (21) to the instrument-panel cover.
(2) Release the bezel (21) with the light unit (24) .
(3) Replace the bulb (23) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Install the bezel (21) with the light unit (24) .
(5) Install the screws (22) .
B. Replace Instrument Bezel-Light-Bulbs
(1) Release the instrument-panel cover for access, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and
Install (analog cockpit).
(2) Release the instrument with the defective bulb, refer to Indicator or Display in the Instrument Panel
Remove/Install (analog cockpit).
(3) Release 2 small screws holding the light unit in the top of the bezel.
(4) Replace the bulb.
(5) Install 2 small screws holding the light unit in the top of the bezel.
(6) Install the instrument in the panel, refer to Indicator or Display in the Instrument Panel Remove/
(7) Install the instrument-panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (analog
cockpit).
C. Replace Instrument Internal-Light-Bulbs
(2) Release the instrument-panel cover for access, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and
(3) Pull the bulb-holder from the back of the instrument.
(4) Replace the bulb.
(5) Install the bulb-holder in the back of the instrument.
(6) Install the instrument-panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (analog
cockpit).

27 July 2018 33-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
21
22
23
24
Figure 3 - Instrument-Panel Light Unit

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(21) Bezel (23) Bulb

(22) Screws holding bezel (24) Light unit
Figure 3 - Instrument-Panel Light Unit

27 July 2018 33-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT LIGHTS MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
These maintenance practices tell you how to replace defective bulbs. And they tell you how to remove /install
components in the system. Refer to the wiring manual for details of the electrical wiring.

1T120TP-A-33-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER
REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace A Dimmer Potentiometer
(2) Release 4 screws holding the switch-plate to the instrument-panel beam.
(3) Remove the knob from the dimmer potentiometer.
(4) Release the nut from the front of the dimmer potentiometer. Remove the dimmer potentiometer
from the switch-plate.
(5) Release the cables from the dimmer potentiometer. Remove the dimmer potentiometer from the
aircraft.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-10 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-33-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Put the new dimmer potentiometer in position. Connect the cables to it.
(7) Move the dimmer potentiometer into its hole in the switch-plate. Install the attaching nut.
(8) Install the knob on the dimmer- potentiometer.
(9) Put the switch-plate in position. Install 4 screws which attach it to the instrument-panel beam.

09 March 2017 33-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
33-40
EXTERNAL LIGHTS

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you about the external lights. The external lights are important. They make sure that the aircraft
can be seen in the dark or in bright sunlight. And they help the pilot to land and taxi the aircraft.
Refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring for the external lights.

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the location of the external lights.
Figure 2 shows the location of the related switches and circuit-breakers.
The G 120TP-A has these external lights:
- A combined unit in each winglet (1) with:
You can remove the winglet to get access to the unit.
- A combined unit in each tip of the horizontal stabilizer (2) with:
• Position lights.
The units are easily to remove from the horizontal stabilizer.
- A combined landing and taxi-light (3) in each winglet.
- A Gear Down Light (4) at the nose landing gear leg.
You can remove the winglet to get access to the unit.

The MAIN BUS 1 supplies 28 VDC to the anti-collision lights and the taxi light. The BATT BUS supplies power
to the navigation lights and the landing light. Refer to DC Generation General Data for data about the power
supplies.
Refer to the Wiring Manual circuit diagrams for each lighting system.
(1) Combined Anti-Collision and Navigation / Position Lights
A switch marked ANTI COLL LIGHT (20) on the left instrument-panel beam controls the lights. A 7.5-amp
circuit-breaker (21) marked LIGHTS ANTI COLL protects the circuit. The main bus supplies the anti-
collision lights.
A switch marked NAV LIGHT (22) on the left instrument-panel beam controls the lights. A 5-amp circuit-
breaker (23) marked LIGHTS NAV protects the circuit. The battery bus supplies the navigation lights.
(2) Combined Landing and Taxi Light
A switch (24) marked LANDING LIGHT on the left switch -panel controls both landing lights. A 7.5-amp
circuit-breaker (25) marked LIGHTS LAND protects the circuit. The battery bus supplies the landing lights.
A switch (26) marked TAXI LIGHT on the left switch panel controls both taxi lights. A 7.5-amp circuit-
breaker (27) marked LIGHTS TAXI protects the circuit. The main bus supplies the landing lights.
(3) Gear Down Light (optional)
The gear down light has no switch in the cockpit. For the functional test of the gear down light refer to Gear
Down Light Function Test.

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 2
D 4
FW
1
3
Figure 1 - External Lights

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Combined navigation (3) Combined taxi light,

and strobe lights (FWD) landing light and control
unit
(2) Combined navigation, (4) Gear Down Light
strobe lights and position
lights (AFT)
Figure 1 - External Lights

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ON ON
ON ON
AUTO
OFF
OFF
ON ON START BOTH ON
ON
HEAT TEST

BUS 2 BUS 1 BUS
MAIN BATT
BUS 2 BUS
27 21 20 22 26 24 23 25
Legend
(20) Anti-collision light switch (24) Landing light switch

(21) Circuit-breaker for the (25) Circuit-breaker for the
anti-collision lights landing lights
(22) Navigation light switch (26) Taxi light switch
(23) Circuit-breaker for the (27) Circuit-breaker for the
navigation lights taxi lights
Figure 2 - Switches and Circuit-Breakers for the External Lights

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the external lighting systems. Refer to the Wiring Manual for data
about the electrical wiring. If you find the trouble given in column 1, then do the repair given in column 3.

The light does not come Circuit breaker not set. Set the related circuit breaker to ON.
on when the related
switch is set to ON.
LED light unit defective. Replace the light unit.
Switch defective. Do a continuity test across the back of the re-
lated switch in the OFF position and in the ON
position. If the switch is unserviceable, replace
it.
Cables defective. Do a continuity test of the related cables. Refer
to the wiring manual. Repair/replace defective
cables.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 33-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMBINED ANTI-COLLISION AND NAVIGATION LIGHT UNIT IN THE WINGLET

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Combined Anti-Collision and Navigation Light Unit in the Winglet LH/
RH
Refer to Figure 3.
(1) Remove the winglet, refer to Winglet Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the Landing/Taxi Light, refer to Combined Landing and Taxi-Light Unit in the Winglet
Replace.
(3) Remove the 6 bolts (31) , (32) and (37) and nuts (36) holding the light unit (33) :
- Remove 2 long bolts, washers and spacers (31) at the front and nuts (36) .
- Remove 2 short bolts and washers (32) aft.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Remove 2 bolts, washers and spacers (37) inboard.

- Remove the light-unit assembly (33) and (39) .
Note The landing lights (39) must also be removed.
(4) Release the countersunk bolt (34) .

Remove the combined light unit (33a) .
(5) Attach the new combined light unit (33a) .

Install the countersunk bolt (34) .
(6) Put the new light unit assembly (33) and (39) in position in the winglet:
- Install 2 short bolts and washers (32) pointing outboard, aft. Torque the bolts, refer to
Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
- Install 2 long bolts, washers and spacers (31) at the front and nuts (36) . Torque the bolts,
refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
- Install 2 bolts, washers and spacers (37) . Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts
(7) Install the Landing/Taxi Light, refer to Combined Landing and Taxi-Light Unit in the Winglet
Replace.
(8) Install the winglet, refer to Winglet Remove and Install.
WARNING DO NOT LOOK DIRECTLY INTO THE LIGHTS! THIS CAN CAUSE
HAZARDOUS DAMAGE TO YOUR EYES.
(9) Do a test for correct operation of the light as follows:

- Set the ANTI COLL LIGHT switch to ON. The anti-collision lights must come ON correctly.
- Set the ANTI COLL LIGHT switch to OFF.
- Set the NAV LIGHT switch to ON. The navigation lights must come ON correctly
- Set the NAV LIGHT switch to OFF.

27 July 2018 33-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32 33 31+36 38 39
37
D
FW
40
FW
D
View Looking Aft
C
35a
D
FW
34
33a
35
35a
Figure 3 - External Lights Installation in the Winglet

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(31) Long bolts, washers and (35a) Bolts, washers, spacers

spacers and nuts
(32) Short bolts and washers (36) Nuts
(33) Combined light unit (37) Bolts, washers and
assembly spacers inboard
(33a) Combined light-unit (38) Long bolts and spacers
(34) Countersunk bolt (39) Landing/taxi light unit
(35) Control unit for the (40) Bonding cable
landing/taxi light

27 July 2018 33-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
EXTERNAL LIGHTS MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
These maintenance practices tell you how to replace defective items. It tells you also how to remove / install
components in the system.
Refer to the wiring manual for details of the electrical wiring.
WARNING DO NOT LOOK DIRECTLY INTO THE LIGHTS! THIS CAN CAUSE HAZARDOUS
DAMAGE TO YOUR EYES.

1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMBINED LANDING AND TAXI-LIGHT UNIT IN THE WINGLET

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Combined Landing and Taxi-Light Unit in the Winglet LH/RH
Refer to Figure 4.
(1) Remove the winglet, refer to Winglet Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the 4 nuts, spacers washers and bolts (35a) . Release the control-unit (35) .
(3) Remove the 4 bolts holding the light unit (39) :

- Remove 2 bolts, washers and spacers (31) outboard.
- Remove 2 bolts, washers and spacers (37) inboard.
- Remove the bonding cable (40) from the 2 bolts, washers and spacers (37) .
- Remove the light-unit assembly (39) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove 3 long bolts and bushes (38) attaching the light unit to the mounting plate (39) . Remove
the unit from the mounting plate.
(5) Put the new light unit in position on the mounting plate (39) .
- Install the 3 long bolts and bushes (38) . Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts
(6) Put the new light unit assembly in position in the winglet:
- Install 2 bolts, washers and bushes (31) outboard. Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts
- Install the bonding cable (40) to the 2 bolts, washers and spacers (37) .
- Install 2 long bolts, washers and spacers (37) inboard. Torque the bolts, refer to Standard
Practices - Airframe General, M5.
(7) Position the control-unit (35) . Install the 4 bolts, washers, spacers and nuts (35a) . Torque the
bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(8) Install the winglet, refer to Winglet Remove and Install.
(9) Do a test for correct operation of the light.

- Set the LAND LIGHT or TAXI LIGHT switch to ON. The light must come ON correctly.
- Set the LAND LIGHT or TAXI LIGHT switch to OFF.

27 July 2018 33-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32 33 31+36 38 39
37
D
FW
40
FW
D
View Looking Aft
C
35a
D
FW
34
33a
35
35a

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 33-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(31) Long bolts, washers and (35) Control unit for the
spacers landing/taxi light
(32) Short bolts and washers (35a) Bolts, washers, spacers
and nuts
(33) Combined light unit (37) Bolts, washers and
assembly spacers inboard
(33a) Combined light-unit (38) Long bolts and spacers
(34) Countersunk bolt (39) Landing/taxi light unit
(35a) Bolts, washers, spacers (40) Bonding cable
and nuts

27 July 2018 33-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-33-40-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMBINED LIGHT-UNIT IN THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Combined Light-Unit in the Horizontal Stabilizer LH/RH

Refer to Figure 5.
(1) Release the countersunk bolt (40) at the rear of the combined light unit (42) .
(2) Pull the combined light-unit (42) outboard.
(4) Remove the combined light-unit from the mounting plate (41) .
(5) Hold the new combined light-unit (42) adjacent to the horizontal stabilizer.

1T120TP-A-33-40-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Attach the new combined light unit (42) to the mounting plate (41) .
Install the countersunk bolt (40) to the combined light unit (42) .
Note Install the new combined light unit together with the new gasket to the horizontal stabilizer.
(8) Do a test for correct operation of the light unit as follows:

- Set the ANTI COLL LIGHT switch to ON. The anti-collision lights must come ON correctly.
- Set the ANTI COLL LIGHT switch to OFF.
- Set the NAV LIGHT switch to ON. The navigation lights must come ON correctly.
- Set the NAV LIGHT switch to OFF.

1T120TP-A-33-40-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
43
44
41
40
Horizontal Stabilizer
42
Figure 5 - Combined Light Unit in the Horizontal Stabilizer

1T120TP-A-33-40-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(40) Countersunk bolt (43) Electrical connector

(41) Mounting plate (44) Gasket
(42) Combined light-unit
Figure 5 - Combined Light Unit in the Horizontal Stabilizer

1T120TP-A-33-40-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GEAR DOWN LIGHT

FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Functional Test of the Gear Down Light

None
Maintenance)
Lift the aircraft with jacks, refer to Jacking General
Support the aircraft with external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
(1) At the checking procedure for the functionality of the Gear Down Light it is necessary to lift and
lower the aircraft by jacks.

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) At the checking procedure for the functionality of the Gear Down Light it is necessary to retract
and extend the landing gear, refer to Landing Gear Extension and Retraction General.
B. Functional Test of the Gear Down Light
Note Landing gear down and locked presumes loaded weight-on-wheel (WOW) switches. Therefore
you have to lower the aircraft with jacks completely at the applicable Test Case.
(1) Set the switch EXT PWR to ON.
(3) Perform the functional test as follows:

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-340A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
Table 1 Functional Test
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-340A-A
Test Case 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Landing ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON
Light
Switch
Taxi Light ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF
Switch
Aircraft on NO NO YES YES NO YES YES NO NO NO NO NO
Ground
Landing UP DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN UP UP UP DOWN DOWN
Gear
(locked)
Gear OFF Hi + Lo Hi + Lo OFF Hi Lo Hi OFF OFF OFF Hi + Lo Hi
Down
Light
33-40
CHECKE
D
02 February 2018
Page: 27
Page: 28
Table 1 Functional Test
02 February 2018
Test Case 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Landing ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON

Light
Switch
Taxi Light ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF
Switch
Aircraft on NO NO YES YES NO YES YES NO NO NO NO NO
Ground
Landing UP DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN DOWN UP UP UP DOWN DOWN
Gear
33-40
(locked)
Gear OFF Hi + Lo Hi + Lo OFF Hi Lo Hi OFF OFF OFF Hi + Lo Hi
Down
Light
CHECKE
D
1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-340A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Set the switch EXT PWR to OFF.
1. Disconnect the aircraft from external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
2. Lower the aircraft with jacks, refer to Jacking General.

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GEAR DOWN LIGHT

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
Light with cable loom .......................................................................................... 33400003 010 QTY 1
Screws (2) .......................................................................................................... 33400003 070 QTY 2
Screw ................................................................................................................. 33400003 100 QTY 1
Washers (4) ........................................................................................................ 33400003 090 QTY 4
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Gear Down Light Bulb Replacement

Refer to Figure 6.

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Remove Gear Down Light bulb bracket from clamp at NLG Leg.
Loose both Screws (03- 070) .
(3) Disconnect wiring harness at connector.

Cut cable ties in order to remove wiring harness and bulb.
(4) Disassemble bulb Light with cable loom (03- 010) and bracket.
(a) Disassemble bulb.

Loose the three Screw (03- 100) .
(5) Install new bulb Light with cable loom (03- 010) onto bracket.
Tighten al three Screw (03- 100) .
(6) Install Gear Down Light bulb bracket to clamp at NLG Leg.
Tighten both Screws (03- 070) .
(7) Install wiring harness and connect. Install new cable ties.
(8) Connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing,
(10) With Aircraft on Ground switch ON Taxi Light and Landing Light switch.
Make sure that the Gear Down Light illuminates LO + HI.
(11) Set the switches Taxi Light and Landing Light to OFF.

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Rubber Bands
Chock
Clamp
Figure 6 - Gear Down Light Assembly

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-33-40-00-03A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
34-00
NAVIGATION

1T120TP-A-34-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-00-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NAVIGATION
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Chapter tells you about the navigation systems in the aircraft. It only tells you about the installation in the
aircraft. Refer to the equipment manufacturers manuals for more data about the equipment. And refer to the
Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring for the navigation systems.
The G 120TP-A has these navigation systems. Refer to these sections for data about the systems:
- Flight Environment Data General. Flight environment data. (Pitot/static/OAT/flight instruments).
- Attitude and Direction General data. Attitude and direction. (Compass/stall warning/artificial horizon).
- Independent Position Determining General Data. TAS.
- Dependent Position Determining General. Dependent position determining. (GPS/transponder/ADF
(optional)/DME).
Figure 1 shows the overall avionic block diagram. It gives the relationship between the equipments in the avionic
suite.
The relationships are described in the description and operation parts for each equipment

1T120TP-A-34-00-00-00B-010A-A
Page: 4
MAG-3000 ESI-2000 Compass GPS2 GPS1
MSU#2 MSU#1
OAT#2 OAT#1
14 November 2016
GPS#2 ADAHRS #2 GPS#1 ADAHRS #1
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
IDU-680 #3 (PFD) IDU-680 #4 (MFD) IDU-680 #2 (MFD) IDU-680 #1 (PFD)

PPT 1/2
MIC 1/2
AMU
1/2
34-00
Control RMI
Analog AIU-2 Converter Converter
Unit
STORM FDR RAD TAS UHF ADF XPDR DME COM/ COM/ MKR DAU Aural Message
SCOPE ALT NAV1 NAV2 BCN Generator
GPS
NAV NAV
Engine Airframe
WX-500 FDR RA1 RA2 TAS1 TAS2 UHF ADF XPDR DME COM1 COM2 MKR Sensor Signals
Figure 1 - Avionic Equipment Schematic Diagram

Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional DIPLEXER
Combiner
Blade LH Blade RH
VOR / LOC / GS
1T120TP-A-34-00-00-00B-010A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NAVIGATION
A. Description
(1) Flight Environment Data
The G 120TP-A has the usual flight environment data systems. It has a pitot/static system. The pitot/static
system has a pitot/static tube under the left wing. The tube has an electric heater. Flexible hoses connects
the pitot/static tube to the instruments.
The aircraft has a static system. The static vents are in the pitot/static tube under the left wing. Flexible
hoses connect the static vents to the instruments. An alternate static system senses pressure in the cockpit.
A panel below the leading edge of the left wing holds the two OAT sensors. The sensors provide OAT data
to the IDU.
The pitot/static system connects to these equipments:
- ADAHRS
- ESI-2000.
(2) Attitude And Direction
The G 120TP-A has a solid state air data and attitude and heading reference system (ADAHRS). It has
three separate solid state magnetic-transducers providing magnetic heading data. It also has a standard
magnetic compass.
The aircraft has four flight displays (IDUs). The IDUs receives data from these equipments:
- ADAHRS.
- NAV 1 and NAV 2
- GPS 1 and GPS 2
- ADF (optional)
- DME
- Marker beacon.
The aircraft has a stall warning system. The right wing has a lift detector. The lift detector connects to the
DAU. When the detector operates, a warning comes ON in the warning page on the IDUs. The system
gives an warning tone through the audio system and through the stall warning buzzer.
The IDUs can display GPS, VOR, localizer and glide-slope.
(3) Dependent Position Determining
The G 120TP-A has these systems to determine position:

- NAV 1/2. The VHF NAV 1 and NAV 2 are part of the ADR 7050 COM/NAV, located in the left
side of the electrical installation plate. The VOR/LOC/GS antennas are located on the left and
right of the vertical stabilizer.

1T120TP-A-34-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- GPS 1/2. The GPS modules are connected to the IDUs on the pilot’s side. The GPS 1 antenna
is located on top of the vertical stabilizer The GPS 2 antenna is located just below the instrument
panel cover at the front, left.
- Transponder. The Transponder is located on the co-pilot’s side, in the back, near the ADF
receiver (optional) and the ADF RMI converter (optional). The IDUs control the transponder.
The transponder antenna is located on the bottom of the rear fuselage on the left.
- ADF (optional). The ADF receiver is located on the co-pilot’s side, in the back, near the ADF
RMI converter. The IDUs control the receiver. The ADF antenna is located on the bottom of
the fuselage below the baggage compartment
- DME. The DME is located under the avionic shelf on the pilot’s side. The IDUs control the DME.
The DME antenna is located inside the ventral fin.
- Marker Beacon. The marker-beacon receiver is part of the AMU 50. The marker antenna is
located on the bottom of the fuselage below the baggage compartment on the right.

1T120TP-A-34-00-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
34-10
FLIGHT ENVIRONMENT DATA

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
Flight environment data has these systems:
- A pitot/static system.
- Outside air temperature (OAT).
Refer to Ice and Rain Protection General Data for data about the pitot/static heat system. And refer to the Wiring
Manual for data about the electrical wiring in the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the schematic diagram for the Pitot/Static System in the G 120TP-A.
Figure 2 shows the locations of components in the aircraft.
(1) Pitot/Static System
Refer to Figure 2.
The aircraft has a combined pitot/static tube (1) . The tube attaches to the leading edge of the left wing.
The front of the tube has the usual hole for pitot pressure (2) . And the sides of the tube have holes for
static pressure (3) .
Flexible hoses connect the pitot/static tube to water traps (4) in the fuselage. Flexible plastic pipes connect
the components.
The plastic pipes have this colour code:
- Pitot system: Green
- Static system: Transparent
- Alternate static system: Red.
An alternate static system connects to a guarded switch (5) on the instrument panel, top right. The alternate
static system has a static pressure port (6) in the in the right circuit-breaker panel. It senses cockpit
pressure.
(2) OAT
The aircraft has an OAT sensor (20) . The sensor is located in the leading edge access panel holding the
pitot/static tube below the left wing. The sensors provide OAT data to the IDU.
(3) Radar Altimeter
The radar altimeter developed by Free Flight Systems is a system which provides altitude above ground
level (AGL) data to an electronic flight instrument system (EFIS).
The radar altimeter provides AGL altitude information from -20 feet up to 2500 feet maximum via computer
interface.
The altitude AGL is defined as the vertical distance from the antennas to the terrain.
The system consists of three Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
- The radar altimeter Receiver/Transmitter (R/T) Unit.
- Two antenna units.
The radar altimeter contains one electrical connector in the front and two co-axial connectors in the back.
Is located in the bottom side of the digital instrument panel, in the pilot’s side area.
The two antennas are located on the bottom of the co-pilot’s side wing. Each antenna is marked with an
arrow.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Power Supplies
The AVIONIC BUS 1 supplies power for the RAD ALT. A 3-amp circuit breaker protects the circuit.
(b) Power On Self-Test
At power on, the system initializes operation and performs a self-test for approximately 20 seconds.
In the self-test, the lock circuitry is tested and a test signal applied to the receive circuitry.
(4) Storm Scope (optional)
Refer to Figure 3.
The Storm scope WX-500 (32) functions are controlled through Multi-Funktion Displays (MFDs).
Storm scope detects electrical discharges from thunderstorms. The MFD plots the location of the
thunderstorm.
The WX-500 is a passive sensor which works on ground and in the air.
B. Operation
(1) Pitot/Static System
Refer to Figure 1.
The pitot port (2) and the static vents (3) connect to the two ADAHRS (11) , (12) and the ESI-2000
(13) .
The ADAHRS also provides a standard altitude output for the transponder.
When the aircraft is moving, the pitot port (2) senses pitot pressure. The green flexible pipes transmit the
pitot pressure to the instruments.
The static ports sense the static pressure. The transparent flexible pipes transmit the static pressure to the
instruments.
The water traps prevent water from going along the pipes to the instruments.
The alternate static system connects to the alternate static switch. The system has a port (6) which senses
static pressure in the cockpit. If the usual static is unreliable, (for example due to ice) the pilot can switch
to alternate static. The alternate static is less accurate than the usual static.
Pitot, static and alternate static also connect to the sensor-unit of the FDR (optional).
(2) Storm Scope (optional)
Refer to Figure 3.
(a) Power-up Self-Test
The system initializes operation and performs a self-test for approximately 25 seconds. If an error is
detected, the message is displayed (refer to the user's guide WX-500 of the manufacturer).
(b) Operator-Initiated Self-Test
The system initializes operation and performs a self-test for approximately 60 seconds. If an error is
detected, the message is displayed on the MDF (refer to the user's guide WX-500 of the manufacturer).

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FDR
FDR
10
PRE MOD SENSOR
DEVICE
RSB 565-138 AS P S
MCN 565-731
Option 22
WING LH COCKPIT
1 6 11 12 13
AIR DATA AIR DATA STAND-BY

COMPUTER COMPUTER INSTRUMENT
1 2
P S P S P S
2
3
4
5
FDR
10
POST MOD
FDR
SENSOR
DEVICE
RSB 565-138 P S
MCN 565-731
Option 22
WING LH COCKPIT
1 6 11 12 13
AIR DATA AIR DATA STAND-BY

COMPUTER COMPUTER INSTRUMENT
1 2
P S P S P S
2
3
4
5
Legend
(1) Pitot/static tube (6) Alternate static port

(2) Pitot port (10) Sensor-unit of the FDR
(optional)
(3) Static vents (11) ADAHRS 1
(4) Filters (12) ADAHRS 2
Figure 1 - Pitot/Static System Schematic Diagram

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Alternate static switch (13) STAND-BY

INSTRUMENT
Figure 1 - Pitot/Static System Schematic Diagram

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
31
32
4
20
3
2 1
Legend
(1) Pitot/static tube (6) Alternate static port

(2) Pitot port (20) OAT sensors
(3) Static vents (31) Storm scope sensor
(optional)
(4) Water traps (32) Storm scope Processor
Unit (optional)
Figure 2 - Flight Environment Data – Component Locations

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ON ON
ON ON
AUTO
ON ON ON ON ON AUTO
OFF
OFF
ON TEST ON ON ON START BOTH ON
ON
HEAT TEST

AIU A ADF UHF DME NAV 1 COM 1 MSU AVIONIC AIU B RAD TAS MCP PILOT COPILOT NAV 2 MARKER XPDR PILOT PILOT AVIONIC HEAT HEAT CTRL IND IGN MAG CAS
MSU COPILOT COPILOT PILOT PILOT FGC
BUS 2 BUS 1 BUS
2A PFD B BUS 1 ALT TRIM 1A MFD A PFD A PFD A PFD HTR BUS 1 P/S INTAKE GEAR GEAR MUTE
1B MFD B MFD B PFD B
MAIN BATT
BUS 2 BUS
Legend
(1) Storm scope circuit (5) Alternate static switch

breaker
Figure 3 - Flight Environment Data – Instrument Panel Locations

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PITOT/STATIC SYSTEM
TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Connect the Pitot-Static Test Set

- Airspeed Indicator/Airspeed Indication (ASI) Calibration Test
- Pitot Leak Test
- Altimeter Calibration Test
- Static Leak Test
- Connect The Transponder Test Set
- Altitude Encoder Calibration Test
- Disconnect the Pitot-Static Test Set
- Remove the Transponder Test Set.

None
None

Pitot-static test set ....................................................................................................................... QTY 1
Transponder test set with test antenna (FieldTech or similar) ..................................... ATC600A QTY 1
External 28 VDC power supply ................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
Line caps ..................................................................................................................................... QTY 1
Tape ........................................................................................................................................ QTY A/R
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Connect the Pitot-Static Test Set
Note Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the pitot-static test set.
(1) Seal the drain holes in the pitot tube with tape.
(2) Connect the test set to the pitot tube.
B. Airspeed Indicator/Airspeed Indication (ASI) Calibration Test
(1) Make the aircraft safe for maintenance.

Servicing General.
(2) Connect the pitot-static test set.

Refer to Procedure A.
Note For analog instruments, tap the instrument panel adjacent to the instrument LIGHTLY
during the test. This is to make sure that the pointers are free.
(3) Slowly apply pressure until the ASI on the test set reads 50 kts.
The aircraft ASI must read 50 ±2 kts.
(5) With the ASI on the test set reading 150 kts, seal the pressure to the aircraft system for 1 minute.
The pointer on the aircraft ASI must not fall more than 10 knots during this time.
Maximum permissible leakage rate 10 kts/min.
(6) If the pointer on the airspeed indicator falls more than 10 knot in 1 minute:
- Disconnect and seal the pitot pipe at the ASI or ADAHRS.
- Do a test of the pitot system for leaks.
- Repair any leaks that you find.
- Connect the pitot pipe at the ASI or ADAHRS.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Do step B.3 to step B.6 again.

If the system fails the leakage test, replace the ASI or ADAHRS.
(9) Disconnect the pitot-static test set.

Refer to Procedure H
C. Pitot Leak Test
(1) Connect the pitot-static test set. Refer to .
Note For analog instruments, tap the instrument panel adjacent to the instrument LIGHTLY
during the test. This is to make sure that the pointers are free.
(3) With the ASI on the test set reading 150 kts, seal the pressure to the aircraft system for 1 minute.
The pointer on the aircraft ASI must not fall more than 10 knots during this time.
(4) If the pointer on the airspeed indicator falls more than 10 knot in 1 minute:
(a) Disconnect and seal the pitot pipe at the ASI or ADAHRS.
(b) Do a test of the pitot system for leaks.
(c) Repair any leaks that you find.
(d) Connect the pitot pipe at the ASI or ADAHRS.
(5) Do items 2 to 4 again.

If the system still fails the leakage test, replace the ASI or ADAHRS.

Refer to Procedure H.
D. Altimeter Calibration Test

Use a copy of Table 1 to record the values obtained in the test. In the following tests, if an aircraft altimeter
is not within the tolerance given, replace the altimeter.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Set the barometric scales of the aircraft altimeters to 29.92 in.Hg (1013.25 mb).
(3) Set the barometric scale of the test set altimeter to 29.92 in.Hg (1013.25 mb).
(4) Connect a 28 VDC external power supply to the aircraft.

- Set the BUS TIE switch to AUTO or MAN.
Make sure that the VIB ALT circuit-breaker on the MAIN BUS is set.
CAUTION DURING THE FOLLOWING TESTS, DO NOT LET THE POINTER OF THE
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR GO PAST THE FULL SCALE DEFLECTION.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INSTRUMENT.
(5) Slowly apply the vacuum/pressure as necessary until the test set altimeter shows the airfield height
above sea level.
(6) Note the reading on the aircraft altimeters.

The aircraft altimeters must read the airfield height above sea level ±20 ft.
(7) Slowly apply the vacuum/pressure to the static system until the test set altimeter shows 0 ft.
(8) Note the reading on the aircraft altimeters.

The aircraft altimeters must show 0 ±20 ft.
(9) Do a test of the smooth operation of the altimeters up to 16,000 ft. Compare the aircraft altimeter
indication to the test set altimeter indication at each test point.
Do this test for each of the test points given in Table 1.
(10) Slowly increase the static pressure until the altimeters show 0 ft. Then, slowly apply the vacuum
until the altimeter reading increases to 1000 ft more than the height above sea-level of the airfield.
Tap the instrument panel adjacent to the altimeter LIGHTLY and close the vacuum.
Note Ignore the small decrease in altitude caused by the vacuum becoming stable.
(11) Seal the pressure for 1 minute.

Maximum leak rate 100 ft/min.
(12) If there is a decrease of more than 100 ft/min:

- Make sure that the right static port is correctly sealed.
- Make sure that the Alternate Static switch is fully closed.
- Progressively disconnect components and seal the static pipe until you find the leak.
- Repair the leak or replace the defective component.
Do the leak test (9) & (10) after each stage until you find the leak.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(13) If you repair a leak, do the test of the static system again.

- Disconnect external power from the aircraft

E. Static Leak Test


- Set the BUS TIE switch to AUTO or MAN.
Make sure that the VIB ALT circuit-breaker on the MAIN BUS is set.
(3) Adjust the barometric scales of the aircraft and test set altimeters to show 0 ft (QFE).
(4) Slowly apply the vacuum until the altimeter reading increases to 1000 ft. Tap the instrument panel
adjacent to the altimeter LIGHTLY and close the vacuum.
Note Ignore the small decrease in altitude caused by the vacuum becoming stable.
(5) Seal the pressure for 1 minute.

Maximum leak rate 100 ft/min.
(6) If there is a decrease of more than 100 ft in 1 minute:

- Make sure that the right static port is correctly sealed.
- Make sure that the Alternate Static switch is fully closed.
- Progressively disconnect components and seal the static pipe until you find the leak.
- Repair the leak or replace the defective component.
Do the leak test (3) & (4) after each stage until you find the leak.
(7) If you repair a leak, do the test of the static system again.

Disconnect external power from the aircraft

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
F. Connect The Transponder Test Set
(2) Put the test antenna near the transponder antenna.

Below the rear fuselage on the left. Refer to Dependent Position Determining General Figure 2.
(3) Set the BATT switch ON.

Set the BUS TIE switch to AUTO or MAN.
Set the AVIONIC MASTER switch ON.
Set the transponder function selector knob to ALT.
(4) Set the transponder test set to ALT.

Follow the test set manufacturers instructions.
(5) Let the encoder warm up for 10 min.
Note If the power is momentarily interrupted during calibration, wait a minimum of 3 minutes
before continuing with calibration.
G. Altitude Encoder Calibration Test
(1) Connect the pitot-static and transponder test sets.

Refer to Procedure A and Procedure F.
(2) Set the barometric scales of the aircraft altimeters to 29.92 in.Hg (1013.25 mb).
(3) Set the barometric scale of the test set altimeter to 29.92 in.Hg (1013.25 mb).
CAUTION DURING THE FOLLOWING TESTS, DO NOT LET THE POINTER OF THE
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR GO PAST THE FULL SCALE DEFLECTION.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INSTRUMENT.
(4) Slowly apply vacuum to the static system until the test set altimeter shows 15,950 ft.
(5) Note the reading on the transponder test set.

The transponder test set must show 16,000 ft.
(6) Slowly increase the static pressure until the altimeter on the test set shows 50 ft.
The transponder test set must show 0 ft.
(7) Slowly decrease the static pressure from 0 ft to 16,000 ft.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Make sure that the transponder test set shows the test altitudes given in Table 1 ±75 ft.
(8) Slowly increase the static pressure from 16,000 ft to 0 ft.

Make sure that the transponder test set shows the test altitudes given in Table 1 ±75 ft.
(9) Disconnect the pitot-static and transponder test sets.

Refer to Procedure H & Procedure I.
(10) If either altimeter fails any part of the test, replace the altimeter.
H. Disconnect the Pitot-Static Test Set
(1) Make sure that the pitot and static connections are at ambient pressure.
(2) Disconnect the test set from the pitot/ static tube.
(3) Remove the tape from the drain holes in the pitot tube.
I. Remove the Transponder Test Set.
(1) Set the transponder test set to OFF.

Follow the test set manufacturers instructions.
(2) Set the transponder function selector knob to OFF.

Set the AVIONIC MASTER switch OFF.
Set the BATT switch OFF.
(3) Disconnect the 28 VDC external power supply from the aircraft.
(4) Remove the test antenna and transponder test set.
Note For these tolerances refer to the relevant National requirements

(For example: For the United States of America, refer to FAR 43 Appendix E).
Table 1 Altimeter and Encoder Test Values
Test Height LH Altimeter RH Altimeter Altimeter (1) Encoder (Ac- Encoder (1)
ft (Actual) ft (Actual) ft Tolerance ft tual)X1000ft Tolerance ft
-1.000 +/- 20 +/- 100
-500 +/- 20 +/- 100
0 +/- 20 +/- 100
500 +/- 20 +/- 100
1.000 +/- 20 +/- 100
1.500 +/- 25 +/- 100

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Altimeter and Encoder Test Values
Test Height LH Altimeter RH Altimeter Altimeter (1) Encoder (Ac- Encoder (1)
ft (Actual) ft (Actual) ft Tolerance ft tual)X1000ft Tolerance ft
2.000 +/- 20 +/- 100
3.000 +/- 30 +/- 100
4.000 +/- 35 +/- 100
6.000 +/- 40 +/- 100
8.000 +/- 60 +/- 100
10.000 +/- 80 +/- 100
12.000 +/- 90 +/- 100
14.000 +/- 100 +/- 100
16.000 +/- 110 +/- 100
18.000 +/- 120 +/- 100
20.000 +/- 130 +/- 100
22.000 +/- 140 +/- 100
25.000 +/- 155 +/- 100
System leak +/- 100 +/- 100
at 18.000

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the flight environment data systems. Refer to the Wiring Manual for
more data about the electrical wiring. If you find the trouble given in column 1, then do the repair given in column
3.

The airspeed indication There is a leak in the pitot or Do a pitot/static test. Correct any leaks.
does not move or it gives static system.
an incorrect reading.
The pitot pipe is blocked. Disconnect the pitot pipe from the pitot tube
and the air speed indicator. Clear the lines with
low pressure dry air.
Defective ADAHRS. Replace the unit.
Defective ESI-2000. Replace the unit.
The altitude and vertical The static pipes are not con- Do a pitot/static test. Connect the pipes cor-
speed indications are in- nected correctly or are rectly.
correct. blocked.
Defective ADAHRS. Replace the unit.
Defective ESI-2000. Replace the unit.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PITOT/STATIC TUBE
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Pitot/Static Tube

- Installation of the Pitot/Static Tube

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Pitot/Static Tube
(1) Remove 4 screws (40) and lock-washers.
(2) Remove the pitot-static tube (41) from the support assembly.
(3) Pull the pitot-static tube (41) forward to give access to the in-line pipe connectors and electrical
connector.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5)
Note The connections are marked: P and Pitot, S and Static.
Release the nuts holding the pitot and static pipes (43) to the pitot-static tube.
(6) Remove the pitot-static tube (41) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Pitot/Static Tube
(1) Hold the pitot-static tube (41) in position in front of the support assembly.
(2) Connect the static and pitot in-line connectors (43) as follows:
(a) Pipe marked Pitot to ‘P’
(b) Pipe marked Static to ‘S’.
(4) Carefully move the pitot-static tube (41) with the word ‘TOP’ at the top, back into the support
assembly with the drain hole pointing down.
(5) Install 4 screws (40) and lock-washers attaching the pitot-static tube to the support assembly.
(6) Do a pitot-static heater test, refer to Pitot/Static System Test.
(7) Do a pitot-leak test, refer to Pitot/Static System Test.
(8) Do a static leak test, refer to Pitot/Static System Test.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
40
A
43
42
43
D
41 FW
Figure 4 - Pitot-Static Tube Installation

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(40) Attaching screws (42) Electrical connector

(41) Pitot-static tube (43) Pitot and static
connectors
Figure 4 - Pitot-Static Tube Installation

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OAT PROBE
REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
CAUTION DO NOT STRAIN THE PITOT-STATIC TUBE CONNECTIONS WHEN YOU LOOSE
THE PITOT-STATIC TUBE FOR ACCESS.
A. Replace an OAT Probe

Refer to Figure 5.
(1) Loosen the pitot-static tube (1) for access:

- Remove the eight attaching screws (4) .
- Move the pitot-static tube (1) down to give access to the OAT probe (2) .
Hold the pitot-static tube (1) .

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-01A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note It is not necessary to remove the pitot-static tube from the aircraft.
(2) Disconnect the in-line connections (3) for the OAT probe.
(3) Remove the OAT probe (2) as follows:

- Hold the hexagon guard (5) on the top side of the pitot-static tube panel.
- Disconnect the plug (10) .
- Remove the nut (9) , the star washer (8) and the flat washer (7) from the bottom side of
the panel.
- Remove the O-ring (6) from the top side of the panel.
- Remove the OAT probe (2) upwards.
(4) Put a new OAT probe in position in the pitot-static tube panel.
(5) Install a OAT probe (2) as follows:
- Install the O-ring (6) over the hexagon guard (5) and put them in the mounting hole.
- Install the flat washer (7) , the star washer (8) , the nut (9) , the large hexagon guard
(5) .
- Connect the plug (10) .
(6) Connect the in-line connections (3) for the OAT probe.
(7) Install the pitot-static tube (1) after access:

- Install the eight attaching screws (4) , refer to Pitot/Static Tube Remove and Install.
(8) Do a test for correct operation of the OAT indicator:

- Set the battery switch to ON
- Monitor the OAT indicator
- Set the battery switch to OFF.
The OAT indicator must show the ambient temperature.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-01A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
B
D
FW
4
A
1
FW
D
10
9
8
7
B
6 2
Figure 5 - Replace an OAT Probe

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-01A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Pitot-static tube (6) O-ring

(2) OAT probe (7) Flat washer
(3) In-line electrical (8) Star washer
connection
(4) Attaching screws for the (9) Nut
pitot-static tube
(5) Hexagon guard on OAT (10) Plug
probe
Figure 5 - Replace an OAT Probe

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-01A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RADAR ALITIMETER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Radar Altimeter

- Installation of the Radar Altimeter

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Radar Altimeter
(1) Remove the MFD display from the co-pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System General Data.
(3) Turn the locking screw (2) counter-clockwise to release the radar altimeter from the mounting
bracket.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Pull out carefully the radar altimeter (1) from the mounting bracket (5) and disconnect the co-
axial connectors (4) .
B. Installation of the Radar Altimeter
(1) Connect the co-axial connectors (4) .
(2) Carefully slide the radar altimeter (1) into the mounting bracket (5) .
(3) Tighten the locking screw (2) with your fingers to install the radar altimeter (1) on the mounting
bracket (5) .
(5) Install the MFD display on the pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System General Data.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
1
2 D
FW
4
B
5
FW
D
Figure 6 - Removal and Installation of the Radar Altimeter

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Radar altimeter (4) Co-axial connectors

(2) Locking screw (5) Mounting bracket
Figure 6 - Removal and Installation of the Radar Altimeter

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OUTBOARD RADAR ALTIMETER ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Outboard Radar Altimeter Antenna

- Installation of the Outboard Radar Altimeter Antenna

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Outboard Radar Altimeter Antenna
(1)
Note The anchor-nuts (4) are directly attached to the installation sheet (2) .
Remove the four countersunk bolts (3) from the four anchor-nuts (4) and release the outboard
radar altimeter antenna (1) from the installation sheet (2) .

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Disconnect the plug (5) .
B. Installation of the Outboard Radar Altimeter Antenna
(1) Put the outboard radar altimeter antenna (1) in place on the installation sheet.
(2) Connect the plug (5) .
(3)
Note The anchor-nuts (4) are directly attached to the installation sheet (2) .
Install the outboard radar altimeter antenna (1) to the installation sheet (2) and the four
countersunk bolts (3) to the anchor-nuts (4) .
(4) Make sure that the arrow drawn on the outboard radar altimeter antenna is pointing in the correct
direction.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
4
A
Figure 7 - Removal and Installation of the Outboard Radar Altimeter Antenna

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Ouboard radar altimeter (4) Anchor-nuts

antenna
(2) Installation sheet (5) Plug
(3) Countersunk bolts
Figure 7 - Removal and Installation of the Outboard Radar Altimeter Antenna

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-03A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
INBOARD RADAR ALTIMETER ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Inboard Radar Altimeter Antenna

- Installation of the Inboard Radar Altimeter Antenna

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Inboard Radar Altimeter Antenna
(1) Remove the cover, refer to Access Panels General.
(2) Disconnect the plug (2) .
(3) Remove the four countersunk bolts, washers, nuts (3) , the bonding cable (4) and the inboard
radar altimeter antenna (1) from the cover.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Installation of the Inboard Radar Altimeter Antenna
(1) Put the antenna in place on the cover.
(2) Make sure that the arrow drawn on the outboard radar altimeter antenna is pointing in the correct
direction.
(3) Put the bonding cable (4) in place.
(4) Install the inboard radar altimeter antenna (1) , the four countersunk bolts, washers, nuts (3) and
the bonding cable to the cover.
(5) Connect the plug (2) .
(6) Install the cover, refer to Access Panels General.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
3
2
A
4
Figure 8 - Removal and Installation of the Inboard Radar Altimeter Antenna

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Inboard radar altimeter (3) Countersunk bolts,

antenna washers and nuts
attaching the inboard
radar altimeter antenna
(2) Plug (4) Bonding cable
Figure 8 - Removal and Installation of the Inboard Radar Altimeter Antenna

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STORM SCOPE UNIT

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Storm Scope Unit

- Installation of the Storm Scope Unit

None

None
E. Materials
Aircraft safety wire ................................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Storm Scope Unit
(1) Remove the right equipment compartment panel, refer to Access Panels General.
(2) Unlock the front hold-down retainer cup (3) of the storm scope bracket.
(3) Carefully push out the storm scope unit (1) from the storm scope bracket (2) .

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-05B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Installation of the Storm Scope Unit
(1) Put the Storm Scope processor (1) in position and slide it all over the mounting tray (2) .
(2) Tighten the front hold-down retainer cup (3) and install the TAS processor into the mounting tray
(2) .
(3) Secure the locking mechanism with Aircraft safety wire.
(4) Close the right equipment compartment panel, refer to Access Panels General.
(5) Do a test of the storm scope system, refer to Storm Scope System Operation Test.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-05B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
A
FW
1 D
Legend
(1) Storm Scope processor (3) Hold-down retainer

unit
(2) Mounting tray
Figure 9 - Removal and Installation of the Storm Scope Unit

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-05B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-05B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STORM SCOPE SENSOR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the storm scope sensor

- Installation of the storm scope sensor

None

None
E. Materials
Alodine ....................................................................................................................... No. 1001 QTY AR
Sealant ................................................................................................................. GS513051-9 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the storm scope sensor
outer skin.
(2) Remove the antenna (1) , the gasket (2) with the washers and the screws (3) .
(3) Release the antenna cable assembly (6) through the gasket (2) from the antenna (1) .

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-06B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4)
Note To reduce strain on the shield ground wire the antenna cable ist clamped to the airframe
with six inches of the ground wire.
Remove the ground wire (4) from the doubler plate (8) .
(5) Remove the screws (7) .
(6) Remove the doubler plate (8) .
B. Installation of the storm scope sensor
(1) Carefully remove the old sealant from the area where the sensor mounts to the skin, refer to Figure
10.
(2) Apply Alodine to the hole of the mounting plate of the screws , refer to Figure 10.
(3) Put the doubler plate (8) in position.
(4) Install the screws (7) .
(5) Install the ground wire (4) to the doubler plate (8) .
(6) Clamp the antenna cable to the airframe with six inches of the ground wire (4) to reduce strain
on the shield ground wire.
(7) Connect the antenna cable assembly (6) through the gasket (2) to the antenna (1) .
(8) Install the antenna (1) , the gasket (2) with the washers and the screws (3) .
(9) Do a an storm scope system operational test, refer to Storm Scope System Operation Test.

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-06B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
8 6
4
Alodine No. 1001
Alodine No. 1001
7
A
2
FW
D
Figure 10 - Removal/Installation of the Storm Scope Sensor

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-06B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Antenna (5) Nut

(2) Gasket (6) Antenna cable assembly
(3) Screws and washers (7) Screw
(4) Ground wire (8) Doubler plate
Figure 10 - Removal/Installation of the Storm Scope Sensor

1T120TP-A-34-10-00-06B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT ENVIRONMENT DATA - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
The maintenance practices in this section tell you how to test the pitot/static system.

1T120TP-A-34-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
34-20
ATTITUDE AND DIRECTION

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This chapter tells you about the attitude and direction equipment on the G 120TP-A. It does not give data about
the instruments. Refer to the instrument manufacturers manuals for more data about the instruments.
Refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring in the aircraft.
These items are installed in the aircraft:
- Magnetic compass
- Air Data and Attitude and Heading Reference System (ADAHRS)
- Magnetic-transducers
- Stall warning system
- Integrated Display Units (IDU)
- Electronic Standby Instrument (ESI).

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
Figure 1 shows the location of the attitude and direction instruments in the cockpit.
Figure 2 shows the location of other components in the system.
(1) Magnetic Compass
The magnetic compass (1) is on the top of the instrument panel cover. A compass deviation card is located
adjacent to the compass.
(2) Air Data Attitude Heading Reference System (ADAHRS)
Figure 3 shows the block diagram of the ADAHRS.

The main function of the ADAHRS (24) module is to provide heading, attitude and air data information to
the IDU.
The ADAHRS module receives inputs from the Magnetic Sensor Unit (MSU), Outside Air Temperature
probe (OAT) and the aircraft pitot and static systems and translates them to digital data that is showed on
the Integrated Display Units (IDU).
The ADAHRS module contains on the inside:
- Rate sensors and accelerometers
Used to sense the positioning and acceleration of the ADAHRS module in orthogonal space.
- Pressure sensors
Used to detect and calculate the absolute and differential air pressures of the airframe.
- Heaters
The heater is a resistive element that is attached to the heat sink and is used to ensure that
the ADAHRS module is heated to the minimum operating temperature that the sensors require.
The ADAHRS module is installed in the back, on the upper right side of each IDU-680 located on the pilot’s
side.
(3) Magnetic Sensor Unit (MSU)
The MSU consists of a triaxial earth field magnetometer, a two axis accelerometer (tilt sensor), a
microcontroller, power supplies and communication with protection circuitry collocated in a single enclosure.
It is a solid state device with no moving parts.
The MSU senses magnetic variation and transmits field vector information to the ADAHRS module.
The MSU processes aircraft roll, pitch rates, magnitude and transmits field vector information to the
ADAHRS module via an RS422 differential signal serial communication link.
All lines are protected from lightning.
The MSU is located on the right and left wing in the bottom side.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) MAG-3000
The MAG-3000 is a self-contained three-axis magnetometer that mounts directly to the aircraft frame and
provides a three component measurement of the earth's magnetic field.
Information is sent via a RS-422 serial bus to a reference system that computes the magnetic heading of
the aircraft.
The MAG-3000 is located into the left wing on the bottom.
(a) Self-test
A Power-On Self-Test Mode will begin operation as soon as aircraft power is applied to the
magnetometer followed by Normal Operational Mode.
The self-test requires less then 5 seconds to complete and will monitor for faults in power supplies,
internal communications and out of tolerance conditions.
(5) IDU-680
Refer to Central Display Systems Description for more details regarding the IDU-680.
(6) ESI-2000
Figure 4 shows the display elements for ESI-2000.

The Electronic Standby Indicator (ESI) is a panel mounted, self-contained solid state instrument that
provides emergency aircraft attitude information.
The ESI-2000 screen is an Active Matrix LCD that has a nominal diagonal size of 3.7 inches with a resolution
of ¼ VGA (320 X 240 RGB).
The ESI-2000 has the following display information:
- Visual display of attitude (pitch & roll)
- Slip Indicator
- Barometric corrected altitude
- Indicated Airspeed
- Heading, Magnetic (optional for Part 23/25 aircraft)
- Battery Indications.
(a) Soft-Key Buttons
The attitude background (1) is divided into an upper blue sky and lower brown ground with the horizon
line located where the sky and ground backgrounds meet.
The visual display of attitude (1) contain:
- A pitch ladder
made up of white horizontal lines positioned at every ±5° to a maximum of ±80°.
- An aircraft reference
is a fixed black on white representation of the aircraft located in the center of the attitude
display.

27 July 2018 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- A roll scale
The scale has a downward pointing white triangle set at 0° and white tick marks positioned
in an arc to the left (negative) and right (positive) of the triangle representing 10°, 20°,
30°, 45°, and 60°.
- A roll pointer
is an upward pointing white filled triangle located below the downward pointing triangle
on the roll scale.
The battery indicator (2) is normally not shown. The battery indicator is an indication of the batteries
relative state of charge and is independent of the 1 hour run time expressed by the color of the battery
indictor.
The horizon (3) represents the line located where the sky and ground backgrounds meet into the
visual display of attitude (1) .
The barometric pressure window (6) is located at the top right of the display screen and the units
shown in the window can be changed using the menu screen.
The slip indicator (5) is located above the heading tape. The slip indicator has a black background
with a white border. A slip indicator ball is positioned in the center of the indicator scale between two
vertical lines. The Slip indicator has a range of ±7°.
Four soft-key buttons (11) on the front of the bezel provide the user with quick access for setting baro
level and units, display and button brightness, and access to the menus.
The heading configuration requires a MAG-3100 or MAG-3000 to be installed and the ESI-2000
configured to operate with a magnetometer.
The heading configuration contain:
- A moving horizontal tape (9)
is located at the bottom of the display with a black background color. The graduation lines,
digits, and letters are white. The tape has a viewable span of 60°.
- A digital readout (8)
appears like a black background with a white border, located above the heading tape in
the center of the display. The digital readout has a range of 001° to 360° with a resolution
of 1°.
- A lubber line (10)
is a fixed downward pointing arrowhead located at the bottom of the heading digital
readout. The heading index points to the urrent heading shown on the heading tape and
provides the value shown in the heading readout.
The indicated airspeed (4) is a moving transparent vertical tape located on the left side of the display
with major tick marks every 10 knots from 0 to 450; minor tick marks at the midpoint between the major
tick marks, and numbered digits every 20 knots from 0 to 440. The tape has a viewable span of 60
knots with higher speeds at the top of the tape and slower speeds toward the bottom.
The altimeter (7) is a moving vertical tape located on the right side of the display with white tick marks
every 100 feet and numbered white digits every 500 feet. The tape moves relative to the baro-corrected
altitude data. The tape has a maximum viewable altitude of 1000 feet and can go as low as -2500 feet
and as high as 56,500 feet. The tapes calibrated range is from -1,500 to 55,000 ft.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Battery Pack
The Battery Pack is a battery and bracket assembly consisting of the following inseparable
components:
- 3 rechargeable Lithium Ion cells connected in series
- A circuit card assembly
- A stainless steel mounting plate
- A plastic shrink wrap enclosure on the outside of the battery.
The Battery Pack is housed inside the ESI-2000 Electronic Standby Indicator and has the following
built-in functionality:
- Battery protection
- Charge and discharge monitoring
- Redundant temperature monitoring
- Capacity estimating function.
(7) Stall Warning
Refer to Figure 2.
The aircraft has a stall warning system. The right wing has a lift detector (23) . The lift detector has a small
flap. The flap operates a micro-switch.
The lift detector connects to the DAU. The DAU operates an audio stall-warning tone to the audio system.
The DAU supplies power for the aural message generator. The aural message generator generates the
warning tone for the stall warning buzzer (refer to Stall Warning System Description).
In usual flight the air flow pushes the flap on the lift detector (23) down. This keeps the lift detector contacts
open. The warnings do not operate.
If the aircraft gets near to the stall, the airflow pushes the flap of the lift detector up. The lift detector contacts
close to give a ground to the monitoring circuit in the DAU. The stall warning audio system and the stall
warning buzzer (19) gives a warning tone.
(8) Power supplies
The AVIONIC BUS 2 provides power for the MSU 2A and MSU 1B. A 5-amp circuit breakers protects the
circuits.
The AVIONIC BUS 1 provides power for the MSU 1A. A 5-amp circuit breaker protects the circuit.
The BAT BUS provides power for the MSU 1A. A 5-amp circuit breaker protects the circuit:
- For ADAHRS
- The ADAHRS receives power from the IDU-680.
The BATT BUS provides power for the ESI-2000. A 2-amp circuit breaker protects the circuit.

27 July 2018 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
18 18 21 W 24
17 18 18
19
ON ON
ON ON
AUTO
ON ON ON ON ON TEST ON ON AUTO ON ON
OFF
START
OFF
BOTH ON
ON

HEAT TEST

BUS 2 BUS 1 BUS
MAIN BATT
BUS 2 BUS
Figure 1 - Attitude and Direction Instruments in the Cockpit

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Magnetic Compass (18) IDU-680

(17) ESI-2000 (19) Stall Warning Buzzer
Figure 1 - Attitude and Direction Instruments in the Cockpit

27 July 2018 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
24
24
25
23
26
25
Figure 2 - Attitude and Direction Component Locations

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(23) Lift Detector (25) MSU

(24) ADAHRS (26) MAG-3000
Figure 2 - Attitude and Direction Component Locations

27 July 2018 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MSU
COM AHRS OUTPUT
COM ADC OUTPUT
IDU
(PFD) COM
COM
ADC OUTPUT PS
PRESSURE
ADC OUTPUT PT INPUTS
IDU
(MFD)
ADAHRS UNIT
OAT
Figure 3 - ADAHRS Block Diagram

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
6
2
4
7
5
10
11
Figure 4 - ESI-2000 Display Elements

27 July 2018 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Visual display of attitude (7) Altimeter

(2) Battery Indicator (8) Digital Readout
(3) Horizon (9) Heading Tape
(4) Indicated Airspeed (10) Lubber Line
(5) Slip Indicator (11) Soft-key Buttons
(6) Barometric Pressure
Window
Figure 4 - ESI-2000 Display Elements

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAGNETIC COMPASS
CALIBRATE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Magnetic Compass Adjustment Procedure

- Magnetic Compass Swing

None
None

Sighting compass (Reference compass) ................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Non-magnetic screwdriver ....................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Magnetic Compass Adjustment Procedure
Note Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the sighting compass
(1) Align the aircraft on 360° using the sighting compass.

Align N

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Record the aircraft compass reading.
(3) Do step A.1 and step A.2 for 090°, 180°, 270°.
Align E, S, W.
(4) For each heading, subtract the aircraft compass reading from the sighting compass reading.
These are the values (δN), (δE), (δS), (δW)
(5) Find the A error:
(6) Correct the installation A error by turning the compass or by putting brass spacers under the
mounting screws as appropriate.
Correct the compass by the value of the A error.
(7) Find the B error:
(9) Correct the installation B error. Adjust the East-West screw on the compass to give a compass
reading of 090°.
(11) Read the heading on the aircraft compass.

Record any deviation.
(12) Find the C error:
(14) Correct the installation C error. Adjust the North-South screw on the compass to give a compass
reading of 360°.
(16) Correct the installation C error:

- Read the heading on the aircraft compass.
- Note the error in the compass reading.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Adjust the North-South screw on the compass to remove half of the error.
Note This completes the adjustment procedure. Do not touch the adjustment screws again.
Record any deviation.
B. Magnetic Compass Swing

Align N
(2) Allow the aircraft compass to stabilise, then record the aircraft compass reading.
Use a copy of the compass swing record at Figure 5.
(3) Record the difference between the heading and the aircraft compass reading.
This is the deviation for this heading.
(4) Do step A.1 and step A.2 for every 30°.
(5) Complete the compass deviation card for the aircraft. Install the deviation card in the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
0 +
10 8 6 4 2 2 4 6 8 10
0º
30º
60º
90º
120º
150º
180º
210º
240º
270º
300º
330º
360º
Nominal Course N 30º 60º E 120º 150º S 210º 240º W 300º 330º
Magnetic course 001 031 060 090 120 149 179 209 239 269 300 331
Figure 5 - Typical Compass Swing Record

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00A-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMPASS
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
The maintenance practices in this paragraph tell you how to compensate (swing) the magnetic compass.
You must carry out a compass swing:
- after installing a compass;
- at a test of the unit;
- at a comprehensive check test (including annual check tests);
- after a major servicing of the aircraft;
- after an engine change;
- after any major build changes near the compass;
- after a lightning strike;

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- if you suspect a faulty reading;
B. Definition
Deviation:
Because they affect the earth’s magnetic field near the compass, the following things can cause
incorrect readings on the compass:
- steel parts that have become magnetised
- wires and cables carrying DC (direct current)
- magnetic soft iron parts
By compensating or ‘swinging’ the magnetic compass, any errors can be corrected – that is a
correction figure can be given for any error that remains. This is called deviation. Airworthiness
regulations require that the deviation shall not be greater than 10 degrees. Measure the deviation
every 30º around the 360º. Fix the deviation table close to the compass.
C. Measuring the deviation
A= Installation error
B= East-west error
C= North-south error
Deviation is described by a sign of the opposite sense in front of it.

For example:
Nominal course 360°

Deviation +2°
Magnetic heading 358°
Compass-swing the aircraft using a calibrated sighting compass.

To make adjustments to the compass compensation mechanism use a non-magnetic screwdriver, such
as one made of brass.
Make sure that during the compass swing procedure, the electrical installation is switched on and that
the engine is running at ground idle.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00A-360A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
This section tells you how to trouble shoot the attitude and direction system. Refer to the manufacturers' manuals
for trouble shooting data about the equipment. If you find the trouble given in column 1, then do the repair given
in column 3.

Attitude and direction ADAHRS failure Do the EHSI self test. Follow the on-screen
data incorrect. instructions.
Magnetic-transducer failure. Do the EHSI self test. Follow the on-screen
instructions.
EHSI failure. Do the EHSI self test. Follow the on-screen
instructions.
Stall warning operates Stall warning detector vane Adjust the stall warning lift-detector.
too early or too late. incorrectly set.
Stall warning does not Cables/connectors defective. Do a test for continuity on each cable. Do a
operate on test. test for short circuit to ground and between
cables.
Repair/replace defective cables.
Lift detector defective. Adjust the stall warning lift-detector.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ADAHRS
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of an ADAHRS module

- Installation of an ADAHRS module

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of an ADAHRS module
(1) Remove the IDU from the pilot’s side, refer to Central Computers Description.
(2) Remove the pitot-static tubes (2) from the back of the ADAHRS module.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the three attaching screws (3) and remove the ADAHRS module (1) from the back of
the IDU.
B. Installation of an ADAHRS module
(1) Put the ADAHRS module (1) in place on the back of the IDU.
(2) Tighten the three attaching screws (3) to install the ADAHRS module (1) on the back of the IDU.
(3) Attach the pitot-static tubes (2) on the back of the ADAHRS module (1) .
(4) Install the IDU on the pilot’s side, refer to Central Computers Description.
(5) Perform a pitot-leak test, refer to Flight Environment Data General.
(6) Perform a static-leak test, refer to Flight Environment Data General.
(7) Perform the ADAHARS alignment (only step B. Preparation for ADAHRS alignment and step D.
ADAHRS Leveling Function), refer to ADAHRS Alignment.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
2
1
3
Legend
(1) ADAHRS module (3) Attaching screws

(2) Pitot-static tubes
Figure 6 - Removal and Installation of an ADAHRS Module

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ADAHRS
ALIGNMENT
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Preparation for ADAHRS alignment
- ADAHRS Display ADAHRS Values and Status Flags
- ADAHRS Leveling Function
- ADAHRS Compass Swing Function
- ADAHRS Compass Alignment Procedure
- Completion

None
Lift the aircraft with jacks, refer to Jacking General
Level the aircraft, refer to Leveling and Weighing General
Connect external power supply to the aircraft if possible, refer to External Power Supply General Data
Prepare the aircraft for operation of the engine for Procedure E ADAHRS Compass Swing Function and
Procedure F ADAHRS Compass Alignment Procedure.

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
Note Performing the procedure one time will result in alignment of both ADAHRS.
Note EFIS needs to see “weight on wheels” indicating the airplane is on the ground in order to enter
maintenance mode. Either set the EFIS into Ground and Maintenance Functions (GMF) menu
prior to standing the airplane on jacks, or set the WOW switch to the “on ground” position after
the airplane is on jacks.
B. Preparation for ADAHRS alignment
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is safe for maintenance.
(2) Use external power, if possible.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is lifted on jacks and leveled with a pitch attitude of 0° and a roll attitude
of 0°.
(4) Pull the circuit breakers that follow:

- Pilot MFD A and Pilot MFD B.
(5) Set the BATT or EXTERNAL POWER switch to ON.

Set the AVIONICS MASTER switch to ON.
Make sure that the BUS TIE switch is OFF.
(6) Open the USB cover plates (refer to Figure 7) of the Pilot PFD and MFD to initiate the EFIS Ground
and Maintenance Functions (GMF).
(7) Push and hold the FAST SLAVE switches on both the pilot and co-pilot’s side.
(8) Push the circuit breakers that follow:

(9) Release the FAST SLAVE switches after approximately 5 seconds.

If not, cover the light sensor on the right side of the USB port, while the IDU boots.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(10) Push the four top-left bezel buttons (refer to Figure 8) to enter the “Ground and Maintenance
Functions” Menu (refer to Figure 9).
C. ADAHRS Display ADAHRS Values and Status Flags
(1) Rotate on Pilot PFD the right encoder and select the “ADAHRS Maintenance Utility (Pilot-Side
CPU#1 Only)” menu option. Push the right encoder to go into the “ADAHRS Calibration Functions”
Menu (refer to Figure 10).
(2) Select the “Display ADAHRS Values and Status Flags” option and push the right encoder.
(3) Make sure that ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2 show values that are other than zero (refer to Figure
11). Make sure that the values change constantly.
To change between ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2, rotate the right encoder up or down.
(4) Push the right encoder to go back to the “ADAHRS Calibration Functions” Menu.
(5) Select the “Set ADAHRS Options” option and push the right encoder.
(6) Select “Airspeed Filter” and push the right encoder. Rotate the right encoder to adjust the value
to “0 of 15” (refer to Figure 12) and push the right encoder to accept.
(7) Select “Altitude Filter” and push the right encoder. Rotate the right encoder to adjust the value to
“0 of 15” (refer to Figure 12) and push the right encoder to accept.
(8) Select “VSI Filter” and push the right encoder. Rotate the right encoder to adjust the value to “0
of 15” (refer to Figure 12) and push the right encoder to accept.
(9) Make sure that “Transmit Air Data on AHRS Port” is shown “Enable” (refer to Figure 12).
(10) Select “Continue” and push the right encoder. The IDU shows “Verifying ADAHRS #1 and
ADAHRS #2 Data” when the data gets written to the ADAHRS.
(11) The IDU shows “ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2 Options set successful.
Push <ENTER> to continue when option programming is completed.
Push the right encoder to go back to the “ADAHRS Calibration Functions” Menu.
D. ADAHRS Leveling Function
(1) Select the “Leveling Function” option and push the right encoder to enter.
(2) Select the “Continue to Level ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2” option and push the right encoder
to enter.
(3) Select the “Pitot-Static Connections Pointing to Nose” option and push the right encoder to set the
mounting orientation for ADAHRS #1. Set Pitch and Roll to 0.0°.
(4) Select the “Continue” option and push the right encoder.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Select the “Pitot-Static Connections Pointing to Nose” option and push the right encoder to set the
mounting orientation for ADAHRS #2. Set Pitch and Roll to 0.0°.
(6) Select “Continue” and push the right encoder. Make sure that the mounting orientation as well as
the pitch and roll angles for ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2 are correct (refer to Figure 13).
(7) Select “Confirm and Finish Leveling” and push the right encoder to go back to the “ADAHRS
Calibration Functions” Menu. Wait until the countdown is completed.
Note The leveling process monitors the accelerometers for 60 seconds to determine level. Do
not move the aircraft during this time. A count-down timer is displayed during the process.
Note During the leveling process the IDU shows the “Working ADAHRS#1 and ADAHRS#2”
data.
Note During the data write cycle process, the IDU shows the “Verifying ADAHRS #1 and
ADAHRS #2” data.
(8) The IDU shows the “ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2” leveling successful.
Press <ENTER> to continue data.
Push the right encoder to go back to the “ADAHRS Calibration Functions” menu.
(9) Select the “Exit” option and push the right encoder.
(10) When the IDU is in the “Ground and Maintenance Functions” Menu, pull the circuit breakers that
follow to shut down the IDU:
E. ADAHRS Compass Swing Function
(1)
Note The compass swing function must be performed with the engine operating, all aircraft
systems in “Flight” mode and in a magnetically quiet environment.
Remove the aircraft from the jacks, refer to Jacking General.

Remove external power if applicable, refer to External Power Supply General Data.
(2) Restore the aircraft after maintenance, refer to AMM Chapter 12-00.
(3) Start the engine, refer to Power Plant Engine Run-Up – General.
(4) The aircraft must be positioned in a magnetically quiet environment.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Push and hold the FAST SLAVE switch on either the pilot or co-pilot’s side.
(6) Push the circuit breakers that follow to boot the pilot IDUs:
(7) Release the FAST SLAVE switch after approximately 5 seconds.

If not, cover the light sensor on the right side of the USB port, while the IDU boots.
(8) Push the four top-left bezel buttons on Pilot PFD (refer to Figure 8) to enter the “Ground and
Maintenance Functions” Menu (refer to Figure 9).
(9) Rotate the right encoder and select the “ADAHRS Maintenance Utility (Pilot-Side CPU#0#1 Only)”
menu option. Push the right encoder to enter the “ADAHRS Calibration Functions” menu (refer to
Figure 10).
(10) Select “Compass Swing Function” and push the right encoder to enter.
Note The ADAHRS Compass Swing procedure compensates for Hard and Soft Iron effects.
Note The compass swing function must be performed with the engine operating, all aircraft
systems in “Flight” mode and in a magnetically quiet environment.
(11) Select the “Continue to Swing ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2” option and push the right encoder
to enter the “Confirm Latitude, Longitude and Altitude” Menu.
(12) Select the “Lat” option and push the right encoder. Set the aircraft’s current latitude and push the
right encoder to accept.
(13) Select the “Lon” option and push the right encoder. Set the aircraft’s current longitude and push
the right encoder to accept.
(14) Select the “Alt” option and push the right encoder. Set the aircraft’s current altitude and push the
right encoder to accept.
(15) Select the “Month” option and push the right encoder. Set the current month and push the right
encoder to accept.
(16) Select the “Year” option and push the right encoder. Set the current year and push the right encoder
to accept.
(17) Select “Continue” and push the right encoder to do the compass swing.
(18) Push the right encoder when the IDU shows the “Make sure aircraft is stationary”.
Press <ENTER> to continue data.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note During the compass swing process the IDU shows the “Working ADAHRS#1 and
ADAHRS#2 Data” data.
(19) When the IDU shows the “Turn RIGHT (CW): Turn Completed = 0.0° / 360.0°” data. Make a full
clockwise turn. Make sure that the first number is increasing from 0.0 to 360.0. Stop the turn when
the IDU shows “Stop Turn!”.
CAUTION DO NOT TURN LEFT (COUNTER CLOCKWISE) DURING THIS PROCESS. A

LEFT TURN WILL FAIL THIS STEP, AND THE IDU WILL RETURN TO THE
“ADAHRS CALIBRATION FUNCTIONS” MENU.
(20) When the IDU shows the “Turn LEFT (CCW): Turn Completed = 0.0° / 360.0°” data. Make a full
counter clockwise turn. Make sure that the first number is increasing from 0.0 to 360.0. Stop the
turn when the IDU shows “Stop Turn!”.
CAUTION DO NOT TURN RIGHT (CLOCKWISE) DURING THIS PROCESS. A LEFT

TURN WILL FAIL THIS STEP, AND THE IDU WILL RETURN TO THE “ADAHRS
CALIBRATION FUNCTIONS” MENU.
(21) Make sure the “ADAHRS #1 Compass Swing Performance” Menu is displayed as shown in Figure
14. Push the right encoder to affirm the “Press <ENTER> to continue” message.
Note A satisfactory alignment will provide a Horizontal and Vertical Match greater than 95%.
Note The Compass Swing will automatically determine a pass or fail.
Note A pass will proceed to the next step.
(22) Make sure the “ADAHRS #2 Compass Swing Performance” Menu is displayed as shown in Figure
14. Push the right encoder to affirm the “Press <ENTER> to continue” message.
(23) Push the right encoder when the “ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2 Compass Swing Successful” is
displayed. “Press <ENTER> to continue” message is shown on the IDU.
F. ADAHRS Compass Alignment Procedure
(1) Select “Compass Alignment Function” and push the right encoder to enter.
(2) Select the “Continue to Align ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2” menu option and push the right
encoder.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Align the aircraft to north when “Alignment Function – Align Heading with NORTH” is shown on
the IDU (refer to Figure 15).
(4) Select “Confirm NORTH Alignment and Continue” and push the right encoder when the aircraft’s
nose points to north.
(5) Wait 30 seconds until the ADAHRS is stabilized. The IDU shows a stabilizing countdown.
CAUTION DO NOT MOVE THE AIRCRAFT UNTIL THE STABILIZING COUNTDOWN IS

COMPLETED.
(6)
Note The IDU will write the offset into the ADAHRS. The IDU will show “Working ADAHRS #1
and ADAHRS #2 Data” during this process.
Do step F.3 thru step F.5 for the east, south and west direction.
(7) Make sure that the “Compass Alignment Function – Final Confirmation” is shown on the IDU (refer
to Figure 16).
(8) Select “Confirm and Finish Alignment” and push the right encoder when the shown values are
correct.
Note The IDU will write the final alignment data into each ADAHRS. The IDU will show “Verifying
ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2 Data” during this process.
(9) Push the right encoder when the “ADAHRS #1 and ADAHRS #2 Alignment Successful” is
displayed. “Press <ENTER> to continue” message is shown on the IDU.
G. Completion
(1) Select “Upload CRCs” in the “ADAHRS Calibration Functions” Menu and push the right encoder
to complete the ADAHRS alignment.
CAUTION THE ADAHRS CRC VALUES MUST BE UPLOADED TO THE IDU. WITHOUT
THIS STEP, THE ALIGNED ADAHRS WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED BY THE
EFIS.
(2) When the upload is completed, select “Exit” in the “ADAHRS Calibration Functions” menu and
push the right encoder.
(3) When the IDU is in the “Ground and Maintenance Functions” Menu, pull the circuit breakers that
follow to shut down the IDUs:

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Close the USB cover plates (refer to Figure 7) of the Pilot PFD and MFD.
(5) If necessary for operation of the aircraft push the circuit breakers as follows to boot the IDUs:
Wait with aircraft operations until the IDUs are booted correctly.
(6) Park the aircraft and shut down the engine, refer to Power Plant General.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
USB Cover Plate
Figure 7 - USB Cover Plate
Figure 8 - Top-left bezel buttons

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 9 - “Ground and Maintenance Functions” Menu
Figure 10 - “ADAHRS Calibration Functions” Menu

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 11 - ADAHRS #1
Figure 12 - ADAHRS Options Function
Figure 13 - Leveling Function

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 14 - “ADAHRS#1 Compass Swing Performance” Menu
Figure 15 - Compass Alignment Function
Figure 16 - “Compass Alignment Function - Final Confirmation”

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-00B-272A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MSU
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Removal of the MSU
- Installation of the MSU

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
There are two Magnetic Sensor Units (MSU) integrated in the aircraft, one in the LH wing lower side, the
other in the RH wing lower side.
Both MSUs are the same units.
The procedure is for the LH and RH MSU identical.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Removal of the MSU
(1) Remove the attaching screws and the cover from the access panel wing, refer to Doors General.
(2) Carefully remove the three attaching screws and washers (2) and the MSU (1) from the bracket
(3) .
C. Installation of the MSU
(2) Make sure that the screws and the washers (2) are non-magnetic.
Carefully install the MSU (1) on the bracket (3) and install the three attaching screws and washers
(2) .
(3) Install the cover and the attaching screws to the access panel wing, refer to Doors General
(4) Refer to ADAHRS Alignment and do parts of the ADAHRS alignment test as follows:
- Step B. Preparation for ADAHRS alignment
- Step E. ADAHRS Compass Swing Function
- Step F. ADAHRS Compass Alignment Procedure
- Step G. Completion.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
FW
D
D
3
FW
4 4
1
A B 1
2
2
Legend
(1) MSU (3) Bracket

(2) Attaching screws and (4) Electrical connector
washers
Figure 17 - Removal and Installation of the MSU

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAG-3000
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the MAG-3000

- Installation of the MAG-3000

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the MAG-3000
(1) Remove the attaching screws and the cover from the access panel wing LH, refer to Doors
General.
(2) Carefully remove the attaching screws (3) and the MAG-3000 (1) from the bracket.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Installation of the MAG-3000
(2) Make sure that the screws and the washers (3) are non-magnetic.
Carefully install the MAG-3000 (1) on the bracket and install the attaching screws (3) .
(3) Install the cover and the attaching screws to the access panel wing, refer to Doors General
(4) Do a test of the MAG-3000, refer to ESI-2000 Calibration (step B. MAG SWING procedure).

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
A
2
Figure 18 - Removal and Installation of the MAG-3000

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) MAG-3000 (3) Attaching screws

Figure 18 - Removal and Installation of the MAG-3000

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ESI-2000
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the ESI-2000

- Installation of the ESI-2000

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the ESI-2000
(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker ESI on BATT BUS is pulled.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) , the pitot connector (3) and the static connector (4) from
the ESI-2000.
(4) Remove the four attaching screws (6) from the ESI-2000 at the instrument panel.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Carefully remove the ESI-2000 (1) from the instrument panel.
(6) Take especially care of the mounting plate (5) .
(7) Remove the ESI-2000 from the aircraft.
(8) Remove the mounting plate (5) from the back side of the instrument panel.
B. Installation of the ESI-2000
(1) Make sure that the circuit breaker ESI on BATT BUS is pulled.
(2) Put the ESI-2000 in position to the instrument panel.
(3) Put the mounting plate (5) to the back side of the instrument panel for mounting of the ESI-2000.
(4) Connect the static connector (4) , pitot connector (3) and the electrical connector (2) at the
ESI-2000.
(5) Carefully install the ESI-2000 (1) in place in the instrument panel.
(6) Install the four attaching screws (6) to the ESI-2000 at the instrument panel.
Note Hold the mounting plate (5) by hand on the back side of the instrument panel while you
install the attaching screws (6) .
Torque the screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, Table 2.
(8) Do an ESI-2000 Pre-Programming, refer to ESI-2000 Adjust - Pre-Programming.
(9) Do a pitot-static test, refer to Pitot/Static System Test.
(10) Do an ESI-2000 Preparation, refer to ESI-2000 Adjust, align and calibrate - Preparation.
(11) Do an ESI-2000 Calibration, refer to ESI-2000 Calibration.

27 July 2018 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B
5
4 FW
D
D
FW
Figure 19 - Removal and Installation of the ESI-2000

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) ESI-2000 (4) Static connector

(2) Electrical connector (5) Mounting plate
(3) Pitot connector (6) Attaching screws
Figure 19 - Removal and Installation of the ESI-2000

27 July 2018 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ESI-2000
ADJUST - PRE-PROGRAMMING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Setup for Pre-Programming of the ESI-2000
- Pre-Programming of the ESI-2000
- Close up after Pre-Programming of the ESI-2000

None
Connect the aircraft to external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is jacked.
(2) Make sure that the aircraft is leveled.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is connected to external power supply to conserve aircraft battery
power.
(4) Make sure that an external computer with the necessary software “Trilogy Configuration Tool” is
operating.
(5) Make sure that you have the actual Data-file (“ESI-2000_R0.bin” or latest revision) from GROB
for pre-programming the ESI-2000 available on the external computer.
Note Pre-Programming can also be done with ESI-2000 outside of the aircraft or without
standing the airplane on jacks with pitch attitude of 0° and roll attitude of 0°.
For preparation of ESI-2000 (refer to ESI-2000 Adjust, align and calibrate - Preparation)
the aircraft must be leveled.
B. Setup for Pre-Programming of the ESI-2000
(2) Pull the circuit breaker ESI on BAT BUS.
(3) Remove the ESI-2000 from the instrument panel so that the Communication cable on the back
side of the ESI-2000 can be installed, refer to ESI-2000 Remove and Install.
(4) Remove the electrical connector from the back side of the ESI-2000.
(5) Install a Communication Cable between the indicator J1 connector, the aircraft wiring harness and
the external computer (power on), refer to Figure 20.
(6) Set the switch EXT PWR to ON.
(7) Push the circuit breaker ESI. Wait until the ESI-2000 starting procedure has stabilized.
C. Pre-Programming of the ESI-2000
(1) Start the software “Trilogy Configuration Tool” (TCT) on the external computer and perform the
steps as follows:
- Click the OK button to confirm understanding of Export Administration Regulations for this
software application.
- The tool should automatically detect the unit being configured.
The page Main Menu is now visible, refer to Figure 21.

Make sure that all parameters are correct.
(2) Click on TCT to the button “Get From File”.
(3) Choose the file “ESI-2000_R0.bin” or latest revision.
(4) Click the button “Airspeed”.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Click the button “Yes” on page Variable Vmo, refer to Figure 22.
(6) Check the Speed Values according the following table, refer to Figure 23.
Make sure that the values are correct.
(7) Click on page Speed Values to “Next”.
(8) Check the Variable Vmo Data according to the following page, refer to Figure 24.
(9) Click the button “Yes” on page Variable Vmo Data.
(10) Click on page Main Menu to the button “Save To Unit”.
(11) The page ESI Options is now visible, refer to Figure 25.
(12) Check the ESI options and click to the button “Save”.
(13) The page Writing Data is now visible, refer to Figure 26.
(14) When the data has been written, the following page Power Cycle is now visible, refer to Figure 27.
(15) The power has to be cycled to the ESI-2000 as follows:

- Pull the circuit breaker ESI and wait approximately 10 seconds.
- Push the circuit breaker ESI afterwards and wait again approximately 10 seconds.
Note The display of the ESI-2000 stays on while the power cycle due to the internal battery.
(16) Click on page Power Cycle to the button “OK”.
(17) The page Select Directory is now visible, refer to Figure 28.
(18) On page is now asked to specify a directory in which to save the configuration information on the
computer. This is a reference file, and the file name can not be changed. The file name contains
the date, timestamp and serial number of the unit, refer to Figure 29.
Note Do not alter the “*.*” file name. This creates a file name containing the date, timestamp
and serial number of the ESI-2000.
(19) Click on page Select Directory to the button “Done”. A copy of the configuration information is now
saved to your external computer.
(20) The page Data Written is now visible when the copy has been saved successfully, refer to Figure
29.
(21) Click on page Data Written to the button “OK”.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(22) The page Main Menu is now visible, refer to Figure 21.
D. Close up after Pre-Programming of the ESI-2000
(1) Close the TCT on the external computer and switch OFF the computer.
(2) Pull the circuit breaker ESI.
Note The ESI switches over to battery power.
(3) Switch OFF the ESI-2000 on the unit.
(5) Remove the Communication Cable between the indicator J1 connector, the aircraft wiring harness
and the external computer (power on), refer to Figure 20
(6) Install the electrical connector to the back side of the ESI-2000.
(7) Install the ESI-2000 to the instrument panel, refer to ESI-2000 Remove and Install
1. If necessary disconnect the external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation.
2. Lower the aircraft with jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
2T-W-9029-3425-00/17
Figure 20 - Communication Cable

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 21 - Main Menu Page
Figure 22 - Vmo Page

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 23 - Speed Values Page
Figure 24 - Variable Vmo Data Page

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 25 - ESI Options Page
Figure 26 - Writing Data Page

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 27 - Power Cycle Page
Figure 28 - Select Directory Page

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 29 - Data Written Page

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ESI-2000
ADJUST, ALIGN AND CALIBRATE - PREPARATION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Preparation of the ESI-2000

None
Connect the aircraft to external power supply, refer to External Power Supply Operation

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is jacked.
(2) Make sure that the aircraft is leveled to pitch attitude 0° and roll attitude 0°.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is connected to external power supply to conserve aircraft battery
power.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Make sure that the Pre-Programming of the ESI-2000 is successfully finished, refer to ESI-2000
Adjust - Pre-Programming.
(5) Make sure that the ESI-2000 is correctly installed at the instrument panel, refer to ESI-2000
Remove and Install.
B. Preparation of the ESI-2000

The Preparation of the ESI-2000 contains the following chapters:
- ACCESS
- MAIN MENU
- OPTIONS MENU
- AIRSPEED MENU
- ANGLES MENU
- MAG INSTALL MENU
- MAG SWING MENU
- SAVE SETTINGS
Note The Chapter MAG SWING MENU has to be performed on the compensation area on airfield.
(1) ACCESS
(b) Make sure that the circuit breaker ESI is pushed.
(c) Set the EXT PWR switch to ON while holding the button M (Menu) on the ESI-2000 pressed.
(d) Continue to hold the M button until the ACCESS SCREEN for the Setup Mode appears as
shown in the page ACCESS SCREEN, refer to Figure 30.
(e) Release the button M (Menu) on the ESI-2000.
(f) Set the BATT switch to ON.
(g) The page ACCESS SCREEN is visible now.

A field is ready for data entry when it is highlighted with the Up/Down arrow symbol on the
left side of the data field.
Enter the code [48-52-36] into the ACCESS SCREEN.
Use the S (select) button to move between fields and the + (increment) button and -
(decrement) button to adjust the numbers in the selected field. If the correct code is entered
the MAIN MENU appears within 5 seconds.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note An incorrect code causes the ACCESS SCREEN to remain until the correct code is
entered.
(h) Follow with step B.2.
(2) MAIN MENU
(a) The page MAIN MENU is now visible, refer to Figure 31.
(b) In the MAIN MENU use the S (select) button to cycle through the menu fields.
An active field appears with white text; inactive fields are dim gray.
Use the + (enter) button to open the selected field. Save changes (i.e. in Options, Angles)
by selecting the menu item and pressing the + button.
Note The MAG INSTALL MENU and MAG SWING MENU items are selectable only when
the "Mag Installed" field is set to "Yes" in the OPTIONS MENU.
(c) Select OPTIONS MENU and follow with step B.3.
(3) OPTIONS MENU
(a) The page OPTIONS is now visible, refer to Figure 32.
(b) Verify each OPTIONS field is set to the following parameters:

- The “Tape Type” is set to “CLEAR”
- The “Baro Color” is set to “WHITE”
- The “Roll Pointer” is set to “FIXED”
- The “Ref Hdg Source” is set to “MAG”
- The “Airspeed Units” is set to “KTS” (Knots) and is shown on the lower left corner of
the display
- The “Altimeter Units” is set to “FT” (Feet)
- The Key BD brightness level is set to “7”.
(c) When complete press the button M (Menu) to return to MAIN MENU.
(d) In MAIN MENU select AIRSPEED MENU and follow with step B.4.
(4) AIRSPEED MENU
(a) The page AIRSPEED is now visible, refer to Figure 33.
(b) Verify the following airspeed parameters are set in each field:

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The AC Type is Vmo.

- The entered value of VMO is 238 kts.
- The entered value of Vfe is 114 kts.
- The entered value of Vs1 is 70 kts (72 kts with OCN 74 / OSB 94).
- The entered value of Vs0 is 60 kts (62 kts with OCN 74 / OSB 94).
- The entered value of Vyse entered is “none”.
- The value of Vmc entered is “none”.
(c) When complete press the button M (Menu) to return to MAIN MENU.
(d) In MAIN MENU select ANGLES MENU and follow with step B.5.
(5) ANGLES MENU
(a) The page ANGLES is now visible, refer to Figure 34.
(b) Confirm the airplane (on jacks) is at an angle of 0.0 ± 0.1° in pitch attitude and roll attitude.
(c) Adjust the displayed Aircraft Pitch angle until the calculated pitch angle is within 0.0 ± 0.1°.
(d) Adjust the displayed Aircraft Roll angle until the calculated roll angle is within 0.0 ± 0.1°.
(e) Since the instrument is mounted in the center of the instrument panel, set the yaw angle to
0.0°.
(f) Record the panel angles.
(g) When complete press the button M (Menu) to return to the MAIN MENU.
(h) In MAIN MENU select MAG INSTALL MENU and follow with step B.6.
(6) MAG INSTALL MENU
(a) The page MAG INSTALL MENU is now visible, refer to Figure 35.
(b) Adjust the displayed Mounting Pitch to 0.0°
(c) Adjust the displayed Mounting Roll to 0.0°
(d) Adjust the displayed Mounting Yaw to 0.0°
(e) Adjust the displayed Wing Flex Airspeed No Comp to 00 kts.
(f) Adjust the displayed Wing Flex Airspeed Full Comp to 10 kts.
(g) Adjust the displayed Compensation Comp. Pitch to 0.0°.
(h) Adjust the displayed Compensation Comp. Roll to 0.0°.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(i) When complete press the button M (Menu) to return to the MAIN MENU.
(j) In MAIN MENU select SAVE and follow with step B.7.
(7) SAVE SETTINGS
(a) This step is necessary to save the data to ESI-2000.

After data is stored to the memory the message “SAVE COMPLETE” is displayed.
Note Changes will not be stored in memory if power is cycled prior to the SAVE being
completed.
It is recommended that the setup information is documented and saved for each installation.
Note It is recommended that the installer record the installation setup information in the
Installation Notes section of the ESI-2000 Pilot’s Guide.
This competes the ESI-2000 Post Installation Setup.
(b) Remove power from the ESI-2000 by setting the switch BATT to OFF.
The ESI-2000 automatically switches over to internally battery power.
A countdown timer and a flashing message appears across the screen that says: Shut Dn
5.0M PRESS ANY KEY FOR BATTERY POWER
The ESI-2000 automatically shuts down in 5 minutes if no button (key) is pressed.
When time is less than 30 seconds, the message changes as follows: Shut Dn 29s PRESS
ANY KEY FOR BATTERY POWER
At the end of 5 minutes, the timer and “PRESS ANY KEY FOR BATTERY POWER”
message are removed and the following message is shown as the ESI-2000 enters
shutdown mode: SHUTTING DOWN
Allow the ESI-2000 to complete shutdown. ESI-2000 configuration is completely saved.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 30 - ACCESS SCREEN
Figure 31 - MAIN MENU

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 32 - OPTIONS
238 114
70
60
Figure 33 - AIRSPEED

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 34 - ANGLES
Figure 35 - MAG INSTALL MENU

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-270A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ESI-2000
CALIBRATION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- MAG SWING Procedure
- SAVE SETTINGS

None
Prepare the aircraft for engine run-up, refer to Power Plant Engine Run-Up – General

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
(1) Make sure that the procedure PREPARATION of ESI-2000 is completely performed, refer to
ESI-2000 Adjust, align and calibrate - Preparation.
(2) All installation angles (ESI-2000 and MAG INSTALL ANGLES) must be entered and saved, and
the ESI-2000 must be re-booted prior starting the MAG SWING Procedure.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) The MAG SWING Procedure must be performed in an open area that allows the aircraft engine
to be running and can be safely swing.
(4) The MAG SWING Procedure must be performed in a similar ambient magnetic field on the ground
as exists when the aircraft is in-flight i.e. aircraft engine should be running and all avionics
equipment should be powered.
(5) Avoid being in the proximity of objects that may alter the magnetic field around the Magnetometer
(e.g. rebar in concrete, metal buildings, etc.).
B. MAG SWING Procedure
(1) In MAIN MENU select MAG SWING and perform the steps as follows.
The MAG SWING MENU has 3 or 4 (depending on screen) data fields identified as Process (lower
left box), Progress (upper left box), Turn Rate (middle left box), and Field Variance (right box),
refer to Figure 36.
(2) The Process box displays the message:

- “PRESS S” if valid magnetometer data is received
- No Mag if no magnetometer is installed
- Mag Fail if invalid magnetometer data is received.
(3) With the aircraft stationary, on any heading, begin alignment by pressing the button S (Start), refer
to Figure 37.
Observe that the Process box displays the message “Wait” and the Progress box displays the
message “ALIGNING”, refer to Figure 38.
(4) Begin swinging the aircraft after the Process box displays the message “360° TURN” and the
Progress box displays the message “SWINGING”.
Swing the aircraft in a complete 360 degree Clockwise (CW) turn since the magnetometer is
installed in the left wing, refer to Figure 39.
(5) During the SWING Procedure monitor the Turn Rate bar. The pointer (white triangle) must not
enter the red area of the bar.
Review the following information:
- If the pace of the swing is too fast (greater than 9° per second) the Process box displays the
message “FAILED”, the Turn Rate box displays “OVERRATE” and the Progress box is
removed. If failed restart the swing beginning in step B.2.
- If the time to complete the swing (300 seconds) is exeeded, the Process box displays the
message “FAILED” and the Progress box is removed. If failed restart the swing beginning
in step B.2.
- If a problem with magnetometer data is detected during the swing the Process box displays
the message “FAILED”. If failed restart the swing beginning in step B.2.
(6) When the MAG SWING Procedure is complete the Process box displays the message
“VERIFYING”, refer to Figure 40.
If the box Field Var:

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- is less than or equal to 5 mG the Process box displays the message “SWING OK” and the
Progress box is removed, refer to Figure 41.
- is greater than 5 mG the Process box displays the message “FAILED” and the Progress box
is removed. If failed restart the swing beginning in step B.2.
(7) When complete press the button M (Menu) to return to the MAIN MENU.
(8) In MAIN MENU select SAVE and follow with Procedure C.
C. SAVE SETTINGS
(1) This step is necessary to save the data to ESI-2000.

After data is stored to the memory the message “SAVE COMPLETE” is displayed.
Note Changes will not be stored in memory if power is cycled prior to the SAVE being completed.
It is recommended that the setup information is documented and saved for each installation.
Note It is recommended that the installer record the installation setup information in the
Installation Notes section of the ESI-2000 Pilot’s Guide.
This competes the ESI-2000 Post Installation Setup.
(2) Remove power from the ESI-2000 by pulling the circuit breaker ESI.
The ESI-2000 automatically switches over to internally battery power.
A countdown timer and a flashing message appears across the screen that says: Shut Dn 5.0M
PRESS ANY KEY FOR BATTERY POWER
The ESI-2000 automatically shuts down in 5 minutes if no button (key) is pressed.
When time is less than 30 seconds, the message changes as follows: Shut Dn 29s PRESS ANY
KEY FOR BATTERY POWER
At the end of 5 minutes, the timer and “PRESS ANY KEY FOR BATTERY POWER” message are
removed and the following message is shown as the ESI-2000 enters shutdown mode: SHUTTING
DOWN
Allow the ESI-2000 to complete shutdown. ESI-2000 configuration is now complete.
(3) After shutdown of the aircraft push the circuit breaker ESI on BATT BUS.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 36 - MAG SWING MENU
Figure 37 - MAG SWING START SCREEN

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 38 - ALIGNING SCREEN
Figure 39 - SWINGING SCREEN

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 40 - VERIFY SCREEN
Figure 41 - SWING OK SCREEN

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03B-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ESI-2000
BATTERY CAPACITY METER CALIBRATION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Battery Capacity Meter Calibration Procedure

None
Make the aircraft safe for maintenance, refer to Servicing Pre-Operation (Make the aircraft safe for
maintenance)
The ambient temperature of the indicator must remain between 10 °C and 25 °C (50 °F and 77 °F) during
calibration.

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
(1) A controlled discharge of the indicator (ESI-2000) is required annually to maintain accuracy of the
capacity meter.
(2) Take the following into consideration before performing the calibration procedure:
- Read the entire calibration procedure before starting.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03C-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The calibration procedure can be performed with the indicator installed on the aircraft.
- The calibration procedure can be accomplished by the pilot/operator whenever a battery
capacity meter calibration is needed.
- The factory recommends the calibration procedure be performed anytime a battery is
replaced or an indicator is replaced; however, the calibration can be performed at anytime
and as often as desired in order to align the calibration with scheduled maintenance
inspections or to accommodate temperature and time requirements.
- The calibration procedure can take up to 8 hours to complete.
- To assure compliance with the temperature limits of the calibration, if performing the
calibration procedure on aircraft the factory recommends, in regions with hot climates,
performing the procedure during the cooler months of the year and in regions with cold
climates, performing the procedure during the warmer months.
- The battery discharge occurring upon entering the calibration procedure menu selection is
considered part of the calibration discharge.
(3) The accuracy of the battery capacity meter may degrade after a year of standby use or storage.
The ESI alerts the operator when a capacity calibration is required displaying the message “BATT
CAL REQUIRED IN 28 DAYS” during startup for 90 seconds, refer to Figure 42.
(4) This message continues to be displayed at each start up. On day zero (0) the “CAL DUE” battery
indicator is shown on the screen during normal operation. The startup message and “CAL DUE”
battery indicator continue to be displayed until the calibration procedure is completed, refer to
Figure 42.
B. Battery Capacity Meter Calibration Procedure

Perform the steps as follows:
(1) Take the following into consideration before performing the battery capacity meter calibration:
- The battery SOC (State of Charge) must be ≥ 90 % before the calibration of the capacity
meter can be accomplished. Refer to charging instructions in step B.6.
- The ambient temperature of the indicator must remain between 10 °C and 25 °C (50 °F and
77 °F) and have not have been in operation (charging or discharging) for at least 2 hours.
(2) Apply power to the indicator.
(3) Remove external power from the indicator by placing the aircraft BATT switch to OFF.
(4) The indicator automatically switches over to battery power. Press any button as stated by the
message.
(5) Press the M (menu) button and cycle through the menu options until “Batt Cal” is located, refer to
Figure 42.
(6) Press and hold the + (Hold) button until the Battery Calibration screen is shown with the message
“Battery Calibration in Progress...” “Auto-Off When Done” “Press Any Key to Abort”, refer to Figure
42.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03C-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) The “CAL DUE” battery indicator continues to be observed during normal operation if the
calibration procedure is aborted.
CAUTION: THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF THE INDICATOR MUST REMAIN BETWEEN

10°C AND 25°C (50°F AND 77°F) DURING CALIBRATION.
If the battery SOC is not ≥ 90 % the message “Battery Requires Charge” is shown in the middle
of the screen, refer to Figure 42.
If the battery needs to be charged: Reapply external power to the indicator. When the battery is
charged to greater than 95 % SOC, shut the ESI down for a rest period of 2 hours for battery
stabilization. After the rest period reapply power and go to step B.2.
(8) When the battery calibration is complete the indicator automatically powers down. A 5 hour rest
period is required for the battery calibration to be successful.
CAUTION: APPLYING POWER TO THE INDICATOR BEFORE THE END OF THE 5 HOUR
REST PERIOD WILL INVALIDATE THE BATTERY CAPACITY CALIBRATION.

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03C-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
BATT CAL REQUIRED IN 28 DAYS
Battery Calibration in Progress...
Auto-Off When Done
Press Any Key to Abort
Battery Requires Charge
Figure 42 - Display Indications

1T120TP-A-34-20-00-03C-273A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ATTITUDE AND DIRECTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you how to install/remove components of the flight environment data system. And how to test
them. Refer to the component manufacturers manuals for more data. Refer to Instrument & Control Panels
General (analog) or Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital) to remove instruments from the
instrument panel. And refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical wiring.

1T120TP-A-34-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STALL WARNING LIFT DETECTOR

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Lift Detector

- Installation of the Lift Detector
- Adjustment of the Stall Warning System

None

Pencil ....................................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Lift Detector
(1) Use a Pencil and mark the position of the bottom edge of the lift detector mounting plate on the
wing.
(2) Release 4 screws (91) that attach the lift detector to the wing.
(3) Pull the lift detector (23) forward from the wing.

1T120TP-A-34-20-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Release the electrical cables from the lift detector.
(5) Remove the lift detector (23) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Lift Detector
CAUTION DO NOT APPLY FORCE TO THE FLAP OF THE LIFT DETECTOR (23) . IF
YOU APPLY FORCE TO THE FLAP OF THE LIFT DETECTOR, YOU CAN
DAMAGE IT.
(1) Carefully bend the mounting plate of the new lift detector (23) to align with the wing leading edge.
(2) Hold the lift detector (23) near the mounting and connect the electrical cables to the lift detector.
Install the wire WH01E22N-P to connector “C” and WH02E22-E to connector “N0” of the lift
detector.
(3) Put the lift detector (23) in position in the wing.
(4)
Note The lift detector flap is spring loaded down. When the lift detector is correctly installed, you
can lift the flap with a finger and feel the spring.
(5) Loosely install the 4 attaching screws (91) .
(6) Align the bottom edge of the lift detector (23) with the mark you made during removal.
(7) Tighten the 4 attaching screws (91) .
(8) Do a test for correct operation of the stall warning as follows:
Note Two persons are necessary for this test. One person inside the cockpit and one person
outside.
(a) From inside the cockpit: Set the battery switch to ON.
(b) From outside the cockpit do the following steps:
1. Carefully lift the flap of the lift detector. The warning tone must sound.
2. Carefully lower the flap of the lift detector. The warning tone must stop.
(c) Set the Battery switch to OFF.

1T120TP-A-34-20-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(9) Do a flight check for correct operation of the stall warning. The stall warning must operate between
5 to 10 KIAS before the aircraft stalls.
C. Adjustment of the Stall Warning System
(1) Use a Pencil and mark the position of the bottom edge of the lift detector mounting plate on the
wing.
(2) Loosen the 4 screws (91) which attach the lift detector (23) to the wing.
CAUTION DO NOT APPLY FORCE TO THE FLAP OF THE LIFT DETECTOR (23) . IF
YOU APPLY FORCE TO THE FLAP OF THE LIFT DETECTOR, YOU CAN
DAMAGE IT.
(3) Adjust the position of the lift detector (23) as follows:
(a) If the stall warning operates too much before the stall, move the lift detector down a small
distance to increase the angle of attack for the warning.
(b) If the stall warning operates during the stall, move the lift detector up a small distance to
decrease the angle of attack for the warning.
(4) Tighten the 4 screws (91) which attach the lift detector (23) to the wing.
(5) Do a flight check for correct operation of the stall warning. The stall warning must operate 5 – 10
KIAS before the aircraft stalls.

1T120TP-A-34-20-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
91
23
Legend
(23) Lift detector (91) Attaching screws
Figure 43 - Stall Warning Lift Detector

1T120TP-A-34-20-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAGNETIC COMPASS
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Replacement of the Magnetic Compass

- Replacement of the Magnetic Compass Bracket

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replacement of the Magnetic Compass

Refer to IPD ATTITUDE AND DIRECTION Illustrated parts data (analog).
Refer to IPD ATTITUDE AND DIRECTION Illustrated parts data (digital).
(1) Removal of the Magnetic Compass
(a) Release the electrical connector for the compass light.
(b) Release the 2 screws that attach the compass to the bracket.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Move the plate in front of the compass upwards.
(d) Release the small screw behind the plate. This allows you to release the bulb from the
compass.
(e) Release the bulb.
(f) Lift the compass clear of the aircraft.
(g) Remove the packing from the bracket.
(h) Remove the compass deviation table from the cockpit.
(2) Installation of the Magnetic Compass
(a) Put the compass in position in the aircraft.
(b) Put the bulb in position in the compass.
(c) Install the small screw.
(d) Move the plate in front of the compass down.
(e) Install the packing between compass and the bracket.
(f) Install the 2 screws that attach the compass to the bracket.
(g) Connect the electrical cable for the compass light.
(h) Do a test for correct compass reading (refer to Magnetic Compass Calibrate). Do this for
each heading shown on the deviation table. (Compass swing).
(i) Make a record of the deviation between the magnetic compass reading and the actual
heading.
(j) Record the deviations in the deviation table.
(k) Install the new deviation table in the cockpit.
B. Replacement of the Magnetic Compass Bracket

Refer to IPD ATTITUDE AND DIRECTION Illustrated parts data (analog).
Refer to IPD ATTITUDE AND DIRECTION Illustrated parts data (digital).
(1) Removal of the Magnetic Compass Bracket
(a) To get access, remove the light and release the bezel with the light unit from instrument
panel cover (refer to Bulbs Replace).
(b) Remove the bracket with the bolts, the collars, the washers (if applicable) and the nuts from
the instrument panel cover.

12 May 2017 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Installation of the Magnetic Compass Bracket
(a) Attach the bracket with new bolts, new collars, the washers (if applicable) and the nuts to
the instrument panel cover. Do not tighten the bolts.
(b) Attach the light and connect the bezel with the light unit in the instrument panel cover (refer
to Bulbs Replace).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAGNETIC COMPASS
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

- Replacement of the Plate

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE

Refer to IPD ATTITUDE AND DIRECTION Illustrated parts data.
(a) Remove the compass deviation table from the compass.
(b) Release the electrical connector for the compass light.
(c) Remove the small screw.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(d) Release the bulb.
(e) Remove the screws, the washers from the compass
(d) Connect the electrical cable for the compass light.
(e) Install the screws, the washers to the compass.
(f) Do a test for correct compass reading (refer to Magnetic Compass Calibrate). Do this for
(g) Make a record of the deviation between the magnetic compass reading and the actual
heading.
(h) Record the deviations in the deviation table.
(i) Install the new deviation table in the cockpit.
B. Replacement of the Plate

(1) Removal of the Plate
(a) To get access, remove the light and release the bezel with the light unit from instrument
panel cover (refer to Bulbs Replace).
(b) Remove the plate with the nut, the washer from the instrument panel cover.
(2) Installation of the Plate
(a) Attach the plate inside of the instrument panel cover.
(b) Attach the light and connect the bezel with the light unit in the instrument panel cover (refer
to Bulbs Replace).

12 May 2017 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00C-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MAGNETIC COMPASS.
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

- Replacement of the Magnetic Compass Bracket and the Front Camera

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE

(a) Release the electrical connector for the compass light.
(b) Release the 2 screws that attach the compass to the bracket.
(c) Move the plate in front of the compass upwards.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(d) Release the small screw behind the plate. This allows you to release the bulb from the
compass.
(e) Release the bulb.
(g) Remove the packing from the bracket.
(h) Remove the compass deviation table from the cockpit.
(i) If damaged remove the card holder with the rivets from the clairshield.
(d) Move the plate in front of the compass down.
(e) Install the packing between compass and the bracket.
(f) Install the 2 screws that attach the compass to the bracket.
(g) Connect the electrical cable for the compass light.
(h) If removed attach the card holder with the rivets to the clairshield.
(i) Do a test for correct compass reading (refer to Magnetic Compass Calibrate). Do this for
(j) Make a record of the deviation between the magnetic compass reading and the actual
heading.
(k) Record the deviations in the deviation table.
(l) Install the new deviation table in the cockpit.
B. Replacement of the Magnetic Compass Bracket and the Front Camera

Refer to Camera Mount Glareshield Remove and Install.

12 May 2017 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-20 12 May 2017
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

12 May 2017 34-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-20-06-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
34-40
INDEPENDENT POSITION DETERMINING

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
INDEPENDENT POSITION DETERMINING

GENERAL DATA
A. GENERAL
This chapter tells you about the independent position determining systems in the aircraft. It only tells you about
the installation in the aircraft. See the equipment manufacturer manuals for more data about the equipment and
see the wiring manual for more data about the electrical wiring for the systems.

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM (TAS)

A. Description and Operation

The Avidyne TAS is an isolated self-contained system operating as a supplement to “see and avoid” procedures.
The installation and operation of the TAS does not materially affect aircraft operation or performance.
The TAS 605 Traffic Advisory System can identify the altitude, range and bearing of nearby mode S transponder-
equipped aircraft.
The system cannot identify aircraft without operating transponders.
The system contains:
- A TAS Processor
- A Top antenna
- A Bottom antennas
- A Transponder Coupler
To avoid picking up transmissions of one's own transponder, a transponder coupler is inserted into the
transponder RF cable which picks off the transponder transmission, and this is used to inhibit the TAS system
transmitting.
The transponder coupler is located on the left side of the TAS processor, mounted on a mounting plate. Figure
1 shows the top and bottom antennas.
Top and bottom antennas give all-round coverage.
The top, single blade antenna (1) gives fore-and-aft directional coverage.
The bottom, single blade antenna (2) gives lateral directional coverage.
The TAS 605 does not give guidance to resolve a possible conflict. The pilot must decide what action, if any, he
takes.
The TAS 605 has a maximum operating altitude of 18,500 ft, a range of 13 NM and a maximum vertical separation
of 3,500 ft.
The TAS 605 is an active interrogation system. It transmits signals from the host aircraft which can be received
by transponders within range. The transponders of these Intruder aircraft transmit replies which enable the TAS
605 to calculate range and bearing. Mode S transponders also provide altitude information.
The intruder altitude information is compared with the altitude data from the host aircraft altitude encoder. The
altitude data in both aircraft is referenced to 1013 hPa. The aircraft altimeter setting does not affect these values.
Bearing information is determined using the dual directional antennas on the top and bottom of the fuselage.
The TAS 605 monitors the altitude and range difference and warns the pilot when the calculated time to closest
approach meets a certain threshold (15 to 30 seconds depending on aircraft configuration). There are three
categories of intruders:
- Traffic Advisories (TA). The current track of the intruder could result in a near miss or a collision. The
system generates an automated voice alert “Traffic! Traffic!”, followed by clock position, relative
altitude and distance
- Proximity Advisories (PA). The intruder is not a TA but is within ±1200 ft and 4 NM.
- Other Traffic (OT). All other traffic within the range of the TAS 605.

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The TAS 605 unit transmits the traffic data to all display units and each of those has its own
configuration and can choose to display data according to its own.
(1) Ground Mode
The TAS 605 has a Ground Mode. In ground mode, the system ignores aircraft on the ground. The system
automatically enters flight mode when climbing though 400 ft during take-off.
(2) Approach Mode
The TAS 605 has an Approach Mode. During approach, the system eliminates responses from aircraft on
the ground which would cause TAs. It also operates at a reduced range.
(3) Power Supplies
The AVIONIC BUS 1 supplies power for the TAS. A 3 amp circuit-breaker protects the circuit.
(4) Built-In-Test
The TAS 605 has a built in test system. During power-up, it does a comprehensive test. The system does
a continuous test during normal operation.

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 1 - TAS Processor and Transponder Coupler.

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 2 - Top And Bottom Directional Antennas

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(2) Bottom directional (2) Bottom directional

antenna antenna
(1) Top directional antenna (1) Top directional antenna
Figure 2 - Top And Bottom Directional Antennas

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM (TAS)

A. General
The maintenance practices in this chapter tell you how to remove and install the TAS processor, the transponder
coupler and the top and bottom antennas.

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-40-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TAS PROCESSOR
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the TAS Processor

- Installation of the TAS Processor

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the TAS Processor
(2) Remove the digital instrument panel, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General Data.
(3) Disconnect the co-axial connector (14) for the coupler.
(4) Disconnect the two co-axial connectors (15) for the top antenna.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Disconnect the two co-axial connectors (16) for the bottom antenna.
(6) Disconnect the two electrical connectors (12) from the processor.
(7) Remove the two attaching screws (17) and release the TAS processor (10) from the mounting
tray (11) .
(8) Slide the TAS processor (10) all over the mounting tray (11) and remove the TAS processor
from the mounting tray.
(9) If a new TAS processor is required, remove the unused connector (13) .
B. Installation of the TAS Processor
(1) If a new TAS processor is installed, connect the unused connector (17) to the Com 1 port.
(2) Put the TAS processor (10) in position and slide it all over the mounting tray (11) .
(3) Tighten the two attaching screws (17) and install the TAS processor (10) into the mounting tray
(11) .
(4) Connect the two electrical connectors (12) to the TAS processor (10) .
(5) Connect the two co-axial connectors (16) for the bottom antenna.
(6) Connect the two co-axial connectors (15) for the top antenna.
(7) Connect the co-axial connector (14) for the coupler.
(8) Install the digital instrument panel, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General Data.
(10) Do a self-test of the TAS system.

09 March 2017 34-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
15
16
11 16
14
10
12
12
17 13
17
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the TAS Processor

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(10) TAS processor unit (14) Coupler co-axial

connector
(11) Mounting tray (15) Top antenna co-axial
connectors
(12) Electrical connectors (16) Bottom antenna co-axial
connectors
(13) Unused connector (17) Hold-down screws
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the TAS Processor

09 March 2017 34-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-40-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRANSPONDER COUPLER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Transponder Coupler

- Installation of the Transponder Coupler

None

IFR 6000 TEST SET .......................................................................... Commercial (AEROFLEX) QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Transponder Coupler
(2) Remove the cockpit panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(3) Disconnect the TAS co-axial BNC connector (25) from the coupler.
(4) Disconnect the transponder co-axial N connector (26) .

1T120TP-A-34-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Disconnect the antenna co-axial N connector (24) .
(6)
Note The anchor-nuts (23) are directly attached to the mounting plate (21) .
Remove the four screws and washers (22) from the anchor-nuts (23) and the transponder coupler
(20) from the mounting plate (21) .
B. Installation of the Transponder Coupler
(1) Put the transponder coupler (20) in position on the mounting plate (21) .
(2) Install the transponder coupler (20) to the mounting plate (21) and the four screws and washers
(22) to the anchor-nuts (23) .
(3) Connect the antenna co-axial N connector (24) .
(4) Connect the transponder co-axial N connector (26) .
(5) Connect the TAS co-axial BNC connector (25) to the coupler.
(6) Install the cockpit panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
1. Do a test of the transponder coupler. Refer to IFR 6000 TEST SET Operation Manual, latest revision,
Chapter 4 Operating Procedures. Perform the XPDR AUTO TEST successfully.

1T120TP-A-34-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
23
22 B
21
25
24
FW
D
B
26
20
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the Transponder Coupler

1T120TP-A-34-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Transponder coupler (24) Antenna co-axial N

connector
(21) Mounting plate (25) TAS co-axial BNC
connector
(22) Screws and Washers (26) Transponder co-axial N
connector
(23) Anchor-nuts
Figure 4 - Removal and Installation of the Transponder Coupler

1T120TP-A-34-40-02-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TAS TOP ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the TAS Top Antenna

- Installation of the TAS Top Antenna

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the TAS Top Antenna
(2) Remove the equipment compartment panels (left and right) to get access to the TAS top antenna,
refer to Access Panels General.
(3) Disconnect the two co-axial connectors (33) from the TAS top antenna (30) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-40-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4)
Note The anchor-nuts (34) are directly attached to the mounting bracket (31) .
Remove the four bolts (32) from the anchor-nuts (34) and remove the TAS top antenna (30)
from the mounting bracket (31) .
B. Installation of the TAS Top Antenna
(1) Put the TAS top antenna (30) in position on the mounting bracket (31) .
(2)
Note The anchor-nuts (34) are directly attached to the mounting bracket (31) .
Install the TAS top antenna (30) to the mounting bracket (31) and the four bolts (32) to the
anchor-nuts (34) .
(3) Connect the two co-axial connectors (33) to the TAS top antenna (30) .
(4) Install the equipment compartment panels (left and right), refer to Access Panels General.

09 March 2017 34-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-40-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32
FW
D
30
34
33
31
Figure 5 - Removal and Installation of the TAS Top Antenna

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-40-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) TAS top antenna (33) Co-axial connectors

(31) Mounting bracket (34) Anchor-nuts
(32) Bolts
Figure 5 - Removal and Installation of the TAS Top Antenna

09 March 2017 34-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-40-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TAS BOTTOM ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the TAS Bottom Antenna

- Installation of the TAS Bottom Antenna

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the TAS Bottom Antenna
Note The TAS bottom antenna (40) is located near the right main landing gear.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2)
Note The locking nuts (44) are directly attached to the doubler plate (41) .
Remove the four attaching bolts (43) from the locking nuts (44) and release the TAS bottom
antenna (40) from the fuselage and from the doubler plate (41) .
(3) Disconnect the co-axial connectors (42) .
B. Installation of the TAS Bottom Antenna
(1) Connect the co-axial connectors (42) .
(2)
Note The locking nuts (44) are directly attached to the doubler plate (41) .
Install the TAS bottom antenna (40) to the fuselage and to the doubler plate (41) and install the
four attaching bolts (43) to the locking nuts (44) .

09 March 2017 34-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
41
44
FW
D
42
40
43
Figure 6 - Removal and Installation of the TAS Bottom Antenna

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(40) TAS bottom antenna (43) Bolts

(41) Doubler plate (44) Locking nuts
(42) Co-axial connectors
Figure 6 - Removal and Installation of the TAS Bottom Antenna

09 March 2017 34-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-40-04-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
34-50
DEPENDENT POSITION DETERMINING

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you about the dependent position determining system. Refer to the manufacturer’s manuals
for more data about the equipment installed in the aircraft.
This chapter covers the components installed by GROB. Refer to the Wiring Manual for data about the electrical
wiring.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. Description
Figure 1 shows the instrument panel locations of dependent position determining equipment.
Figure 2 shows the equipment locations.
Figure 3 shows the antenna locations.
Refer to Figure 4 for data about integration with other systems.
The G 120TP-A has these systems to determine the aircraft position:
- NAV 1/2
The VHF NAV 1 and NAV 2 are part of the ADR 7050 COM/NAV, located in the left side of the
electrical installation plate. The VOR/LOC/GS antennas are located on the left and right of the vertical
stabilizer.
- GPS 1/2
The GPS modules are connected to the IDUs on the pilot’s side. The GPS 1 antenna is located on
top of the vertical stabilizer The GPS 2 antenna is located just below the instrument panel cover at
the front, left.
- Marker Beacon
The marker-beacon receiver is part of the AMU 50. The marker antenna is located on the bottom of
the fuselage below the baggage compartment on the right.
The Marker Beacon unit is located on the shelf bracket near the RS-232 to RS-422 converter and
RS-422 to RS-232 converter.
Refer to the AMU 50 Pilot’s Guide, latest revision, for description and operation.
- Transponder
The Transponder is located on the co-pilot’s side, in the back, on the upper side of the radar altimeter.
The transponder antenna is located on the bottom of the rear fuselage on the left.
- ADF (optional)
The ADF receiver is located on the co-pilot’s side, in the back, near the ADF RMI converter and the
radar altimeter. The IDUs control the receiver. The ADF antenna is located on the bottom of the
fuselage below the baggage compartment.
- Analog Interface Unit 2 (AIU-2) (optional together with ADF)
The Chelton Flight Systems AIU-2 consists of a single line replaceable unit.
The AIU-2 provides a data conversion function for the Chelton Flight Systems EFIS system.
The unit receives inputs from navigation receivers, radar altimeters, marker beacon receivers, and
converts them to digital data that is sent to the EFIS.
The AIU-2 is located in the avionic compartment on the middle section area. The AIU-2 is attached
to a metallic plate with 6 screws and washers.
The AIU-2 contains 3 entries for the connectors, but only two of them are used.
The AVIONIC BUS 2 provides power for the AIU A. A 2 amp circuit breaker protects the circuit.
The AVIONIC BUS 1 provides power for the AIU B. A 2 amp circuit breaker protects the circuit.
- DME
The DME is located under the avionic shelf on the pilot’s side. The IDUs control the DME. The DME
antenna is located inside the ventral fin.
For the integration of these systems further units are installed:

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- RS-232 to RS-422 converters

The RS-232 to RS-422 converter converts RS-232 signals to and from the IDUs to RS-422 signals
to and from the ADF receiver (optional) or the transponder.
B. Operation
(1) Mode S Transponder
The BXP6402-1R-(01) remote controlled Mode S transponder forms, together with the corresponding
control unit, the airborne component General of the Air Traffic Control (ATC).
It functions in accordance with the secondary radar principle and allows air traffic control to locate, identify
and track aircraft.
The front side of the unit contains:
- Two electrical connectors
- A TNC antenna socket
- A 5-pin subminiature connector for the Address Module.
The EFIS provides the remote control interface for the transponder control functions. The transponder
antenna is located on the bottom of the rear fuselage on the left. POWER SUPPLIES The AVIONIC BUS
1 supplies power for the XPDR. A 3 amp circuit breaker protects the circuit.
Power supplies: The AVIONIC BUS 1 supplies power for the XPDR. A 3 amp circuit breaker protects the
circuit.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ON ON
ON ON
AUTO
OFF
OFF
ON ON START BOTH ON
ON
HEAT TEST

BUS 2 BUS 1 BUS
MAIN BATT
BUS 2 BUS
5 8 12 11 14 13
Legend
(5) ADF circuit breaker (12) NAV 2 circuit breaker

(optional)
(8) DME circuit breaker (13) XPDR circuit breaker
(11) NAV 1 circuit breaker (14) Marker Beacon circuit
breaker
Figure 1 - Dependent Position Determining System - Instrument Panel Locations

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
22
27
A B
20
21
24
D
FW
25
24 23
26
Legend
(20) ADF receiver (optional) (24) GPS module

(21) RMI converter (optional) (25) Marker Beacon

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(22) Mode S Transponder (26) RS-232 to RS-422

converter and RS-422 to
RS-232 converter
(23) DME Receiver (27) RS-232 to RS-422
converter (optional)

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
32
31
33
30 35 34 36
32
30 31
35 34 36 33
Figure 3 - Dependent Position Determining System - Antenna Locations

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) ADF antenna (optional) (34) Transponder antenna

(31) NAV antennas (35) Marker antenna
(32) GPS 1 antenna (36) DME antenna
(33) GPS 2 antenna
Figure 3 - Dependent Position Determining System - Antenna Locations

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A
Page: 12
MAG-3000 ESI-2000 Compass GPS2 GPS1
MSU#2 MSU#1
OAT#2 OAT#1
14 December 2018
GPS#2 ADAHRS #2 GPS#1 ADAHRS #1
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
IDU-680 #3 (PFD) IDU-680 #4 (MFD) IDU-680 #2 (MFD) IDU-680 #1 (PFD)

PPT 1/2
MIC 1/2
AMU
1/2
34-50
Control RMI
Analog AIU-2 Converter Converter
Unit
STORM FDR RAD TAS UHF ADF XPDR DME COM/ COM/ MKR DAU Aural Message
SCOPE ALT NAV1 NAV2 BCN Generator
GPS
NAV NAV
Engine Airframe
WX-500 FDR RA1 RA2 TAS1 TAS2 UHF ADF XPDR DME COM1 COM2 MKR Sensor Signals
Figure 4 - Avionic Equipment Schematic Diagram

Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional DIPLEXER
Combiner
Blade LH Blade RH
VOR / LOC / GS
1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-040A-A
Issue: 2 Rev. 007
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ADF RECEIVER
TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Functional Test of the ADF Receiver
Note Do the test if ADF is installed.
If the reading is incorrect, or should the indicator move in the wrong direction, check the wiring of the
equipment in accordance with the interwiring diagram and correct as necessary (antenna mounted top
or bottom).
If the aircraft is accurately aligned with the NDB beacon, but a relative bearing reading of 0° is not
indicated, this is an indication that the antenna has been wrongly installed. Recheck the antenna in
accordance with the centreline of the aircraft and correct if necessary.
(1) Locate the aircraft on the correction platform and using the bearing compass, point the nose of
the aircraft to a radio beacon in boundary range.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Select the ADF mode “ON” on the ADF Control.
(3) Adjust to the correct frequency and observe the indicator in the ADF operating mode. The ADF
Indicaton should read 0° relative bearing.
(4) Turn the aircraft about its vertical axis to a larger heading. The indicator should move to the left.
(5) Turn the aircraft about its vertical axis to a smaller heading. The indicator should move to the right.

09 March 2017 34-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. General
These maintenance practices tell you how to Remove and Install the antennas. Refer to the manufactures
manuals for data about the equipments. Refer to Speech Communication General Data for installing/removing
the COM/NAV/GPS 1 and 2. And refer to Instrument & Control Panels General for installing/removing the
equipment from the avionic rack.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-913A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ADF RECEIVER (OPTIONAL)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the ADF Receiver

- Installation of the ADF Receiver

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the ADF Receiver
(2) Remove the MFD display and the PFD display from the co-pilot’s side, refer to Central Display
System General Data.
(3) Disconnect the co-axial connector (40) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) To unlock the two DZUS fasteners (42) from the springs, turn it counter-clockwise by a quarter
of a turn.
(6) Remove the ADF receiver (20) from the mounting plate.
B. Installation of the ADF Receiver
(1) Put the ADF receiver (20) in place into the mounting plate.
(2) To lock the two DZUS fasteners (42) , set it on the springs and turn it clockwise by a quarter of a
turn.
(4) Connect the co-axial connector (40) .
(5) Install the MFD display and the PFD display to the co-pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System
General Data.

09 March 2017 34-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW A
40
20
D
FW 42 B
41
Figure 5 - Removal and Installation of the ADF Receiver

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) ADF receiver (41) Electrical connector

(40) Co-axial connector (42) DZUS fastener with
spring
Figure 5 - Removal and Installation of the ADF Receiver

09 March 2017 34-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-50-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RMI CONVERTER (OPTIONAL)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the RMI Converter

- Installation of the RMI Converter

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the RMI Converter
(1) Remove the MFD display and the PFD display from the co-pilot’s side, refer to Central Display
System General Data.
(3) To unlock the DZUS fastener (60) from the spring, turn it counter-clockwise by a quarter of a turn.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the RMI converter (21) from the mounting plate.
B. Installation of the RMI Converter
(1) Put the RMI converter (21) in place into the mounting plate.
(2) To lock the DZUS fastener (60) , set it on the spring and turn it clockwise by a quarter of a turn.
(4) Install the MFD display and the PFD display to the co-pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System
General Data.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A
D
FW
61
21 B
D
FW
60
Figure 6 - RMI Converter Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(21) RMI converter (61) Electrical connector

(60) DZUS fastener with
spring
Figure 6 - RMI Converter Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MODE S TRANSPONDER (XPDR)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Mode S Transponder

- Installation of the Mode S Transponder

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Mode S Transponder
(1) Remove the MFD display and the PFD display from the co-pilot’s side, refer to Co-pilot's Display
(2) Remove the radar altimeter unit to get access, refer to Radar Alitimeter Remove and install.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) from the transponder.
(4) Disconnect the co-axial connector (4) from the transponder.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the address Module (5) from the transponder.
(6) Remove the nut and the washer from the bonding strap.
Remove the bonding strap.
(7) Remove the screw (7) .
(8) Loosen the two screws (6) .
(9) Push in the transponder (1) into the mounting tray (2) and release the transponder.
(10) Remove the two screws in the back and one in the front for removing of the transponder from the
mounting tray.
B. Installation of the Mode S Transponder
(1) Install the two screws in the back and one in the front for installation of the transponder to the
mounting tray.
(2)
Note If possible, use the address module initially installed in the aircraft. If not, program the
address module, refer to BECKER Installation and Operation Manual.
If required, connect the address module (5) to the transponder.
(3) Carefully introduce the transponder (1) into the mounting tray (2) .
(4) Pull out the transponder into the mounting tray and tight the bolt (6) .
(5) Install the screw (7) .
(6) Attach the bonding strap.

Install the washer and the nut to the bonding strap. Tighten the nut. Torque the nut, refer to
Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(8) Connect the electrical connectors (3) .
(9) Install the radar altimeter unit, refer toRadar Alitimeter Remove and install.
(10) Install the MFD display and the PFD display to the co-pilot’s side, refer to Co-pilot's Display
(11) Perform a function check of the transponder.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B
A
C
FW
D
C 1
3
Figure 7 - Removal and Installation of the Mode S Transponder

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Mode S Transponder (5) Address Module

(2) Mounting tray (6) Attaching bolt
(3) Electrical connectors (7) Screw
Figure 7 - Removal and Installation of the Mode S Transponder

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DME UNIT
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the DME Receiver

- Installation of the DME Receiver

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the DME Receiver
(1) Get access on the pilot's floor.
(3) Turn the locking nut (3) counter-clockwise to release the DME unit (1) from the mounting tray
(2) .

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Carefully pull out the DME unit (1) from the mounting tray.
B. Installation of the DME Receiver
(1) Carefully slide the DME unit (1) into the mounting tray (2) .
(2) Tighten the locking nut (3) with your fingers to install the DME unit (1) on the mounting tray.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
A
4
B
Figure 8 - DME Receiver Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) DME Unit (3) Locking-nut

(2) Mounting tray (4) Co-axial connector
Figure 8 - DME Receiver Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-03B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RS CONVERTER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter and the RS-422 to RS-232 Converter
- Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter and the RS-422 to RS-232 Converter

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter and the RS-422 to RS-232 Converter
(1) Remove the PFD display from the pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System General Data.
(2) Unlock the four springs (5) and disconnect the two electrical connectors (3) .

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the four bolts, washers, self-locking nuts (4) , RS-232 to RS-422 converter and RS-422
to RS-232 converter (1) from the mounting plate (2) .
B. Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter and the RS-422 to RS-232

Converter
(1) Put the RS-232 to RS-422 converter and the RS-422 to RS-232 converter (1) in place.
(2) Install the RS-232 to RS-422 converter and RS-422 to RS-232 converter (1) , the four bolts,
washers and self-locking nuts (4) to the mounting plate (2) .
(3) Connect the two electrical connectors (3) and lock the four springs (5) .

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 3
5
A
1
1
3
5
FW
D
Legend
(1) RS-232 to RS-422 (4) Attaching bolts, washers

Converter and the and self-locking nuts
RS-422 to RS-232
Converter
(2) Mounting plate (5) Springs
Figure 9 - Removal and Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter and the RS-422 to RS-232
Converter

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 9 - Removal and Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter and the RS-422 to RS-232
Converter

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-04B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RS CONVERTER (OPTIONAL)
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter

- Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter
(1) Remove the PFD display from the pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System General Data.
(2) Unlock the four springs (5) and disconnect the two electrical connectors (3) .

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-05B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the four bolts, washers, self-locking nuts (4) , RS-232 to RS-422 converter (1) from the
mounting plate (2) .
B. Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter
(1) Put the RS-232 to RS-422 converter (1) in place.
(2) Install the RS-232 to RS-422 converter (1) , the four bolts, washers and self-locking nuts (4) to
the mounting plate (2) .
(3) Connect the two electrical connectors (3) and lock the four springs (5) .

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-05B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
1 3
5 A
Legend
(1) RS-232 to RS-422 (4) Attaching bolts, washers

Converter and self-locking nuts
Figure 10 - Removal and Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-05B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Mounting plate (5) Springs

Figure 10 - Removal and Installation of the RS-232 to RS-422 Converter

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-05B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GPS MODULE
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of a GPS module

- Installation o f a GPS module

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of a GPS module
(1) Remove the IDU from the pilot’s side, refer to Central Computers General.
(2) Remove the co-axial connector (2) from the back of the GPS module (1) .

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-06B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the three attaching screws (3) and remove the GPS module (1) from the back of the
IDU.
B. Installation o f a GPS module
(1) Put the GPS module (1) in place on the back of the IDU.
(2) Tighten the three attaching screws (3) to install the GPS module (1) on the back of the IDU.
(3) Attach the co-axial connector (2) on the back of the GPS module (1) .
(4) Install the IDU on the pilot’s side, refer to Central Computers General.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-06B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
A
2
3
D
FW
Legend
(1) GPS module (3) Attaching screws

Figure 11 - Removal and Installation of the GPS Module

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-06B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-06B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MARKER BEACON
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Marker Beacon

- Installation of the Marker Beacon

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Marker Beacon
(1) Remove the MFD display from the pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System General Data.
(4) To unlock the DZUS fastener (5) from the spring (6) , turn it counter-clockwise by a quarter of a
turn.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-07B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the marker beacon (1) from the mounting plate (2) .
B. Installation of the Marker Beacon
(1) Put the marker beacon (1) in place into the mounting plate (2) .
(2) To lock the DZUS fastener (5) , set it on the spring (6) and turn it clockwise by a quarter of a
turn.
(5) Install the MFD display to the pilot’s side, refer to Central Display System General Data.

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-07B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3 5
4
A
FW
D
Figure 12 - Removal and Installation of the Marker Beacon

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-07B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Marker beacon (4) Electrical connector

(2) Mounting plate (5) DZUS fastener
(3) Co-axial connector (6) Spring
Figure 12 - Removal and Installation of the Marker Beacon

1T120TP-A-34-50-00-07B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ADF ANTENNA (OPTIONAL)

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the ADF Antenna

- Installation of the ADF Antenna

None

ADF ramp-tester ...................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Sealant ................................................................................................................. GS513051-9 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the ADF Antenna
(1) Remove the left pilot’s seat and the left center-console side-panel for access, refer to Cockpit and
Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data.
(2) If necessary, carefully cut the sealant round the top face of the antenna where it attaches to the
fuselage skin.
(3) Remove 3 nuts, washers and screws (70) attaching the ADF antenna (30) .

1T120TP-A-34-50-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Pull the antenna clear of the fuselage.
(5) Release the co-axial cable connector (71) from the antenna.
(6) Remove the ADF antenna (30) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the ADF Antenna
(1) Carefully remove the old sealant from the area where the ADF antenna (30) touches the fuselage
skin.
(2) Hold the ADF antenna (30) adjacent to the mounting.
(3) Connect the co-axial cable connector (71) to the antenna.
(4) Install 3 screws (70) , washers and nuts attaching the antenna.
(5) Seal the top outer edge of the antenna to the aircraft skin with Sealant.
(6) Do a test for correct operation of the ADF with the ADF ramp-tester. Follow the ramp-tester
manufacturer’s instruction.
(7) Install the left pilot’s seat and the left center-console side-panel, refer to Cockpit and Baggage

1T120TP-A-34-50-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FW
D
71
A
30
Bottom of the
Centre-Fuselage
70
Figure 13 - ADF Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) ADF antenna (71) Co-axial connector

(70) Screws attaching the
antenna
Figure 13 - ADF Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-03-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NAV ANTENNA
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the NAV Antenna

- Installation of the NAV Antenna

None
None

NAV Ramp Tester ................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Sealant ................................................................................................................. GS513051-9 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the NAV Antenna
(1) Remove the access panel from the left side of the vertical stabilizer, refer to Access Panels
General.
(2) Release the Co-axial connector (80) from the NAV antenna.
(3) Release the 4 screws (81) which hold the antenna (82) and move the antenna clear from the
aircraft.

1T120TP-A-34-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) If necessary, carefully cut the sealant around the edge of the antenna where it attaches to the
outer skin.
B. Installation of the NAV Antenna
(1) Carefully remove the old sealant from the area where the antenna touches the skin.
(2) Put the new antenna (82) in position complete with gasket (83) .
(3) Attach the antenna with the screws (81) into the mounting plate.
(5) Do a test for correct operation of the NAV system.
(6) Install the vertical stabilizer left side-panel, refer to Access Panels General.
(7) Make sure that there are no loose items under the panel.
(9) Do an operational test of the NAV system with a NAV Ramp Tester. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions.

1T120TP-A-34-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
81
82
83
80
83
81
A 82
D
FW
Figure 14 - NAV Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(80) Coaxial connectors (82) NAV antenna blade

(81) Attaching screws (83) Gasket
Figure 14 - NAV Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
NAV ANTENNA - POWER COMBINER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Power Combiner

- Installation of the Power Combiner

None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Power Combiner
(1) Remove the horizontal stabilizer access panel, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the 4 antenna cables from the antenna power combiner.
Note Notice the position of the cables in order to install it in the same position.

1T120TP-A-34-50-04-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove the two nuts and the two washers that attach the antenna power combiner to the
horizontal stabilizer.
(4) Remove the antenna power combiner CI 120-4.
B. Installation of the Power Combiner
(1) Install the new antenna power combiner CI 120-4 to the horizontal stabilizer.
(2) Make sure that the antenna power combiner is installed in the correct orientation, refer to Figure
15.
(3) Install the two washers and the two nuts to the antenna power combiner.
(4) Install the 4 antenna cables, refer to Figure 15.

Refer to the wiring manual 23-00 for electrical wiring diagrams.
(5) Install the horizontal stabilizer access panel, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install.
(6) Do an operational test of the DME with NAV Ramp Tester. Follow the instructions of the Ramp
Tester manufacturer.
1. Release the aircraft to service according national regulations.

1T120TP-A-34-50-04-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 15 - Antenna power combiner - Replacement

1T120TP-A-34-50-04-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-50-04-01A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GPS 1 ANTENNA
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the GPS 1 Antenna

- Installation of the GPS 1 Antenna

None

None
E. Materials
Sealant ................................................................................................................. GS513051-9 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the GPS 1 Antenna
(1)
Note The right, rear screw (91) has a bush.
Remove the 4 screws (91) , (92) that attach the GPS 1 antenna (32) .
(2) If necessary, carefully cut the sealant around the edge of the antenna.

1T120TP-A-34-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Lift the antenna to get access to the co-axial connector (90) .
(4) Release the co-axial cable (90) from the antenna.
(5) Remove the GPS 1 antenna (32) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the GPS 1 Antenna
(1) Carefully remove the old Sealant from the vertical stabilizer.
(2) Hold the GPS 1 antenna (32) adjacent to the mounting.
(3) Connect the co-axial cable (90) .
(4) Put the antenna (32) in position on the vertical stabilizer.
(5) Install the 4 screws that attach the antenna as follows:
(a) Put a small quantity of Sealant under each screw-head.
(b) Install the right, rear screw with the bush (91) .
(c) Install the other 3 screws (92) .
(6) Do the COM/NAV/GPS 1 self-test procedure, refer to Speech Communication General Data.

1T120TP-A-34-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
91
92
32
91
Top of the
Vertical Stabiliser A
D
FW
90
Figure 16 - GPS 1 Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(32) GPS 1 antenna (91) Attaching screw with

bush, rear, right
(90) Co-axial connector (92) Attaching screws

1T120TP-A-34-50-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GPS 2 ANTENNA
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the GPS 2 Antenna

- Installation of the GPS 2 Antenna

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the GPS 2 Antenna
(2) Remove the dorsal-fin for access, refer to Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General.
(3) Remove the 4 screws (101) that attach the GPS 2 antenna (33) .
(4) Lift the antenna (33) to get access to the co-axial connector (100) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-50-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Release the co-axial cable (100) from the antenna.
(6) Remove the GPS 2 antenna (33) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the GPS 2 Antenna
(1) Hold the GPS 2 antenna (33) adjacent to the mounting.
(2) Connect the co-axial cable (100) .
(3) Put the antenna (33) in position on the mounting.
(4) Install the 4 screws (101) that attach the antenna.
(6) Do the COM/NAV/GPS 2 self-test procedure, refer to Speech Communication General Data.
(7) Install the dorsal-fin after access, refer to Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General.

09 March 2017 34-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-50-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
101
33
A
100
Bonding Plate Horizontal Stabilizer
D
FW

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 34-50 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-34-50-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(33) GPS 2 antenna (101) Attaching screws


09 March 2017 34-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-34-50-06-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRANSPONDER (XPDR)
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the XPDR

- Installation of the XPDR

None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the XPDR
(2) Remove the right instrument panel for access, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General.
(3) Remove the screw (110) from the lever locking-handle.
(4) Move the lever locking-handle (111) up, until the XPDR disengages from mounting tray.

1T120TP-A-34-50-07-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove XPDR (22) from mounting tray.
B. Installation of the XPDR
(1) Push the XPDR (22) into the mounting tray.
(2) Make sure that the lever-locking handle is up.
(3) Make sure that the lever-locking aligns with the slot in the rack.
(4) Lock the XPDR into the rack.
(5) Push the lever-locking handle (111) down.
(6) Install the screw (110) in the lever-locking handle (111) .
(7) Install the right instrument-panel after access, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General.
1. Do a test of the transponder. Refer to IFR 6000 TEST SET - Operation Manual, latest revision, Chapter 4
Operation Procedure. Perform the XPDR-Test successfully.

1T120TP-A-34-50-07-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
22
110
111
Figure 18 - Transponder Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-07-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(22) Transponder (111) Lever-locking handle

(110) Screw for the lever-
locking handle
Figure 18 - Transponder Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-07-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRANSPONDER (XPDR) ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the XPDR Antenna

- Installation of the XPDR Antenna

None

Transponder ramp tester ......................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Silicone sealant ....................................................................................................... GS510004 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the XPDR Antenna
fuselage skin.
(2) Remove 6 screws (120) attaching the XPDR antenna (34) .
(4) Release the co-axial cable connector (121) from the antenna (34) .

1T120TP-A-34-50-08-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the XPDR antenna (34) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the XPDR Antenna
(1) Carefully remove the old sealant from the area where the antenna touches the fuselage skin.
(2) Hold the XPDR antenna (34) adjacent to the mounting.
(3) Connect the co-axial cable connector (121) to the antenna (34) .
(4) Install 6 screws (120) attaching the antenna (34) .
(5) Seal the top outer edge of the antenna to the aircraft skin with Silicone sealant.
(6) Do a test for correct operation of the XPDR with Transponder ramp tester. Follow the
manufacturer’s instructions.

1T120TP-A-34-50-08-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Fuselage Bottom Skin
FW
D
121
34
120
Figure 19 - XPDR Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-08-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(34) XPDR antenna (121) Coaxial connector

(120) Attaching countersunk
screws
Figure 19 - XPDR Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-08-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRANSPONDER (LYNX)
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Removal of the Transponder (LYNX)
- Installation of the Transponder (LYNX)

None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
Make sure that the battery is disconnected.
Make sure that the external power supply is disconnected.
B. Removal of the Transponder (LYNX)

For removal of the transponder perform the steps as follows:

1T120TP-A-34-50-07-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Remove the baggage compartment floor-panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(2) Remove the mounting-tray-bracket from the forward sheet. For this remove the bolts and washers.
(3) Loosen the locking bolt on the front side of the transponder to release it from the mounting tray.
(4) Remove the transponder on the handle out off the mounting tray.
(5) Remove the transponder from the aircraft and store it safely.
C. Installation of the Transponder (LYNX)

For installation of the transponder perform the steps as follows:
(1) Put the transponder carefully in the mounting tray.

Make sure that the transponder is connected to both connectors of the mounting tray.
(2) Tighten the locking bolt on front side of the transponder.
(3) Install the mounting-tray-bracket on the forward sheet. Use the original bolts and washers.
(4) Make sure that the installation area is clean.
(5) Install the baggage compartment floor-panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
1. Do a test of the transponder. Refer to IFR 6000 TEST SET - Operation Manual, latest revision, Chapter 4.
Operating Procedures. Perform the XPDR - AUTO TEST and the ADS-B Flight Line Test successfully.

1T120TP-A-34-50-07-01B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRANSPONDER (LYNX) COUPLER

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Removal of the Transponder (LYNX) Coupler
- Installation of the Transponder (LYNX) Coupler

None

IFR 600 TEST SET .................................................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
B. Removal of the Transponder (LYNX) Coupler

For removal of the transponder coupler perform the steps as follows:

1T120TP-A-34-50-07-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Remove the baggage compartment floor-panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
(2) Disconnect the 3 connectors (4WN-a, 4WN-b and 4WN-c) from the transponder coupler.
(3) Remove the bolts and washers from the transponder coupler.
(4) Remove the transponder coupler from the forward sheet.
(5) Remove the transponder coupler from the aircraft and store it safely.
C. Installation of the Transponder (LYNX) Coupler

For installation of the transponder coupler perform the steps as follows:
(1) Put the transponder coupler in correct position to the forward sheet.
(2) Install the 4 bolts and washers to the transponder coupler. Tighten the bolts. Torque the bolts,
refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(3) Connect these electrical connectors to the transponder coupler:

- 4WN-a to the XPDR port
- 4WN-b to the ANT port
- 4WN-c to the TCAD port.
(4) Make sure that the installation area is clean.
(5) Install the baggage compartment floor-panel, refer to Cockpit Panels Remove and Install.
1. Do a test of the transponder and the TAS-System. Refer to IFR 6000 TEST SET - Operation Manual, latest
revision, Chapter 4. Operating Procedures. Perform the XPDR - AUTO TEST and the ADS-B Flight Line
Test successfully.

1T120TP-A-34-50-07-02B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MARKER ANTENNA
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Marker Antenna

- Installation of the Marker Antenna

None

None
E. Materials
Sealant ................................................................................................................. GS513051-9 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Marker Antenna

1T120TP-A-34-50-09-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
outer skin.
(5) Make a note of the position of the screws (131) .
(6) Release the 4 screws (131) which hold the antenna.
(7) Remove the antenna (35) clear from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Marker Antenna
(1) Carefully remove the old sealant from the area where the antenna touches the skin.
(3) Install 4 screws (131) which hold the antenna (35) in the position you noted during removal.
(4) Connect the co-axial connector (130) to the antenna (35) .
(6)
Note Do not move the adjuster (132) .
Seal the edge of the hole for the sensitivity adjuster (132) with Sealant.
(7) Install the baggage compartment floor, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing
General Data.
(8) Install the canopy, refer to Canopy General.
(9) Do an operational test of the marker system.

1T120TP-A-34-50-09-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
131
130
A
132
35
D
FW
Legend
(35) Marker antenna (131) Attaching screws

(130) Coaxial connector (132) Sensitivity adjuster hole
Figure 20 - Marker Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-09-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-34-50-09-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DME ANTENNA
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the DME Antenna

- Installation of the DME Antenna

None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the DME Antenna
(1) Remove the ventral fin for access, refer to Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General.
(3) Remove 2 screws and washers (161) attaching the antenna (36) to the mounting bracket.

1T120TP-A-34-50-12-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the DME antenna (36) from the ventral fin.
B. Installation of the DME Antenna
(1) Put the DME antenna (36) in position in the mounting bracket.
(2) Install the 2 attaching washers and screws (161) .
(3) Hold the ventral fin adjacent to the fuselage.
(5) Install the ventral fin, refer to Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General.
(6) Do an operational test of the DME with NAV Ramp Tester. Follow the instructions of the Ramp
Tester manufacturer.

1T120TP-A-34-50-12-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
160
161
Ventral Fin
36
D
FW
Figure 21 - DME Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-12-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(36) DME antenna (161) Attaching screws and

washers
Figure 21 - DME Antenna Installation

1T120TP-A-34-50-12-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
MODE S TRANSPONDER (XPDR) ANTENNA

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Mode S Antenna

- Installation of the Mode S Antenna

None

Transponder ramp tester ......................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Sealant ................................................................................................................. GS513051-9 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Mode S Antenna
fuselage skin.
(2) Remove 6 screws (120) attaching the antenna (34) .
(4) Release the co-axial cable connector (121) from the antenna.

1T120TP-A-34-50-14-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the Mode S antenna (34) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Mode S Antenna
(1) Carefully remove the old sealant from the area where the antenna touches the fuselage skin.
(2) Hold the antenna (34) adjacent to the mounting.
(3) Connect the co-axial cable connector (121) to the antenna.
(4) Install 6 screws (120) attaching the antenna (34) .
(5) Seal the top outer edge of the antenna (34) to the aircraft skin with Sealant.
(6) Do a test for correct operation of the Mode S with Transponder ramp tester. Follow the
manufacturer’s instructions.

1T120TP-A-34-50-14-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Fuselage Bottom Skin
FW
D
121
34
120
Figure 22 - Mode S Antenna

1T120TP-A-34-50-14-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(34) Mode S Antenna (121) Coaxial connector

(120) Attaching countersunk
screws
Figure 22 - Mode S Antenna

1T120TP-A-34-50-14-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GPS SPLITTER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Removal of the GPS Splitter
- Installation of the GPS Splitter

None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
B. Removal of the GPS Splitter

For removal of the GPS splitter perform the steps as follows:

1T120TP-A-34-50-15-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Remove the left vertical stabilizer access panel, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install.
(2) Disconnect the electical connectors (10SH-a, 10SH-b and 10SH-c) from the GPS splitter.
(3) Hold the GPS splitter in position.

Remove the 4 bolts and washers from the GPS splitter.
Note Make sure that you remove all 4 bolts and washers from the aircraft.
(4) Remove the bonding cable from the GPS splitter.
(5) Remove the GPS splitter from the vertical stabilizer and store it safely.
C. Installation of the GPS Splitter

For installation of the GPS splitter perform the steps as follows:
(1) Put the GPS splitter in correct orientation to the mounting bracket.
(2) Install the bonding cable to the most upper bolt position.
(3) Install the 4 bolts and washers to the GPS splitter. Tighten the bolts. Torque the bolts, refer to
(4) Connect these electical connectors to the GPS splitter:

- 10SH-a to the J1 port
- 10SH-b to the J2 port
- 10SH-c to the ANTENNA port.
(5) Install the left vertical stabilizer access panel, refer to Access Panels Remove and Install.
1. Do a test of the GPS-System. Test the system for correct antenna signals.
2. Do a test of the transponder. Refer to IFR 6000 TEST SET Operation Manual, latest revision, Chapter 4
Operating Procedures. Perform an ADS-B test included in the XPDR AUTO TEST successfully.

1T120TP-A-34-50-15-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
35-00
OXYGEN SYSTEM

1T120TP-A-35-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-35-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OXYGEN SYSTEM
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has an optional oxygen system.
A storage cylinder holds oxygen under high pressure. The system can provide oxygen to the crew for operation
up to 25.000 ft with oxygen masks and up to 18.000 ft with cannulas.
You can fill the oxygen system at a charging point on the oxygen cylinder.
Crew Oxygen General gives details of the oxygen installation.
Refer to Oxygen System Fill with Oxygen for the filling procedure.

1T120TP-A-35-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-35-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
35-10
CREW OXYGEN

1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CREW OXYGEN
GENERAL
A. General
The oxygen system is self-contained.
Refer to Oxygen System Fill with Oxygen for information about how to fill the system with oxygen.

1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CREW OXYGEN
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 and Figure 2 show the oxygen installation in the cockpit.
The oxygen system has these main assemblies:
- Mounting brackets for the oxygen cylinder
- An oxygen cylinder with a regulator assembly
- A control panel
- An applicable protective cover for the oxygen cylinder
- Pilot oxygen supply equipment.
(1) Mounting Brackets
Two FRP brackets (1) attach the oxygen cylinder (2) to the structure below the baggage compartment.
Two large quick-release clamps attach the oxygen cylinder to the brackets.
(2) Oxygen Cylinder
A large, composite cylinder stores the oxygen at high pressure. The cylinder has a oxygen capacity of 2183
liters (77 cu.ft) at 1.850 psi (127 bar).
The inboard end of the bottle has a regulator connected directly to the cylinder. The high-pressure side of
the regulator has three outlet ports. These components attach to the high-pressure side of the regulator:
- A charging valve (5) . The charging valve has a standard aviation oxygen fitting (AND 100 89-3
(SAE AS 1219)). A check-valve prevents flow from the cylinder to the charging valve.
- A pressure gauge (6) . The pressure gauge shows the oxygen pressure in the cylinder at all
times. The gauge is connected to the high-pressure port.
- A safety relief valve (7) . The safety relief valve opens if the pressure in the cylinder becomes
too high. Oxygen from the safety relief valve flows to a discharge-port (8) in the right side of
the fuselage. It blows out a green safety disc in the port to indicate an overpressure.
The regulator reduces the high pressure from about 1.850 psi (127 bar) to a low pressure of 50 – 70 psi
(3.4 – 4.8 bar). The low pressure is suitable for constant flow cannulas between 8.000 ft and 18.000 ft.
Constant flow masks (demand or diluter-demand) can use the low pressure supply between 8.000 ft and
a maximum altitude of 25.000 ft.
The low pressure side of the regulator is connected to the control panel with the supply pipe (17) .
An ON/OFF valve closes the passage between the high pressure and low pressure sides in the OFF
position. It opens the passage in the ON position. A lever (9) on the regulator operates the valve. A flexible
control-cable (10) connects the lever to the control panel.
(3) Control Panel
Figure 3 shows the control panel.

The rear part of the centre-console holds the control-panel. The control panel has these items:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- A green ON/OFF control lever. The flexible control-cable (10) connects the cockpit lever to
the ON/OFF valve on the regulator.
- Two quick-release connectors (13) . Each quick-release connector connects to a manifold
below the control panel. A supply pipe (17) connects the manifold to the low-pressure side of
the regulator. A check-valve seals the connector when not in use. A spring-loaded cap protects
the against dirt and dust.
Note The indication of the pressure at the oxygen system is visible on the IDU-680, refer to Engine
Indications Description.
(4) Protective Cover (if applicable)
A strong FRP box protects the oxygen cylinder and regulator assembly. Screws attach the main part of the
box to top of the seat frame, the baggage compartment floor and the end wall. The left end of the box is
open. The right end of the box has large ventilation holes.
A recess in the top of the box holds the fire extinguisher and the flashlight.
(5) Pilot Oxygen Equipment
Each pilot can use a cannula or a mask for oxygen supply. The cannula or mask is connected by the flexible
hose to the quick-release connector on the control-panel. To connect the flexible hose to the control panel
you must push and slightly turn the hose end-fitting into the quick-release connector. This opens the check-
valve in the connector. If the control-lever is set to ON oxygen flows to the cannula or mask.
For data about the cannula or mask used in your aircraft refer to the manufacturer’s manuals.

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
15
13 11
6 5 4
14 9
7
10
17
16
2
8
Legend
(1) Mounting brackets (9) Selector lever

(2) Oxygen cylinder (10) Flexible control cable
(3) Attaching clamps (11) ON/OFF cockpit-lever
(4) Oxygen regulator (13) Quick release
connectors
(5) Charging valve (14) Oxygen mask or cannula
Figure 1 - Oxygen System Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Pressure gauge (15) Protective cover

(7) Safety relief valve (16) Overboard discharge-
pipe
(8) Overboard discharge- (17) Supply pipe to the
port control panel

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
14
13
11
2
10
5
7 4
9

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(2) Oxygen cylinder (8) Overboard discharge-

port
(4) Oxygen regulator (9) ON/OFF valve
(5) Charging valve (10) Selector lever
(6) Pressure gauge (13) Quick release
connectors
(7) Safety relief valve (14) Oxygen mask or cannula

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
11
13
32
30
Legend
(11) ON/OFF cockpit-lever (30) Oxygen supply to the

control-panel manifold
(13) Quick release (32) Attaching screws for the
connectors control-panel
Figure 3 - Oxygen Control Panel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OXYGEN SYSTEM
FUNCTION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Preparation
- Leakage Test Procedure
- Bonding Test Procedure
- Functional Tests

None

Flow meter 1.8 - 7.0 m³/h ................................................................ PCE VS3310T1140-DN 10 QTY 2
Adaptor hoses .................................................................................................................... N/A QTY AR
Breathing oxygen supply – 1850 psi. ................................................................................ N/A QTY AR
E. Materials
Oxygen gas ........................................................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Preparation
(1) Open the canopy fully.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Make sure that there are no sources of fire or sparks in the work area.
(3) Make sure that all electrical mobile devices in the area of the aircraft are set to OFF.
(4) If external power supply is connect disconnect the external power supply from the aircraft, refer
to External Power Supply Operation.
(5) Switch ON the battery supply, refer to Electrical Power General Data.
(6) Set all mobile devices in the work area to OFF.
(7) Make sure that the aircraft is bonded to the ground.
(8) Make sure that there is no free oil or grease in the work area.
(9) Make sure that hands and clothing are clean and free of oil or grease.
(10) If applicable release 10 screws and remove the protective cover (15) from the oxygen cylinder
assembly.
(11) Make sure that the oxygen system is correctly installed.
(12) Make sure that the pointer of aircraft oxygen cylinder gauge is in the green arc within a pressure
range of 500 to 1.850 psi (34.5 to 127 bar).
If necessary, refill the oxygen cylinder to the correct pressure, refer to Oxygen System Fill with
Oxygen.
(13) Use the test-record to record the results of the test, refer to Figure 5.
B. Leakage Test Procedure
(1) Set the lever (9) on the control panel to ON (pointing forward).
(2) Do a leak test (bubble test) at each oxygen-cylinder port, pipe connections and interface.
(3) Do a leak test (bubble test) on the control panel at each outlet connection for the oxygen mask/
cannular.
(4) Set the lever on the control panel to OFF.

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C. Bonding Test Procedure
(1) Measure the bonding resistance between the high-pressure pipe and the aircraft bonding path.
The bonding resistance has to be < 5 mΩ.
(2) Record the value.
(3) Measure the bonding resistance between the high-pressure pipe and the low pressure pipe. The
bonding resistance has to be < 5 mΩ.
(4) Record the values.
D. Functional Tests
(1) Shut-Off Outlet Ports
(a) Set the oxygen selector lever (9) to ON.
(b) Connect a socket to the pilot’s outlet port on the control panel.
(c) Do a leak test (bubble test) of the connection.
(d) Remove the socket from the pilot’s outlet port.
(e) Do a leak test (bubble test) of the outlet port.
(f) Connect a socket to the co-pilot’s outlet port on the control panel.
(g) Do a leak test (bubble test) of the connection.
(h) Remove the socket from the co-pilot’s outlet port.
(i) Do a leak test (bubble test) of the outlet port.
(j) Set the oxygen selector lever (11) to OFF.
(2) Connect/Disconnect the Remote Pressure Line/Shut-off the Filler Port
(a) Disconnect the capillary pipe from the filler port.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note During disconnection, a small amount of oxygen can escape. When the pin on the
capillary pipe is clear of the automatic shut-off valve in the port, the flow will stop.
(b) To make sure that the automatic shut-off valve closes correctly do a leak test (bubble test)
of the filler port.
(c) Connect the capillary pipe to the filler port.
(d) Make sure that the oxygen gauge on the control panel indicates the correct value.
(e) Do a leak test (bubble test) of the filler port connection.
(3) Flow Measurements
(a) Set the oxygen selector lever (9) to ON.
(b) Connect the pilot’s flow-meter adaptor at the pilot’s outlet port on the control panel.
(c) Measure the flow. The flow must not be >2.2 m3/h.
(d) Record the flow-rate.
(e) Remove the pilot’s flow-meter adaptor.
(f) Connect the co-pilot’s flow-meter adaptor at the co-pilot’s outlet port on the control panel.
(g) Measure the flow. The flow must not be >2.2 m3/h.
(h) Record the flow-rate.
(i) Connect the pilot’s flow-meter adaptor again.
(j) Measure the flow. The flow must not be >4.3 m3/h.
(k) Record the flow-rate.
(l) Set the oxygen selector lever (9) to OFF.
(m) Make sure that there is no flow with the lever set to OFF.
(n) Complete the functional test oxygen system record (Figure 5).
(4) Completion
(a) If applicable install the protective cover (15) for the oxygen cylinder assembly with
10 screws.

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(b) Switch OFF the battery supply, refer to Electrical Power General Data.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
15
13 11
6 5 4
14 9
7
10
17
16
2
8
Legend

connectors

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

pipe
port control panel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 5 - Oxygen System Functional Test Record

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-340A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CREW OXYGEN
A. General
This table shows the problems you may find with the oxygen system. If you find the trouble in column 1. Then
do the repair in column 3.

Reduced or no oxygen Defective regulator Replace the cylinder assembly.
flow at any setting
Blockage between the regula- Check the pipe between the regulator and
tor and control-panel quick release connector for blockage. Re-
place unserviceable parts.
Quick release connector not Re-seat the quick release connector.
correctly seated
The oxygen charging One gauge defective Charge the system with a recently-calibrated
gauge shows a different gauge. Replace the oxygen cylinder assembly
pressure to the control- and/or the electrical sensor.
panel gauge.
Oxygen system looses System leak Examine each connection for leaks. If neces-
pressure. sary, progressively isolate each section of the
system to isolate the leak. Repair the leak or
replace the defective component.
A check-valve in the control Set the oxygen control lever to OFF. Replace
panel does not close after the the control panel.
cannula or mask is removed.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CREW OXYGEN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Chapter tells you about the maintenance practices how to remove / install components in the system.
Refer to Oxygen System Fill with Oxygen for the procedure to refill the oxygen system.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OXYGEN CYLINDER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Oxygen Cylinder-Assembly

- Installation of the Oxygen Cylinder-Assembly

None

None
E. Materials
F. New Items
None
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Oxygen Cylinder-Assembly
(1) Make sure that the external power supply is disconnected, refer to External Power Supply
Operation.
(2) Make sure that the battery is disconnected.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Make sure that the battery switch in the cockpit is set to OFF.
(4) Make sure that the aircraft is bonded to the ground.
assembly.
(7) Make sure that there is no dirt, oil or grease near the oxygen cylinder.
(8) Make sure that the pipe connections are clean and undamaged.
(9) Close the cylinder valve.
(10) Disconnect the flexible cable at the lever (9) .
(11) Disconnect these pipes at the regulator:

- Overboard discharge-pipe (16) ,
- Supply pipe to the control-panel (17) .
(13) Release the 2 clamps (3) attaching the cylinder to the mounting brackets.
(14) Remove the cylinder assembly (2) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Oxygen Cylinder-Assembly
(1) Make sure that there is no dirt, oil or grease near the oxygen cylinder.
(2) Make sure that the pipe connections are clean and undamaged.
(3) Put the oxygen cylinder (2) in position in the clamps (3) .
(4) Connect the overboard discharge-pipe (16) .
(6) Connect the supply pipe to the control-panel (17) .
(8) Tighten the clamps (3) .
(9) Connect the flexible cable at the lever (9) .
(10) If necessary, replenish the oxygen cylinder, refer to Oxygen System Fill with Oxygen.
Monitor the pressure gauge at the regulator and on the IDU-680.

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(11) Do an oxygen leak test (bubble test) on all high-pressure ports, low-pressure ports and
connections.
WARNING IF YOU ARE NOT SURE THAT THE OXYGEN SYSTEM IS SERVICEABLE,
DO THE OXYGEN SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST.
(12) Do an oxygen-system check as follows:
(a) Connect a mask or cannula to each oxygen outlet-port.
(b) Make sure that the pressure gauge on the control panel indicates between 500 and
1.850 psi.
(c) Make sure that the gauge on the IDU 680 shows the same value as the gauge on the oxygen
cylinder.
(d) Set the oxygen selector lever (9) to ON.
(e) Do a check of each mask in the NORMAL and 100 % setting as follows:
1. Breath deeply!
2. Make sure that there is sufficient oxygen flow.
3. Make sure that the flow-meter indicates correctly.
(f) Do a check of each cannula as follows:
1. Open the needle-valve fully.
2. Make sure that there is sufficient oxygen flow.
3. Make sure that the flow-meter indicates correctly.
(g) Disconnect the cannula or mask from each oxygen outlet-port.
(h) Make sure that each outlet port closes correctly.
(i) Set the oxygen selector lever (9) to OFF.
(13) If you are not sure that the oxygen system is serviceable, do the oxygen system functional test,
refer to Oxygen System Function Test.
(14) If applicable install the protective cover (15) with the 10 screws to the oxygen cylinder assembly.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
15
13 11
6 5 4
14 9
7
10
17
16
2
8
Legend

connectors

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Pressure gauge (15) Protective cover (if

applicable)
pipe
port control panel

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-00-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
OXYGEN CONTROL-PANEL
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Oxygen Control-Panel

- Installation of the Oxygen Control-Panel

None

None
E. Materials
F. New Items
None
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Oxygen Control-Panel
(1) Set the oxygen selector lever (9) to OFF.
assembly.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Remove 4 screws (32) and release the oxygen control-panel.
(4) Disconnect the oxygen supply (30) to the manifold below the control-panel.
(5) Put a pressure cap on the pipe.
(6) Put a blanking cap on the control-panel.
(7) Disconnect the flexible cable (10) at the control-panel as follows:
(a) Remove the securing spring.
(b) Pull the spherical end-fitting from the lever.
(8) Remove the control-panel from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Oxygen Control-Panel
(1) Make sure that the work area is completely clean.
(2) Make sure that the connectors on the oxygen control-panel are clean and undamaged.
(3) Put the control-panel in position in the cockpit, refer to Figure 8.
(4) Connect the control-cable (10) as follows:
(a) Set the cockpit lever to OFF.
(b) Push the spherical end-fitting onto the lever.
(c) Install the securing spring.
(5) Below the control-panel connect the oxygen supply (30) to the manifold.
(7) Install 4 screws (32) attaching the control panel.
(8) Do an oxygen-system functional-test, refer to Oxygen System Function Test.
(9) If applicable install the protective cover (15) with 10 screws to the oxygen cylinder assembly.

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
15
13 11
6 5 4
14 9
7
10
17
16
2
8
Legend

connectors

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

pipe
port control panel

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
11
13
32
30
Legend
(11) ON/OFF cockpit-lever (30) Oxygen supply to the

control-panel manifold
(13) Quick release (32) Attaching screws for the
connectors control-panel
Figure 8 - Oxygen Control Panel

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 35-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 35-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-35-10-01-00B-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-00
STANDARD PRACTICES AND STRUCTURES

1T120TP-A-51-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STANDARD PRACTICES AND STRUCTURES

GENERAL
A. General Description
The G 120TP-A is a single-engine low wing monoplane with a conventional tail. It has a full composite airframe
and a retractable tricycle landing gear with a steerable nose wheel.
The combination of fuselage and vertical tail is a semi-monocoque design. Two monolithic half-shells of glass
fiber composite make the skin, and glass fiber reinforced plastic (GFRP) frames and bracings give stiffness to
the shells of fuselage and vertical tail where necessary. The cockpit floor is reinforced with an additional carbon
layer. The front fuselage supports the turboprop engine with its two-part cowling and the retractable nose landing
gear.
The G 120TP-A has a cantilever wing with top and bottom shells of carbon fiber reinforced plastic (CFRP). The
wing shells are sandwich constructions with either aramid honeycomb or PVC rigid foam cores. Each wing has
a І-section spar with CFRP caps and a GFRP sandwich web. The spar separates the integral tank from the
controls that are integrated in the rear area of the wing. All ribs and stiffeners are glass fiber reinforced and
monolithically designed. A GFRP rear web closes the trailing edge of the wing, and a CFRP rib makes the
outboard end. Removable CFRP winglets attach to the wing shells with screws. Both wings are interconnected
via the spar stubs, and the root ribs integrate the shear bolt connections to the fuselage. The wings also support
the retractable main landing gear.
The horizontal stabilizer has top and bottom sandwich shells with GFRP skins and aramid honeycomb cores. It
has a glass fiber reinforced spar and rear web. The three-part GFRP root ribs give strength to the horizontal tail-
to-fuselage attachment.
All control surfaces have top and bottom sandwich shells with PVC rigid foam cores. Aileron, flaps, the rudder
and the trim tabs have glass fiber reinforced skins and ribs; the elevator has carbon fiber reinforced skins and
ribs.
The canopy is a CFRP frame consisting of an inner and an outer part which bond together. Canopy and
windshield have acrylic glass windows.
These major components make the structure of the aircraft. The composite shells and frames of each component
are bonded together with a special resin mixture containing cotton flocks and a thixotropic agent. All other parts
of the airframe – i.e. the assemblies of engine and landing gear, the control system, electrics and avionics, etc.
– attach to these major components with standard fasteners.
A high solid PUR-acrylic paint system protects the structure from electrostatic charge and harmful environmental
influences, i.e. notably ultraviolet rays which cause photochemical degradation of the composites, and humidity
which leads to considerable loss of strength and stiffness.
B. Types of Composite Structure

The composite structures of the G 120TP-A are compounds of an epoxy resin system and reinforcing fibers. A
substantial portion of the structures are sandwich designs with either an aramid honeycomb or a PVC rigid foam
core to give stiffness against buckling, and increase the impact resistance of the affected parts of the airframe.
Various fillers may be added to the epoxy resin system in order to influence the physical, chemical and
mechanical properties of the reinforced plastic structures.
Composite structures need to be post-cured to achieve the greatest possible degree of cross-linking of the resin
system, and thus the required strength properties and an improved heat resistance of the structures. The epoxy
composites of the G 120TP-A resist about 100°C without any loss of strength and stiffness, and hence they allow
for the required safety margin compared to the maximum operating temperature of the aircraft.

1T120TP-A-51-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(1) Reinforcing Fibers
Three types of reinforcing fibers are used for the composite structures of the G 120TP-A:
(a) Glass Fibers
E-glass fibers are the most commonly used reinforcing material for the composite components of the
G 120TP-A. They exhibit outstanding physical, thermal, dielectric and chemical properties. E glass
fibers add remarkable strength to the epoxy composite, but their stiffness is relatively low. Glass fibers
are incombustible and temperature-resistant up to approx. 400°C. They start melting at about 840°C.
Epoxy composites with reinforcing glass fibers are designated GFRPs (glass fiber reinforced plastics).
GFRP structures are those of
- the fuselage with integral vertical stabilizer,
- the horizontal stabilizer,
- the ribs and webs of the wings,
- the control surfaces except for the elevator, and
- some versions of the two-part engine cowling.
(b) Carbon Fibers
Carbon fibers exhibit an even higher strength and a significantly higher stiffness than glass fibers. The
fiber density is low, and thus the specific weight of the CFRP structures. Additionally, carbon fibers
show an excellent fatigue behavior. But they are sensitive to impact loads because of their low ultimate
strain. Carbon fiber composites are thermally and electrically conducting. The fibers resist
temperatures above 1000°C without loss of strength.
Epoxy composites with reinforcing carbon fibers are designated CFRPs (carbon fiber reinforced
plastics).
CFRP structures are those of
- the wing shells, spar caps and outboard end ribs,
- the winglets,
- the canopy frame,
- the elevator, and
- some versions of the two-part engine cowling.
The cockpit floor also integrates a CFRP layer which gives additional stiffness to the fuselage bottom.
(c) Aramid Fibers
Aromatic polyamid fibers are used especially when priority is given to weight savings and impact
resistance. The strength and stiffness properties are comparable to those of E-glass fibers. Aramid
fibers are noncombustible, and melt at about 500°C. The synthetic fibers have superior chemical
resistance, but they are very prone to moisture and decompose under UV-B rays. Because of their
toughness, and high ultimate strain respectively, the processing of aramid fibers is difficult. Special
tools are needed to cut and machine these fibers and their laminates.
Epoxy composites with reinforcing aramid fibers are designated SFRPs (synthetic fiber reinforced
plastics).

1T120TP-A-51-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SFRP structures are those of

- the tail fins,
- the heat shield, and
- the nose landing gear doors.
(2) Fabric Constructions
Reinforcing fibers are available in different styles. The G 120TP-A mainly use twill 2/2 weaves for the shells,
frames and ribs of its components, and unidirectional fabrics where bending loads are dominating. The
high-loaded spar caps of the wings are made of carbon roving material. Rovings are non-woven fiber strands
which are combined to bundles and impregnated with epoxy resin.
The fiber direction gives the strength and stiffness properties of the structures. Fabric construction and fiber
orientation must be strictly maintained when repairing composite structures.
(3) Laminates
The reinforcing fibers (and fabrics respectively) are embedded in a matrix of epoxy resin. This makes the
composite structure and is called laminate.
(a) Monolithic Structures
Monolithic structures consist of two or more laminate layers, one upon the other. The G 120TP-A has
a monolithic fuselage structure, and lots of ribs and stiffeners are monolithically designed.
(b) Sandwich Structures
Sandwich structures consist of a stiffening core material, i.e. aramid honeycombs, rigid foam or ply
wood, and laminate facings. The core material increases the thickness of the laminate, and thus its
buckling resistance.
The G 120TP-A has a lot of sandwich structures:
- the wing shells, the stubs and the shear webs of the wing spars,
- the shells of horizontal stabilizer,
- the shells of control surfaces,
- the main frames of the fuselage
- the cowling, and
- the nose landing gear doors, etc.
C. Protection of the Structure

The most outer layer of electrically conductive CFRP structures of the G 120TP-A is a combined carbon/
aluminum twill weave which protects the underlying laminate from lightning surge. The aluminum has a higher
conductivity than the carbon. Hence, the electric charges are kept on the outside of the composite structure, and
the lightning protection layer prevents the epoxy matrix from total degradation. Crucial areas of the structure are
covered with additional layers of copper mesh.
A high solid PUR-acrylic paint system protects the entire composite structure of the G 120TP-A. Gel coat levels
the laminate for an aerodynamically smooth surface. A conductive grey filler covers the gel-coat and prevents
the structure from electrostatic charge. The two-component top coat protects the airframe against environmental
influences. – Cracks in the paint system may indicate damage to the subjacent composite structure.

1T120TP-A-51-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Refer to Chapter 51-10 for more information on the inspection and damage detection techniques on composite
structures.
D. Structure Classification
The G 120TP-A has two categories of structure:
(1) Primary Structure
The primary structure carries the main loads of the G 120TP-A. Its integrity is essential in maintaining the
overall flight safety of the aircraft.
You are only allowed to do class 2 repairs (refer to Chapter 51-10) to primary structure, and you must ask
GROB for advice before you repair damage to the main load-bearing areas shown in Figure 1 below.
These components of the G 120TP-A are primary structure:
- fuselage and internal structure,
- wing shells and internal structure,
- winglets and internal structure,
- horizontal stabilizer shells and internal structure,
- all control surface shells and internal structure, and
- tail fins.
Be sure to ask GROB for assistance before you attempt to repair these parts of the structure:
- wing main spar, root rib and all internal structure,
- wing shells and structure in the area of the fuel tanks and main landing gear attachments,
- fuselage in the area of wing attachments and horizontal stabilizer attachments,
- vertical stabilizer in the area of the horizontal stabilizer cut-out,
- horizontal stabilizer in the area of the attachments, root ribs and main spar, and
- elevator shells and all internal structure.
(2) Secondary Structure
The secondary structure of the G 120TP-A are unstressed structural components. Failure of secondary
structure neither reduces the airframe structural integrity nor prevents the aircraft from continued safe flight
and landing.
These components of the G 120TP-A are secondary structure:
- engine cowlings and fairings,
- canopy,
- landing gear doors,
- all access panels, and
- covers and encasements in the cabin.

1T120TP-A-51-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 1 - G 120TP-A Main Load-Bearing Areas of the Structure

1T120TP-A-51-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-10
INVESTIGATION

1T120TP-A-51-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
INVESTIGATION
GENERAL
This chapter tells you how to investigate the composite structure materials and metal parts.
- Refer to Composite Structure Investigation for investigation of composite structure.
- Refer to Metal Parts Investigation for investigation of metals parts.

1T120TP-A-51-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-11
COMPOSITE STRUCTURE

1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMPOSITE STRUCTURE
GENERAL
A. General
This chapter tells you how to assess damage to the composite structure, and gives adequate inspection
techniques. Damage assessment and repairs must be carried out by suitably qualified personnel.
Refer to Chapter 51-00 for the types of structures used in the G 120TP-A. Chapter 51-21 tells you about general
repair descriptions, and Chapter 51-30 lists the materials of the airframe.

1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMPOSITE STRUCTURE
INVESTIGATION
A. Types of Damage
There are two basic types of damage in composite structures that can not necessarily be found by visual
inspection:
- disbonding and
- delamination.
Disbonding is the failure of bonded joints between two or more components, for example between a rib and a
shell structure, or between a metal part and a composite component, or between a skin and a core material of
sandwich constructions.
Delamination is the failure of a bond between two or more fabric layers or roving strands in a laminated
component.
There are also two types of cracks that can occur in composite structures:
- micro cracks, and
- major cracks.
Micro cracks occur in the surface of the resin or the paint system and do not affect the integrity of the structure.
Keep monitoring micro cracks and protect the airframe against moisture ingress. Micro cracks might restrict
airworthiness in the long run.
Major cracks occur in the laminate layers. There are broken fibers. Major cracks do not occur in usual flight or
ground operation. You must carefully examine the areas around major cracks for indication of further damage.
You must repair all major cracks. If you are not sure how to proceed with further inspection of major cracks you
should contact GROB for advice.
B. Damage Assessment
Damage is classified as described below. If you are not sure about the classification of any damage you must
refer to GROB.
(1) Class 1 Damage
Major structural damage that requires partial replacement of structural components or extensive repairs is
counted among Class 1:
- damage that interrupts load transmission to and within primary structural components (refer to
Chapter 51-00)
- large damage (dimensions > 150 mm in either direction).
Class 1 damage restricts or voids airworthiness.

Examples: damage to spars, wing and tail roots, broken fuselage tube, torn out hinge joints of control
surfaces, damaged fuselage structure surrounding the engine attachments, defective canopy frame
(fuselage sided), partially loose rib of landing gear attachment

1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-350A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Class 2 Damage
Damage to primary structural components that exceeds the damage limits given in Section C of this Chapter
is counted among Class 2.
Class 2 damage restricts or voids airworthiness.
Examples: cracks and holes in fuselage structure, cracks and holes passing through both skins of sandwich
constructions, large disbonds between shell structures and stiffeners
(3) Class 3 Damage
Small holes, cracks, and delamination or disbonds within the damage limits given in Section C of this
Chapter are counted among Class 3.
Examples: small damage to the outer laminate layers of the fuselage structure, small cracks and holes in
the outer skin of sandwich constructions, damage to unstressed structure
Holes and cracks must be repaired after detection. Delamination, disbonding and impact damage within
the limits given in Section C of this Chapter do not require immediate repair, but stringent monitoring and
protection against moisture ingress. It must be repaired at the earliest possible opportunity, since it might
restrict airworthiness in the long run.
(4) Class 4 Damage
Minor scratches, abrasions or similar damage, and all damage to the protective paint system are counted
among Class 4.
Class 4 damage does not require immediate repair, but monitoring and protection against moisture ingress.
It may restrict airworthiness in the long run.
C. Damage Limits
Table 1 Damage Limits - Fuselage
Limit Remarks
Impact damage 10 mm dia 0.5 mm deep
Delamination 30 mm dia
Disbonding at joint between left 40 mm x 40 mm
and right shells
Disbonding at joint between 20 mm x 20 mm
frames and shells
Table 2 Damage Limits - Wings and Horizontal Stabilizer
Limit Remarks
Impact damage on the leading 10 mm dia 0.5 mm deep
edge
Impact damage on the sandwich 10 mm dia 1 mm deep
area of the shells
Delamination in the sandwich 30 mm dia
area
Disbonding at joint between top 20 mm x 30 mm
and bottom shells

1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-350A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 2 Damage Limits - Wings and Horizontal Stabilizer
Limit Remarks
Disbonding at joint between ribs 15 mm x 20 mm Refer to Grob for damage in the
and shells main spar area or the area of the
root rib, and the MLG attachment
Table 3 Damage Limits - Control Surfaces
Limit Remarks
Impact damage in the sandwich 10 mm dia 1 mm deep
area
Delamination in the sandwich 30 mm dia
area
Disbonding at joint between top 20 mm x 30 mm
and bottom shells
Disbonding at joint between ribs 30 mm long
and shells
D. Inspection Techniques
(1) Visual Inspection
Use this method to find all types of damage to composites. Use a bright light and a telescopic mirror to
examine visually the inside of a component.
GFRP and SFRP must be light green or beige in color. If there are white areas, then it may be damaged.
Look especially at areas where parts and components bond to GFRP and SFRP.
CFRP must be black in color. Apply a small load to the area where you expect damage, e.g. by pushing
slightly on it. Check for abnormal flexibility or noises. Broken CFRP-laminate often crackles and crunches
under load. Look especially at areas where parts and components bond to the CFRP.
Look carefully at the outer surface of the structure. If the paint has cracks or bubbles, then the composite
structure below may be damaged.
Also look for dents and deformation. Lock especially at the bottom areas of the G 120TP-A where impact
damage is possible because of small stones that hit the lower surfaces of fuselage, inboard wing and flaps.
Impact damage is also likely in the area of the wing walkways.
(2) Light Test
Use the light test to find delamination on monolithic parts and components. You can use this test on thick
GFRP and SFRP sections of the structure, but it is not possible to use on sandwich constructions and CFRP
laminates.
Point a very bright light at the surface and look from the opposite side of the structure to the light source.
Then damage usually shows as dark areas in the laminate. You can point the light from the inside or from
the outside of a component.
CAUTION DO NOT LET THE STRUCTURE GET HOT. HEAT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO COMPOSITES
AND PAINT.

1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-350A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Tap Test
Use the tap test to find delamination and disbonding. A special tap-test tool is available from GROB, or you
can use a coin.
Tap on the laminate surface across the area you expect damage. The sound of the tool or coin tapping will
change as you move over damaged laminate. The intact laminate sounds sharp and clear. Delamination
and disbonding sound tinny.
Note STIFFENERS, FRAMES, AND RIBS WHICH ARE BONDED TO A SHELL STRUCTURE ALSO
CAUSE CHANGES OF THE TAPPING SOUND.
(4) Further Examination
If you find damage to the paint when you examine a composite structure, and if any other inspection
technique fails, then do this further examination.
Find a way to see the inside of the structure. If necessary, remove panels or other components, and use
remote viewing equipment (e.g. a flexible endoscope). For example, remove a winglet to see inside the
outboard wing structure. Or remove the horizontal stabilizer to inspect the structural fuselage-to-tail-
connection. If you can see damage inside the component you must do a repair.
Remove the paint coat carefully in the area that you think is damaged. You must not make additional
damage to the upper laminate layers. Look carefully at the surface under the paint coat, and push the middle
of the area to be examined with your thumb. If you can feel the skin hitting other laminate layers and
structures behind, or the core of a sandwich structure, then the skin is delaminated or disbanded
respectively. Then you must do a repair.
In some cases you need to cut extra inspection holes into the structure to examine the airframe thoroughly.
In this case you must ask GROB for advice.

1T120TP-A-51-11-00-00A-350A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-12
METAL PARTS

1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
METAL PARTS
GENERAL
A. General
This Chapter tells you how to inspect the metal parts used in the G 120TP-A structure. It also tells you how to
treat corrosion.
For investigation of metal parts refer to Metal Parts Investigation.
The information and maintenance practices in this section tell you what corrosion is, and how to detect, control
and prevent corrosion. They also tell you how to identify and treat metals that have been exposed to corrosive
environments.
Strength is often reduced by corrosion. These maintenance practices do not give the repair limits for individual
components. Where any component has more than minor surface corrosion to a small area, repair by
replacement with a new component.
Note Minor surface corrosion is any corrosion that is less than 5 % of the material thickness and less than
20 % of the surface area.

1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
METAL PARTS
INVESTIGATION
A. Description
Corrosion is the tendency of metals to revert to their more stable oxidized state, which occurs when they react
with air to form metal oxides. They can also react with acids and alkalis to form metal salts.
Reactions between metals and their environments may occur when the operating environment is either dry
(known as oxidation corrosion) or when the environment is wet (known as electrochemical corrosion). Although
water vapor in the air plays a part in the oxidation of some metals, a dry atmosphere is all that is needed for
corrosion to start.
Metal components will corrode faster if the aircraft is operated in areas where impurities exist in the atmosphere,
such as salt water or pollution.
B. Safety considerations
Make sure you know the safety precautions and first aid instructions before you use a hazardous substance.
Read the label on the container in which the substance is supplied, the safety data sheet applicable to the
substance and obey all local orders, regulations and instructions.
Substances hazardous to health are used in corrosion treatment descriptions. Make sure you read and
understand the warnings given in this manual and on the product before you use any hazardous substance.
Before starting corrosion rectification, identify the parent material and structural classification of the component.
Note Before starting with corrosion repair or re-protection, read and understand all stages in the treatment. If
in doubt, ask GROB for advice.
Paint remover, acids, solvents and some corrosion treatments will attack the aircraft main structure and
components manufactured from rubber and plastic. To minimize the risk of damage, remove components from
the aircraft before any treatment is applied. Where this is not possible, all areas must be adequately masked
before any treatment is applied. Make sure that chemicals cannot get into crevices or any part of the aircraft’s
internal structure.
Wear protective clothing when using paint remover or mixing solutions. Protective clothing should include rubber
gloves, coveralls and eye shields.
Apply barrier cream to the hands before starting work. If the skin becomes contaminated, (particularly with Paint
Remover, Alocrom part A, or a mixed solution of Alocrom), rinse the affected area with water and seek medical
advice.
Note Wear a spray mask. Use fluids only in good ventilated areas.
Containers used for solution preparation must be made of acid-proof material.
Paper swabs or brushes used to apply or remove Alocrom solution are a fire risk if allowed to dry without rinsing.
Rinse with water before allowing them to dry. Dispose of waste material contaminated with Alocrom solution only
in accordance with local orders.

1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
C. Mechanical methods for removing corrosion

Use non-metallic scrapers, abrasive paper, non-woven industrial abrasive pads or vacuum blasting machines if
possible to remove corrosion from aircraft components.
Note When vacuum blasting be sure to remove all abrasives before proceeding with work. Keep abrasives
away from the aircraft internal structures and mechanical systems.
Make sure that all paint and pre-treatment solutions are mixed properly before use.
2K primer has a pot life of 24 h and must be discarded if not completely used.
Mixed Alocrom 1200 has a pot life or 24 h and must be discarded if not completely used.
Make sure that all equipment used is thoroughly cleaned after use. Clean Paint-contaminated items with cellulose
thinners. Clean acid-contaminated items in water and dry with absorbent paper.
D. Inspection of metal parts

Use a magnifying glass and a strong light to inspect components.
E. Damage limits for metal parts

This paragraph gives limits for damage to particular components.
(1) Cracking in tubular rivet heads
Note The crack must be examined at each 100 h inspection.
The heads of tubular rivets used in control rod end fittings sometimes crack during installation. Such cracks
are not critical, but must be monitored. Radial cracks of up to 2 mm (0.08 inch) running from the edge of
the rivet head towards the centre are acceptable (refer to Figure 1).

1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 1 - Crack Limits for Tubular Rivet Heads

1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-12-00-00A-280A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-20
REPAIR PROCESSES

1T120TP-A-51-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
REPAIR PROCESSES
GENERAL
A. General
This chapter tells you how to repair composite structures and metal parts:
- Refer to Composite Structure Repair Satety Precautions and General Instructions for safety
precautions and general instructions for composite structure repair.
- Refer to Composite Structure Repair General Maintenance Practices for general maintenance
practices of composite structure repair.
- Refer to Composite Structure Repair Repair to Sandwich Material for repair to sandwich material.
- Refer to Composite Structure Repair Repair to Monolithic Laminates for repair to monolithic
laminates.
- Refer to Composite Structure Repair Painting for painting the repaired structures.
- Refer to Composite Structure Repair Scarf and Overlap Lengths for Repairs for scarf and overlap
lengths for repair.
- Refer to Metal Parts Repair Corrosion Prevention for corrosion prevention of metal parts.
- Refer to Metal Parts Repair Maintenance Practice for maintenance practices to metal parts.
- Refer to Metal Parts Repair Cleaning for cleaning metal parts.
You must use only approved materials for repairs to the composite structure and metal parts.
Only persons approved by the National Airworthiness Authority are allowed to repair composite structure and
metal parts.

1T120TP-A-51-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-21
COMPOSITE STRUCTURE REPAIR

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
This chapter tells you how to repair fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) structures.
- Refer to Chapter 51-00 for data about the types of composite structure.
- Refer to Chapter 51-10 for inspection procedures to find defects in composite structure and metal
parts.
- Refer to Chapter 51-30 for data about repair materials.
You must use only approved materials for repairs to the structure.
Only persons approved by the National Airworthiness Authority are allowed to repair composite structures.
A detailed description of the main components and their composite structures is given in the following chapters:
- Chapter 53 : Fuselage
- Chapter 55: Stabilizers
- Chapter 57: Wings.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

SATETY PRECAUTIONS AND GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
A. Safety Precautions
Most resins can cause skin disease. When you work with resin/hardener use a protective cream on your hands
and exposed skin. You must always wear rubber gloves.
WARNING: DO NOT GET RESIN ON YOUR SKIN. RESIN CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.
The resins/hardeners/solvents used for FRP repairs are either poisonous or at least allergenic:
- Keep food away from the work area
- Use a mask to protect your face
- Use eye-protection.
WARNING: DO NOT GET RESIN/HARDNER/SOLVENT IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES. THESE

CHEMICALS CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
When you grind composites, you make small particles of fiber and resin dust. These particles irritate the skin
and eyes. If you inhale them, they can cause lung disease.
When you grind a composite, use a protective cream on your hands and exposed skin. Wear these protective
items:
- Coveralls/overalls which seal at the wrists and the neck
- Rubber gloves
- A breathing mask to protect mouth and nose (It must seal to your face)
- Eye-protection that seals to your face.
If possible, use a face mask with filter, built-in goggles and full face protection.
If you get composite dust on your skin:
- Wash it off with cold flowing water
- Do not rub the skin while it has dust on it.
WARNING: DO NOT GET FRP PARTICLES IN YOUR MOUTH, IN YOUR EYES OR ON YOUR SKIN. THESE
PARTICLES CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
B. Workshop Conditions
Keep the workshop clean. You must have clean conditions to make a satisfactory repair.
Remove grinding dust as it occurs. Even small concentrations of composite dust in the air can produce an
explosive composition.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Use a flame-proof vacuum cleaner.

The relative humidity must be less than 65% during these processes:
- Mixing the resin and filler material
- Applying the resin/hardener mixture
- Curing the resin/hardener mixture.
The best temperature is between 20°C and 25°C (68°F and 77°F). The temperature must not fall below 18°C
(65°F) and should not rise above 28°C (83°F).
If possible, keep the workshop temperature at 22°C (72°F) during initial curing.
C. Materials
GROB Aircraft SE has Grob Standards (GS) for the materials used in the G 120TP-A. You must use only repair
materials that meet the related Grob Standard. Refer to Chapter 51-30 of this manual for the detailed list of
materials.
(1) Resin Systems
Each resin system has a GS number. The resin system has two or more components:
- An epoxy resin (usually epoxy). This has its own GS number.
- An amine hardener. This has its own GS number.
The hardener is mixed with the resin. Measure the quantities of resin and hardener accurately (± 0.5% by
weight). Mix both constituents thoroughly before laminating or adding fillers and other additives. Resin and
hardener react together. This is called ‘Curing’.
The cured system forms a hard, strong plastic.
Curing starts when you mix the resin and hardener. You can use the mixture for a repair for a short time.
This is the ‘work life’ or ‘pot life’. This is typically between a few minutes and 3 hours.
The parameters influencing the curing time are:
- The type of resin
- The type of hardener
- The temperature
- The humidity
- The volume of the mixture.
Different types of resins and hardeners have different curing times.

- Use the recommended resin system for the type of repair
- Mix only as much as you can use within the pot-life. Large quantities reduce the pot life.
Curing makes heat. If you mix too much resin and hardener with a short pot life, the mixture can become
very hot within a few minutes.
Post-curing at higher temperatures completes the laminating. It is necessary to obtain the required strength
and stiffness of the composite structure.
Post-curing processes take several hours.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Reinforcing Fiber Materials
You must always use the correct fabric for the repair. In case of doubt refer to GROB for a Repair Instruction
with a lay-up drawing of the repair area. The lay-up drawing will tell you:
- The number of fabric layers
- The GS number of the fabrics (The Grob Standard defines i.a. the fiber material, the weave
and the areal weight of the fabric.)
- The fiber orientations
- The correct position and dimension of the layers.
Make sure that the fiber strands of each fabric layer point in the direction designated by the lay-up drawing.
This gives the required strength and stiffness to the laminate.
Use sharp scissors when cutting the fabrics to size. Make sure that all fiber strands remain unbroken. The
fabric must be free of any damage or contamination.
(3) Core Materials
You must always use the correct sandwich core for the repair. In case of doubt refer to Grob for a Repair
Instruction with a description of the core material to use. The description tells you:
- The GS or LN number of the core material (The Grob Standard defines the type of rigid foam
core and its density. The LN number gives the type of honeycomb core, its density and its cell
width.)
- The thickness of the sandwich core
- The correct orientation of honeycomb cores.
Use a sharp knife to cut the sandwich core to size. Make sure that the edges are neatly prepared and the
core material is not damaged or contaminated.
(4) Filler Materials for Resin
Filler materials in resin systems are used for three main reasons:
- To thicken the resin system so that it can fill small gaps in bonded joints between composite
parts and components (Use cotton flocks for this purpose. Ask GROB for advice in the case of
larger gaps. You will be told the adequate mixing ratio of resin system and cotton flocks.
Sometimes, the addition of a thixotropic agent (i.e. aerosil) will be necessary. Request GROB
for information.)
- To bond the laminate facings to the sandwich core, and to fill the spaces around the edges of
core material (Use microballoons for this purpose.)
- Where filling is needed to restore the aerodynamic shape after the structure has been repaired.
Use a thixotropic agent (i.e. aerosil) for this purpose.
All filler materials have their own GS numbers. The Grob Standards specify the approved filler materials.
(5) Peelply
Use peelply to cover the top layer of fabric in a repair where further bonding or painting will occur after
curing. When you remove the peelply after the curing procedure, you can bond other laminate layers and
components or apply the paint system without grinding (damaging) the repaired surface.
Only use approved peelply. The related GS number is given in Chapter 51-30.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Paint System
A high solid PUR-acrylic paint system protects the entire composite structure of the G 120TP-A. Refer to
Chapter 51-00 for a description of the three-part system. The GS numbers of the constituents are given in
Chapter 51-30.
Make sure that at least the conductive filler and the top-coat are applied to the repair areas which affect the
outer surface of the airframe. The paint system can be applied with a brush, a roller or a spray-gun.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-012A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

A. Identification in Bill of Material

Within bills of material the epoxy resin system for structural applications, i.e. EPL20 + EK960 or
EPL 20 + MGSLHSL75, has to be identified by the corresponding GS-number: GS510020.
The resin and hardener combination ma be specified explicitly if applicable: GS510020-XY.
The “X” is specified as 1 (EPIKOTE Trademark Resin L 20).
The “Y” can be specified as:
- 2 (EPICURE Trademark Curing Agent 960)
- 3 (EPICURE Trademark Curing Agent MGS LH SL 75).
Example: The GS-number GS510020-12 is specified as epoxy resin system for structural applications:
EPL20 + EK960.
B. General
This section tells you how to repair class 2 thru 4 damage to the composite structure. You must ask GROB for
a repair scheme class 1 damage.
Inspect the damaged area. Look specially at the adjacent surfaces. Damage can go a long distance under the
surface. Use the techniques given in Chapter 51-10.
Take care to do the repair correctly. The airframe carries stresses. Failure of the structure can cause an accident.
When using resin:
- Measure the quantities of resin and hardener accurately (± 0.5% by weight)
- Use clean containers
- The weight ratio of resin to fabric must be approximately 50 : 50 for CFRP and 40:60 for GFRP
- Lightly grind the repair area and remove the abrasive dust immediately before applying the wet
laminate. (This makes sure that the area is clean.)
When you use fiber fabric:

- Measure the thickness of the laminate.
- Break-off a small piece of laminate. Grind the laminate to a very flat angle. (This will tell you the
number of layers, the orientation and type of fabric in each layer.)
- Take time to make the tapered-overlap. (Adhere to the scarf lengths given in Table 1.)
When you cure the repair:

- Use a flame-proof fan-heater:
- Make a plastic foil tent to direct the air flow
- Monitor the temperature with a thermometer
- Adhere strictly to the curing cycles given below.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Figure 1 shows the curing cycle for the resin systems GS510020-12 or GS510020-13.
- Raise the air temperature to 60 °C (140 °F) in 2 hours
- Keep the air temperature at 60 °C (140 °F) for a further 8 hours
- If you must grind the repair, allow it to cool (After further laminating or bonding, repeat the first
step of the curing cycle at 60 °C (140 °F). Then continue the curing cycle.)
- Raise the air temperature to 80 °C (176 °F) in 3 hours.
- Keep the air temperature at 80 °C (176 °F) for a further 15 hours.
- Allow the repair to cool to room temperature.
You can use GS510020-13 for repairs where GS510020-12 is specified.
GS510020-12 or
GS510020-13
Mixing ratio: Resin GS510020-1 100 parts by weight
Hardener GS510020-2 (Pot life 150 min- 34 parts by weight
utes at 25 ºC - 280 minutes at 20 ºC) (Pot
life 150 minutes at 77 ºF - 280 minutes at
68 ºF)
Alternative hardener GS510020-3 (45 - 32 parts by weight
50 minutes pot life at 20 ºC - 25 ºC)
(68 ºF - 77º F)
Initial cure 8 hours at 60 ºC (8 hours at 140 ºF) heating-up rate: 20 °C/hr
(68 °F/hr)
Post cure 15 hours at 80 ºC (15 hours at 176 ºF) heating-up rate: 20 °C/hr
(68 °F/hr)
Figure 2 shows the curing cycle for GS510022-13 or GS510022-14. You can use this for small non-structural
repairs or repairs where Grob has given approval to use this system.
GS510022-13 or
GS510022-14
Mixing ratio: Resin GS510020-1 100 parts by weight
Hardener GS510022-3 27 parts by weight
Alternative hardener GS510022-4 29 parts by weight
Initial cure 24 hours at 20 ºC - 25 ºC (24 hours at
68 ºF - 77º F)
Post cure 15 hours at 60 ºC (15 hours at 140 ºF) heating-up rate: 20 °C/hr
(68 °F/hr)
Pot life 10 - 15 minutes
Note These systems have a short pot life. After 15 minutes, the reaction temperature increases very quickly.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING: DO NOT MIX MORE RESIN THAN YOU CAN USE WITHIN THE POT LIFE. THE
TEMPERATURE OF LARGER QUANTITIES OF RESIN REMAINING IN THE POT AFTER 15
MINUTES CAN BE HOT ENOUGH TO CAUSE INJURY.
C. Center-Of-Gravity Limits
Aircraft repair can change the weight and the center-of-gravity position. Repairs at a larger distance from the
center-of-gravity have a larger effect. You must weigh the aircraft after a large repair. And you must calculate
the center-of-gravity (refer to Chapter 08-00).
D. Control Surface Balancing

When you repair a control surface, it becomes heavier. Make an estimate of the extra weight of the repair before
you do it. If the control surface will become too heavy, then do not repair it. You must install a new item.
If you repair a control surface and/or apply a new paint coat, then you must weigh it after the repair. And you
must balance it. Chapter 06-00 gives the data for control surface weight and balance. And Chapter 51-60 tells
you how to balance a control surface.
E. Drain/Vent Holes
Keep all drain and vent holes in the airframe open. If you close a drain hole with a repair, then you must make
a new hole in the same position after the repair is complete. Chapter 12-20 gives the drain hole locations.
F. Holding The Component

If you do a large repair, then you must use a special device (jig/fixture) to hold the component in position (for
example the fuselage). If you do not keep the component in the correct position, then the aircraft alignment can
change. And the aircraft handling can be unsatisfactory.
Refer to Chapter 08-20 for data about leveling the airplane.
Hold the component in the special device before you cut the repair area. Hold the component so that no part can
move when you cut the repair area. If you do not hold the component, then more damage can occur when you
cut the repair area.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
T°C T°F
Heated air temperature
100 212
190
80
170
150
60
If you do not need to grind 130
the repair, increase the
temperature from 60° to 80°
110
40 in 1 hour
90
Workshop temperature
20 70
50
2 8 3 15 Hours
Figure 1 - Curing Cycle For GS510020-12 or GS510020-13

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
T°C T°F
80
170
150
60
Increase the temperature from 20-25 ºC 130
to 60 ºC in 2 hours
110
40
90
20 70
50
24 2-3 15 Hours

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REPAIR TO SANDWICH MATERIAL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Damage to the Outer/Upper Sandwich Facing

- Damage to the Complete Sandwich

None
Consider required workshop conditions.

Thermometer or temperature sensor ....................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Grinder (with speed control) ..................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Fire-proof fan heater ................................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
Vacuum pump and manometer ................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
Sandpaper, different grit sizes .............................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
Brushes and rollers ............................................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Protective clothing ................................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
E. Materials
Resin system ........................................................................................................... GS510020 QTY AR
Glass or carbon fabric ................................................... Refer to the related structure drawing QTY AR
Core material ................................................................ Refer to the related structure drawing QTY AR
Microballoons, brown .............................................................................................. GS510062 QTY AR
Cotton flocks ........................................................................................................... GS510060 QTY AR
Plastic foil .............................................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
Perforated foil (release film) .............................................................................. GS510122-V5 QTY AR
Bleed cloth (to spread the vacuum) ...................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Peelply .................................................................................................................... GS510070 QTY AR

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
F. New Items
None
Note Use required protective clothing.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Damage to the Outer/Upper Sandwich Facing
(1) Find the limits of the delaminated area.

Carefully examine the area around the damage. Do a tap test to find the extent of any disbonding
or delamination. Refer to Chapter 51-10.
(2) Cut away the damaged skin.

Use a sharp circular saw blade/grinding disk. The edge of the skin must bond to the core. Refer
to Figure 4.
(3) Count the layers of fabric, that you need to replace. Identify the type of fabric.
Refer to Composite Structure Repair General Maintenance Practices.
(4) Grind a scarf (taper) on the full length of the edge.

See Composite Structure Repair Scarf and Overlap Lengths for Repairs for scarf data.
(5) Cut the repair patches to fit the repair area.

Use the same material as the original structure. And the same number of layers and orientation.
Step off each layer by the scarf length in Composite Structure Repair Scarf and Overlap Lengths
for Repairs.
Refer to Figure 4.
Consider the mirrored lay-up of the repair patches. The lightning protection fabric remains the most
outer layer.
(6) Clean the repair area as follows:

- Remove the grinding dust with a vacuum cleaner.
Use eye protection.
- Clean the scarf with acetone.
- Let the repair area dry.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT GET ACETONE ON YOUR SKIN. ACETONE CAN CAUSE SKIN
DISEASE.
WARNING DO NOT BREATHE ACETONE FUMES. ACETONE FUMES CAN CAUSE

DISEASE.
CAUTION THERE MUST BE NO DUST OR GREASE ON THE REPAIR AREA. DUST AND
GREASE PREVENT A GOOD BOND
(7) Fill dents with a mixture of resin and microballoons.

Refer to Figure 4.
Use GS510020 and GS510062.
(8) Prepare the repair patch as follows:

- Lay the repair patches on a plastic foil.
- Wet the patches with resin.
- Use a roller to spread the resin.
- Use a roller to remove unnecessary resin.
Use GS510020.
(9) Apply resin to the repair area.

Use GS510020.
(10) Apply the repair patches to the repair area as follows:

- Use the plastic foil to put each layer in position.
- Then remove the plastic foil.
- Apply peelply over the repair area.
Make sure that the fibers point in the correct direction for each layer. Start with the largest layer.
(11) Make a vacuum bag over the repair area as follows:

- Apply perforated plastic foil over the repair area (Use GS510122-V5, pierced.)
- Put a bleed cloth over the foil
- Put a vacuum foil over the repair area
- Use adhesive tape to seal the foil to the skin outside the repair area
- Let cure at room temperature for at least 1.5 hrs w/o vacuum.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CAUTION DO NOT ALLOW TOO HIGH A TEMPERATURE DURING THE CURE. TOO
HIGH A TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE AIR BUBBLES TO FORM IN THE
LAMINATE.
(12) Set up heating equipment.
(13) Post-cure the repair (refer to Figure 3) as follows:

- Start the post-cure at room temperature
- Apply vacuum with a vacuum pump (Vacuum approx. 0.7 bar (10 psi))
- Follow the temperature cycle.
- Monitor the entire post-cure cycle (manometer, temperature sensor)
(14) Remove the heating equipment
(15) Remove the peelply
(16) Contour and level the repair area manually with sandpaper (grit 80 - 120).
Only sand the edges.
(17) Paint the repair area.

For painting refer to Composite Structure Repair Painting.
B. Damage to the Complete Sandwich

Use this repair when the inner skin is also damaged
(1) Find the limits of the delaminated area. Carefully examine the area around the damage. Do a tap
test to find the extend of any disbonding or delamination. Refer to Chapter 51-10.
(2) Cut away the damaged skin.

Use a sharp circular saw blade/grinding disk. The edge of the skin must bond to the core. Refer
to Figure 5.
(3) Remove the core material. Examine the inner skin.

Refer to Figure 5.
Undamaged inner laminate must extend from the core by the overlap length given in Composite
Structure Repair Scarf and Overlap Lengths for Repairs.
(4) Make a filler piece (foam or honeycomb) with the same dimensions as the hole.
Refer to Figure 5.
(5) Cut a repair patch for the inner skin.

Use prefabricated FRP sheet of the same specification, fiber orientation and thickness as the
damaged area.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Make the repair patch for the inner skin (Do this work separately from the main repair.) as follows:
- Clean the repair laminate and filler piece (Use eye protection. Use acetone.)
- Let the parts dry
- Bond the filler piece to the repair laminate with resin and microballoons (Use GS510020 and
GS510062. Weight the core material down with a sandbag.)
- Cure at temperature of 60 °C (140 °F) (refer to Figure 3, first step of post-cure cycle).
DISEASE.

DISEASE.
(7) Grind the inner skin and the repair patch lightly.
Use abrasive paper. Do not damage the fibers.
(8) Clean the repair area and the repair patch as follows:
- Remove the grinding dust with a vacuum cleaner (Use eye protection.)
- Clean the overlap with acetone
DISEASE.

DISEASE.
GREASE PREVENT A GOOD BOND.
(9) Apply the repair patch in the inner sandwich skin (refer to Figure 5) as follows:
- Bond the repair patch to the inner skin using thickened resin (Use GS510020 and GS510060)

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Fill the edges of the core material with a mixture of resin and microballoons (Use GS510020
and GS510062)
- Set up heating equipment
- Cure at temperature of 60 °C (140 °F) (refer to Figure 3, first step of post-cure cycle)
- Remove the heating equipment.
(10) Count the layers of fabric in the outer skin. Identify the type of fabric.
(11) Grind a scarf (taper) on the full length of the edge of the outer skin.
See Composite Structure Repair Scarf and Overlap Lengths for Repairs for Scarf data.
(12) Level the top surface of the filler piece with the inner surface of the outer skin.
(13) Cut the repair patches for the repair area for the outer skin.
Use the same material as the original structure. And the same number of layers and orientation.
Step off each layer by the Scarf length in Composite Structure Repair Scarf and Overlap Lengths
for Repairs
Refer to Figure 5.
Consider the mirrored lay up of the repair patches. The lightning protection fabric remains the most
outer layer.

- Clean the scarf with acetone
DISEASE.

DISEASE.
(15) Lay the repair patches on a plastic foil. Wet them with resin.
Use GS510020.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Use GS510020.
(17) Apply the patches to the repair area as follows:

- Use the plastic foil to put each layer in position
- Then remove the plastic foil
- Apply peelply over the patches.

(19) Set up the heating equipment.
(20) Post-cure the repair (refer to Figure 3) as follows:

- Start the post-cure at room temperature
- Apply vacuum with a vacuum pump (Vacuum approx. 0.7 bar (10 psi))
- Follow the temperature cycle
- Monitor the entire post-cure cycle (manometer, temperatur sensor).
(21) Remove the heating equipment.
(22) Remove the peelply.

Refer to Composite Structure Repair Painting.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
T°C T°F
100 212
190
80
170
150
60
110
40 in 1 hour
90
20 70
50
2 8 3 15 Hours

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Damage Area Outer skin
DAMAGE
Repair Patches
(Mirrored Lay-up)
Scarf Fill dents with Scarf Largest layer first
resin+microballoons
Edges must bond to the core material
PREPARATION
Repair Patches
(Mirrored Lay-up)
APPLY THE REPAIR
Grind the Repair to the Correct Contour
COMPLETE THE FRP REPAIR
Figure 4 - Repair to outer Skin of Sandwich

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Damage Area Outer skin
Inner skin
DAMAGE
Bond the filler-piece to the
Inner repair laminate inner repair laminate with
resin and microballoons
Do this work separately
from the main repair
MAKE THE INNER REPAIR PATCH
Scarf
Edges must bond to the core material Bond the inner repair patch with resin/cotton flock
PREPARATION
Seal the edges of the filler-piece
with resin/microballoons
Sand the filler-piece to the correct contour
APPLY THE INNER REPAIR PATCH
Repair patches
Bond the outer repair patch with resin (Mirrored Lay-up)
largest layer first
APPLY THE OUTER REPAIR PATCH
Grind the repair to the correct contour
Figure 5 - Repair to the Complete Sandwich

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-01A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

REPAIR TO MONOLITHIC LAMINATES
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Simple Repair to Monolithic Laminates

- Larger Repair to Monolithic Laminates

None
Consider required workshop conditions.

Grinder (with speed control) ..................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Flame-proof fan heater ............................................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Vacuum pump and manometer ................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
Vacuum foil (Rubber or plastic membrane) .............................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Thermometer or temperature sensor ....................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Sandpaper, different grit sizes .............................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
Brushes and rollers ............................................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Protective clothing ................................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
E. Materials
Resin System .......................................................................................................... GS510020 QTY AR
Glass or carbon fabric ................................................... Refer to the related structure drawing QTY AR
Plastic foil .............................................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
Perforated foil (release film) .................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
Bleed cloth (to spread the vacuum) ...................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Peelply .................................................................................................................... GS510070 QTY AR
F. New Items
None

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Simple Repair to Monolithic Laminates

Use these procedures to repair damage to rigid FRP laminates.

Carefully examine the area around the damage and the backside of the laminate.
Do a tap test, and a light test on glass and aramid structures, refer to Chapter 51-10.
(2) Tentatively remove loose laminate/damaged layers.

Use a grinder with speed control. Use sandpaper with grit 80 - 120.
(3) Count the layers of fabric. Identify the type of fabric.


(5) Cut the repair patches for the repair area. Consider the mirrored lay-up of the repair patches.
Use the same material as the original structure. And the same number of layers. Step off each
layer by the scarf length in Composite Structure Repair Scarf and Overlap Lengths for Repairs
Refer to Figure 7.

DISEASE.

DISEASE.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Lay the repair patches on a plastic foil.

Wet them with resin.
Use GS510020.

Use GS510020.

- Apply peelply over the repair area.

(11) Set up heating equipment.
(12) Post-cure the repair as follows:

- Start the cure at room temperature
- Follow the temperature cycle (refer to Figure 6)
- Monitor the entire post-cure cycle (manometer, temperature sensor).

Refer to Composite Structure Repair Painting

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Larger Repair to Monolithic Laminates

Use these procedures to repair damage to rigid FRP laminates.

Carefully examine the area around the damage and the backside of the laminate.
Do a tap test, and a light test on glass and aramid structures, refer to Chapter 51-10.
(2) Tentatively remove loose laminate/damaged layers.

Use a grinder with speed control. Use sandpaper with grit 80 - 120.
(3) Make a counter-piece 20 mm larger than the damaged area.

Laminate 2 layers of either glass or carbon fabric depending on the type of the damaged airframe
structure.
Use GS510020.
Refer to Figure 8.
(4) Perform the first step of the post-cure cycle at 60 °C (140 °F). Refer to Figure 6.
Cut the counter-piece to size. Use a circular saw blade.
(5) Bond the counter-piece to the inside of the damaged area with thickened resin. Hold it in position
with small screws.
Use GS510020.
Thicken with GS510060.
(6) Cure at 60 °C (140 °F) for 8 hours.
(7) Count the layers of fabric in the damaged laminate. Identify the type of fabric.
Refer to Composite Structure Repair General Maintenance Practices

(9) Cut the repair patches for the repair area. Consider the mirrored lay-up of the repair patches.
Use the same material as the original structure. And the same number of layers. Step off each
layer by the Scarf length in Composite Structure Repair Scarf and Overlap Lengths for Repairs.


1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DISEASE.

DISEASE.
(11) Lay the repair patches on a plastic foil.

Wet them with resin.
Use GS510020.

Use GS510020.

- Apply peelply over the patches.

(15) Set up the heating equipment.
(16) Post-cure the repair as follows:

- Start the cure at room temperature
- Follow the temperature cycle (refer to Figure 6)
- Monitor the entire post-cure cycle (manometer, temperature sensor).

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(19) Contour and level the repair area manually with sandpaper with grit 80 - 120.

Refer to Composite Structure Repair Painting.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
T°C T°F
100 212
190
80
170
150
60
110
40 in 1 hour
90
20 70
50
2 8 3 15 Hours

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Damage Area
Thin Fabric
Thick Fabric
Scarf Length for Thick Fabric
Scarf Length for Thin Fabric
Thick Repair Patch
Thin Repair Patch
Mirrored lay up
largest layer first
Figure 7 - Simple Repair to Monolithic FRP Laminate

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Damage Area
DAMAGE
Cut back to remove all delamination
REMOVE THE DAMAGE
Bond the counter-piece to the inside
Use small screws or wire to hold of the repair area with thickened resin
the counter-peace in position
APPLY A COUNTER-PIECE
Refer to Table 1 for the scarf length of each layer
Scarf Scarf
PREPARATION
Apply the repair patches in the reverse
order to the original structure lay-up.
mirrored lay up Repair Patches
APPLY THE REPAIR
Figure 8 - Larger Repairs to Monolithic FRP

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-02A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

PAINTING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Applying the Anti-Static Paint and Top Coat

- Applying the Fire Resistant Paint and Waterproof Finish
- Applying the Non-Slip Walkway Paint

None
None

Compressed air supply ............................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
Spray gun ................................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
Paint roller ............................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
Protective Clothing ................................................................................................ Commercial QTY AR
E. Materials
Abrasive paper (Waterproof)120, 320, 400, 600, 800, 1000 grit grades .............. Commercial QTY A/R
Masking tape ........................................................................................................ Commercial QTY A/R
Protective paper ................................................................................................... Commercial QTY A/R
Paint, Hardener, Thinner ..................................................................................................... GS QTY AR
F. New Items
None
Note Use required protective clothing and breathing equipment.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-257A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING DO NOT GET PAINT ON YOUR SKIN. PAINT CAN CAUSE SKIN DISEASE.
WARNING DO NOT INHALE PAINT FUMES. PAINT FUMES CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
GREASE PREVENT A GOOD BOND FOR THE PAINT.
A. Applying the Anti-Static Paint and Top Coat

Use this procedure to paint areas that you have repaired. Or where the paint is damaged.
The G 120TP-A is painted with an anti-static paint and top coat.
(1) Protect the areas adjacent to the area to be painted with paper and masking tape.
(2) Grind the repair area slightly with abrasive paper.

Use grit 120 abrasive paper.
(3) Fill dents with white putty. Refer to Chapter 51-30.
(4) Sand the surface smoothly with abrasive paper.

(5) Clean the repair area. Remove all sanding dust and remove any other contaminants.
(6) Apply the anti-static paint with a spray gun/roller/brush. Use GS513013.
Use a respirator.
Use eye protection.
Obey the manufacturer’s instructions.
(7) Sand the repair area with wet abrasive paper.

Make a smooth clean surface.
(8) Let the surface dry.
(9) Apply the PUR top coat paint with a spray gun/roller/brush. Use GS513060.
Use a respirator
Use eye protection.
Obey the paint manufacturer’s instructions.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-257A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(10) Let the paint dry for at least 2 days.
(11) Finish the painted surface. Use wet abrasive paper. Use grit 600 to 800 to 1000.
(12) Polish the painted area.
CAUTION DO NOT LET THE SURFACE GET HOT.
(13)
B. Applying the Fire Resistant Paint and Waterproof Finish

The inside of the engine cowlings are painted with a fire resistant paint.
Note If the Option 70 (“CFRP cowling”) is installed: The optional CFRP cowlings are not painted with
a fire resistant paint.
The fire resistant paint is protected with a water proof varnish.
(1) Prepare the area to be painted.

Make sure it is clean and dry
(2) Apply first coat of white fireproof finish using a roller or a brush. Leave the paint to dry for ½ hour.
Heat makes the paint dry quicker. Use GS513046.
(3) Apply a second coat of white fireproof finish using a roller or a brush and leave to dry for ½ hour.
Heat makes the paint dry quicker. Use GS513046.
(4) Apply a coat of waterproof finish. Make sure that this coat overlaps the fireproof finish by a minimum
of 1 cm (0.4 in.) all around. Use GS513060-51.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-257A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Allow the paint to dry for 2 hours at room temperature.
C. Applying the Non-Slip Walkway Paint
(1) Prepare the area to be painted.

Make sure it is clean and dry.
Protect the adjacent areas with paper and masking tape.
(2) Allow the products to reach room temperature before use. Use GS513071 and GS513060-24.
(3) Before adding hardener:

- Stir (or shake) the paint until all the pigment is equally mixed. Use GS513071.
(4) Add Hardener GS513060-24. Stir the mixture fully.

(5) Add thinner if required. Then stir the mixture fully.
Note The mixed product can settle. Stir or shake the mixture frequently as you apply it.
(6) Apply the mixture with a gravity feed spray gun.

Use 1.8 – 2.0 mm nozzle orifice.
(7) Let the paint dry for 24 hours at room temperature.

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-257A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

SCARF AND OVERLAP LENGTHS FOR REPAIRS
A. Standard values
Table 1 Scarf and Overlap Lengths for Repairs
GROB STANDARD FABRIC SCARF LENGTH OVERLAP LENGTH

PER LAYER (mm) PER LAYER (mm)
CFRP
GS510040 204 g/m2 Twill 2/2 27 54
GS510041 380 g/m2 UD-Tape 40 80
GS510046 270 g/m2 UD-Fabric 28 56
GS518002 220 g/m2 Twill 2/2 +Alu wire for 27 54
Lightning Protection
GFRP
GS510030 163 g/m2 Twill 2/2 8 15
GS510031 280 g/m2 Twill 2/2 13 26
GS510032 390 g/m2 Twill 2/2 18 36
GS510033 425 g/m2 Uni-Directional Fab- 20 40
ric
SFRP
215 g/m2 Twill 2/2 (Aramid/ 21 42
Glass 2:1)

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-21-00-00A-030A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-22
METAL PARTS REPAIR

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
METAL PARTS REPAIR

GENERAL
A. General
This chapter tells you how to repair metal parts:
- Refer to Metal Parts Repair Corrosion Prevention for corrosion prevention of metal parts.
- Refer to Metal Parts Repair Maintenance Practice for maintenance practices to metal parts.
- Refer to Metal Parts Repair Cleaning for cleaning metal parts.
You must use only approved materials for repair procedures to metal parts.
Only persons approved by the National Airworthiness Authority are allowed to repair metal parts.

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
METAL PARTS REPAIR

CORROSION PREVENTION
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

protective gloves .................................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
eye protection .......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
coveralls ............................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
E. Materials
ACF-50, Anti-corrosion compound ....................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
polythene sheet .................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
masking tape ........................................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
None
Note Use the required protective clothing.
Note Prevent the aircraft structure from getting contaminated by the anti-corrosion compound.

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-259A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Corrosion Prevention Procedure
(1) Protect the composite aircraft structure, bearings, plastic or rubber items in the area. Use polythene
sheet and masking tape.
(2) Clean the metallic component.
CAUTION DO NOT LET ACF-50, ANTI-CORROSION COMPOUND TOUCH THE

STRUCTURE, BEARINGS OR NON-METALLIC PARTS. ACF-50, ANTI-
CORROSION COMPOUND CAN DAMAGE THE STRUCTURE.
(3) Spray the metallic component with ACF-50, Anti-corrosion compound. Obey the manufaturer’s
instructions.
(4) Remove the polythene sheet and masking tape protecting the area.

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-259A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
METAL PARTS REPAIR

MAINTENANCE PRACTICE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Corrosion removal and pre-treatment for aluminum based components
- Corrosion removal and pre-treatment for ferrous based components

None
None

stiff nylon bristle brush - 1” to 4” ................................................................ Local supply QTY 2 of each
paint brush - 1” to 4” ................................................................................... Local supply QTY 2 of each
power drill ................................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
rubber or fabric grinding wheels (tycro wheels) ................................................... Local supply QTY AR
carbide-tipped scrapers ........................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
Rubber gloves .................................................................................................. Local supply QTY 1 pair
breathing mask ........................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
coveralls ........................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1 pair
vacuum cleaner ....................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
X3 magnifier ............................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
clean water ........................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
waterproof abrasive paper (grit 400 ) ................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
absorbent paper ................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
aluminum wool (4 & 6 Grades) ............................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
non-woven industrial abrasive pads ..................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
paint remover ....................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
cellulose thinner ................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Alocrom 1200, cromat conversion coating .......................................................... MIL-C-5541E QTY AR

masking tape ........................................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
primer ...................................................................................................................... GS513074 QTY AR
top-coat (RAL-Nr.) ............................................................................ GS513060-00-(RAL Nr.) QTY AR
fluorescent dye-penetrant crack detector ............................................................. Local supply QTY AR
steel wool ............................................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
rust removing jelly ................................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
None
Note Use the required protective clothing.
Note Prevent the aircraft from getting contaminated by solvent and detection fluid.
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
This section gives the standard mechanical procedures for repair of corrosion to aluminum–based alloys
and ferrous materials.
WARNING USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WHEN YOU REMOVE OR TREAT CORROSION.

WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, EYE PROTECTION, FACE MASK AND COVERALLS.
B. Corrosion removal and pre-treatment for aluminum based components
Note Do not damage the protective coating more than is necessary during the maintenance procedure.
WARNING DO NOT GET PAINT REMOVER ON YOU. PAINT REMOVER CAN CAUSE
DISEASE.

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT GET CELLULOSE THINNERS ON YOU OR BREATH THE FUMES.

CELLULOSE THINNERS CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
(1) Procedure
(a) Remove the component from the aircraft or mask the surrounding airframe as required.
(b) Remove loose paint and loose corrosion with stiff nylon bristle brush - 1” to 4” . Dispose of
dust particles and other removal debris with a vacuum cleaner.
(c) Remove adjacent paint as required with universal paint remover. Use a non-metallic scraper
or non-woven industrial abrasive pads to help loosen the paint. Feather the edge of the good
paint (or other protective treatments) with abrasive paper. Clean the area with cellulose
thinner. Dry the area with absorbent paper.
(d) Remove the corrosion with a combination of aluminum wool (4 & 6 Grades), waterproof
abrasive paper (grit 400 ) and non-woven industrial abrasive pads.
Use the lowest grade first until a smooth surface is achieved. On plate components leave
a saucer – shaped depression if possible when removing pitting. Blend any ridges.
(e) Degrease the stripped area using a stiff nylon bristle brush - 1” to 4” with cellulose thinner.
(f) Examine the area. Make sure that no sign of pitting or intergranular corrosion remain and
that no cracks go undetected. Where a crack is suspected, use a fluorescent dye-penetrant
crack detector.
(g)
Note Refer to the related chapter in this manual. If no specific values exist, the maximum
loss of the material thickness is 5 %. Maximum area of corrosion 20 % of the
component surface area.
Measure thickness of remaining material. Make sure that the removal limits have not been
exceeded. If the limits have been exceeded, repair by replacement.
(h) Apply paint remover by brush and leave for 20 minutes. Clean part by washing with clean
water until all traces of contaminants have been removed. Let part dry completely.
WARNING DO NOT GET ACETONE ON YOU. ACETONE CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
(i)
Note Where the component does not have a painted finish, protect or remove steel
components. Apply Alocrom 1200, cromat conversion coating to the complete
component.
Apply Alocrom 1200, cromat conversion coating solution by brush. Leave until a “Golden
Yellow” film is formed on the metal. Remove any excess Alocrom 1200, cromat conversion

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
coating with a brush and clean water. Dry the treated area with absorbent paper. This will
take between 1 and 5 minutes.
WARNING DO NOT GET ALOCROM 1200 ON YOU. ALOCROM 1200 CAN CAUSE
DISEASE.
(j) Where the component does not have a painted finish, apply 2-part primer to the complete
component:
Table 1 Primer/Hardener
GS513074-10 (primer) 2 VF
GS513074-20 (hardener) 1 VF
VF..... Volume Fraction
Apply the primer by brush to the repair area. Drying for 1.5 h at 60 °C. (Refer to GS209368
(No. 5531))
WARNING DO NOT GET PRIMER ON YOU. PRIMER CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
(k) Where the component does not have a painted finish, apply a top coat to the complete
component:
Table 2 Paint/Hardener/Thinner
GS513060-00-(RAL Nr.) (paint) 2 VF

If necessary, use: GS513060-40 (thinner) 0-5 %
Follow the paint manufacturer’s instructions. (Refer to GS209368 (No. 5530)).
Apply a top coat of the appropriate paint by brush. Drying for 3 h at 60 °C with additional
12 h at ambient temperature.

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WARNING DO NOT GET PAINT ON YOU. PAINT CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
C. Corrosion removal and pre-treatment for ferrous based components
WARNING USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WHEN YOU REMOVE OR TREAT

CORROSION. WEAR PVC OR RUBBER GLOVES, EYE PROTECTION, FACE
MASK AND COVERALLS.
(1) Procedure
Note Do not damage the protective coating more than is necessary during the maintenance
procedure.
WARNING DO NOT REPAIR CADMIUM PLATED COMPONENTS. IF THE

COMPONENT IS CADMIUM PLATED, REPAIR BY REPLACEMENT
ONLY.
(a) Remove the component from the aircraft or mask the surrounding airframe as required.
(b) Remove loose paint and loose corrosion with steel wool. Dispose of dust particles and other
removal debris with a vacuum cleaner.
WARNING DO NOT GET PAINT REMOVER ON YOU. PAINT REMOVER CAN

CAUSE DISEASE.
WARNING DO NOT GET CELLULOSE THINNERS ON YOU OR BREATH THE

FUMES. CELLULOSE THINNERS CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
(c) Remove adjacent paint as required with universal paint remover. Use a non-metallic scraper
or non-woven industrial abrasive pads to help loosen the paint. Feather the edge of the good
paint (or other protective treatments) with abrasive paper. Clean the area with cellulose
thinner. Dry the area with absorbent paper.
Note If removal of the corrosion by mechanical means is not practical, apply rust removing
jelly by brush and leave for ½ hour. Then wash off with clean water and dry
thoroughly with absorbent paper.
(d) Remove the corrosion with a combination of steel wool, waterproof abrasive paper (grit
400 ) and non-woven industrial abrasive pads.

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Use the lowest grade first until a smooth surface is achieved. On plate components
leave a saucer – shaped depression if possible when removing pitting. Blend any
ridges.
(e) Degrease the stripped area using a stiff nylon bristle brush - 1” to 4” with cellulose thinner.
(f) Examine the area. Make sure that no signs of pitting remain and that no cracks go
undetected. Where a crack is suspected, use a fluorescent dye-penetrant crack detector.
(g) Measure thickness of remaining material. Make sure that the removal limits have not been
exceeded. If the limits have been exceeded, repair by replacement.
Note Refer to the related chapter in this manual. If no specific values exist, the maximum
loss of the material thickness is 5%. Maximum area of corrosion 20% of the
component surface area.
(h) Apply paint remover by brush and leave for 20 minutes. Clean part by washing with clean
water until all traces of contaminants have been removed. Let part dry completely.
WARNING DO NOT GET ACETONE ON YOU. ACETONE CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
(i) Prepare 2-part primer
Table 3 Primer/Hardener
GS513074-10 (primer) 2 VF
Apply the primer by brush to the repair area (Follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Refer
to GS209368 (No. 5531)). Drying for 1.5 h at 60 °C.
WARNING DO NOT GET PRIMER ON YOU. PRIMER CAN CAUSE DISEASE.
(j) Table 4 Paint/Hardener/Thinner
GS513060-00-(RAL Nr.) (paint) 2 VF

If necessary, use: GS513060-40 (thinner) 0 - 5%

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Apply a top coat of the appropriate paint (Follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Refer to
GS209368 (No. 5530)) by brush. Drying for 3 h at 60 °C with additional 12 h at ambient
temperature.
WARNING: DO NOT GET PAINT ON YOU. PAINT CAN CAUSE DISEASE.

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
METAL PARTS REPAIR

CLEANING
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

protective clothing .................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
cleaning brush ...................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
E. Materials
clean water ........................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
lint free cloth ......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
bags for solid contaminated waste ....................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
container for chemical waste ................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
cleaning cloth .................................................................... Cleaning of surfaces (Commercial) QTY AR
F. New Items
None
Note Prevent the aircraft from getting contaminated by solvent.

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-251A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Cleaning Procedure
(1) Clean all tools with cleaning cloth. Ensure that all traces of the chemicals used have been removed,
especially from any metal items.
(2) Wash all work areas. Remove any remaining contamination from the work area. Use cleaning
brush and clean water.
(3) Double bag and label all contaminated solid waste. Make sure that all waste chemicals are
disposed of using correctly labelled containers.
Note Dispose of any waste bags and chemicals in accordance with local orders.
(4) If either process had to be carried out in the aircraft, make sure that all contamination is removed.
Do a check for unwanted material.
(5) Make sure that all chemical containers have been washed down with clean water and left to air
dry. Replace all chemicals and cleaning fluid in the appropriate storage areas.

1T120TP-A-51-22-00-00A-251A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-30
REPAIR MATERIALS

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
REPAIR MATERIALS
GENERAL
A. General
You must use only approved materials to repair the FRP structure.
- Refer to Repair Materials List of Materials Associated with Repairs (Approved Materials) for the list
of approved materials for repairs.

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
REPAIR MATERIALS
LIST OF MATERIALS ASSOCIATED WITH REPAIRS (APPROVED MATERIALS)
A. Approved Materials
The G 120TP-A uses these approved materials:
(1) Resins and Hardeners for Structure Repairs
Table 1 Resins and Hardeners for Structural Repairs
Standard Material Mixing Ratio by weight

GS510020-1 Resin 100 parts
GS510020-2 Hardener 34 parts
GS510020-3 Alternative Hardener 32 parts
Table 2 Resins and Hardeners for Non-structual Repairs
Standard Material Mixing Ratio by weight

GS510020-1 Resin 100 parts
GS510022-3 Hardener 27 parts
GS510022-4 Alternative Hardener 29 parts
(2) Glass Fiber and Glass Roving Material
Table 3 Glass Fiber Material
Standard Weave Weight g/m2

GS510030 Twill 2/2 163
GS510031 Twill 2/2 280
GS510032 Twill 2/2 390
GS510033 Plain 425
Table 4 Glass Roving
Standard Linear density g/km Notes

GS510035 756

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-602A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Aramid Material
Table 5 Aramid / Glass Fiber Material
Standard Weave Weight g/m2 Notes

GS510036 Twill 2/2 215
(4) Carbon Fiber Material
Table 6 Carbon Fiber Fabric

GS510040 Twill 2/2 204
Table 7 Unidirectional Carbon Fiber Fabric

GS510046 UD 270
Table 8 Carbon Fiber Fabric + Alu Wire for Lightning Protection

GS518002 Twill 2/2 220 GS518002 has aluminum
wire for lightning protec-
tion.
Table 9 Unidirectional Carbon Tape
Standard Width mm Weight g/m2

GS510041 100 380
Table 10 Carbon Fiber Roving
Standard Linear density g/km Notes

GS510042 800
(5) Lightning Protection Material
Table 11 Lightning Protection Material

GS950001 Plain 72 Copper mesh
GS518002 Twill 2/2 220 Carbon fabric + alu wire

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-602A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Sandwich Material
Table 12 High Temperature Resistant PVC Rigid Foam
Standard Weight kg/m3 Notes

GS510050-xx-y 80 -xx thickness (mm) -y = 0
Raw. -y = 1 Tiled. -y = 2 Per-
forated
GS510051-xx-y 60 -xx thickness (mm) -y = 0
Raw. -y = 1 Tiled. -y = 2 Per-
forated
Table 13 Honeycomb
Standard Thickness mm Notes

LN 29967-A1-5 5 ECA-Wabe Nomex
(7) Filler Material for Resin
Table 14 Filler Material for Resin
Standard Material Notes

GS510060 Cotton flocks Colour: white.
GS510062 Microballoons Colour: Redish-brown.
GS510063 Thixotropic Agent - Aerosil Colour: white.
(8) Peelply
Table 15 Peelply

GS510070-xxxx Peelply -xxxx = Fabric width in mm
(9) Windshield + Canopy Adhesives
Table 16 Windshield + Canopy Adhesives

GS513070 MMA Adhesive Refer to the instructions with
the product.
GS513093 Elastic Window Adhesive Only for canopies with OCN
and Sealant 565-69.

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-602A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(10) Paint
(a) External Paint
Table 17 External Paint
Standard Material Mixing ratio by volume

GS513060-01 Paint 2 parts
GS513060-20 Hardener 1 part
GS513060-40 Thinner 10% – 20%
Note Only paints from a certified color specification are allowed.

You must ask GROB for approval to change the paint color or to change the paint thickness.
(b) Grey paint for the Cockpit, Canopy and Seat
Table 18 Grey paint for the Cockpit, Canopy and Seat
Standard Material Mixing ratio

GS513011-01 Grey paint Refer to the instructions
with the product
GS513011-02 Hardener Refer to the instructions
with the product
GS513011-03 Thinner Refer to the instructions
with the product
(c) Anti-static Paint (ESD-Filler)
Table 19 Anti-static Paint

GS513013 Anti-static Paint Refer to the instructions
with the product
GS513060-24 Hardener Refer to the instructions
with the product
GS513060-40 Thinner Refer to the instructions
with the product
(d) Putty
Table 20 Putty

Without GS# Seilo 80/SK29, white with Refer to the instructions
hardener with the product

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-602A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 20 Putty

Without GS# UP-mastic AIRO PLAS- Refer to the instructions
TIC white with 2% hard- with the product
ener
(e) Walkway Paint
Table 21 Walkway Paint
Standard Material Mixing Ratio

GS513071 MIPA Non-skid-Paint PU Refer to the product man-
350-50 ufacturer instructions
GS513060-24 MIPA hardener H 10 Refer to the product man-
ufacturer instructions
(f) Fire Resistant Paint
Table 22 Fire Resistant Paint
Standard Material Mixing Ratio

GS513046 Intumescent coating Refer to the instructions
with the product

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-602A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-30-00-00A-602A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-40
FASTENERS

1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FASTENERS
GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you about the fasteners used to attach panels. And to attach the cowlings.

1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FASTENERS
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
The G 120TP-A has only 2 types of fastener. It has cam-lock quick-release fasteners for the engine cowlings.
And for other panels you often remove. It has screws for all other access panels.
Figure 1 shows the quick-release fastener. The fastener has 2 parts. It has an inner housing with a cam track
(1) . And it has an outer housing (2) .
The outer housing has a bolt (3) . The bolt has a T-shaped tail. A retaining ring (4) holds the bolts into the outer
housing. And a spring pushes the bolt out from the housing.
Rivets (5) attach the inner housing to the structure.
The T-shaped head of the bolt goes through a slot in the inner housing. When you turn the bolt clockwise 90° it
engages the cam track in the inner housing. And the 2 parts are held together.
There are different length fasteners. Short fasteners attach thin panels. And long fasteners attach thick panels.
Not all aircrafts have the same length of fastener for the same position. This is because composite components
can be different.
If you replace a fastener, make sure that the new fastener is the correct length.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1
2
3
Figure 1 - Quick-Release Fastener

27 July 2018 51-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Inner housing with cam (4) Retaining ring

track
(2) Outer housing (5) Rivet
(3) Fastener
Figure 1 - Quick-Release Fastener

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 51-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
QUICK-RELEASE FASTENERS
REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Remove Quick Release Fastener Studs

- Install Quick Release Fastener Studs

None
None

Riveting hammer ...................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Riveting block. .......................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Camloc stud installation pliers ................................................................................. Camloc 4P3 QTY 1
E. Materials
Stud, camloc ...................................................................................................... Refer to the IPC QTY 1
Grommet, camloc .............................................................................................. Refer to the IPC QTY 1
Retaining ring, camloc ....................................................................................... Refer to the IPC QTY 1
Receptacle, camloc ........................................................................................... Refer to the IPC QTY 1
Rivet, countersunk ............................................................................................. Refer to the IPC QTY 2
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Remove Quick Release Fastener Studs

Refer to Figure 2.
(1) Unlock the fastener.
(2) Pull the stud as far out from the grommet as possible.
(3) Put the forked jaw of the stud installation pliers under the lip of the spring housing.
(4) Close the pliers to compress the spring.
(5) Twist the stud to let the T-shaped head to pass through the grommet.
B. Install Quick Release Fastener Studs
(1) Put the forked jaw of the stud installation pliers under the lip of the spring housing.
(2) Close the pliers to compress the spring.
(3) Twist the stud to let the T-shaped head to pass through the grommet.
(4) Twist the stud straight to align with the grommet.
(5) Release the stud installation pliers.

09 March 2017 51-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
c 4 P
Camloc Pliers
C amlo
Camloc Stud
Grommet
Camloc Pliers
3
P
4
c
mlo
Ca
Camloc Stud
Grommet Cowling
Camloc Pliers
Camloc 4 P 3
Camloc Stud
Grommet Cowling
Figure 2 - Remove and Install Camloc Studs

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-40 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

09 March 2017 51-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-40-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FASTENERS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

GENERAL
A. General
This Section tells you how to replace damaged fasteners.

1T120TP-A-51-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-60
CONTROL SURFACE BALANCING

1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONTROL SURFACE BALANCING

GENERAL
A. General
The ailerons, rudder and elevators (complete with trim tabs) are weighed and balanced on the G 120TP-A. The
flaps are weighed.
Refer to Dimensions and Areas General Table 1 for data about the weights and moments of the control surfaces.
Figure 1 shows control surface balancing. Use this procedure to do a test for correct balance.
Do the test after any of the following:
- Repair
- Paint
- In-flight vibration.
WARNING WEIGH AND BALANCE ALL PRIMARY CONTROL SURFACES CORRECTLY. IF YOU DO NOT
WEIGH AND BALANCE THE CONTROL SURFACES CORRECTLY, THE AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE MAY FAIL IN FLIGHT.

1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
7 2 1
104 grams
Figure 1 - Control Surface Balancing

1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Control Surface (5) Electronic weighing

scale
(2) Hinge (6) Moment arm
measurement
(3) Screw (7) Lead counter balance
(4) Block of wood

1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CONTROL SURFACE
ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

Control surface balancing bench with 2 hinge points ............................................... Commercial QTY 1
Electronic scale ........................................................................................................ Commercial QTY 1
Wood block with screw. ................................................................................. Local manufacture QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Test Procedure
Refer to Figure 2
(1) Preparation
Remove the control surface(s) (1) as necessary from the aircraft.

Refer to Elevator(s) Remove and Install, Elevator with tab
Refer to Rudder Remove and Install, Rudder
Refer to Flap Remove and Install, Flap (weight only)
Refer to Aileron Remove and Install, Aileron.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Weighing the control surface
The weight must be within the limits given in Control Surface Movement Dimension Checks and
Mass and Static Moments of Control Surfaces Dimension Checks.
(a) Hold the control surface at 2 hinges (2) .

The hinges must move freely with minimum friction.
(b) Measure the trailing edge weight as follows:

- Use a block of wood (4) with a screw (3) to put the trailing edge of the control surface
on
- Set the weighing scale (5) to zero before you put the control surface on the wood
block
- Hold the trailing edge horizontal with the electronic weighing scale (5) .
(c) Make a record of the weighing scale reading.
(d) Measure the distance between the point of weigh and the hinge line (moment arm) (6) .
(e) Calculate the residual moment as follows:

- Residual moment (Ncm or in.lbf.) = moment arm (centimeters or inches) x weighting
scale reading (Newtons or lbf)
- Multiply the weighing scale reading value by the moment arm
- If the weighing scale measures in kg, multiply the readings by 9.81 to convert to
Newtons
- If the weighing scale measures in pounds (lb), multiply the readings by 32.2 to convert
to pounds force (lbf).
(f) Make sure that the trailing edge weight is within the limits.
Note If the weight or residual moment of a control surface is not within the limits (refer to
Mass and Static Moments of Control Surfaces Dimension Checks), contact the
manufacturer GROB for advice.
All residual moments must be tail heavy.
(3) Install the removed control surface(s) (1) to the aircraft.

Refer to Elevator(s) Remove and Install, Elevator
Refer to Rudder Remove and Install, Rudder
Refer to Flap Remove and Install, Flap
Refer to Aileron Remove and Install, Aileron.

27 July 2018 51-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Close up
Release the aircraft back to service according to the national regulations.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
7 2 1
104 grams

27 July 2018 51-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Control Surface (5) Electronic weighing

scale
(2) Hinge (6) Moment arm
measurement
(3) Screw (7) Lead counter balance
(4) Block of wood

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 51-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-60-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
51-80
LIGHTNING PROTECTION

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-80 10 August 2017
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

10 August 2017 51-80 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GENERAL
A. General
WARNING DO NOT MAKE HOLES IN THE LIGHTNING-CONDUCTING STRIPS OR TUBES. IF

YOU MAKE HOLES IN THE LIGHTNING-CONDUCTING- SYSTEM AND THE
AIRCRAFT IS STRUCK BY LIGHTNING, THE SYSTEM MAY FAIL TO PROTECT THE
AIRCRAFT.
The G 120TP-A has a complete lightning-protection-system. All metal components of the aircraft are bonded to
the system. High-capacity bonding-strips and tubes go from nose to tail and from wing-tip to wing-tip.
The Grob types have been tested to a higher standard than other light aircraft. The tests included:
- Composite propellers
- Structural components
- The bonding components.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-80 10 August 2017
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

10 August 2017 51-80 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
A. Components
(1) General
All metal components are bonded to the conduction strips/tubes by bonding cables.
Bolts connect conduction strips to each other. Special clamps connect conduction tubes to conduction
strips. Sleeves with clamps connect conduction tubes to each other.
(2) Fuselage
Figure 1 shows the lightning protection system in the fuselage.

The lightning protection system has these components:
- The fuselage has a conduction strip (1) . The strip connects to the firewall (2) . It runs along
the fuselage floor below the cockpit to the back of the baggage compartment.
- The electrical installation plate is metal (3) . A heavy ground strap connects the instrument
panel floor to the ground connector at the firewall.
- The front fuselage has conduction strips (4) . The strips connect the fuselage conduction strip
(1) to the wing conduction tubes and other components.
- The center fuselage has conduction strips (5) . The strips connect the fuselage conduction
strip (1) to the canopy rails and other components.
- The tail fuselage and vertical stabilizer has a conduction strip (6) .
(3) Wing
Figure 2 shows the lightning protection system in the wings. The lightning protection system has these
components:
- The wings have front (20) and rear (21) conduction tubes. The tubes also screen electrical
cables in the wings.
- A 'T' piece (22) connects to the pitot/static tube in the left wing. And a 'T' piece connects to
the stall warning sensor and flux valve in the right wing.
- Two conduction strips (23) connect the front and rear conduction tubes together at the wing
tip joint. Bonding strips connect to the winglet components.
- Conduction strips (24) connect the conduction tubes to the top and bottom shells at the root
rib. The strips connect to the layers of copper mesh in the wing shells. (Refer to Wing Structure
General).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-80 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
2
Figure 1 - Lightning Protection System in the Fuselage

27 July 2018 51-80 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Conduction tube in (4) Conduction strips

fuselage connecting to the wing
tubes
(2) Firewall (5) Conduction strips in the
center fuselage
(3) Instrument panel floor (6) Conduction strips in the
vertical stabilizer
Figure 1 - Lightning Protection System in the Fuselage

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-80 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
23
21
22
20
Figure 2 - Lightning Protection System in The Wings

27 July 2018 51-80 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Front conduction tube in (22) T-piece

the wing
(21) Rear conduction tube in (23) Wingtip strips
the wing connecting front and
rear tubes
Figure 2 - Lightning Protection System in The Wings

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 51-80 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 51-80 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

BONDING TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Bonding Test
- Bonding Test Values in the Fuselage and Wings
- Bonding Values in the Vertical/Horizontal Stabilizers
- Bonding Values in the Fuel System

None
None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Bonding Test
(1) Connect the bonding tester to the component on one side of the joint you will test.
(2) Connect the bonding tester to the component on the other side of the joint you will test.
(3) Operate the tester.

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Follow the instructions of the tester manufacturer. Refer to the following tables for test values.
B. Bonding Test Values in the Fuselage and Wings

The following tables give the permissible bonding values. In some cases, these measurements can only
be made during structural repairs.
Make all measurements between the main ground point VN17102 (Figure 3) and the component listed
below. VN 17102 is the ground stud through the firewall adjacent to the top, right engine mounting point.
A heavy cable connects the front end of the stud to the engine. A short bonding cable connects the rear
of the stud to the instrument panel floor. A heavy cable also connects the battery negative terminal to
the rear of the stud.
Table 1 Engine Compartment
LOCATION VALUE (mΩ)

Engine truss < 1.5
Firewall < 10
Starter/generator < 10
Fuel pump LH < 10
Stand by fuel pump RH < 10
Fuel filter < 10
Oil cooler < 10
Oil tank < 10
Mixer < 10
Nose landing gear up lock <3
Battery NEGATIVE (-) < 10
Battery compartment outside, metal shield (if applicable) < 10
Nose landing gear compartment, metal shield < 10
Exhaust LH < 500
Exhaust RH < 500
Augmenter pipe LH < 500
Augmenter pipe RH < 500
Table 2 Wing RH

Fuel ventilation line < 20
Stall sensor < 25
NAV/ACL light < 25
Aileron deflection bracket < 25
Aileron bracket < 25
Flap actuator support < 25

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 2 Wing RH
Landing gear bracket < 60

Landing gear up lock bracket < 25
Table 3 Wing LH

Pitot tube < 25
NAV/ACL light < 25
Table 4 Fuselage

Canopy slide eye LH < 500
Canopy slide eye RH < 500
Canopy slide track middle < 500
Hydraulic pump assy < 25
Flap motor unit < 25
Control stick grounding point < 25
Electric installation plate 1VE <6
Avionic stack < 12
Instrument panel LH < 15
Instrument panel RH < 15
Fuel conditioning unit < 25
Fuel transfer pump < 25
ECS assy < 25
Elevator trim servo < 25
DME receiver behind I-panel < 25
XPDR receiver behind I-panel < 25
Altitude encoder behind I-panel < 25
Dimming unit behind I-panel < 25
Relay board bracket behind I-panel < 25
Altitude encoder bracket behind I-panel < 25

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 4 Fuselage
CAWS central warning computer unit behind I-panel < 25

AHRS attitude heading reference system < 25
Centre console < 12
External power NEGATIVE (-) < 10
Table 5 Antennas Bonding Values
CAUTION DISCONNECT THE CO-AXIAL CA-

BLE FROM THE ANTENNA BE-
FORE YOU DO THESE TESTS. IF
YOU DO NOT DISCONNECT THE
CO-AXIAL CABLE, YOU CAN DAM-
AGE THE AVIONIC EQUIPMENT.
COM 1 antenna < 25

ATC antenna < 25
ELT antenna (inside fuselage) < 25
MARKER antenna < 25
GPS 1 antenna (top of vertical stabilizer) < 25
GPS 2 antenna (bottom of vertical stabilizer at dorsal fin) < 25
NAV antenna blade LH < 25
NAV antenna blade RH < 25
C. Bonding Values in the Vertical/Horizontal Stabilizers

Make all measurements between the front end of the lightning protection tube below the rear equipment
compartment (Figure 3) and the components listed below.
Table 6 Bonding Values in the Vertical/Horizontal Stabilizers

Rudder bracket upper < 10
Rudder bracket lower < 10
Tail skid < 10
NAV/ACL light LH < 25
NAV/ACL light RH < 25
LH Elevator bolt upper shell < 20
LH Elevator bolt lower shell < 20

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 6 Bonding Values in the Vertical/Horizontal Stabilizers
RH Elevator bolt upper shell < 20

RH Elevator bolt lower shell < 20
D. Bonding Values in the Fuel System

Make all measurements between the bottom bonding connection of the canopy slide eye RH and the
components listed below.
Table 7 Bonding Values in the Fuel System

Right wing fuel nozzle vent line <5
Right side fuel vent line (between the two T-fittings) < 10
Left wing fuel nozzle vent line < 12
Mid fuel vent line to outboard < 15

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
To Engine Ground Point
From Battery -ve
Ground
Reference
Point
VN17102
A
Fuse
Firewall
Battery
From Battery +ve
Figure 3 - Location of the Ground Reference Points

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00A-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

BONDING TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Bonding Test
- Bonding Test Values in the Fuselage and Wings
- Bonding Values in the Vertical/Horizontal Stabilizers

None
None

E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Bonding Test
(1) Connect the bonding tester to the component on one side of the joint you will test.
(2) Connect the bonding tester to the component on the other side of the joint you will test.
(3) Operate the tester.

Refer to the following tables for test values.

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00B-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Follow the instructions of the tester manufacturer.
B. Bonding Test Values in the Fuselage and Wings

The following tables give the permissible bonding values. In some cases, these measurements can only
be made during structural repairs.
Make all measurements between the main ground point VN17102 (refer to Figure 4) and the component
listed below. VN 17102 is the ground stud through the firewall adjacent to the top, right engine mounting
point. A heavy cable connects the front end of the stud to the engine. A short bonding cable connects
the rear of the stud to the instrument panel floor. A heavy cable also connects the battery negative
terminal to the rear of the stud.
A Engine Compartment
LOCATION VALUE [mΩ]

Engine truss < 1.5
Firewall < 1.5
Starter/generator < 1.5
Fuel pump LH < 1.5
Stand by fuel pump RH < 1.5
Fuel filter < 1.5
Oil cooler < 1.5
Oil tank < 1.5
Mixer < 1.5
Nose landing gear up lock <3
Battery NEGATIVE (-) < 10
Battery compartment outside, metal shield (if applicable) < 10
Nose landing gear compartment, metal shield < 10
Exhaust LH < 500
Exhaust RH < 500
Augmenter pipe LH < 500
Augmenter pipe RH < 500
B Wing RH

Stall sensor < 25
NAV/ACL light < 25

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00B-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

C Wing LH

Pitot tube < 25
NAV/ACL light < 25
D Fuselage

Canopy slide eye LH < 500
Canopy slide eye RH < 500
Canopy slide track middle < 500
Hydraulic pump assy < 25
Flap motor unit < 25
Control stick grounding point < 25
Electric installation plate 1VE <6
Avionic stack < 12
Instrument panel < 15
Pedal bracket LH < 500
Pedal bracket RH < 500
Fuel conditioning unit < 25
Fuel transfer pump < 25
ECS assy < 25
Elevator trim servo < 25
Fuel tank ventilation wing LH < 25

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00B-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Fuel tank ventilation wing RH < 25
Fuel tank ventilation Fuselage aft/left < 25
DME receiver behind I-panel < 25
Mode S (XPDR) receiver behind I-panel < 25
Dimming unit behind I-panel < 25
GPS antenna bracket < 25
Relay board bracket < 25
Centre console < 12
External power NEGATIVE (-) < 10
E Antennas Bonding Values
CAUTION DISCONNECT THE CO-AXIAL CA-

BLE FROM THE ANTENNA BE-
FORE YOU DO THESE TESTS. IF
YOU DO NOT DISCONNECT THE
CO-AXIAL CABLE, YOU CAN DAM-
AGE THE AVIONIC EQUIPMENT.
COM 1 antenna < 25

XPDR antenna < 25
ELT antenna (inside fuselage) < 25
MARKER antenna < 25
GPS 1 antenna (top of vertical stabilizer) < 25
GPS 2 antenna (underneath glare shield – cockpit panel) < 25
NAV antenna blade LH < 25
NAV antenna blade RH < 25
C. Bonding Values in the Vertical/Horizontal Stabilizers

Make all measurements between the front end of the lightning protection tube below the rear equipment
compartment (Figure 4) and the component listed below.

Rudder bracket upper < 10
Rudder bracket lower < 10
Tail skid < 10

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00B-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

LH Elevator bolt upper shell < 20
LH Elevator bolt lower shell < 20
RH Elevator bolt upper shell < 20
RH Elevator bolt lower shell < 20

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00B-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
To Engine Ground Point
From Battery -ve
Ground
Reference
Point
VN17102
A
Fuse
Firewall
Battery
From Battery +ve
Figure 4 - Location of the Ground Reference Points

1T120TP-A-51-80-00-00B-369A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LIGHTNING PROTECTION- MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to test the bonding of the lightning protection system.
If you disconnect any part of the bonding and lightning protection system, you must do a test of each joint after
you connect it.
Where no value is given for a particular joint, use a maximum value of 1.5 milliOhm for each part of the joint. For
example, a bolted joint between 2 strips will be < 1.5 milliOhm. A sleeve connecting 2 tubes with worm-drive
clamps has 2 joints and will be < 3 milliOhm.

1T120TP-A-51-80-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-51-80-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
52-00
DOORS

1T120TP-A-52-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-52-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DOORS
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has 2 types of doors. It has a canopy for access to the cockpit. And it has a small number of
access panels. You can use the panels to get access to all the areas where you must do maintenance.
Canopy General tells you about the canopy. Access Panels General tells you about the access panels.

1T120TP-A-52-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-52-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
52-10
CANOPY

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a one-piece sliding-canopy. It has a fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) canopy frame. The canopy
has 2 transparent acrylic panels or a single transparent acrylic panel (OPTION 69).
The canopy has two external hand-grips. One is attached to each side at the rear of the canopy frame. The
canopy also has an internal hand grip at the front of the canopy frame on each side.
The canopy has a security lock. You operate the security lock with a key. The security lock gives security when
you park the aircraft.
The frame has a tubular rubber seal. The seal goes round the end of the frame. When you close the canopy, the
seal touches a soft rubber seal which goes around the cockpit.
The canopy moves on three guide-rails. Two longitudinal guide-rails attach to the sides of the cockpit. One
longitudinal guide-rail attaches to the top of the fuselage behind the cockpit.
Locating pins attach to the bottom of the canopy frame on each side at the rear. They engage with holes at the
rear of the side rails. Two additional locating pins on each side at the front, engage with bushes at the bottom of
the windscreen arch.
A locking system (the Canopy Lock) locks the canopy to the frame of the windshield. The canopy lock must be
returned to Grob for repair.
Guide blocks on each side of the canopy frame and at the rear engage with the three tracks. A pin holds each
side guide block in position in the canopy.
The canopy has an emergency jettison system. Two cables connect the internal handle to the pins on each side
guide block. A red-painted security handle blocks the jettison action.
Refer to Flight Compartment Windows General for data about the canopy windows.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the canopy.
Note If there are both side (left and right) components, only the left item is shown.
The canopy has a FRP frame (1) . Two transparent acrylic windows or a single piece transparent acrylic window
(Option 69) are bond to the frame.
The frame has a tubular rubber seal (2) . The seal goes round the edge of the frame.
The frame has three guide blocks. One guide block attaches to the front left of the canopy (3) . One attaches to
the front right of the canopy. And one attaches to the center rear of the canopy (4) .
Each front guide-block is a one-piece, machined component. The bottom part has a channel that runs on the
related guide rail. The top of the guide block has a large vertical spigot. A guide bracket in the canopy frame
holds the vertical spigot. The spigot has a horizontal hole for a jettison pin.
Two screws hold each guide bracket in the canopy frame. The spigot of the guide-block passes up through the
guide bracket. A special thick washer on top of the guide bracket makes a bearing surface for the jettison pin.
The jettison pin goes through the hole in the spigot. Thin copper wire locks the jettison pin in place.
The rear guide block is also a machined channel section. The sliding surfaces have a PTFE coating. Two screws
attach a small block (counter-bearing) and an angle bracket with a rubber buffer stop. When installed on the
aircraft, the counter-bearing goes under the rear guide rail. It prevents the block lifting off the rail.
A bolt through the rear guide block engages with a spherical bearing in the canopy frame. A nut and washer
holds the assembly in position. A flanged bracket holds the spherical bearing. Two screws attach the bracket to
the frame. A circlip holds the spherical bearing in the bracket.
The front guide blocks move on carbon fiber guide rails (5) . Three counter-sunk screws attach each guide rail
to the side of the cockpit. A tapered block between each rail and the fuselage keeps the rails parallel. The screw
heads are ‘filled’. The cockpit trim also covers the screws.
The rear guide block moves on a flat guide rail (6) . The rear guide rail attaches to the top of the rear fuselage.
A stop (7) attaches to the aft end of the rear guide rail. When the canopy is fully open, the rubber buffer hits the
stop on the rear rail. You can remove the rear stop to remove the canopy.
The canopy frame has 2 rear locating pins. One pin attaches at the rear on the left (8) and 1 pin attaches at the
rear on the right. When the canopy closes, the pins engage with holes in locating blocks (9) behind the guide
rails on the fuselage. Two internal-hexagon bolts attach each locating pin to the underside of the canopy frame.
Shim plates (1 mm and 2 mm) are available to align the locating pins with the locating blocks. You can use a
maximum thickness of 4 mm. If you use more than 2 mm of shim, you can use a 20 mm bolt in place of the usual
16 mm bolt.
The frame has 2 front locating pins. One pin attaches at the front on the left (10) and 1 pin attaches at the front
on the right. When the canopy closes, the pins engage with locating bushes on the fuselage arch. Two screws
hold each bush in position in the arch.
An external panel at the centre, rear of the canopy gives access to the rear guide block attaching parts.
The canopy has a main lock which holds the canopy closed in flight (11) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 2 shows the canopy lock. The lock has an external handle (20) and an internal handle (21) . Levers
connect the handles to a hook (22) . When the canopy closes, the hook engages with a rod (23) on the
windscreen arch.
The canopy has an emergency jettison system. The red emergency-handle (24) makes a stop for the sliding
carriage (25) . The front of the sliding carriage has a stop for the internal handle. The stop prevents the handle
moving aft into the emergency-jettison operating-range. If you remove the red emergency-handle, the internal
handle can move the sliding carriage forward.
The sliding carriage connects to 2 flexible cables (27) . The cables connects to the jettison pins (28) . The pins
hold the front guide blocks (3) to the canopy.
A two-piece plastic cover protects the canopy lock mechanism. Screws hold the cover in position.
The canopy has a security lock (12) installed in the bottom edge at the rear on the left side. You operate the
security lock with a key. The security lock gives security when you park the aircraft.
B. Operation
You can open and close the canopy by hand from internally and externally.
The canopy can move on the guide rails. The stop (7) keeps the canopy on the rails.
With the canopy lock set to open, the hook (22) is down. It does not engage the rod (23) .
The canopy has these different positions as follows:
- Canopy Closed
These actions lock the canopy closed:
- Move the canopy fully forward.
- Move the lock handle to the CLOSED position. (Move the external handle (20) fully down. Or
move the internal handle (21) fully forward and up).
- The hook (22) moves up to engage the rod on the windshield arch (23) and then back. This
pulls the canopy against the seals (2) .
- The final movement of the handle makes an ‘over-centre’ lock. The front of the canopy frame
touches a hard rubber buffer on the windshield arch.
- Canopy Open
These actions unlock the canopy:
• Move the lock handle to the OPEN position. (Move the external handle (20) fully up. Or move
the internal handle (21) fully down).
• The hook (22) moves forward and then down. This lets the canopy move back from the seals
(2) . It also disengages the hook from the rod (23) .

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Canopy Jettison
These actions jettison the canopy:
• Pull the red handle (24) fully down. The sliding carriage can now move forward.
• Pull the internal handle for the canopy lock (21) fully aft. The first movement releases the hook
(22) . More movement moves the sliding carriage (25) forward.
• The sliding carriage (25) pulls the flexible cables (27) .
• The flexible cables pull the pins (28) from the guide blocks (3) .
• The front of the canopy can move up. The front guide blocks remain on the rails.
• The canopy lifts clear of the aircraft. The rear guide block (4) breaks away from the rear guide
rail.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A 10
B
1 B
11
4
2
7
C
D
A E C 6
F
9
12
8
E D
3
D
FW
5
F
Figure 1 - Canopy

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Canopy frame (7) Rear stop

(2) Canopy seal (8) Rear locating pin
(3) Front guide block (9) Rear locating block
(4) Rear guide block (10) Front locating pin
(5) Side rail (11) Main canopy lock
(6) Rear rail (12) Security lock
Figure 1 - Canopy

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27
25
20
29
24
22
21
23
28
Figure 2 - Canopy Lock And Jettison System

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(3) Front guide block (24) Emergency handle

(Red)
(20) External handle (25) Sliding carriage
(21) Internal handle (27) Flexible cables
(22) Hook (28) Jettison pins
(23) Rod on windscreen arch (29) Guide for the hook
Figure 2 - Canopy Lock And Jettison System

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY
ADJUST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Adjust the Canopy

- Adjust the Rear Locating Pins
- Adjust the Rear Guide Block
- Adjust the Lock Bracket on the Canopy Arch
- Adjust The Front Locating Bushes

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Adjust the Canopy

You can adjust the canopy in 4 places:
- At the top (rear) guide block
- At the LH and RH rear locating pins
- At the front locating bushings

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- At the lock bracket on the canopy arch.
If you add shims equally at the back of the canopy, it will reduce the gap between the top of the canopy
and the windscreen arch by a small amount.
Refer to Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5.
B. Adjust the Rear Locating Pins
(1) Find which locating pin is not aligned.
(2) Remove the 2 nuts, washers and bolts (51) which attach the pin.
(3) If you need to move the pin vertically, insert (or remove) shims (51) between the pin and the
canopy to align the pin with the locating block.
Maximum total shims 4 mm.
(4) Install the 2 bolts, washers and nuts (51) which attach the pin.
Torque the nuts (51) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
(5) If necessary, adjust the rear guide block, refer to Procedure C.
C. Adjust the Rear Guide Block

Refer to Figure 3.
(1) Assess the amount of shim needed to give free movement.
(2) Remove the canopy, refer to Rear Guide Block Remove and Install.
(3) Remove the rear guide block, refer to Rear Guide Block Remove and Install.
(4) Remove the 2 nuts, washers and screws (101) attaching the bearing bracket and mounting plate.
(5) Install or remove shim plates (104) as necessary between the bearing bracket and the structure.
Maximum total shims is 2.5 mm (0.1 in).
Note Adding shims between the canopy and the top mounting plate moves the back of the
canopy down.
- Shims are available in 1 mm (0.04 in) and 2.0 mm (0.08 in).

- If necessary, you can use longer screws of the same specification to attach the assembly.
- Adding shim-washers between the guide-block and the bearing moves the canopy up.
(6) Put the bearing bracket and shims in position fore and aft.
(7) Install the 2 screws from below front and back with washers and nuts (101) .

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Adding shim-washers between the guide-block and the bearing moves the canopy up.
Torque the nuts (101) , refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(8) Install the rear guide block, refer to Rear Guide Block Remove and Install.
(9) Install the canopy, refer to Canopy Remove and Install.
(10) Do a test for free operation and correct alignment of the canopy. If necessary, repeat the
procedure.
D. Adjust the Lock Bracket on the Canopy Arch

Refer to Figure 3.
(1) Remove the cap nuts (105) that attach the bracket (23) to the canopy arch.
(2) Move washers (107) as necessary to adjust the position of the bracket (23) .
Note You must keep the special washer (106) in the position shown. You can use shim washers
as necessary either in front or behind the attachment blocks to adjust the position of the
bracket. You must have enough washers to prevent the cap nut (105) bottoming on the
thread.
(3) Install the special washers (106) , washers (107) and cap nuts (105) .
(4) If necessary:
- Carefully remove the limit stop.
- Measure the gap ‘X’ between the canopy arch and the canopy.
- Peel the new limit stop to ‘X’ + 0.5 mm.
- Bond the limit stop to the canopy arch.
Use GS510109-1.
Refer to Figure 4.
(5) Do a test of the canopy locking system. Make sure that, with the lock fully engaged and the internal
handle latched:
- Excessive force was not needed to close the handle.
- The canopy touches the seal at all points round the canopy arch.
If necessary, adjust the canopy again.
(6) With the canopy closed and locked, take up any play in the external operating handle. Make sure
that the top surface of the handle is flush with, or below, the surface of the canopy.
(7) If necessary, adjust the position of the external handle refer to Figure 5:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Loosen the 6 allen bolts (30) .

- Move the handle as necessary.
- Tighten the 6 bolts.
Torque the bolts, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
E. Adjust The Front Locating Bushes
(1) Find which front locating pin (10) is not aligned with the bush.
(2) Drill the internal diameter of the bush (109) to give free entry to the related locating pin.
The maximum permissible internal diameter of the bushing is 11 mm (7/16 in).

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
101
102
104
B A Canopy
C D 103
C 101
B
23
107 51
(As Required)
110
106
105
107
(As Required) D Canopy
52
8
C 10
51
109
Legend
(8) Rear locating pin (103) Bottom mounting plate
Figure 3 - Adjust the Canopy

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(10) Front locating pin (104) Top mounting plate/

shims (As required)
(23) Lock bracket (105) Cap nut
(51) Attaching screws, (106) Special washer
washers and nuts
(52) Shims (107) Shim washer(s)
(101) Rear bearing bracket (109) Bush for front locating
screws, washers and pin
nuts
(102) Bearing bracket (110) Canopy limit stop
Figure 3 - Adjust the Canopy

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Canopy
Canopy Arch
X
Figure 4 - Adjust the Canopy Limit Stop

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30
20 39a
27
33
38
25
39 32 37
36
31
29
24
35
21
34
Figure 5 - Remove/Install the Canopy Lock

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) External handle (33) Nuts for jettison cables

(21) Internal handle (34) Nuts attaching lock to
canopy
(24) Emergency handle (35) Cover panel
(25) Sliding carriage (36) Circlip and rear pivot pin
(27) Canopy jettison cables (37) Levers
(29) Guide for the hook (38) Foam rubber washers
(30) Allen bolts attaching (39) Attaching screws
outside handle
(31) Nuts holding shaft (39a) Shims
(32) Shaft
Figure 5 - Remove/Install the Canopy Lock

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-271A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY
EXAMINE THE CANOPY - LOOK FOR WEAR
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Procedure
(1) Examine the external handle:

- Close and lock the canopy.
- With free play taken up, the handle must not protrude into the airstream above the canopy
surface.
(2) If necessary, adjust the external handle as follows:

- Release the 6 allen bolts attaching the external handle.
- Move the handle to the correct position on the shaft.
- Tighten the 6 allen bolts. Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-300A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Do step A.1 again to check.

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-300A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY JETTISON
OPERATION TEST
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Canopy Jettison Test

(1) Remove the canopy, refer to Canopy Remove and Install.

Put the canopy on a canopy stand.
(2) Remove the 2 screws and nuts holding the rear stop to the rear guide rail.
- Remove the rear stop (7) .
These are the screws nearest to the rear.
(3) Operate the jettison system:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Pull the red emergency handle (24) down.

- Slowly pull the canopy handle (21) aft.
- When the jettison pins (28) pull fully out of the guide blocks (3) , stop moving the canopy
handle.
Make sure that the jettison pins (28) move fully out of the guide blocks
(4) If the jettison pins (28) do not pull fully out of the guide block mountings, then adjust the jettison
cables:
- Remove the cover panel from the canopy lock.
- With the canopy handle fully aft:
- Loosen the aft nut on the jettison cable where it attaches to the sliding carriage.
- Tighten the front nut on the jettison cable.
If necessary, do this for each jettison cable.
The pin must pull clear of the guide block mounting before the canopy handle hits the aft
stop.
- Repeat this procedure until the jettison pins pull clear of the guide blocks.
(5) Move the canopy handle to the usual open position.
(6) Put the guide blocks (3) in position.
Note During the following item, make sure that the outer sheath of each jettison cable is fully
engaged in the threaded adjuster at both ends.
(7) Engage each of the jettison pins:

- Put the washer (42) in position over the spigot of the guide block.
- Put the jettison pins (28) (28) into the holes in the guide block (3) spigots.
- Move the sliding carriage progressively aft until the jettison pins fully engage the guide
blocks.
The chamfered tip of the pin must be just forward of the top face of the washer on the spigot.
(8) Install the red emergency handle (24) .
(9) Lock the jettison pins (28) with copper wire (43) .
Use GS521002-0.4.
(10) If necessary, install the cover panel for the canopy lock.
(11) Lock the red emergency (24) handle with wire.

Use GS521002-0.4.

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27
25
24
21
28
42
RIGHT INSTALLATION SHOWN,
LEFT, OPPOSITE HAND
3 43
3
Figure 6 - Canopy Jettison Test

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(3) Front guide block (27) Canopy jettison cables

(21) Internal handle (28) Jettison pins
(24) Emergency handle (42) Washer
(25) Sliding carriage (43) Copper safety wire
Figure 6 - Canopy Jettison Test

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A 10
B
1 B
11
4
2
7
C
D
A E C 6
F
9
12
8
E D
3
D
FW
5
F
Figure 7 - Canopy

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

Figure 7 - Canopy

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-320A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY
A. General
This section gives the trouble shooting procedures for the canopy. If you find the trouble given in column 1, then

The canopy is difficult to The guide blocks are not Align the guide blocks.
move. aligned.
Defective guide blocks Find which is the defective guide block. And
replace it.
Defective guide rails Replace the defective guide rails.
Dirty guide rails Clean the guide rails. Lubricate with HIT-
FLON 2000 Teflon spray or PTFE Dry Spray.
Apply the spray to a cloth and rub the cloth on
the guide rail.
The canopy will not Defective locating pin. Or lo- Replace the defective locating pin or locating
close fully. cating block. block.

1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Canopy

- Installation of the Canopy

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING TWO PEOPLE ARE NECESSARY TO REMOVE OR INSTALL THE CANOPY. THE
CANOPY WILL BE DAMAGED IF YOU DROP IT.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Canopy
(1) Remove the 2 nuts and screws and the end stop (7) at the rear end of the guide rail.
(2) Carefully remove the canopy as follows:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Hold the weight of the canopy.
(b) Move the canopy aft until it is clear of the guide rails.
(c) Lift the canopy clear of the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Canopy
(1) Lift the canopy into position.
(2) Move the canopy forward to engage the guide blocks on the guide rails.
(3) Attach the end stop to the rear end of the guide rail.
Install the 2 screws and nuts to the end stop (7) at the rear end of the guide rail. Torque the nuts,
(5) Operate the canopy handle.
(6) Make sure that the canopy lock pulls the canopy fully closed.

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
A 10
B
1 B
11
4
2
7
C
D
A E C 6
F
9
12
8
E D
3
D
FW
5
F
Figure 8 - Canopy

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

Figure 8 - Canopy

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
These maintenance practices tell you how to remove and install the canopy. And how to do a canopy jettison
test.
A. Workshop Facilities
Preferred: Canopy stand 120A-W1-2600.
Alternative: A canopy stand or trolley with padded supports for the straight bottom edges of the canopy. It
must give free access to all canopy components including the front guide blocks and rear spigots.
Alternative: A workbench at least 1. 5 m x 1 m (5ft x 3.5 ft) with a padded top.
B. Workshop Conditions
Avoid contact with oil, grease, solvents, abrasive cleaners, glass or carbon dust. Put a soft, clean canopy
cover over the canopy when it is removed from the aircraft.
If the canopy must go into a composite repair shop for repair, either remove or cover all mechanical
components. Also cover windows that are not involved in the repair.

1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY LOCK
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Canopy Lock

- Preparation of the Canopy Lock for Installation
- Installation of the Canopy Lock

None
None

None
E. Materials
Copper wire 0.4 mm .......................................................................................... GS521002-0.4 QTY AR
Screw locking adhesive (Loctite 243) ..................................................................... GS513007 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Canopy Lock
(1) Cut the copper wire on the emergency handle (24) .
(2) Remove the emergency handle (24) .
(3) Remove 4 screws and collars that attach the front panel.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the screw and collar that attach the rear panel.
(5) Remove the cover panel (35) from the canopy lock.
(6) Remove 6 Allen bolts (30) from the external handle (20) .
(7) Remove the external handle (20) .
(8) Move the internal handle (21) as necessary to remove the pin.
(9) Remove the circlip and pivot pin (36) at the rear of the inner link on one side.
(10) Remove the nut (31) and washer from each end of the shaft (32) .
(11) Remove the 3 levers (37) from the shaft (32) on one side.
(12) Remove the spacer between the levers and the housing on one side.
(13) Catch the spacer on the other side.
(14) Remove the shaft (32) .
(15) Remove the 2 foam rubber washers (38) from the external handle area.
(16) Remove the nuts (33) from the canopy jettison cables (27) and release the cables.
(17) Remove the 6 nuts (34) and washers from the housing on the inside. Only remove the screws
(39) if they are loose.
(18) Remove the inside section of the lock.
(19) Loosely assemble the external handle and other components to the lock.
B. Preparation of the Canopy Lock for Installation
(1) Remove 6 allen bolts (30) and the external handle (20) .
(2)
Note The front and rear bolts are of different length.
Record the location.
(3) Also record the position of any shims between the top clamping block and external handle.
(4) Move the internal handle (21) as necessary to remove the pin.
(5) Remove the circlip and pivot pin (36) at the rear of the inner link on one side.
(6) Remove the nut (31) and washer from each end of the shaft (32) .

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Remove the 3 levers (37) from the shaft on one side.
(8) Remove the spacer between the levers and the housing on one side.
(9) Catch the spacer on the other side and the 2 foam rubber washers (38) .
(10) Remove the shaft (32) .
(11) Remove the emergency handle (24) .
C. Installation of the Canopy Lock
(1) Put the canopy lock in position.
(2)
Note The front 4 screws attach the guide (29) for the hook. You must hold the guide in the
correct position to install the screws.
The front 4 screws are longer than the rear 2 screws.
If necessary, install the 6 screws with countersunk washers from outside of the canopy.
(3) Align the guide with the front screws.
(4) Install washers and nuts (34) from inside.
(6) Move the sliding carriage (25) forward.
(7) Connect the canopy jettison cables (27) as follows:
(a)
Note Figure 10 shows the jettison pin installation. The chamfered tip of the pin must be
just forward of the top face of the locating bush for the spigot.
Make sure that the jettison pins (28) fully engage the guide block spigot.
(b) At the canopy lock, remove the front nut and washer from each jettison cable (27) .
(c) Move the sliding carriage (25) fully aft.
(d) Guide the jettison cables (27) though the holes in the carriage.
(e) Install the emergency handle (24) to lock the sliding carriage (25) .
(f) Adjust the aft nut (33) on each jettison cable (27) to just touch the sliding carriage
(25) .
(g) Install the washer and front nut (33) to each jettison cable (27) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(h) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
(8) Install the shaft (32) as follows:
(a) Push the shaft part way into the housing and canopy.
(b) Install 2 foam rubber washers (38) to the shaft from outside the canopy.
(c) Push the shaft into position.
(d) Install the spacer between the housing and the 3 levers.
(e) Install the 3 levers (37) still attached to the link.
(f) Put the second spacer in position on the shaft.
(g) Install the 3 levers (37) removed during preparation.
(h) Install washers and nuts to both ends of the shaft.
(i) Install the pivot pin (36) and circlip for the link and 3 levers.
(9) Install the external handle (20) as follows:
(a) Make sure that the foam rubber washers are against the canopy.
(b) Put the curved clamping block under the shaft.
(c) Install shims (39a) to make the top of the handle flush with the canopy.
(d) Put the top clamping block, any shims (39a) and handle in position.
(e) Install the 6 Allen bolts (30) .
(f) Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure.
(10) Do a test of the canopy lock and make sure that, with the lock fully engaged and the internal handle
latched:
- Excessive force was not needed to close the handle.
- The canopy touches the seal at all points round the canopy arch.
(11) If necessary, adjust the canopy, refer to Canopy Adjust.
(12) With the canopy closed and locked, take up any play in the external operating handle (20) .
(13) Make sure that the top surface of the handle is flush with, or below, the surface of the canopy.
(14) If necessary, adjust the position of the external handle (20) .

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(15) Loosen the 6 allen bolts (30) .
(16) Move the handle (20) as necessary in the correct position.
(17) Apply to each allen bolt threat before tightening.

Tighten the 6 bolts (30) .
(18) Torque the bolts, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure, Table 4.
(19) Do a test of the canopy jettison, refer to Canopy Jettison Operation Test.
(20) Install the cover panel (35) for the canopy lock.
(21) Install the emergency handle (24) .
(22) Lock the emergency handle with Copper wire 0.4 mm.
(23) Lock the jettison pins to the guide-block spigot with Copper wire 0.4 mm.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30
20 39a
27
33
38
25
39 32 37
36
31
29
24
35
21
34
Figure 9 - Removal and Installation of the Canopy Lock

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

canopy
outside handle
(32) Shaft
Figure 9 - Removal and Installation of the Canopy Lock

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
28
42
D
FW
LEFT, OPPOSITE HAND
+0
3 mm -0.5
3 3 43
Figure 10 - Removal/Installation of the Front Guide Blocks

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(3) Front guide block (42) Washer

(28) Jettison pin (43) Copper safety wire

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
LOCATING PIN BLOCK

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace a Rear Locating Pin Block

Refer to Figure 11.
(2) Remove the baggage tie-down eye-bolt (53) .
Note Keep any washers attached by the eye-bolt.
(3) Measure 20 mm (0.79 in) forward and aft of the hole for the eye-bolt. Mark these positions.
(4) Measure 10 mm (0.4 in) down from the hole for the eye-bolt as follows:

1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Draw a horizontal line approximately 40 mm (1.5 in) fore and aft of this point.
- Measure forward 6 mm (0.25 in) and 24 mm (1 in).
- Measure aft 12 mm (0.5 in) and 30 mm (1.2 in).
- Mark these positions.
(5) Protect the fabric trim in the work area.

Use paper and masking tape.
(6) Carefully grind away the paint and filler at the marked positions to uncover the screw-heads.
Use abrasive paper.
Do not damage the surrounding structure.
(7) Remove the 2 screws (54) and (55) holding the locating-pin-block (9) . Remove the block aft.
Note If the guide rail holds the guide block, measure a further 20 mm (0.79 in) forward. Grind
to show the screw (56) attaching the guide rail. Loosen the screw.
(8) Carefully clean the area.
(9) Put the new locating-pin-block (9) in position.
(10) Install the eye-bolt (53) with the washers removed at step A.2. Torque the bolt, refer to Standard
Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
(11) Install the 2 screws.

Install the long screw (54) forward. Install the short screw (55) aft. Torque the screws, refer
(12) If necessary, tighten the screw (56) attaching the rear of the guide rail.
(13) If necessary, restore the internal paint finish.
(15) Do a test of the canopy closing.

Make sure that the locating pin (8) aligns with the locating-pin-block (9) .
If necessary, adjust the canopy, refer to Canopy Adjust.

1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Canopy
58
Fuselage
52
57
8 12
51
55
53
54
56 9
Fuselage
Figure 11 - Remove and Install the Rear Locating Components

1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(8) Rear locating pin (54) Long screw

(9) Rear locating pin block (55) Short screw
(12) Security lock (56) Screw attaching rear of
the guide rail
(51) Bolts and washers (57) Large nut attaching
security lock
(52) Shim plate(s) (58) Stop-plate
(53) Eye-bolt

1T120TP-A-52-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
REAR LOCATING PIN

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
Screw locking adhesive .................................................................... GS513007 (Commercial) QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace a Rear Locating Pin

Refer to Figure 12.
(1) Move the canopy fully aft.
(2) Remove the 2 bolts and washers (51) holding the rear locating pin (8) to the canopy frame.
Remove the pin with any shim-plates (52) .
(3) Install a new locating pin (8) with any shim-plates (52) removed at step 2.
(4) Install the 2 bolts (51) and washers. Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M5

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Use Screw locking adhesive.
(5) Do a test of the canopy closing.

If necessary, adjust the canopy, refer to Canopy Adjust.
Make sure that the locating pin aligns with the locating-pin-block (9) , refer to
Canopy Adjust.

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Canopy
58
Fuselage
52
57
8 12
51
55
53
54
56 9
Fuselage

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

the guide rail
security lock
(53) Eye-bolt

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SECURITY LOCK
REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Security Lock

Refer to Figure 13.
(1) Move the canopy fully aft.
(2) Remove the large nut (57) attaching the lock.
(3) Pull the lock (12) from the canopy.
(4) Put the new security lock (12) in position.
(5) Install the large nut (57) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Do an operational test of the security lock.
Note If necessary, install 2 stop-plates (58) to the fuselage. Refer to the IPC for correct screw
lengths.

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Canopy
58
Fuselage
52
57
8 12
51
55
53
54
56 9
Fuselage
Figure 13 - Remove/Install the Rear Locating Components

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

the guide rail
security lock
(53) Eye-bolt
Figure 13 - Remove/Install the Rear Locating Components

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FRONT GUIDE BLOCK

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Front Guide Block

- Installation of the Front Guide Blocks

None
None

None
E. Materials
Copper wire 0.4 mm .......................................................................................... GS521002-0.4 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Front Guide Block
(2) Put the canopy on a canopy stand or padded bench on a surface that is not abrasive.
(3)
Note Operating the jettison mechanism removes the pins (28) from the guide block mounting
spigots. This releases both guide blocks.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Operate the jettison mechanism as follows:
(a) Pull the red emergency handle (24) down.
(b) Pull the canopy handle (21) fully aft.
(c) Catch both guide blocks (3) .
B. Installation of the Front Guide Blocks
Note When you operate the jettison system, the hook assembly at the front of the canopy lock may
disengage from the guide. You must engage the hook in the guide when you move the canopy
handle forward again.
(1) Move the canopy handle to the usual open position.
(2) Put the guide blocks (3) in position in the canopy frame.
(3) Engage each jettison pin (28) as follows:
(a)
Note The chamfered tip of the pin must be just forward of the top face of the washer for
the spigot.
Put the washers (42) in position over the spigots of the guide blocks.
(b) Put the jettison pins (28) into the holes in the guide block spigots.
(c) Move the sliding carriage (25) progressively aft until the jettison pins (28) are fully engaged
in the guide blocks (3) .
(4) Install the red emergency handle (24) .
(5) Do a test of the canopy jettison system. If necessary, adjust the jettison cables, refer to Canopy
Jettison Operation Test.
(6) Lock the jettison pins (28) in position with Copper wire 0.4 mm (43) .
(7) Make sure that the pins of the lock are not stand out of the washer, refer to Figure 15.
The unlocking wires must be adjusted in such way that these are not loose or have a slightly
pretension.
(8) If necessary, install the front and rear cover panels for the canopy lock.
(9) Lock the red emergency handle (24) with Copper wire 0.4 mm.

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(10) Install the canopy on the aircraft, refer to Canopy Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30
20 39a
27
33
38
25
39 32 37
36
31
29
24
35
21
34
Figure 14 - Removal/Installation of the Canopy Lock

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

canopy
outside handle
(32) Shaft
Figure 14 - Removal/Installation of the Canopy Lock

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
28
42
D
FW
LEFT, OPPOSITE HAND
+0
3 mm -0.5
3 3 43

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(3) Front guide block (42) Washer

(28) Jettison pin (43) Copper safety wire

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-02-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FRONT GUIDE RAIL

REMOVE/INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of a Front Guide Rail

- Installation of a Front Guide Rail

None
None

Soft pencil ................................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
Paper .................................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Masking tape ........................................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
Abrasive paper ..................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of a Front Guide Rail
(2) Measure 20 mm (0.79 in) and 40 mm (1.58 in) forward of the center-line of the eye-bolt and mark
these positions (refer to Figure 16).

1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Locate the front screws, refer to Figure 16, as follows:
(a) Measure 80 mm (3.15 in) and 150 mm (5.9 in) aft of the front face of the rail and mark these
positions with a Soft pencil.
(b) From the marked points, measure vertically to the top of the fuselage side-wall and mark
the points with a Soft pencil.
(c) Measure down inside the side-wall Dimension ‘x’ + 8 mm (0.32 in) and mark these positions
with a Soft pencil.
(4) Protect the fabric trim in the work area with Paper and Masking tape.
(5)
Note Do not damage the surrounding structure.
Carefully grind away the paint and filler with Abrasive paper at all of the marked positions to
uncover the screw-heads.
(6) Remove the 4 screws (54) , (56) and (65) that attach the side rail.
(7) Remove the rail (5) .
B. Installation of a Front Guide Rail
(1) Put the guide rail (5) in position.
(2) Install the 4 attaching screws (54) , (56) , (65) .
(3) If necessary, restore the internal paint finish.
(5) Do a test of the canopy closing and make sure that the canopy closes fully without undue force.

1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
7
60
Rear Fuselage
61
6
62
64
D
FW
54
63 56 53
mm n)
Fuselage Side-Wall 20 .79 i
(0
mm n)
20 .79 i
(0
65
5 x x
m
0m n) 8mm
mm n)
80 .15 i 15 5.9 i (0.32 in)
(
(3
View on Front of
Front Rail
Figure 16 - Removal/Installation of the Canopy Guide-Rails

1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(5) Front guide rail (60) Screws attaching rear

stop
(6) Rear guide rail (61) Nuts attaching rear stop
(7) Rear stop (62) Screws attaching rear
guide rail
(53) Eye-bolt (63) Nuts attaching rear
guide rail
(54) Long screw (64) Countersunk washer
(56) Screw attaching rear of (65) Screws attaching front of
the guide rail front guide rail

1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
JETTISON CABLE
REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace a Jettison Cable

Refer to Figure 17.
(2) Put the canopy on a canopy stand or padded bench. Put it on a surface that is not abrasive.
(3) Remove the front guide blocks, refer to Front Guide Block Remove and Install.
(4) Remove the front and rear parts of the cover (35) for the canopy lock.
(5) Move the canopy handle (21) forward. Engage the hook assembly (22) in the guide (29) as you
move the handle.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) Remove the nut (33) and washer from the front of the jettison cable where it attaches to the sliding
carriage (25) .
(7) Push the cable (27) aft and clear of the sliding carriage.
(8) Release the outer sheath at the top of the canopy as follows:
- Remove the front nut from the outer sheath adjuster (80) .
- Move the adjuster aft and clear of the mounting bracket.
- Slide the inner cable (27) out of the slot in the mounting bracket.
(9) Remove the jettison pin (28) as follows:

- Loosen the lock-nut.
- Remove the jettison pin from the cable.
- Remove the lock-nut from the cable.
(10) Release the outer sheath at the guide block:

- Remove the nut from the outer sheath adjuster (81) .
- Move the adjuster clear of the mounting bracket.
- Slide the inner cable out of the slot in the mounting bracket.
- Remove the second nut from the adjuster.
(11) At the canopy lock, pull the cable assembly forward and clear of the canopy.
(12) Remove the jettison pin (28) and lock-nut (if installed).
(13) Remove the adjuster lock-nuts (81) from the new cable.
(14) Push the cable assembly through the hole aft of the canopy lock. Push until the threaded end fitting
comes out of the hole adjacent to the front guide block.
(15) At the guide block access panel:

- Put one nut fully onto the outer sheath adjuster (81) .
- Move the inner cable through the slot in the mounting bracket.
- Move the outer sheath adjuster into the bracket.
- Loosely install the second nut.
(16) Aft of the canopy lock:

- Put one nut fully onto the outer sheath adjuster (80) .
Do not Install the second nut at this time.
- Move the inner cable through the slot in the mounting bracket.
- Move the outer sheath adjuster into the bracket.
(17) Adjust the outer sheath nuts (81) at the guide block access panel.

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Adjust the nuts on the outer sheath so that 5-8 mm (0.2-0.3 in) of the adjuster thread shows nearest
to the jettison pin.
(18) Adjust the nuts on the outer sheath aft of the canopy lock.
- Install front nut to the outer sheath (80) .
- Adjust the nuts so that the outer sheath lies without stress in the conduit to the front guide
block.
Note This procedure gives a basic setting for the outer sheath. You can adjust both ends as
necessary. At least 1 thread should be visible at the front nuts. The outer sheath should
lie without stress in the conduit. But, avoid having more than 8 mm (0.3 in) of the adjuster
thread showing nearest to the jettison pin if possible.
(19) Install the jettison pin as follows:

- Put the lock-nut fully on the threaded end fitting.
- Put the jettison pin fully onto the threaded end fitting.
- Tighten the lock-nut. Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure,
M5.
(20) Connect the jettison cable to the sliding carriage as follows:

- Put one nut on the threaded end fitting.
- Put the threaded end fitting though the hole in the sliding carriage.
- Loosely install the front nut.
Move the sliding carriage to a convenient position to do this work.
(21) Put the front guide block (3) in position in the canopy frame.
(22) Engage the jettison pin as follows:

- Put the washer (42) in position over the spigot of the guide block.
- Put the jettison pins (28) into the holes in the guide block (3) spigots.
- Move the sliding carriage progressively aft until the jettison pins are fully engaged in the
guide block.
The chamfered tip of the pin must be just forward of the top face of the washer for the spigot.
Note During the following step A.23, make sure that the outer sheath of each jettison cable is
fully engaged in the threaded adjuster at both ends.
(23) Adjust the jettison cable as follows:

- Set the sliding carriage fully aft.
- Engage the red emergency handle (24) to lock the sliding carriage (25) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Adjust the front and rear nuts on the threaded end fitting at the sliding carriage to allow the
jettison pin to fully engage the spigot of the guide block.
Tighten the front and rear nuts. Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M5.
Note Make sure there is no tension in the cable when the jettison pin is fully engaged.
(24) Remove the red emergency handle (25) .
(25) Pull the canopy handle fully aft.

Catch the guide block!
The jettison pin must pull fully clear of the guide block.
If necessary, adjust the cable again, refer to step A.23.
(26) If necessary, do step A.5 to step A.25 for the other jettison cable.
(27) Move the canopy handle (21) forward. Engage the hook assembly in the guide as you move the
handle.
(28) Install both front guide blocks (3) , refer to Front Guide Block Remove and Install.
Note The procedure to install the front guide blocks includes the jettison test procedure, the
installation of the canopy lock covers and the access panels.

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
33
25
80
27
29
24
22
21
35
28
35
42 81
Figure 17 - Replace a Jettison Cable

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(3) Front guide block (29) Guide for the hook

(21) Internal handle (33) Nuts for jettison cables
(22) Hook (35) Cover panel
(24) Emergency handle (42) Washer
(25) Sliding carriage (80) Outer sheath adjuster
and nuts at the top
(27) Canopy jettison cables (81) Outer sheath adjuster
and nuts at the front
(28) Jettison pins
Figure 17 - Replace a Jettison Cable

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-03-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
CANOPY
REPLACE THE PROTECTION MOULDINGS ON THE INTERNAL HANDLE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

TEROSTAT-9200-1K-PUR Black (Henkel) .............................................. Commercial QTY As required
E. Materials
Protective gloves .................................................................................................. Local supply QTY AR
Protective goggles ................................................................................................ Local supply QTY AR
Breathing mask .................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Overalls covering arms and legs .......................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replace the Protection Mouldings
(1) Pull the old protection moulding(s) from the internal handle.
(2) Remove old adhesive from the handle.
(3) Temporarily put the new moulding in place on the internal handle.
(4) Do a canopy jettison test:

1T120TP-A-52-10-04-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Make sure that the protection mouldings do not foul on the cover for the canopy lock.
Refer to Canopy Jettison Operation Test.
(5) If necessary, trim the protection moulding to prevent fouling.

You may remove up to 40 mm from the rear end of a moulding.
WARNING WARNING: DO NOT GET ADHESIVE IN YOUR MOUTH, IN YOUR EYES OR

ON YOUR SKIN. DO NOT BREATH THE VAPOUR, ADHESIVE IS
HAZARDOUS.
WARNING WARNING: DO NOT ALLOW WATER TO CONTACT THE ADHESIVE.

WATER REACTS WITH THE ADHESIVE.
(6) Apply the adhesive to the mouldings in a well ventilated area.

Use TEROSTAT-9200-1K-PUR Black.
Follow the manufacturer’s application and safety instructions.
(7) Bond the protection mouldings to the handle.

1T120TP-A-52-10-04-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
REAR GUIDE RAIL

REMOVE/INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Rear Guide Rail

- Installation of the Rear Guide Rail

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Rear Guide Rail
(2) Remove the 4 nuts (63) and screws (62) with countersunk washers (64) that attach the rear
guide rail (6) .
(3) Remove the rail (6) .

1T120TP-A-52-10-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B. Installation of the Rear Guide Rail
(1)
Note The vertical flange of the rail touches the fuselage on the opposite side to the countersinks
for the attaching screws. The wider part of the top goes across the fuselage seam.
Put the guide rail (6) in position on the rear fuselage.
(2)
Note There are no washers under the low-profile nuts.
Install screws (62) with countersunk washers (64) and nuts (63) in the front 4 holes.
(3) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Practices - Airframe General, M5.
(5) Do a test of the canopy closing and make sure that the canopy closes fully without undue force.

1T120TP-A-52-10-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
7
60
Rear Fuselage
61
6
62
64
D
FW
54
63 56 53
mm n)
Fuselage Side-Wall 20 .79 i
(0
mm n)
20 .79 i
(0
65
5 x x
m
0m n) 8mm
mm n)
80 .15 i 15 5.9 i (0.32 in)
(
(3
View on Front of
Front Rail

1T120TP-A-52-10-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(5) Front guide rail (60) Screws attaching rear

stop
(6) Rear guide rail (61) Nuts attaching rear stop
(7) Rear stop (62) Screws attaching rear
guide rail
(53) Eye-bolt (63) Nuts attaching rear
guide rail
(54) Long screw (64) Countersunk washer
(56) Screw attaching rear of (65) Screws attaching front of
the guide rail front guide rail

1T120TP-A-52-10-04-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
REAR GUIDE BLOCK

REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Rear Guide Block

- Installation of the Rear Guide Block

None
None

Allen wrench ............................................................................................................ Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Rear Guide Block
Note Refer to IPD CANOPY GUIDES, INSTALLATION Illustrated parts data.
(2) Put the canopy on a canopy stand or padded bench on a surface that is not abrasive.
(3) Remove the 4 screws (70) from the cover panel for the guide block.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the panel (71) .
(5) Remove the guide block (4) as follows:
(a) Hold the bolt (72) with an Allen wrench.
(b) Remove the nut (73) and washer (74) .
(c) If a ring (75) and shim washer (76) are installed, make a note of the locations of the ring
(75) and shim washer (76) (old version).
(d) If a washer (74) is installed, make a note of the locations of the washer (74) (new version).
(e) Catch the guide block (4) complete with bolt (72) , ring (75) and shim washer (76) (if
installed, old version) or the washer (74) (new version).
(6) If you will install a new guide block do step A.7 to step A.9.
(7) Remove the bolt (72) , ring (75) and shim washer (76) (if installed, old version) or the
washer (74) (new version).
(8) Remove the 2 screws (77) that attach the buffer stop (78) and counter bearing (79) .
(9) Remove the buffer stop (78) and counter bearing (79) .
(10) If necessary, remove the dumper (80) with the screw (81) from the buffer stop bracket (78) .
B. Installation of the Rear Guide Block
Note Refer to IPD CANOPY GUIDES, INSTALLATION Illustrated parts data.
(1) If you will install a new guide block do step B.3 to step B.6.
(2) If necessary, attach the dumper (80) with the screw (81) to the buffer stop bracket (78) .
(3) Install the buffer stop (78) and counter-bearing (79) .
(4) Install the 2 attaching screws (77) .
(6) Assemble the bolt (72) , shim washer (76) (if installed, old version), guide block (4) and ring
(75) (if installed, old version) or the washer (75) (if installed, new version).
(7) Push the bolt, with the assembly, up through the bearing bracket in the canopy.
(8) Hold the bolt with an Allen wrench.
(9) Install the washer (74) and nut (73) .

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(11) Install the canopy on the aircraft, refer to Canopy Remove and Install.
(12) Do a test of the canopy closing and make sure that the canopy moves freely on the rails and closes
fully without undue force.
(14) Install the access panel (71) with 4 screws (70) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
70
71
73
D 74
FW
A
77 75
78
79
76
72
OLD VERSION
APPLICABLE FOR CANOPY
2T-A-5211-1000-00/00-0
Figure 19 - Removal/Installation of the Rear Guide Block (Sheet 1 of 2)

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
70
71
73
D
FW 74
81 80
A 77 74
78
79
72 NEW VERSION
APPLICABLE FOR CANOPY
2T-A-5211-1000-00/00-1
2T-A-5211-1000-00/71-0

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(4) Rear guide block (76) Shim washer

(70) Access panel screw (77) Internal hexagon screw
(71) Access panel (78) Bracket with buffer stop
(72) Internal hexagon bolt (79) Counter bearing
(73) Nut (80) Washer
(74) Washer (81) Dumper
(75) Ring

27 July 2018 52-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-10-05-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
52-40
ACCESS PANELS

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ACCESS PANELS
GENERAL
A. General
This chapter tells you about all of the access doors and panels. It tells you the location of each item. It tells you
how to remove/install each item.
Refer to Cowling General for data on the engine cowlings.
Refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data for cockpit panels.
B. Description
The G 120TP-A has rigid FRP access panels:
Screws (or quick release fasteners) attach each panel to the aircraft structure.
C. Panel Location
Figure 1 shows the access panels on the top of the aircraft.
Figure 2 shows the access panels below the aircraft.
For the access panels inside the cockpit and at the baggage compartment inside of the aircraft refer to Cockpit

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4 2
7
3 6
1
5
2
3 3
4
9 10 10 9
8
11 11
Figure 1 - Access Panels On Top Of The Aircraft

27 July 2018 52-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top cowling (7) Vertical stabilizer access

(2) Bottom cowling (8) Engine oil filler access
(3) Equipment (9) Fuel filler cap and outer
compartment panels fuel quantity probe (left
(left and right) and right)
(4) External power socket (10) Inner fuel quantity probe
(right only) (left and right)
(5) Rudder /elevator (11) Collector tank access
controls access (left and (left and right)
right)
(6) Horizontal stabilizer
access
Figure 1 - Access Panels On Top Of The Aircraft

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
25 27 29 28 28 29 26 27
22 23 24 24 23 22
21 21
BOTTOM VIEW
Figure 2 - Access Panels Below The Aircraft

27 July 2018 52-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(21) Elevator hinge access (26) Pitot tube access panel

panels (3 each side)
(22) Aileron hinge access (27) Aileron bellcrank access
panels (3 each side) panel (Left and right)
(23) Flap bellcrank access (28) Fuel connections access
panel (Left and right) panel (Left and right)
(24) Flap interconnect (29) Fuel tank access panels
quadrant (Left and right) (4 each side)
(25) Magnetic transducer
access panel
Figure 2 - Access Panels Below The Aircraft

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ACCESS PANELS
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of Access Panels

- Installation of Access Panels
- Removal of the Pitot Tube Access Panel
- Installation of the Pitot Tube Access Panel

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of Access Panels
(1) Hold the access panel and release the attaching screws or quick release fasteners.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Remove the access panel.
B. Installation of Access Panels
(1) Put the access panel in position.
(2) Hold the access panel and loosely install the attaching screws.
(4) Torque the screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M4 or M5.
C. Removal of the Pitot Tube Access Panel
(1) Hold the access panel and release the attaching screws.
(2) Move the access panel forward a small distance from the wing.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector for the OAT sensor, the electrical connector for the pitot heat,
the pitot pipe, the static pipe and the bonding cable inside the access panel hole.
(4) Remove the access panel and the pitot tube assembly.
D. Installation of the Pitot Tube Access Panel
(1) Put the access panel and pitot tube assembly in position in front of the wing to connect the electrical
connectors and pipes.
(2) Connect the electrical connector for the OAT sensor, electrical connector for the pitot heat, pitot
pipe, static pipe and bonding cable inside the access panel hole.
(3) Put the access panel and pitot tube assembly in position.
(4) Hold the access panel and loosely install the attaching screws.
(7) Do a test of the OAT indicator, refer to Engine Indicating General (analog) or Engine Indicating
General data (digital).
(8) Do a test of the pitot/static system, refer to Navigation General (analog) or Navigation General
data (digital).

27 July 2018 52-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 52-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 52-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-52-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ACCESS PANELS MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove/install the access panels. The procedures apply to all access panels. If a
panel is special, then it has its own procedure. Refer to Chapter 28-40 for removing/installing the fuel quantity
probe access panel.

1T120TP-A-52-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-52-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
53-00
FUSELAGE

1T120TP-A-53-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-53-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUSELAGE
GENERAL DATA
General
The G 120TP-A has a semi-monocoque fuselage. The fuselage has a rigid fibre-reinforced-plastic (FRP) shell.
And it has frames and webs for stiffness.
See Chapter 51-00 for data about general repairs to the fuselage. And see Fuselage Structure General Data for
details of the fuselage structure. If you must do a repair, ask GROB Aircraft for repair drawings. Repair drawings
show the layers of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the fuselage shells.

1T120TP-A-53-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-53-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
53-10
FUSELAGE STRUCTURE

1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUSELAGE STRUCTURE
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This chapter tells you about the parts which make the fuselage of the G 120TP-A. It tells you where each part is
located. And it tells you what the part does. See Standard Practices and Structures General for general data
about repairs. If you must do a repair, ask GROB Aircraft for repair drawings. Repair drawings show the layers
of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the fuselage shells

1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUSELAGE STRUCTURE
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the fuselage shells.
The fuselage has 2 FRP shells. A right shell (1) and a left shell (2) . The 2 shells are bonded together with
epoxy resin.
Each shell has many layers of glass or carbon-fibre fabric. Some layers cover the whole shell. Some give more
strength to a small area. For example to give more strength round the edge of the cockpit.
An FRP frame (3) bonds to the inside of each shell at the cockpit edge. A beam (4) holds the instrument-panel.
Bolts attach the beam to the FRP frame on each side of the cockpit. Two rods connect the bottom of the beam
to the nose landing-gear compartment
B. Front Fuselage Structure

(1) Description and Location
Figure 2 shows the front fuselage structure.

A bulkhead (20) closes the front of the fuselage. The bulkhead makes the firewall for the engine
compartment. And it makes the front face of the cockpit. A stainless-steel sheet (21) attaches to the front
face of the firewall. The stainless-steel sheet holds a ceramic-blanket (22) against the front of the bulkhead.
The firewall bulkhead has the attachments for the engine-mounting frame. Thick resin bonds two FRP
brackets (23) to the bulkhead and to the fuselage shells at the top. Thick resin bonds two FRP brackets
(23) to the bulkhead and to the fuselage shells at the bottom.
The firewall has a cut-out for the nose landing-gear. An FRP box (24) covers the rear of the cut-out. A
metal box (25) covers the front of the cut-out. Bolts attach the metal box to the firewall and to the fuselage
shells in front of the firewall.
(2) Construction
Thick resin bonds each component to the fuselage shell and to the other components.
- The firewall bulkhead has FRP skins and a rigid PVC foam core.
- The engine mounting brackets are rigid FRP mouldings.
- The nose landing gear compartment (rear) is a rigid FRP moulding
C. Middle Cockpit Structure

Figure 3 shows the middle cockpit structure.

The middle cockpit structure holds the rails for the pilot’s seats.
The area in front of the pilot’s seats has a floor structure. The floor structure makes the front fuselage rigid.
FRP box structures (30) on each side hold the rudder-pedal assemblies.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 53-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The front main-frame (31) holds the rear end of the front floor structure. Two box members (32) hold the
rudder-pedal adjuster assembly. They also give strength to the front main-frame and to the front seat-frame
(33) .
The middle main-frame (34) makes the front of the box for the wing main-spar. The middle seat-frame
(35) makes the rear of the main-spar box. It also makes the front of the compartment for the main landing-
gear.
Control webs (36) have the mountings for the flight controls. They also give strength to the seat frames.
The main frames and seat frames hold the seat rails (37) .
(2) Construction
- Theses items have FRP skins and a honeycomb core:
• The front main-frame.
• The front seat-frame.
• The middle main-frame.
• The middle seat-frame.
- The control webs are rigid FRP mouldings.

- The seat rails are rigid FRP mouldings.
D. Rear Cockpit Structure

Figure 4 shows the rear cockpit structure.

Inner webs (41) close the inboard ends of the main landing-gear compartments. The frame (42) closes
the rear of the main-gear compartments.
A rear main frame with four bends in it (43) holds the baggage-compartment floor panel. Two webs (44)
also hold the baggage-compartment floor panel. Two diagonal webs (45) connect the frame at the rear
of the landing-gear compartment to the rear main-frame. The rear cockpit-bulkhead (46) closes the rear
of the cockpit.
Large horizontal floor panels (47) cover the main landing-gear compartments. The rear seat-frame
(48) gives strength to structure. The rear seat frame does not hold the seats.
(2) Construction
- The frames have FRP skins and a honeycomb core.
- The diagonal webs have FRP skins and a honeycomb core.
- All other webs are rigid FRP mouldings.
- The rear cockpit bulkhead is a rigid FRP moulding.

27 July 2018 53-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
E. Rear Fuselage Structure

The rear fuselage has frames to make the FRP shell rigid. It also has a main longitudinal web.
The forward ring-frame (51) is in two parts. It has a left part and a right part. It attaches to the rear fuselage
shells.
The aft ring-frame (52) also has two parts. It attaches to the rear fuselage shells. The half-frames make
the rear fuselage rigid. Two cross members (53) give strength to the aft end of the rear fuselage.
The horizontal stabilizer cut-out has a front frame (54) and a floor member (55) . The floor member has
two access panels.
The space behind the rear cockpit bulkhead makes the rear equipment compartment. The floor panel (56)
makes the floor of the avionics-compartment. The frame (57) makes the aft face of the rear equipment
compartment.
The main longitudinal web (58) goes along the center of the rear fuselage. The ring frames do not attach
to the main longitudinal web.
(2) Construction
- Ring-frames are rigid FRP mouldings.
- The cross members are rigid FRP mouldings.
- The horizontal stabilizer cut-out front frame and floor member are rigid FRP mouldings.
- The floor panel of the equipment compartment has FRP skins and a honeycomb core.
- The main longitudinal web has FRP skins and a honeycomb core.
F. Rear Fuselage and Vertical-Stabilizer Structure

The vertical-stabilizer is integral with the rear fuselage. It has spars and ribs.
The rear fuselage has a cut-out for the horizontal stabilizer. The rear stabilizer-frame (61) is also the front
spar (62) of the vertical-stabilizer.
The vertical-stabilizer has a rear spar (63) . The rear spar goes from the bottom of the fuselage to the top
of the stabilizer. The bottom of the rear spar has the bottom hinge for the rudder. The middle hinge for the
rudder attaches half way up the spar. The top hinge for the rudder attaches near the top of the spar.
The rib (64) closes the bottom of the vertical-stabilizer at the front. It makes the top of the horizontal
stabilizer cut-out. The rib (65) goes between the vertical-stabilizer front spar and the vertical-stabilizer rear
spar.
The small rib (66) closes the top of the vertical-stabilizer. The small rib connects to the leading edge spar
(63) and the rear spar (64) . The small rib (66) also holds the top bearing for the rudder.
(2) Construction

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 53-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The rear stabilizer-frame has FRP skins with rigid FRP inserts. The top part (the vertical-
stabilizer front spar) has FRP skins with a rigid PVC foam core.
- The vertical-stabilizer rear spar is a rigid FRP moulding. It has a rigid FRP insert at the bottom.
- The vertical-stabilizer ribs are rigid FRP mouldings.

27 July 2018 53-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4
3 2
Figure 1 - Fuselage shells

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 53-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Right fuselage shell (3) Cockpit frame

(2) Left Fuselage shell (4) Instrument-panel beam
Figure 1 - Fuselage shells

27 July 2018 53-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
26
27
28
29
23
20
D
FW
26
22 24 29
23
28
27
25 21
Figure 2 - Front Fuselage Structure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 53-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Firewall bulkhead (25) Nose landing-gear

compartment (Front)
(21) Stainless-steel firewall (26) Wing mountings in
fuselage
(22) Ceramic-fabric fire- (27) Grooved bush
blanket
(23) Engine-mounting (28) Spherical bush
brackets (4) assembly
(24) Nose landing-gear (29) Tubular nut
compartment (Rear)
Figure 2 - Front Fuselage Structure

27 July 2018 53-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
37
36
D
FW
35
33 34
32
30 31
Figure 3 - Middle Cockpit Structure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 53-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Box structure for the (34) Front frame for the main-
rudder pedals spar box
(31) Front main-frame (35) Rear frame for the main-
spar box
(32) FRP box for rudder- (36) Control web
pedal adjuster
(33) Front seat-frame (37) Seat rail
Figure 3 - Middle Cockpit Structure

27 July 2018 53-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
48
47
46 FW
D
44
45
43
42
41
Figure 4 - Rear Cockpit Structure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 53-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(41) Inner web for the main- (45) Diagonal webs

gear compartment
(42) Rear frame for the main- (46) Rear cockpit-bulkhead
gear compartment
(43) Rear main-frame (47) Cover panel for the
main-gear compartment
(44) Baggage-compartment (48) Seat-back frame
floor webs
Figure 4 - Rear Cockpit Structure

27 July 2018 53-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
Figure 5 - Rear Fuselage Structure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 53-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(51) Forward ring-frame (55) Horizontal Stabilizer cut-

out floor
(52) Aft ring-frame (56) Rear Equipment-
compartment floor
(53) Cross members (57) Rear Equipment -
compartment frame
(54) Horizontal Stabilizer cut- (58) Main longitudinal web
out front frame
Figure 5 - Rear Fuselage Structure

27 July 2018 53-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
66
64
65
62
63
61
Figure 6 - Rear Fuselage and Vertical-Stabilizer Structure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 53-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(61) Horizontal Stabilizer cut- (64) Front rib

out rear frame
(62) Vertical-stabilizer front (65) Rear rib
spar
(63) Vertical-stabilizer rear (66) Top rib
spar
Figure 6 - Rear Fuselage and Vertical-Stabilizer Structure

27 July 2018 53-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-53-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FUSELAGE STRUCTURE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
General
If you must do a repair to the fuselage structure, you must ask GROB Aircraft for repair drawings that show the
layers of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the fuselage shells. If it is not a standard repair, the drawings also give
any special information. For example, dimensions of cut-outs for access, special materials or curing-cycles.
Refer to Investigation General for inspection procedures and limits. Refer to Repair Processes General for
standard repair procedures.

1T120TP-A-53-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-53-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
55-00
STABILIZERS

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 55-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STABILIZERS
GENERAL
A. General
Refer to Figure 1.
The G 120TP-A has the usual stabilizers. It has a one-piece horizontal stabilizer (1) and a vertical stabilizer
(2) . The vertical stabilizer is part of the fuselage. The stabilizers are made from FRP.
The horizontal stabilizer has left (3) and right (4) elevators. The elevators are inset in the horizontal stabilizer.
Both elevators have a trim/servo tab (5) and (6) .
The vertical stabilizer has a rudder (7) . The rudder has a horn balance. The horn balance holds the mass-
balance. Each elevator also has a mass-balance.
A dorsal fin (8) and a ventral fin (9) increase the vertical stabilizer area. You can remove both fins.
Refer to these chapters for data about the stabilizers:
- Vertical stabilizer (Integral with the fuselage), refer to Fuselage Structure Description
- Horizontal stabilizer, refer to Horizontal Stabilizer General
- Elevator and trim/servo tab, refer to Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab General
- Dorsal fin and ventral fin, refer to Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General
- Rudder, refer to Rudder and Tab General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
4 2 7
5
1 6
8
3
Figure 1 - Stabilizers

27 July 2018 55-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Horizontal stabilizer (6) Trim/servo tab on right

elevator
(2) Vertical stabilizer (7) Rudder
(3) Left elevator (8) Dorsal fin
(4) Right elevator (9) Ventral fin
(5) Trim/servo tab on left
elevator
Figure 1 - Stabilizers

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 55-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
55-10
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER

1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
GENERAL
A. General
The horizontal stabilizer has left and right elevators. The elevators are inset in the horizontal stabilizer. Both
elevators have a trim/servo tab.

1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the horizontal stabilizer.
The horizontal stabilizer has a top FRP shell (1) and a bottom FRP shell (2) . The stabilizer has a main spar
(3) and a trailing edge spar (4) . A short front spar (5) has the attachments for the front mounting.
Root ribs (6) make the ends of the carry-through box. The anti-buckle plates (7) make the carry-through box
rigid. Short outer ribs (8) make the cut-out for the elevator.
Each shell (1) and (2) has many layers of glass or carbon fabric. It also has a honeycomb core (9) . The fabric
makes inner and outer FRP skins bonded to the core. Cut-outs (10) in the top shell give access to the attaching
bolts.
The main spar (3) has a shear web (11) . The main spar is rigid FRP.
The trailing edge spar (4) has FRP skins and a rigid FRP insert in the center. The trailing edge spar has the
attachment bushes for the rear mounting-bolts (12) . The bush has a front part and a rear part. An adhesive
holds the bush in position.
Brackets (13) attach three hinge bearings to the trailing-edge spar on each side. The hinge bearings hold the
elevators.
The short front spar (5) has FRP skins. A thick FRP plate bonds to the rear face in the center. The front spar
has 2 bushes (11) . Each bush has a front part and a rear part. Two bolts go through the bushes to attach the
front of the horizontal stabilizer. An adhesive holds each bush in position.
Each root rib (6) has 3 parts. The front part closes the inner end of the leading edge at the fuselage joint. The
center and rear parts make the outer walls of the carry-through box.
FRP anti-buckle plates (7) give more strength to the carry-through box between the spars in the center of the
horizontal stabilizer.
B. Construction
Thick resin bonds all of the components in the horizontal stabilizer to each other and to the horizontal stabilizer
shells.
- The shells are FRP mouldings with a honeycomb core.
- The spars are rigid FRP mouldings with rigid FRP inserts
- The ribs are rigid FRP mouldings.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10
D
FW
3 7
11
12
6
13
14
8
5
2
Figure 1 - Horizontal Stabilizer Structure

27 July 2018 55-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top shell (8) Outer rib

(2) Bottom shell (9) Honeycomb core
(3) Main spar (10) Access holes for
attaching bolts
(4) Trailing edge spar (11) Main spar shear web
(5) Front spar (12) Bushes for the rear
mounting bolt
(6) Root rib (13) Hinge brackets
(7) Anti-buckle plates (14) Bushes for the front
mounting bolts
Figure 1 - Horizontal Stabilizer Structure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 55-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE REPAIR PROCEDURE AND DATA
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Repair Data
If you must do a repair to the horizontal stabilizer structure, you must ask GROB Aircraft for repair
drawings that show the layers of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the horizontal stabilizer shells. If it is not
a standard repair, the drawings also give any special information. For example, dimensions of cut-outs
for access, special materials or curing-cycles.
Refer to Investigation General for inspection procedures and limits. Refer to Repair Processes
General for standard repair procedures. Refer to Repair Materials General for repair materials.

1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Horizontal Stabilizer

- Installation of the Horizontal Stabilizer

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Horizontal Stabilizer
(1) Remove the dorsal fin, the rear fuselage access panels (Qty 2) and the vertical stabilizer access
panel for access, refer to Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General and Access Panels General.
(2) Remove the elevators, refer to Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab General.
(3) Cut the cable ties holding the co-axial cables to the top of the horizontal stabilizer.
(4) Disconnect the co-axial cable (20) for the NAV antenna at the coupler.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Disconnect these co-axial cables (21) for the COM 2 antenna at the in-line connector.
(6) Disconnect these co-axial cables (22) for the GPS 1 antenna at the antenna.
(7) Move the cables down and forward into the rear fuselage to clear the area over the horizontal
stabilizer.
(8) Remove 4 nuts and washers (24) .
(9) Remove the bracket (23) with the GPS antenna from the top, centre of the horizontal stabilizer.
(10) Loosen the stabilizer front bolts (25) .
(11) Remove the nuts (26) and special large washers A (27) .
(12) Remove the nuts (29) and special washer B (30) .
(13) Remove the bolts (28) and special washer B (30) .
(14) Hold the horizontal stabilizer and remove the tubular-bushes (32) from the aft attachments.
(15) Hold the horizontal stabilizer and remove the front bolts (25) complete with special washers B
(31) .
(16) Lift the horizontal stabilizer up and forward, clear of the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Horizontal Stabilizer
(1) Examine the bushes in the fuselage which hold the stabilizer.
(2) Also examine the bushes in the stabilizer spars.
(3) Lift the stabilizer into position in the aircraft.
(4) Loosely install each front bolt (25) complete with a special washer B (31) .
(5) Loosely install the large special washer A (27) and nut (26) .
(6) Put a special washer B (30) and tubular bush (32) on each aft bolt (28) .
(7) Put the assembly in position from the rear.
(8) Loosely install the special washer B (30) and a nut (29) .
(9) Tighten the front nuts (26) .
(10) Torque the nuts, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure Table 4.
(11) Tighten the aft nuts (29) .

27 July 2018 55-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(12) Torque the nuts, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure Table 4.
(13) Install the bracket (23) with the GPS antenna to the top of the horizontal stabilizer with 4 washers
and nuts (24) .
(15) Move the co-axial cable for the NAV antenna through the bottom of the vertical-stabilizer front- rib
to the NAV coupler.
(16) Connect the co-axial cable (20) for the NAV antenna at the coupler.
(17) Connect the co-axial cable (21) for the COM 2 antenna at the in-line connector.
(18) Connect the co-axial cable (22) for the GPS 1 antenna at the antenna.
(19) Install cable ties to hold the co-axial cables to the horizontal stabilizer.
(20) Install the elevators, refer to Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab General.
(21) Do an inspection of the controls which you connected.
(23) Install dorsal fin, rear fuselage access panels (Qty 2) and vertical stabilizer access panel after
access, refer to Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General and Access Panels General.
(24) Do a test for correct operation of the GPS and NAV functions for COM/NAV/GPS 1, refer to Speech
Communication General Data (analog) or Speech Communications General data (digital).
(25) Do a test for correct operation of the COM function for COM/NAV/GPS 2, refer to Speech
Communication General Data or Speech Communications General data (digital).

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
22
D
FW
21
28
29
28 30
29 32
30
32
25
26
31 23
27 24
Legend
(20) Co-axial cable for the (27) Special large washers A

NAV antenna
(21) Co-axial in-line (28) Aft bolts
connector for the COM 2
antenna
(22) Co-axial in-line (29) Aft nuts
connector for the GPS
antenna
(23) GPS antenna bracket (30) Aft special washers B
(24) Attaching nuts and (31) Front special washers B
washers for the bracket
(25) Front bolts (32) Tubular bushes
(26) Front nuts
Figure 2 - Removal and Installation of the Horizontal Stabilizer

27 July 2018 55-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
These maintenance practices tell you how to remove and install the horizontal stabilizer. Refer to Repair
Processes General for general repair data. And refer to Elevator and Trim/Servo Tab General to remove and
install the elevator.

1T120TP-A-55-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
55-20
ELEVATOR AND TRIM/SERVO TAB

1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has the usual elevator. The elevator has 2 parts. The left elevator attaches to the left trailing
edge of the horizontal stabilizer. And the right elevator attaches to the right trailing edge of the horizontal
stabilizer. Both elevators have a trim/servo tab.

1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the left elevator.
The right elevator is a mirror-image of the left elevator. Each elevator has these structural components.
(1) Shells
Each elevator has a top FRP shell (1) and a bottom FRP shell (2) . Each shell has many layers of fabric
and a rigid PVC foam core. The fabric makes the inner and outer skins of each shell. The skins bond to the
core. Some layers of fabric go over the complete elevator. And some layers go over a small area for more
strength.
(2) Spars and Ribs
Each elevator has these spars and ribs:

- A leading edge spar (3) .
- An inner rib (4) .
- A cranked bracing-rib (5) .
- An outer rib (6) .
- A trim-tab mounting-spar (7) .
The leading edge spar (3) has 3 mounting pads for hinge brackets (8) . Thick pieces of rigid FRP make
the mounting pads. Rivets attach an anchor nut plate to the rear face of the spar behind each mounting
pad. Bolts attach the hinge brackets to the leading edge spar. Small removable-panels cover the hinges.
Each elevator has an inner rib (4) . The rib is outboard of the root. A cranked rib (5) gives strength to the
inboard, rear part of each shell. A short outer rib (6) closes the outer end of each elevator.
Both elevators have a sub-spar (7) for the trim/servo tab. The sub-spar has a small rib at the outboard
end. The sub-spar has hinges for the trim/servo tab.
(3) Metal Components
A metal torque-tube (9) moves each elevator. The tube has a flange on the outboard end which bolts to
the elevator inner rib. The inner rib has an anchor nut aft of the spar. Forward of the spar a metal plate with
three holes aligns with the torque-tube mounting holes in the rib. The metal plate is part of the lightning
protection system.
A ballast-unit (10) holds the torque-tube against the inner rib. A small bolt holds the top, front hole of the
torque-tube to the inner rib. Three larger bolts attach the ballast-unit and torque tube to the inner rib.
The inboard end of the torque-tube also has a flange. The flange attaches to the elevator actuator lever
and to the torsion tube of the opposite elevator.
Lead mass-balance weights (11) attach to the leading edge of each elevator. You can adjust the elevator
balance with weights of different mass. Refer to Control Surface Balancing General for the procedure to
adjust the mass balance. Refer to Dimensions and Areas General for control mass-balance values.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Trim/Servo Tab
Each elevator has a trim\servo tab (12) . The trim/servo tab has FRP skins and a rigid foam core. Four
hinges bond to the top skin. Countersunk-screws attach two actuator levers to the trim/servo tab at the
inboard end. The screws go through a rigid FRP insert in the trim/servo tab.
(5) Construction
Thick resin bonds all of the components in the elevators to each other and to the elevator shells.
- The leading edge spar is a rigid FRP moulding.
- All ribs are rigid FRP mouldings.
- The trailing edge spar for the trim/servo tab cut-out is a rigid FRP moulding.

27 July 2018 55-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
6
11
1
7
8
12
4
8 5
FWD
9
10
5 4
12
2
10 3
8
8 6
Figure 1 - Elevator Structure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top shell (7) Trim-tab sub-spar

(2) Bottom shell (8) Hinges
(3) Leading edge spar (9) Torque tube
(4) Inner rib (10) Ballast unit
(5) Cranked rib (11) Mass-balance weights
(6) Outer rib (12) Trim/servo tab
Figure 1 - Elevator Structure

27 July 2018 55-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR(S)
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Repair Data
If you must do a repair to the elevator structure, you must ask GROB Aircraft for repair drawings that
show the layers of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the elevator shells. If it is not a standard repair, the
drawings also give any special information. For example, dimensions of cut-outs for access, special
materials or curing-cycles.
B. Refer to Investigation General for inspection procedures and limits. Refer to Repair Processes

1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR(S)
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Elevator(s)

- Installation of the Elevator(s)

None

Rigging pin ................................................................................................................. 120A-2701 QTY 1
Elevator Control-lock ................................................................................................. 120A-7724 QTY 2
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Elevator(s)
(1) Remove the dorsal fin, the rear fuselage access panels (2), the torque tube access panels (2) and
the elevator inboard access-panel for access, refer to Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General and
Access Panels General.
(2) Remove the rudder, refer to Rudder Remove and Install.
(3) Remove the cover panels (20) from the hinges as follows:

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(a) Remove the screws below each panel.
(b) Hold the elevator up.
(c) Move each panel (20) down and out of the gap.
(4) Remove 6 nuts, washers and bolts (21) which hold the torque tubes to the elevator actuator lever
(26) , through the hole in the vertical stabilizer spar.
(5) Remove the cotter-pin, nut, washer and bolt (22) which hold each trim rod to the trim/servo tab.
(6)
Note The inboard left hinge has 1 loose bush (24) . All the other hinges have 2 loose bushes
(24) .
Remove the nuts, washers, loose bushes (24) and hinge bolts (23) from the elevator.
(7) Lift the tip of the elevator up and move it out until the torque tube clears the fuselage.
(8) If necessary, do step A.5 to step A.7 for the other elevator.
B. Installation of the Elevator(s)
(1) Put the elevator in position on the horizontal stabilizer.
(2) Do the following steps for the left elevator only, refer to Figure 2, detail A:
(a) Install the inner hinge-bolt (23)
(b) Install 1 bush (24) on the inner hinge-bolt (23)
(c) Install the inner hinge bolt (23) from outboard.
(d) Install the washer and nut.
(e) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
(3) Do the following steps for all other hinge bolts (23) for both elevators, refer to Figure 2 detail B:
(a) Install 1 bush (24) on each bolt (23) .
(b) Install the hinge bolt (23) from inboard.
(c) Install 1 bush (24) outboard.
(d) Install the washer and nut.
(4) Install the bolt, washer, nut and cotter-pin (22) which attach each trim-rod to the trim/servo tab.

27 July 2018 55-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(6) If necessary, do step B.1 to step B.5 for the other elevator.
(7) Install a Rigging pin in the rear idler-lever through the rear fuselage access-panels.
(8) Hold the elevators in the neutral position with Elevator Control-lock.
(9) Put the elevator actuator lever (26) in position through the hole in the vertical stabilizer spar
between elevator torque tubes.
(10) Install 6 bolts, washers and nuts (21) which hold the torque tubes to the elevator actuator lever
as follows:
(a) Install the bolts from left and right in sequence through the hole in the vertical stabilizer spar.
(b) Install the bonding cable (25) to the forward bolt.
(c) Install a washer and nut on each bolt.
(d) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
(11) Remove the rigging pin from the rear idler-lever.
(12) Remove the elevator control-locks.
(13) Install the cover panels (20) for the hinges as follows:
(a) Hold the elevator up.
(b) Put the panel in position.
(c) Install the screws.
(14) Do a test for correct range of movement of the elevators, refer to Elevator General Data.
(15) Do a test for correct range of movement of the trim/servo tab, refer to Elevator Trim General Data.
(16) Do an inspection of the elevator controls which you connected.
(17) If necessary for your airworthiness authority, do a second inspection of the elevator controls.
(18) Do an inspection of the trim/servo tab controls which you connected.
(19) If necessary for your airworthiness authority, do a second inspection of the trim/servo tab controls.
(20) Install the rudder, refer to Rudder Remove and Install.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(21) Install dorsal fin, rear fuselage access panels (2), torque tube access panels (2) and elevator
inboard access-panel after access, refer to Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin General and Access Panels
General.

27 July 2018 55-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
25
21
26
22
20
A 23 20
20
24
A
D
FW
23
Legend
(20) Cover panels for the (24) Elevator hinge loose-

elevator hinges bushes
(21) Attaching parts for the (25) Bonding cable
elevator actuator lever
(22) Attaching parts for the (26) Elevator actuator-lever
trim/servo tab rods
(23) Elevator hinge bolts
Figure 2 - Elevator Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-20 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 55-20 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-20-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
ELEVATOR AND TRIM/SERVO TAB - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove and install the elevator. And how to remove and install the trim/servo tab.
Refer to Repair Processes General for general repair data. Refer to Elevator General Data for test/adjustment
data for the elevator control. And refer to Elevator Trim General Data for test adjustment data for the trim control
system.

1T120TP-A-55-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-20-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TRIM/SERVO-TAB
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Trim/Servo Tab

- Installation of the Trim/Servo Tab

None
None

Low-speed-power-drill .............................................................................................. Commercial QTY 1
Small hammer ......................................................................................................... Local supply QTY 1
E. Materials
General purpose grease ...................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Safety wire ................................................................................................ LN9424-145449-0.8 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Trim/Servo Tab
(1) Remove the elevator, refer to Elevator(s) Remove and Install.
(2) Hold the elevator and trim-tab.
(3) Remove the safety wire (30) from the inner hinge (31) .

1T120TP-A-55-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(4) Remove the long hinge pin (32) .
B. Installation of the Trim/Servo Tab
(1) Lubricate the hinge pin (32) with General purpose grease.
(2) Put the rod through the first part of the inboard hinge on the trim-tab.
(3) Put the trim-tab in position on the elevator.
(4) Push the hinge pin through the hinges as far as possible.
(5) Hold the end of the hinge pin with a Low-speed-power-drill.
(6) Slowly turn the hinge pin with the power drill and push the rod into the hinges.
(7) Remove the power drill from the rod.
CAUTION DO NOT HIT THE HINGE PIN HARD. YOU CAN DAMAGE THE FRP
STRUCTURE IF YOU HIT THE HINGE PIN HARD.
(8) Use a Small hammer and move the hinge rod fully into position. Take care not to damage the
structure.
(9) Install Safety wire (30) in the inner hinge.
(10) Make sure that there is safety wire installed in the outer hinge for the trim/servo tab on the elevator.
(11) If necessary, install Safety wire (33) .
(12) Install the elevator, refer to Elevator(s) Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-55-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30
31
31
32
31
D
FW
32
31
33
Figure 3 - Trim/Servo Tab Installation

1T120TP-A-55-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Safety wire for inner (32) Hinge pin

hinge
(31) Hinge (33) Safety wire for outer
hinge
Figure 3 - Trim/Servo Tab Installation

1T120TP-A-55-20-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
55-30
DORSAL FIN AND VENTRAL FIN

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a dorsal fin and a ventral fin. The fins attaches to the vertical stabilizer and fuselage structure.

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the dorsal fin and ventral fin installation.
(1) Dorsal Fin
An FRP moulding with rigid plastic foam sandwich makes the dorsal fin (1) . Screws (2) attach the dorsal
fin to the rear fuselage and the vertical stabilizer. You can remove the dorsal fin for access to the horizontal
stabilizer attachments.
(2) Ventral Fin
An FRP moulding with rigid plastic foam sandwich makes the ventral fin (3) . Screws (4) attach the ventral
fin to the bottom of the rear fuselage. The ventral fin has a metal tail skid (6) . You can replace the tail skid,
refer to Tail Skid Replace. The ventral fin contains the DME antenna (5) .

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
3 5
6 7
Figure 1 - Dorsal Fin and Ventral Fin Installation

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Dorsal fin (5) DME antenna connector

(2) Dorsal fin attaching (6) Tail skid
screws
(3) Ventral fin (7) Tail skid attaching
screws
(4) Ventral fin attaching (8) Bonding strap
screws

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DORSAL FIN
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Dorsal Fin

- Installation of the Dorsal Fin

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Dorsal Fin
(1) Remove the screws (2) attaching the dorsal fin (1) .
(2) Lift the dorsal fin (1) up and forward from the fuselage.
B. Installation of the Dorsal Fin
(1) Put the dorsal fin (1) in position on the fuselage.

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Install the screws (2) attaching the dorsal fin (1) .

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
3 5
6 7

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

screws
screws
screws

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
TAIL SKID
REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replacement of the Tail Skid

Refer to Tail Skid Replace.
(1) Remove the screws (7) attaching the tail skid (6) .
(2) Remove the tail skid (6) from the ventral fin (3) .
(3) Put the new tail skid (6) in position.
(4) Install the attaching screws (7) . Torque the screws, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M4.

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Perform a bonding test to the tail skid, refer to Lightning Protection System Bonding Test (analog
cockpit) or Lightning Protection System Bonding Test (digital cockpit).

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
3 5
6 7

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

screws
screws
(4) Ventral fin attaching (8) Bonding bracket
screws

1T120TP-A-55-30-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
DORSAL FIN AND VENTRAL FIN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove and install the dorsal fin and ventral fin.
Refer to Repair Processes General for general repair data.

1T120TP-A-55-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
VENTRAL FIN
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Ventral Fin

- Installation of the Ventral Fin

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Ventral Fin
(1) Remove the screws (4) attaching the ventral fin (3) .
(2) Hold the ventral fin (3) adjacent to the fuselage.
(3) Disconnect the co-axial connector (5) for the DME antenna.
(4) Disconnect the bonding strap connection (8) .

1T120TP-A-55-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Remove the ventral fin (3) from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Ventral Fin
(1) Hold the ventral fin (3) adjacent to the fuselage.
(2) Connect the bonding strap connection (8) .
(4) Put the ventral fin (3) in position on the fuselage.
(5) Install the screws (4) attaching the ventral fin (3) .

1T120TP-A-55-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
D
FW
3 5
6 7

1T120TP-A-55-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend

screws
screws
screws

1T120TP-A-55-30-01-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
55-40
RUDDER AND TAB

1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER AND TAB

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove and install the rudder. Refer to Repair Processes General for general repair
data. Refer to Rudder General Data for test/adjustment data for the rudder control.

1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER AND TAB

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the rudder.
The rudder (1) has left (2) and right (3) FRP shells. Each shell has many layers of fabric and a rigid PVC
foam core. The edge of the left shell bonds to the edge of the right shell.
A leading edge spar (4) joins the shells at the front of the rudder. It has a top part, a middle part and a bottom
part. An angled top bearing-rib (5) bonds to the top of the leading-edge spar. A short middle bearing-rib (6)
joins the top and bottom parts of the spar. A short bottom bearing-rib (7) joins the middle and bottom of the
spar. It holds the actuator lever (8) .
The rudder has 3 hinge pins. The top hinge-pin (9) attaches to the top bearing-rib. The middle hinge-pin
(10) attaches to the middle rib. The bottom hinge-pin (11) attaches to the bottom bearing-rib.
The bottom hinge-pin has a thread. A castle nut on the bottom hinge pin holds the rudder in position.
Lead weights (12) in the horn balance make the mass balance.
The rudder has a fixed trim-tab (13) . You can adjust the trim tab on the ground.
B. Construction
Thick resin bonds all of the components in the rudder to each other and to the rudder shells.
- The shells are FRP mouldings with a PVC foam core.
- The three parts of the leading edge spar are rigid FRP mouldings.
- The ribs are rigid FRP mouldings

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
12
1
3 9
13
6
10
2
7
8
11
Figure 1 - Rudder Structure

27 July 2018 55-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Rudder (8) Rudder actuator lever

(2) Left shell (9) Top hinge-pin
(3) Right shell (10) Middle hinge-pin
(4) Three-piece leading- (11) Bottom hinge-pin
edge spar
(5) Top bearing rib (12) Mass balance weights
(6) Middle bearing rib (13) Fixed trim tab
(7) Bottom bearing rib
Figure 1 - Rudder Structure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 55-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Repair Data
If you must do a repair to the rudder structure, you must ask GROB Aircraft for repair drawings that show
the layers of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the rudder shells. If it is not a standard repair, the drawings
also give any special information. For example, dimensions of cut-outs for access, special materials or
curing-cycles.

1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Rudder

- Installation of the Rudder

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Rudder

Refer to Figure 2.
(1) Remove the bolts (21) attaching the rudder control cables to the rudder actuator-lever.
(2) Release the attaching parts at the rudder bottom bearing as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin (22) from the castle-nut at the bottom bearing for the rudder.
(b) Remove the castle-nut (23) from the bottom hinge pin.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) Remove the small washer (24) .
(d) Remove the large washer (25) .
(3) Remove the cotter pin (27) and the washer (26) from each hinge pin at the rudder top and middle
bearings.
(4) Lift the rudder and remove the rudder from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Rudder
(1) Hold the rudder in position behind the vertical stabilizer.
(2) Move the rudder to put the hinge pins through the hinges.
(3) Assemble the attaching parts for the bottom bearing as follows:
(a) Install the large washer (25) .
(b) Install the small washer (24) .
(c) Install the castle nut (23) on the bottom hinge pin.
(d) Install the cotter pin (22) .
(4) Install the washer (26) and the cotter pin (27) to ach hinge pin at the rudder top and middle
bearings.
(5) Connect the rudder control cables to the rudder actuator lever with the bolts (21) .
(6) Torque the bolts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, AN/MS 1/4.
(7) Do a test for correct tension of the rudder control cables, refer to Rudder General Data.
(8) Do a test for correct range of movement of the rudder, refer to Rudder General Data.
(9) If necessary for your airworthiness authority, do a second inspection of the rudder controls.

27 July 2018 55-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
27 A
26 A
D
FW
21
B
21
25
24
23
22
Figure 2 - Rudder Installation

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 55-40 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(21) Control cable bolts (25) Large washer

(22) Cotter pin (26) Washer
(23) Castle nut (27) Cotter pin
(24) Small washer
Figure 2 - Rudder Installation

27 July 2018 55-40 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-55-40-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
RUDDER AND TAB - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove and install the rudder.
Refer to Repair Processes General for general repair data.
Refer to Rudder General Data test/adjustment data for the rudder control.

1T120TP-A-55-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-55-40-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
56-00
WINDOWS

1T120TP-A-56-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-56-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINDOWS
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a windscreen and a canopy with a large window. Refer to Flight Compartment Windows
General for the data on these flight compartment windows.

1T120TP-A-56-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-56-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
56-10
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT WINDOWS

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a windscreen. It also has a large window covering each side of the canopy. The windscreen
and canopy windows are moulded acrylic plastic.

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the flight compartment windows.
(1) Windscreen
A large acrylic moulding makes the windscreen. The moulding has 3-dimensional curves which make it
very strong. Special adhesive bonds the windscreen to the fuselage structure.
(2) Canopy Windows
Two large acrylic moulding makes the canopy windows. The moulding has 3-dimensional curves which
make it very strong. Special adhesive bonds each canopy window to the canopy frame.
x x x
1
x 2
x x
x
x x x
x x
x
X = 150mm (6 inch)
No Damage Permitted in Shaded Area
x
Legend
(1) Windscreen (2) Canopy window
Figure 1 - Flight Compartment Windows And Damage Limits

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINDOW
REPAIR PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Damage Limits
- Preparation
- Temporary Repairs
- Permanent Repairs

None

Small high-rotary-grinder ...................................................................................... Commercial QTY A/R
E. Materials
ACRIFIX 192 Adhesive .......................................................................................................... - QTY A/R
TENSOL Cement No. 70. ....................................................................................................... - QTY A/R
ACRIFIX Thinner and Cleaner 30 (for ACRIFIX 192) ............................................................ - QTY A/R
Masking tape/materials .......................................................................................................... - QTY A/R
Polyester or cellulose adhesive tape ...................................................................................... - QTY A/R
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Damage Limits
The maximum crack length is 150 mm (6 inch).
You must not repair cracks/holes in the shaded area of Figure 2. If there is a crack/hole in the shaded
area, replace the window.
If in doubt, contact GROB.
B. Preparation
Note ACRIFIX 192 pot life (200 g in glass vessel exposed to diffuse ambient lighting) 30 min. at 25 °
C (77 °F)
Use cold ultra-violet light to cure ACRIFIX 192 as follows:
Lamp Type Example Curing Time at 25 ºC (77 ºF)

Fluorescent lamp, illuminant 25 15 to 30 min
(Preferred, no UV safety precautions
required)
Superactinic UV-A fluorescent lamp Philips TL .../05 10 to 15 min
Tanning studio UV-A fluorescent lamp Philips TL .../09 10 to 15 min
Diffuse ambient lighting, illuminant 25 1.5 to 3 hrs
Fillers become smaller when they cure. Apply fillers so that they are above the level of the window surface
and then cut them back level when they cure.
If you repair a vertical crack, then keep the filler in place with plastic-adhesive tape. You must apply a
second coat of filler to vertical cracks.
C. Temporary Repairs
Figure 3 shows a temporary repair. Stop-drill the ends of a crack. Use a 2.5 mm (3/32 inch) drill.
D. Permanent Repairs
(2) Put the canopy on a canopy stand and make the repair area horizontal.
(3) Mask the general area around the crack.
(4) Use a high-speed-rotary-grinder. Cut a groove along the crack in the outer surface of the window,
refer to Figure 3 Step 1.
(5) Countersink the temporary stop-drill holes.
(6) Use polyester or cellulose adhesive tape. Seal the stop-drill holes on the inner surface.

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Mask to the edges of the groove
(8) Apply filler to the groove and to the stop-drill holes.
(9) Let the filler cure. Refer to the filler manufacturers information for details.
(10) If possible, turn the window so that the inner surface is up.
(11) Cut a groove along the crack in the inner surface of the window.
Note This groove is less deep than the outer surface groove, but it must cut into the outer layer
of the filler. This prevents holes in the filler.
(12) Countersink the filler in the temporary stop-drill holes on the inner surface to 1 mm (0.04 inch).
(13) Use polyester or cellulose adhesive tape. Mask to the edges of the groove
(14) Apply filler to the groove and to the stop-drill holes.
(15) Let the filler cure. Refer to the filler manufacturers information for details.
(16) Remove the masking materials.
(17) Grind the filler to the profile of the surface. Grind both sides.
(18) Use a repair kit for an acrylic window. A transparent repair is possible! Polish the repair area with
fine abrasive paper.
x x x
1
x 2
x x
x
x x x
x x
x
X = 150mm (6 inch)
No Damage Permitted in Shaded Area
x
Figure 2 - Flight Compartment Windows and Damage Limits

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Windscreen (2) Canopy window
Figure 2 - Flight Compartment Windows and Damage Limits

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Polyester or Cellulose
Adhesive Tape 60-90°
Crack Window
>2/3 Thickness
Outer
Surface
Inner
Surface
STEP 1
Cold UV Light
200 mm ACRIFIX 192 filler
(8 in)
Stop-dril 2.5mm (3/32 inch)
STEP 2
Temporary Repair
Outer >1/3 Thickness
Surface
Inner
Surface 60-90°
Polyester or Cellulose
Adhesive Tape STEP 3
200 mm ACRIFIX 192 filler
(8 in)
Cold UV Light
STEP 4
Grind to contour and
polish with fine abrasive paper
STEP 5
Permanent Repair
Figure 3 - Repairs to cracks in Windows

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-685A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINDOW
REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Preparation for windshield replacement

- Preparation for canopy window replacement
- Replacement of a Window
- Completion for windshield replacement
- Completion for canopy window replacement

None

Small high-speed-rotary-grinder ............................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Safety Glasses ......................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Butyl or nitrile rubber gloves .................................................................................. Commercial QTY AR
AGOMET U3 with AGOMET hardener white ....................................................................... U3 QTY AR
Resin ..................................................................................... Rutapox EPL20 QTY 100 parts by weight
Hardener ............................................................................................... EK573 QTY 23 parts by weight
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 56-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
A. Preparation for windshield replacement
(3) Remove the instrument panel to get full access, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General
(analog) or Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital).
(4) Remove the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (digital)
or Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install (analog).
(5) Use plastic sheet and masking tape. Protect the instrument panel area and the inside of the cockpit.
(6) Use plastic sheet and masking tape. Protect the fuselage forward and beside of the windscreen.
(7) Install covers and blanks in all air intakes.
B. Preparation for canopy window replacement
C. Replacement of a Window
Note Use this procedure to replace the windscreen or to replace a canopy window. You must cut the
window to replace it.
CAUTION DO NOT CUT INTO THE STRUCTURE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE WINDOW.
IF YOU CUT THE STRUCTURE, YOU CAN DECREASE THE STRENGTH
(1)
(2) Use a high-speed-rotary-grinder and cut the damaged window from its frame.
(3) Grind the frame to remove the remaining window material and adhesive.
(4) Do not remove the protective coating from the new window.
(5) Hold the window in position with masking tape.
(6) Use a high-speed-rotary-grinder. Cut the new window to size.
(7) Remove the window.

27 July 2018 56-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Remove the protective coating from the bonding area of the window.
(8) Use 120 grade abrasive paper. and grind the bonding surface of the window.
(9) Use masking tape with paper. Make sure that the viewing area of the window is completely
protected.
WARNING WORK IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE VAPOURS

FROM THE HARDENER OR THE MIXED ADHESIVE. THE VAPOUR IS
HARMFUL WHEN INHALED.
WARNING WEAR SAFETY GLASSES AND PROTECTIVE GLOVES TO WORK WITH

THE ADHESIVE. THE HARDENER AND MIXED ADHESIVE CAN CAUSE
IRRITATION.
(10) Use AGOMET U3 with hardener white. Follow the manufacturers mixing instructions.
(11) Apply adhesive to the window. Apply a mixture of adhesive with glass balls (Aeroseal) to the frame.
(12) Put the window in position in the frame. Hold the window in place with masking tape.
(13) Remove unwanted adhesive.
(14) Let the adhesive cure.
(15) Remove the masking tape.
(16) Grind the edge of the window and frame to the correct contour.
(17) Use GS510030 with resin Rutapox EPL20 100 parts by weight and hardener EK573 23 parts by
weight.
(18) Apply 2 layers of glass fibre fabric over the frame and the edge of the window:
- 50 mm wide ± 45°.
(19) Let the resin cure, refer to Repair Processes General.
(20) Apply filler to the edge of the window. Grind the filler to a smooth contour.
(21) Paint the frame and the edge of the window, refer to Repair Processes General.
(22) Remove the protective coating from the window.
D. Completion for windshield replacement
(1) Remove the protective materials from the instrument panel area and the cockpit.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 56-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Remove the protective materials from the fuselage.
(3) Install the instrument panel cover, refer to Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install or
Instrument Panel Cover Remove and Install.
(4) Install the instrument panel, refer to Instrument & Control Panels General (analog cockpit) or
Instrument & Control Panels General Data (digital cockpit).
(6) Connect the battery after maintenance, Battery Servicing.
E. Completion for canopy window replacement

27 July 2018 56-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-56-10-00-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT WINDOWS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to replace damaged windows. Refer to Unscheduled Servicing General for data on
cleaning windows.

1T120TP-A-56-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-56-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SUN PROTECTION FILM

REPLACE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None

None
E. Materials
Cleaning agent ...................................................................................................... Commercial QTY AR
Rubber spatula ......................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
Sharp knife ............................................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Replacement of the Sun Protection Film
CAUTION DO NOT LET THE CANOPY WINDOWS TOUCH ANY HARD, DIRTY OR
ABRASIVE SURFACE. IT WILL DAMAGE THE WINDOWS.
(2) Put the canopy upside down on a soft, clean surface.

1T120TP-A-56-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(3) Carefully remove the existing sun protection film.
CAUTION DO NOT CLEAN THE CANOPY WHEN IT IS DRY OR WITH A DIRTY SPONGE
OR LEATHER. DIRT AND DUST CAN SCRATCH THE CANOPY.
(4) Carefully clean the inside of each window and allow it to dry, refer to Unscheduled Servicing
General.
(5) Clean and degrease each window where the sun protection film goes. Use the cleaning agent.
(6) Remove the protection film from the self-adhesive film and spray with cleaning agent.
(7) Apply the self-adhesive film to the inside of each window, refer to Figure 4.
Note Carefully move the film into position.
(8) Use a rubber spatula. Remove the moisture between the window and the self-adhesive film.
Note Work from inside to out.
CAUTION DO NOT DAMAGE THE CANOPY WINDOWS WHEN YOU CUT THE FILM.
(9) Install the canopy, refer to Canopy General.

1T120TP-A-56-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
2 2
30 30
View on Inside of Canopy
Figure 4 - Apply Sun Protection Film

1T120TP-A-56-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(2) Windows (30) Sun protection film
Figure 4 - Apply Sun Protection Film

1T120TP-A-56-10-01-00A-921A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
57-00
WINGS

1T120TP-A-57-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINGS
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a semi-monocoque wing structure. Each wing has a fuel tank in the leading edge. And it
has a landing flap on the inner trailing-edge. The outer trailing-edge has an aileron. A winglet attaches to each
wing-tip.
Each wing has a bottom fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) shell and a top FRP shell. A main spar takes the structural
loads. An auxiliary spar closes the trailing-edge of the wing.
The leading edge of the wing makes a torsion-box. A root rib closes the inboard end of the wing. And 7 ribs make
the leading edge rigid. The leading edge has an auxiliary spar which makes the front face of the fuel tank.
Each wing has a stub-spar. The stub-spars overlap in the fuselage. Two large bolts connect the stub-spars to
each other. And 3 large bolts in each root rib attach the wing to the fuselage.
The wing has a cut-out in the bottom shell for the main landing-gear. Strong webs at the inner end hold the rear
mounting for the main gear-leg. The main spar-web has the front mounting for the main gear-leg.
Wing Structure General tells you about the wing structure. It also tells you how to remove and install the wing.
Winglet General tells you about the winglet. Flaps General tells you about the landing flaps. Ailerons and Tabs
General tells you about the ailerons.

1T120TP-A-57-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
57-10
WING STRUCTURE

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WING STRUCTURE
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has a semi-monocoque wing structure. Each wing has a fuel tank in the leading edge. And it
has the mountings for the main landing-gear. It has a landing flap on the inner trailing-edge. And the outer trailing-
edge has an aileron.
This Section tells you about the parts which make the wing. It tells you where each part is located. And it tells
you what the part does. Refer to Standard Practices and Structures General for data about general repairs. And
ask Grob for data about major repairs to the wing structure.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WING STRUCTURE
DESCRIPTION
A. Description - Wing Shells

Figure 1 shows the wing shells.
Each wing has a top FRP shell (1) and a bottom FRP shell (2) . Each shell has many layers of glass or carbon
fiber fabric. Each shell has honey-comb (3) between some layers to make a sandwich. The honey-comb makes
the shell rigid
B. Wing Structure
(1) Description and Location - Forward Part of the Wing
Figure 2 shows the structure inside the front part of the wing.
The main spar (20) takes the structural loads. The spar has two spar caps (21) and a shear-web (22) .
The spar-caps go the full length of the spar assembly.
The root rib (23) is a rigid FRP moulding. The root rib attaches to the main spar. It has 3 mountings for
the bolts which attach the wing to the fuselage. The forward part of the root rib makes the inboard wall for
the fuel tank. And the spar web makes the rear wall of the fuel tank.
The leading edge has a tank spar (24) which makes the front face of the fuel tank. The tank spar attaches
to the root rib and to the outer tank rib (25) . The outer tank rib makes the outboard wall of the fuel tank.
A collector-tank rib (26) closes the inboard end of the tank. Refer to Chapter 28-10 for data about the
collector tank. A support rib (27) adds strength to the inboard part of the wing. An anti-surge rib (28)
prevents large quantities of fuel moving between the inner and outer parts of the tank.
Three middle tank-ribs (29) add strength between the main spar and the tank spar.
(2) Construction
Thick resin bonds all of the components in the wing to each other and to the wing shells.
- The spar-caps are carbon-fiber rovings.
- The spar web has FRP skins and a PVC rigid foam core.
- The tank spar has FRP skins and a PVC rigid foam core.
- All other ribs and webs are rigid FRP mouldings.
(3) Description and Location - Aft part of the Wing
Figure 3 shows the structure inside the aft part of the wing.
An inner trailing-edge spar (30) closes the trailing-edge of the wing in front of the flaps. The inner trailing-
edge spar attaches to the root rib (23) and to the middle trailing-edge rib (31) . The flap outer hinge-bracket
attaches to the middle trailing-edge rib.
An outer trailing-edge spar (32) closes the trailing-edge in front of the ailerons. The outer trailing-edge
spar attaches to the outer trailing-edge rib (31) and to the wing-tip rib (33) .

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
The main landing-gear attaches to the wing aft of the main spar (20) . A landing-gear rib (34) connects
the main spar to the inner trailing-edge spar. A landing-gear web (35) attaches to the inner side of the
landing-gear rib and to the root rib. The landing-gear web has the aft mounting for the main landing-gear.
A trailing-edge rib (36) attaches to the main spar and to the inner trailing-edge spar. A short rib (37)
makes the flap cut-out at the inner end. The flap inner hinge bracket attaches to it.
(4) Construction
- Trailing-edge spars are rigid FRP mouldings with rigid FRP inserts.
- The main gear web is a rigid FRP moulding with rigid FRP inserts
(5) Description and Location - Minor Internal Structure
Figure 4 shows the minor structure in the wing.

The wing has minor internal structure which holds control components. Or which gives strength where the
wing shell has a cut-out.
The inner trailing-edge spar (30) has a rib with a bend (40) . The rib add strength the flap actuator bellcrank
attaches to the inner trailing-edge spar.
A rib with a bend (41) goes between the outer trailing-edge spar (32) and the main spar-web. The rib
holds the aileron actuator-bellcrank. The outer trailing-edge spar also has three aileron-bearing ribs (42)
which hold the aileron hinge-bearings.
The top shell has two control-rod guide-bush blocks (43) for the aileron control. The control-rod guide-
bush blocks bond to the top shell. They do not bond to any other part of the structure.
(6) Construction
- Ribs which hold bellcranks have rigid FRP inserts.
- The control rod guide-bush-blocks are rigid PVC foam with FRP skins
(7) Description and Location - Wing Center-Joint
Figure 5 shows the wing center-joint.

The center joint is under the pilots seats and forward of the landing-gear wheel compartments. The inboard
end of the left spar (20) (the left stub-spar) overlaps the inboard end of the right spar (the right stub-spar).
The right stub-spar goes in front of the left stub-spar.
Each stub-spar has 2 holes for the center joint. It has a hole at the wing root and a hole at the stub end.
Large pins (50) go through the holes. They make the center joint.
Each hole in the stub-spar has 2 bushes. Each bush has a large flange. A long bush (51) goes the full
distance through the spar at the wing root. A short bush (52) engages with the long bush from the other
face of the spar. The bushes transmit the loads from the spar into the large pins.

27 July 2018 57-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Both bushes go the full distance through the spar at the stub end. One bush (53) has a larger bore than
the other bush (54) . The bush (54) goes inside the bush (53) . The bushes transmit the loads from the
spar into the large pins.
Each large pin has a flange at one end. The flange has 2 flats which engage with the rear bush. It also has
a small end with a thread. A large washer with a recess (55) goes over the threaded end. And a
washer (56) with a stiff nut (57) holds the pin in position.
Both pins go through the stub-spars from the rear. The rear bushes in the rear (left) stub-spar have a slot
in the rear face. The flange on each main pin engages with the slot. The slot stops the pin from turning in
the bush.
(8) Description and Location - Attachment of the Wings to the Fuselage
Figure 6 shows the attachment of the wings to the fuselage.

Three large bolts (60) attach each wing to the fuselage. The front and rear bolts have a thread. The center
bolts do not have a thread.
Each bolt has a mounting which bonds to the root rib. A bush with grooves (61) bonds to the mounting.
And the bush holds the bolt. You cannot replace the mounting in service.
The bolts engage with mountings (62) in the fuselage. Fuselage Structure General Data tells you about
the mountings in the fuselage.
Each large bolt (60) engages with a spherical bush in the related fuselage mounting. A special washer
with a chamfer (63) goes between the wing and the fuselage. If necessary, you can install thin washers
(64) between the special washer and the wing mounting.
A tubular spacer (65) with a large plain-washer (66) go on the inboard end of each front bolt. And a castle
nut (67) with a small plain washer (68) holds each front bolt. A cotter pin (69) locks the nut.
Each rear bolt has the same components. The center bolts do not have threads. They do not have items
65-69.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 1 - Wing Shells

27 July 2018 57-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top FRP shell (3) Honeycomb core

(2) Bottom FRP shell
Figure 1 - Wing Shells

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
23
20
26
27
24
28
29
23
25 21
22
Figure 2 - Wing Internal Structure - Main Spar Forward

27 July 2018 57-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Main spar (25) Outer tank-rib

(21) Main-spar cap (26) Collector-tank rib
(22) Main-spar shear-web (27) Support rib
(23) Root rib (28) Anti-surge rib
(24) Tank spar (29) Middle tank-ribs (3)
Figure 2 - Wing Internal Structure - Main Spar Forward

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
34 23 31
35
30
37
36
32
33
Figure 3 - Wing Internal Structure - Aft of the Main Spar

27 July 2018 57-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Main spar (33) Wing tip rib

(23) Root rib (34) Landing-gear rib
(30) Inner trailing-edge spar (35) Landing-gear web
(31) Middle trailing-edge rib (36) Center trailing-edge rib
(32) Outer trailing-edge spar (37) Flap cut-out rib
Figure 3 - Wing Internal Structure - Aft of the Main Spar

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
30
43
40
43
32
42
41
Figure 4 - Wing Minor Internal Structure

27 July 2018 57-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(30) Inner trailing-edge spar (41) Aileron bellcrank rib

(32) Outer trailing-edge spar (42) Aileron-bearing ribs (3)
(40) Flap-bellcrank rib (43) Guide-bush blocks for
the aileron rod
Figure 4 - Wing Minor Internal Structure

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
D
FW
53
A
50
54
51
52
57 55
56
Figure 5 - Wing Center Joint

27 July 2018 57-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Main spars (54) Small bore bush at stub

end
(50) Large pin (55) Large washer with a
recess
(51) Long bush at root end (56) Plain washer
(52) Short bush at root end (57) Stiff nut
(53) Large bore bush at stub
end

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B
A
61
63
64
60
60
62
63
64
62
65
66
68 D
FW
67
69
Figure 6 - Wing to Fuselage Attachments

27 July 2018 57-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(60) Wing mounting bolt (65) Tubular spacer

(61) Bush with grooves (66) Large plain-washer
(62) Fuselage mounting (67) Castle nut
(63) Special washer with a (68) Plain washer
chamfer
(64) Thin washer as (69) Cotter pin
necessary

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 57-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINGS
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Repair Data
If you must do a repair to the wing structure, you must ask GROB Aircraft for repair drawings that show
the layers of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the wing shells. If it is not a standard repair, the drawings
curing-cycles.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINGS
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Wings

- Preparation for Installation of the Wings
- Installation of both Wings

None

Wing trestle ........................................................................................................ 120TP-5700-02 QTY 2
Wing trolley ......................................................................................................... 120TP-5700-03 QTY 2
Special tool to align the spar joints ............................................................. 2T-W-5300-1700-10 QTY 1
E. Materials
Anti-corrosive jointing-compound ............................................................................ GS510006 QTY AR
Shim .................................................................................................................. 115C-1001.28 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Wings

Refer to Figure 7, Figure 8, Figure 9, Figure 10 and Figure 11.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Use this procedure to remove 1 wing or both wings. If you remove only 1 wing, then release only
the connections for that wing.
You do not have to remove the main gear to remove the wings.
(5) Remove the pilots seats, the baggage compartment floor panel and the front cockpit floor panels
for access, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data.
WARNING RELEASE PRESSURE FROM THE WHEEL BRAKE SYSTEM BEFORE YOU
WORK ON THE SYSTEM. HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER HIGH PRESSURE
CAN PENETRATE YOUR SKIN AND CAUSE DISEASE.
WARNING DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOU. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CAUSE
SKIN DISEASE AND DAMAGE CLOTHING.
CAUTION CLEAN OFF SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID IMMEDIATELY. HYDRAULIC

FLUID CAN DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE AND IT CAN REMOVE
PAINT FROM COMPONENTS.
(6)
Put a container under a connection to collect hydraulic fluid.
Drain the brake system, refer to Wheels and Brakes for Parker brake system General, as follows:
(a) Release the parking brake.
(b) Release the bleed nipple on the left brake unit.
(c) Operate the foot brake many times until no more fluid comes out.
(d) Release the bleed nipple on the right brake unit.
(e) Operate the foot brake many times until no more fluid comes out.
(f) Tighten the bleed nipples.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(7) Disconnect these items in the main landing-gear compartment, refer to Landing Gear General.
Disconnect the items as follows:
- The emergency release cable (70) for the main gear up-lock
- The eye-end of the main gear actuator (71)
- The electrical connectors (72)
- The brake pipe (73)
- The hydraulic lines at the up-lock (74) .
(8) Disconnect these items under the baggage compartment:

- The aileron control-rod (80) at the idler lever, refer to Flight Controls General Data
- The flap control-rod (81) at the idler lever, refer to Flight Controls General Data
- The electrical bonding-connection (82)
- The flap interconnect flexible-cables (83) at the adjuster, left and right.
(9) Disconnect these items in the front cockpit:

- The pitot flexible-pipe (90) (Left wing only).
- The static flexible-pipe (91) (Left wing only).
- The electrical connector (92) .
- The bonding attachment (93) .
- The fuel low level sensor (94) .
- The fuel temp sensor (101) .
- The fuel vent-pipe (95) .
- The fuel hose (96) for the jet pumps (Left wing only).
- The fuel-supply hose (97) (Left wing only).
- The fuel-transfer hose (99) (Right wing only).
- The fuel-return hose (100) (Right wing only).
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE TRESTLES HOLD THE WINGS. IF YOU REMOVE
THE WING ATTACHMENT BOLTS, WHEN THE TRESTLES DO NOT HOLD
THE WINGS, THEN YOU CAN DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.
(11) Release the main spar joint as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (57) from the 2 pins which hold the wing spar joint.
(b) Remove the washers (55) , (56) .
(c) Remove the large pins (50) .

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(12)
Note Remove the pins aft from the landing-gear compartment.
Release the wing-to-fuselage attachments as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pins (69) from the wing attachment nuts.
(b) Remove the castle nuts (67) .
(c) Remove the plain washer (68) , large plain-washer (66) and tubular spacer (65) from
each bolt.
WARNING EACH WING WEIGHS 116.5 KG (256 LB) WITH THE MAIN GEAR LEG. YOU
MUST USE 3 PEOPLE TO HOLD THE WING. OR USE A HOIST TO HOLD
THE WING.
(13) Take care that the electrical cables (or other connections) do not catch and move the wing outboard
clear of the fuselage.
(14) Put the wing in the Wing trolley.
(15) Note the thickness and quantity of any shim-washers installed between the wing and the special
washer with a chamfer.
(16) If necessary, do step A.8 to step A.15 for the other wing.
B. Preparation for Installation of the Wings

Note Use this procedure to install one wing or both wings.
(1) Examine the wing and make sure that these items are installed and serviceable:
- The attachment bolts (60) .
- The special washer (63) with a chamfer (Chamfer towards the fuselage).
- The pitot flexible-pipe (90) (Left wing only).
- The static flexible-pipe (91) (Left wing only).
- The electrical connector (92) .
- The electrical bonding attachment (93) .
- Aileron control rod 7 (80) .
- Flap control rod 2 (81) .
- The flap interconnect flexible-cables (83) .
- The brake pipes.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- The fuel low level sensor (94) .

- The fuel temp sensor (101) .
- The fuel hoses (96) , (97) , (98) (Left wing only).
- The fuel hoses (99) , (100) (Right wing only).
(2) Examine the fuselage and make sure that the main attachment spherical bushes are installed and
serviceable.
(3) Apply Anti-corrosive jointing-compound to the plain part of each main attachment bolt, any shim
washers and the special washers with a chamfer.
(4) If the landing-gear leg is installed in the wing, set the leg in the full down position and engage the
down lock.
WARNING EACH WING WEIGHS 116.5 KG (256 LB) WITH THE MAIN GEAR LEG. YOU MUST
USE 3 PEOPLE TO HOLD THE WING. OR USE A HOIST TO HOLD THE WING.
C. Installation of both Wings

(1) Installation of the first Wing
Note Use this procedure if you will install both wings.

Refer to step C.2 for the procedure to install a wing when the other wing is already installed.
(a) Put the wing in position in the fuselage.
(b) Make sure that the pipes/cables go through the access holes in the fuselage.
(c) Make sure that the fuselage bushes align with the attachment bolts.
(d) Hold the wing with a Wing trestle and move it fully into position in the fuselage.
(e) Make sure that the pipes/cables/hoses go through the access holes in the fuselage.
(f) Make sure that the fuselage bushes align with the attachment bolts.
(g) Apply Anti-corrosive jointing-compound to the spacer (65) .
(h) Install the tubular spacer (65) , the large washer (66) , the small washer (68) , the castle
nut (67) and the cotter pin (69) on each attachment bolt (60) .
(i) Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
(j) Install the second wing, refer to step C.2.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(2) Installation of the second Wing
(a) Put the second wing in position in the fuselage.
(b) Make sure that the pipes/cables go through the access holes in the fuselage.
(c) Make sure that the fuselage bushes align with the attachment bolts.
(d) Apply Anti-corrosive jointing-compound to the spacer (65) .
(e)
Note Do not tighten the nut.
Loosely install the tubular spacer (65) , the large washer (66) , the small washer (68) and
the castle nut (67) on each attachment bolt (60) .
(f)
Note You can move each wing a small amount to align the components during assembly.
Use the Special tool to align the spar joints and adjust each wing to align the holes in the
spars.
(g) Assemble the spar joints as follows:
1. Apply Anti-corrosive jointing-compound to the component surfaces.
2. Push each large pin (50) from the landing-gear compartment forward through the
holes in the spars.
3. Align the flats on the pin with the slot in the bush.
4. Install the large washer (55) in front of the spar from the cockpit.
5. Install the stiff-nut (57) with the washer (56) .
6. Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure, Table 4, M12.
(h) Calculate the need for shims between the second wing and the fuselage as follows:
1. Tighten the castle nuts (67) progressively until the washers (66) , (68) cannot be
turned by hand.
2. Tighten each nut (67) alternately 1/3 of a turn at a time.
3. Count the number of 1/3 turns on each nut. Each 1/3 turn = 0.5 mm shim.
(i) Final torque the nuts, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure, Table 4, M16.
(j) Disconnect the attachments for the second wing, refer to step A.12.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(k) Move the second wing outboard so that the wing attachment bolts are clear of the fuselage.
(l) Apply Anti-corrosive jointing-compound to each Shim (one Shim for each 1/3 of a turn of
the related nut) and install them on the forward and aft bolts between the wing and the
special washer with a chamfer (63) .
(m) Hold the wing with a Wing trestle and move it fully into position in the fuselage.
(n) Repeat step C.2.f and step C.2.g.
(o) Apply Anti-corrosive jointing-compound to the spacer (65) .
(p) Install the tubular spacer (65) , the large washer (66) , the small washer (68) , the castle
nut (67) and the cotter pin (69) on each attachment bolt (60) .
(q) Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure, Table 4, M16.
(r) Install the connections for each wing under the baggage compartment as follows:
1. Install the aileron control-rod (80) at the idler lever, refer to Flight Controls General
Data.
2. Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
3. Install the flap control-rod (81) at the idler lever, refer to Flight Controls General Data.
4. Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
5. Install the electrical bonding-connection (82) .
6. Install the flap interconnect flexible-cables (83) at the adjuster, left and right.
(s) Install the connections for each wing in the front cockpit as follows:
1. Install the pitot flexible-pipe (90) on the left wing only.
2. Install the static flexible-pipe (91) on the left wing only.
3. Install the electrical connector (92) .
4. Install the bonding attachment (93) .
5. Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M5.
6. Install the fuel low level sensor (94) .
7. Install the fuel temp sensor (101) .
8. Install the fuel vent-pipe (95) .
9. Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure Table 3 Dash 6.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
10. Install the fuel hose (96) for the jet pumps on the left wing only.
12. Install the fuel supply hose (97) on the left wing only.
14. Install the fuel transfer hose (98) on the left wing only.
16. Install the fuel transfer hose (99) from the right wing.
18. Install the emergency supply hose (100) from the right wing.
(t) Install the connections for each wing in the main landing-gear compartment, refer to Landing
Gear General. Install the connections as follows:
1. Install the hydraulic pipe for the main gear up-lock (74) . Torque the nut, refer to
2. Install the wheel brake pipe (73) . Torque the nut, refer to Special Torque Tighten
Procedure, Table 3 Dash 4.
3. Install the emergency release cable (70) for the main gear up-lock with the pin,
washer and cotter-pin. Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten
Procedure, M8.
4. Install the main gear actuator eye-end (71) to the side stay.
5. Install the electrical connectors (72) .
(u) Adjust the flap interconnect system, refer to Flap Interconnect System Adjust.
(v) Do a test for correct range of movement of the flaps, refer to Flap Control System Function
Test.
(w) If necessary, adjust the flaps, refer to Flaps Adjust.
(x) Do a test for correct range of movement of the ailerons, refer to Aileron Control System
Function Test.
(y) If necessary, adjust the ailerons, refer to Aileron Control System Adjust.
(z) Do an inspection of all controls which you installed.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(aa) If necessary for your airworthiness authority, do a second inspection of the controls.
WARNING DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOU. HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN

CAUSE SKIN DISEASE. AND IT CAN DAMAGE CLOTHING.
CAUTION CLEAN OFF SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID IMMEDIATELY. HYDRAULIC

FLUID CAN DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. AND IT CAN
REMOVE PAINT FROM COMPONENTS.
(ab) Bleed the wheel brake system:

- Refer to Wheel Brake System for Parker brake system Bleed (Parker brake system)
- Refer to Wheel Brake System for Beringer brake system Bleed (Beringer brake
system).
(ac) Examine the brake hose connections and look specially for leaks.
(ad) Connect the battery, refer to Battery Servicing.
(ae) Bleed the landing-gear hydraulic system, refer to Landing Gear Hydraulic System Bleed.
(af) Do a landing-gear retraction test, refer to Landing Gear Retraction System Operation Test.
(ag) Do a functional test of pitot-static instruments, pitot heater, position lights and anti-collision
lights, refer to Pitot/Static System Test.
(ah) Do a test for correct electrical bonding between the wing and the fuselage.
(ai) Lower the aircraft with the jacks, refer to Lift the Aircraft on Jacks Servicing.
(aj) Refuel the aircraft, refer to Fuel System Refuel.
(ak) Do a fuel content indicator calibration test, refer to Fuel Indication General.
(al) Examine the fuel pipe connections (96) (97) and look specially for leaks.
(am) Install the cockpit trim panel in front of the pilots seat, refer to Cockpit and Baggage
(an) Install the baggage compartment floor panel, the pilots seats and the front cockpit floor
panels, refer to Cockpit and Baggage Compartment Furnishing General Data.
(ao) Install the canopy, refer to Canopy Remove and Install.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(ap) Do an air test.

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
20
D
FW
53
A
50
54
51
52
57 55
56

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Main spars (54) Small bore bush at stub

end
(50) Large pin (55) Large washer with a
recess
(51) Long bush at root end (56) Plain washer
(52) Short bush at root end (57) Stiff nut
(53) Large bore bush at stub
end

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
B
A
61
63
64
60
60
62
63
64
62
65
66
68 D
FW
67
69

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(60) Wing mounting bolt (65) Tubular spacer

(61) Bush with grooves (66) Large plain-washer
(62) Fuselage mounting (67) Castle nut
(63) Special washer with a (68) Plain washer
chamfer
(64) Thin washer as (69) Cotter pin
necessary

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
72
73
70
74
71
Legend
(70) Emergency release (73) Brake pipe

cable
(71) Hydraulic actuator eye- (74) Up-lock actuator
end hydraulic lines
Figure 9 - Wing Connections in the Main Landing-Gear Compartment

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Figure 9 - Wing Connections in the Main Landing-Gear Compartment

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
82
80
82
D
FW
81
83
(Both Sides)
Figure 10 - Wing Connections below the Baggage Compartment

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(80) Aileron control-rod (82) Electrical bonding-

connection
(81) Flap control-rod (83) Flap interconnect
flexible-cables
Figure 10 - Wing Connections below the Baggage Compartment

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
95
FW
D
A
92
A
94
97
101 90
View from Inside of the Cockpit 93
On the Left Wing Connections 98
91
96
95
D
FW
92
B 93
On the Right Wing Connections
93 99
100
Figure 11 - Wing Connections in the Cockpit

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(90) Pitot flexible pipe (96) Fuel hose to the left wing
for the jet pumps
(91) Static flexible pipe (97) Fuel supply hose from
the left wing
(92) Electrical connector (98) Fuel transfer hose to the
left wing
(93) Bonding attachment (99) Fuel transfer hose from
the right wing
(94) Fuel low level sensor (100) Emergency supply hose
from the right wing
(95) Fuel vent pipe (101) Fuel temp sensor
Figure 11 - Wing Connections in the Cockpit

1T120TP-A-57-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WING STRUCTURE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
These maintenance practices tell you how to remove/install the wings.

1T120TP-A-57-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
57-30
WINGLET

1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINGLET
GENERAL
A. General
Each wing has a detachable winglet. Many screws attach the winglet to the wing. The winglet has a vertical
section that reduces induced drag.
Refer to Wing Structure General for details about the wing. Refer to Lights General for details of the light unit
installation in the winglet.

1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINGLET
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the winglet.
Each winglet has top and bottom FRP shells that are bonded together with thickened resin (1) and (2) . A FRP
root rib (3) bonds into the shells at the joint with the wing. The root rib has webs (4) that hold the light units.
A curved web (5) gives strength to the winglet.
The upper and lower inner faces of the winglet have 23 anchor nuts (6) . 22 countersunk screws and one eye-
bolt engage the anchor nuts to attach the winglet to the wing.
The winglet has a transparent panel (7) at the front. The transparent panel covers the wing tip light unit. Three
electrical connectors (8) connect the light units to the aircraft systems.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
5 4 8
D
FW
Figure 1 - Winglet

27 July 2018 57-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top shell (5) Curved web

(2) Bottom shell (6) Attaching screws
(3) Root rib (7) Transparent panel for
wing tip lights
(4) Webs for the light units (8) Electrical connectors for
the light units
Figure 1 - Winglet

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 57-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINGLET
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Repair Data
If you must do a repair to the winglet structure, you must ask GROB Aircraft for repair drawings that show
the layers of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the winglet shells. If it is not a standard repair, the drawings
curing-cycles.
General for standard repair procedures.

1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINGLET
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Winglet

- Installation of the Winglet

None

None
E. Materials
Sealant (white) ..................................................................................................... GS513051-9 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA UNDER THE FLAPS IS CLEAR.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Winglet
(1) Remove the eye-bolt (20) .
(2) Hold the winglet (80) and remove 22 screws (30) and the applicable washers attaching the
winglet.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Note Up to S/N 11147 the winglet is attached to the wing with screws only. From S/N 11148 the
winglet is attached with screws and washers to the wing.
(3) Hold the winglet (80) and move it a short distance clear of the wing.
(4) Disconnect the 3 connectors for the lights unit (50) .
(5) Remove the bonding cable.
(6) Remove the winglet (80) from the aircraft.
(7) If necessary clean the winglet and the wing from sealant.
(8) Use applicable ground support equipment to store the winglet.
B. Installation of the Winglet
(1) Hold the winglet (80) adjacent to the wing tip.
(2) Install the bonding cable.
(3) Connect the 3 electrical connectors for the lights unit (50) .
(4) Move the winglet (80) into position on the wing tip.
(5) Install the 22 screws (30) and the applicable washers to the wing hand tight. Torque the screws,
(6) Install the eye-bolt to the wing (20) .
(7) Apply a thin layer of sealant between the winglet and the wing tip to ensure a smooth surface.
(8) Do a test for correct operation of the winglet lights, refer to External Lights General.

27 July 2018 57-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
60
60
80
70
30 x11
50
20
30 x11
Figure 2 - Winglet

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-30 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(20) Eye-bolt (60) Static Discharger

(30) Screw (70) Cover
(50) Lights Unit (Position (80) Winglet
Light and Landing Light)
Figure 2 - Winglet

27 July 2018 57-30 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-30-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
WINGLET - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove and install the winglet. Refer to Repair Processes General for general repair
data.

1T120TP-A-57-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-30-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
57-50
FLAPS

1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAPS
GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has slotted flaps. The flaps attach to the inner trailing-edge of each wing. The top surface of the
wing makes a shroud over each flap.
This Section tells you about the flap structure. And it tells you how the flaps attach to the wing. Refer to Flaps
General Data for data about the flap control system

1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAPS
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the flap.
The flap has a top shell (1) and a bottom shell (2) . Each shell has many layers of fabric. And it has a rigid PVC
foam core. A leading-edge spar (3) joins the top and bottom shells near the front.
A rigid FRP rib (4) closes the inner end of the flap. An inner hinge-bracket (5) attaches to the inner rib. A rigid
FRP rib (6) closes the outer end of the flap. An outer hinge-bracket (7) attaches to the outer rib.
The flap has a rigid FRP rib (11) in the middle. The middle rib gives strength to the area where the middle hinge-
bracket (9) attaches. The middle hinge-bracket attaches to the bottom shell of the flap below the middle rib. It
has the connection (10) for the control rod which moves the flap.
A short distance inboard from the middle rib is the interconnect rib (8) . A bracket (12) for the interconnect
control rod (13) attaches to the leading-edge spar adjacent to the interconnect rib.
Each wing has three brackets below the wing. The brackets attach the flap hinges to the wing. The hinge bearings
are about 130 mm (5 in) below the wing. Bolts with washers and nuts (14) attach each flap hinge bracket to the
related wing hinge bracket.
B. Construction
Thick resin bonds all of the components in the flap to each other and to the flap shells.
- Each shell has FRP skins and a rigid PVC foam core.
- The leading-edge spar is a rigid FRP moulding.
- Bolts with washers attach the hinge brackets to the end ribs.
- Counter-sunk bolts attach the middle hinge bracket to the bottom of the middle rib.
C. Operation
The hinge line for the flaps is about 130 mm (5 in) below the wing. When the flap moves to the down position, it
also moves aft. The movement aft increases the wing area.
When the flap is more than half way down, a slot opens between the flap and the top of the wing. The slot lets
the wing make more lift before the stall.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
11
7
8
4 2
9
10
12
13
14
Figure 1 - Flap structure and Installation

27 July 2018 57-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top shell (8) Middle rib

(2) Bottom shell (9) Middle hinge-bracket
(3) Leading-edge spar (10) Flap actuator-rod
connecting bolt, washer
and nut.
(4) Inner rib (11) Interconnect rib
(5) Inner hinge-bracket (12) Bracket for the
interconnect control-rod
(6) Outer rib (13) Interconnect control-rod
bolt, washer and nut
(7) Outer hinge-bracket (14) Hinge bolts, washers
and nuts

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 57-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Repair Data
If you must do a repair to the flap structure, you must ask GROB Aircraft for repair drawings that show
the layers of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the flap shells. If it is not a standard repair, the drawings
curing-cycles.
Generalfor standard repair procedures. Refer to Repair Materials General for repair materials.

1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAP
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Flap

- Installation of the Flap

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA UNDER THE FLAPS IS CLEAR.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Flap
(1) Lower the flaps as follows:
(a) Set the BATT Switch to ON.
(b) Set the Flap Selector to Down.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(c) When the flap indicator reaches fully down, set the BATT Switch to OFF.
(2) Remove the nut, washer and bolt attaching flap interconnect rod to the interconnect bracket (12) .
(3) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (10) attaching flap actuator rod to the middle hinge bracket.
(4) Hold the flap.
(5) For each hinge, remove the nut, washer and bolt (14) .
(6) Remove the flap from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Flap
(1) Hold the flap and put it in position on the wing.
(2) Install the hinge bolts (14) as follows:
(a) Push each hinge bolt from inboard fully through the hinge.
(b) Install a washer and nut on each hinge bolt.
(c) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M8.
(3) Install the bolt, washer and nut attaching the flap actuator-rod (10) to the middle hinge bracket
(9) from inboard.
(4) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6
(5) Install the bolt, washer and nut attaching the flap interconnect-rod to the interconnect bracket (12)
from inboard.
(6) Torque the nut, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure M6
(7) Do a test for correct adjustment of the flap interconnect system.
(8) If necessary adjust the interconnect system, refer to Flaps General Data.
(9) Do a test for correct range of movement of the flap control.
(10) If necessary adjust the flap control, refer to Flaps General Data.

27 July 2018 57-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
11
7
8
4 2
9
10
12
13
14

27 July 2018 57-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top shell (8) Middle rib

(2) Bottom shell (9) Middle hinge-bracket
(3) Leading-edge spar (10) Flap actuator-rod
connecting bolt, washer
and nut
(4) Inner rib (11) Interconnect rib
(5) Inner hinge-bracket (12) Bracket for the
interconnect control-rod
(6) Outer rib (13) Interconnect control-rod
bolt, washer and nut
(7) Outer hinge-bracket (14) Hinge bolts, washers
and nuts

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-50 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 57-50 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-50-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
FLAPS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove/install the Flap. Refer to Repair Processes General for general repair data.
Refer to Flaps General Data for test/adjustment data for the flap control.

1T120TP-A-57-50-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-50-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
57-60
AILERONS AND TABS

1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERONS AND TABS

GENERAL
A. General
The G 120TP-A has the usual ailerons. The ailerons attach to the outer trailing-edge spar of the wing. Both
ailerons have a mass balance. Refer to Ailerons and Tabs General Data for data about the aileron control system.

1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERONS AND TABS

DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the aileron structure.
Figure 2 shows the aileron Installation.
(1) Aileron Structure
Each aileron has an top FRP shell (1) and a bottom FRP shell (2) . Each shell has a rigid PVC foam core.
The shells bond together at the leading edge and at the trailing-edge.
Each aileron has a leading edge spar (3) . It also has a rib at the inboard end (4) and a rib at the outer
end (5) . Two middle ribs (6) give strength to the aileron behind the middle hinge. Four small ribs (7)
give strength to the leading edge near the cut-outs for the hinges.
Three hinges (8) attach to the leading edge spar. Rivets attach an anchor nut plate (9) to the aft face of
the spar behind each hinge. Two bolts attach each inner hinge and outer hinge to the aileron. Small panels
(10) below the leading edge of each aileron give access to each hinge.
The middle hinge has an actuator lever (11) . Four bolts attach the middle hinge to the spar.
Bolts attach mass balance weights (12) to the leading edge of the aileron.
(2) Construction
Thick resin bonds all of the components in the aileron to each other and to the aileron shells.
- Each shell has FRP skins and a rigid PVC foam core.
- The leading-edge spar is a rigid FRP moulding.
(3) Aileron Installation
Each aileron has a flexible seal (20) than joints the leading-edge of the aileron to the trailing-edge spar of
the wing. Bolts and washers (21) with clamping-strips attach the seal to the rear spar. The seal prevents
air flow through the space between the aileron and the wing.
Three hinge-bolts attach each aileron to the wing. A flanged bush (22) bonds to the inboard face middle
hinge. A parallel bush (23) can move laterally in the other face of the hinge. The washer and nut (24) on
the hinge bolt (25) hold the parallel bush and the hinge bearing against the flanged bush. The aileron
cannot move laterally.
Each inner and outer hinge-bolt (26) has two parallel bushes (27) which can move laterally in the hinges.
A washer and nut (28) on each hinge bolt hold this assembly together. The parallel bushes let the hinges
move a small distance inboard or outboard. This prevents side-loads on the inner and outer bearings.
A bolt, washer and nut (29) attach the aileron rod to the actuator lever of the middle hinge.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
8
5
6
8
10 7
12
4
8
3
10
9
2
11 10
Figure 1 - Aileron Structure

27 July 2018 57-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top shell (7) Leading-edge ribs

(3) Leading edge spar (9) Anchor-nut plate
(4) Inner rib (10) Access panels under the
aileron
(5) Outer rib (11) Aileron actuator lever
(6) Middle rib (12) Mass balance weights

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
26
23
24
27 20
25 29
26
10
22
21
10
28
27
25
10
Figure 2 - Aileron Installation

27 July 2018 57-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(10) Access panels under the (25) Inner and outer hinge-
aileron bolts
(20) Flexible sea (26) Parallel bushes in the
inner and outer hinges
(21) Flanged bush (27) Washers and nuts for
the inner and outer
hinges
(22) Parallel bush in the (28) Bolt, washer and nut for
middle hinge the aileron rod
(23) Washer and nut for the (29) Attaching bolts and
middle hinge washers for the flexible
seal
(24) Middle hinge-bolt

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 57-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Repair Data
If you must do a repair to the aileron structure, you must ask GROB Aircraft for repair drawings that show
the layers of glass and carbon fibre fabric in the aileron shells. If it is not a standard repair, the drawings
curing-cycles.
General for standard repair procedures. Refer to Repair Materials General for repair materials

1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-660A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERON
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Aileron

- Installation of the Aileron

None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
A. Removal of the Aileron
(1) Remove the nut, washer and bolt (29) attaching the aileron actuator rod 7 to the aileron actuator
lever.
(2) Lift the aileron as far as possible.
(3) Remove the 3 access panels (10) for the hinge bolts.
(4) Remove the nuts and washers (23) , (27) from each hinge bolt.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(5) Hold the aileron.
(6) Remove the aileron hinge bolts (24) , (25) .
(7) Move the aileron aft to give access to the flexible seal (20) .
(8) Remove 22 bolts and washers (29) and related clamping-strips.
(9) Release the flexible seal (20) from the rear spar.
(10) Remove the aileron from the aircraft.
B. Installation of the Aileron
(1) Hold the aileron adjacent to the wing.
(2) Install 22 bolts and washers (29) with the related clamping strips and attach the flexible seal (20)
to the rear spar.
(4) Move the aileron fully into position.
(5) Put the hinge bolt (24) in the middle hinge.
(6) Install the inner/outer hinge bolts. Do the following steps for each hinge:
(a) Install a parallel bush (26) on the hinge bolt (25) .
(b) Install the hinge bolt (25) in the hinge.
(c) Install a second parallel bush (26) on the hinge bolt (25) .
(d) Install a washer and nut (27) on the hinge bolt.
(e) Torque the nuts, refer to Standard Bolts and Nuts Tighten Procedure, M6.
(7) Install the parallel bush (22) and the washer and nut (23) for the middle hinge-bolt.
(9) Install the bolt, washer and nut (28) attaching the aileron actuator rod 7 to the aileron actuator
lever.
(11) Install the access panels (10) in the leading edge of the aileron.
(12) Do a test for correct range of movement of the aileron control.

27 July 2018 57-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(13) If necessary adjust the aileron control, refer to Ailerons and Tabs General Data.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
8
5
6
8
10 7
12
4
8
3
10
9
2
11 10

27 July 2018 57-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top shell (7) Leading-edge ribs

(3) Leading-edge spar (9) Anchor-nut plate
(4) Inner rib (10) Access panels under the
aileron
(5) Outer rib (11) Aileron actuator lever
(6) Middle rib (12) Mass balance weights

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
26
23
24
27 20
25 29
26
10
22
21
10
28
27
25
10

27 July 2018 57-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(10) Access panels under the (25) Inner and outer hinge-
aileron bolts
(20) Flexible seal (26) Parallel bushes in the
inner and outer hinges
(21) Flanged bush (27) Washers and nuts for
the inner and outer
hinges
(22) Parallel bush in the (28) Bolt, washer and nut for
middle hinge the aileron rod
(23) Washer and nut for the (29) Attaching bolts and
middle hinge washers for the flexible
seal
(24) Middle hinge-bolt

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 57-60 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 57-60 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-57-60-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
AILERONS AND TABS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL
A. General
This section tells you how to remove/install the Aileron. Refer to Repair Processes General for general repair
data. Refer to Ailerons and Tabs General Data for test/adjustment data for the aileron control.

1T120TP-A-57-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-57-60-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
61-00
PROPELLER

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 61-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PROPELLER
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This Chapter tells you about the propeller installed on the G 120TP-A.
It tells you also about the operation of the propeller.
Propeller Assembly General Data tells you how to remove and install the propeller.
Refer to Engine Power Control General Data for cockpit power controls related to the propeller.
Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision, for all
other data on propeller control.
Refer to the propeller manufacturer’s handbook ATA 61-06-10 (E-610) for other data of the propeller.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 61-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PROPELLER
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the propeller installation.
The G 120TP-A has a MTV-5-1-D-C-F-R(A)/CFR210-56 propeller. The manufacturer of the propeller is mt-
propeller.
The propeller has 5 natural composite blades (1) . The propeller has a metal hub (2) . The blades can turn in
the hub.
The rear part of the hub is a hydraulic cylinder (3) . A piston in the hydraulic cylinder moves the blades.
Six self-locking nuts attach the propeller to the engine crankshaft.
A spinner back-plate (4) attaches to the propeller hub. A composite spinner (5) attaches to the back-plate.
A flange with a pulley (6) attaches to the back of the hub. The pulley operates the optional air-conditioning
compressor.
The engine has a combined governor which controls propeller RPM. The governor controls the propeller pitch
hydraulically. An internal oil-way carries engine oil from the governor to the engine propeller shaft. And the hollow
propeller shaft supplies the oil to the propeller.
The G 120TP-A has a propeller which will go to coarse pitch if the governor fails. This prevents the engine from
over-speeding during aerobatics when the oil supply to the governor fails for a short time.
The propeller is also able to reverse and feather.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
5 3
4
2
Figure 1 - Propeller Installation

27 July 2018 61-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Natural composite (4) Spinner back-plate

blades
(2) Hub (5) Spinner
(3) Hydraulic cylinder (6) Flange with pulley

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 61-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-00-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
61-10
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 61-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY
GENERAL DATA
A. General
This chapter tells you how to remove and install the propeller.
Refer to the propeller manufacturer’s handbook ATA 61-06-10 (E-610) for other data of the propeller.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 61-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
A. Description
Figure 1 shows the propeller.
The G 120TP-A has a MTV-5-1-D-C-F-R(A)/CFR210-56 propeller. The manufacturer of the propeller is mt-
propeller.
The propeller has 5 natural composite blades (1) . And it has an aluminum alloy hub (2) with an integral hydraulic
cylinder (3) . An internal hydraulic piston changes the blade angle.
A spinner back-plate (4) attaches to the back of the hub. The back-plate holds the spinner (5) . Large studs
(6) with self-locking nuts attach the propeller to the engine drive flange.
Each blade has a counter weight (7) . The counter weight is part of the blade at the blade root.
The propeller has a fine pitch-stop (8) . You can adjust the fine pitch stop.
A long rod (the BETA rod) holds the fine pitch stop. It passes through the centre of the propeller to a hydraulic
stop controlled by the BETA control valve. When the BETA control valve releases the stop, the BETA rod can
move further forward. This lets the propeller move into the reverse pitch range (BETA range). The new position
of the stop forms the reverse pitch stop.
The propeller has a coarse pitch (feather) stop (9) . Two large nuts form the coarse pitch stop. You can adjust
the coarse pitch stop.
Screws (10) fix the spinner (5) at the back plate (4) . The spinner has a front mounting ring (11) . The bolts
for the hub front cover (3) fix the front mounting ring. It aligns the spinner with the propeller.
A flange with a pulley attaches to the back of the hub. The pulley operates the air-conditioning compressor. The
flange is a part manufactured by GROB.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
6 12
11
9
8
5 3
4
7 2
10

27 July 2018 61-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Natural composite blade (7) Counter weights

(2) Hub (8) Fine pitch stop
(3) Hydraulic cylinder (9) Coarse (feather) pitch
stop
(4) Spinner back-plate (10) Spinner attaching
screws
(5) Spinner (11) Spinner front mounting
ring
(6) Attaching studs (12) Flange with pulley

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 61-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-040A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY
OPERATION
A. Operation
Refer to Figure 2.
When the propeller is operating, the centrifugal twisting moment causes the counterweights (7) to turn the
blades to coarse pitch. Hydraulic pressure in the cylinder (3) acts on a piston. The piston moves the blades
towards fine pitch.
If the hydraulic pressure from the governor fails (for example during aerobatics movements) the counterweights
(7) turn the blades to coarse pitch. This prevents the engine from overspeeding.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
6 12
11
9
8
5 3
4
7 2
10

27 July 2018 61-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Natural composite blade (7) Counter weights

(2) Hub (8) Fine pitch stop
(3) Hydraulic cylinder (9) Coarse (feather) pitch
stop
(4) Spinner back-plate (10) Spinner attaching
screws
(5) Spinner (11) Spinner front mounting
ring
(6) Attaching studs (12) Flange with pulley

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 61-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-100A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY
A. General
The trouble shooting procedures given here are limited to general troubles. Refer to the propeller manufacturer's
handbook for specific data.
If you find the trouble given in column 1, then do the repair given in column 3

Heavy vibration Propeller out of balance Examine the propeller, refer to mt-Propeller
manufacturer’s handbook ATA 61-06-10
(E-610), latest version.
Look specially for damage to the blades, refer
to mt-Propeller manufacturer’s handbook ATA
61-06-10 (E-610), latest version.
Repair/replace the propeller, refer to Propeller
Remove and Install.
Propeller loose on propeller Remove the spinner.
shaft
Make sure that the propeller attaching nuts are
set to the correct torque, refer to Propeller Re-
move and Install.
Holes/nicks/dents in the Stone hit Repair/replace the propeller, refer to Propeller
blades Remove and Install.
Note For all other troubleshooting, refer to the mt-Propeller manufacturer’s handbook ATA 61-06-10 (E-610),
latest version.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 61-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-410A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PROPELLER ASSEMBLY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

GENERAL DATA
A. General
These maintenance practices tells you how to remove and install the propeller.
For repairs refer to the propeller manufacturer’s handbook ATA 61-06-10 (E-610), latest revision.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 61-10 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-61-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 61-10 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-61-10-01-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
PROPELLER
REMOVE AND INSTALL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- Removal of the Propeller

- Installation of the Propeller

None

Crane with rope sling ............................................................................................... Commercial QTY 1
E. Materials
Cleaning solvent ................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Gasoline ............................................................................................................... Local supply QTY AR
Loctite 243 ............................................................................................................... GS513007 QTY AR
F. New Items
None
No safety condition

1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE FOR MAINTENANCE BEFORE
DOING ANY WORK ON A PROPELLER. IF THE ENGINE TURNS, THE PROPELLER
CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.
CAUTION ALWAYS USE NEW O-RINGS FOR EACH PROPELLER REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION.
A. Removal of the Propeller

For removal of the propeller (1) do the steps as follows:
(2) Loosen the adjusting mechanism for the air-conditioning compressor, refer to Flexible Belt For the
Air Conditioning Compressor Replace.
(3) If you will install the same propeller, then put alignment marks on the components (propeller to
engine, spinner to propeller).
(4) Remove the screws and washers (16) holding the spinner (15) .
Remove the spinner (15) from the propeller.
(5) Remove the nut (12) from the fine pitch stop (11) .
(6) Remove the stop (11) from the beta rod (10) .
(7) Hold the weight of the propeller (1) with the Crane with rope sling.
(8) Release the attaching nuts (4) and washers (3) from the studs (2) .
(9) Put a container under the propeller shaft to collect the oil from the propeller shaft.
(10) Move the propeller (1) forwards until it is clear of the BETA rod (10) .
(11)
Note Leave the drive pulley for the optional air conditioning compressor in position.
Lift the propeller (1) clear of the aircraft.
(12) Put caps on the propeller/engine oil connections.

1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(13) If you will install a different propeller, remove 6 bolts (7) and washers (6) and the flange (5) .
B. Installation of the Propeller
WARNING ALWAYS USE NEW O-RINGS FOR EACH PROPELLER REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION.
(1) If necessary, install the flange (5) as follows:
(a) Put the flange (5) in position at the rear of the hub.
(b) Apply Loctite 243 and install 6 bolts (7) with washers (6) .
(c) Torque the bolts, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.
(2)
Note Both surfaces must be dry and clean.
Clean the propeller (1) and engine flanges with Cleaning solvent or Gasoline and remove all
surface defects.
(3) Remove caps and protective covers.
(4) Make sure that the propeller oil seal is serviceable and in the correct position.
(5) Make sure that all parts of the BETA system are installed in the propeller shaft and on the engine,
refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest
revision.
(6) Install a new O-ring seal (8) in the propeller coarse pitch-stop tube.
(7) Install a new O-ring (9) in the propeller beta valve.
(8) Make sure that the flange (5) for the air-conditioning compressor is in position.
(9) Lift the propeller (1) into position in front of the propeller shaft.
(10) Align the propeller (1) with the BETA rod (10) at the marks made during removal.
(11) Carefully move the propeller (1) into position on the engine flange.
(12) Install the attaching washers (3) and nuts (4) to the studs (2) .
(13) Tighten the nuts (4) diagonally.
(14) Torque the nuts (4) diagonally, refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.

1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(15) Install the adjusting mechanism for the optional air-conditioning compressor, refer to Flexible Belt
for the Air Conditioning Compressor Adjust.
(16) Install the fine pitch stop (11) and the adjustment nut (12) on the beta rod (10) .
Make sure that all parts of the BETA system are installed in the propeller shaft and on the engine,
refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest
revision.
(17) Do an engine run-up, refer to Power Plant General.
(18) Do a test for correct propeller operation. Make sure that there is no propeller vibration.
(19) If necessary, adjust the pitch-stops, refer to the propeller manufacturer’s handbook ATA 61-06-10
(E-610).
(20) Put the spinner (15) in position and align the alignment markings.
(21) Install the attaching screws and washers (16) to the spinner back-plate (13) and the spinner
front mounting-ring (14) . Torque the screws (16) , refer to Special Torque Tighten Procedure.

1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3 4
1 2 8
10
11
12
9 7
14 13
15 16
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the Propeller

1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Propeller assembly (9) O-Ring

(2) Propeller attaching (10) Beta rod
studs
(3) Washer (11) Fine pitch stop
(4) Nut (12) Adjusting nut
(5) Flange for V-belt (13) Spinner back-plate
(6) Washer (14) Spinner front mounting-
ring
(7) Bolt (15) Spinner
(8) O-Ring (16) Bolt and nut
Figure 3 - Removal and Installation of the Propeller

1T120TP-A-61-10-00-00A-920A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
70-00
STANDARD PRACTICES - ENGINE

1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
STANDARD PRACTICES - ENGINE

GENERAL
A. General
This chapter gives data about the threaded fasteners used on the Grob-supplied engine equipment for the G
120TP-A. It gives their torque values and the procedures you use to tighten the fasteners.
See the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual for the data for engine fasteners. (Publication Ref
CSP21008, latest revision).

1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
SPECIAL TORQUE - ENGINE

TIGHTEN PROCEDURE
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General
- General
- Torque Values

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
CAUTION YOU MUST ADD THE SAFETY TORQUE (OR THE FRICTION TORQUE) TO THE
FOLLOWING VALUES FOR SELF-LOCKING NUTS (OR BOLTS WITH SHAFT
FRICTION).
1 PROCEDURE
A. General
The following torque values are given for bolts, nuts, screws and fittings used on Rolls-Royce engine or
in relation to it.
Refer to the following tables for specific torque values:

1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
- Table 1 gives the torque values for UNC and UNF bolts and nuts.
- Table 2 gives the torque values for steel couplings and steel fittings.
- Table 3 gives the torque values for airframe provided fittings installed into the engine (airframe –
engine interface connections).
- Table 4 gives the special torque values for the engine.
- Table 5 gives the special torque values for the propeller.
Refer to Standard Practices - Airframe General for the torque values for standard threaded bolts, nuts
and screws.
(1) Hardware
When you use self-locking nuts, add the safety torque (friction torque or braking torque) to the
table values. Set this value on the dial of the torque meter before you tighten the nut.
Self-locking nuts can be reused if they have a minimum prevailing torque within the limits given in
the Rolls-Royce OMM, latest revision.
If a bolt has an additional torque due to shaft friction, add this torque value to the table value. Set
this calculated value on the dial of the torque meter before you tighten the bolt.
When screws are installed with nuts, the torque for the screws shall apply.
Tighten bolts, nuts, screws and fittings without the use of a thread lubricant unless one is specified.
When tightening or loosening coupling nuts, make sure the nipple does not turn on the seat of the
matting fitting.
Apply torque paint across the fitting threads after tightening them.
When you use an extension wrench that would change the effective length of the torque wrench,
it is necessary to calculate the applied torque from the required torque, refer to Rolls-Royce OMM,
latest revision.
(2) Lockwire
Use 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) diameter stainless steel lockwire, MS20995–C20 where lockwire size is
not specified.
Lockwire bolts in pairs where possible.
When reassembling be sure to safety wherever lockwire was removed.
B. Torque Values
The following tables contain general torque limits for tightening nuts, bolts, screws and fittings on Rolls-
Royce engine.
Table 1 Maximum torque values for UNC and UNF bolts and nuts
THREAD NOMENCLATURE TORQUE (Nm) TORQUE (lb.in)

10-24 Screws 1.4 - 2.5 12 - 22
10-24 Bolts and nuts 2.8 - 3.4 25 - 30
10-32 Screws 2.5 - 2.9 22 - 26
10-32 Bolts and nuts 3.9 - 4.5 35 - 40

1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Maximum torque values for UNC and UNF bolts and nuts
THREAD NOMENCLATURE TORQUE (Nm) TORQUE (lb.in)

1/4-20 Bolts and nuts 6.8 - 7.3 60 - 65
1/4-28 Bolts, nuts and socket-head screws 7.9 - 9.6 70 - 85
5/16-24 Bolts and nuts 14 - 17 125 - 150
5/16-24 Self-locking nuts 16 - 19 140 - 170
3/8-16 Bolts and nuts 23 - 28 205 - 250
3/8-24 Bolts and nuts 27 - 32 240 - 280
3/8-24 Self-locking nuts 30 - 34 265 - 300
5/8-18 Bolts and nuts 122 - 136 90 - 100
Table 2 Maximum torque values for Steel Couplings and Steel Fittings
DASH SIZE TUBE OD (in.) WRENCH SIZE TORQUE (Nm) TORQUE (lb.in)
(in.)
-2 1/8 3/8 3.9 - 4.5 35 - 40
-3 3/16 7/16 7.3 - 11.3 65 - 100
-4 1/4 9/16 9 - 13.6 80 - 120
-5 5/16 5/8 17 - 22 150 - 195
-6 3/8 11/16 22 - 28 195- 250
-8 1/2 7/8 37 - 45 325 - 400
-10 5/8 1 54 - 65 480 - 575
-12 3/4 1 1/4 75 - 88 665 - 780
CAUTION ALWAYS HOLD THE FITTING WITH A WRENCH WHEN YOU TIGHTEN OR LOOSEN
THE RELATED NUT.
Table 3 Torque values for fittings used in airframe – engine interface connections
THREAD SIZE (in.) TORQUE (Nm) TORQUE (lb.in)

0.375-24 2.8 - 4.5 25 - 40
0.4375-20 4.5 - 7.3 40 - 65
0.500-20 6.8 - 9.0 60 - 80
0.750-16 17 - 23 150 - 205
0.875-14 23 - 40 205 - 355
1.0625-12 34 - 56 300 - 495

1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 4 Special torque values for the Engine
ITEM THREAD TORQUE (Nm) TORQUE (lb.in)

Engine mounting bolts at the firewall M10 32 280
Spark-igniter lead-assembly on the ig- - 5.6 - 7.9 50 - 70
nition exciter-unit
Mounting bolts, engine to mounting NAS6607 40.8 - 41.6 360 - 368
frame
Shock-mounts to engine MS8567-06 11.9 - 12.9 105 - 115
Nuts and bolts attaching the P-clamps - 1.6 14.2
holding the drain pipe
Table 5 Special torque values for the Propeller
ITEM THREAD TORQUE (Nm) TORQUE (lb.ft)

Propeller nuts for mt-Propeller pro- 1/2” - 20 UNF 81 - 115 60 - 85
peller-type
MTV-5-1-D-C-F-R(A)/CFR210-56
Note The above torque is for dry, free

moving threads
Flange-with-pulley bolts 1/4 in. UNF 15 - 16 11.1 - 11.8

1T120TP-A-70-00-00-00A-711A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
71-00
POWER PLANT

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 71-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 71-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
POWER PLANT
GENERAL
A. General
This chapter tells you about the power plant installed in the G 120TP-A.
Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision for data
about the engine.
Refer to these chapters for the components which attach to the engine:
- Air conditioning compressor. Refer to Cooling General.
- Starter/Generator. Refer to Starter/Generator Drive General Data.
- Propeller. Refer to Propeller Assembly General Data.
- Engine controls. Refer to Engine Power Control General Data.
- Engine temperature/pressure/rpm sensors. Refer to Engine Indicating General
- Exhaust pipes. Refer to Exhaust Nozzles General Data.
- Inverted oil system/oil cooler. Refer to Inverted Oil System General Data.
Figure 1 shows the power plant.

As well as the engine the power plant has these parts:
- Top and bottom cowlings (1) and (2) . Refer to Cowling General.
- Mount (3) . Refer to Mounts General.
- Electrical cables (4) . Refer to Electrical Cables in the Engine Compartment General.
- Air intakes (5) . Refer to Air Intakes General.
- Engine drains (6) . Refer to Engine Drains General.
The engine cowling has 2 parts. Quick-release fasteners attach the top cowling (1) to the fuselage and to the
bottom cowling (2) . The top cowling has a small panel on top at the back, right, for access to the oil filler.
Quick-release fasteners attach the bottom cowling to the fuselage. The bottom cowling has the main engine air-
inlet at the front, centre. An inlet at the left side of the engine inlet supplies cooling air to the engine oil cooler
and the starter/generator. An inlet to the right of the engine inlet supplies air for cabin heating-air mixer valve.
Three shock-absorbers attach the engine to a tubular mount (3) . Four large bolts hold the mount to the firewall.
Four small bolts attach two support-struts to the firewall.
The mount carries a sheet-metal compartment for the battery. The compartment also contains the main electrical-
contactors, relays and some circuit-breakers.
Most electrical cables (4) connect to two connectors on the firewall in the battery box. The main electrical power
cables also connect to terminals in the battery box.
Air flows from the central air-inlet in the bottom cowling to the engine air intake. A moulded composite intake
attaches to the front face of the engine compressor.
Flexible pipes (6) connect the drains for the heat-shield, combustion chamber and turbines to bulkhead fittings
on the front face of the nose gear compartment. Aluminum pipes carry the drains to the outside air below the
fuselage.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 71-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
3
D
FW
4
B
5 B
Figure 1 - Power Plant

27 July 2018 71-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Legend
(1) Top cowling (4) Electrical cables

(2) Bottom cowling (5) Air intake
(3) Mount (6) Engine drains
Figure 1 - Power Plant

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 71-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

27 July 2018 71-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-010A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
POWER PLANT
ENGINE RUN-UP – GENERAL
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
WARNING DO NOT LET PERSONS INTO THE SAFETY RANGE OF THE AIRCRAFT.
PROPELLERS CAN CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH.
1 PROCEDURE
A. Engine Run-Up - General

These procedures tell you how to do an engine run-up.
Note If air has entered the fuel supply system during maintenance, you must purge the fuel system
before doing an engine run-up. Refer to the Rolls Royce Operation and Maintenance Manual
Publication Ref CSP21008, latest revision Chapter 73-00-00, Purging the Fuel System.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 71-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-131A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
Table 1 Equipment
ITEM QUANTITY PART NO

Aircraft chocks 2 Commercial
Fuel sample kit 1 Commercial
Fire extinguisher 1 Commercial
Hand held calibrated tachometer 1 Commercial
(1) Make the aircraft safe for maintenance, refer to Servicing Pre-Operation (Make the Aircraft safe
for Maintenance).
(2) Look in the aircraft records for reports of problems.
(3) Make sure that there is sufficient fuel for the ground run-up:
- Read the fuel contents indicators in the left and right wings.
- Set the BATT switch ON.
- Read the fuel contents indicators.
- Refuel the aircraft if necessary, refer to Fuel System Refuel.
(4) Do a test of a sample of fuel for contamination, refer to Fuel System Refuel.
(5) Read the engine oil contents. Add more oil if necessary, refer to Engine Oil System Servicing.
Minimum content is 5.0 Litre, (9 Imp pt or 5.3 US qt).
(6) Put the aircraft on levelled ground. Make sure that:

- There are no loose stones on the ground near the propeller, refer to Figure 2.
- The safety zone for the aircraft is clear.
- The aircraft points into wind.
- Put the fire extinguisher near by.
(7) Put chocks in front of each main wheel.
(8) Remove all covers. Remove the towing arm.
(9) Make sure that:

- There is no fuel/oil leakage from the aircraft.
- The cowlings are correctly attached.
- The engine air-inlet is clear.
(10) Examine the propeller. Look specially for blade damage and cracks in the spinner.

09 March 2017 71-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-131A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(11) Examine the landing gear and brakes.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 71-00 09 March 2017
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-131A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
(30 m
ft)

10
m
ft)
3
(10
Figure 2 - Ground Run-Up Safety Range

09 March 2017 71-00 Issue: 2 Rev. 007
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-00A-131A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT
POWER PLANT
IDLE TEST RUN
INPUT CONDITIONS
A. General

None
None

None
E. Materials
None
F. New Items
None
No safety condition
1 PROCEDURE
WARNING STAY CLEAR FROM THE PROPELLER.
A. Idle Test Run

Do the idle test run as follows:
(1) Make sure that:

- The engine air inlet is clear.
- There is no fuel/oil leakage from the aircraft.
Refer to Power Plant Engine Run-Up – General.

Issue: 2 Rev. 007 71-00 27 July 2018
1T120TP-A-71-00-00-01A-347A-A
G 120TP-A AIRCRAFT

1t-120tpa-2 Amm Issue 2 Rev 7 Digital

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1t-120tpa-2 Amm Issue 2 Rev 7 Digital

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aircraft Maintenance Manual

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Cover Page: 2 Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: i

Out-Of-Phase Maintenance Check-Scheduled Inspection ....................................................................................... 5

Page: ii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Dimensions and Areas-General ................................................................................................................................ 7

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: iii

Parking / Storage (More than 30 days)-Servicing ................................................................................................... 13

Page: iv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Oxygen System-Fill with Oxygen .............................................................................................................................. 3

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: v

21-50 Cooling .......................................................................................................................................................... 1

Page: vi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Mode Control Panel (MCP)-Install procedure ......................................................................................................... 47

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: vii

Audio Integrating-General Maintenance Procedure ............................................................................................... 39

Page: viii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

DC Electrical Load Distribution-General Data .......................................................................................................... 3

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: ix

Fire Extinguisher-Description .................................................................................................................................... 5

Page: x Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Rudder-Description of How It Is Made and Its Function ........................................................................................... 5

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xi

Elevator Trim-Adjust ............................................................................................................................................... 21

Page: xii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Fuel Storage System - Maintenance Practices-General ......................................................................................... 33

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xiii

31-30 Recorders ...................................................................................................................................................... 1

Page: xiv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Camera Mount Canopy-Remove and Install ........................................................................................................... 21

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xv

32-10 Main Landing-Gear ....................................................................................................................................... 1

Page: xvi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Landing Gear Emergency Extension System-Description ...................................................................................... 73

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xvii

Page: xviii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Landing Gear Position and Warning Maintenance Practices-General ................................................................... 35

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xix

34-10 Flight Environment Data .............................................................................................................................. 1

Page: xx Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Traffic Advisory System (TAS)-General maintenance procedure ........................................................................... 11

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxi

Oxygen System-Function Test ............................................................................................................................... 13

Page: xxii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Quick-Release Fasteners-Replace ........................................................................................................................... 9

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxiii

Fuselage-General Data ............................................................................................................................................ 3

Page: xxiv Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Flight Compartment Windows-Description ............................................................................................................... 5

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxv

Propeller Assembly-Operation .................................................................................................................................. 9

Page: xxvi Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Electrical Cables in the Engine Compartment-Description ....................................................................................... 5

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxvii

Control Cables-General Data ................................................................................................................................. 13

Page: xxviii Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL

Shuttle-Valve-Remove and Install .......................................................................................................................... 23

Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL Page: xxix

LIST OF EFFECTIVE DATA MODULES

G 120TP AMM Title Page 1T120TP-A-00-00-00-00A-001A-D 11-11-2019

Page: xxx Doc.-No. 1T-120TPA-2 DIGITAL